EPA-670/2-74-040
                                        December 1974
  URBAN STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY:

                 An Assessment
                       By
                 John A.  Lager
                William G.  Smith
              Metcalf $ Eddy,  Inc.
          Palo Alto, California  94303
           Program  Element No. 1BB034
            Contract  No.  68-03-0179
                 Project  Officer

                  Richard Field
Storm and Combined  Sewer Section (Edison, N.J.)
  Advanced Waste  Treatment Research Laboratory
     National Environmental Research Center
            Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268
     NATIONAL  ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH CENTER
       OFFICE  OF  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
      U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
            CINCINNATI,  OHIO  45268
          For sale by the Superintendent of Document*, U.S. Government      '
               Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402

-------
                          FOREWORD
     Man and his environment must be protected from the
adverse effects of pesticides, radiation,  noise and other
forms of pollution, and the unwise management of solid
waste.  Efforts to protect the environment require a focus
that recognizes the interplay between the  components of our
physical environment--air, water, and land.   The National
Environmental Research Centers provide this  multidisciplinary
focus through programs engaged in

     o  studies on the effects of environmental
        contaminants on man and the biosphere, and

     o  a search for ways to prevent contamination
        and to recycle valuable resources.

     Essentially every metropolitan area of the United States
has a stormwater pollution problem, whether served by a com-
bined sewer or a separate sewer system.  This study provides
selected results of a comprehensive investigation assessment
of promising methods for the management of such pollution.
                              A. W. Breidenbach, Ph.D.
                              Director
                              National Environmental
                              Research Center, Cincinnati
                             11

-------
                          ABSTRACT
 A comprehensive investigation and assessment of promising
 completed  and ongoing urban stormwater projects, representa
 tive of the state-of-the-art in abatement theory and tech-
 nology  has been accomplished.   The results, presented in
 textbook format, provide a compendium of project information
 on management and technology alternatives within a framework
 of problem identification, evaluation procedures, and pro-
 gram assessment and selection.

 Essentially every metropolitan  area of the United States  has
 a stormwater problem,  whether served by a combined sewer
 system (approximately  29 percent  of the total sewered popu-
 lation)  or a separate  sewer system.   However, the tools for
 reducing stormwater pollution,  in the form of demonstrated
 processes  and devices,  do exist providing many-faceted
 approach techniques to  individual situations.   These  tools
 are  constantly being increased  in number  and improved upon
 as a part  of a continuing nationwide  research and develop-
 ment effort.   The  most  promising  approaches  to date involve
 the  integrated use  of control and treatment  systems with  an
 areawide,  multidisciplinary perspective.
finnKWaS fub?ltJedJin fulfiHment of Contract Number
68-03-0179 by Metcalf § Eddy, Inc., Western Regional Office,
under the sponsorship of the Environmental Protection Agency
Work was completed as of December 1973.
                       REVIEW NOTICE
The National Environmental Research Center--Cincinnati has
reviewed this report and approved its publication.  Approval
does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the
views and policies of the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, nor does mention of trade names or commercial
products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use
                            111

-------
               When a city takes a bath, what

               do you do with the dirty water?




                          PREFACE
The nationwide significance of pollution caused by storm-
generated discharges was first identified in the 1964 U.S.
Public Health Service's publication on the "Pollutional
Effects of Stormwater and Overflows from Combined Sewer
Systems.11  Congress, in recognizing this problem, authorized
funds under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1965
and following legislation for the research, development, and
demonstration of techniques for controlling this source of
pollution.

The 1972 Amendments place new and stronger emphasis on
urban runoff as a source of pollution.  "An accelerated
effort..." is stressed "...to develop, refine, and achieve
practical application of waste management methods applicable
to nonpoint sources of pollutants to eliminate the discharge
of pollutants including, but not limited to, elimination of
runoff of pollutants..."  Construction grant applications
and areawide or basin wastewater treatment management plans
are being encouraged to include "...the necessary waste
water collection and urban storm water runoff systems..."
for the control and treatment of storm-generated pollution.

In the intervening years over 140 grants and contracts
totaling over $90 million have been awarded under the United
States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Storm and Com-
bined Sewer Technology Research, Development, and Demonstra-
tion Program.  The federal government's share has been
approximately $46 million or 51.1 percent.

The objective of this text is to bring together the vast
amount of knowledge and technical data accumulated through
these projects and to present it in a format useful for
decision-makers, whether they be principally engineers,
administrators, or members of a concerned public.

To enhance professional and public awareness of the storm-
water problem and abatement programs, a 30-minute narrated
documentary color film has been produced as a part of
                           IV

-------
 this project.  The film, "Stormwater Pollution Control:  A
 New Technology," is available through the EPA for public
 showings.                                         F

 It must be recognized that the research and demonstration
 program is continuing and growing rapidly and that the
 assessments made herein are based on present and past data
 necessarily reflecting their limitations.  It is believed '
 however, that a valuable first step has been made in estab-
 lishing a base upon which to direct future program emphasis,
 to plan and conduct pollution evaluations, and to implement
 effective abatement projects through construction and
 management.

 Representative complementary studies underway concurrently
include:
      "Water Quality Management Planning for Urban Runoff"
      (Contract 68-01-1846).   This  study will produce a guide
      manual to assist planners in  a "first-cut" assessment
      ot the types  and sources of urban runoff pollution,  the
      effects of land use,  the applicability of abatement/
      treatment measures,  and potential environmental impacts
      Ine use of nomographs,  graphs,  and tables is  emphasized

      "Engineering  Aspects  of Storm and Combined Sewer
      Overflow Technology  - A Manual  of Instruction"  (EPA
      No.  801358).   Under  this project  a manual,  including
      lecture outlines,  for graduate  course  instruction in
      an Environmental  Engineering  curriculum is  being devel-
      oped  and tested as a model  for  program introduction  at
      universities  throughout  the United States.

Because  several  key  terms are  used extensively in  this  text
they  are defined here.  A complete glossary and  list  of
abbreviations  is in  Section XVII.

Combined sewage  - A  sewage containing both  domestic  sewage
and surface  water or stormwater, with or without industrial
wastes.  Includes flow in heavily infiltrated  sanitary sewer
systems as well as combined sewer systems.

Combined sewer - A sewer receiving both intercepted surface
runoff and municipal sewage.

Combined sewer overflow -  Flow from a combined sewer in ex-
cess oF tne  interceptor capacity that is discharged into a
receiving water.                                5

Intercepted surface runoff -  That portion of surface runoff
that enters a sewer, either storm or combined, directly
through catch basins, inlets, etc.

-------
Municipal sewage - Sewage from a community which may be
composed of domestic sewage, industrial wastes, or both.

Nonsewered urban runoff - That part of the precipitation
which runs off the surface of an urban drainage area and
reaches a stream or other body of water without passing
through a sewer system.

Sanitary sewer - A sewer that carries liquid and water-
carried wastes from residences, commercial buildings, indus-
trial plants, and institutions, together with relatively low
quantities of ground, storm, and surface waters that are not
admitted intentionally.

Storm flow - Overland flow, sewer flow, or receiving stream
flow caused totally or partially by surface runoff.

Storm sewer - A sewer that carries intercepted surface run-
off,street wash and other wash waters, or drainage, but
excludes doemstic sewage and industrial wastes.

Storm sewer discharge - Flow from a storm sewer that is dis-
charged into a receiving water.

Stormwater - Water resulting from precipitation which either
percolates into the soil, runs off freely from the surface,
or is captured by storm sewer, combined sewer, and to a
limited degree sanitary sewer facilities.

Surface runoff - Precipitation that falls onto the surfaces
of roofs,streets, ground, etc., and is not absorbed or
retained by that surface, thereby collecting and running
off.

Urban runoff - Surface runoff from an urban drainage area
that reaches a stream or other body of water or a  sewer.
                          VI

-------
                          CONTENTS
Abstract
Preface
Contents
Figures
Tables

Acknowledgments

Section

           Part I - CONCLUSIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS,
                      AND INTRODUCTION
I      CONCLUSIONS                                    3
       The Stormwater Problem                         3
         Relative Magnitude                           5
         Mass Loadings                                §
         Variability                                  g
       Design Considerations                          3
       Management Alternatives                        9
         Source Control                               9
         Collection System Control                    10
         Storage and Treatment                        H
         Integrated (Complex)  Systems                 16
II     RECOMMENDATIONS                                18

       Evaluations and Planning                       18
       Control                                        20
       Treatment                                      20
       Impact                                         22
                          vn

-------
                    CONTENTS (Continued)


Section                                               Pa;

III    INTRODUCTION                                   23
       Objective and Scope                            24
       Method of Presentation                         25
       Background                                     26
         1967 National Inventory                      28
         EPA Research, Development, and
           Demonstration Program                      29
         Other Programs                               30
       Emerging Emphasis on the Stormwater Problem    31
         1972 FWPCA Amendments                        32
         Comptroller General's Report                 33
         State and Local Requirements                 33
       Information Sources and Definition of Terms    33
         Information Sources                          33
         Nomenclature and Terminology                 34

             Part II - FORMULATING AN APPROACH
IV     GUIDE TO PROGRAM ASSESSMENT AND SELECTION      39
       Preliminary Program Definition                 39
         Scope                                        40
         Objectives                                   40
       Problem Identification                         41
         Tributary Area                               41
         Sewerage Network                             42
         Characteristic Hydrology                     42
         Receiving Waters                             50
         Agencies                                     51
       Data Assessment and Program Development        52
         "First Cut" Analysis                         52
         Candidate Evaluation:  Data Needs            55
       Selection and Implementation of Final Plan     56

V      THE STORMWATER PROBLEM                         59
       Emergence of the Stormwater Problem            59
         Historical Development of Sewer Systems      59
         The Stormwater Problem — Its Multiple
           Facets                                     64
       Characteristics of Stormwater                  70
         Quantities of Flow                           70
         Quality of Overflows and Discharges          73
         Stormwater Pollution Loadings                83
       Sources and Movement of Pollutants             88
         Contaminant Sources                          88
         Collection and Transport                     93
                          Vlll

-------
                     CONTENTS (Continued)


 Section

        Environmental Effects
          Bucyrus,  Ohio
          Roanoke,  Virginia
          Beneficial Aspects of Wet-Weather
            Discharges

 VI     EVALUTAION  PROCEDURES AND CRITERIA
        Data Collection                                103
          Sampling                                      104
          Flow Measurement                              112
          Direct-Reading  Quality Sensors                118
          Analysis                                      H9
        Process and Equipment Evaluation                121
          Method of Approach                           123
          Basic Design Data                            124
          Operational  Results                          125
        Control Systems                                 126
          System Monitoring                            128
          Remote Supervisory Control                    128
          Automatic Control                            128
        Costs                                           12Q
          Data  Sources                                  129
          Updating  and Transferability                  130
          Economies  of Scale                            131

            Part  III - MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVES
                     AND TECHNOLOGY
VII     SOURCE  CONTROL                                  135

        Quality  Control Measures                        135
          Solid Waste Management                        136
          Street Cleaning                               136
         Use of Chemicals                              138
         Erosion Control                               139
       Quantity and/or Rate Control Measures           140
VIII   COLLECTION SYSTEM CONTROL                       145
       Sewer Separation                               145
         General                                      145
         Detailed Analysis                             148
         Conclusions                                  150
       Infiltration/Inflow  Control                    152
         Sources                                      152
         Inflow Control                               152
         Infiltration Control                         153
                          IX

-------
                   CONTENTS (Continued)


Section

       Flushing and Polymer Injection                 163
         Flushing                                     163
         Polymer Injection                            165
       Regulators                                     168
         Conventional Designs                         170
         Improved Regulator Designs                   175
         Evaluation and Selection                     183
       Remote Monitoring and Control                  184
         System Components and Operations             186
         System Control                               186
         Detailed Example          .                   189

IX     STORAGE                                        196

       Types of Storage Facilities                    197
         In-Line                                      197
         Off-Line                                     200
         Cost Data                                    213

X      PHYSICAL TREATMENT WITH AND WITHOUT
       CHEMICAL ADDITION                              215

       Sedimentation                                  215
         Typical Combined Sewer Overflow
           Sedimentation Facilities                   217
         Operation                                    218
         Costs                                        219
       Dissolved Air Flotation                        220
         Introduction                                 220
         Design Criteria                              222
         Demonstration Projects                       227
         Advantages and Disadvantages                 230
         Costs                                        231
       Screens                                        233
         Introduction                                 233
         Description of Screening Devices             234
         Description of Demonstration Projects        248
         Costs                                        252
       Filtration                                     254
         Introduction                                 254
         Design Criteria                              254
         Demonstration Projects                       254
         Advantages and Disadvantages                 256
         Costs                                        256
       Concentration Devices                          258

-------
                    CONTENTS (Continued)


 Section
                                                       Page
 XI     BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT                           259
        Introduction                                   259
        Application to Combined Sewer Overflow
          Treatment                                    260
        Contact  Stabilization                          262
          Description of  the Process                    262
          Demonstration Project,  Kenosha,  Wisconsin     262
          Advantages  and  Disadvantages                  268
        Trickling  Filters                              268
          Description of  Process                        268
          Demonstration Project,  New  Providence,
           New  Jersey                                 2?o
          Advantages  and  Disadvantages                  274
        Rotating Biological  Contactors                  275
          Description of  Process                        275
          Efficiency                                    275
          Operational  Considerations                    276
          Design Parameters                             279
          Advantages  and  Disadvantages                  279
          Demonstration Project, Milwaukee, Wisconsin   281
       Treatment Lagoons                               282
          Oxidation Ponds                               287
         Aerated Lagoons                               290
          Facultative Lagoons                           296
         Demonstration Projects
         Costs
XII    PHYSICAL -CHEMICAL SYSTEMS                      307
       Introduction                                   307
       Unit Processes                                 308
         Chemical Clarification                       308
         Chemical Recovery                            3-j.O
         Filtration                                   31Q
         Carbon Adsorption                            311
         Activated Carbon Regeneration                314
       Performance of Physical-Chemical  Systems        315
         South Lake Tahoe,  California                 317
         Ewing-Lawrence  Sewerage Authority,
           Trenton, New  Jersey                         317
         Rocky River,  Ohio                             317
         Washington,  D.C.                              310
         Dallas,  Texas                                 318
         Pomona,  California                            319
                          XI

-------
                   CONTENTS (Continued)


Section

       Storm Flow Applications
         Albany, New York
         San Francisco, California
         Kingman Lake, Washington, B.C.
       Costs of Physical-Chemical Treatment

XIII   DISINFECTION                                   326

       Agents and Means                               326
         Chemical Agents                              326
         Physical Agents                              331
         Mechanical Means                             332
         Gamma Radiation                              332
       Combined Sewer Overflow and Storm Sewer
         Discharge Disinfection                       332
         Chlorination                                 333
         Alternatives to Chlorine Gas                 336
         Ozonation                                    342
       Demonstration Projects                         342
         New Orleans, Louisiana                       342
         Ionics Hypochlorite Generator                343
         Cottage Farm Storm Detention and Chlori-
           nation Facility, Boston, Massachusetts     344
         Onondaga County, Syracuse, New York          345
         Philadelphia, Pennsylvania                   346
       Costs                                          346

                  Part IV - IMPLEMENTATION

XIV    INTEGRATED SYSTEMS                             353

       Interfacing with Dry-Weather Facilities        353
       Interfacing Unit Processes                     356
       Mathematical Modeling Techniques               357
         Available Models                             361
         Application of Mathematical Models           363
         Examples of Comprehensive Approach           363
         Example of "First Cut" Approach              366
       Master Plan Examples                           367
         San Francisco, California                    367
         Chicago, Illinois                            370
         Boston, Massachusetts                        373
         Seattle, Washington                          374
         Washington, D.C.                             375
       Environmental Compatibility                    376
         Satellite Facilities                         377
         Multiple-Use Facilities                      379
         Total Planned Communities                    381
                           XII

-------
                        CONTENTS (Continued)

 Section
                                                           Page
 XV     OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE                          383

        Operating Controls and Options                     385
        Sustaining (Dry-Weather)  Maintenance               387
          In-Line Facilities                               388
          Off-Line Facilities                              391
          Practices for Improved  Operation and
            Maintenance                                    393
          Maintenance Costs                                 394
        Support Facilities and Supplies                     394
        Safety                                              396
        Solids  Handling and  Disposal                        397
          Estimating  Solids  Removal                         -zoo
          Collection                                        ^
          Ultimate Disposal                                 402

                   Part V - REFERENCES,  GLOSSARY,
                        AND CONVERSION FACTORS
XVI     REFERENCES                                          4Q7

        Cited References                                    4n7
        Uncited References                                  423

XVII    GLOSSARY, ABBREVIATIONS, AND CONVERSION FACTORS     436
        Glossary
       Abbreviations                                       436
         Organizations                                     441
         Symbols                                           441
         Abbreviations                                     441
       Conversion Factors                                  7,
                                                           445
XVIII  LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
                                                           446
                             Xlll

-------
                         FIGURES

No.                                                Page
 1   Urban Stormwater Management Strategy            4
 2   National Rainfall Frequency - Duration
     Experience: 1-Year 1-Hour Rainfall             43
 3   National Rainfall Frequency - Duration
     Experience: 1-Year 24-Hour Rainfall            44
 4   December 22, 1971 Frontal Storm Pattern,
     San Francisco                                  46
 5   Rainfall Isohyets for Heat Island
     Showers, July 17-20, 1972, Washington, D.C.    47
 6   Conceptual Computer Application for Master
     Drainage Planning for Water Quality Control    57
 7   Relative Use of Combined Sewers in the
     United States                                  62
 8   Relative Use of Combined Sewers by States      63
 9   The Stormwater Problem - Combined Overflow
     Residuals                                      65
10   The Stormwater Problem - Beach Degradation     66
11   Effectiveness of Interceptors of Different
     Capacities for 1960, St. Louis, Missouri       72
12   Average Annual BOD5 Contributed to the
     Roanoke River by Municipal Sewage              85
13   BOD5 Contributed to the Roanoke River by
     Municipal Sewage During Maximum Yearly
     Rainfall Event                                 86
14   Street Collapse Due to Infiltration            94
15   Typical Sampling Units and Installations      107
16   Model for Automatic Operational Control
     System                                        127
                           xiv

-------
                    FIGURES  (Continued)

 No.                                                   n
 	                                                   Page
 17   Construction Cost Trend                          131
 18   Stormwater Surface Detention Pond (Chicago)      142
 19   Common Elements of an Interceptor and
      Transport System                                 146
 20   Packer-Sealer with Two Inflatable Sections       163
 21   Polymer Injection Station for Sanitary
      Sewer (Dallas)                                    167
 22   Typical Early Type of Regulator                  169
 23   Typical Static  Sewer Regulators                  171
 24   Typical Semiautomatic Dynamic Sewer  Regulators   172
 25   Typical Automatic Dynamic Sewer Regulator        174
 26   Schematic Arrangement of  a Fluidic Sewer
      Regulator                                        j76
 27   Vortex  Regulator                                  177
 28   Solids  Separation Action  in the Swirl
      Concentrator  Hydraulic  Model                      179
 29   Recommended Configuration for Swirl
      Concentrator                                      -^gQ
 30   Spiral  Flow Regulator                             181
 31   Elements  of a Remote  Control  System  (Seattle)     187
 32   Typical Regulator  Stations  of In-Line  Storage
      Systems                                     5      199
 33    Detention Basin Plan, Chippewa  Falls              201
 34    Schematic of Detection Facilities, Akron, Ohio    202
 35   Jamaica Bay (Spring Creek Auxiliary Water
     Pollution Control Plant) Retention Basin          204
 36   Schematic of Humboldt Avenue  Detention and
     Chlorination Facility, Milwaukee, Wisconsin       205
 37   Humboldt Ave.  (Milwaukee)  Retention Basin         206
 38   Schematic of Cottage Farm Detention and
     Chlorination Facility, Boston, Massachusetts      208
39   Cottage Farm (Boston) Detention and Chlori-
     nation Facility                                   209
                           xv

-------
                   FIGURES (Continued)
No.
40   Deep Tunnel Concepts and Construction (Chicago)   211
41   Construction Cost Versus Design Capacity for
     Sedimentation                                     221
42   Schematic of Dissolved Air Flotation Facilities
     at Racine, Wisconsin                              223
43   Dissolved Air Flotation Facilities (Racine)       224
44   Relationship Between Suspended Solids Removal
     and Saturation Tank Pressure                      227
45   Construction Cost Versus Design Capacity for
     Dissolved Air Flotation, ENR 2000                  232
46   Screenings from Mechanically Cleaned Bar Racks    235
47   Schematic of a Microstrainer or Drum Screen       236
48   SS Removal Versus Screen Opening                  238
49   Rotary Fine Screen Schematic                      244
50   Contact Stabilization Plant, Kenosha, Wisconsin   263
51   Combined Sewer Overflow Treatment by Contact
     Stabilization (Kenosha)                           264
52   Trickling Filter Plant Schematic, New Providence,
     N.J.                                              272
53   Combined Sewer Overflow Treatment by High-Rate
     Trickling Filtration (New Providence)             273
54   Rotating Biological Contactor                     275
55   The Effect of Removals with Varying Contact
     Times for Rotating Biological Contactors          278
56   Hydraulic Loading Versus Design 6005 Removals
     for Rotating Biological Contactors                280
57   Relationship of Removal Efficiency to the
     Organic Loading Rate for Rotating Biological
     Contactors                                        283
58   Combined Sewer Overflow Treatment Lagoons         285
59   Typical Oxidation Pond Outlet with Three
     Concentric Baffles to Reduce the Presence of
     Algae in the Effluent                             291
                           xvi

-------
                   FIGURES  (Continued)

No.                                                    Pag(
60   Types of Aerators                                 292
61   Reactions Found  in Facultative Lagoons            296
62   Two Pond Configurations to Promote Anaerobic
     Zones and Decomposition of Settled Material       298
63   Schematic of Retention and Treatment Facilities,
     Including Porposed Modifications, Mount Clemens,
     Michigan                                          304
64   Flow Diagram of  Clarification System              318
65   Physical-Chemical Treatment Pilot Plant,
     Washington, D.C.                                  319
66   Process Flow Sheet for Physical-Chemical
     Pilot Plant, Albany, New York                     321
67   Ultraviolet Light Used as a Method of
     Disinfection                                      332
68   Chlorination Control System, Oakwood Beach
     Sewage Treatment Plant, New York City             33?
69   Stability of Sodium Hypochlorite Solution         339
70   Hypochlorite Generating Plant for Stormwater
     Disinfection, New Orleans                         340
71   Electrolytic Hypochlorite Generator               341
72   Schematic of Ozone Generation and Injection
     for Microstrainer Facility                        347
73   Methods of Interfacing Stormwater Facilities
     with Existing Systems                             355
74   San Francisco Master Plan Elements                369
75   Operational Schematic of the Recommended
     Pollution Control Plan for Chicago                371
76   Baker Street Dissolved Air Flotation Facility,
     San Francisco                                     373
77   Remote-Controlled Regulator Station,  Seattle,
     Washington                                        379
78   Conceptual Plot  Plan of Kingman Lake  Water
     Reclamation Facility                              380
79   Combined Sewer Overflow Collection and  Treatment
     Facility,  Mount  Clemens,  Michigan                 381
                         xvi i

-------
                       FIGURES (Continued)


No.                                                        Page

80   Stormwater Detention Facility (Boston):  Before,
     During, and After Storm Event                        384

81   Control Panel at the Cottage Farm Detention and
     Chlorination Facility (Boston)                       385

82   Sludge Bank in Conner Street Sewer, Detroit          399

83   Flushing System, Red Run Drain,  Detroit               400
                            XVlll

-------
                           TABLES

^                                                   Page

  1    Generalized Quality Comparisons of Wastewaters       6

  2    Computed Annual Discharges to Receiving Water
      for a Hypothetical City of 100,000                   7

  3    Summary of Storage Costs                           H

  4    Comparison of Physical Treatment Alternatives      13

  5    Comparison of Biological Treatment Alternatives    14

  6    Management Alternatives Summary                    53

  7    Predominant Type of Sewer System in the 20
      Largest U.S. Cities,  1900 and 1970                 62

  8    Comparison of Dry- and Wet-Weather Flows in
      Separate Sanitary Sewers for Various Locations     68

  9    Comparison of Annual Municipal Sewage Bypassed
      or Overflowed for Various Cities                   73

10    Comparison of Quality Characteristics from
      First Flushes and Extended Overflows of a
      Combined Sewer,  Hawley Road Sewer, Milwaukee,
     Wisconsin                                          76

11    Comparison of Quality of Combined Sewage for
     Various Cities                                     78

12   Comparison of Quality of Storm Sewer Discharges
      for Various Cities                                 80

13   Storm Sewer Discharge Quality from 15 Test Areas,
     Tulsa,  Oklahoma                                     81

14   Storm Sewer Discharge Quality from a 5-Square
     Mile Urban Watershed,  Castro  Valley Creek,
     California                                         82

15   Comparison of BOD5 from Combined Overflows,
     Storm Discharges,  and Snow Melt, Des Moines,
     Iowa                                               83
                           xix

-------
                    TABLES (Continued)
No.
16   Average Annual BOD5 Contributed to the Roanoke
     River by Municipal Sewage, Roanoke, Virginia      85

17   BOD5 Contributed to the Roanoke River by
     Municipal Sewage During Maximum Yearly Rainfall
     Event, Roanoke, Virginia                          86

18   Estimated Annual Load of Pollutants Entering
     the Area Receiving Streams, Tulsa, Oklahoma       87
19   Field Test Results of Catch Basin Source
     Pollutants and Removals                           92

20   Summary of Dry- and Wet-Weather Sandusky River
     Analyses, Bucyrus, Ohio                           99

21   Relative Concentrations of Pollutants During
     Average Dry- and Average Wet-Weather Conditions,
     Roanoke, Virginia                                101

22   Representative Commercially Available Samplers   111
23   Typical Flow Measurement Applications            117

24   BOD5 Concentrations Versus Time from Start of
     Overflow, District of Columbia                   120

25   Street Sweeper Efficiency Versus Particle Size   137
26   Estimated Costs of Sewer Separation in
     Various Cities                                   149

27   Sewer Separation Versus Conceptual Alternatives  151

28   Estimated Flushing Costs for Demonstration
     Project, Detroit, Michigan                       165

29   Installed Construction Costs and Annual
     Operation and Maintenance Costs of Regulators    185
30   Typical CATAD Regulator Station Monitoring
     Hourly Log                                       192

31   Typical CATAD Pump Station Monitoring Hourly
     Log                                              193

32   Typical CATAD Water Quality Monitoring Hourly
     Log                                              193

33   Typical CATAD Storm Log                          195
                           xx

-------
                      TABLES (Continued)
                                                       Page

 34    Summary of Storage Costs for Various Cities     214

 35    Summary Data on Sedimentation Basins Combined
       with Storage Facilities                          216

 36    Cost of Stormwater Sedimentation Facilities     219

 37    Dissolved Air Flotation  Design Parameters        225

 38    Typical Removals  Achieved with Screening/
       Dissolved Air Flotation                          228

 39    Summary of Performance Characteristics,  Baker
       Street  Dissolved  Air  Flotation Facility, San
       Francisco,  California                           230

 40    Dissolved Air Flotation  Cost for 25  Mgd          231

 41    Classification of Screens                        233

 42    Microstrainer and Drum Screen Installations
       in the  United States  That  Treat  Combined
       Sewer Overflows                                  237

 43    Data Summary  on Microstrainers  and Drum
       Screens                           .               242

 44    Recommended Microstrainer  Design Parameters
       for Combined  Sewer Overflow  Treatment            244

 45     Rotary  Fine Screen Design  Parameters             247

 46     Characteristics of Various Types  of  Screens      249

 47     Range and Level of Variables  Tested              251

 48     Cost of Microstrainers and Fine  Screens for
       25-Mgd Plants                                    253

 49     Types of Filtration Processes Investigated
       for Combined Sewer Overflows                     255

 50    Design Parameters for Filtration Mixed Media,
      High Rate                                        257

 51    Contact Stabilization Removals During 1972        265

 52    Contact Stabilization Operating Parameters        267

 53    Comparison of Low-Rate,  High-Rate, and
      Ultrahigh-Rate Trickling  Filters                269

54    Trickling Filter Removals, New Providence,
      New Jersey                                      274
                         xxi

-------
                    TABLES (Continued)
No.                                                   Page
55    Rotating Biological Contactors --Variations in
      Removals Resulting from Flow Increases of
      10 Times Due to Wet Weather                     277
56    Rotating Biological Contactor Design
      Parameters                                      280
57    Removals Reported in Pilot-Plant Studies of
      Rotating Biological Contactors, Milwaukee,
      Wisconsin                                       282
58    Comparison of Different Types of Lagoons
      Treating Storm Flows for Various Cities         284
59    Removal Efficiencies of Treatment Lagoons
      for Various Cities                              286
60    Methods of Reducing Algae in the Oxidation
      Pond Effluent                                   290
61    Oxidation Pond Design Parameters                291
62    Types of Aeration Equipment for Aerated
      Lagoons                                         293
63    Aerated Lagoon Design Parameters                295
64    Facultative Lagoon Design Parameters            299
65    Capital and Operation and Maintenance Costs
      for Biological Treatment                        305
66    Cost for Oxidation Ponds to Treat 25 Mgd of
      Overflow                                        306
67    Achievements of Chemical Clarification          309
68    Illustrations of Varying Media Design for
      Various Types of Floe Removal                   312
69    Examples of Filter Performance                  312
70    Operating Data of Physical-Chemical Treatment
      Plants for Various Cities                       315
71    Performance Data of Physical-Chemical
      Treatment Plants for Various Cities             316
72    Estimated Capital and Operation and
      Maintenance Costs for Typical Physical-
      Chemical Treatment Plant                        324
                         xx 11

-------
                     TABLES  (Continued)

 No.                                                     D
 	                                                    Pag

 73    Removal  or  Destruction  of  Bacteria  by  Different
      Wastewater  Treatment Processes                     327

 74    Comparison  of  Ideal and Actual  Chemical
      Disinfectant Characteristics                       328

 75    Comparison  of  Data on Disinfection  Devices         335

 76    Chemical Disinfection Agents and Sources Used
      by Various  Cities for Combined  Sewer Overflows
      and Storm Sewer Discharges                         338

 77    Cost Data on Chlorine Gas  and Hypochlorite
      Disinfection                                       34g

 78    Estimated Costs of Tertiary Treatment Plants
      Using Ozone                                        349

 79    Comparison of Estimated Capital Costs for
      3 Different Disinfection Methods                   350

 80    Interfacing Storm Flow  Facilities with
      Existing Sewerage System                           353

 81    General Interfacing Between Types of Storage
      and Treatment Devices

 82    General Data Requirements,  Stormwater
     Management Model

 83   Comparison of Master Plans  and Projects in
     Various Cities                                     368

84   Examples  of Combined Sewer  System Operation
     Controls                                           387

85   Sludge Production and  Solids Disposal Methods
     for Various  Treatment  Processes                    401
                         XXlll

-------
                      ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
A great deal of cooperation has been received during the
conduct of this project.  Metcalf § Eddy, Inc., gratefully
acknowledges the cooperation and direct participation of key
personnel from the headquarters and regional offices of the
EPA and of all the municipalities contacted and their
consultants.

Especially acknowledged is the leadership and assistance of
Richard Field, Chief of the Storm and Combined Sewer
Technology Branch, National Environmental Research Center--
Cincinnati, EPA, Edison, New Jersey, who was the Project
Officer; and of Anthony N. Tafuri, Staff Engineer.

Project assistance and report reviews were provided by
Dr. George Tchobanoglous, Consultant, and Marcella Tennant,
Technical Editor.  Consultants Henry S. Brie-trose and Ronald
Alexander advised on the film contracting and general
content.

Film direction and production was by Veriation Films, Palo
Alto,-California (Robert Moore, Director; Stephen Longstreth,
Writer; and David Espar, Photography).

This project was conducted under the supervision and direc-
tion of John A. Lager, Project Director, and William G.
Smith, Project Engineer.  Portions of the report were
written by Howard L. Hoffman, Michael K. Mullis, and
C. David Tonkin.  Denny K. Tuan assisted in the literature
search.
                         xxiv

-------
           Part I
CONCLUSIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS,
             AND
        INTRODUCTION

-------

-------
                          Section I

                         CONCLUSIONS
 Control and/or treatment of storm sewer discharges and com-
 bined sewer overflows is a major problem in the field of
 water quality management.   Over the past decade much re-
 search effort has  been expended and a large amount of data
 !£%   ?n*Pnieircte£*  ?rimarily through the actions  and sup-
 port  ot the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's fEPAl
 Storm and Combined Sewer Technology Research,  Development
 and Demonstration  Program.                                '

 A comprehensive  investigation and assessment of promising
 completed,  and ongoing projects,  representative of the
 state-of-the-art in  abatement theory and technology  has
 been  accomplished  in this  study.   The  results,  reported
 herein,  are  presented as a  compendium  of project information
 on management  and  technology  alternatives within a framework
 ot problem  identification,  evaluation  procedures,  and pro-
 gram  assessment and  selection.

 Critical  elements  in  developing a  strategy  for  urban  storm-
 water management are  shown  on  Figure 1.  Highlights of the
 more  important assessments  and data with respect to these
 elements  developed or  exposed  during the course of  the study
 are presented  in the  following conclusions.

 THE STORMWATER PROBLEM

 •    Essentially every metropolitan area of the United
     States has a stormwater problem, whether served by a
     combined sewer system  (approximately 29 percent of the
     total sewered  population) or a separate sewer  system.

•    The problem is best quantified when discharges are com-
     pared on the basis of mass loadings released over dis-
     crete periods  of time  encompassing one or  several
     consecutive  storm events.  In many cases,  however
     aesthetics or  beneficial  uses (such as  maintaining

-------
[=>
[=>
FORMULATE APPROACH
 • OBJECTIVES
 • PROBLEM  IDENTIFICATION
 • SYSTEM  EVALUATION
 • DATA BASE
                    V
SELECT  MANAGEMENT  ALTERNATIVE
 • ESTABLISH CONTROL
    •  MONITORING
    •  STORAGE
    •  AUTOMATION

 • TREAT TO OBJECTIVE LEVELS
    •  SOURCE
    •  SYSTEM
    •  OFF-LINE
    •  DUAL USE
                         V
          IMPLEMENT  AND ASSESS PERFORMANCE
          •  PILOT/PROTOTYPE
          •  OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
          •  MONITORING AND FEEDBACK
               OF  INFORMATION
      Figure  1.   Urban  stormwater
          management  strategy

-------
•
      receiving water quality above body contact use stand-
      ards J are of primary concern.

      Each metropolitan area should therefore be directly in
      volved in setting its goals and objectives for embark-
      ing upon a stormwater management program.

      De^top analyses  alone necessarily have limited appli-
      cability, and a locally developed real  data base is
      essential.   Recognizing that the effort will require
       £0m-,5nu t(? !everal  years,  sampling and monitoring
      should be initiated  at the  earliest practicable time.

      The  tools for reducing stormwater pollution,  in the
      torm of demonstrated processes  and devices,  do  exist
      providing many-faceted approach techniques  to  individ-
      ual  situations.   These tools  are  constantly  being in-
      creased in  number and improved  upon as  a part of a
                 research  and  development program  guided  by
Relative Magnitude

•    The stormwater problem involves three types of dis-
     charges:  (1) combined sewer overflows, (2) surface
     runoff either collected separately or occurring as
     nonsewered runoff, and (3) overflows of infiltrated
     municipal sewage resulting from precipitation.

•    Of the three types of discharges, the combined sewer
     overflows and overflows of infiltrated municipal sewage
     have similar characteristics, with 5-day biochemical
     oxygen demand (BOD5)  loadings averaging approximately
     one-half the strength of untreated domestic sewage.
     This contrasts with surface runoff from urban areas
     which has a  BOD5 approximately the strength of second-
     ary effluent.  A generalized comparison of the maior
     quality parameters is summarized in Table  1.

t     It has been  suggested in  several studies that chemical
     oxygen demand (COD)  is  a  more representative  measure of
     comparison,  but  its widespread  adoption  is  handicapped
     by its limited data base.   COD  has the  advantages  of
     simpler testing  procedures  and  greater  resistance  to
     toxic  materials  found in  urban  runoff.

>     The  major constituent of  street  runoff has  been  found
     to be  suspended  and settleable  solids—primarily inor-
     ganic,  mineral-like matter,  similar to sand and  silt.
     Along  with this material  there  is  organic matter   algal

-------
            Table 1.   GENERALIZED QUALITY COMPARISONS
                          OF  WASTEWATERS
Type
Untreated municipal
Treated municipal
Primary effluent
Secondary effluent
Combined sewage
Surface runoff
mg/1
200

135
25
115
30
mg/1
200

80
15
410
630
MPN/100 ml
5 x 107

2 x 107
1 x 103
5 x 106
4 * 105
mg/1 as N
40

35
30
11
3
mg/1 as P
10

8
5
4
1
      Source: Data condensed from Tables 12 and 13, Section V.  Values based upon flow-
           weighted means in individual test areas.
     nutrients, coliform  bacteria,  heavy metals, and
     pesticides.   Significantly,  the latter are largely con
     centrated in  the  very  fine material (< 43 microns)
     limiting the  pollution abatement effectiveness of con-
     ventional street  sweeping  operations and catch basins.

     Bacterial contamination of combined sewage is
     "typically" 1 order  of magnitude lower, and surface
     runoff 2 to 4 orders of magnitude lower, than that of
     untreated municipal  sewage.   Significantly, however,
     the concentrations are 2 to  5  orders of magnitude
     higher than those considered safe for water contact
     activities.
Mass Loadings
     Mass loadings represent  the  product of quantity and
     concentrations.   They  are  of prime importance in storm
     water analyses because of  the high volume of storm in-
     duced flows.  For example, rates of urban runoff from
     an average storm  intensity of 0.25 cm/hr (0.10 in./hr)
     may be expected to be  about  5 to 10 times the dry-
     weather flow contribution  from the same area.
     Similarly, a not  uncommon  rainfall intensity of 2.5
     cm/hr (1.0 in./hr)  will  produce flow rates of 50 to
     100 times the dry-weather  flow.

-------
 The relative impact of  the stormwater  problem in terms
 of mass  loadings  (in this case  on an annual basis   If
 illustrated m  the hypothetical comparison in Table  2
 The assumptions represent a hybrid of  statistical data
 on municipalities  and are thought to be,  in a general
 sense, representative.   In Case 1 the  pollution as
measured  by BOD5  is dominated by combined sewer over-
 flows, assuming secondary treatment to be in  effect  for
dry-weather flows.   On  the other hand, if only  primary
treatment were provided,  the  positions would  bVre   7
versed with dry-weather discharges  accounting for
approximately 65 percent  of the  annual loading.   Case  2
is  an  illustration  of  what might  be accomplished
through a sewer separation program:  the reduction of
the  annual  BOD5 discharged by approximately 44  percent

(SS)Wdischaraed°mPanying  increase in  suspended  solids


   Table  2.   COMPUTED ANNUAL  DISCHARGES TO  RECEIVTNr
        WATER  FOR A HYPOTHETICAL  CITY  OF 100,000



 	''« ^"ipUon              J}0.,^    B0»s       SS
                        	             1,000 Ib/yr

 Case 1 - Sewered on combined plan

         Municipal effluent

          Dry weather                3,600

          Intercepted wet weather          300

         Combined sewer overflows        2,100

            Total                   6,000

 Case 2 - Sewered on separate  plan

         Municipal effluent

          Dry weather                3>600       75Q       45Q

          Infiltrated municipal  overflows    300       290      l 020

         Storm sewer discharges          2,100       530     11,030

            T°tal                   6»°°0      1,570     12,500


 Assumptions

  Population density - 20 persons/acre
  Degree of treatment of municipal  flows - secondary flOO
  Average annual rainfall - 33 in.  during 760 hr    (
  Runoff coefficient - 0.5
  Flow-weighted mean concentrations - from Table 1
  Effective interceptor/treatment capacity = 2.0 x dry-weather flow
 Note: mil gal.  x 3.785  = Ml
     Ib x 0.454 =  kg
     acre x 0.405  = ha
     in. x 2.54 =  cm

-------
•    Since combined sewer overflows represent a comingling
     of surface runoff and municipal sewage, the difference
     between the BODs released in Case 1 and that in Case 2
     represents (1) direct losses of municipal sewage and
     (2) scouring of pollution from the combined collection
     system.  Assuming 90 percent of the municipal sewage is
     lost to the receiving waters without treatment during
     periods of rainfall, this loss would account for 7.8
     percent (0.9 x 760/8,760 = 0.078) of the annual BODs
     loading in the untreated municipal sewage, or approxi-
     mately 216,000 kg/yr (475,000 Ib/yr).   The remaining
     347,000 kg/yr (765,000 Ib/yr) would therefore be
     attributed to the scoured deposits, frequently termed
     the "first flush" effect.

Variability

•    Stormwater characteristics are highly variable, exhibit-
     ing changes of 10 to 1 or more in a single storm, from
     area to area and from one storm to the next.

•    Higher concentrations of pollutants are generally ex-
     pected under the following conditions:  the early
     stages of a storm (including so-called first flush
     effects); in more densely settled and/or industrialized
     areas; in response to high rainfall intensities; after
     prolonged dry periods; and in areas with construction
     activities (inorganic solids).  Conversely, concentra-
     tions tend to be lower as a storm progresses and in the
     latter storms of a closely spaced series.

•    The storm path and collection system configuration may
     have an additional pronounced influence on the quality
     of combined sewer overflows.  On the basis of system
     hydraulics and regulator efficiencies, discharge mix-
     tures from neighboring outfalls may vary simultaneously
     from totally raw municipal sewage to dilute surface
     runoff.

DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

•    Because of the intermittency and extreme variability of
     combined sewer overflows or storm sewer discharges in
     both flows and loadings, there is no such thing as an
     "average" design condition for stormwater treatment and
     control facilities.  Therefore, a unit operation or
     process that performs only when conditions are right
     may be too restrictive for practical applications.

•    Simplified mathematical models based upon the general
     storage equation and operated off real  (continuous)

-------
      rainfall data provide an excellent tool for equating
      the effectiveness of alternative storage volumes and
      treatment rates.

 •    Although precise characterization is virtually impossi-
      ble, nominally accurate flow measurement (say 5 to 15
      percent) and direct-reading remote sensing of quality
      characteristics are necessary adjuncts to integrated
      system design and management.

 •    The magnitude, debris content, and brute force of storm
      flows are major design constraints that limit options
      for centralization (because of high transmission costs)
      and the applicability of sophisticated and complex
      equipment.                                     v

 •    In assessing the performance of past  projects   the
      project scale (both overall capacity  and equipment)
      pretreatment controls,  and  location with respect to
      maintenance  and supervisory services  are critical  fac-
      tors  in the  credibility,  applicability, and  reliability
      ot the  processes.

 •     Control and  treatment  of  stormwater introduce  many
      unique  operation  and maintenance  requirements    These
      include automated  control,  startup  and  shutdown  proce-
      dures,  maintenance  and surveillance between  storms, and
      solids  handling  and disposal.

 •     Control  and  treatment facilities  should be designed to
      permit  total  system test operations during dry-weather
      periods without incurring adverse discharges to  the
      receiving waters.

 •     Programs must be scaled and  implemented with full
      recognition given to the limitations in the available
      data and the relative immaturity of the state-of-
      the-art.

MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVES

Management alternatives for stormwater pollution abatement
in this  text have  been categorized into four application
areas:  source control,  collection system control, storage
and treatment, and integrated  (complex) systems.

Source Control

•    Source controls are defined  as those measures for re-
     ducing stormwater pollution  that involve actions  within
     the urban drainage  basin  before runoff enters the

-------
     sewer system.   Examples include surface flow attenua-
     tion, use of porous pavements, erosion control,  chemi-
     cal use restrictions,  and improved sanitation practices
     (street cleaning, more frequent refuse pickup, etc.).

•    Benefits may include reduced costs per quantity  of
     pollutant removed, improved neighborhood cleanliness,
     reduced flooding, area beautification, etc.

•    In a recent survey, the practice of surface  detention
     for urban runoff control was concluded to be a very
     effective means of handling runoff, reducing downstream
     flooding and drainage  costs, and, often, improving
     aesthetics and recreational facilities.

•    Demonstration of the effective incorporation of  source
     controls in urban planning is found in Columbia,
     Maryland; Du Page County, Illinois; and a planned com-
     munity being developed near Houston, Texas.

Collection System Control

•    Collection system control, as used in this text, in-
     cludes all alternatives pertaining to collection system
     management or alteration.  Examples include  inflow/
     infiltration control,  the use of improved regulator
     devices, temporarily increased line-carrying capacities
     using polymer (friction reducing) flow additives, sewer
     separation, and the use of remote monitoring/control
     systems.

•    Detailed knowledge of how collection systems respond to
     wet-weather flows is almost universally lacking  in
     municipalities today.   As a result, demonstration proj-
     ects frequently reveal relief points and crossovers
     critical to proper functioning that were not known to
     exist prior to the project.  Such conditions place
     great emphasis on the  need for early and intensive
     monitoring and modeling for predictive responses.

•    System controls using  in-line storage represent  promis-
     ing alternatives in areas where conduits are large,
     deep, and flat (i.e.,  backwater impoundments become
     feasible), and interceptor capacity is high.  Reported
     costs for storage capacity gained in this manner range
     from 10 to 50 percent  of the cost of like off-line
     facilities.  Because system controls are directed
     toward maximum utilization of existing facilities,
     they rank among the first of alternatives to be
     considered.
                            10

-------
      It  is  reported that up to  45  percent flow augmentation
      was  achieved through the use  of friction reducing addi-
      tives  in a closed conduit  during periods of peak runoff,
      thereby eliminating overflows  of combined sewage.

      The  concept of constructing new sanitary sewers to
      replace existing combined  sewers  largely has been aban-
      doned  because of the enormous  cost,  limited effective-
      ness,  inconvenience to the public, and  extended time
      required for implementation.
Storage and Treatment

Storage —
     Storage is perhaps  the most cost-effective  method
     available for  reducing pollution resulting  from over-
     tlows of combined sewage and to improve management of
     urban runoff.   It is  the best documented abatement
     measure in present  practice.  Representative project
     costs are listed in Table 3.
              Table 3.  SUMMARY OF STORAGE COSTS
Location
Oak Lawn, 111.
Seattle, Wash.
Chippewa Falls, Wis.
Jamaica Bay, N.Y.

Milwaukee, Wis.
Akron, Ohio
Boston, Mass.
Chicago, 111.

Type
Surface detention
In-line
Open, lined basin
Covered basin
Basin plus sewer
Buried basin
Buried-void space
Buried, short detention
Open quarry
Tunnels and appurtenances
Capacity ,
mil gal.
53.7
32.0
2.8
10.0
23.0
4.0
0.7
1.3
2,736.0
2,834.0
Cost
$/gal.
0.03
0.23
0.26
2.12
0.92
0.50
0.62
4.74b
0.21
0.27
       a.  ENR = 2000.

       b.  Includes influent pumping station, chlorination facilities
          3. nd O
          3. nd

       Source:  Table 34, Section IX.

       Note: mil gal. x 3.785 = Ml
           $/gal. x 0.264 = $/l
                           11

-------
•    Storage facilities possess many of the favorable attri-
     butes desired in stormwater treatment:  (1) they may be
     used to provide flow equalization or attenuation and,
     in the case of tunnels, flow transmission; (2) they
     respond without difficulty to intermittent and random
     storm behavior; (3) they are relatively unaffected by
     flow and quality changes; and (4) frequently, they can
     be operated in concert with regional dry-weather flow
     treatment plants for benefits during both dry- and wet-
     weather conditions.

•    Storage facility variations include concrete holding
     tanks, open basins, tunnels, underground and underwater
     containers, underground "silos," granular packed beds
     (void space storage), and the use of abandoned facili-
     ties and existing sewer lines.

•    Disadvantages of storage facilities include their large
     size, high cost, and dependency on other treatment
     facilities for processing the retained water and
     settled solids.

Physical Treatment With and Without Chemical Addition —

•    Physical treatment processes are well suited to storm-
     water applications in many ways, particularly with
     respect to SS removal.  These processes include sedi-
     mentation, dissolved air flotation, screening (coarse,
     fine mesh, and micro), filtration, and swirl
     concentration.  Representative cost, loading, and effi-
     ciency data are shown in Table 4.

•    Removal efficiencies for the physical processes tend to
     vary directly with the influent contaminant concentra-
     tions yielding relatively constant effluent results.
     Thus, instantaneous removal efficiencies lose their
     significance; an improved basis of comparison is mass
     loadings applied versus those discharged.

•    While the availability of full-scale field data for
     storm flow applications is limited at the  present time,
     projects now operating or under construction will soon
     greatly enhance the data base available to designers.
     Notable are the dissolved air flotation facilities in
     Racine, Wisconsin, and San Francisco, California; the
     chemical clarification facilities in Dallas,  Texas;
     and two projects providing parallel full-scale testing
     of alternative screening units in Fort Wayne, Indiana,
     and Syracuse, New York.   Screening devices to be
     tested include fine screens,  rotary fine screens, hy-
     draulic sieves (static devices), and microstrainers.
                           12

-------
          Table  4.   COMPARISON OF PHYSICAL
               TREATMENT ALTERNATIVES
         Process
             Estimated
             removal, I
Design loading  	 Capital cost
    rate      BODr   SS
   Dissolved air flotation15
   (split flow)          3,200 gpd/sq ft 40    60      35,000
   Dissolved air flotation13
   (split flow) with
   chemical addition         25 mg/1     52    78
   Microstrainer
   (20-60 microns)           30 gpm/sq ft 10-50  70      11,000
   Fine screen
   (100-600 microns)         50 gpm/sq ft 15    40      7,800
   Ultrahigh rate^
   filtration              24 gpm/sq ft 40    65      63,000°
   Ultrahigh rate'3
   filtration with poly-
   electrolyte  addition      1-2 mg/1     65    94
   Chemical  clarification
   using waste  lime sludge   2,570 gpd/sq ft  60    60       54,000


   a.   Based on 25-mgd facility.
   b.   Includes ultrafine screens as pretreatment.
   c.   Extrapolated from pilot scale data.
   Note: gpd/sq ft x 0.283 = cu m/min/ha
       gpm/sq ft x 0.679 = 1/sec/sq m
       mgd x 3.785 = Ml/day

 Concentration devices, typified by  the swirl  concen-
 trator  and helical  or spiral  flow devices,  have intro-
 duced an advanced form of sewer regulator--one capable
 of controlling both quantity  and quality.   These de-
 vices take advantage of  secondary fluid motions and
 natural  liquid/solids separation in  bends  and other
 forms of rotational flow  to split storm flow  into a
 low  volume concentrate and a  high volume,  relatively
 clear stream.   Prototype  swirl regulators  are  under
 construction  in Lancaster, Pennsylvania,   and  Syracuse,
 New  York.  A  third  unit has been placed into  operation
 ±or  sewage grit separation in Denver,  Colorado.   Set-
 tleable  solids  removals  ranging  from 65 to more  than
 90 Percent, corresponding to  chamber retention  times
 in the order  of 5 to  15  seconds,  have  been predicted on
™*+  i  SJoo?/ modetl  tes?s'  Indicated costs are  approxi-
mately $285/cu  m/sec  ($6,500/mgd).    Swirl devices  are
 being developed for primary treatment;  having the  poten-
 tial  for more effective  treatment  than  conventional
sedimentation at only  l/12th  the detention time.
                        13

-------
Biological Treatment  —

•    Biological  treatment of wastewater, used  primarily for
     domestic  and  industrial flows, produces an effluent of
     high quality  at  comparatively low cost.   For treatment
     of storm  flow, however, the following  are serious draw-
     backs:   (1) the  biomass used to assimilate the waste
     constituents  must either be kept alive during times of
     dry weather or allowed to develop for  each storm event;
     and  (2) once  developed, the biomass is highly suscep-
     tible to  washout by hydraulic surges and  organic
     overload.

•    Examples  of biological treatment applications to storm-
     water include (1) the contact stabilization modifica-
     tion of activated sludge, (2) high-rate trickling
     filtration,  (3)  bioadsorption using rotating biological
     contactors, and  (4) oxidation lagoons  of  various types.
     The  first three  are operated conjunctively with dry-
     weather flow  plants to supply the biomass, and the
     fourth use  approaches total storage of the flows (rep-
     resentative detention times of 1 to 10 days).  A com-
     parison of  the alternatives is shown in Table 5.
          Table  5.   COMPARISON OF BIOLOGICAL  TREATMENT
                           ALTERNATIVES
Process and design flow
Contact stabilization
modification of
secondary plant (20 mgd)
High rate trickling
filter modification
of secondary plant
(6 mgd)
Rotating biological
contactor^5 (10.4 mgd)
Treatment lagoons
(0.3 to 2.2 mgd)
Design loading
rate
108 Ib BOD5/
1,000 cf
Plastic media,
40 mgad; rock
media, 12 mgad
5-15 Ib BOD5/
day/1,000 sq ft
10 days'
retention
Estimated
removal , 1
BOD5 SS
83 92
65 65
54 70
40-90 50-60
Capital cost,
$/mgd
78,300
79,100
30,000
43,000 to
55,000
          a.  Data based on single installations.

          b.  Includes cost of final clarifier.

          Note:  lb/1,000 cf x 16.077 = g/cu m
               mgad x 9.357 = 1/day/ha
               lb/day/1,000 sq ft x 4.88 = kg/day/1,000 sq m
               mgd x 3.785 = Ml/day
                             14

-------
 •    Biological process applications severely restrict
      allowable flow and/or loading variations.  For example
      in the projects cited in Table 5, the contact stabili-
      zation modification was limited to 2 to 3 times the
      dry-weather flow; the trickling filter application, to
      5 to 10 times the dry-weather flow; and the biological
      contactor, to 5 to 10 times the dry-weather flow.

 •    Dual-use principles were effectively demonstrated in
      the first two cases in Table 5 in that the wet-weather
      plant additions were used to advantage during dry-
      weather periods for upgrading treatment performance.
      This capability should be exploited in all storm flow
      management strategies.

 Physical-Chemical  Treatment -

 •    Physical-chemical treatment is becoming competitive in
      cost with biological  treatment,  especially where sig-
      nificant phosphorus removal is required.   Physical-
      chemical processes  are of particular  importance  to
      storm flow treatment  because  of  their adaptability to
      automated operation,  rapid startup  and shutdown  charac-
      teristics,  and  very good resistance to shockloads.

 •     The  most promising  combination of unit processes
      appears  to  be chemical clarification  followed by  fil-
      tration  and adsorption on  activated carbon.

 •     Drawbacks  to physical-chemical treatment  include high
      initial  costs,  high rates  of  chemical  consumption,  and
      increased  sludge  (by  dry weight) to be  disposed of.

 •     A unique variation  of  the  usual coagulation-adsorption
      process  was applied in a pilot demonstration in Albany,
      New York.  Both powdered carbon and coagulants were
      added in a static mixing-reaction pipeline, and the
      resultant coagulated matter was flocculated downstream
      separated by tube settlers, and polished by multi-media
      filtration.  BODs and  SS removals of 94 and 99 percent
      respectively,  were achieved.  A prototype facility was*
      estimated to cost $39,000/M1  ($146,000/mgd) based upon
      a capacity of 94 Ml (25 mgd).

Disinfection —

•    Because the disinfectant and contact demands are great
     in storm flow  applications, current research centers on
      (1)  high-rate  applications, (2) use of alternative dis-
     infectants with  reduced toxicity residuals and high
                           15

-------
     reaction rates, and (3) on-site generation of
     disinfectants.

•    It was recently reported that satisfactory disinfection
     of a combined sewer overflow was attainable with con-
     tact times as short as 2 to 4 minutes (versus conven-
     tional practice of 10 to 15 minutes)  using a chlorine
     concentration of 5 mg/1.  These results were obtained
     on microstrainer effluent in a specially designed con-
     tact tank using parallel corrugated baffles to provide
     high mixing intensities.

•    Effluent bacteria requirements of 1,000 total coliforms/
     100 ml and 200  fecal coliforms/100 ml were reached in
     another bench-scale application on microstrainer efflu-
     ent in contact  times of 60 seconds or less using 25
     mg/1 chlorine or 12 mg/1 chlorine dioxide in a single-
     stage disinfection process, or 8 mg/1 chlorine and
     2 mg/1 chlorine dioxide in a two-stage disinfection
     process.

•    Other disinfectants under study in the stormwater pro-
     gram include sodium hypochlorite and ozone.

•    An on-site sodium hypochlorite generation plant has
     been constructed in New Orleans capable of producing
     75,700 1 (20,000 gal.) of hypochlorite per 8-hour day.
     Estimated production cost is $0.05/kg ($0.12/lb) of
     available chlorine.

Integrated (Complex) Systems

•    The most promising approaches to urban storm flow man-
     agement involve the integrated use of control and
     treatment systems with an areawide, multidisciplinary
     (water use, land use, wet- and dry-period discharges,
     etc.) perspective.

•    Storm flow treatment processes can be most effectively
     used following  some form of storage (flow equalization).
     This yields not only longer running periods, reduced
     shock effects,  and buffer flexibility for startup and
     shutdown, but also, frequently, lower overall costs.

•    Resort to mathematical model usage is ultimately essen-
     tial to problem comprehension and effective program
     implementation  because of the myriad conditions and
     alternatives encountered.  Model use in the initial
     program planning process is likewise highly beneficial.
                            16

-------
 Mathematical models have been developed and success-
 fully applied,  at many levels of sophistication and
 complexity,  to  the solution of stormwater management
 problems.   These models vary from simple "mass-diagram"
 balances of  runoff, storage, treatment, and overflows
 to those capable of representing the  whole gamut of
 urban stormwater runoff phenomena (including both
 quantity and quality).

 Programs developed in  the  conception/design phases  of
 a  project  can form the  basis for real-time decision-
 making in  prototype operations  to maximize counter-
 measures to  abate pollution.

 In San Francisco studies  it  was  concluded that  combined
 sewer overflows  occur during rainfall  intensities
 greater than 0.02 in./hr  (90 percent  of all  storm time)
 It was further concluded,  however, that the  concept of
 constructing combined sewers  should be  retained and
 that  storage and treatment  facilities  should be  con-
 structed so  that no  more than 8  overflows  will  occur in
 each  year.   By such  action,  control would  be  achieved
 on up  to 90  percent  of  the annual  combined sewer over-
 flow  discharges  at  a cost  of  $42,400/ha  ($17,ISO/acre).
 This  represents  approximately 40 percent of  the  esti-
 mated  cost of separating existing  combined  sewers.

 Integrated approaches are notably  demonstrated by the
 comprehensive master plans developed in Chicago  and
 San Francisco; by the remote  monitoring and control
 systems  of Seattle, Minneapolis-St. Paul,  and Detroit;
 by  the beneficial-use oriented programs of Mount
 Clemens, Michigan; the Kingman Lake reclamation concept
 for Washington,  D. C.; and the planned community ap-
proaches at Woodlands, Texas, and Columbia, Maryland--
 to name  a few.  All of these  approaches demonstrate
 clearly man's capability to meet the challenge of this
new technology and, in so doing, greatly improve his
habitat.
                      17

-------
                        Section II

                      RECOMMENDATIONS
Recommendations, developed during this study to guide future
actions, are grouped into four categories dealing with:
(1) evaluations and planning, (2) control, (3) treatment,
and (4) impact.

EVALUATIONS AND PLANNING

•    Standardized procedures should be developed and imple-
     mented in the characterization of wet-weather dis-
     charges and control/treatment process evaluations.

•    Greater emphasis now should be placed upon the total
     impact of projects as opposed to optimizing devices for
     a presumed set of criteria.  In this regard, four pri-
     mary guides are recommended for weighing future per-
     formance evaluations:

         1.  Reliability/durability based upon the frequency
             of total and partial unit operations to the
             total number of continuous storm events.

         2.  Efficiency as measured by the total mass of
             pollutants removed by the facility as a per-
             centage of the total mass applied over the com-
             plete storm event including upstream bypasses.

         3.  Effluent quality as measured by the average
             and maximum concentrations measured in the
             discharge.

         4-  Dual use as measured by the effective utiliza-
             tion of the facility during non-storm periods.

•    Development and application of direct-reading remote
     sensors should be stressed, particularly with respect
     to organic and solids concentrations.  Correlations
                            18

-------
 should be developed between remotely sensed parameters
 and commonly used design and system operation
 parameters.

 Improved capability for remotely sensing flow rates in
 large conduits in an economic manner should be
 developed.  Also, improved portable flowmeters and flow
 proportional samplers for limited studies and infiltra-
 tion analyses are a priority need.   Units should be
 capable of measuring both open channel and surcharged
 flows and should not be damaged by  sitting idle for ex-
 tended periods when there is no discharge or by charac-
 teristic debris and should not obstruct flow.

 Planning processes for stormwater management should en-
 compass the  three-phase strategy program outlined in
 Section I (Figure 1):   (1)  formulating an approach,
 (2)  selection of management alternative, and (3)  imple-
 mentation and assessment of performance.

 Municipalities should  move  ahead now to assess and then
 attack their stormwater problem.  First-phase  actions
 should include at a minimum:

     1.   Initial  consensus on  objectives and  goals.

     2.   Identification of the  existing  collection/
         treatment system reaction to storm events,
         singling  out key indicator  locations.

     3.   Installation and operation  of monitoring, meas-
         uring, and  sampling equipment at selected key
         locations with  provisions for automatic start-
         ing  under wet-weather  flows.

     4.   Characterizing  rainfall behavior and receiving
        water  response  based upon historical data and
         initiating new  programs where necessary.

     5.  Becoming  directly involved  in the new  technol-
        ogies  surrounding urban stormwater management.

In management plan selection procedures,  the many-
faceted approaches available should be weighed with
emphasis upon first establishing control  over  the flows
and then treating to the objective degree.

Program implementation should be staged so as to pro-
vide prototype flexibility and maximum feedback of real
experience as input to subsequent designs and planning.
                      19

-------
CONTROL

•    Intensive demonstration projects should be undertaken
     in typical urban areas to explore the maximum benefits
     to be derived from the application of source controls.
     At least one year's monitoring of unimproved conditions
     should precede the implementation of new practices to
     allow the development of adequate baseline criteria.

•    Similar projects should be undertaken to identify the
     benefits derived from the use of collection system con-
     trols such as:  periodic sewer flushing, improved
     catch basin design and/or maintenance, inflow/
     infiltration controls, improved regulators (fluidic
     controls and swirl concentrators providing both quan-
     tity and quality separation), etc.

•    Studies should be undertaken to determine the effects
     of short-and long-term storage of stormwater runoff
     and combined sewage overflows with respect to hazards,
     nuisance, and treatability.   Both in-line and off-line
     conditions should be studied.

•    The degree and impact of control facilities should be
     included in every predesign analysis for storm flow
     treatment.  Benefits gained may include increased relia
     bility, greater flexibility, more sustained operations,
     lower required treatment capacity, and lower overall
     cost.

•    Increased emphasis should be placed on the further de-
     velopment and use of mathematical models as primary
     planning and design aids.  Models should be used to
     maximize the total integrated system approach, in-
     cluding basinwide planning and standards.

•    Automatic controls, including backup systems, should be
     used in most, if not all, urban storm flow management
     systems to provide at a minimum for positive startup,
     emergency shutdown, and monitoring.

TREATMENT

•    Greater emphasis should be placed on the design and use
     of storm flow treatment facilities to augment dry-
     weather flow treatment when not required for storm
     flows.   For example, microstrainers and/or multi-media
     filters could be used for storm flow treatment in wet
     weather and for effluent polishing, increased capaci-
     ties, and equipment backup in dry weather.
                           20

-------
 Prototype projects on actual storm and/or combined
 sewer overflows should be undertaken to demonstrate the
 feasibility of the following key process alternatives:

     1.  Dual-media filtration with and without poly-
         electrolyte feed with ultrafine screening as
         pretreatment.

     2.  Physical-chemical treatment for stormwater
         reclamation and reuse.

     3.  Rotating biological contactors followed by
         clarification.

     4.  High energy gradient chlorine  contact chambers.

     5.  Rapid oxidants  for short period disinfection.

 Prototype  projects  now  underway  should be  carefully
 screened and data published (annually)  in  the form of
 a  state-of-the-art  supplement.   Major  processes  in this
 category include:

     1.   Swirl  concentrators.

     2.   Biological  processes  (contact  stabilization,
         high-rate trickling  filtration,  treatment
         lagoons).

     3.   Screening with  dissolved  air flotation.

     4.   Fine  screening, static screens,  rotating fine
         screens.

     5.  Microstrainers.

     6.  Sedimentation.

     7.  Disinfection and on-site generation of oxidants.

Studies of the solids resulting from various storm flow
treatment methods should be undertaken.  Such studies
should be aimed at characterizing and quantifying the
solids removed during treatment and determining the
handling and disposal alternatives available.
Particular emphasis needs to be placed on the potential
impact of solids derived from storm flow on dry-weather
flow facilities if these are to be used jointly.
                      21

-------
•    Studies on the means and benefits of increasing the
     diversion of wet-weather flows to dry-weather plants
     and the impact of the increased flows on plant perform-
     ance need to be undertaken on the basis of interim as
     well as long-term solutions.

•    Further demonstrations are required on the upgrading of
     dry-weather plants to handle  increased wet-weather
     flows through temporary process modifications or
     supplements.

•    The practical application of  multiple satellite storm
     flow treatment plants and their non-storm beneficial
     use should be further demonstrated.
IMPACT
     The monitoring of receiving water quality, both during
     and following storms, should be intensified and the
     data used to improve gross evaluations of the impact
     of wet-weather discharges.  Again, continuous remote
     sensing is highly desirable.

     The development of stormwater abatement alternatives
     should stress the concept of multiple-use facilities.
     For example, the previously mentioned integrated use
     of stormwater facilities with dry-weather plants as
     backup and/or increased treatment capability, the
     direct integration with recreational facilities, the
     use of underground construction to reserve the surface
     for public facilities, etc., would provide attendant
     benefits.

     Prototype projects demonstrating the reuse potential
     of stormwater should be further emphasized and
     implemented.

     Through educational programs, increased awareness
     should be fostered on the part of engineers, adminis-
     trators, and the public on stormwater discharge and
     combined sewer overflow problems, technology, and
     abatement programs.  To aid in this effort a 30-minute
     narrated documentary color film has been produced as a
     part of this study for distribution by EPA for public
     showings before concerned groups.
                            22

-------
                         Section  III

                        INTRODUCTION
 Precipitation  falling  on  urban  areas  becomes  contaminated
 as  it  enters and passes through or within  the  environment.
 The  sources of this  contamination are the  air  (smog,  dust
 and  particulate matter, vapors,  gases,  etc.),  building
 and/or  ground  surfaces, and residues  deposited by previous
 storm  and/or municipal sewage flows within the storm  or
 combined  sewers.  After passing  through the environment,
 stormwater, with or  without municipal sewage picked up in
 transit,  is usually  discharged  to a receiving  water body,
 such as a lake, a stream, an estuary,  or an ocean.  There
 the pollutants in the  stormwater are  decomposed  (nonconser-
 vative),  accumulated (conservative),  or transported
 downstream.

 During  the next decade, it is expected that billions  of
 dollars will be spent  in  the United States to  combat  the
 degradation of streams and other water bodies  by pollutants
 released through storm discharges and combined sewer
 overflows.  The EPA  is therefore directing or  assisting in
 multiple research and development programs and investiga-
 tions to identify, control, and correct the causes of known
 problems relating to these storm occurrences.

 This text was designed, in part, to fulfill the present
 need for a compilation and listing of the available litera-
 ture concerning storm sewer discharge and combined sewer
 overflow treatment and control.   There has been a definite
 lack of concise, comparative information on past  project
 results, presented in a single document, especially with
 respect to (1)  the cost of treatment  and control  systems,
 (2)  the performance  of such systems,  and (3)  the  assessment
of the  various  project  criteria  and goals.   Rapid informa-
 tion retrieval  for evaluating  past  projects has been
severely hampered by the  volume  and availability  of
literature.
                            23

-------
This text on the state-of-the-art contains the results of
an extensive literature review along with current updated
information and evaluations concerning the various EPA dem-
onstration projects and many others.  This compendium of
stormwater technology should assist designers, administra-
tors, educators, and prospective extramural project appli-
cants as well as those who must review the projects.

OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE

The objective of this text is to identify and assess exist-
ing and available techniques of controlling and/or treating
urban runoff and combined sewer overflows in an environ-
mentally acceptable manner and to guide those responsible
for developing and implementing corrective action.

The scope of this text includes the following with respect
to management alternatives:

     1.  Sewer separation, its functions, purposes, limita-
         tions, and true perspective based on modern
         technology.

     2.  Control and/or treatment capabilities of facilities
         intended to function as alternatives to sewer
         separation.

     3.  New developments in sewer construction, repairs,
         and usage.

     4.  Basis for design.

     5.  Levels of treatment efficiency to be expected from
         unit processes or from typical combinations of
         treatment and/or control processes.

     6.  Types and ranges of pollutant most amenable to
         removal or conversion.

     7.  Mathematical modeling techniques for "predictive"
         and "decision-making" purposes.

     8.  Flow measurement methods and sampling devices.

     9.  Economic evaluations.

    10.  Facilities and systems application assessment.
                            24

-------
 METHOD OF PRESENTATION

 This  text has  been arranged to facilitate its  use as  a
 solution-oriented reference source.   As  a result, the indi-
 vidual sections  making up  the  main body  have been sequenced
 along the lines  of a typical control/treatment implementa-
 tion  strategy.

 The Conclusions,  Recommendations,  and Introduction are
 presented in Sections  I,  II, and III, respectively.
 Together  they  form Part I  of the text.   Background informa-
 tion  is provided  within the introduction on the  EPA Research,
 Development, and  Demonstration Program,  the emerging  nation-
 wide  emphasis  on  stormwater problems, and the  importance  of
 uniform nomenclature and terminology.

 The next  three Sections are grouped  as Part II,  Formulating
 an Approach.  A guide  to the assessment  of the problem and
 selection of the  abatement  or  control methods  and processes
 is presented in Section IV.   In this  section,  the intention
 is to  lead the reader,  step by step,  through the  procedures
 to be  followed in defining  the program,  identifying the
 problem,  assessing available data, developing  a  data-gather-
 ing program, selecting  and  developing a  final  plan, and
 implementing the  program.

 Background information  on the  stormwater  problem,  including
 details on the emergence of the  problem,  the characteristics
 of stormwater, the sources  and movement  of pollutants, and
 the environmental  effects,  is  presented  and discussed  in
 Section V.

 Evaluation procedures and criteria are presented  in
 Section VI.  The  collection  of data,  with  particular empha-
 sis on quality sampling and  flow measurement,  and  the  anal-
 ysis of data are  discussed.  Processes and equipment
 evaluation, system control,  and  costs are  also described.

 Management  Alternatives and  Technology, Part III,  is sub-
 divided into seven  sections  according to each  generalized
 alternative category.  Unit  processes and  operations are
 described  and each  discussion  covers  their (1)  useful  appli-
 cation, (2) value  in meeting specific pollutant removal
 requirements, (3)  performance  data,  (4) advantages and limi-
 tations, and (5)  available cost data.

 Part IV, Implementation, has two subsections.   The first,
 Section XIV, describes the combining of the unit processes
 and operations  into complete programs, the applications of
mathematical models, master plan examples, and  environmental
 aspects.   General operation and maintenance considerations
                            25

-------
and experience drawn from all projects are summarized in
Section XV.

Cited references by Section and general references are
presented in Section XVI.   Numbers enclosed in brackets
within the text correspond to cited reference listings.
A glossary, abbreviations, and conversion factors are
presented in Section XVII.

BACKGROUND

Recognition of the significance of stormwater-induced water
pollution has been slow.  Current interest, limited though
it may be, is largely attributable to the efforts of the EPA
Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution Control Research,
Development, and Demonstration Program.

A 1964 U.S. Public Health Service in-depth study [7] was the
first federal appraisal of the problem.  So little was known
about stormwater problems  before that time that, in 1963
testimony before a Senate  subcommittee investigating water
pollution, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare
Celebrezze stated in part:

     No real knowledge exists today as to what a
     national separation program might cost, although
     estimates have been made in billions of dollars.
     Even the extent of pollution caused by unsepa-
     rated sewers is not known, although preliminary
     studies suggest it is very great....Before insti-
     tuting a federal program for assistance in the
     separation of combined sewers, the ultimate cost
     and duration of which are speculative, we need to
     obtain realistic estimates of the costs of a sepa-
     ration program....Once reasonably accurate infor-
     mation as to total cost of a national separation
     program is obtained and alternative methods have
     been fully explored,  we will be able to make in-
     formed decisions among the alternatives and pre-
     sent recommendations  to Congress based thereon.
     Consequently, I am unable to support this provi-
     sion [funds for sewer separation]  of the bill at
     this time, because I  do not think we have adequate
     information.   [7]
                            26

-------
 The first federal legislative  recognition of the  signifi-
 cance  of stormwater problems  is  found in the Water  Quality
 Act of 1965,  Section 6.(a)  in  which it is stated  that:

     The Secretary is  authorized to make grants to  any
     State, municipality,  or  intermunicipal  or inter-
     state  agency for  the  purpose of —

        (1)  assisting in  the development  of any project
            which  will  demonstrate a new  or improved
            method of controlling the discharge into
            any waters  of untreated or inadequately
            treated sewage  or other wastes from sewers
            which  carry storm water or both storm  water
            and sewage  or other wastes,...(Emphasis
            added)

 Gradually,  sanitary  districts  and local  and  state govern-
 ments  have become  more aware of  stormwater problems.  In
 some cases  awareness has been  created by  the  surcharging of
 overloaded  sanitary  and  combined sewers,  causing  localized
 wastewater  flooding  of streets and basements--events usu-
 ally brought to the  attention of City personnel.

 The District of Columbia has been  aware of the problems of
 combined  sewers for many years.  After 1890,  separate
 sewers were installed  in new areas  of  the  city.   In studies
 conducted by consultants in 1933  and  1935, it was recommended
 that certain areas within the older  combined  sewer portions
 of the District be separated.   In  a  1957  Board of Engineers
 study,it was recommended that a  project be undertaken to
 (1) separate 10 percent of the combined sewer area and
 (2) construct new  interceptors to  convey more combined
wastewater to the water pollution  control plant.   This rec-
ommendation was only partially implemented  because of
budgetary reasons.  Although the Board recognized that com-
bined sewer overflows were a significant source of water
pollution, it had  little information on the pollution result-
ing from storm sewer effluents alone.  A 1970 EPA-sponsored
study of the District's stormwater problem recommended:

     Discontinue  the current sewer separation pro-
     gram and develop pollution abatement programs
     for both the combined and separated sewer areas
     if the pollutional characteristics of storm
     water determined in the current study are con-
     firmed in other areas  of  the District.  [2]
                            27

-------
1967 National Inventory

In 1967,the APWA conducted a national survey [9] to obtain
data on (1) the number of people served by different types
of sewer systems, (2) the extent of storm and combined sewer
overflows, (3) water use in waters receiving overflows,
(4) flooding related to combined sewers, (5) infiltration,
(6) combined sewer regulators, (7) treatment plant bypassing,
and (8) costs of sewer separation and other abatement
alternatives.  The survey included all urban communities
with populations greater than 25,000 and representative
samples of smaller ones from each state.  Among the exten-
sive findings of this survey were the following (costs
shown in brackets have been adjusted to ENR 2000):

     If all jurisdictions with combined sewers were
     to replace them by providing a separate conduit
     for sanitary and industrial wastes, and another
     for storm water, they would face an expenditure
     of approximately [$56 billion].  Inclusion of
     the expenses incurred in making the necessary
     plumbing changes in and on private property to
     effect total separation would increase this cost
     to approximately [$90 billion].  However, the
     report strongly implies that such a calculation
     must be considered theoretical.  Responses from
     many municipalities, especially those with high
     population densities, disclose that the possi-
     bility of changing all combined sewers to sepa-
     rate is remote.

     Alternate methods of control and/or treatment
     other than sewer separation are in use in some
     jurisdictions and research is being conducted to
     further evaluate the effectiveness and applica-
     bility of various methods.  There were insuffi-
     cient data to make a detailed cost estimate of
     the alternate methods.  However, from the lim-
     ited data available, it appears that the cost of
     such methods would be about one-half the cost of
     complete separation.  In addition, the expense
     of separating plumbing in and on private prop-
     erty would not be necessary.  If alternate means
     of control and/or treatment were used exclu-
     sively, which is unlikely, the total cost would
     thus approximate [$28 billion].
                            28

-------
      Of the 641 surveyed jurisdictions  [1,329  juris-
      dictions estimated nationwide total],  493 re-
      ported 9,860 combined sewer overflows.   In
      addition, 237 of the 641  jurisdictions  reported
      759 overflows from combined sewer  pumping sta-
      tions and 160 communities reported 755  separate
      sanitary sewage  pumping station  overflows.   Re-
      ported treatment plant overflows or bypasses
      amounted to 532.  In addition, 87  jurisdictions
      listed 2,306 "other" overflow sources.   In large
      measure, these are unregulated discharges.   The
      grand total of 14,212 overflows  in the  surveyed
      jurisdictions indicates the multiplicity  of dis-
      charges  into watercourses,  lakes and coastal
      waters.
      Infiltration was reported  as a problem under dry
      weather  conditions by  14 percent of the juris-
      dictions  surveyed; under wet weather conditions,
      53 percent reported  infiltration as a problem.
     Bypassing of untreated or partially treated
     sewage occurs at water pollution contfbl plants
     at frequent intervals, for various reasons, in-
     cluding the overtaxing of plant capacities dur-
     ing storm flow periods.

     Engineering studies on overflow problems have
     been made in 310 of the jurisdictions surveyed.
     Of these, 220 jurisdictions have made estimates
     of the cost for a project or projects to elimi-
     nate all or part of their combined sewer over-
     flow problems.  In addition, 222 jurisdictions
     surveyed reported current plans for sewer
     separation projects and 52 jurisdictions have
     plans for constructing alternate control or
     treatment facilities.   [9]

EPA Research, Development,  and Demonstration Program

In 1965, Congress authorized a Research, Development, and
Demonstration Program to find lower cost remedial alterna-
tives to complete combined  sewer separation.   Today this
EPA program is under the jurisdiction of the-Storm and
Combined Sewer Technology Branch of the National Environ-
mental Research Center — Cincinnati.   Major emphasis to date
                            29

-------
has been directed toward combined sewer overflows, although
it has been found that storm sewer discharges also carry high
pollutant loads (contrary to longstanding beliefs).

Thus far, over 140 projects have been carried out by means
of demonstration grants and contracts.  These projects have
produced much information useful in defining the problem and
in the application of remedial techniques related primarily
to combined sewer overflows.  As a result, new hardware has
been developed and is now available to those engaged in
planning and construction of remedial works.  For the most
part, the funded projects have not been integrated into an
overall abatement program but have covered many individual
facets of the problem.

Valuable information on the characteristics of storm dis-
charges and combined sewer overflows, along with various
treatment and control processes and systems, has been de-
rived from these projects.  On an individual basis,  there
have been both successes and failures in the program, but
on the whole, many effective tools for combating the problem
have been developed.

Other Programs

In addition to the EPA Research, Development, and Demonstra-
tion Program, notable other national programs in the storm-
water field include those of the American Society of Civil
Engineers (ASCE), the National Science Foundation (NSF), and
the Office of Water Resources Research (OWRR).

ASCE — The American Society of Civil Engineers,1 Urban Water
Resources Research Program was initiated and developed by
the ASCE Urban Water Resources Research Council.  The basic
purpose of the Program is to help establish coordinated
long-range research in urban water resources on a national
scale.  The Program has developed over 3 phases:  (1) 1967-
1969, research needs assessment; (2) 1969-1971, studies on
urban water problems under the theme of urban water  manage-
ment; and (3) 1971-1973, translation of research findings
into practice.  To date, 18 Technical Memoranda (see
Section XVI for listing) have been published and distributed.

NSF — Within the National Science Foundation, the Division
of Environmental Systems and Resources is one of four organi-
zational units administering the program of Research Applied
to National Needs.  The purpose of the programs of this
Division is to support research to develop improved  under-
standing of environmental issues and the impact of human
activity on the environment, and to improve the prospect of
                            30

-------
 reconciling economic development with improved environmental
 quality in the United States.   The  major program areas  are
 (1)  regional environmental  systems, (2)  environmental
 aspects of trace contaminants,  and  (3) weather modification.

 QWRR - The Office of Water  Resources  Research, U.S.  Depart-
 ment of the Interior, in addition to  direct  research support,
 compiles annually a summary of  descriptions  of current  re-
 search on water resources.   The catalog  series, initiated in
 February 1965, makes readily available to all  who are en-
 gaged in water-related research,  or otherwise  concerned with
 water resources problems, information on what  is  being  done,
 by whom, and where.

 EMERGING EMPHASIS ON THE STORMWATER PROBLEM

 As a result of these recent and ongoing  programs,  the magni-
 tude of the stormwater problem  is becoming more widely  known.
 Studies are underway to characterize  more thoroughly the
 quantity and quality of storm runoff, storm  sewer discharges,
 and  combined sewer overflows.   This state-of-the-art text
 brings  to the  engineering world the first comprehensive
 analysis of the problem and what  can  be  done about it.  Two
 similar studies are  proceeding  concurrently, one  in  Canada
 and  one in France.   It  has  become readily apparent during
 this  study that no single "ideal" solution to  the problem
 exists.

 It was  originally believed  that  the best  answer to abatement
 of the  combined sewer  overflow  problem was the  elimination
 of combined sewers by  constructing  separate storm and sani-
 tary  sewers.   More recently, in  light of  the costs and dis-
 ruption  involved  in  separating  combined  sewers, emphasis is
 being placed on alternatives to  sewer separation.  Specific
 attention  is being paid  to  (1)  source controls, (2)  storage
 and/or  treatment  of  combined sewer overflows,  (3) reduction
 of infiltration  and  inflows  to  sanitary  sewers, (4) more
 complete  utilization of  existing combined sewer and  treat-
 ment  systems,  and  (5) mathematical modeling techniques  for
 predictive  and  decision-making purposes  in augmenting de-
 sign, selection,  and operation of abatement systems.

 The EPA  has sponsored numerous studies over the last few
 years concerning  the treatment of combined sewer overflows,
 both with  and without storage.  Retention of combined sewer
 flows makes it possible  to provide treatment at existing
 sanitary treatment facilities or at  facilities specifically
 designed for storm flows.   If the level of treatment re-
 quired for storm  flows is less than  that  provided at the
water pollution control plant or to  offset high transmission
                            31

-------
costs, adding the treatment at the storage locations may be
advantageous.  Thus, several small satellite plants can be
used, possibly in conjunction with phased construction,
rather than one large plant.

A manual of practice on the prevention and correction of
excessive infiltration and inflow into sewer systems was
recently completed  [8].  The objectives are (1)  elimination
of untreated wastewater bypasses and overflows,  (2) lower
total costs of treatment works, and (3) elimination of the
construction of unnecessary treatment works capacity.

1972 FWPCA Amendments

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments, passed
in October 1972, place new and stronger emphasis on storm-
water pollution.  In the Act, Congress defined "treatment
works" to add, for the first time,

      ...any other method or system for preventing,
     abating, reducing, storing, treating, sepa-
     rating, or disposing of municipal waste, in-
     cluding storm water runoff, or industrial
     waste, including waste in combined storm water
     and sanitary sewer systems.  (Emphasis added)

Hence, projects for abatement of stormwater pollution  (sub-
ject to guidelines set forth by the Administrator of the
EPA) will be eligible for general construction grants even
if new technology is not involved.  This is consistent with
the purpose for the construction grant program to

      ...provide control or treatment of all point
     and nonpoint sources of [water] pollution.

Further, it is consistent with the President's Environmental
Message of 1970 in which he stated:

     A river cannot be polluted on its left bank and
     clear on its right.  In a given waterway,
     abating some of the pollution is often little
     better than doing nothing at all, and money
     spent on such partial efforts is largely
     wasted.

The Act also requires that grants for the construction of
treatment works will not be approved unless the  tributary
sewer system is not subject to excessive infiltration.
                            32

-------
 Comptroller General's  Report

 Because  of the  seriousness  of the  combined sewer overflow
 problem,  the Comptroller General  of the  United States,  on
 March 28,  1973,  submitted a report to Congress on the  "Need
 to  Control Discharges  From  Sewers  Carrying Both Sewage  and
 Storm Runoff."   Findings revealed  that combined sewer  over-
 flows "...are a  major  pollution problem  and prevent  many
 areas from attaining Federal and  State water quality goals."
 The report recommended that the EPA require states to  iden-
 tify, study, and submit abatement  plans  for combined sewer
 overflow pollution  and to consider the award of construction
 grants for these abatement  facilities.   [3]

 State and  Local  Requirements

 On  the state and local level,  regulations  concerning water
 pollution  abatement have been  tightened.   Illinois  [5,  10,
 14]  and Georgia  [4] have promulgated their requirements  for
 overflow control and treatment.

 In  an effort to  curb channel erosion and downstream  silta-
 tion,  the  State  of Maryland [13, 11,  1] requires  the land
 developer  to attenuate runoff  so as  not to allow  flow re-
 leases (for  up to two  year  storms)  to  occur any faster  than
 before site  construction.

 The  City and County of San  Francisco,  California, has passed
 a 1970 resolution [12]  for  a special  time  schedule to regu-
 late  discharges  from combined  sewers.  A recent regulation
 in  Orange  County, Florida [6], states  that a  complete storm-
 water management  system be  provided  to handle  all stormwater
 runoff in  "prime  recharge areas."   It  also states that  treat-
 ment  is required  for stormwater in  all drainage systems.
 This  regulation  is the  first to deal  so specifically with
 the  control  and  treatment of urban  runoff  as  opposed to  com-
 bined storm  and  sanitary  flows.

 INFORMATION  SOURCES AND  DEFINITION  OF TERMS

 Information  Sources

 Information  for  this text was gathered from  (1) the  litera-
 ture,  (2) project documents, (3)  demonstration project site
 visits and interviews,  and  (4) previous experience.  To
 obtain information regarding the many ongoing and concurrent
 studies of the EPA Research, Development,  and Demonstration
 Program,  monthly progress reports for the  various projects
were reviewed.   In addition, reports from  the EPA's  Environ-
mental Protection Technology Series were studied for infor-
mation concerning recently completed projects.  Information
                            33

-------
was also obtained from an extensive survey of other litera-
ture in the field.  More than 600 references, including
books, magazine and journal articles, engineering reports,
progress reports of ongoing projects, and EPA reports were
collected and reviewed.

Visits were made to numerous EPA demonstration project sites,
both completed and ongoing, to view the facilities and to
obtain information on the size and scope of the various
projects, their function, and problems encountered.  In con-
junction with these visits, discussions were held with plant
operators, design engineers, city officials, and EPA offi-
cials concerning the design, operation, and effectiveness of
the various projects.  Construction costs, operating and
maintenance costs, and operational data were obtained for
the various plants where available.

Construction drawings of many of the plants were reviewed.
Particular attention was paid to unique construction fea-
tures, special application of mechanical equipment, unusual
design or construction problems, plant layout, physical
size, and mode of operation (automatic or manual).

Nomenclature and Terminology

Efforts to attain better levels of treatment or abatement
for storm discharges and combined sewer overflows must be
based on a uniform understanding of the "language" of the
field.  During the investigations performed for this study,
it became apparent that no standardized nomenclature exists
among the jurisdictional authorities, state and local
agencies, and others who operate in the storm discharge and
combined sewer overflow field.  To assist in unifying terms,
terminology, and nomenclature, a Glossary of Terms is in-
cluded in Section XVII of this report.

The units used to define design criteria, operating effi-
ciencies, pollutants, etc., were found to vary widely even
for similar facilities at different locations.  An attempt
has been made in this text to standardize the units and to
suggest evaluation parameters for the various methods and
processes described.

In light of the proposed national policy to simplify units
of measurement by converting from the English system to the
metric system, the units used in this text are the metric
units.  Since metric units are not commonly used for most
measurements nor are they readily recognized by most people
in the United States, the metric units are followed by the
English equivalent in parentheses throughout the text.
                            34

-------
Units presented in tables and figures are English, and the
metric conversion factors are listed below each table and
figure.  A list of conversion factors is also presented in
Section XVII for the reader's convenience.
                          35

-------

-------
        Part II





FORMULATING AN APPROACH

-------

-------
                         Section  IV

          GUIDE  TO PROGRAM ASSESSMENT AND  SELECTION


What constitutes an effective program for urban storm flow
management?  How do the  pieces fit together?  Where does
one start?  These questions are  addressed briefly in this
section in the  context of outlining a program for the urban
administrator and/or engineer.   The purpose of presenting a
guide at  this early point in the text is to provide a frame
work upon which to relate material presented in the subse-
quent sections.

The success of  a program depends largely upon an early con-
sensus on objectives and allocation of available resources.
The work  is motivated by problem acknowledgement and iden-
tified magnitude.  Program development logically follows
using coarse (roughing out) and fine analyses, supplemented
by identification of data needs and data collection, until
alternative plans are evolved.  Final stages include public
participation, selection of a final plan, program implemen-
tation, and continuing studies.

PRELIMINARY PROGRAM DEFINITION

Stated simply, the administrator/engineer must define the
scope and objectives to be achieved before methods of storm
and combined sewage  treatment  and control can be selected.
The task is not easy.   For example,  the  objective  of
"attaining a significant  reduction of pollutants discharged
to the  receiving waters"  is rather meaningless unless it is
expanded by addressing such questions  as:

     Significant with  respect  to  what?

     Which pollutants?

     Where in  the  receiving water?

     Under what  circumstances?
                           39

-------
     Within what funding constraints?

     Within what timing constraints?

     Is the program to be limited to the reduction of pollu-
     tion from urban runoff or are other alternatives to be
     considered (e.g., upgrading existing treatment facili-
     ties, removal of sludge banks or other benthic de-
     posits, control of agricultural drainage, control of
     water use and land use practices, etc.)?

     To what extent is the program contingent on actions by
     other jurisdictions?

Thus, as an initial step, the administrator/engineer should
identify what degree of improvement at what point in time
will constitute successful achievement of program objectives
and, conversely, what outcome will indicate failure.
The scope of a project as defined in this text includes
a definition of the magnitude or limits of the investiga-
tion, the required timing, and the level of funding avail-
able to support the work.  The study area and interdepend-
encies, if any, with adjoining areas and/or systems should
be clearly defined in the initial scope.  The purpose is to
determine to what extent the problem may be isolated, hence
simplifying the limits to be defined.  Flows crossing the
study area boundaries should be identified (i.e., overflows
to receiving water, intercepted flows to treatment and from
upstream areas, overland flows at times of flooding, cross-
connections, etc.).

Next, the program timing should be selected.  Are the im-
provements to be of an interim nature or are there to be
clear ties to a broader long-range program?  Is there an
immediate (urgent?) problem which must be allowed for?  Are
there deadlines to be met?

Finally, the potential project funding, both sources and
general amounts, must be realistically appraised.  This
factor may greatly reduce the number of alternatives to be
studied.

Objectives

Objectives may be identified by legislative or regulatory
agency requirements, or they may be the result of strong
local concern to clean up the beaches, increase safe swim-
ming days, reduce flooding, improve aesthetic enjoyment of
                           40

-------
 recreational waters,  protect water  supplies,  or  application
 for  a  justified waiver,  etc.  Where specific  problems  exist
 and  are  identified, direct  approaches  are  facilitated  with
 resultant  economy  of  effort.  On  the other hand,  the objec-
 tive may be one of prevention to  avoid a potential  future
 problem.   In the latter  case, the study may be of a recon-
 naissance  nature to match instream  quality with  specific
 point  and  nonpoint discharges.  In  water-short areas,  the
 objective  may be to maximize the  reclamation  potential of
 stormwater discharges  and,  as a result, a  survey  may be
 needed not only of the sources but  also the potential  users.
 The  advantages of  modest improvements  in some areas should
 be weighed against a  planning overkill  with the possible
 danger of  indefinitely postponing construction.   Approaches
 which  integrate wet-weather solutions  with dry-weather
 system and treatment  needs  should be given priority
 consideration.

 Finally, the objectives  should be listed in concise state-
 ments, comments should be solicited, and a practice of
 continual  reassessment should be adopted.  Surprisingly, but
 effectively, the fundamental objectives of one of the  larg-
 est  stormwater studies ever undertaken  (Chicagoland Area)
 numbered only two:

     1.  Prevention of backflow to  Lake Michigan  for
         all storms of record.

     2.  Meet the  applicable waterway  standards estab-
         lished by the State Pollution Control Board
         and the Metropolitan Sanitary District of
         Greater Chicago.   [2]

 PROBLEM  IDENTIFICATION

 Each storm flow management problem encountered may be ex-
 pected to have the following base elements:   (1)  a geo-
 graphic area,  (2)   a sewerage network,  (3)   a characteristic
 hydrology, (4)  a receiving body of water,   and (5) agencies
with jurisdictional control.  All of these elements  must be
 considered in identifying the problem and  setting baseline
 criteria.  Baseline criteria (along with the scope and ob-
 jectives) are  essentially a part of the "ground rules," and
 all alternatives must  start with these  items in common,
hence as  a base.

Tributary Area

Of particular  consequence in identifying a tributary area
are its boundaries, size, land use characteristics and popu-
lation (present and projected),  political  subdivisions,
                           41

-------
and topography.  Maps, aerial photographs, census tract data,
planning reports, soil studies, and on-site inspection are
among the most used sources of information.  Street litter,
construction activities, flooding complaints, land use,
property ownership, maintenance practices, pesticide and/or
fertilizer use, and the like can be assessed through direct
observation and through the appropriate city departments and
retail outlets.

These data are used primarily to estimate the expected sur-
face runoff quantity and quality, and to locate problem
areas and possible sites for abatement facilities.  The
site conditions (e.g., the availability of land) may greatly
influence the selection of alternatives.

Sewerage Network

The type of system (combined, separate, or hybrid) and its
general condition (age, structural soundness, infiltration,
adequacy of slopes, etc.) must be known.  Next, the basic
location, alignment, and capacities of the major trunks,
pumping stations, and all points of control, discharge, and
interconnections with other areas must be identified.  Of
particular concern will be the availability of interceptor
and treatment capacities, measured flow and quality data,
records of surcharging or flooding, and basis of design.
Paths of overland flow and locations of depressed area sur-
face storage may be of interest.

The primary purpose in this aspect of the work is to know
how the system will respond under different storm occur-
rences and how in-system modifications may alter these
responses.

Characteristic Hydrology

Rainfall and stream flow are the driving forces behind
essentially all storm flow investigations.  Because storm
patterns, intensity, and frequency vary markedly with geo-
graphic location (see Figures 2 and 3), alternative methods
of approach must be considered.  For example, storms of high
intensity and short duration may be best countered with
storage, whereas storms of low intensity and long duration
may be more effectively controlled through increased treat-
ment capacity or runoff deterrents such as porous pavements.
Intervals between storms are significant in that they may
dictate dewatering requirements and, in turn, treatment
rates in system cleanup from one storm in preparation for
the next.
                           42

-------
                                                    CO /—N
                                                    >- v>
                                                    =3 CD
                                                   T3 .C
                                                       O
                                                    O
                                                    CD —
                                                    =3 CO
                                                   — co
                                                    CO CD
                                                    CO

                                                       CD
                                                       O
                                                     • c
                                                   CM CD

                                                    CD L-
                                                    i_ CD
                                                    Z3 C2.
                                                    00 X
                                                   — CD
43

-------
                                                   CD x—s
                                                   »- V)
                                                   =3 CD
                                                   •o jc
                                                      o
                                                      CD
                                                   CD
                                                   CD rj-
                                                   i- CM
                                                   CD CD
                                                   C CD
                                                   O >t
                                                  —  I
                                                  •»-» *—
                                                   CD
                                                  CD
                                                      CD
                                                      O
                                                      CD
                                                   =3 CD
                                                   Dfl O.
                                                  — X
                                                  U_ CD
44

-------
The average annual rainfall recorded in 87 major cities in
the United States is 84 cm  (33 inches).  The range of
averages for these cities is from 5 to 178 cm/yr (2 to
70 in./yr).  When dealing with storm flow problems, other
important characteristics are the intensity and type of
precipitation, and the magnitude, frequency, and duration
of storm events.  Because rainfall events tend to repeat
themselves over long periods of time, considerable benefit
can be drawn from extensive historical records.  Because
the repetition is random and not sequential, it is best to
make comparisons by arraying the data according to some
parameter of interest, such as magnitude or maximum
intensity.  While the characteristics of tomorrow's storm
cannot be predicted, the probability of occurrence of a
certain number of storms of like characteristics in a cer-
tain period of time can be forecast reasonably.

Because many storms exhibit pronounced frontal patterns
and/or intensity cell behavior, the spatial and temporal
variance of rainfall within a single storm may be
substantial.

Frontal Patterns — In recent studies conducted in San
Francisco[1],it was found that 30 rain gages--average of
1 per 324 ha (800 acres)--were required for good representa-
tion of storm patterns in this particularly hilly and ex-
posed city.   A time series selected from these rainfall data
(Figure 4)  illustrates a typical storm pattern associated
with a weather front.  The authors [3]  found significant
spatial and temporal differences in rainfall, not only as
shown on the figure, but also when the same storm was de-
picted using alternatively 5-minute, 10-minute, and 15-
minute cumulative rainfall amounts.   The primary signifi-
cance of such patterns is that while some areas are under
maximum storm stress, other areas nearby are relatively
unaffected.   Thus, centralized facilities,  coupled with
total system management and control, may be able to provide
better pollution abatement with smaller facilities  by ser-
vicing the stressed areas preferentially.

Intensity Cells — Another frequently encountered storm
phenomenon is  the "heat island" shower condition shown on
Figure 5 for Washington, D.  C.   In the  observer's words:

     These four days offer stronger evidence than any-
     thing observed so far this year,  that  the heat
     and perhaps pollution generated by a city can
     assist  nature in creating rain.   During this
     period  the NCA was under a high pollution alert.
     On each of these days Washington National Air-
     port (WNA) reported prevailing  southwest surface
                           45

-------
PACIFIC
 OCEAN
     S,F.  BAY
        APPROXIMATE
    RAIN GAGE LOCATIONS
                     TIME: 19:48
                  TIME:  19:58
                  3  4
           SCALE  IN MILES
                     TIME: 20:08
                  TIME:  20:42
          ooo
          ooo
         =*»=
                              LEGEND
                SHAPINGS REPRESENT 10-MINUTE CUMULATIVE
                RAINFALL AMOUNTS PRIOR  TO TIMES  DEPICTED
0.0-.03 IN.

.03-.05 IN.

.05-.08 IN.
.08-.10 IN,

. 10-.13 IN.
         NOTE:  IN.  x 2.54 - CM
               Ml.  x 1.609- KM
                   Figure  4.   December  22,  1971
           frontal  storm pattern,  San  Francisco  [3]
                                    46

-------
                                                      ^1
                                      :"'O
                                                          V''
NOTE; MI  x i.eog- KM
     IN. X 2.54 - CM
                                      SCALE IN MILES
     Figure 5.   Rainfall  isohyets (inches) for
       heat island showers,  July 17-20,  1972,
                Washington,  D. C. [6]
                          47

-------
     winds averaging 5 mph or less, and winds up to
     10,000 feet were less than 10 mph.  This unusu-
     ally slow air movement allowed the same air par-
     cel to remain over the hot city long enough to
     absorb plenty of heat.  By late afternoon each
     day (early afternoon in some areas), as those
     heated parcels began rising, they cooled and
     condensed their moisture.  As a result, showers
     and thunderstorms formed over the eastern suburbs
     and interior city.  Meanwhile, the northern,
     western and most of the southern parts of the NCA
     remained dry.  Note that the rainfall patterns
     (isohyetals) are circular, indicating little
     movement of the clouds.  On other days the iso-
     hyetals were elliptical, showing more rapid
     storm motion, and the air did not remain over
     the city long enough to cause rain.  [6]

In storm flow management systems, these intense but ex-
tremely localized showers could best be controlled if access
to centralized storage/treatment facilities were provided.
Conversely, remote satellite facilities would be easily
overtaxed by such downpours or, by accident of their loca-
tion, not even come into use.

Illustrative Comparisons — Each major urban area, and to
some extent,subdivisions thereof, must be considered sepa-
rately in plan development because each will have its own
characteristic hydrologic phenomena.  This is illustrated by
a comparison of three distinctly different regimes --Chicago,
San Francisco, and the United Kingdom.  Both Chicago and San
Francisco are large cities with old combined sewer systems.
The fact that the annual precipitation in Chicago averages
84.3 cm (33.2 inches), as compared to 47.5 cm (18.7 inches)
for San Francisco, is not as significant as the difference
in the nature of the storms which occur.  Most of the precip
itation (90+ percent) in San Francisco occurs during the
months of October through April.  So, for 5 months of the
year, there is almost no rain and, consequently, no storm
flow problem.  During a typical rainy season month, however,
San Francisco receives as much precipitation as Chicago,
where the precipitation is distributed more evenly through
the year.  Also, in Chicago, sudden, intense storms and sum-
mer thundershowers are common, whereas such events are rare
in San Francisco.  This is observed in the data by comparing
the 1-hour rainfall with a 1-year return period in Chicago
of 3.0 cm (1.2 inches), with that of San Francisco of 1.5 cm
(0.6 inches).  In other words, Chicago can expect to receive
3.0 cm (1.2 inches) of rain or more falling in 1 hour, on
the average, once a year.  By comparison, on the average
                           48

-------
once a year, San Francisco would receive a like amount of
rain during a 5-hour period, and London receives the same
amount during a 24-hour period.

Everything else being equal, a system for treating combined
sewer overflows in Chicago would have to be sized to accom-
modate storms of greater intensity.  For example, a 10-ha
(25-acre) drainage area with a runoff coefficient of 0.5
would require a 0.42 cu m/sec  (9.5 mgd) treatment facility
designed for a 1-year, 1-hour storm in Chicago, but only
a 0.21 cu m/sec (4.7 mgd) facility for San Francisco.  Note
that the size of a storm flow treatment system is primarily
intensity (rate) sensitive, whereas the capacity of a stor-
age system is intensity-duration (volume) sensitive.

In the United Kingdom, where most storms are of very low
intensity, many cities have provided primary treatment for
excess flow from combined sewer areas for many years.  The
standard excess flow capacity is approximately 6 times dry
weather flow with greater flows discharged without treatment
[5].  Since few storms in the United Kingdom have very
long duration, other cities have provided storm standby
tanks to capture excess flow for treatment after the storm.
The notable success of these installations, some in operation
for over 50 years, is largely attributable to the uniformity
of the storm events.

Storm Event Definition — The best storm event definition
for a particular study should consider the timing and sepa-
ration of rainfall, the source data available, the scope
and objectives of the investigation, and the limitations of
the physical system.

Because storm events are to a large extent independent of
clock time, simple daily and, to some extent, hourly preci-
pitation tabulations and analyses may be misleading.  For
example, a 10-hour storm starting at 8 p.m. would appear
as two storms on an arbitrary daily tabulation, and maximum
hourly precipitation based on clock hours could be signifi-
cantly less than the maximum 60-minute rainfall chosen
irrespective of starting time.

Further, to facilitate practical engineering analysis, rea-
sonable separation between "storm events" is considered
most desirable.   Thus, on-again/off-again showers would be
classified as a single event rather than as multiple storms.
This improves the credibility of statistical analyses which
presume relative independence of events.
                          49

-------
 In  a recent  study  for  the District of Columbia, storm
 events were  characterized as:

     ...starting with  the first measurable rainfall
     after a minimum of  6 consecutive hours of no
     measured rainfall.  A storm event ends at the
     next 6  consecutive  hours of no measured rain.
     [4]

 The study encompassed  the entire District area and, on this
 basis, a minimum 6-hour  separation was considered appropri-
 ate for initiating significant corrective action, such as
 partial dewatering of  storage basins for treatment.
 Although the selection of the separation interval is some-
 what arbitrary, it is  necessary before breaking down the
 continuous rainfall record into "discrete" events where the
 events lose  the identity of sequential occurrence.

 The recorded observations of the U.S. Weather Bureau are
 the principal data source, but these may be supplemented by
 city and private gages forming a blanketing network.
 Pertinent data suited  for computer (statistical) analyses
 and ranking  include for  each event:

     The storm date, starting hour, duration, total
     rainfall, maximum hourly rainfall, and the hour
     after the start of  the storm in which it
     occurred, the days elapsed since the last storm,
     and occurrences of excessive precipitation...

 From the arrayed data, engineering judgments can be made as
 to the significant events and event series for planning
 purposes.

 Receiving Waters

 Just as the  input hydrology and tributary area characteris-
 tics provide the source data for testing storm flow alter-
 natives, the receiving body of water represents the ultimate
 receptor of the generated wastes.   Thus, receiving water
 conditions are of paramount importance in identifying the
 problem.  The problem may be in the form of a direct hazard,
 such as infectious bacteria, toxicity, or flammables; a
 biological degradation; an aesthetic or public nuisance;
 or any combination thereof.

 The nature of the receiving waters--lakes, estuaries, swift-
 flowing streams, etc.--will largely determine the degree  to
which wastes are assimilated (consumed), accumulated, or
 transferred.   Other considerations include the relative
                           50

-------
magnitudes, loadings, and locations of all discharges; back-
ground loads in the receiving water; uses and withdrawals.
Generally, the most difficult task is relating conditions
in the receiving waters to specific discharges, because
only the aggregated effect is seen.

Stream flow records should be analyzed with respect to
monthly minimum and average flow values, background impacts
(such as flow augmentation and water use commitments), and
historical quality data (such as zones of maximum stress,
recovery data, natural background levels, trends, and rela-
tionships to specific storm events).  For example, the data
may indicate a noticeable increase in pollutants after
storms or, on the contrary, localized evidence of a bene-
ficial (flushing) effect.  Other suggested alternatives are
the employment of mathematical (simulation) models, inten-
sive representative sampling and analyses of both the dis-
charges and receiving waters, the location and identifica-
tion of bottom deposits, and the use of conservative tracers
(to identify flow paths and dilutions).

Characterization of each waste stream (point discharge)
should include its flow rate, duration and total volume, and
the concentrations and total mass of pollutants.  A deter-
mination of floatables may be facilitated by the temporary
construction of a floating log boom around the discharge
point (see Section V, Figure 9)-   Selective grouping of dis
charges, maintaining a materials and flow balance, may
greatly simplify mathematical approaches and help relieve
data congestion.  Nonpoint runoff, where significant, may be
handled by simulation models or approximated from tabulated
values.

The cumulative study effort is directed toward predicting
receiving water responses to any feasible waste load con-
figuration and the relative impact effect of different
systems (i.e., stormwater overflows versus normal  dry-
weather  treatment plant and industrial effluents versus
irrigation water returns, etc.).  In special cases, it may
be necessary to measure or estimate flow quantities and
characteristics at selected upstream points (i.e., diver-
sions) in the collection system as well as at the point of
discharge.  The latter will permit consideration of upstream
impoundments, alternative routings, and evaluation of in-
system controls.

Agencies

Agencies having jurisdictional control must be identified
so that they may be adequately represented in the planning
process.  In essence, the conceptual approach must be
                           51

-------
areawide in scope to preclude actions of one agency nullify-
ing or hindering those of another.  Again, the receiving
water response to the aggregated effect of the loadings,
both natural and induced, and the impact of isolated dis-
charges are nearly impossible to detect.  Other important
reasons for agency identification are to distribute imple-
mentation responsibilities equitably and to encourage the
free flow of information and sharing of effort.

DATA ASSESSMENT AND PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

With the problem(s) identified and the available resources
assessed, the selection of candidate alternatives is rather
straightforward.  One of the first actions could be to list
the major strengths and weaknesses of the existing system.
Is it undersized?  Oversized?  Are there particular
bottlenecks?  High incidence of flooding?  Is excess treat-
ment capacity available at existing plants?  Can the exist-
ing trunk combined sewers and interceptors handle increased
flow rates or temporary in-line storage?  What feasible
sites are available for construction of storage-treatment
facilities?  Which projects now underway will be affected?
Which commitments must be met?  Who is best qualified to
conduct the study?  How may the effort be shared and re-
sources put to most effective use?  All of these questions
are typical of those to be considered in the preplanning
stage.

"First Cut" Analysis

The purpose of a "first cut" analysis is to reduce effec-
tively the number of alternatives requiring detailed anal-
ysis and to point out areas with high return prospects.  In
this text, Part III,  Management Alternatives and
Technology,  has been organized by category to facilitate
this analysis:   source control, collection system control,
storage, and treatment.  Each alternative is presented as a
unit process.   Integrated (complex)  systems, the combining
of two or more unit processes, are discussed in Section XIV.
The results are summarized in Table 6.  Comparisons are based
upon the type of treatment performed, the degree of contami-
nant removal,  and the relative capital cost.  A new manual
[8] is being prepared to normalize input data as an aid to
this level of analysis.

Source controls are designed to correct the problem before
it becomes a problem (i.e., controlled ponding to reduce
flow peaks within the system, runoff attenuation through the
use of porous  pavements, improved maintenance of construc-
tion sites to  minimize scour and washouts,  better housekeep-
ing to clean up leaves, street litter, and refuse before
                           52

-------
              Table  6.    MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVES  SUMMARY'
Categories
SOURCE CONTROLS
Retention/detention
Enforced controls
Neighborhood sanitation
COLLECTION SYSTEM CONTROLSC
Sewer separation
Sewer flushing and
cleaning
Improved regulators
and tide gates
Remote monitoring with
supervisory control
Fully automated control
STORAGE AND TREATMENT
Storage
Physical treatment with
and without chemicals
Biological treatment
Physical -chemical
Disinfection
INTEGRATED SYSTEMS
(Varies)
Aesthetic benefits

»
•
.
*
•
•
•





•
c
T
3
0
u.
•




•
•
•





•
BOD5 reduction :














o
.
•
•
•
•
•


•




•
o



•
•

•
•
•


•

•
CD
0)
O







*



•

•
Suspended solids reduction:














o
•

•
•
•
»
•

•
•



•
o


•

•

•
•
•
•



•
CD
l-i
O

«









*

•
Total coliform reduction:














o
•
«
»

•
•


•




•
o



•


•
•
•

•
•

•
o
o



•






•

•
•
Nutrient reduction:














CD
•
»
»
,
*
•


•




•
O



•


«
»
•


•

•
CD
O







«



•

•
Capital cost range,0 $/acre




d









o
CD
0
0
o
.




•
•
•




•
•
o
o
o
O
0
O
0
0



,



•





•
0
o
CD
CD

-------
this material finds its way into storm runoff, etc.)-  What
can be accomplished and what it will cost can be estimated
most effectively by reexamining the city's current practice
and a general site inspection.

Collection system controls utilizing in-system storage repre
sent promising alternatives in areas where conduits are
large, deep, and flat  (i.e., backwater impoundments become
feasible) and where interceptor capacity is high.  Where
interceptor capacity is available but trunk lines are steep
or slopes are broken up, the same effect may be feasible
with supplemental off-line storage.  Upstream off-line stor-
age may have an added benefit of reducing line surcharging.
Improved regulators are generally essential, and remote
monitoring and control are highly desirable.  Flexibility
and low capital cost are the major assets of collection sys-
tem controls, and sophistication and high maintenance are
the major drawbacks.  Sewer separation has many limitations,
including effectiveness, inconvenience to the public, time
required for implementation, and cost.

Storage and treatment alternatives are strongly influenced
by input hydrology and the capacities and limitations of
available facilities--interceptors and treatment works.
Storms are generally an unpredictable series of events char-
acterized by hydrographs of rapidly changing peaks and
valleys extending over limited durations.  For this reason,
storage facilities ahead of treatment can be used to level
the peaks and valleys into rates of flow more suitable for
treatment.  Also, very large storage capacities may fully
capture one or more storm events, allowing treatment to be
deferred and/or the rate reduced to match available capaci-
ties most effectively.

To obtain a good balance between storage volume, treatment
rates, and overflow occurrences, simplified computer pro-
grams have been developed and applied [4, 1].  Typically,
continuous rainfall data on a daily or hourly basis are in-
put to these programs and they are used to compute runoff,
route it through a single specified storage volume with a
specified withdrawal (treatment) rate, and list the times,
durations, and quantities of overflow.  In this manner,
many alternative storage/treatment combinations can be
rapidly compared and preliminarily assessed as to capaci-
ties required to meet selected overflow criteria (quantity
and frequency).   Having a provisionally defined capacity,
the treatment process can be varied to satisfy quality
objectives and,  perhaps, to relieve dry-weather flow
deficiencies.
                           54

-------
The final step of a "first cut" analysis should be in the
form of a summary tying together program objectives, system
strengths and weaknesses addressed, and alternatives studied
and accepted and/or discarded.  Integrated approaches
coupling two or more categories should be fully explored,
and a listing of the best feasible alternatives should be
derived.  Comparisons with programs undertaken in other
areas should be considered.

Candidate Evaluation:  Data Needs

In this step, attention is directed to detailing the selected
alternative plans as to costs, efficiencies, objective
achievement, land requirements, environmental effects, oper-
ation feasibility, and social and political acceptance.

Of greatest importance is the assessment of additional data
needs and the programming of data acquisition.  The latter
may require several years of effort, including flow measure-
ment and sampling, and may include pilot and prototype
storage/treatment operations.  Considering the scale of the
projects involved, this time requirement is not unreason-
able; rather, it is a factor to be used to great advantage
in program implementation (i.e., optimizing the data bene-
fits of the test facilities).  Assessment procedures are
discussed in Section VI,  Evaluation Procedures and
Criteria.

Each candidate plan should be developed to identify the num-
ber, sizes, locations, and functions of facilities required.
Preliminary basic design decisions should be made, concep-
tual schematic drawings completed, land requirements de-
fined, and alternative sites selected.  Subsurface and site
investigations should be sufficient to identify the ade-
quacy of the proposed construction and to permit preliminary
cost estimating.  Operation and maintenance of storm flow
management facilities introduces new and perhaps unfamiliar
requirements, particularly in such areas as startup and
shutdown procedures, sustaining (non-storm) maintenance,
support supplies, and solids handling and disposal.  Typical
problems and procedures, introduced in Section XV,
 Operation and Maintenance,  are among those which should
be addressed in the planning process.  Ties to the existing
system and programs should be indicated, and functional
staging of the construction should be anticipated.  Public
involvement should be encouraged, and close liaison should
be maintained with agencies having jurisdiction and other
concerned parties.
                           55

-------
Objectives should be reassessed and potential program per-
formance should be set forth.  Mathematical model ap-
proaches, such as those described in Section XIV, intensive
demonstration project review, and results of local monitor-
ing and pilot testing should be considered, and further
candidate screening should be accomplished.  A conceptual-
ized block drawing of the planning process is shown on
Figure 6.  While the setup is specifically designed for
computer coding, the basic functions and sequence of opera-
tions are generally typical of any approach method.

SELECTION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF FINAL PLAN

Through the preceding analyses, sufficient documentation
should have been accumulated and systematically reported
upon to permit formal program recommendation and review,
and adoption by the public and jurisdictional agencies.
Points of issue may still remain; however, the concept and
initial program of approach must be approved, and funding
must be authorized.  Logically, the plan approved will pro-
vide the best combination of the following:

     •  Satisfaction of program objectives

     •  Maximum use of existing facilities

     •  Earliest relief of existing problems

     •  Widest public acceptance

     •  Achievability within cost/funding constraints

     •  Suitability to effective staged implementation

     •  Flexibility to meet changing needs and technology

     •  Beneficial reuse/aesthetics

     •  Minimum adverse impact on environment both
        during and after construction

     •  Coordination with other programs

     •  Auxiliary benefits

Recognizing the limitations in available data and the rela-
tive immaturity of the state-of-the-art, programs should be
scaled and implemented accordingly.   That is, if the suc-
cess of a program is to hinge on the ability of a particular
process or facility to perform up to a certain standard or
                           56

-------
   INPUT
 HYDROLOGY
  SYSTEM
 INVENTORY
 DEVELOP
SIMULATION
  MODEL
HISTORICAL
PERFORMANCE
 ESTABLISH
  DESIGN
 STANDARDS
    AND
 OBJECTIVES
  SET UP
 ALTERNATE
 SOLUTIONS
                     NO
   SUPPLY
    UNIT
   COSTS
      REPEAT
      FOR ALL
 ESTABLISH
   COST
  BENEFIT
                    YES
                      RANK
                   ALTERNATIVES
                     SELECT
                     CAPITAL
                   IMPROVEMENT
                     PROGRAM
                          REPEAT
                          FOR BEST
                                                          RECOMMEND
                                                        IMPLEMENTATION
                                                           PROGRAM
   Figure 6.   Conceptual  computer  application  for
 master  drainage  planning  for  water  quality control
                               57

-------
on the presumption of a specific degree of uniformity in
the wastewater flow and characteristics, then these key
principles should be put to physical tests as soon as pos-
sible in the program.  Likewise, if the existing treatment
facilities will be subjected to increased loadings or sub-
stantially altered characteristics under the proposed pro-
gram, pilot testing or alternative means should be imple-
mented to determine the effects on plant performance and
operation.  Further, if extended periods of wastewater,
chemical, sludge, or screenings storage is anticipated, the
limitations and consequences should be determined early in
the program.  If a proposed system control scheme may sub-
ject certain portions of the collection system to temporary
surcharge loading conditions, then, of course, the piping
should be checked for these loadings or fail-safe safety
devices should be provided.

This text has been structured so that, as the reader pro-
gresses through the subsequent sections, he will become
meaningfully aware of the state-of-the-art in Urban Storm-
water Management and Technology in the context of problem
identification and practicable countermeasure application.
                           58

-------
                         Section V

                  THE STORMWATER PROBLEM


Water pollution from combined sewer overflows, surface run-
off either collected separately or occurring as nonsewered
runoff, and overflows of infiltrated municipal sewage result.
ing from precipitation are all aspects of the stormwater
problem.  In this section the emergence of the problem, the
characteristics of stormwater discharges, the sources and
movements of pollutants, and the environmental effects of
stormwater discharges are presented and discussed.

EMERGENCE OF THE STORMWATER PROBLEM

Is there a stormwater problem?  The main objective of this
section is to demonstrate that essentially every metropoli-
tan area of the United States has a stormwater problem.
Whether a city has a combined sewer system, or a separate
sewer system, the disposal of stormwater contributes large
quantities of pollutants to nearby receiving waters.  Even
nonsewered urban runoff has been shown to be a significant
pollution source [1].  To understand clearly the various
aspects of the stormwater problem, it will be helpful to
review the development of sewer systems.

Historical Development of Sewer Systems

Even in ancient Rome the need to remove rainfall runoff was
recognized.   Buildings, plazas, and streets of nonporous
materials interfered with natural percolation and runoff
processes.  To remove these excess waters the Romans con-
structed large underground drains--the first storm sewers.
As cities developed in Europe and later in North America,
extensive drainage systems for stormwater runoff were
provided.  These drains usually discharged to the nearest
water body.   They were reserved for removing stormwater;
solid wastes and human excretion were excluded by ordinance.
Most of these early storm sewers were designed and con-
structed poorly.  Because of stone and brick construction
                            59

-------
large volumes of water infiltrated into the sewers, thereby
reducing the capacity for their intended purpose.  In many
cases, because the drains were not sloped properly stagnant
underground pools developed after storms.

The traditional methods utilizing privies and "night soil"
transport for the disposal of human wastes could no longer
be used with the intense population densities fostered by
the industrial revolution.  In the slums, courtyards and
living areas became fouled with excrement and wastewater
[21].  Also, medical and civil authorities were beginning
to realize the interrelationship between filthy living
conditions and disease epidemics.  To effect a remedy, in
London in 1815, the law was changed to allow disposal of
sanitary wastes via the storm sewers.  Hence, what had orig-
inally been storm sewers became combined sewers, receiving
both storm drainage and municipal sewage.  Similar actions
occurred in Boston in 1833 and Paris in 1880.  However, most
houses in these cities had neither indoor sanitary facili-
ties nor connections to the sewers until many years later.

It was not until the latter part of the nineteenth century
that it was recognized fully that the problem of enveloping
filth had not been solved but merely transferred from the
land to the receiving waters.  Those cities less favorably
situated with respect to their receiving waters initiated
the practice of treating municipal sewage prior to discharge.
In other cases, small waterways that became receiving waters,
such as Tiber Creek traversing the Mall in Washington, B.C.,
were totally enclosed and annexed into the combined systems.

To capture the municipal sewage, interceptor sewer systems
were developed to bring dry-weather flow to central loca-
tions for treatment.  Since interceptor and treatment sys-
tems were usually (and most still are) designed to convey
or treat only dry-weather flows, relief points were con-
structed at junctions between trunk sewers and interceptor
sewers.  These relief points divided the flow during storms
when the combined sewer might be carrying 5, 50, or even
more  times the dry-weather flow.  A portion of the combined
sewage was intercepted and treated (up to 3 times the dry-
weather flow rate intercepted on the average [27] with
approximately half of this receiving some treatment).  The
balance, untreated, discharged directly to the receiving
water.  Since the portion of the annual municipal sewage
which discharged without treatment was small (commonly esti-
mated between 2 and 8 percent), it was not thought to be
significant.   In addition, relief points were also con-
structed on the interceptor system just ahead of the  treat-
ment plant.
                            60

-------
 In line with the more recent practice of installing sewer
 systems for conveying separate municipal sewage, it is
 surprising to note that, at first, this was not done to
 protect local receiving waters.  According to the 1928
 text, American Sewerage Practice, by Leonard Metcalf and
 Harrison P. Eddy [21]:

     The construction of a system of separate sewers
     without a system of storm drains, or with only a
     partial one, has become common practice in small
     communities, and is somewhat prevalent in the
     larger cities.  This has been due generally to
     economic necessity, either real or fancied.  The
     small towns frequently consider it financially
     impossible to finance an adequate system of com-
     bined sewers, and it is often possible to allow
     storm water to flow in gutters and in natural
     water courses for many years after the necessity
     for separate [sanitary] sewers has become pressing.

 However, in some cases separate sewer systems were de-
 signed "...where the river or creek is so small that even
 diluted sewage from storm-water overflows would be objec-
 tionable, especially when the water is to be used for
 domestic purposes at no great distance below the town"
 [21].   As American cities expanded, combined sewer over-
 flows --even to large water bodies--became objectionable,
 and the installation of separate sewer systems became
 standard practice.

 For the past 25 years most cities and towns have required
 that all new buildings be provided with separate sewer
 systems, one for sanitary wastes and one for storm drainage.
However, most of the largest and oldest cities in the nation
 still have combined sewers in a major portion of their ser-
vice area (Table 7).

 The proportions of the U.S.  population served by combined
 sewers, separate sewers, and no sewers, as projected from
 1962 data, are indicated on Figure 7 [27] .

Generally, the urban areas which were settled earliest are
 the ones with the greatest proportion of combined sewers.
Figure 8,  based on  the 1962  USPHS inventory,  shows  that
combined sewers are  most extensively used in the northeast
and the Great Lakes  region.   The average population density
of combined sewer service areas is 13.1 persons per acre,
as compared to 7.4  persons per acre for separate sanitary
sewer  service areas.   The high average population density
of combined sewer areas  is indicative of the  problem with
                            61

-------
 Table  7.  PREDOMINANT TYPE  OF SEWER SYSTEM IN  THE
       20 LARGEST U.S.  CITIES, 1900  and  1970a
20 Largest
City
New York
Chicago
Philadelphia
St. Louis
Boston
Baltimore
Cleveland
Buffalo
San Francisco
Cincinnati
Pittsburgh
New Orleans
Detroit
Milwaukee
Washington
Newark
Jersey City
Louisville
Minneapolis
Providence
cities of 1900
Type of system
Separate Combined
sewer sewer
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
20 Largest
City
New York
Chicago
Los Angeles
Philadelphia
Detroit
Houston
Baltimore
Dallas
Washington
Cleveland
Indianapolis
Milwaukee
San Francisco
San Diego
San Antonio
Boston
Memphis
St. Louis
New Orleans
Phoenix
cities of
Type of
Separate
sewer


X


X
X
X





X
X

X

X
X
1970
system
Combined
sewer
X
X

X
X



X
X
X
X
X


X

X


a.  The entire metropolitan area is not included.
                      SEPARATE
                      SANITARY
                       SEWERS
                               COMBINED  SEWERS
                                   / / / '
                                   ,236,000
           1962 TOTAL SEWERED  POPULATION 125,770,000
             Figure  7.
      combined sewers
Relative use of
n the  United States [21]
                           62

-------
                                           RATIO  OF PROJECTED POPULATION
                                           SERVED  BY COMBINED SEWERS TO
                                           TOTAL  SEWERED  POPULATION, 1962
                                                 0-10%
                                                 1! -25%
                                                 26-50%
51-75%
OVER 75%
Figure  8.   Relative use of  combined  sewers  by states  [21]
                                  63

-------
sewer separation in many cities--it is costly in terms of
construction and mass inconvenience to excavate in heavily
built-up areas.

The Stormwater Problem — Its Multiple Facets

The stormwater problem is not peculiar to combined sewer
systems.  The nation's demand for clean streams, lakes, bays,
and coastal waters requires an evaluation of the quality of
all waters that flow into them.  These include rural and
agricultural area runoff, water pollution control plant
effluents, industrial wastewaters, combined sewer overflows,
storm sewer discharges, and overflows of infiltrated munici-
pal sewage.  The latter three discharges constitute the
urban stormwater problem.

Combined Sewer Overflows — According to McKee [20] , once the
pavement is wetted, a rainfall of only 0.025 cm/hr (0.01
in./hr) will cause combined sewer overflows in Boston.  The
difficulty in alleviating this overflow problem in Boston
is great.  With a treatment system for combined wastewater
designed to handle up to 3 times the dry-weather flow,
73 percent of the sanitary wastewater would still overflow
during a 0.25 cm/hr (0.1 in./hr) storm.  During the summer
this would produce an average of 5 to 6 overflows each
month.

One of the worst aspects of combined sewer overflows is
that, in spite of dilution by stormwater, the gross BODs
loading of the tremendous volume of wastewater is often
greater than that of the dry-weather flow.  Large flows
during storms not only wash pollutants from the air and city
surfaces into the sewers, but also flush out deposited mate-
rial (Figure 9).  During dry weather, deposits of silt and
sludge often accumulate at sewer joints and in poorly sloped
sewer lines only to be flushed out during a storm.  The re-
sulting shockload may turn a healthy stream or lake into a
septic health hazard.

The weakest element in a combined sewer system is the
regulator control point.  For example, through faulty oper-
ation, untreated discharges can be released to receiving
waters at any time.  In tidal and flood zones, gross in-
fluxes of estuarine and fresh waters into the conveyance
and treatment systems may occur  (Figure 10).

The adverse effects of combined sewer overflows on receiving
waters were largely responsible for the requirement that
separate sewer systems be installed in newly constructed
areas.  In some cities programs of "separating" existing
                            64

-------
        (e)
                                                           (f)


              Figure 9.   The  stormwater  problem-
                     combined overflow  residuals
(a)   Solids in  overflow structure  after intense storm,  the next  storm's 'first  flush'
(b)   Floating  debris trapped by log boom across stream  receiving combined overflows
(c)   Overflow  occurring at  tide gate  (d)   Interior of  gate structure after  storm
(e,f)  Exterior of gate structures after storm
                                   65

-------
Figure  10.   The  stormwater  problem - beach  degradation

(a)   Typical  combined overflow site  (b)  Beach scour from  force of  overflow
(c)   Residuals on final bar  rack  (d)  Residuals on  beach   (e)  Tide gate remnants
(i nfIow source)
                                66

-------
 combined sewers have been started.  Some of these programs
 have been completed, others have been halted.  In a 1967
 APWA study [27], the cost of converting existing combined
 sewers to separate sewers was estimated at $90 billion (re-
 vised to ENR 2000) not including the inconvenience to the
 local population while city streets are torn up during
 construction.  Even this would not eliminate the stormwater
 problem because the pollution from untreated storm dis-
 charges and the overflows from heavily infiltrated sanitary
 sewer systems would not be corrected.

 Storm Sewer Discharges - Within the past 20 years, it has
 Deen recognized that waters discharged from separate storm
 sewers contain pollutants.  Even without the addition of
 sanitary and industrial wastewaters, storm sewer discharges
 are usually high in SS and on occasion may have BODr concen-
 trations approaching those in municipal sewage.  Rain
 falling on  an urban area picks up pollutants from the air
 dusty roofs,  littered and dirty streets and sidewalks
 traffic byproducts  (tire residuals,  vehicular exhaust),
 galvanic corrosion  particulates,  and chemicals  applied for
 fertilization,  control of ice,  rodents,  insects,  and weeds
 Have you ever noticed the clean air  after  a rainfall?   Air
 pollutants  have been returned to  the earth.   Erosion of
 hillsides and construction sites  caused by  rainfall  can
 produce extremely high concentrations  of inorganic SS--
 frequently  several  times  higher than those  in municipal
 sewage.  Unauthorized or  intentional cross-connections
 with sanitary or industrial  sewers are  common.

 Very few sanitary districts  have  considered  storm  sewer dis-
 charge  as a pollution problem.   It was  thought  that  sewer
 separation would produce  two  flows--the  polluted sanitary
 flows and the clean  storm flows.   Studies by  the EPA and
 others  have shown this  not to be  the case.  This is  not
 to  say  that separate  sewers  are not  advantageous in  some
 cases.   In many situations,  it will  be advisable to  give
 different types or levels of  treatment to the separate
wastewaters depending upon program objectives (see discus-
 sion  in Section IV).

Overflows of  Infiltrated Municipal Sewage - Most sanitary
sewers in the United  States are de facto combined sewers.
Stormwater enters these sewers through cracks, unauthorized
 (and sometimes authorized) roof and area drains, submerged
manhole covers, improperly formed or deteriorated joints,
eroded mortar in brick sewers, basement and foundation
drains, and poorly constructed house connections.  A compari
son of dry-  and wet-weather flows in separate sanitary
sewers for various  cities is presented in Table 8.  The in-
crease in flow during wet weather ranged from 21 percent
                            67

-------
     Table  8.   COMPARISON OF DRY- AND WET-WEATHER FLOWS
   IN SEPARATE SANITARY SEWERS  FOR VARIOUS LOCATIONS [28]
Location
Duluth, Minn.

Denver, Colo.
Grand Island, Neb.
Leavenworth, Kan.

Bay City, Mich.

Dallas, Tex.

Mission, Township,
Main Sewer District
No . 1 , Johnson Co . ,
Kan.
Holland, Mich.

Austin, Tex.
Hays, Kan.
Paragould, Ark.
Osawatomie, Kan.

Sheridan, Wyo .

Billings, Mont.
Billings, Mont.
Year
1967

1956
1962
1967

1967

1960

1969



1969

1966
1965
1962
1966

1960

1960
1968
Popula-
tion
110,000

510,000
26,000
41,000

60,000

715,500

50,000



19,300

270,000
15,600
7,700
4,700

11,500

50,500
59,500
Dry-weather
mgd
11.

40.
3.
5.

16.

117.

17.



4.

19.
2.
1.
1.

4.

10.
10.
flowa
cu m/day
3

0*
9
0*

0

0

5



3

4*
5
1
2

3

8
5
42

151
14
18

60

442

66



16

73
9
4
4

16

40
39
,750

,400*
,750
,950*

,500

,500

,200



,300

,500*
,460
,160
,540

,300

,800
,700
Wet
-weather flow
mgd
30

57
6
10

70

226

104



5

46
4
6
2

17

17
14
.0

.0*
.7
.0*

.0

.0

.0



.22

.5*
.7
.0
.9

.0

.7
.0
cu m/day
113,500

216,000*
25,350
37,850*

265,000

855,000

394,000



19,750

176,000*
17,800
22,700
10,980

64,300

66,900
53,000
Remarks

Bypassed storm flow
not included
--
--



Much wet-weather flow
bypassed
Considerable flow
bypassed
Wet-weather flow
estimated
--



Wet- weather flow
estimated
--
--
Wet-weather flow
estimated
Wet-weather flow
estimated
Some seepage from
irrigation ditches
--



















Following program to
reduce infiltration
a.  All flows are peak, except those marked (*) which are average.
                                68

-------
 in Holland,  Michigan,  to 495 percent for Mission Township,
 Main Sewer District No.  1,  Johnson County,  Kansas.   It
 is noted that,  in addition  to the  large wet-weather flows
 recorded,  considerable unmeasured  amounts of the flow were
 bypassed in  several of the  systems.   This table  includes
 peak flows for  some cities  and average  flows for others.

 Water Pollution Control  Plant Bypasses  - A  special  category
 of combined  sewage overflow occurs just upstream of the
 treatment  facilities.   Generally,  all flows  up to the system
 transport  capacity, unless  purposely diverted, are  carried
 to the  water pollution control plant.  A portion of the
 flows exceeding transport capacities pond in low areas until
 system  capacity is available or they are reduced by percola-
 tion into  the ground,  and/or are diverted either to storm
 drains  or  directly to  receiving waters.   Of  the  flows
 arriving at  the plant, not  all may be treated.

 Most water pollution control plants  are  designed to function
 properly at  flows  up to  some low multiple of the average dry-
 weather  flow.   Typical multiples range  from  1.5  to  3.0.
 Incoming flows  exceeding the plant or unit process  capacity
 must be  bypassed,  sometimes  with partial treatment,  to the
 receiving  water.   This occurs  at both wastewater treatment
 plants  connected  to combined sewers  and,  in  many cases,
 those connected to  technically "separate" sanitary  sewers.

 In addition  to  the  need  to bypass peak wet-weather  flows
 because  of capacity limitations, it  is  sometimes  necessary
 to bypass  because  of detrimental changes  in  wastewater
 quality.   In  a  study of  stormwater problems  and  control in
 Oakland-Berkeley,  California,  sanitary  sewers [34],  it was
 reported that bypassing was  required  at  the  regional  water
 pollution  control plant under  storm  conditions at flows less
 than  50 percent of  the plant's hydraulic  capacity.   Typi-
 cally, the large  increase in  fine solids  (silt)   concentration
 in the wastewaters  required  bypassing to  avoid damage  to
 the  solids removal  equipment  in the primary  sedimentation
 tanks.  This  silt,  too fine  to be removed in the  grit cham-
 bers, settled in such quantities in  the   sedimentation tanks
 that the chain  and  flight collectors were buried  and unable
 to function.   Sources of the silt were traced to  multiple
 cracks and poor joints in the collection system.   As storm-
waters saturated the soil,  silt-laden flows would enter
 the  system and  in the process compound their impact  by
 scouring out deposits of grit accumulated in the  pipes
during dry-weather periods.

 In San Francisco, with a hydrologic year characterized by
extended dry- and wet-weather periods, the initial seasonal
storms in the combined system carry debris,  representing
                            69

-------
several months'  accumulation, in such quantities as to
greatly overload headworks screening facilities.  This cre-
ates a bypass condition generally not repeated in later
storms [15] .

In some cases it has been necessary to bypass prolonged
storm flows  because low organic matter concentrations would
not support  the biological treatment units [25]  .  Elsewhere
intense hydraulic loadings during storms may purge biologi-
cal process  solids from final clarifiers and/or filters,
critically upsetting the process, if temporary bypasses are
not permitted.  Still other plants bypass during wet weather
because increased inorganic concentrations in the sludge
pumped to anaerobic digesters greatly reduce their effec-
tive volume.

CHARACTERISTICS OF STORMWATER

Quantities of Flow

The potential problem that stormwater represents to all
wastewater disposal systems can be demonstrated with some
simple calculations.  For example, in the Chicago metro-
politan area where the average daily dry-weather wastewater
flow is 48.2 cu m/sec (1,100 mgd), a storm with an inten-
sity of only 0.25 cm/hr  (0.1 in./hr) over the 97,000 ha
(240,000 acres) within the area represents a flow of

         0.25 cm/hr x 97,000 ha x 100 cu m/cm-ha

       x 1/3,600 hr/sec = 686 cu m/sec  (18,000 mgd)


Of course, large portions of the drainage basin are still
pervious so that much of  the rainfall will permeate into the
soil.  Also, there will be significant portions of nonsewered
direct runoff into creeks and waterways.  Even  so, if the
runoff coefficient is 0.50, under average conditions the
flow in the combined sewer system would increase 720 percent.
Consider what would happen if a large storm with an inten-
sity  of 2.5 cm/hr  (1 in./hr) covered the Chicago metropoli-
tan area!  Summer thunderstorms of even greater intensity
occur every year, although they rarely cover the entire
basin at one time.

In fact, the stormwater problem in Chicago is severe for a
number of reasons.  Sewer surcharging and widespread flood-
ing is common.   In addition, as the  imperviousness of the
area has increased with  development, it occasionally has
become necessary  to allow combined wastewater to backflow
                             70

-------
 into Lake Michigan to minimize flooding.  The lake, which is
 used for water supply and for recreation, does not receive
 dry-weather flow from Chicago.  Most combined wastewaters
 from Chicago discharge to several channels that eventually
 empty into the Illinois River system.  Chicago has under-
 taken a series of studies to determine the best way to
 alleviate the flooding and pollution.  Current estimates for
 wet-weather improvements are for eventual expenditures
 of approximately $1.32 billion.   The program is described
 further in Section XIV.

 To describe the proportion of precipitation that enters a
 combined or separate sanitary sewer, an Infiltration ratio
 may be  computed.   This is the ratio of rainfall entering
 sewers  to the total rainfall and thus includes both infiltra-
 tion and inflow as defined in the 1972 Act Amendments.  For
 combined sewers,  the infiltration ratio may be equivalent to
 the runoff coefficient.   In an EPA-sponsored study of the
 wastewater collection/treatment  area, 20,800 ha (51,400
 acres),  of the East Bay Municipal Utility District (Oakland/
 Berkeley,  California)  [34]  an overall infiltration ratio of
 0.11 was computed.   However,  30.6 percent of the stormwater
 in the  system was  traced to the  4 percent of the study area
 served  by combined sewers.   The  measured infiltration ratios
 for the  combined  areas  were as high as  0.70  and the  sep-
 arated  areas  ranged from 0.01 to  0.25 with values  of 0.06 to
 0.14 predominanting.   In general, high  ratios  were associ-
 ated with  old  sewers,  those with  rigid  joints,  and land
 areas having  gentle ground  slopes.

 St.  Louis, Missouri  -  One often-reported measurement  of the
 overflow from  combined  sewers  is  the  proportion  of the
 annual dry-weather  flow  that  either  overflows  or is  bypassed
 According  to Shifrin and Homer,  2.23  to  3.09  percent  of the'
 annual municipal sewage  of  St. Louis  is  discharged without
 treatment  during combined sewer overflows  [30].  The  rela-
 tionship between combined sewer overflow  of untreated munic-
 ipal  sewage and interceptor capacity  for  St. Louis in  1960
 is  shown on Figure  11.  Of course,  if the  hydraulic capacity
 of  the treatment plant is less than  the  interceptor capac-
 ity,  then  significant additional  amounts must be bypassed
 at  the treatment plant.

Washington, D  C. - According to  a study of the combined
 sewer areas of Washington, D. C., during the years 1956-1958
 an average of 3.3 percent of the   annual municipal sewage was'
discharged to the Potomac River system through overflows
 [30].  Of this quantity, 0.3 percent discharged during
dry weather because of an overloaded sewer system.   Air
conditioning cooling water is in  part responsible for these
dry-weather overflows.
                            71

-------
               3.5
            LLJ C3
            CO ^
          CJ
          oo
               2.5
               2,0
               1.5
                 100
150
200
250
                     NTERCEPTOR CAPACITY,
                      % OF AVERAGE  FLOW
       Figure  11.  Effectiveness  of  interceptors
         of different  capacities  for  1960  [30]
                  St.  Louis, Missouri
Oakland, California, and Vicinity - The heavily infiltrated
sanitary sewer system of the East Bay Municipal Utilities
District required treatment plant bypasses of 1.7 percent of
the annual average municipal sewage flow during 1969-1970
[34].  In addition, intersystem overflows  (occurring at
cross-connections between storm drains and sanitary sewers),
interceptor overflows, and intrasystem overflows  (from man-
holes, other openings, and broken sewers) also contributed
to the discharge of untreated municipal sewage to San
Francisco Bay.  As shown in Table 9, it has been  found in
other studies of combined sewer systems that, typically, 2
to 5 percent of the annual municipal sewage is "lost" during
wet weather [11, 23, 9].

In the past it was thought that if only 2 to 5 percent of
the annual municipal sewage flow was discharged by waste-
water collection systems without treatment, then  the system
was working well.  After all, an efficiency of 95 to 98
percent on an annual basis seems impressive.  Actually,
it is not impressive on two counts.  First, by reporting
                            72

-------
  Table 9.   COMPARISON OF ANNUAL  MUNICIPAL SEWAGE  BYPASSED
               OR OVERFLOWED FOR VARIOUS CITIES
City
Cleveland, Ohio
Washington, D.C.
Year
1960
1956-58
Sewer
system
Combined
Combined
Annual \
overflowed
2.23-3.09
3.3a
       Oakland (and
       vicinity), California    1968     961 Separate)       b
                                     4% Combined}   1>09

       Roanoke, Virginia      1964-68    Separate       1-2

       Minneapolis-St.Paul,
       Minnesota              1966     Combined/     up to 6
                                    separate

       San Francisco,
       California             1972     Combined       1.7
       a.  This is only for the combined sewer portion of the
          system.

       b.  Only includes bypasses of treatment plant.  Additional
          flow is lost through sanitary overflows into storm
          sewers.
municipal sewage lost  as  a percentage of  annual municipal
sewage  collected, the  shockloading effect of stormwater
pollution is ignored.   For instance, in some rivers suffi-
cient dissolved oxygen (DO)  is present to support a wide
range of biota 90 percent of the time.  During wet weather,
however, storm and combined  sewer overflows  exert such
an oxygen demand that  the river becomes septic and fishkills
occur.   In many parts  of  the country, summer thunderstorms
dump an inch or more of rain in an hour.   Because these
overflows usually occur during low flow in the receiving
stream,  this accentuates  the shockloading effect.

The second reason that  a  95  to 98 percent annual efficiency
for a wastewater collection  system is not impressive re-
lates to the quality of overflows and discharges.

Quality  of Overflows and  Discharges

Historically,  few people  gave  any consideration to the water
quality  of urban runoff.   It was believed  that urban runoff
                              73

-------
finding its way into a combined sewer diluted the offensive
constituents of the dry-weather flow.  In the case of sepa-
rate sewer systems, the urban runoff entered the storm
sewers.  This storm wastewater was discharged without treat-
ment because people thought that it was relatively
uncontaminated.  When the U.S. Public Health Service pub-
lished "Pollutional Effects of Stormwater and Overflows from
Combined Sewer Systems:  A Preliminary Appraisal" in 1964,
very few studies of urban runoff quality had been performed.
The fact that the report title included "Pollutional Effects
of Stormwater" indicates that at least some officials were
aware of the water pollution potential of urban runoff.

In recent years, however, a considerable number of charac-
terization studies have been performed.  The reported qual-
ity parameters (e.g., BOD5, SS, total P, total N, heavy
metals, and bacteria) vary considerably in concentration.
They vary not only with time as the storm progresses but
also from location-to-location during the same storm and
from storm-to-storm within the same location.  Where the
runoff is mixed with municipal sewage, as in combined sewer
systems, the true picture is further obscured because the
sanitary flow and its quality are also highly time-dependent
(daily and weekly cycles).

Because of these multiple variations and the difficulties
associated with representative sampling, relationships be-
tween cause and effect are largely obscured, even though
a considerable amount of data is available.

In most studies of urban runoff it has been observed that
higher concentrations of pollutants may be expected under
the following conditions:  the early stages of a storm
(including "first flush" effects); in more densely settled,
highly paved, or industrialized areas; in response to in-
tense rainfall periods; after prolonged dry periods; and in
areas with construction activities (inorganic solids).
Conversely, concentrations tend to decrease as a storm
progresses and in the latter storms of a closely spaced
series.

Along with summarizing the available data, selected examples
are presented in this section to illustrate various occur-
rences suggested by  the data.

First Flush Effect - Very high concentrations of BODs, SS,
grease, and other pollutants are often found in overflow
samples collected during  the earliest part of an overflow
event from combined  sewers.  This phenomenon also occurs
to  a lesser extent with storm sewer discharges.  Early inves
tigators often noted these high pollutant concentrations and
                             74

-------
 the term "first flush" has been adopted to describe it.
 During dry-weather periods, the flow in most combined sewers
 is only a low percentage (generally less than 5 percent) of
 the sewer capacity.  At joints and along sections of sewer
 with low or adverse slopes, solids tend to accumulate.
 In particular, older sewers were often laid with too little
 regard to necessary carrying velocities.  The absence of a
 self-scouring flow is the primary cause of the first flush
 effect in combined sewers.   Catch basins that are not
 cleaned promptly after a storm often accumulate solids
 which are discharged during the next storm.  Other effects
 include the surface buildup of debris and pollutants through
 inattention or inadequate cleaning programs.

 In storm sewers there is a  tendency for solids to settle
 out during the latter stages of a storm as the flow tapers
 off and velocities are reduced.   Also,  large  separate sewer
 systems may have relief points that allow some surcharged
 sanitary sewers, even on rare  dry-weather occasions, to
 overflow into the  storm sewers.   The solids in the municipal
 sewage  overflows may accumulate  in storm sewers  under these
 conditions  and contribute to a first flush effect in storm
 sewers.   A similar situation exists when storm sewers have
 illicit direct industrial and  sanitary  connections.

 In combined,  sanitary,  and  storm  sewers,  accumulated solids
 deposits  may  contain grease  and other organic  matter under-
 going decay.   When the  sewer flow  increases sharply  during
 a  storm,  this  solid  matter which will exert a  high organic
 loading will  be  discharged.  Depending  on  the  sewer  system
 the  rainfall  intensity,  and  the number  of  antecedent dry   '
 days, a first  flush  effect may result.   If  it  does occur
 it may  last for  a  few minutes  or even hours.   Solids  scoured
 from the  upper  reaches  of a  large  system may take  a  long
 time to reach  a  distant  overflow point.  BOD5  concentrations
 dur^ng  th^s phenomenon may often exceed  those  of  the  normal
 untreated dry-weather wastewater.

 During  28 overflows  of a  large combined sewer  in Milwaukee
 Wisconsin, in  1969,  a first  flush was observed 25 percent  '
 of the  time [7].  The period of high pollutant concentra-
 tion lasted from 10 minutes  to 1 hour.  The difference in
water quality between the first flush and the  later  flow
 ("extended overflow") from this particular combined sewer
 is reported in Table 10.  These first flushes occurred
when the interval between overflows was greater than 4 days.
                            75

-------
     Table 10.   COMPARISON OF QUALITY CHARACTERISTICS
      FROM FIRST FLUSHES AND EXTENDED OVERFLOWS OF A
                    COMBINED SEWER  [7]
          HAWLEY ROAD SEWER, MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN
                      First flushes,   Extended overflows,
        Characteristic      mg/la            mg/la
COD
BOD5
ss
vss
Total N
500
170
330
221
17
-765
-182
-848
-495
-24
113
26
113
58
3
-166
-53
-174
-87
-6
        Coliforms
         a.  At 95 percent confidence level.

         b.  Coliform 1.5 x 105 to 310 x 105/100 ml.
In an EPA-funded project in Cumberland,  Maryland, it was
observed that:

     On June 16, 1968, a rain  storm  producing 1/4 inch
     rainfall occurred after a dry period of 8 days.
     The Boiling Green Wastewater Treatment Plant in-
     fluent was sampled according to the plan....The
     initial sample obtained was gray,  appeared to
     be normal late night  flow, but  after only two
     minutes the rate began to increase  rapidly and
     the sewage became black and gave off a very
     strong odor, indicating septicity.   This odor
     did not disappear until the flow again returned
     to nearly normal.  The results  of Sample No. 2
     indicate the flushing of  grit and putrescible
     material undergoing anaerobic digestion from the
     bottom of the sewers.   [10]

Combined Sewage — Since heavily infiltrated sanitary sewers
are de facto combined sewers,  the water quality information
presented in this discussion relates to both heavily infil-
trated municipal sewage and combined sewer overflows.
Combined sewage is a mixture of various proportions of
municipal sewage and storm runoff.   For this reason, it
                             76

-------
 would seem that the concentration of any single pollutant
 in combined sewage would lie somewhere between that of
 local municipal sewage and that of local urban runoff.
 Even though it may seem so, it is often not the case,  mainly
 during the early portions of a storm.   The previously  de-
 scribed first flush effect often results in short  periods
 when combined sewage exhibits greater  strength than separate
 municipal  sewage.   When deposition problems are severe and/
 or the collection systems extensive, the high concentration
 conditions may persist for several hours.   In other in-
 stances,  strong industrial wastes may  be discharged
 (unauthorized)  during storms, perhaps  in the form  of waste
 lagoon spills,  in the belief that the  additional dilution
 available  will  lessen the impact of the discharge  on the
 treatment  plant.

 Because of the  variation over time,  it is  also somewhat mis-
 leading to report  mean characteristics of  combined sewage
 quality.   This  is  also true,  but to  a  lesser extent, for
 separate storm  runoff.   Average  values for the various
 characteristics  can  be mean over time  or mean over flow.
 Furthermore,  the  first 10 minutes,  the first 30 minutes,
 or  some other  duration of the overflow may not be  included
 in  the calculations  of a quality characteristic mean.   In
 spite  of the possible  confusion,  most  investigators  have
 reported "mean"  characteristics  of combined sewage  to  give
 a  general  indication  of quality.   Some of  these findings  and
 values for  typical untreated  and treated municipal  sewage
 (primary and secondary effluent)  are summarized in  Table  11.
 Unless otherwise noted,  tabulated values are  mean  over
 flow  (also  referred  to  as  "flow-weighted mean"), the pre-
 ferred definition of  "mean."

 In  contrast to urban runoff quality, which  may  be highly
 dependent upon runoff  intensity,  time  since  start of rain-
 fall, and antecedent dry period, combined  overflow quality
 may be affected significantly by the hour  of  storm
 occurrence.  It is commonly known that dry-weather flows
 and quality concentrations  follow cyclical patterns over
 daily and weekly periods.  What  is of particular interest
 is  that the cycle peaks  for both flow  and quality  (e.g.,
 BOD5) frequently occur  together, resulting  in a compound
 effect.  In a prior study of San Francisco data on dry-
weather flows, it was noted:

     Measured values of both flow and quality varia-
     tions showed extreme variation of pounds of [BO
     released per 10-minute interval exceeded a ratio
     of 50 to 1 (largest 10-minute release divided by
     the smallest) in one day.   [32]
                            77

-------
              Table  11.    COMPARISON   OF  QUALITY  OF  COMBINED
                               SEWAGE   FOR  VARIOUS   CITIESa

BODc ,
Type of wastewater, mg/1

COD,
mg/1

DO,
mg/1

SS,
mg/1
Total
coliforms ,
MPN/100 ml
Total
nitrogen,
mg/1 as N
Total
phosphorus ,
mjj/1
as P
                        Avg   Range   Avg    Range   Avg    Avg     Range
                                                                                   Range
Typical untreated
municipal

Typical treated
municipal

  Primary effluent

  Secondary effluent


Selected combined

  Atlanta, Ga.,
  1969  [31]

  Berkeley, Calif.
  1968-69  [34]c

  Brooklyn, N.Y. ,
  1972  [8]

  Bucyrus, Ohio
  1968-69  [35]

  Cincinnati, Ohio,
  1970  [36]

  Des Moines, Iowa,
  1968-69  [6]

  Detroit, Mich.,
  1965  [2]

  Kenosha, Wis.,
  1970  [18]

  Milwaukee ,  Wis. ,
  1969  [7]

  Northampton, U.K.,
  1960-62  [22]

  Racine,  Wis. ,
  1971  [18]

  Roanoke, Va. ,
  1969  [12]

  Sacramento, Calif.,
  1968-69  [37]

  San Francisco,  Calif.
  1969-70  [3]

  Washington,  D.C.,
  1969  [5]
200   100-300  500   250-750
135    70-200  330   165-500

 25    15-45    56   25-80
100   48-540  --


 60   18-300  200    20-600


180   86-428  --


220   11-560  400    13-920


200   80-380  250   190-410


115   29-158  --


1S3   74-685  115


129     --    464


 55   26-182  177   118-765


ISO   80-350


119


115


1SS   70-328  238    59-513


 49  1.5-202  255    17-626


 71   10-470  382    80-1,760
                                   200   100-350
80   40-120

15   10-30
                                                   <20   1x10-1x10
                                                        lxlO"-l*10
  200   40-150


2,052  132-8,759


  470   20-2,440


2,200  SOO-1,800


  2S5  155-1,166


  274  120-804


  458


  244  113-848


  400  200-800


  439


   78


  125   56-502


   68    4-426


  622   35-2,000
              2*20   2x10-5x10
                    2*10-3x10
              5*20   7x10-9*10
                     2*10-2*10
                                                  3*10   4xl0-6*10
 a.  Data presented here  are for general comparisons only.   Since different  sampling methods, number of samples,  and other
    procedures were used,  the reader  should consult the references before using the data for specific planning purposes.
 b.  Only orthophosphate.
 c.  Infiltrated sanitary  sewer overflow.
 d.  Only ammonia plus organic nitrogen  (total Kjeldahl).
 e.  Only ammonia.
 f.  Only fecal.
                                                      78

-------
 The storm path and collection system configuration also have
 pronounced influence on combined overflow quality.  For ex-
 ample,  in a storm concentrated in the upper reaches of a
 drainage basin or tracing a path from upstream to down-
 stream,  flow in the conduits in the upper reaches will have
 greater  depth and velocities as compared to the downstream
 portions.   This can create a flood wave within the primary
 conduit  that will accelerate the dry-weather flow in the
 lower area as a plug until it is released at the point of
 overflow.   Thus, the early overflow may be totally municipal
 sewage.   In current studies by the Department of Public
 Works of the City of San Francisco [4], it has been found
 that  on  the basis of system hydraulics  and static regulator
 inefficiencies, discharge mixtures from neighboring outfalls
 may vary simultaneously from totally raw municipal sewage to
 dilute surface runoff.   This is judged  to be a direct  conse-
 quence of  static control of regulators.

 Storm Sewer Discharges  - Findings  from  various studies are
 summarized in Table 12  showing important characteristics of
 various  separate storm  sewer discharges in comparison  with
 those for  typical untreated and treated municipal sewage
 (primary and secondary  effluent).   The  most  obvious  conclu-
 sion  about the quality  of storm sewer discharge is that  it
 varies greatly from one  metropolitan area to another.
 Furthermore,  that a wide variation in quality can occur
 within a single metropolitan area  is  shown clearly by  the
 data  from  Tulsa,  Oklahoma,  in  Table  13  [33].   The  greatest
 variations  in  quality occur in  the  concentrations  of bac-
 terial and suspended solids.   Note  that  the  data  presented
 from  Tulsa  do  not indicate  the  possible  range  of  quality
 from  a single  test  area.   Storm sewer discharge quality  was
 found to vary  greatly from  storm to  storm and  at  different
 times during a  storm.  The  column  in Table 13  "Range of  the
 Test  Area Means"  is  based on the mean values  of various
 water quality  characteristics derived from 15  test areas.

 Castro Valley,  California - In  a 1971-1972 study  [14]  of a
 "typical"  San  Francisco  Bay Area urban watershed consisting
 principally of  residential with some light commercial
 areas, the USGS,  under contract to the Corps of Engineers,
monitored seven storm events.   The watershed, which drains
 about 13 sq km  (5 sq mi) through a series of pipe networks
 and creeks, is  about 85 percent urbanized, and has an esti-
mated population  density of 11 persons per acre.  The events
 sampled represent 25-30 percent of the total rainfall in
                            79

-------
           Table   12.    COMPARISON  OF  QUALITY  OF  STORM  SEWER
                         DISCHARGES  FOR  VARIOUS  CITIESa
Type of wastewater,
location, year,
Ref. No.
Typical untreated
munic ipal
Typical treated
municipal
Primary effluent
Secondary effluent
Storm sewer
discharges
Ann Arbor , Mich . ,
1965 [2]
BODs, COD,
mg/1 mg/1
Avg Range Avg Range
200 100-300 500 250-750
135 70-200 330 165-500
25 15-45 55 25-80
28 11-62
Total
DO , SS, coliforms ,
mg/1 mg/1 MPN/100 ml
Avg Avg Range Avg Range
200 100-350 5*10? 1*107-1*109
80 40-120 2*707 5xl06-5xl08
15 10-30 1*10Z 1*102-1*104
2,080 650-11,900
Total
nitrogen,
mg/1 as N
Avg
40
35
30
3. 5
Total
phosphorus ,
mg/1 as P
Avg
10
7 . 5
5. 0
1 . 7
 Castro Valley,
 Calif.,1971-72  [14]
 Des Mo-ines ,  Iowa ,
 1969 [6]
 Durham , N .C .
 1968 [1]
 4-37


12-100


 2-232
       95-1,053
 I.os Angeles ,
 Calif.,1967-f
 Madison, Wis.
 1970-71  [17]
               [19]
                       4*10-6*10
       10-1 ,000
 New Orleans,  La.,
 1967-69d  [16]

 Roanoke, Va.,
 1969 [12]

 Sacramento, Calif.
 1968-69  [37]

 Tulsa,  Okla.,
 1968-69  [33]

 Washington , D.C. ,
 1969 [5]
                        10-7*10
        58   21-176


        85   12-405


       335   29-1,514
  71    3-211


  247   84-2,052


1,697  130-11,280
                      I*10-3xl0
a.  Data presented  here are for general comparisons only.  Since different sampling methods, number of samples,  and
   other procedures were  used, the reader should consult  the references before using the data for specific planning
   purposes.
b.  Only ammonia plus nitrate.
c.  Only fecal.
d.  Median values from 1 sampling  station.
e.  Only organic (Kjeldahl) nitrogen.
f.  Only soluble orthophosphate.
                                                 80

-------
         Table  13.   STORM  SEWER  DISCHARGE QUALITY  FROM
                        15 TEST AREAS  [33]
                          TULSA, OKLAHOMA
                   Parameter
Mean of the
test areas
Range of the test
  area means
             Bacterial, number/100 ml'
               Total coliform
               Fecal coliform
               Fecal streptococcus
             Organic, mg/1
               BOD
               COD
               Total organic carbon
             Nutrients, mg/1
               Organic Kjeldahl
               nitrogen
               Soluble orthophosphate
             Solids, mg/1
               Total
               Suspended
               Dissolved
             Other parameters
               PH
               Chloride, mg/1
               Specific conductance,
               micromhos/cm
 87,000
   420
 6,000
    11.8
    85.5
    31.8
    0.85
    1.15
   545
   367
   178
    7.4
    11.5
                                    108
 5,000-400,000
    10-18,000
   700-30,000
    8-18
    42-138
    15-48
  0.36-1.48
  0.54-3.49
   199-2,242
   84-2,052
   89-400
   6.8-8.4
    2-46
                                               56-220
             a.  Geometric mean.
this dry  year.   A summary of the  data,  reproduced in
Table 14,  indicated that
      ...relatively high BOD  can be  expected from the
      first runoff event of the rainy season and also
      for  other  events  during the  year that occur
      after a significant dry spell.   The  dissolved
      oxygen (DO)  data  expressed as  percent saturation
      shows a significant corresponding  decrease asso-
      ciated with the high BOD.  [14]
Des  Moines, Iowa — In  a third study [6] conducted in Des
Moines, Iowa,  combined sewer overflows  and storm sewer dis
charges were sampled over a  12-month period, 1968-1969.
                                 81

-------
        Table  14.   STORM SEWER DISCHARGE  QUALITY FROM A
               5-SQUARE MILE URBAN WATERSHED [14]
                CASTRO VALLEY CREEK,  CALIFORNIA
San Irancisco Bava
19ftO-1964
Parameter
Temperature ,
°C
pll


DO, mg/1


DO , \
saturation

BODS, mg/1


Ammoni a
nitrogen ,
mg/1
Nitrate
nitrogen ,
mg/1
Dissolved
silica, mg/1

Total
col if orm
bacteria ,
MPN/100 ml

low
mean
high
low
mean
high
low
mean
high
low
mean
high
low
mean
high
low
mean
high
low
mean
high
low
mean
high
low
mean
high

South
Bay
9.3
16.3
24.0
7.6
8.0
0 . 7
3. 1
8 .3
9
55
92
0.5
10
48

3
11
0.05
0.35
1.1
2.3
8.7
16
10
20,000
3 x 108

Lower Upper Storm of
Bay Bay 11 Nov 71
10.
14.
21 .

8 .
7.
7 .
8 .
81
90
99
0.
0.
1 .
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
2.
5.
7 .


30,

7 14.5
8 14.5
0 15.0
8 b.7
9 7 . 7
1 7.0
0 4.4
4 7.9
5 5.1
43
77
50
4
8 .8 44
5
06 1.2
12 .1
21 2.3
08- 0
34 .3
55 1.4
9
4 6.5 7.1
7
10
500 1,000
000

Castro Valley Creek
Storm of Storm of Storm of Storm of Storm of
13 N'ov 71 2 Dec 71 9 Dec 71 22 Dec 71 27 Dec 71
9.5 8.
13.0
10.5 10.
6.7 5.4 6.

6.9 6.4 7 .
9.5 9.
8 .1
10.3 9.
84 79 85

90 86 90
4.0 10.

9.5 11 .
.4 .3

.6 .7
1.5 .6

1.7 1.2 3.

3.3 1.5 12.

4,
>16,000
41,

5 8.0
11 .0
5 9.0
6 6.0 6.6

4 6.4 6.9
0 9.4
10.4
6 10.0

88

0 1.7 1.7

0 5.0 2.2
1 .2 .1

4 .3 .2
3 1 .8

3 2.3

0 2.2 7

200 9,500 5,200

000 12,500 16,200

Storm of Storm of
25 Jan 72 5 Apr 72
7 .5
15.
8 .5
6.2
7 .
6 .8
6.

6.
63
76
68
4.7 2.

6.0 37 .
.3

.4 1.
.6 0

.9 4.

3.1 7.

16,

63,

0
2

4

9



6

0
3

0


2

6

000

000

a. From "Interim Water Quality Control Plan, San Francisco Bay Basin," California Regional Water Quality Control Board
  San Francisco Bay Region, June 1971.

*Determination Pending.
  With the exception of BOD5, which was  considerably stronger,
  the reported  values were similar in  range to those previ-
  ously discussed.   The results, however,  were an aggregation
  of composite  and  grab samples of both  rainfall-runoff  and
  snow melt.  A retabulation of the results for BODs taken
  from the raw  data, excluding the grab  samples and separating
  out the snow  melt, is presented in Table 15.  The revised
  listings are  consistent with the generally reported values,
  and it is particularly interesting to  note high concentra-
  tions associated  with urban snow melt.

  Because of  the wide range of quality of  storm sewer dis-
  charge, any generalizations must not be  blindly accepted.
  However,  as  mentioned previously, "typical" storm waste-
  water is often characterized as having (1) SS concentration
                               82

-------
  Table  15.   COMPARISON OF BOD5 FROM COMBINED OVERFLOWS,
             STORM DISCHARGES,  AND SNOW MELT [6]
                      DES MOINES, IOWA
Type
of discharge
Mean of the
test areas ,
mg/1
Range of the
test area means ,
mg/1
        Combined overflows         80            53-117
        (5 areas)

        Storm sewer discharge       32            23-46
        (rain induced -
        4 areas)

        Storm sewer discharge       75            67-85
        (snow melt - 4 areas)
equal to or greater  than  that  of untreated sanitary waste -
water, and  (2) BODs  concentration approximately equal to
that of secondary effluent.  The reasons  for the great
variations  in the quality of storm wastewater will be dis-
cussed in a later section dealing with contaminant sources.

Stormwater  Pollution Loadings

So far, storm and combined sewer overflow quantities and
the pollutant concentrations have been considered
separately.  To evaluate  the impact of these flows on re-
ceiving waters, it will be necessary to consider quantity
and quality concurrently.  Comparisons of the amounts of
untreated storm and  combined wastewaters  and amounts of
treated wastewaters  received by  a stream  are only part of
the story.  Similarly, comparing water quality characteris-
tics does not give a representative picture of the signifi-
cance of Stormwater  problems.  Rather, it is necessary
to evaluate pollutant loadings,  the product of quantity and
concentration, which should be considered on both a storm
and an annual basis.

Roanoke, Virginia -  In studies sponsored  by the EPA Storm
and Combined Sewer Pollution Control  Program, attempts
have been made to evaluate the relative significance of
Stormwater problems.  An  especially lucid example comparing
the impacts of dry-  and wet-weather flows is in the investi-
gation of overflows  and bypasses  of the heavily infiltrated
sanitary sewer system of  Roanoke,  Virginia.   The amounts
                            83

-------
of wastewater and pounds of BOD5 from the treatment plant,
treatment plant bypasses, and sanitary sewer overflows on
an annual basis are summarized in Table 16.  Note that the
BOD5 from storm sewer discharges is not being considered.
Although only 1.6 percent of the annual municipal flow is
discharged through overflows or bypasses, 8.4 percent of the
annual BODs loading on the Roanoke River is contributed by
these sources.  If storm sewer discharge BOD$ were also
considered, the stormwater BODs percentage would be even
greater.  A visual comparison of BOD5 contributions is
given in Figure 12.

On an annual basis, the 8.4 percent BOD5 contributed by over
flows and bypasses from the Roanoke sanitary sewer system
does not seem especially significant.  However, as indicated
in Table 17 and Figure 13, wastewater volume and BOD5 load-
ings during a maximum yearly rainfall event are significant.
During such an event, 33.1 percent of the flow is bypassed
or overflows, and this accounts for 75.7 percent of the
BODs loading.  Hence, in Roanoke, with secondary treatment
of its sanitary wastewater, the BODs loading on the river
increases fivefold from 2,700 kg (6,000 Ib) during a dry-
weather day to 14,000 kg (31,000 Ib) during a 17-hour storm.
The impact of these loadings on the receiving waters is dis-
cussed under environmental effects.  If it were necessary
for Roanoke to undertake advanced wastewater treatment
of dry-weather flow, the relative significance of stormwater
pollution would be even greater.

Bucyrus, Ohio — Overflows of the combined sewer system
of Bucyrus, Ohio, contribute approximately 14,000 kg (30,000
Ib) of phosphates (as P04) annually to the Sandusky River.
By comparison, effluent from the city activated sludge
plant contains 73,000 kg (160,000 Ib) each year, and up-
stream rural runoff contributes 50,000 kg (110,000 Ib)
each year.  Unless the city undertakes phosphorus removal
of dry-weather flow, the phosphate from combined sewer over-
flows will not be especially significant on an annual basis.
However, a requirement of 90 percent phosphorus removal
would greatly increase the relative significance of the
overflows.  Under these circumstances, the rural runoff
would become the most significant source of phosphates.

Tulsa, Oklahoma — In a recent EPA-sponsored study, the
pollutant loadings from storm sewer discharges as compared
to those from treatment plants were evaluated for Tulsa,
Oklahoma, which is serviced by separate sewer systems.
These loadings on an annual basis for BOD5, COD, SS, organic
(Kjeldahl) nitrogen, and soluble orthophosphate are summa-
rized in Table 18.  It is important to note the difference
in pollutant loadings.  For example, although the storm
                            84

-------
Table 16.   AVERAGE ANNUAL BODc  CONTRIBUTED  TO THE
      ROANOKE  RIVER BY MUNICIPAL SEWAGE [27]
                  ROANOKE,  VIRGINIA
Source
of BOD5
Sewage
mil gal
volume
% of
total
BOD5
1 of
Ib total
 Treatment plant
 effluent

 Treatment plant
 bypasses

 Sanitary sewer
 overflows

   Total
7,300     98.4
   45
   79
0.6
1.0
                       7,424    100.0
2,192,000   91.6


   90,000    3.8


  111,000    4.6

2,393,000  100.0
 Note:  mil  gal. x 3.785 = Ml
       Ib x 0.454 =  kg
                       PLANT EFFLUENT
                       2. 192,000 LB
        NOTE: LB x 0.454
                                               TREATMENT
                                               PLANT BYPASS
                                               90,000 LB
                        SANITARY SEWER
                        OVERFLOWS
                        111,000 LB
 Figure 12.   Average annual BOD5 contributed to
    the Roanoke River by  municipal  sewage  [27]
                          85

-------
     Table 17.   BOD5  CONTRIBUTED TO THE ROANOKE RIVER  BY
MUNICIPAL SEWAGE DURING MAXIMUM YEARLY RAINFALL EVENT [27]
                        ROANOKE,  VIRGINIA
Source of BOD5
Sewage volume
% of
mil gal. total
BOD5
% of
Ib total
      Treatment plant
      effluent

      Treatment plant
      bypasses

      Sanitary sewer
27.5      66.9       7,570    24.3


 7.4      18.0      14,810    47.5
overflows
Total
6.2
41.1
15.1
100.0
8,790
31,170
28.2
100.0
      Note: mil gal.  x 3.785 = Ml
           Ib x 0.454 = kg
                      TREATMENT
                     PLANT EFFLUENT
                       7,570 LB
                                       TREATMENT
                                  y  PLANT BYPASS
                     SANITARY SEWER
                       OVERFLOWS
                       8,790 LB
              NOTE:  LB  x 0.454 = KG
    Figure 13.   BOD5  contributed to  the Roanoke  River  by
municipal sewage during maximum yearly rainfall  event  [27]
                               86

-------
       Table 18.  ESTIMATED ANNUAL LOAD  OF  POLLUTANTS
          ENTERING THE AREA RECEIVING STREAMS [33]
                       TULSA,  OKLAHOMA
     Pollutant
    Soluble
    orthophosphate
 Average annual
  storm sewer
  discharge
pollution load,
      Ib
                               Contribution of
                                 storm sewer
                                 discharges
                               to total load,
     171,000
 1968 Average
 annual  load
from treatment
plant effluents
     Ib
BOD5
COD
SS
Organic
(Kjeldahl)
nitrogen
1,620,000
11,200,000
39,000,000


130,000
20
31
85


31
7,060,000
24,400,000
6,710,000


278,000
   4,180,000
    a.  One primary (21 mgd) and three secondary (19 mgd,  total) plants

    Note:  Ib x 0.454 = kg
         mgd x 0.0438 = cu m/sec
sewer  discharges contribute  only 20 percent  of the annual
BODs to  the area receiving  streams, this  source contributes
85 percent  of the annual  SS.   Notice that  the  storm sewer
discharge  COD contribution  is  31 percent  as  compared to
the BODs  contribution of  20  percent.  This indicates that
the material in the storm sewer discharges will be more
slowly oxidized than that in the treatment plant effluent.
In this  section, the magnitudes of the contaminants found
in urban stormwater have  been considered.   Before discussing
corrective  measures, it is  also important  to  know something
about the  sources of the  pollutants in stormwater and their
movement.   These topics are covered in the  following
subsection.

-------
SOURCES AND MOVEMENT OF POLLUTANTS

Contaminant Sources

The various contaminants found in stormwater are derived
from a number of different sources.   Pollutants are adsorbed
and absorbed from the air as rain- and snowfall over a city;
from the surfaces of buildings, streets, vacant land, con-
struction sites, parking lots, and yards in urban runoff;
and in the sewer system.  In the following discussion,
the pickup of the contaminants will be traced from the
initiation of precipitation until the stormwater runoff
is discharged into receiving waters.

From the Ai:r — The effects of urban air pollution on water
pollution have received only limited study and attention.
In American cities there is a wide variation in the extent
and type of air pollution.  Generally, the most significant
urban air pollutants are oxides of sulfur and nitrogen, fine
particulate matter (dust), carbon monoxide, and volatile
hydrocarbons.  During rainfall, sulfur oxides and nitrogen
oxides dissolve in water droplets.  Particulate matter will
adhere to droplets and snowflakes.  Portions of particulate
matter will be dissolved in the droplets and melted snow.

Air pollutants picked up by precipitation in the atmosphere
are usually less significant than the particulates that
have settled to city surfaces and are washed away in urban
runoff.  These particulates, or dust, fall at annual rates
of 170 to 320 metric tons/sq km (500 to 900 tons/sq mi) in
most metropolitan areas [39] .  That portion not removed
in the sweeping of sidewalks and streets  will run off dur-
ing wet-weather and snow-melt periods.

In the absence of better information, it can be concluded
that improvement of the air quality over an urban basin
will benefit the water quality, but the magnitude of such
benefit is, at present, difficult to estimate.

On City Surfaces — As precipitation runs off urban surfaces,
ITis exposed to contamination from a wide variety of
sources.  Dust and dirt, street litter, deicing chemicals,
herbicides, dead leaves, pesticides, eroded materials,
traffic residuals, and animal droppings are some of the
more important substances that are carried away by storm-
water as it passes through a metropolitan area.

In one of the earliest studies in the Storm and Combined
Sewer Pollution Control Program, undertaken by the APWA,
the sources of urban runoff pollution were analyzed
                            88

-------
in detail.  Street refuse or litter was defined in the study
report as:

     ...the accumulation of materials found on the
     street, sidewalk, or along the curb and gutter
     which can be removed by [conventional] sweeping.
     All components of street litter contribute to
     water pollution, in the form of floating mate-
     rial, suspended or dissolved solids, and by
     bacterial contamination.  The amount and compo-
     sition of street litter varies widely.  However,
     no systematic effort previously has been made
     to determine its rate of accumulation and com-
     position over a period of time.  The sources of
     street litter vary from community to community,
     from season to season, and from area to area of
     the same community.  Street litter is the pro-
     duct of both human and natural actions.  Litter
     (which is defined as waste scattered about--a
     clutter), includes remnants resulting from care-
     less public and private waste collection opera-
     tions; animal and bird fecal droppings; soil
     washed or eroded from land surfaces; construc-
     tion debris; road surfacing materials ravelled
     by travel, impact, frost action or other causes;
     air pollution dustfall; wind-blown dirt from
     open areas; and a host of subsidiary materials.
     [39]

High concentrations of SS in combined sewer and storm
sewer overflows have been traced, in some cases, to erosion
at construction sites.  Construction of streets, buildings,
and utility services often exposes large areas of bare
earth.   When storm intensity exceeds the ability of the
bare earth to absorb the precipitation, the runoff often
carries away the more erodible material.  Unpaved or poorly
paved areas present a similar problem.  In a 1948-1950 in-
vestigation of an area with cobblestone streets in
Leningrad, USSR, 14,541 mg/1 of SS were discovered in storm-
water [26].  In a study in Tulsa, Oklahoma, for the EPA,
a maximum average total solids concentration of 2,242 mg/1
was found for storm runoff from one test area of the
basin:

     The value for this site was eight to nine times
     greater than the average for the other test
     areas.  This extremely high concentration can be
     explained by exposed open land.  Shortly after
     the start of the project, construction began on
     a large apartment house complex.  The land was
                            89

-------
     stripped of its ground cover, cuts were made for
     streets, and water and sewer line trenches were
     dug.  Construction continued throughout the
     project.  Therefore, this test area is repre-
     sentative of a drainage basin that is under
     development.   [33]

Chemicals are applied in metropolitan areas to encourage
growth of certain plants and to discourage growth of others
They are also applied to minimize populations of rodents,
certain insects, and birds.  In northern portions of the
country, deicing salts and abrasives are widely used in
both urban and rural areas to make roads safer during the
winter.  Even when properly used, a large portion of these
various chemicals will be washed off urban surfaces in
stormwater.

The most common highway and sidewalk deicing compound used
is sodium chloride.  In addition, significant quantities of
calcium chloride are spread in cities.  Typical rates of
spreading are 100 to 300 kg of salt per km (400 to 1,200 Ib
of salt per mile) of highway per application.  Since this
salt is nondegradable, it eventually runs off in water
that will flow into streams or groundwater.  In an EPA
survey of the environmental impact of highway deicing
it was concluded, in part:

     Road deicing salts are found in high concentra-
     tions in highway runoff.   Large salt loads enter
     municipal sewage treatment plants and surface
     streams via combined and storm sewers, and di-
     rect runoff.  Concentrations of chlorides as
     high as 25,000 milligrams per liter (mg/1) have
     been found in street drainage, and up to 2,700
     mg/1 in storm sewers.   Surface streams along
     highways and those in urban areas have been
     found to contain up to 2,730 mg/1 chlorides.
     Influence of highway salts upon major rivers in
     the U.S. at this time appears relatively minor...

     Materials storage sites are a frequent source of
     salt pollution to groundwaters and surface
     streams.  Deicing salts are often stockpiled in
     open areas without suitable protection against
     inclement weather...Careful site selection and
     properly-designed materials storage facilities
     would serve to minimize incidents of water sup-
     ply contamination and provide for better product
     handling and quality control...
                            90

-------
     The special additives found in most road deicers
     cause considerable concern because of their
     severe latent toxic properties and other poten-
     tial side effects.  Significantly, little is
     known as to their fate and disposition, and
     effects upon the environment...[13]

The reduction of the contamination of urban runoff is dis-
cussed in Section VII under Source Control.

In the Sewer System — Additional contaminants may be intro-
duced to storm and combined sewer overflows through openings
to the sewer system.  In many cases these contaminants
find their way into the sewer system in violation of local
ordinances.  Street drains to storm or combined sewers are
convenient receptacles of various wastes that are difficult
to dispose of.  Examples of these wastes are used automobile
crankcase oil, dog droppings, leaves, and yard trimmings.
Excess lawn watering carries fertilizers, herbicides, and
pesticides along curbs to stormwater openings.  In separate
storm sewers these flows may either discharge untreated or
collect until a storm washes them out.  Rinse water from
home car washing, which is high in grease, cleaning agents,
and fine dirt, similarly enters storm drains.

In combined sewers and heavily infiltrated sanitary sewers,
the most significant source of organic and bacterial con-
tamination is usually the municipal sewage which is in
the system by design.  Turbulence of wastewater flows pro-
vides complete mixing of infiltration water, storm runoff,
and municipal sewage.  Grease and settled solids in the
sewers (a problem magnified by the widespread use of garbage
grinders) , which would be treated if they reached the treat-
ment plant during dry weather, often accumulate in low-flow
reaches only to be flushed out by storm flow influxes, thus
contributing to the wet-weather discharges.

Unless catch basins are cleaned between storms, a nearly im-
possible task, they may be a significant source of contami-
nation of wet-weather flows.   Although catch basins are
intended primarily to trap grit and coarse debris during
storms and/or to provide water seals to impound sewage
odors, they may also trap significant amounts of leaves and
other organic matter.  This material,  unless removed, de-
composes over a period of time in the stagnant pools of
water after a storm, only to be flushed out during a fol-
lowing storm.   Thus, catch basins may contribute quantities
of high BODs wastes to the first flush of a storm
(Table 19).
                            91

-------
         Table 19.   FIELD  TEST RESULTS  OF  CATCH  BASIN
                  SOURCE POLLUTANTS  AND REMOVALS
                         Chlorides,
                           mg/1

    location     Range   Avg  Range  Avg   Range   Avg   Avg     Avg    Avg      Removals'
          BOD,, mg/1      mg/1      SS,  mg/1
Test          V	 	-	  	 TS, mg/1  VS, mg/1  MPN
Chicago, 111.                                                      ;>0*- removal at
[2710                                                           0.1 in. rain

  Commercial area  35-225   126    --   --     --    --     --      -'     "   80?° removal at
                                                               0.2 in. rain

  Residential area 50-85    67.5   --   --     --    --     "      "     "   94*« removal at
                                                               0.3 in. rain

Washington, D.C.   6-625   126  11-160  42   26-36,250  2,100
[26]c

Detroit, Mich.      --    234    --   --     --    --     660     299   930,000  2-1/2 hr after
[2410                                                           start of rain:
                                                                95°. MPN removal
                                                                7.6°. TS increase
                                                                24°6 VS increase
                                                                59°« BODj removal
San Francisco,
Calif. [38]

  First sampling   5-1,500  241
  series0

  Second sampling  15-420   156
  series^



a. Percentage of prc-storm basin contents flushed into collection system after various accumulations of rainfall
   or elapsed time.

b. APWA study of 7 catch basins.

c. Sampled from 11 catch hasins.

d. Study on 1 catch basin.

c. COD, mg/1: range, 153-37,"00; avg,  ",4::.  Total N, mg/1: range, 0.5-33.2; avg, 12.2.  Total P, mg/1: '0.2.
   Sampled from 12 catch hasins.

f. COD, mg/1: range 708-143,11(10; avg,  2",'.'74. Total N, mg/1:  range, O.S-ld.5; avg, 6.5.  Total P, mg/1: '0.2.
   Sampled from 9 catch basins.
In  overloaded separate  sanitary  sewer  systems,  it  is not
uncommon to  find cross-connections between sanitary and
storm  sewers.   Because  an overloaded  sanitary  sewer may
cause  untreated municipal sewage  to back  up into basements
or  other low portions of buildings during periods  of ex-
treme  peak  flows, city  personnel  will  often alleviate  the
problem with a  stopgap  solution  by constructing an overflow
from the sanitary sewer  to a  nearby storm sewer (or stream)
which  has excess capacity.  Of course, such solutions  "un-
separate" the sewer  system.   If  the treatment  plant has
sufficient  capacity  to  treat  the  municipal flow, then  the
overflow from sanitary  sewer  to  storm  sewer increases  the
amount  of untreated  municipal sewage  discharging to the
receiving water.
                                   92

-------
 Collection and Transport

 Contaminants  picked up  by storm runoff pass  through the
 sewer  inlets  (combined  or storm sewers)  and  must  then be
 transported to treatment  plants or  be  discharged  at
 overflow or bypass  points.   The fate of these  pollutants
 depends  on the design and condition of the sewer  system.
 Infiltration  may  dilute combined flows;  however,  by causing
 an  increase in the  amount of overflow,  this  excess  water,
 possibly uncontaminated before  entering the  sewer,  aggra-
 vates  the problem.   For sanitary sewers,  heavy infiltration
 may require overflows and/or bypasses.   Infiltration in
 separate storm sewers may also  be significant  if  treatment
 of  these flows is eventually required.

 Sources  of Infiltration - During wet weather,  when  the
 upper  layers  of soil tend to become saturated  with  water,
 infiltration  into conduits  adds  to  the  amount  of  wastewater
 that must be  disposed of  and reduces effective conduit
 capacities.   Infiltration enters sewers  through cracks and
 holes, joints,  house connections, and manholes.

 Cracks and holes are most likely to be  found in older
 sewers,  but sometimes faulty materials  and construction
 methods  result  in defects in newly  installed sewers.
 Uncoated steel  and  iron sewers may  be attacked from the in-
 side by  wastewater  acids  and salts  and  from the outside by
 certain  soils.  Concrete  pipe is often  attacked by  hydrogen
 sulfide  gas which is produced by the anaerobic decomposi-
 tion of  the deposited solids  found  in wastewater.   Differ-
 ential settling or  poor preparation of bedding  often sub-
 jects sewers  to loads greater than  design loads.  This can
 cause sewer cracking, and under extreme conditions,  collapse
 Small cracks  and holes  are often penetrated by  tree  roots
 that enlarge  the opening  and  also obstruct flow in  the sewer
A small  crack may allow surrounding silt and sand to be car-
 ried into  the  sewer along with the  infiltration.  This
 removed  silt  can leave  a  cavity that may eventually under-
mine the  sewer  foundation and lead  to a situation such as a
 street collapse as  shown  on  Figure  14.

Some of  the oldest  sewers  in the United States were con-
structed  of brick or stone.  These were rarely watertight
even when  they were new.  Groundwater pressure might first
force out  some mortar and  later a brick or two.  Although
these sewers are no longer being built, many  continue to be
in service because  they  are  located in  the most heavily
built-up areas of cities where it is extremely expensive to
replace them.
                            93

-------
                 Figure  14.   Street  col lapse
                  due  to  inf iItration   [29]
Defective sewer joints are usually a more significant cause
of infiltration than cracks or holes.  In particular, older
sewer joints (pre-1950s) were rigid, and effective gasket
materials were not used.  By not allowing for deflection,
joints would often separate or break as the sewer settled.
A slight break or deterioration in a gasket seal is an
invitation for roots to enter.  In many sewers, joints
were not made properly during construction.  Today's in-
creasing need for treatment of wet-weather flows requires
more care in the joining of sewers.  This subject is dis-
cussed in greater detail in Section VIII.

Even if a local government ensures that joints are well
constructed on sewers for which it is directly responsible,
there is still the possibility of leaks on house connections
In some cities defective house connections have been deter-
mined to be the largest single source of infiltration.
Many cities now require that the joint between the house
                            94

-------
 connection  and  the city  sewer be made by, or under the super
 vision of,  city personnel.

 A  survey  in New Orleans, Louisiana, indicated that manholes
 contribute  greatly to sewer infiltration  [29].  Some of
 the major causes of  infiltration observed included:
 (1) broken  sewer pipe because of settlement of either the
 manhole or  the  pipe;  (2) improper construction or deteriora-
 tion of cement  mortar linings or brick manholes;  (3) cracks
 in the foundation, sidewalls, and castings; (4) improper
 seals at  sewer  connections; (5) improper construction meth-
 ods when manholes are raised or lowered;  (6) dislodging of
 castings  from top of manhole by heavy equipment used for
 land clearing,  filling,  or leveling ground.

 In areas with a high groundwater table, the greatest cost
 of infiltration may be in increased construction and opera-
 tion expense for treatment plants.  These cities often have
 high levels of  infiltration even during dry weather.

 Combined Sewer  Systems — Although new combined sewer systems
 are infrequently designed in the United States, some cities
 presently served by combined sewers continue to add new
 combined sewers to existing systems.  The practice of instal-
 ling separate sewer systems has been institutionalized.
 For example, to obtain federal funding on urban redevelop-
 ment projects, combined  sewers must be separated in the
 project area.   In a survey of municipal sewerage facilities
 conducted by the APWA [27], it was found that 15,309 km
 (9,515 miles) of new separate sanitary sewers were con-
 structed from 1957 to 1967.  During the same period, only
 1,926 km  (1,197 miles) of new combined sewers were built.
 The surveyed communities contained 94 percent of the popu-
 lation served by combined sewers, but only 17 percent of
 the population served by separate sanitary sewers.
 Obviously then, the national ratio of new sanitary sewer
miles to combined sewer miles must be considerably greater
 than 8 to 1.

One of the most important components of a combined sewer
 system is the interceptor sewer (or simply, the interceptor).
Large combined sewer systems may have a network of
 interceptors.  In the APWA survey, considerable variation
was found in the capacity of interceptors.  In  terms of the
ratio of peak flow to mean dry-weather flow, the capacity
ranged from 1:1 to 8:1,  with 4:1 median.

The greater the capacity of the interceptor, the smaller
the potential amount of wastewater that will overflow at
the trunk sewer-interceptor overflow point.   The poten-
tial is  emphasized because most combined sewer  regulators
                            95

-------
will begin to allow overflows before the flow reaches the
capacity of the interceptor.  In particular, regulators
such as leaping weirs, side weirs, and other static devices,
will rarely utilize the complete available interceptor
capacity.  Combined sewer systems with computer-controlled
regulators to optimize interceptor utilization are described
later in this text.

In many cities, excess wastewater treatment capacity is
limited.  Therefore, even if more of the combined flow is
intercepted, it must be bypassed when it arrives at the
treatment plant.  Typically, in the design of treatment
plants, capacity for treating 1.5 to 3.0 times the mean
dry-weather flow is provided.  This additional capacity
is usually provided, not for wet-weather flows, but rather
for the normal peaking of dry-weather flow during a 24-hour
period.

Separate Sewer Systems - Most American cities built pri-
marily during the twentieth century have separate sewer
systems for sanitary wastewaters and storm runoff.  Hence,
cities like Los Angeles, Dallas, and Denver have separate
systems, as compared with San Francisco, Chicago, and New
York, which have combined systems.  Other cities, like
Washington, D. C., Atlanta, and Minneapolis, have hybrid
systems with large areas sewered by combined sewers and
more or less equal areas served by separate sewers.  Some
cities started out with combined sewers but later separated
the sewer systems.  In some cases, the existing sewers were
used to convey municipal sewage, and new storm sewers were
constructed.  In other cases, the existing sewers became the
storm  sewers, and new sanitary sewers were built.  Suburban
areas with  good natural drainage often have separate sani-
tary sewers and no storm sewers.  For example, of the people
served by separate sanitary sewers in the communities sur-
veyed by APWA in 1967, only 60 percent were also served by
separate storm sewers.

Of particular concern, in studying the possible collection
and treatment of separate storm sewer discharges, is the
fact that storm sewers are  normally designed to take the
most direct and economical  route  to the nearest waterway.
Thus,  as one travels  outward from the urban activity core,
the storm sewers become more and more fragmented and dis-
persed,  and open channel flow in natural or "improved"
creeks becomes more commonplace.  This makes interception
increasingly difficult and  costly to a prohibitive degree.
Environmental concern over  the preservation of remaining
natural  creeks  and  streams  largely precludes massive diver-
sion of  these flows for storage and treatment  systems  inte-
grated with the municipal sewage  flows.
                             96

-------
 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS

 In previous parts of this section,  the quantities,  quali-
 ties,  and loadings of wet-weather overflows  and bypasses
 have been discussed.   Of real concern in any water  quality
 study  are the effects of any discharges, procedures,  or
 physical operations on water bodies.   In the case of  storm
 sewer  discharges  and combined sewer overflows,  the  focus of
 concern is on their effects  on receiving waters.  The prob-
 lem is to isolate the effects of wet-weather discharges and
 to compare these  effects with the effects of other  pollution
 sources.   The question that  needs to  be  answered is:   What
 improvements  (if  any)  in the receiving water will result
 from the  reduction of wet-weather pollution?

 Except for a  few  cases,  real water  quality benefits can be
 obtained  through  improved management  of  stormwater.   The
 nature and magnitude  of  receiving water  degradation associ-
 ated with wet-weather  discharges  are  brought out in the
 following two examples.   Bucyrus, Ohio,  has  a combined
 sewer  system,  and  Roanoke, Virginia,  has  a predominantly
 separate  sewer  system.   Identification of the variations
 between wet-weather and  dry-weather conditions  forms  the
 basis  of  evaluating the  potential effectiveness of  wet-
 weather controls  and  treatment.

 Conversely, a very heavily polluted stream may  actually  be
 improved  by the discharge  of large amounts of relatively
 dilute  storm  or combined  wastewater,  if  only  temporarily.
 However,  this is  the exception; and in the future,  as  there
 are  fewer  chronically polluted rivers, it  will become  an
 increasingly  rare exception.

 Bucyrus,  Ohio

 Bucyrus,  Ohio, is an incorporated city of  948 ha (2,340
 acres)  with a population  of  13,000.  The combined sewer
 system carries an average dry-weather flow of 0.1 cu m/sec
 (2.2 mgd).  Secondary effluent and combined sewer overflows
 are discharged to the upper  reaches of the Sandusky River,
 a tributary of Lake Erie.  One of the aspects of Bucyrus,
which made it particularly useful as a study area,  is  that
 there are no significant urban areas upstream.  Hence, it
 is possible to study the degradation of Sandusky water qual-
 ity as  the river passes from above Bucyrus to several  miles
downstream, and to do so under varying weather and  flow
conditions.  Furthermore, since rain usually falls  on
Bucyrus before it  falls on the upstream basin, combined
sewer overflows occur before river flow increases
significantly.  Under these conditions, scouring of  benthal
                            97

-------
deposits is not as likely to occur and possibly interfere
with the determination of the effect of the overflows on the
Sandusky River.  In the 1968-1969 EPA-sponsored study of
stormwater problems in Bucyrus, analyses were made of
Sandusky River samples.  The results are summarized in
Table 20.  From these samples, the investigators found
the following:

     Upstream of the Urban Area

     The major differences in the upstream water qual-
     ity characteristics during dry and wet weather
     are in the suspended solids, nitrates and bac-
     teria counts.  The average dry weather suspended
     solids of 32 mg/1 increase to an average 465 mg/1
     during wet weather.  The average dry weather con-
     centration of nitrates is 7.2 mg/1 as NC>3 and is
     increased to an average 21.7 mg/1 during wet
     weather.  This increase in nitrates seems to be
     due to agriculture runoff.  The total coliform
     count is reduced from a dry weather average of
     59,000 per 100 ml to 3,400 per 100 ml during wet
     weather.  This reduction in bacteria is due to
     the added dilution water from the upper drainage
     area.

     Through  and Downstream of the Urban Area

     The comparison between the dry and wet weather
     river samples indicates that the waste loads
     from the overflow affect the river quality as
     far downstream as the fifth bridge, which is ap-
     proximately seven miles downstream from the
     wastewater treatment plant.  During periods of
     overflows the average BOD concentration at the
     first bridge downstream from the wastewater"
     treatment plant is increased from a dry weather
     average  of 6 mg/1 to 14 mg/l> the suspended
     solids  increase from 49 mg/1 to 192 mg/1, and
     tTie total coliforms increase from a dry weather
     average  of 400,000 per  100 milliliters to 4.5
     million  per 100 milliliters.The average coli-
     form count at the fifth bridge downstream from
     the wastewater treatment plant is increased from
     an  average 4,500 per 100 milliliters  to 86,000
     per 100  milliliters.   [35]  (Emphasis  added)
                             98

-------
Table 20.  SUMMARY OF DRY- AND WET-WEATHER
          SANDUSKY RIVER ANALYSES
               BUCYRUS, OHIO


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
BODs,
mg/1
Dry Wet
Location weather weather
Sandusky River - upstream
Number of analyses 33 22
Average 4 5
Range 1-14 2-13
Sandusky River - downstream
1st bridge downstream from
wastewater treatment plant
Number of analyses 27 43
Average 6 ]4
Range 2-12 4-51
Sandusky River - downstream
2nd bridge from
wastewater treatment plant
Number of analyses 9 g
Average 7 5
Range 3-22 3-8
Sandusky River - downstream
3rd bridge from
Number of analyses 12 17
Average 4 f,
Range 1-8 3-10
Sandusky River - downstream
5th bridge from
wastewater treatment plant
Number of analyses 13 19
Average 5 g
Range 2-13 2-12
*>S • Total coliforms
mg/1 /100 ml
Dry Wet Dry Wet
weather weather weather weather
20 13 3 4
32 465 59,000 3,400
5-160 20-1,960 23,000-95,000 1,200-6,300
14 38 8 11
49 192 0.4 x 106 4.5 x 106
8-190 5-960 2xl03-1.5xl06 0 . 05x1 O6- 8 . 8xl06
8 8
44 62
10-195 20-135
4 17 5 1
36 36 15,000 130,000
27-45 20-50 5,600-40,000
5 11 4 1
18 90 4,500 86,000
15-25 25-300 3,000-5,300
                   99

-------
In the case of Bucyrus,  the detrimental effects of combined
sewer overflows are significant enough that it is not neces-
sary to even make a water quality analysis to realize that
a problem exists:

     The overflow wastes have several effects on the
     river.  The most obvious one is the debris and
     organic solids which settle in the river in and
     below the city.  These create odors and un-
     sightly conditions  long after the overflow is
     past.

     The results of the  aquatic biology survey cor-
     roborates the results of the water quality
     studies of this report.  The river upstream from
     Bucyrus has a relatively undisturbed fauna of
     the types normally found in unpolluted waters.
     The river inside the City of Bucyrus shows indi-
     cation of gross pollution and has sections com-
     pletely devoid of life.  The river downstream
     from Bucyrus, during periods of low flow, is
     biotically dead for six to eight miles below the
     wastewater treatment plant.   [35]

Roanoke, Virginia

The city of Roanoke, Virginia, covers 6,786 ha  (16,756 acres)
of valley  land between the Blue Ridge and Allegheny
mountains.  The city population of 93,000 and the surround-
ing suburban population are  served by separate sanitary
and storm  sewer systems, except for a very small combined
service area downtown.  The  municipal sewage  is  treated
by a 1-cu m/sec  (22-mgd) activated sludge plant.  The Roanoke
River  and  several  tributaries receive storm sewer discharges
and infiltrated municipal  sewage overflows, in addition to
the treatment plant effluent.

In a 1965  study  of the sanitary sewer system,  it was con-
cluded that overflows "...were resulting  in unsightly and
undesirable pollution of the watercourses  in  the City"
 [12],   Since a major  regional recreation  area,  Smith
Mountain  Lake,  is  located  16 km  (10 miles) downstream, degra-
dation of  the Roanoke River  was of special concern.  The
impact of  wet-weather flows  on the Roanoke River was quanti-
fied  in a  1968-1969  investigation  sponsored by  the  EPA.
The results of  a  stream  sampling program  which  determined
the concentrations of various pollutants  during  both wet
and dry weather  are  reported in Table  21.  Murray Run,
Trout  Run,  and  24th Street are three  Roanoke  tributaries
with  average  dry-weather flows of  176,  42, and 31  I/sec
 (6.2,  1.5,  and  1.1 cfs), respectively.  As shown,  all three
                             100

-------
   Table  21.   RELATIVE CONCENTRATIONS OF POLLUTANTS  DURING
       AVERAGE DRY- AND AVERAGE WET-WEATHER CONDITIONS
                       ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
           BOD5, mg/1
                  TS, mg/1
                                       TVS, mg/l
                                              SS, mg/1
  Stream
 Dr/      Wet      Dry      Wet     Dry     Wet     Dry      Wet
weather   weather  weather   weather   weather   weather   weather  weather
Murray
Run 8
Trout
Run 3
24th
Street 8

17

18

20

248

281

194

623

460

514

85

147

126

134

139

172

37

17

20

89

93

103
                VSS, mg/1
 Stream
      Dry      Wet
     weather   weather
   Settleable
  solids, ml/1

 Dry      Wet
weather  weather
                                                      Flow, mgd
 Dry      Wet
weather  weather
Murray
Run 12 25
Trout
Run 8 28
24th
Street 7 24

0 2 4.0 7.7

0 3 l.o 13.8

0 3 0.7 3.4
streams  suffer a considerable degradation in water quality
during wet weather.  SS and  BOD5 increase by several times
in each  stream.

It is not  possible to describe in two examples  all of the
adverse  environmental effects of storm sewer discharges and
combined sewer overflows.  However,  by considering the sig-
nificance  of the stormwater  problem  in two smaller cities,
it is not  difficult to imagine the impact of wet-weather
discharges  from large cities  on receiving waters.   In fact,
following  a detailed examination of  ten combined sewer
overflow systems surrounding  Upper New York Bay and the
lower reaches  of the Hudson  and East rivers, it was
concluded:

     ...In  view of the tremendous  quantities of pol-
     lutants bypassed during  the rainfall from this
     combined  sewer system,  it  does  not seem reason-
     able  to debate whether  secondary treatment
     plants  should be designed  for 80,  85,  or 90%  BOD
                             101

-------
     or suspended solids removal when in fact the
     small increments gained in this range are com-
     pletely overshadowed by the bypassing occurring
     at regulators during wet weather flow.

     ...The necessary improvement in the quality of
     receiving waters and the reopening of beaches
     will not be accomplished by the multi-billion
     dollar treatment plant upgrading and expansion
     program now going on within the District, and
     the monies spent for this construction in large
     part will be wasted if means of mitigating the
     effects of combined sewers are not found.  [8]

Beneficial Aspects of Wet-Weather Discharges

Discharges of wet-weather flows--particularly separate storm
sewer and/or treated discharges--to extremely foul streams
may have some beneficial effects on the receiving waters.
As noted earlier in presenting wastewater characteristics,
the DO of storm flows is generally high, and the organic
content--in all but the initial runoff stages — is relatively
low.  Just as runoff tends to clean the air and land areas,
the temporary high flows may tend to flush pollutants from
creeks and normally stagnant backwater areas into river
zones of greater assimilative and recovery capacity.  Storm
flows also provide a viable and major source of groundwater
replenishment not only by direct percolation in pervious
areas, but also by continuous releases through natural
stream beds and ponds.  Finally, there is the plant and
wildlife subsisting in the flood plain environment which
must be considered in evaluating management alternatives.
As introductory information to alternative control and
treatment methods, a discussion of the development of
process and system evaluation criteria is presented in the
next section.
                            102

-------
                         Section VI

              EVALUATION PROCEDURES AND CRITERIA


 The ability to collect and/or evaluate data effectively and
 to assess process and equipment applicability to stormwater
 problems is essential to program development.  It is  in-
 tended that this  section provide a transition from an
 awareness of the  problem described in Section V to the
 critical evaluation of basic  alternatives  and technology
 presented in Part III.   A brief introduction to sampling
 parameters  to consider,  measurement,  and data analysis  is
 presented,  followed by a discussion of considerations perti-
 nent  to  process and equipment evaluation.   The link between
 data  and equipment  operation  and control systems  is also
 introduced.   Finally,  the handling of cost  data estimates
 for facilities  is discussed.

 DATA  COLLECTION

 Data  collection is  primarily  concerned with  the determina-
 tion  of  the  volume/flow  rate  and  characteristics  of the
 wastewater  and receiving  waters before, during, and after
 storm  events.  Locations  of interest  include  points of
 overflow  (potential  or real)  or diversion, in-system  sites
 upstream  and  downstream  of treatment  facilities,  and  moni-
 toring stations within the receiving waters.   Logically  the
 data are  intended to identify the nature of the problem'and
 the effectiveness of the  solution(s).   Data analysis  in-
 volves the interpretation of  the results and  is discussed
 later  in  this section.  The goal of the analysis  is to
 weigh  the credibility and significance of the data and
 to provide feedback for guidance in improving the collection
 program.  To be of general value, analytical work must fol-
 low standardized procedures (NPDES Guides  recommended)  and
 the means of sample collection, storage, and examination
must be identified clearly.
                            103

-------
Sampling

A comprehensive state-of-the-art study for EPA on wastewater
flow sampling [12] has recently been completed.  The study
has provided much of the basis for this summary, and the
reader is referred to it for more detailed information.

Two comments from the study are believed particularly en-
lightening in placing stormwater applications in proper
perspective:

     Because of the variability in the character of
     storm and/or combined sewage, and because of the
     many physical difficulties in collecting samples
     to characterize the sewage, precise characteri-
     zation is not practicable, nor is it possible.
     In recognition of this fact, one must guard
     against embarking on an excessively detailed
     sampling program, thus increasing costs, both
     for sampling and for analyzing the samples,
     beyond costs that can be considered sufficient
     for conducting a program which is adequate for
     the intended purpose.
     Sampling programs should start long before in-
     stallation of combined sewer overflow and storm-
     water treatment/control facilities to establish
     the objectives of the facilities and to provide
     necessary design and operation criteria.  A much
     longer time period for sampling may be required
     than anticipated because of the need to sample
     during periods of storm runoff, which may be few
     in drought years.   [12]

 Thus the scope and timing of sampling programs must be con-
 sidered concurrently with the selection of site locations
 and sampling  devices.

 Programs - Sampling programs are established for a variety
 of purposes--primarily, problem identification, process  and
 equipment evaluations, and waste stream and receiving water
 monitoring.   The more common pollutants analyzed are BODs,
 COD, chloride, nutrients  (nitrogen and phosphorus deriva-
 tives), pH, total  solids, suspended solids, volatile solids,
 oil and grease,  and coliform groups.   If  industrial wastes
 are included  and/or occasionally for urban runoff, addi-
 tional  analyses  for such pollutants as cyanide, fluoride,
 heavy metals,  pesticides, sulfate, and sulfide may be needed
                             104

-------
 Requirements  for intensive  continuous  monitoring  by  various
 enforcing agencies  appear to  be  imminent;  thus, sampling
 is  becoming an increasingly larger  part  of pollution control.

 Most  important to any  sampling program are (1) determina-
 tion  and  definition of purpose,  (2) program  timing,  (3) iden-
 tification of specific data requirements,  and  (4)  evaluation
 of  the  costs  involved  with  respect  to  the  quantity and qual-
 ity of  data required.   A careful  study of  costs,  distinguish-
 ing between sample  collection, subsequent  analyses,  and re-
 porting,  should be  made prior to  commencing  a program.
 For example,  where  collection costs are  high (because of
 location  or necessary  coincidence with a particular  event)
 or  where  objectives  are selectively stringent, additional
 analyses  may  be justified.

 If  the  number of samples is large and  the  program  is  to con-
 tinue over a  long period, consideration  should be  given to
 the use of automatic analyzing equipment.  Caution is needed,
 however,  in its  selection.  With  some  equipment, the  time
 required  for  making necessary adjustments  between  each of a
 series  of tests  may counteract the rapidity  of making single
 parameter analyses.

 The use of mathematical statistical analysis for determining
 the probable  errors in  the  data obtained by  sewer  sampling
 is  usually not  practicable.   For example,  a  single grab
 sample of 1 liter, even in  dry-weather flows, may  not be
 representative  of the average character of the flow.   The
 grab sample is  representative of only  an instant in time
 and, if the sewage is not thoroughly mixed in the pipe, of
 one point  in  the cross-section of the  flow.  During storm
 flows, sewage characteristics  change rapidly, making a grab
 sample even less representative.   Thus, a  large number of
 samples taken over short time  intervals is required to char-
 acterize  the  sewage in a combined sewer adequately.
 Compositing the  samples in proportion to flow rate may yield
 the average character of the sewage during that period of
 compositing, but it does not describe the pattern of changes
 occurring  during that period.

As each program progresses,  it may be possible to  reduce  the
number of  samples collected  or analyses performed  on  the
basis  of a periodic review of  the data obtained.

Site Selection - The adequacy  of  a sampling program depends
largely on the optimum selection  of sampling  sites.  To
                            105

-------
ensure that the samples are representative, the following
general guides are recommended:

     In sewers and in deep, narrow channels, samples
     should be taken from a point one-third the
     water depth from the bottom.  The collection
     point in wide channels should be rotated across
     the channel.  The velocity of flow at the sam-
     ple point should, at all times, be sufficient
     to prevent deposition of solids.  When collect-
     ing samples, care should be taken to avoid cre-
     ating excessive turbulence which may liberate
     dissolved gases and yield an unrepresentative
     sample.   [19]

Additional considerations are as follows:   (1) the site
should provide maximum accessibility and safety; (2) it
should be a sufficient distance downstream from the nearest
tributary inlet to ensure complete mixing of the two flows;
and (3) there  should be a straight length of pipe at least
6 sewer diameters upstream of the site.  If the cross-
section of the sewage flow is homogeneous with respect to
the constituents being sampled, then a single point of
sample extraction will be adequate.  If there is a spatial
variation in the concentration of the particular constitu-
ent, as is more often the case, then the sampler intake
must be designed to gather a sample that is--as nearly as
possible — representative of the actual flow.

Awareness of the general character of sewer flows and flow
modes  in storm and combined sewers and knowledge of the
variability of pollutant concentration leads to an under-
standing of how best to select sampling sites.

Equipment — Samplers presently available operate on mechan-
ical  (e.g. , dipper), suction lift  (pump above flow level),
forced flow (submersed pump), or fluidic (differential pres-
sure actuated) principles.  Typical sampling units and in-
stallations are shown on Figure  15.

In addition to gathering a representative sample, the sam-
pling  equipment must also be capable of transporting the
sample, without precontamination or cross-contamination from
earlier samples or aliquots, and suitably storing the gath-
ered sample.   Chemical preservation is required for certain
parameters that may be subject to  later analyses, but re-
frigeration of the sample  is also  required  and is considered
to be  among the best means of preservation.  Special precau-
tions  and  analysis techniques may  be necessary, however,  to
prevent data distortion of certain parameters obtained from
refrigerated samples  [1].
                             106

-------
  Figure  15.   Typical  sampling  units and  installations

(a)   River sampler supporting  a 1.3 I/sec  (20 gpm) submersible pump  (b)  Sample
receiver, direct  analyzer,  and signal  transmitter  (c)  Discrete  sewage sampler,
time-and  level-paced, with  refrigerator  (d)  Sampling  station at  stormwater
pumping  station forebay  (e)   Associated  discrete sampler, solenoid  operated
                                   107

-------
The design should be such that maintenance and troubleshoot-
ing of the unit are relatively simple tasks.  The unit
should have maximum inherent reliability.  As a general rule,
complexity in design should be avoided, even at the sacri-
fice of a certain degree of flexibility of operation.

Factors that should be considered in the selection of a
sampler include the following:

     •  Range of wastewater conditions.

     •  Rate and frequency of change of wastewater
        conditions.

     •  Periodicity or randomness of change of wastewater
        conditions.

     •  Availability of recorded flow data.

     •  Need for determining instantaneous conditions,
        average conditions, or both.

     •  Volume of  sample required.

     •  Need for sample preservation.

     •  Estimated  size of suspended matter.

     •  Need for automatic controls for  starting and
        stopping.

     •  Need for mobility or for a permanent installation.

Although  it would  be impossible for a  single piece of  equip-
ment to be  ideal for all sampling programs  in  all storm and
combined  sewer flows, samplers presently available offer  a
variety of  features and some general requirements can  be
delineated.  A sampler should be capable of  (1)  collecting
a  representative sample of sufficient  size  for the necessary
analyses;  (2) operating in the mode required  (either  auto-
matic  or  manual);  (3) collecting either  discrete or  com-
posite samples;  (4) unattended operation while remaining
in a standby condition for extended periods  of time;  and
(5) operating under a variety of hostile environmental
conditions  and sewer flow ranges.

Assessments  of the state-of-the-art study  [12] on sampler
equipment included the following:

Intake design —  For representative  sampling,  the preferred
orientation of the intake  is  into the  sewage  flow  (facing
                             108

-------
 upstream).   Further,  the  intake  velocity should equal  or
 exceed  the  velocity of the  stream and the geometry  of  the
 intake  has  little  effect.   "In the absence of  some  consider-
 ation arising  from the particular installation site, a regu-
 lar  distribution of sampling  intakes  across  the flow,  each
 operating at the same  velocity,  would appear to suffice.
 Since the intakes  should  be as non-invasive  as possible in
 order to minimize  the  obstruction to  the flow  and hence the
 possibility of sewer  line blockage, it  seems desirable to
 locate  them around the periphery of the  conduit."

 Collection  method  - "...the suction lift gathering  method
 appears to  offer more  advantages and  flexibility than  either
 of the  others.  The limitation on sample lift  can be over-
 come by designing  the  pumping portion of the unit so that it
 can  be  separated from  the rest of the sampler  and thus posi-
 tioned not  more than  30 feet  [9.2 meters]  above the flow to
 be sampled.  For the majority of sites,  however, even  this
 will not be  necessary."  The  first flow  of any suction lift
 sampler should be  considered nonrepresentative and  returned
 to waste.

 Sample transport — The  sampler conduit size  must be large
 enough to be free  of plugging or clogging  but  small enough
 to ensure velocities high enough to prevent  settling of the
 SS.  Thus,  the sample  flow rate  and line size  are interde-
 pendent and  must be approached together  from a design
 consideration.  The minimum line size should be  10- to 12-mm
 (3/8- to 1/2-inch)  inside diameter and the minimum veloci-
 ties should  not drop below 0.6 to  0.9 m/sec  (2  to 3 fps).

 Sample container - The sample capacity will  depend upon the
 subsequent analyses to which the  sample  is to  be subjected
 and the volumetric  requirements  for these  analyses.  As a
 minimum, it  is recommended that  at least 1 pint and prefer-
 ably 1 liter of fluid be collected for any discrete sample.
 For composite samples  at least 1  gallon, and preferably 2,
 should be collected.  The container itself should be either
 easy to clean or disposable.

 Controls and power - It is desirable  that  the  equipment
 start automatically upon signal  from  an  external device in-
 dicating the onset of a storm.

 One of the most attractive techniques for  automatically
 starting stormwater samplers is  through  flow depth sensing.
A remote power source with automatic changeover to battery
 operation on power outage is recommended.  The  controls for
 an automatic sampler should allow  some degree of freedom in
 the  operation and  utilization of the equipment.  A built-in
                            109

-------
timer is desirable to allow preprogrammed operation of the
equipment.  Such operation is particularly useful, for exam-
ple, in characterizing the pollutant concentration increase
in the early stages of storm runoff.  However, the equipment
should also be capable of flow proportional operation.

Representative sampler types, features, and costs are listed
in Table 22.  Manufacturers' quoted 1972 equipment costs
ranged from $275 to $5,606  [12], depending upon the degree
of sophistication of the equipment with respect to (1) the
number of samples collected, (2) mode of operation, (3) type
of sample collected, (4) weatherproofing, (5) refrigeration,
etc.

Case Histories - Several municipalities have installed large
scale systems utilizing automatic samplers for identifying
the performance of stormwater overflow control or abatement
systems.  Two are described below as representative examples,

METRO (the Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle) has con-
ducted a comprehensive water quality sampling program
throughout its entire metropolitan  drainage area since 1963
[16].  At the inception of  its computerized control demon-
stration grant from the EPA in 1967, additional specialized
water quality monitoring studies were added to the existing
program to concentrate on certain areas within the collec-
tion system that contributed to combined sewer overflows.
Six compositing and seven 24-bottle discrete samplers  (each
sequentially programmed, refrigerated, automatic  [Sirco
Controls Co., Model B/ST-VS]) were  designed and built  as
part of the demonstration grant.  They are installed  at
widely separated overflow stations  in the project, and
each operates whenever the  adjacent outfall gate  is in
the open position.  The suction lift samplers draw overflow
samples up  as much  as 5.2 meters  (17 feet) to a bottle of
at  least  1-liter volume.  Samples are then refrigerated
until they  are collected  for analysis.  Within each sampler,
a  section containing programmers, timers, and other control
devices rests above  the refrigerated section.  The control
enclosure is heated  and contains  air circulation  fans  to
reduce  interior corrosion from  condensation.

According to METRO,  the term "automatic"  is  somewhat  de-
ceiving since considerable  manual effort  is  involved  in
collecting  samples,  replacing bottles,  and testing and re-
pairing the various  electrical  components.   Following an
initial 6-month break-in  period,  the performance  record of
the  units has been satisfactory.

In summary, METRO  found  that most sampler malfunctions were
simple  to correct;  rarely has  the manufacturer been  called
                             110

-------
                      Table   22.    REPRESENTATIVE  COMMERCIALLY
                                       AVAILABLE  SAMPLERS21
                                                            Operate                      Available  options
                                               Max-          under
                    Model                       imum          frcez-        Auto-                Hxplo-   Win-
                   designa-                     sample  Sub-    ing          matic         Refri-   sion    ter-
                     tion                       lift,   mer-   condi-  Port-  start-         ger-   proof-  izing   Price
     Manufacturer     or No.   Type      Power      ft     siblc   tions   able    up    Timer  ation     ing    kit      $
N-Con
Inc.
N - Con
Inc.
N-Con
Inc.
Systems Co . ,

Systems Co . ,

Systems Co. ,

Surveyor

Scout

Sentry

Com./1'
Scq .
Com. /
Seq.
Com. /
Seq.
Halt ./Hxt 5

Bat t.

Bat t. /Hxt .

6

15

15

Kd

N

N

N

N

N

Y

N

N

N Y N

N Y N

N Y N

N

N

N

275

450

895

 N-Con Systems Co.,  Trebler   Com./  Hxt.           •-0      N      X     N      N      Y      Y              N    995-1 560
 Inc.                       Seq.                                                                                  '

 Protech, Inc.      CC-125    Com./  Refrigerant    32      N      Y     Y      N      Y      N       Y       Y    583-795
                           Seq.   or compressed
                                 gas

 Protech, Inc.      CG-125S   Com./  Batt./Hxt.      32      N      Y     N      N      Y      Y       Y       Y  1,650-2,310
                           Scq .
a.  Data from  [12].   Listing  does not constitute endorsement  or recommendation  for use

b.  Com. =  composite; Seq.  =  sequential.

c.  Batt. = battery;  Hxt.  = external.

d.  N - No; Y = Yes.

e.   N/A = Not applicahlc.
 Protech, Inc.      CG-125FP  Com./  Refrigerant     32      N      Y     Y      N      Y     N       Y       Y    693-1,108
                           Scq.   or compressed
                                 gas or Batt./
                                 Hxt .

 Protech, Inc.      CG-150    Com./  Rt-f r igerant     32      N      Y     Y      Y      Y     Y       Y       Y    895-2 510
                           Scq.   or compressed                                                                   '
                                 gas or Batt./
                                 Hxt.
Protcch, Inc.

Protech, Inc.

Sigmamotor, Inc.

Sigmamotor, Inc.

Sigmamotor, Inc.

Sirco Controls
Co.
Sirco Controls
Co.
Sirco Controls
Co.
Sirco Controls
Co.
Sonford Products
Corp.
Sonford Products
Corp.

Sonford Products
Corp.
CHL-300

DHL-240S

WA-1

WUPP-2

WM-1-24

B/ST-VS
B/IH-VS
B/DP-VS
PI I -A
IIG-4
NW-3

TC-2
Com. /
Seq.
Com. /
Scq.
Com. /
Seq.
Com. /
Seq .
Com. /
Seq.
Com. /
Scq .
Com. /
Seq .
Com. /
Scq.
Com. /
Seq .
Com. /
Seq.
Com. /
Seq.

Com. /
Seq.
Hxt.

lixt .

Batt. /Hxt.

Batt./Hxt .

Batt. /Hxt .

Batt./Hxt.
Batt./Hxt.
Batt ./Hxt .
Batt.
Batt. /Hxt.
Spring
driver
clock
Ext.
32

32

22

22

22

22
200
N/AC
18
~ 0
8

N/A
N

N

N

N

N

N
N
N
N
N
N

N
Y

Y

N

N

N

Y
Y
Y
N
N
N

N
Y

\

Y

Y

Y

N
N
N
Y
Y
Y

N
N

Y

N

N

N

N
N
N
N
N
Y

N
Y

Y

Y

N

Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y

Y

N

N

Y

Y
Y
Y
N
N
N

Y
Y Y

Y Y

N

N

N

Y
Y
Y
N
N
N

N
1 ,450-2 ,910

5,606

400-700

680-770

1 ,050-1 ,.525

1 ,760-2 ,950
1 ,380-2,850
1 ,550-2,640
1 ,387-1 ,832
325-495
920

2,495
                                                     111

-------
in to make major repairs.  As a rule, a properly maintained
sampler, no matter how simple or complex, will work well
and will sample each overflow according to design
specifications.

DMWD (the Detroit Metropolitan Water Department) has also
used automatic samplers.  Their experience was similar to
METRO'S, but DMWD was disappointed with the results of
their program [25] .   DMWD used an automatic sampler to
collect samples every 1/2 hour.  The sampling pump, located
inside the manhole,  was limited to 5.5 meters (18 feet) of
suction lift.  Debris in the combined sewer wrapped around
the sampling head and caused blockages.  The plugging prob-
lem was considerably improved but not eliminated after
several months.

Another problem arose during a study of the variation of
pollutional load in the combined sewer during storm events.
Although variations in SS concentrations are to be expected,
the wide variations (ranging from 0 to 1,000 mg/1) occur-
ring at random time periods indicated that the samples were
not representative.   The low pumping rates necessitated by
a 24-hour sampling period resulted in accumulation of solids
in the sample line.   These were then released into the sam-
ple bottle as a "slug."  Daily flushing and cleaning of
sample lines did not solve this problem.

DMWD suggests several modifications for improving the auto-
matic sampler's performance:   (1) the sample line should
have a minimum inside diameter of 38 mm  (1-1/2 inches);
(2) the pumps should have a minimum capacity of 1.6 I/sec
(25 gpm);  (3) a primary grinder should be installed on
the sampler line; and  (4) a flow-through system with a
take-off for the sampling device should be used.  For sam-
pling combined sewer overflows, the system should be
equipped with the necessary sensors to detect overflows
and to start and stop the pumps.  On-site power for the
pump and comminutor is required.  Although this system would
have limitations as to location, it  is believed that a large
flow must be maintained if truly representative samples are
to be obtained.  With a flow-through system, the sampler
could be located away from the manhole and protected from
damage.

Flow Measurement

Accurate flow measurement is a basic requirement in waste-
water system design and operation.  Methods used are classi-
fied as  either direct discharge or velocity-area types
[19].  Direct discharge methods  (typically a control section
with a differential head measurement) used in conventional,
                            112

-------
dry-weather facilities are generally simple, proven, and
well documented.  The devices used include weirs, flumes,
venturi and magnetic flow meters, and flow tubes, all with
their associated sensing and recording appurtenances.  Most
devices induce headlosses to the flow stream, generally in
proportion to the accuracy required, and in the case of the
cited meters and tubes, require full section flow (no free
water surface and minimum entrained gases).

Because of the volumes and consequent costs  involved and
the extreme flow variability encountered, stormwater flows
are generally measured by the velocity-area method (typi-
cally a measured depth coupled with a "normal" flow velocity
assumption or measurement).  Thus, instruments/operators
will couple depth probes (using floats and scows, bubbler
tubes, sonic or electrical devices, etc.) and known cross-
sectional geometry with velocity measurements (using tracers,
current meters, etc.) or approximating computations (using
conduit slopes and Manning's formula, gate losses, etc.).
Note that simple depth measurements are highly susceptible
to errors due to nonuniform and unsteady flow conditions.

Typical requirements for an effective stormwater conduit
gage, taken from a recent prototype design contract [21],
are as follows:

     Necessary

     1.  It must be capable of functioning under all condi-
         tions of flow, from partially full, open channel
         type flow to full flow under varying surcharge
         pressures.

     2.  Interference with pipeline hydraulics must be kept
         at a minimum.

     3.  It must neither influence nor be influenced by any
         contaminants in the liquid.

     4.  It must operate with satisfactory accuracy under
         all flow conditions.

     5.  The number of moving parts must be  kept at a mini-
         mum for easy maintenance.

     6.  It must be capable of being instrumented for remote
         readout.

     7.  It must be resistant to theft and vandalism.
                            113

-------
     Desirable

     1.  It should be applicable to a wide range of conduit
         sizes.

     2.  It should be rapidly installed through a standard
         manhole or in other locations where the sewer is
         accessible.

     3.  It should be readily installed in existing pipes.

     4.  Its power requirements should be kept at a minimum.

     5.  Its cost should be reasonable.

Devices closely approaching these ideals have yet to be
developed.  Objects in the flow, grease buildup, corrosion,
and flow variability are the major difficulties encountered.
Once a device is installed, maintenance and recalibration
must be carefully attended to.

Typical Devices — The following is a brief summary of repre-
sentative wastewater measuring devices taken from Schontzler
[22] and Metcalf $ Eddy, Inc. [19].

Floats and scows — Floats are used to measure the change of
wastewater level in a small stilling well at the side of a
channel, as opposed to scows which are anchored in the
middle of the stream.  The major problem encountered with
the float is that the stilling well tends to become clogged
and silted, requiring constant cleaning.  On the other hand,
a scow, riding in midstream, becomes a depository for all
floating debris, rags, paper, etc., carried by the waste-
water flow.  This accumulation tends to submerge the scow
and causes erroneous readings.  Constant care and cleaning
are required.  A representative cost of a simple float and
drum chart recorder would be under $500.

Gas bubblers — Gas bubbler devices, adapted from measuring
heights in tanks of liquid, involve immersion of a dip tube
[e.g., 6 mm  (1/4-inch) diameter pipe] to a point near the
base of the flowing liquid.  Air, or other gas, is injected
through the tube, and the resultant back pressure, which is
measured, is a direct function of liquid level, provided
that the liquid density is constant.  One problem is the
tendency to collect crystallized solids inside the lower end
of the tube, reducing the diameter and resulting in a false
reading.  A constant water purge may alleviate the problem.
Other problems include hangups of floating debris and
changes due to the aspirating effect of the flowing water.
                            114

-------
The latter induces errors as the flow rate varies from the
calibration rate.  The system requires an accurately regu-
lated gas source, either a pressurized gas container or
compressor, to develop the reference back pressure.  A
single installation, running on bottled nitrogen gas with
recorder and regulator, might cost on the order of $750,
exclusive of a control device (e.g., Palmer-Bowlus flume)
[7].

Surface-seeking probe — This new device has a thin, needle-
like probe which constantly positions itself at, or slightly
above, the surface of the liquid.  The probe is lowered by
a precision motor until the tip just makes contact with the
surface of the water.  Controlled by an electronic circuit,
it then retracts slightly, and lowers again checking the
new level of the water.  Cycles are repeated continuously
in this manner.  The signal transmitting unit may be mounted
up to 7.6 meters (25 feet) above the water surface.  The
approximate cost of a probe and recording computer is $2,000
(plus installation).  Records of direct operations on storm-
water are not presently available [22].

Magnetic flowmeter — In this device, an electromagnetic
field is generated by placing electric coils around the pipe
using the flowing liquid as a conductor.  The induced volt-
age, measured by electrodes placed on either side of the
pipe, is proportional to the flow velocity.  The pipe must
be flowing full.  Because grease buildups interfere with
accurate readings, the electrodes generally are removable
for cleaning.  High capital costs (e.g., the factory cost
for a 125-cm (48-inch) diameter unit with indicator recorder
is on the order of $20,000 to $25,000) usually limit appli-
cations to small pipe sizes.

Ultrasonic and sonic devices — Ultrasonic measurement, a
development from World War II sonar work, has the advantage
of avoiding direct contact between the device and the liquid,
The best applications appear to be larger installations
where experienced technicians are available to maintain
calibration and perform repairs.  Typically, both fluid
depth and velocity measurements are made.  In measuring
depths, for good accuracy and to avoid extraneous signals
bouncing off the walls of the channel, the sonic transducer
should be as close as practicable to the surface of the
liquid.

A demonstration project using this type of equipment for
stormwater flow measurement is underway in Milwaukee [28,
14].  Velocities along several horizontal planes within
each of two prototype conduits (one 1.5-meter [5-foot]  diam-
eter, the other 3.8-meter [12-1/2-foot)] are computed and
                            115

-------
averaged utilizing ultrasonic transducers placed at various
elevations within the conduits.  The flow depth is measured
by a separate sonic transducer mounted above the liquid
level in a manhole.  The installation in the smaller conduit
is performing satisfactorily; however, readings from the
larger are erratic probably because of high air entrainment
(a deep drop manhole is located just upstream of the meter
site).  The small air bubbles increase the attenuation of
sonic energy by orders of magnitude and eliminate operation
[15].

The basic depth/velocity unit, manufactured in Japan, re-
portedly costs on the order of $10,000 to $15,000.  The unit
has a continuous readout display capability.

Electrical devices — Electrical devices involve the use of
equipment such as conductivity cells, capacitors, hot-wire
anemometers, and warm-film anemometers.  To date this equip-
ment has been found, for the most part, unsuited for sewage
flow measurements because of interferences from floating
and suspended material and lack of uniformity of the medium
being tested.

Applications — Typical applications of flow measurement in
stormwater management systems are listed in Table 23.  Many
installations are limited to only stage monitoring and the
most commonly used devices are of the gas bubbler type.
Flow measurement practice at treatment facilities, as ex-
pected, reflects the conventional alternatives of flumes,
flow tubes, and magnetic flowmeters with occasional attempts
at innovation.

Recent research and development attempts to devise new units
have been only partially successful.  For example, in one
study on the application of thermal techniques [8], it
was found that:  (1) utilization of flush-mounted hot-wire
or warm-film anemometers in a direct-reading mode was
not feasible because of shifts in calibration resulting
from contamination buildup and lack of equipment ruggedness
and reliability; and (2) the technique of measuring time-
of-flight thermal pulses lacked adequate precision.  In a
second study [21], capacitor plates were used to sense the
change in liquid level in the sewer pipe and heat pulse
timing for velocity measurement.  The overall accuracy
of the final prototypes, which had 20- and 61-cm (8- and
24-inch diameters, was reported as ±15 percent at best.
Scum deposits on the walls of the gage and the nonrepresent-
ativeness of point velocities at the boundary were noted as
significantly and adversely affecting the accuracy of
velocity readings.
                            116

-------
  Table   23.    TYPICAL  FLOW  MEASUREMENT  APPLICATIONS
Location
Boston, Mass . ,
Cottage Farm Stormwater
Treatment Station
Dallas , Tex. ,
Stormwater Treatment
Facility
Des Moines , Iowa,
At overflow points


Detroit, Mich. ,
In-system conduits
Milwaukee, Wis . ,
In-system conduits
Type of device
Flow tube
(Dall)
Parshall flume

Stick gages
Float
Gas bubbler

Pressure
actuated air
bellows
Ultrasonic
Design
maximum Make and
flow, cfs model no.
135 BIF model
121 Dall
22 24-in.
throat
(ea.)
Stage only
Leopold §
Stevens
Type F,
Model 68
Foxboro
components
Stage only, Bristol
up to 40 ft Company
155 Tokyo
Keiki Co. ,
Ltd.
(Badger
Meter Co.)
UF-100
Remarks
Located on pump discharge lines
(4 un i t s ) .
3 units. Used also for flow
distribution.

ated with weirs. Velocities
were spot checked with current
meters [4] .


118 units: sensors and trans-
mitters. Installed in lines
10-ft diam and larger.
2 sites, 5-ft and 12-1/2 ft
diam conduits. Combined
sewage.
Minneapolis-St.Paul,
In-system  conduits
New Providence, N.J.
New York, X.Y.
Spring Creek
Detention Tanks

Racine, Wisconsin,
Dissolved Air
Flotation Facility

San Francisco, Calif.
In-system conduits
Seattle,  Wash. ,
In-system conduits
Washington,  D.C. ,
Conduit flows
Gas bubbler
(air)
Magnetic  flow
meters

Magnetic  flow
meters  and
gas bubbler

Parshall  flume
Gas bubbler
Gas bubbler,
float-skow,
sonic

Tracer
solution  and
gas bubbler
Stage  only   --          40  units located in 5-12  ft
                        diam  conduits.  Generally 3 per
                        regulator: 1 upstream,  1  down-
                        stream on overflow, 1 on  diver-
                        sion  to interceptor.

    10      Fischer     2 units (12-in. and 14-in.diam)
            Porter      tied  to automated flow  control.

—2,000      Fischer     Small 8-in. units suspended in
            Porter      large conduits to measure flow
                        velocities.

    62      48-in.      High  turbulence experienced due
            throat      to  proximity of screw pump.
Stage only,  --          120  units: 116 in combined
0-15 ft                  sewer  conduits, 4 for tidal
                        stage. All with remote readout
                        and  logging at central console
                        [D611].

Stage only   --          Computed  flows from stage
                        differential and gate opening.
                        System  actuated by increase  in
                        flow  level detected by gas
                        bubbler. Lithium chloride was
                        then  injected into sewage at
                        metered rate. Samples were
                        collected at periodic time  in-
                        tervals 400-800 ft downstream
                        and analyzed.  Flows were com-
                        puted on the basis of the lithium
                        concentration detected [3].
    BIF Transmitter Model 231-20, Bell § Gossett compressor 1/10 hp,  Norgren pressure regulator
    all in  vandal resistant enclosure.  Approximate  unit cost of $1,400  excluding hookup [11].

    Float-skow prefired where  small head differentials are encountered;  sonic device where pre-
    cision  justified the cost  (approximately $11,000 per installation including sensor and trans-
    mitter  [16] .
       cfs  x  28.32
       ft x .305 -
       in.  x  2. 54 =
                    I/sec
                                            117

-------
Direct-Reading Quality Sensors

Another essential element in comprehensive stormwater man-
agement programs is direct-reading, remote sensing of
quality characteristics.  While the necessary parameters
that can be remotely and continuously monitored are many in
number, the results are not always satisfactory.  For ex-
ample, remote and continuous sensing attempts of BOD5 and
COD have not been very successful in the past.  Unfortu-
nately, these two parameters are generally considered among
the most important gross water quality indicators.

Remote sensing in wastewaters to date is primarily re-
stricted to in situ measurement by means of electrochemical
transducers without altering the physical-chemical charac-
teristics of the medium being tested by the addition of
reagents, etc.  These sensors are usually capable of meas-
uring temperature, electrical conductivity, DO, turbidity,
pH, solar radiation, chlorides, oxidation-reduction poten-
tial, and alpha and beta radioactivity.  Electrochemical
transducers are categorized according to the types of meas-
urement (1) conductometric, (2) potentiometric, and
(3) voltammetric.  A detailed explanation of the theory in-
volved is provided by Mancy [13, pp. 141-196],

The primary problem in the use of electrochemical trans-
ducer sensors is the fouling of the electrode probes, which
makes the sensing system inoperative and requires extensive
servicing and calibration.  Few electrodes have a reliable
method of self-cleaning.  In the case of electrodes that
rely on a chemical reaction at the probe-medium interface,
such as pH sensing, polarization can occur and result in
false readings.

Typical Application — The following parameters, which are
sensed remotely at Seattle, Washington, illustrate the state-
of-the-art, particularly in the case of a computer-controlled
combined sewer system [10]:

     1.  Weather--rainfall intensity, duration, volume,
         and wind direction and speed.

     2.  Storm and combined sewer overflow volume--measured
         by sensing tide level, trunk level, wet well level,
         and regulator and tide gate opening.

     3.  Receiving water quality--DO, pH, temperature,
         solar radiation, turbidity, and electrical
         conductivity [Schneider Instrument Co., Model
         RM25AT].
                            118

-------
     4.  In-system flows, storage, and potential problems--
         level sensors and explosive or other hazardous gas
         meters.

Other parameters  that are remotely monitored less frequently
in water quality  monitoring programs throughout the country
are oxidation-reduction potential, chloride, and fluoride.

Research — The recent emphasis on remote monitoring and
control, and the  demonstrated effectiveness of such systems,
are encouraging the development of new devices.

One such device,  a prototype unit using depolarization of
scattered light measurements and capable of monitoring
SS concentrations in wastewater (ranging from a few mg/1
to 5,000 mg/1 by  weight), has been developed, and initial,
very limited testing has been completed [24].  In the device,
polarized light is directed into the flow stream via a
polarizer (e.g.,  prism) and backscatter is measured in terms
of a ratio (polarized to depolarized to light).  During
measurements, the present instrument requires attention
for adjustments of the electronics.  Further development
has been recommended.

Remote and continuous sensing of chemical and biological
parameters generally has not been possible in the past;
however, some automatic analyzers do exist, such as those
used for TOG determinations, and are continuously being
perfected into reliable and accurate instruments.  In
sanitary engineering, these parameters must be known to
apply complete combined sewer system management and control.
The 5-day waiting period needed to obtain standard BODs
loadings is, of course, impractical for storm-flow routing
decisions.  Instead, the present practice is to attempt
to collect large  amounts of data and to construct prediction
models.  Such programs may take years to complete and
the predicted result may prove to be disappointing.  It is
readily apparent, then, that much more emphasis should be
placed on the research and development of acceptable remote
sensing of these  parameters.

Analysis

Effective data analysis should include, as a minimum, the
definition .of:  (1) flow extremes  (e.g., the ratio of dry-
weather flow to maximum conduit capacity); (2) frequencies
of occurrence of flow rates and parameter loadings;
(3) types and frequencies of samples; (4) mean values and
ranges of characteristics;  (5) rates of change patterns and
pre-storm impacts;  (6) site and time dependency  (e.g., size
of area, land use, time of day, and seasonal effects); and
                            119

-------
  (7)  special conditions  or qualifications (e.g., construc-
  tion  impacts, plant bypasses, atypical  flows or source
  area  management, snow melt versus rainfall-runoff).

  Because  a wide scattering of data points may be expected,
  arraying the data, holding specific  variables of  interest
  constant, may yield significant  information.  For example,
  to  determine the probable BODs concentration variation in
  overflows within the District of Columbia, values were
  arranged as a function  of the time  elapsed since  the  start
  of  overflow  [18] .  These data were  based upon 35  storm
  events,  3 independent  sources, and  both combined  and  sepa-
  rate  systems.  The results, presented in Table  24, show
  clearly  a progressive  reduction  in  concentrations with time
  and a marked difference in the magnitude of the combined
  versus separate  systems.

  Statistical analysis  of hydrologic  data is generally  justi-
  fied because of  the vast amount  of  source data  available
  (e.g., U.S. Weather Bureau data); however, actual in-system
  quantity and quality  data are seldom that abundant.  One
  exception worth  pursuing would be  treatment plant influent
  concentrations on  wet  days versus  dry days.   In any analysis,


          Table 24.   BOD5 CONCENTRATIONS VERSUS TIME
                   FROM  START OF OVERFLOW  [18]
                      DISTRICT  OF COLUMBIA
a. Ranges indicate the average low values and the average high values for individual storms where available. First hour,
  etc., is measured from start of overflow.

b. Reported range and mean of all (94) samples analyzed.

Sources :

 Source 1 - Sampled data December 1968 to September 19h9 (2bJ.
 Source 2 - Sampled data May to August 1'Jh'J (3|.
 Source 7, - Completed data July to August 19<>9 |5|.
                                120

-------
care must be taken in precisely defining the array limits
and securing sufficient independent data points to obtain
credibility.  Data correlations with values found in the
literature may facilitate expansion of minimum data resources
for a starting basis of design.

Analytical procedures and reporting of results should follow
those outlined in NPDES General Instructions, Appendix A —
Standard Analytical Methods [20] .   A valuable reference
source is Methods for ChemTcal Analysis of Water and Wastes,
1971 Edition by EPA, with subsequent changes and errata.

In interpreting the data, not only must the uncertainties
of the sampling and sample preservation be questioned but
also the precision and accuracy with which the analytical
work can be performed.  Using 6005--perhaps the most com-
monly measured parameter in wastewater--as an example, the
EPA 1971 text reports under "Precision and Accuracy" (using
a stock solution under ideal conditions'):

     Seventy-seven analysts in fifty-three labora-
     tories analyzed natural water samples plus an
     exact increment of biodegradable organic com-
     pounds.  At a mean value of 194 mg/1 BOD, the
     standard deviation was ±40 mg/1.  There is no
     acceptable procedure for determining the
     accuracy of the BOD test.

PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT EVALUATION

Whereas conventional wastewater treatment is based on com-
paratively steady-state conditions, stormwater treatment
must adapt to intermittent and random occurrences.  The
flows and quality characteristics, as identified earlier,
are subject to high variability over short periods of time.
Because of this variability, there is no such thing as an
"average" design condition.

How, then, does an engineer evaluate the performance effi-
ciency of particular processes or equipment units in storm-
water applications?  First, the process or unit results
should be valued against the program objectives--that is,
should the treatment be oriented toward mass removals or
limiting concentrations in the effluent?  Mass removals are
of primary concern when discharging into impoundments
(lakes), estuaries, or other locations where accumulations
may occur.  Concentrations may be of primary interest where
shockloadings or threshold values may be limiting, but re-
ceiving water flows are sufficient to prevent accumulations
(i.e., each storm functions as an independent event).
Second, effective utilization, such as hours of operation
                            121

-------
per year, reduction in overflow occurrences, etc., is an
important criterion.  Third, service reliability must be
evaluated (i.e., did the unit/process function as it should
have and when it should have).  A unit that performs only
when conditions are right may be too restrictive for prac-
tical applications in stormwater management.

In addition to variability, the magnitude of the flows
alone is a major design and evaluation constraint.  Peak
flow rates may equal or exceed 50 to 100 times dry-weather
flows from the same area; thus, facilities must be exorbi-
tantly large in size or supported by equalization storage.
The economic justification of mammoth treatment facilities
that are used only infrequently is difficult to ascertain.
For example, San Francisco has an average of 381 hours
of rainfall per year (4 percent of the total time) of which
only 5 hours exceed an hourly intensity of 0.76 cm/hr
(0.30 in./hr)--the design peak flow rate of the Baker Street
combined overflow treatment facility.  As a result, the
facility would appear to be under-utilized 99.94 percent
of the time!

High debris content in urban runoff driven by high veloci-
ties and turbulence may render sophisticated and complex
equipment ineffectual or impossible to maintain.  Because
of the high flow rates (e.g., peak runoff from a 5-year
storm), wastewater transmission costs are very high.  This
constrains options for centralization and frequently forces
construction in prime real estate areas.  Thus, not only
simplicity but also compactness and aesthetic appearance
of units are necessary considerations.

In summary,  four primary guides are recommended for weighing
future design and performance evaluations:

     1.  Reliability/durability based upon the frequency of
         total and partial unit operations to the total
         number of continuous storm events.

     2.  Efficiency as measured by the  total mass of pollu-
         tants removed by the facility  as a percentage of
         the total mass applied over the complete storm
         event including upstream bypasses.

     3.  Effluent quality as measured by the average and
         maximum concentrations measured in the discharge.

     4-  Dual use as measured by the effective utilization
         of  the facility during non-storm periods. -
                            122

-------
Finally, it should be noted that there is no unique solu-
tion to all of the problems associated with stormwater
discharges.  Even the extreme of total capture of the run-
off, while totally removing the pollutants, may have
adverse effects on the receiving water by hindering natural
flushing and replenishment.

Method of Approach

To assess process and equipment applicability to the storm-
water problem, the following sources/methods are generally
available:  (1) site visits and interviews; (2) project re-
ports, seminar papers, and published articles; (3) progress
reports and records of post-construction performance;
(4) general background literature surveys; and (5) records
of construction periods and cost breakdowns.  Having first
reviewed the material compiled herein, the reader may be
guided by this methodology to further his specific
investigations.

It must be recognized that essentially all projects reviewed
in the preparation of this text were designed primarily to
develop and/or demonstrate new or improved methods of con-
trolling the discharge into any waters of untreated or
inadequately treated sewage or other wastes from sewers
which carry stormwater or both stormwater and sewage or
other wastes [27].  Thus, to induce marked advances in the
state-of-the-art, projects were directed into generally
uncharted areas of design expertise (e.g., abnormal loading
rates, high equipment and material stresses for short peri-
ods, extreme turbulence, etc.).  Therefore, the success
or failure of a particular project is not as important
as what was learned and can be applied to subsequent work.

For this reason, a major requirement of all projects is that
facilities be included to maximize the flexibility of pro-
totype operation (alternate sources of test flow and dis-
posal, alternate reduced flow and/or increased loading
configurations, capability of planned equipment shakedowns,
etc.).  It was observed that projects without this built-in
flexibility were generally restricted severely in their
performance.

The most important factors in assessing process and equip-
ment performance are the project scale and pretreatment
controls.  The scale at which the demonstration tests were
performed may tend to mask the credibility of the results
obtained.  Likewise, pretreatment may so alter the charac-
teristics of the waste that the tests will be nonrepresenta-
tive of subsequent applications lacking such pretreatment.
                            123

-------
Common scales are bench, pilot, and prototype.  Bench
scale is generally accomplished within a laboratory under
precise control; pilot scale is field testing at a reduced
scale and possibly using a synthetic flow; and prototype
is full-scale but stressing a demonstration configuration.
Pretreatment may include screening, flow equalization and/or
settling, and feed control.  For example, a test facility
fed by a single constant-flow pump, or a restricting series
of pumps, likely will not reflect prototype instream perform
ance but rather prototype performance when balanced by up-
stream storage.  Also, the pump suction may effectively
screen out certain solids, floatables, and debris.
Similarly, a test facility operated on a preferential basis,
say on an 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. shift and/or on selected
storms, will not provide the same data as a facility treat-
ing all storms at all hours (particularly with respect to
reliability).  Obviously, the facility that best approaches
the prototype in size and operation is the most viable.

Another important factor is the location of the facility
and the nature of the study area in which it is located.
A facility located within or directly adjacent to a continu-
ously manned treatment plant may reflect better maintenance
and supervision, hence better operating results, than a
remotely located unit with limited access.  The accepta-
bility of the unit to the public is a necessity.  The
nature of the study area (intensity of development, use,
industrial flow component, climate, topography, etc.) may
significantly influence unit performance and the attention
it receives.  Sampling methods, analysis, and control as
well as the study duration must also be considered.

In assessing and/or executing all projects, the study objec-
tives should be clearly identified, and a detailed program
should be developed and adhered to.  The percentage of
total storms treated may be as important as the degree
of efficiency obtained in selected storms.  Innovations,
repairs,  and failures should be carefully logged to provide
a basis for succeeding work.

Basic Design Data

Basic design data,  operational controls and procedures, and
simplified flowsheets should be sought for each project
studied.   How were  the unit and its appurtenances sized?
What were the available design modes (flow paths, recircu-
lation ratios, biological or chemical feed rates, automatic
or manual controls, sequential startup, etc.)  and which
ones were utilized?
                            124

-------
 Largely,  the basic  design  data essentially are  fixed at  the
 same  time  that  the  physical dimensions are fixed, and  the
 pumps  and  other support  facilities are selected (exceptions
 include screen  mesh,  filter depths, selective bypassing,
 etc.).  Flow controls, pretreatment applications, and  chemi-
 cal feed  are then the basic variable tools used by the
 operator  or designer  to  optimize the unit's performance
 for the individual  storms.  In practical applications,
 without some form of  available storage, flow control options
 beyond the process  unit  loading flexibilities are minimal,
 because lowering the  flow  to the unit to improve efficien-
 cies  in the treated fraction results in corresponding  flow
 increases  in the untreated bypass fraction.

 To establish a  stormwater  treatment process, in all but  the
 simplest devices, there  appears to be a similar need for a
 minimum level of prior storage to allow for startup, moder-
 ation of flows, and sustaining the process.  Depending on
 the local hydrology and  topography, this storage may be
 obtainable within the system without resorting  to off-line
 units.

 Finally, there  must be provision for the ultimate disposal
 of the residue  (e.g., tank dewatering and solids disposal)
 and plant deactivation between storms.  Because  storm events
 are intermittent, all processes are necessarily operated on
 a batch basis unless essentially total storage  (capture) is
 effected or recycling is feasible.

 Operational Results

 Operational results include a description of the maintenance
 and operation activities completed, the volumes processed,
 pollutants (solids) removed, power and chemicals expended,
 and labor applied.  Efficiencies vary from storm to storm.
 Ideally, efficiencies should be based on the total measured
 pollutants removed  by treatment divided by the  total pollu-
 tants in the untreated storm flow including bypasses.  More
 commonly, however,  they  are the results of composite samples
 taken before and after the units, and do not account for
 bypasses.  Normally, they are not flow weighted.  For
 selected analysis,  discrete samples may be collected and
 subsequently composited manually in proportion  to the
 recorded flow rates.  This procedure is costly  and must be
 done with care.   The multiple handling of the samples may
 introduce errors, particularly in respect to floatables and
 solids.  To automate flow proportional samplers fully,  the
pre-storm guesswork must be exceptionally good.  For example,
with a not unusual  50 to 1 flow variation, the minimum size
 and frequency of sampling must be such as to arrive at a
                            125

-------
total volume that is large enough for performance of all
of the analyses but not so large as to overflow the
container.

Thus, while no simple evaluation rules for assessment are
possible, a prior knowledge of desirable features and limi-
tations can provide effective guidelines.

CONTROL SYSTEMS

Because storms occur without respect for nights, holidays,
and weekends, and give little advance warning, some form of
automatic operational control is required.  Treatment effec-
tiveness is largely dependent upon the facilities coming
on-line almost instantaneously and, to a varying degree,
self-adjusting to changes in flow and concentration.
Coordinating multiple facilities into a highly effective
management program requires both remote sensing and central-
ized control.  An introduction to control systems is pre-
sented here.  Discussions of particular applications and
features are presented in Sections VIII and XV.

System operational control spans a spectrum ranging from
monitoring alone to complete, or "hands-off," automatic
control.  While a number of levels of development, each
with several variations, could be delineated, there appear
to be three basic stages:  system monitoring, remote super-
visory control, and automatic control [17].  Advances in
control capability for urban water resources have evolved
mostly from systems for monitoring field variables.

The basic elements of a control system may include all or
combinations of the following:  (1) remote sensors (rain
gages, flow level and selected quality monitors--such as
DO, TOG, SS, and/or pH probes, gate limit switches, etc.);
(2) signal transmission  (leased telephone wires, pneumatic
circuits); (3) display and logging (central computer,
graphic panels, warning lights); (4) centralized control
capability (control of system gates and/or pumps from a
central location); and (5) in the case of fully automated
control, a computer program that makes decisions and exe-
cutes control options based upon current monitoring data
and memory instructions.

A block model for a complete automatic operational control
system is shown on Figure 16.  This represents ^an ultimate
system and is a goal not yet achieved in major scale for
management of any basic urban water resource function [17].
Approaches to this goal, however, appear to be well underway
                            126

-------
      ON-SITE
     VARIABLES
      DISPLAY
        SIGNAL PROCESSING AT  CONTROL  CENTER
  LOGGING
   FIELD
 PARAMETERS
  DATA
ANALYSIS
DISPLAYS
 CHARTING
  FIELD
PARAMETERS
         SURVEILLANCE BY HUMAN SUPERVISOR
                                 ON-SITE
                                DISPLAY OF
                                RESPONSES
Figure  16.   Model  for  automatic
operational  control  system  [17]
                   127

-------
System Monitoring

The basic components start with field instrument sensing and
the transmission of the signals back to a central processor
and display.  This is the basic remote monitoring function.
"On-site variables display," when included, is for checking
fidelity of instrument response, instrument malfunction,
etc., at individual instrument sites.  In the absence of
this feature, instruments can be checked only by using
auxiliary radio or telephone communications with the moni-
toring center.  The simpler monitoring systems feature
only data logging, visual display charting, and warning
and alarm displaying.  Some type of computer capacity is
required for data analysis, but this can be off-line.
Completely missing is any direct field control function.

Remote Supervisory Control

Remote supervisory control adds a remote manual control
capability to the basic monitoring system.  In this configu-
ration the supervisor observing the monitoring display may
initiate immediate corrective action by remotely opening or
closing gates, changing pump speeds, etc.  "Control logic
queries" refer to supervisor interrogations of computer-
programmed logic, which can range from elaborate algorithms
incorporating prototype response simulation through simple
retrieval of command alternatives stored in the computer
memory.  As in the situation for data analysis, computer
access can be off-line.

Actuation of field control elements is performed remotely by
manual supervisor command.  In simpler systems, control
element reponse to an actuation command can be ascertained
indirectly by observing changes in affected field sensor
signals.  On the other hand, the "response signals telem-
etry" to the control center provides direct control-loop
feedback, with an opportunity to damp system actuation
response instabilities by using guidelines preprogrammed
as part of the control logic.
                                                  «r
Automatic Control

The next and final step to complete automatic operational
control adds an "automatic control signals generator" and
converts the manual control function to a manual override.
Thus, a series of monitoring signals will prompt, through
a computer analysis program and memory, a particular con-
trol response or sequence of responses to monitored data.

In stormwater management applications, the automation may
be as simple as starting an auxiliary pumping unit when a
                            128

-------
 conduit  flow depth exceeds  a specified level,  or  it  may be
 a complicated system involving  dozens  of  rain  gages,  level
 sensors,  multiple  storage/treatment  options  and devices,
 all  capable  of intelligent  and  rapid manipulation to
 counter  any  storm  pattern or emergency condition.  Analysis
 of the systems requires  an  understanding  of  the components
 and  their interrelationships.   As with processes  and  equip-
 ment, evaluation depends upon performance.

 COSTS

 Costs of  stormwater  management  facilities are  highly  depend-
 ent  upon  the  size,  the process,  location, time of construc-
 tion, and provisions  for solids  handling  and disposal.   The
 primary variables,  exclusive of  the  process  itself, are:
 land, weather,  foundations,  groundwater,  access,  conditions
 of the existing system,  temporary services,  operator  facili-
 ties, component life, and aesthetics.   The operator facili-
 ties include  laboratories;  showers and lockers; humidity,
 temperature,  and ventilation controls;  degree  of  automation,
 flexibility;  etc.  The sparsity  and  individuality  of  real
 installations  make generalizations difficult and  their  use
 hazardous.

 Of interest to the engineer/planner, with these limitations
 in mind,  are  (1) data sources,  (2) transferability and  up-
 dating, and  (3) economies of scale.

 Data Sources

 Cost data were extracted from project  reports, bid tabula-
 tions, contractor and/or manufacturer  quotations, and
 published articles.  Excellent general  references based
 upon conventional wastewater treatment processes and broken
 down by unit  function include the following:    (1)  estimates
 for facilities costs and manpower requirements, 1971  [9];
 (2) cost of conventional and advanced  treatment, 1968
 [23]; and  (3) cost and performance estimates  for tertiary
processes, 1969 [6].  Readers are cautioned that the
 estimating data and methods presented  cannot  in any way
be used as a substitute for  cost estimating based on de-
 tailed knowledge of a particular installation.

Estimates of cost for well-defined structures at definite
 locations for a current specific period, and  involving
fairly well-known working conditions, can be  made  with a
reasonable degree of accuracy.  A favorable comparison with
actual bid prices for similar work also is important in
that it  adds  a measure of certainty.   The absence  of any
one of these  essential elements  lessens the level  of
reliability.   The absence of all such elements  reduces the
                            129

-------
value of cost estimates to something that is largely judg-
ment, supported wherever possible by adjusting available
cost data.

Updating and Transferability

In presenting construction cost data in this report, an
attempt has been made to adjust all data to a common base:
an assumed U.S. Average Engineering News-Record  (ENR)
Construction Cost Index of 2000.This index, commonly used
in engineering evaluations, is updated monthly and described
in the magazine as follows:

     ENR developed cost indexes for 22 individual
     cities in the U.S. and Canada to show the trend
     in basic costs--construction materials and  wage
     rates, in each major construction center.   Ex-
     cept for steel which is priced at three major
     mill centers, the indexes use local prices  and
     wages.  They are not intended to measure the
     cost differential between cities.  They include
     no special adjustments for variations in produc-
     tivity or design requirements.

     Components and weighting:  200 hr common labor,
     20-cities average; 25 cwt structural steel
     shapes, mill price; 20-cities averages of 22.56
     cwt  (6 bbl) of  Portland cement and 1.088 Mbfm
     2 x 4s lumber.

The  trend of the ENR U.S. Average Construction Cost  Index,
plotted at semiannual intervals spanning the last  20 years,
is shown on Figure 17.  The June  1973 U.S. Average  is
1896, and the average for 20 cities varies from  a  low  of
1427 at Birmingham,  Alabama, to a high cost of 2344  at
New  York.

The  following relationship was used to adjust costs  cited
in the literature to report  (ENR  2000) values:
      Report value = ENR CC Index (for city at time x cited cost
                       of construction)
 If  the month was  not  given  for  the  year  construction oc-
 curred,  the ENR  Index for June  of that year was  used.
                             130

-------
           2000
           1800
      00 —
      CD OS
      e_3
         .  600
           400
           200
             JUN  DEC   JUN   DEC   JUN  DEC  JUN
             53   55   58   60   63   65   68

                             YEAR
DEC   JUN
70   73
          Figure 17.  Construction cost  trend
Similarly,  by projecting cost trends  into the future,  order
of magnitude costs of  deferred construction may be obtained
                 ENR CC Index  (projected to the
           met -  time of future construction)        .   -
           cost - - „, - 1— x report value
Economies  of Scale

In conventional processes  and equipment  for domestic waste
water  treatment, there  are well defined  economies of scale
Thus,  it is  normally expected that a unit  of capacity  in  a
                           131

-------
large plant will cost less than a unit of capacity in a
small plant.  The general relationship is of the form:
Where C. = cost of an item of capacity QA
       A                                n

       K = base cost factor and equals C^/Qg


       M = measure of the economy of scale

The derivation, cost factors, and applications are dis-
cussed in detail by Berthouex [2].  It was reported that,
in general, M has a range of 0.5 to 0.9, with each type of
equipment and each type of processing plant having its
characteristic value.  The resultant cost projections are
estimated to be within a range of ±20 to 30 percent.

Again, the sparsity of data limits a determination of the
degree of direct applicability of this concept within the
stormwater management field.
                            132

-------
       Part III
MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVES
          AND
      TECHNOLOGY

-------

-------
                         Section VII

                       SOURCE  CONTROL


 Source  control  includes  all measures  for  reducing  storm-
 water pollution that  involve  actions  within  the  urban  drain-
 age  basin before  urban runoff enters  the  sewer system.
 Included are measures  that affect both  the quantity  and
 quality of urban  runoff.  Examples of source control meas-
 ures for reducing the  quantity and/or the rate of  urban run-
 off  include  (1) use of roof storage,  (2)  intentional ponding,
 (3)  disconnection of  area and roof drains, and (4) use of
 porous  pavements.  Examples of source control measures for
 improving the quality  of urban runoff include  (1)  decreasing
 dustfall on the area by  reducing air  pollution,  (2)  erosion
 control during  construction of buildings and highways,
 (3) placing berms  around small  lots,  (4) improved  street
 sweeping practices, (5)  removal of lead compounds  from gaso-
 line, and (6) improved methods  for deicing pavements.

 In the  past, efforts in water  pollution control have been
 concerned primarily with point  sources--houses, factories,
 offices, etc.   In  the  future,  as the  nation  restores the
 quality of its  surface waters,  it will be necessary  to
 pay greater attention  to nonpoint (area) sources.  In this
 discussion attention will be  focused  on nonpoint sources in
 urban areas.

 QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES

 In dealing with environmental problems it is often necessary
 to make trade-offs.  For example, by  reducing the concentra-
 tions of sulfur dioxide or particulate matter in the air,
urban runoff quality is improved.  In determining the sig-
nificance of air pollution control,  it is important to con-
 sider possible benefits of improved quality of local
watercourses.   In general,  practices  leading to urban clean-
 liness  will  also lead to improvement  in water quality of
urban runoff.
                            135

-------
It is extremely difficult to quantify the potential reduc-
tion in stormwater pollution resulting from improved air
pollution control.  Contaminants scoured from the air would
probably be reduced in proportion to the reduction of their
airborne concentrations.  Industrial stockpiles and open
storage of granular materials are sources of both air and
stormwater pollutants resulting from wind action and/or rain
falling directly on the material.  However, most of the
contamination of urban runoff is caused by air pollution
particles previously settled on city surfaces--roofs, side-
walks, and streets.  The amount of contaminants picked up by
urban runoff is dependent upon fallout rate, frequency and
efficiency of street cleaning, and the path that runoff
follows before entering a stormwater inlet.

Solid Waste Management

Although intentional disposal of waste materials on city
streets and sidewalks is generally prohibited, it  is prac-
ticed commonly.   Spent containers from food and drink,
cigarettes, newspapers, floor sweepings, and a multitude  of
other materials carelessly  discarded become street litter.
Unless removed by  street cleaning equipment, these mate-
rials often end up in stormwater discharges.  Enforcement
of  antilitter laws, convenient  location  of sidewalk waste
disposal containers, and public  education programs are all
source control measures that may provide significant water
pollution  control  benefits.   It  is difficult, however, to
measure the effects of  such measures  in  economic terms.
Two benefits that  do occur  are  aesthetic improvement of  the
urban area and reduced pollution of  the  urban runoff.

Materials  tossed  through stormwater  inlets are not part  of
the street litter problem,  but  they  are  part of  the  storm-
water problem.  Typical examples are  leaves, garden  clip-
pings,  and used automobile  crankcase  oil.  Public  education
is  the most valuable measure  for reducing  this type  of
stormwater pollution.   Most people have  very  little  idea
of  what happens to waste discharged  to  stormwater  inlets.
By  establishing a solid waste management program that  en-
courages proper disposal of most solid  wastes, benefits  may
accrue  to  water pollution  control.   Again,  it  is  difficult
to  measure these  benefits  in  economic terms.

Street  Cleaning

Specially  designed street  sweeping  vehicles  are  used by
most cities  to prevent  the accumulation of litter, dirt,
and dust  on  city  streets.   In some  cities  part  of this  work
 is  still  done  manually,  but mechanized equipment is  being
                             136

-------
relied upon increasingly for reasons  of  efficiency.   Street
sweeping is done for aesthetic reasons,  not  for water pol-
lution control, although most material removed by  street
sweeping would otherwise be included  in  storm sewer  dis-
charges or combined sewer overflows during wet weather.
The effectiveness of street sweeping  operations with respect
to stormwater pollution has been analyzed in two recent EPA-
sponsored studies [12, 8].  It was found that a "...great
portion of the overall pollutional potential is associated
with the fine solids fraction of the  street  surface
contaminants" [8],  Current broom-type street sweepers, how-
ever, were relatively inefficient in  removing fine material
smaller than 400 microns.  From the data reported  in
Table 25 it can be concluded that the smaller the particle
size, the lower the sweeper efficiency.  The overall effi-
ciency of the street sweeping operation  can  be greatly
increased by scheduling streets for cleaning and posting
"no parking" signs for those hours and by improving  such
schedules.  Tests by APWA of vacuum cleaning equipment for
municipal street sweeping indicated removals of 95 percent
or higher for fine material.
           Table 25.  STREET SWEEPER EFFICIENCY
                 VERSUS PARTICLE SIZE  [8]
                                 Sweeper
               Particle size,     efficiency,
                  microns            %
                   2,000            79

                 840-2,000           66

                 246-840            60

                 104-246            48

                  43-104            20

                    <43             15

                  Overall           50
                            137

-------
Use of Chemicals

Chemicals of a wide variety are spread in the urban environ-
ment for various purposes.  The two most important groups
of chemicals are those used for control of snow and ice on
highways and those for the control of vegetation.

Street runoff from the melting of ice and snow, mixed with
chloride salts, finds its way to nearby receiving waters by
several different means:  (1) through local sewage treatment
plants via combined and sanitary sewers, (2) through storm
sewers, and  (3) by dumping of snow removed from streets into
the nearby waterways.  According to Field:

     The dumping of extremely large amounts of accu-
     mulated snow and ice from streets and highways,
     either  directly or indirectly into nearby water
     bodies, could constitute a serious pollution
     problem.  These deposits have been shown to
     contain up to 10,000 mg/1 sodium chloride, 100
     mg/1 oils, and 100 mg/1 lead.  The latter two
     constituents are attributable to automotive
     exhaust.   [13]

In  terms of  source control,  several things can be done  to
minimize the contamination of urban runoff by deicing chemi-
cals and abrasives  [1,  13].  One possibility is simply  to
prohibit the use of certain  chemicals:  in particular,
those  highly toxic substances, such as cyanide and chromium
compounds, which have been added to deicing  salts as anti-
caking agents  and corrosion  inhibitors.  Although highway
departments  may be willing to accept prohibition of addi-
tives, few desire the prohibition  of the use of deicing
salts, such  as  sodium chloride and calcium chloride.

The easiest  way to minimize  adverse effects  of deicing
salts  is by  using  less  of them.  For example,  in Ann Arbor,
Michigan, the  following steps were found useful  in reducing
the rates of salt  application without  sacrificing safety:
 (1) no salt  application on straight, flat  sections;
 (2) better  training  for operators  of salt-spreading equip-
ment;  and  (3)  keeping records  of  salt  use  [5].   In addition,
Ann Arbor  is investigating new types of  spreaders and  snow-
plows, improved cab  monitoring devices  that  will  control
 salt application more accurately,  public  information pro-
 grams  on winter driving,  and new  training  programs for
 equipment  operators.   In many other  cities  salt  application
 virtually  replaces  snowplowing.   However,  as adverse  impacts
 of excessive salt  use are more widely  recognized, more
                             138

-------
cities will develop programs to minimize salt use without
sacrificing highway safety.

Toward the goal of reducing road salt damage, the following
possibilities were investigated in an EPA-sponsored project:
(1) external in-slab thermal melting; (2) stationary/mobile
melters ;  (3) substitute deicing compounds;  (4) compressed
air types of snowplows; (5) adhesion reducing pavement mate-
rials; (6) solar energy storing pavement substances;
(7) electromagnetic ice shatterers;  (8) improved drainage,
enhancing runoff, accident reduction, and snow melt control/
treatment; (9) salt retrieval/treatment; and  (10) improved
tire/vehicular design  [13].  A deicer users' manual and a
manual of design for storage facilities and recommended
methods of handling deicing materials throughout storage is
to be provided in another study [13].

An alternative to salt is the use of abrasives, such as
sand and cinders.  Abrasives, however, do not fit into the
"bare pavement" policy which now prevails, and they can
also become stormwater pollutants.  Although abrasives gen-
erally contribute only small amounts of dissolved solids to
stormwaters, they can contribute significant portions of
the SS.  Furthermore, large quantities of sand and cinders
can clog storm and combined sewers.  Most cities remove a
large portion of the abrasives during street cleaning, but
the added cost of collecting large amounts of sand and
cinders must be included in the cost of their use.  In addi-
tion, abrasives are more expensive (by weight) than sodium
chloride.  With salts, however, many of the costs, such
as those for corrosion damage, degradation of water supplies,
and damage to roadside vegetation, are indirect and often
ignored.   Hence, in some instances, a more complete economic
comparison might favor abrasives over salt.

With regard to control of vegetation, fertilizers, pesti-
cides, herbicides, and other chemicals are widely used in
cities and have been found in urban runoff  [11].  The amount
of these materials in urban runoff, taken all together, has
been found to be rather high [7].   Limited use of these sub-
stances consistent with their intended purpose and careful
attention to their storage and distribution should be
practiced.

Erosion Control

There are many methods for reducing sediment yield from
urban areas,  especially for land undergoing development.
This is important because  of the extreme sediment yields
often occurring on such land.   For example, in a 1961-1964
                            139

-------
study of sediment movement in the Scott Run basin, Fairfax
County, Virginia, it was determined that "...highway con-
struction areas, varying from less than 1 to more than
10 percent of the basins at a given time, contributed 85
percent of the sediment" [9].  The sediment yield of the
highway construction area was found to be 10 times that
from cultivated land, 200 times that from grassland, and
2,000 times that from forest land.  Scott Run is a suburban
tributary of the Potomac River.  In a study of the entire
Potomac River it was estimated that the Washington Metro-
politan Area, which consists of 2 percent of the basin,
produced 25 percent of the sediment in the river.

For this reason the EPA sponsored a project to develop
"Guidelines for Erosion and Sediment Control Planning and
Implementation"  [3].  Among the techniques described to
reduce sediment yields are:  (1) proper selection of build-
ing and highway sites, (2) maintenance of native vegetation,
(3) use of mulches,  (4) drainage channel protection modi-
fication, (5) careful backfilling after laying pipes,
(6) protection of stockpiles for removed earth,  (7) sedi-
ment retention basins, (8) timing of clearing and grading
during season when  erosion is less, (9) traffic control,
and (10) use of fences to protect trees.  Four appendixes
of that report contain technical information on 42 sediment
and erosion control products and practices.

QUANTITY AND/OR RATE CONTROL MEASURES

For almost any system for abating storm sewer discharges and
combined sewer overflow pollution, the cost involved is very
sensitive to both the quantity and the rate of the flows
involved.  For example, a combined sewer overflow screening
facility designed for a 1-year, 1-hour rainfall might treat
several million gallons within 1 or 2 hours.  Any techniques
or devices to slow  the flow of significant amounts of storm-
water  to the stormwater inlets would increase the period
in which the runoff volume could be treated.  Hence, a
smaller and less expensive treatment facility would afford
the same degree of  pollution abatement.  Slowing the flow of
stormwater to the inlets, especially from pervious areas,
allows additional recharge of the groundwater by percolation
of the stormwater into the ground.

By temporarily detaining  (on-site) runoff from rainfall
directly falling on an impervious area, it is possible to
reduce the rate  of  flow into the  sewer system.   This results
in less flow to  store and/or treat.  If this is  coupled with
retaining  (on-site)  runoff from pervious areas for percola-
tion  into the ground, then the total volume of water enter-
ing the sewer system is reduced.  Hence, considerable
                             140

-------
 savings in both operation and initial construction costs of
 stormwater facilities will result when the amount of storm-
 water is attenuated.  Methods used for slowing or dampening
 the rate at which flows enter the sewer system by temporar-
 ily holding runoff on an area are termed "detention"
 measures.  Methods used to prevent runoff from entering the
 sewer system at all are termed "retention" measures.

 In an article entitled "Storm Water for Fun and Profit,"
 several urban detention/retention techniques are described
 110],  At an industrial facility in Bensenville, Illinois
 regrading of the plant site produced multiple benefits:
 (1) the plant is now above the flood plain; (2) borrow pits
 are now lagoons to retain stormwater; (3)  the stormwater
 is used as  industrial supply water at a cost of $0.04/kl
 ($0.015/1,000 gal.);  and (4)  lagoons were  landscaped and
 provide aesthetic and recreational benefits (picnicking,
 fishing, etc.).  In other projects utilization of rooftops
 tennis courts,  ponds, and plazas  to detain and/or retain
 precipitation in urban areas  is  described.

 An example  of a large scale municipal multipurpose  detention
 basin is the  Melvina  Ditch Detention Reservoir constructed
 by the Metropolitan Sanitary  District of Greater Chicago in
 Oak Lawn, Illinois [6].   The  reservoir, which has a  capacity
 of 204,000  cu m (165  acre-ft), was designed to serve  as a
 recreation  facility in addition  to its  primary function of
 reducing local  flooding.   Steps were  constructed down  the
 basin side  slope.   Winter  recreation  activities  include
 tobogganing and skiing on  a  large  earth mound  formed  in one
 corner of the basin.   A  concrete paved  area  (anti-erosion
 section  at  the  inlet)  is  flooded during winter months  to
 serve  as an ice-skating  rink.  During the summer  months, it
 is  used  for volleyball,  basketball, and general  play.   The
 reservoir is  shown  in  operation as a  stormwater  detention
 facility in Figure  18.

 In  a  rather unique  approach to urban runoff control, the EPA
 has sponsored an investigation of porous pavements  [4]
 Pavement for streets,  sidewalks, and parking lots make  up a
 large  percentage of the  impervious area of metropolitan
 areas.   If precipitation could pass through the pavement and
 recharge the groundwater, stormwater would become a resource
 rather than a substance to be disposed of.   This would  re-
 quire  that the precipitation would be sufficiently treated
 by passage through the soil so that street surface contami-
 nants would not pollute local groundwater.   Although porous
 pavements were originally developed for highway safety
 purposes, they show considerable promise as a method to
 attenuate runoff.  In cold climates, porous pavements may
not be practical because of the danger of paving destruction
                           141

-------
Figure 18.   Stormwater surface  detention  pond  (Chicago)
                           142

-------
 due  to  the  alternate  freezing  and  thawing  of  a  semisaturated
 subbase.   It  has  been reported that  frost-heave can  be  over-
 come by providing a gravel base  layer  of sufficient  thick-
 ness to equal or  exceed  the  gravel base reservoir  capacity
 required  to accept the rainfall  percolating through  the
 porous  pavement  [4].   In the study it  was  concluded  that
 "roads  designed with  porous  asphaltic  concrete  were  found to
 be generally  more economical than conventional  roads with
 storm sewers."  Other benefits,  including  augmentation of
 municipal water supplies, highway safety,  relief of  flash
 flooding, preservation of vegetation,  and  prevention of
 puddling, are described  in the published report.

 In most urban areas,  considerable economic and  intangible
 benefits  are  available from  improved planning and practices
 for  the disposal  of stormwater.  Here, the most difficult
 problem may be in adding a constraint  for  architects,
 planners, and departments of public works  to consider in
 their practices.  As  described in "Storm Water  for Fun and
 Profit," however, it  is  often worth the effort  [10].

An example of a community where several different methods of
 source control are being employed is The Woodlands north of
Houston, Texas.  This will be an entirely new community situ-
 ated on 73 sq km  (18,000 acres) to be developed over the
next 20 years.  Two major goals are (1) preserving as much
as possible the natural environment of its  setting and
 (2) minimizing increases in pollution loadings resulting
from increased stormwater flow rates  [2].

Runoff will be recharged to the ground, as  near as possible
to the point where the rain falls.   This  will  be achieved by
a "natural drainage concept"  which includes the following:

     1.   The existing  natural drainage  system  will be uti-
         lized to  the  extent  possible in  its unimproved
         state.   Existing drainage  courses  are grass  covered,
         thus  slowing  and reducing  runoff through
         infiltration.

     2.  Where drainage  channels  are  required,  wide,  shallow
        swales  lined  with existing native  vegetation will
        be  used  instead  of cutting narrow, deep drainage
        ditches.

     3.  Flow  retarding devices,  such as retention  ponds  and
        recharge  berms,  will be  used where practical to
        minimize  increases in  runoff volume and peak flow
        rate  due  to urbanization.  A storage  reservoir will
        decrease  the  amount  and  rate of runoff  and promote
                           143

-------
         recharge of groundwater.  Erosion control measures
         in construction areas will minimize the increased
         solids loadings in runoff from such areas.

     4.  Drainage pipes and other flood control structures
         will be used only where the natural system is in-
         adequate, such as at high density urban activity
         centers.  Plans presently call for the use of
         porous pavements to reduce runoff from streets.

     5.  Control will be exercised over the type and amount
         of fertilizers, pesticides, and herbicides to mini
         mize pollution of the runoff.

It has been estimated that the drainage system will cost  an
average of $243/ha ($600/acre) , compared with perhaps
$486/ha ($l,200/acre) for a conventional system [2].
                           144

-------
                        Section VIII

                  COLLECTION SYSTEM CONTROL


 Collection  system control,  as  presented  in  this  text, per-
 tains  to  those  management alternatives concerned with the
 interception  and  transport  of  the  wastewaters.   These alter-
 natives include sewer  separation,  catch  basin cleaning,
 infiltration/inflow  control, line  flushing  and polymer injec
 tion,  regulators,  and  remote monitoring  and control.  Each
 of  these  alternatives  is discussed in this  section.

 A definition  drawing of the common elements of an intercep-
 tion and  transport system and  their interrelationships,
 adapted from  [6,  Plate IV-4],  is shown on Figure 19.  The
 system shown  represents a combined sewer system  and illus-
 trates, in particular, a major problem in sewer  separation
 projects:  the  dual-use house plumbing that carries both
 roof and  area drainage in addition to sanitary wastes.

 SEWER SEPARATION

 General

 Sewer separation--the conversion of a combined sewer system
 into two  separate sanitary and storm sewer systems, in which
 the sanitary sewer may be a gravity,  pressure, or vacuum
 system—has often been touted as the  ultimate answer to
 the problem of abating combined sewer overflow pollution of
 receiving waters.   In recent detailed studies, however,  it
 has been pointed out that sewer separation is not a panacea
 and that,  in most cases, it  is  a poor alternative.   A review
 of the history and current thinking and findings  about sewer
 separation is presented and  discussed below.

 Separation of domestic sewage and industrial wastewaters
 from stormwater can be accomplished in three ways:   (1)  by
adding a new sanitary sewer  and using the combined  sewer  as
                            145

-------
                                 COMBINEO SE»ER  OVERFLOW
                                 MIXTURf OF tVHieiPAL »f«fttf
                                 AMI STMWATII IISCMAIIIMI
                                 INTI THE MCflflNG WATERS
Figure 19.   Common elements  of an  interceptor
             and  transport system  [6]
                          146

-------
a stormwater sewer;  (2) by adding a new storm sewer and
using the combined sewer as a sanitary sewer; or  (3) by add-
ing a "sewer within  a sewer" pressure system.  The latter
method, originated in 1965 by Professor Gordon M. Fair, is
designed to withdraw the domestic sewage fraction of flows
from existing plumbing systems and transmit it through a
sequence of added components.  These components consist of
(1) a storage, grinding, and pumping unit within each build-
ing, (2) pressure tubing fished from the unit through the
existing building sewer line to the existing combined sewer,
and (3) pressure piping inserted in the existing combined
sewer extending to the existing interceptor sewers.  From
there the sewage is  conveyed by gravity to the treatment
plant.  The remaining capacity in the existing combined
sewer is used to convey only stormwater to the receiving
waters.  The selection of one of the three methods of sewer
separation for implementation depends on technical feasi-
bility and economic  conditions [12].

The practice of sewer separation has been underway for many
years without the full benefit of recent technological in-
formation regarding  the characteristics and quality of
storm sewer discharges and the possible alternatives.  There
are two main reasons for reconsidering the once acceptable
practice of sewer separation.  The first reason is the
change in physical conditions and quality standards from the
past which encompasses the following:  (1) increases in
urban impervious areas and municipal water usage, causing
overflows of increased duration and quantity; (2) rapid in-
dustrial expansion,  causing increased quantities of indus-
trial wastewaters in the overflows; (3) increasing environ-
mental concern for better water quality management; and
(4)  the realization  that the total amount of available
fresh water is limited and that complete reclamation of
substantial portions of the flow may be necessary in the
future.  The second  reason is that based on new findings
from extensive EPA-sponsored and other research during the
past decade sewer separation may be an unsuitable and un-
economical solution  for combined sewer overflows.  These new
findings are that (1) separated storm sewer discharges con-
tain pollutants that affect the receiving water and create
new problems [4, 35]; (2)  storm sewer discharges occur more
frequently and last  longer than combined sewer overflows
because combined sewer regulators prevent overflows during
minor rainfall events; and (3)  many alternatives exist
that decrease the pollution at a cost of one-half or less
than that of sewer separation.

In a survey conducted by the AWPA, it was found that as of
1962 approximately one-fourth of the total U.S.  population
                            147

-------
 (50 million persons) was served in whole or in part by com-
 bined sewer systems [42].  Furthermore, it was reported that
 there were 14,212 overflows in the total 641 jurisdictions
 surveyed; of these, 9,860 combined sewer overflows were
 reported from 493 jurisdictions.   Until 1967, the most com-
 mon remedial method reported was  sewer separation, and of
 274 jurisdictions with plans for  corrective facilities con-
 struction, 222 indicated that some degree of sewer separa-
 tion would be undertaken.

 Detailed Analysis

 Sewer separation will  continue to be  used to some degree  in
 the future and thus an investigation  of the methods,  their
 advantages and disadvantages, and their costs is  warranted.
 There are three categories  of sewer separation systems:
 pressure, vacuum, and  gravity.

 The most comprehensive study of the pressure or "sewer with-
 in  a sewer" concept was  published by  the ASCE [12]  in 1969.
 The greatest disadvantage of pressure systems is  generally
 higher costs,  as  shown in a comparison of pressure and
 gravity system costs in  the cities  of Boston, Milwaukee,
 and San Francisco presented in Table  26.   The ratios  of pres-
 sure to gravity costs  are 1.4,  1.5, and 1.5,  respectively.
 The in-sewer pressure  lines varied  from 6.3 to 40.6 cm (2-1/2
 to  16  inches)  in  diameter and pressure control valves  limited
 the line pressure to 2.11 kg/sq cm  (30 psi) .   A major  portion
 of  the  costs is  the  "in-house  separation" which can be
 as  high as  82  percent  of  the  total  cost  for separation
 using  a pressure  system  [12].   Besides  the  high costs, other
 disadvantages  of  pressure systems are  that  (1)  they are dif-
 ficult  to maintain;  (2) they  require  complex  controls; and
 (3)  they are dependent on electricity  for operation.   It  is
 important to realize that approximately  72  percent of  all
 combined sewers are  less  than  0.61 meters  (2.0  feet)  in
 diameter, making  it  difficult  to  install  the  pressure pipe.

 The  advantages  are  that  (1)  as  an alternative,  they provide
 an  additional  degree of latitude  in sewer design,  (2) there
 is  minimal construction interference to commerce and traffic
 and  (3)  they are  handy in low areas.                         '

 Sewer separation  of existing combined  sewers has histori-
 cally been accomplished by utilizing gravity systems.  The
 advantages of gravity sewer separation are that (1) all
 sanitary sewage is treated prior to discharge;  (2) treatment
plants operate more efficiently under  the relatively stable
 sanitary flows; (3) other alternatives are less reliable
                            148

-------
         Table  26.   ESTIMATED  COSTS OF  SEWER SEPARATION
                               IN VARIOUS  CITIES
Location , [Ref . ]
Boston, Mass. [12]
Boston, Mass. [9]
Bucyrus, Ohio [49]
Chippewa Falls, Wis.
[9, 48]
Chicago, 111. [20]
Cleveland, Ohiod [18]
Des Moines, Iowa6 [8]
Milwaukee, Wis. [12]
Sandusky, Ohiod [51]
San Francisco, Calif.
Study area acreage
53
(along Summer St.)
12,000
2,340
90
240,000
13,000
1,836
157
(along Prospect Ave.)
2,205
303
Population,
density/acre
(year)
--
--
5.5 (1969)
--
--
11.7 (1968)
--
72.0 (1966)
16.5 (1969)
67.5 (1960)
Estimated cost^
Type lb Type 2C
(gravity) (gravity)
150,400
81,800
4,930 4,660
8,420
28,220
32,300
6,450
23,330
20,680
41,210
$/acre
Type 3
(pressure)
204,800
--
--
--


--
34,330
--
61,140
 [12']
 Seattle, Wash. [30]
Seattle, Wash.  [30]
  (along Laguna St.)
         925
 (Southwest  District)
         695
(East Central District)
9,740

9,950
Washington, D.C. [31]
Washington, D.C. [31]
Regional costsd'f [42]
New England
Middle Atlantic
South Atlantic
Southern
Midwest
West
National average [51]
.11,741
12,800

NAg
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
45.0 (1965) 66,250
45.0 (1965) 52,950

35,580
24,350
24,530
16,720
10,710
9,250
18,260
a. Adjusted to  ENR = 2000.
b. Type 1 is constructing new sanitary sewers  and using  existing combined sewers for storm sewers
c. Type 2 is constructing new storm  sewers and using existing combined sewers for sanitary sewers
d. Type 1 or Type 2 not identified in report.
e. Combination  of Type 1 and Type 2.
f. Average costs.
g. NA = not available.
Note:  acres x  0.405 = ha
                                         149

-------
 overall because of external power requirements;  (4)  no land
 acquisition is  necessary;  (5)  receiving water pollution
 loads  can be reduced by 50  percent (according to independent
 studies [49, 30]); and (6)  little increase  in manpower is
 required.

 Disadvantages of gravity systems  may  be divided  into three
 categories:   nonquantifiable,  separation effectiveness, and
 costs.   Nonquantifiable disadvantages,  which based on past
 experience are  the most important, are  that (1)  considerable
 work  is involved in in-house plumbing separation;  (2)  there
 are business losses during  construction;  (3)  traffic is
 disrupted; (4)  political and jurisdictional disputes must
 be resolved; (5)  extensive  policing is  necessary to  ensure
 complete and total separation;  and (6)  considerable  time is
 required for completion (e.g.,  in 1957  separation  in
 Washington,  B.C.,  was  estimated to take until sometime
 after  the  year  2000 to complete)  [24],   Separation effec-
 tiveness disadvantages are  as  follows:   (1)  there  is only a
 partial reduction  of the pollutional  effects  of  combined
 sewer  overflows  [30];  (2) urban area  stormwater  runoff con-
 tains  significant  contaminants  [7,  4];  and  (3) it  is diffi-
 cult to protect  storm  sewers from sanitary  connections
 (either authorized or  unauthorized).  Estimated  costs  for
 gravity sewer separation are shown for  various cities  in
 Table  26.

 The cost disadvantages  of separation, when  compared  to some
 conceptive alternative  solutions,  are indicated  in Table 27.
 Again,  the major reason for  the higher  costs  of  sewer  sepa-
 ration  are in-house  plumbing changes which  can be  as high as
 82 percent of the  total  sewer separation costs [12].

 Conclusions

 On the  basis  of currently available information, it  appears
 that sewer separation  of existing  combined  sewer systems is
 not a practical and  economical  solution for combined sewer
 overflow pollution  abatement.   Several  cited  alternatives
 listed  in  Table 27  suggest other  solutions, most of which
 are considerably less expensive and should  give better  re-
 sults with respect  to receiving water pollution abatement.
 In addition,  storm  sewer discharges may not be allowed  at
 all in  the future,  thus  forcing collection  and treatment of
 all sewage and stormwater prior to discharge.  In  this  case,
 the argument  for either  separate or combined  sewers  is moot.

 The choice between sewer separation and other alternatives
will  be  controlled by the uniqueness of each  situation.
 The examples cited in Table  27  leave no doubt that any  alter-
native  to  sewer  separation is the  better choice.   However,
                            150

-------
               Table 27.   SEWER SEPARATION VERSUS
                      CONCEPTUAL ALTERNATIVES
                  Capital costs ,  $
   Location,[Ref. ]  Separation
                          Alternative
                                     Cost ratio
                                           , b
                                  Alternative
   Boston, Mass.
   [9]

   Bucyrus,  Ohio
   [49]

   Chicago,  111.   6,772,255,000  1,322,378,000
   [20]

   Cleveland,
   Ohio [18]

   Detroit,  Mich.  2,859,185,000     2,859,000  1,000.0°
   [33]
997,280,000   779,692,000     1.3


 15,957,000    9,220,000     1.7


                        5.1


372,405,000   111,842,000     3.3
   Seattle,
   Wash. [30]
 15,486,000    ^8,185,000     1.9(
   Washington,     677,778,000   353,333,000     1.9
   B.C.  [7]
Deep tunnel storage
Lagoon system
Storage tunnels and
quarries

Offshore stabilization
ponds

Sewer monitoring and
remote control of
existing combined
sewer storage system

Computer controlled
in-sewer storage
system

Tunnels and mined
storage
   a. Adjusted to ENR = 2000.

   b. Ratio of separation cost to alternative cost.

   c. Alternative costs are for first phases only and do not include future total
     system.

   d. Separation costs are only for southwest and east central Seattle, while
     alternative costs are for the total combined sewer area.
local conditions elsewhere may  very  well  dictate at  least
partial  separation  as the  best  solution for combined sewer
overflow abatement.   This  is being done in Seattle,
Washington  [30].  Seattle's partial  separation  program pro-
vides for removal of all  street drainage  from sanitary
sewers and for  continued  discharge of roof leaders and
foundation drains to sanitary sewers.  In any event,  if done
properly, the required feasibility studies of the various
possible  methods for combined sewer  overflow abatement may
reduce the unit cost significantly.

In  any event, a thorough  feasibility study of combined sewer
overflow  abatement methods is required.   The results  of
such  a study should  indicate significant  unit cost reduc-
tions for whatever method  or combination  of methods  is
implemented.
                                 151

-------
 INFILTRATION/INFLOW CONTROL

 A serious  problem  results  from  (1)  excessive  infiltration
 into  sewers  from groundwater  sources  and  (2)  high  inflow
 rates  into sewer systems through  direct connections  from
 sources  other  than those which  the  sewers  are intended  to
 serve.   Inflow does  not include,  and  is distinguished from,
 infiltration.   The sources and  control of  infiltration  and
 inflow are discussed in this  subsection.

 Sources

 Infiltration is the  volume of groundwater  entering sewers
 and building sewer connections  from the soil  through defec-
 tive joints, broken,  cracked, or  eroded pipe,  improper
 connections, manhole  walls, etc.  Inflow is the volume  of
 any kind of water  discharged  into sewer lines  from such
 sources  as roof leaders, cellar and yard drains, foundation
 drains,  commercial  and industrial so-called "clean water"
 discharges, drains  from springs and swampy areas, depressed
 manhole  covers, cross connections,  etc.

 Inflow sources generally represent  a deliberate connection
 of a drain line to a  sewerage system.  These  connections may
 be authorized  and  permitted;  or they may be illicit connec-
 tions made for the convenience of property owners and for
 the solution of on-property problems, without  consideration
 of their effects on public sewer systems.

 The intrusion  of these waters takes up flow capacity in the
 sewers.  Especially  in the relatively small sanitary sewers,
 these waters may cause flooding of  street and  road areas and
 backflooding into properties.  This flooding  constitutes a
 health hazard.   Thus  these sanitary sewers actually function
 as combined sewers, and the resulting flooding becomes  a
 form of combined sewer overflow.

 The two types of extraneous water,  inflow and  infiltration,
which intrude into sewers do not differ significantly in
 quality,  except for the pollutants unavoidably or deliber-
 ately introduced into waters by commercial-industrial
 operations [13].  Foundation inflow, for example, does not
vary greatly from the kind of water that infiltrates sewer
 lines from groundwater sources.   Basement drainage may
 carry wastes and debris originating in homes,  including
 laundry wastewater.

 Inflow Control

Correction of inflow conditions  is dependent on regulatory
action on the part  of city officials,  rather than on public
                            152

-------
 construction measures.  If elimination of existing inflows
 is deemed necessary because of adverse effects of these
 flows on sewer systems, pumping stations, treatment plants,
 or combined sewer regulator-overflow installations, new or
 more restrictive sewer-use regulations may have to be
 invoked.

 The effects of inflows into sewers can be greatly reduced
 by a variety of methods.  Many authorities advocate the
 discharge of roof water into street gutter areas--or onto
 on-lot areas in the hope that it will percolate into the
 soil [13].   Discharging roof or areaway drainage onto the
 land or into street gutters reduces the immediate impact
 on the sewer system by allowing reduction of the volume and
 attenuation of the flow.  The use of pervious drainage
 swales and  surface storage basins within urban areas allows
 the stormwater to percolate into the ground.

 Depressed manholes (those  with vented covers  in street areas
 where runoff can  pond over the cover)  can be  repaired or the
 covers replaced with unvented covers.

 Infiltration Control

 Excessive infiltration is  a serious problem  in the  design,
 construction,  operation, and  maintenance  of  sewer systems.
 Neither  combined  sewers  nor separate sanitary sewers  are
 designed to  accept  large quantities of  such  infiltration
 flows.

 The problem  of  infiltration involves  two  basic areas  of
 concern:  (1) prevention in new  sewers  by adequate  design
 construction,  inspection,  and  testing practices, and      '
 (2) the  elimination  or cure of existing infiltration  in  old
 sewers by proper  survey, investigation, and corrective
 measures.  Control of  infiltration  in new sewer systems  in-
 volves engineering decisions and specification of the meth-
 ods and materials of sewer  construction,  pipe,  joints, and
 laying procedures and  techniques.   Correction  of existing
 sewer  infiltration can be accomplished by three basic
 approaches:    (1)  replacing  the defective  component,
 (2) sealing  the existing openings,  and  (3) building within
 the existing component.

 Infiltration Control in New Construction  - The types of
pipe and  joints selected for use in sewer construction play
an important role in the prevention and cure of infiltration
The effectiveness of installation and conditions under which*
they function can have an equally great influence 'on the
watertightness of the resulting sewer structures and their
ability to resist excessive water entry while in service.
                            153

-------
 Choice of sewer pipe — Improvements in pipe materials assure
 the designer's ability to provide proper materials to meet
 any rational infiltration allowances he wishes to specify.
 The upgrading of pipe manufacture to meet rigid quality
 standards and specifications  has eliminated the basic ques-
 tion of watertightness of pipe material.  The important
 issues to consider in pipe material selection are struc-
 tural integrity, strength of  the wastewater character,  and
 local soil or gradient conditions.   Combinations of these
 factors may make one material better suited than another or
 preferable under certain special installation conditions.
 In such situations,  pipe materials  are often chosen for
 reasons other than their relative resistance to infiltration,
 The cost of the pipe is usually a small part of the total
 project cost.   For rough estimating purposes,  the cost  of
 installed sewer pipes (excluding manholes,  laterals and
 connections,  appurtenances, etc.)  ranges from $0.97 to  $1.55
 per cm diameter per  linear meter ($1.25 to  $2.00 per inch
 diameter per  linear  foot).

 Materials commonly used for sewer pipe construction include
 (1)  asbestos  cement,  (2)  bituminous coated  corrugated metal,
 (3)  brick,  (4)  cast  iron or ductile iron,  (5)  concrete
 (monolithic or  plain),  (6) plastic  (including  glass fiber
 reinforced  plastic,  polyvinylchloride,  ABS,  and poly-
 ethylene),  (7)  reinforced  concrete,  (8)  steel,  (9)  vitrified
 clay,  and (10)  aluminum.   All  of these  materials, with  the
 possible  exceptions  of  the plastics  and aluminum, have  been
 used  in  sewer construction for  many years.

 Since  sewer pipe made  from the  plastic  materials  is  rela-
 tively new, a brief  description  of  the  use  of plastic pipes
 is  included below.

 Solid wall  plastic pipe  usually  refers  to materials  such as
 polyvinylchloride  (PVC), chlorinated polyvinylchloride
 (CPVC) , polyvinyldichloride (PVDC),  and polyethylene.   These
 materials are lightweight, have high tensile strength,  have
 excellent chemical resistance,  and can be joined by  solvent
 welding,  fusion welding, or threading.  The PVC  is probably
 the most  commonly used plastic pipe because it  is stronger
 and more  rigid than most of the other thermoplastics; how-
 ever, PVC is available only in diameters up to  30.5 cm
 (12 inches).

 Polyethylene pipe is finding major use as a liner for dete-
 riorated existing sewer lines   [26] .  Several lengths of
polyethylene pipe can be joined by fusion welding into a
 long, flexible tube.   This tube is then pulled into the
 existing sewer.  When the existing house laterals have been
connected to this new pipe liner, the result is a watertight
                            154

-------
 pipe with no joints.  Polyethylene pipe is available in
 diameters up to 121.9 cm (48 inches).

 Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene  (ABS) is most commonly used
 for truss pipe.  Truss pipe, deriving its name from its
 cross-section configuration, was invented in 1946.  It has
 a good modulus of elasticity which, when under loading
 contributes about equally with the soil envelope to resisting
 deflection.  This nonbrittle characteristic usually pre-
 vents the pipe from breaking so long as continuous lateral
 support is provided.  Chemical weld sleeves are the most
 common method of joining this pipe.

 Glass fiber reinforced plastic (FRP)  pipe differs from
 those mentioned above in that the polymer resins are rein-
 forced with glass fiber.   This glass  fiber reinforcement
 results in an exceptionally high strength/weight ratio
 FRP is available in diameters from 5.1 to 152.5 cm (2  to
 60 inches)  and in lengths  of 3.05,  6.1,  and 12.2 meters (10,
 20, and 40 feet).                                           '

 Selection of sewer  joints  - For controlling infiltration
 there  is  probably nothing  as important as  the  sewer joints
 No sewer  system is  better  than its  joints.   A  good joint
 must be watertight,  root penetration-tight,  resistant  to
 the effects  of soil,  groundwater,  and sewage,  long-lasting
 and flexible.                                             &>

 Until  about  30  years  ago, cement  mortar was  the  standard
 joint  material.   However, it was  subject  to  shrinking  and
 cracking  and tended  to break loose  from pipe bells  and
 spigots.   To overcome these  defects,  various forms  of
 asphaltic  compound joints were  used.   These were  satisfac-
 tory only  so long as  care and skill were used  in  their
 preparation.

 Several jointing methods in  use today  have proved  to be  a
 vast improvement over both the  cement  mortar and  asphaltic
 compounds.   These include PVC and polyurethane, compression
 gaskets, and chemical weld joints.

 PVC  and polyurethane .joints  - PVC and polyurethane joints
 are most common for clay sewer pipes.  Polyurethane has
 been found satisfactory because of its high resilience.
 Clay pipe manufacturers now  use a polyester compound cast
 on the spigot and into the bell to make the seal.  A com-
 pression gasket is used to make the seal between these
 surfaces as  the spigot is placed inside the bell.

 Compression gasket joints - Compression gasket joints have
been used tor many years.   The gaskets are most commonly
                            155

-------
made of natural rubber, synthetic rubber, or various other
elastomers.  These joints are used on asbestos cement pipe,
cast iron pipe, concrete pipe, vitrified clay pipe, and
certain types of plastic pipes.  Compression gasket joints
are most effective against infiltration while still pro-
viding for deflection of the pipe.

Chemical weld joints — Chemical weld joints are used to join
certain types of plastic pipes and glass fiber pipes.  The
joints provide a watertight seal.  It has been reported
that, on the basis of field tests, jointing under wet or
difficult-to-see conditions does not lend itself to precise
and careful workmanship.  Thus special care is necessary
in preparing these joints in the field.  More experience
with these pipes in sewer applications is necessary to
determine the longevity of this type of joint.

Heat shrinkable tubing — A new type of joint developed
recently is the heat shrinkable tubing (HST) [27] .   The HST
material begins as an ordinary plastic or rubber compound
which is then extruded into sections of tubing.  The tubing
is then heated and stretched in diameter but not in length.
After cooling it retains the expanded diameter.  If a length
of 8-inch diameter tubing is expanded to 16 inches, it
will conform to any shape between 8 and 16 inches when
reheated.  This characteristic gives the HST the ability to
form a tight fit around sewer pipe joints.

The material recommended for HST joints is a polyolefin
which has a high degree of chemical resistance and the
ability to resist scorching and burning, and is both eco-
nomical and easy to apply.   To further assure HST joint
strength and resistance to internal pressure, a hot melt
adhesive is recommended as an inner surface sealant.  The
adhesive material has a melting temperature close to that
of the HST and will bind the tubing and pipe materials to-
gether as the tubing cools to its final shape.   Both pro-
pane torches and catalytic heaters can be used as the heat
source.

Physical properties of the HST reportedly were better than
those of currently used joint materials:

     The coupling of commercial sewer pipe, both butt-
     end and bell and spigot, with watertight joints
     using heat shrinkable plastic tubing is feasible
     and economically practical.   Used in conjunction
     with a hot melt adhesive it can surpass in phys-
     ical and chemical strength any of the conven-
     tional joints presently being used with clay,
     concrete,  and asbestos-cement nonpressure  sewer
     pipe.   [27]
                            156

-------
 Protection of concrete pipe - Corrosion exhibited inside
 sewers is generally of two types:   (1) that occurring above
 the liquid level caused by the formation of sulfuric acid
 from any hydrogen sulfide in the sewer atmosphere and
 (2) that below the liquid level caused by high concentra-
 tions of sulfates or other mineral and organic acids often
 encountered in industrial wastes.  Acidic soils can attack
 the exterior of the pipe.  Concrete pipe is generally the
 most susceptible to these types of corrosion.  The severity
 of corrosion in concrete sewers has greatly increased in
 recent years because of the rapid expansion of the popula-
 tion, industrial growth, the use of garbage disposal units
 and increasing control of inflow and infiltration into the'
 sewer.

 To control the corrosion of sewer pipe, especially concrete,
 a  method  of impregnation has been developed recently   The
 corrosion control is achieved by impregnating the concrete
 pipe with an inert  or noncorrosive material that  reduces
 the permeability and porosity of the concrete by  actually
 sealing the  interior surface of the concrete [28]    This
 prevents  hydrogen sulfide  from penetrating  into the  con-
 crete  and at  the  same  time reinforces  the physical and
 mechanical  properties  of the  concrete.   The material  used
 as  the impregnating  liquid is  a  modified sulfur formulation
 that was  found to possess  both  impregnating ability  and
 corrosion resistance.

 Other materials,  such  as vinyl vinylidene chloride, vinyl
 acetate/acrylic,  and reclaimed rubber  emulsion, will  resist
 corrosion by  actually  forming a  coating on  the  concrete
 sunace.

 Sections  of concrete sewer pipe were given  applications  of
 several different treatments  (impregnation  and  various
 coatings) and placed in severe corrosive sewer  environments
 at  three  sites in Texas during 1970 and 1971.   Preliminary
 results from these tests indicate that the various treat-
 ments are functioning effectively.  Additional  long term
 experience is necessary for complete evaluation.

 Sewer design considerations - Factors to be considered dur-
 ing design include allowance for infiltration, manholes and
 covers, and maintainability.

 Since it  is virtually impossible to avoid some infiltration,
 the added flow must be accommodated.  Infiltration design
allowances vary tremendously from one municipality to
another [13, 41].   A distinction should be  made between
infiltration design allowances and infiltration construction
allowances.   The infiltration design allowance should	
                            157

-------
include the maximum infiltration anticipated during the life
of the sewer, while the construction allowance should be
the maximum allowable infiltration at the time of
construction.  The construction infiltration will increase
continuously throughout the life of the project.  APWA has
recommended the establishment of a construction infiltration
allowance of 185 I/cm diameter/km/day (200 gal./inch
diameter/mile/day) or less.  This is not unreasonable in
light of improvements in pipe and joint materials and con-
struction methods.

Average and peak design flows should be related to the
actual conditions for the area under design.  Too often
flow criteria are taken from a standard textbook.  Adequate
subsurface investigations should be undertaken to establish
conditions that may affect pipe and joint selection or
bedding requirements.  Consideration should be given to the
constructability and maintainability of the sewer system.
This calls for direct communication between the designer
and maintenance personnel.

Manholes should be designed with as few construction joints
as possible.  In recent years the development of custom-
made precast manholes with pipe stubs already cast in place
has reduced the problem of shearing and damage of connect-
ing pipes.  The use of flexible connectors at all joints
adjacent to manholes reduces the possibility of differen-
tial settlement shearing the connecting pipes.

Manhole cover design is attracting serious attention in
view of evidence that even small perforations can produce
sizable contributions of extraneous inflow.  A single
2.5-cm (1-inch) hole in a manhole top covered with 15.2 cm
(6 inches) of water may admit 0.5 I/sec (11,520 gpd) [41].
Solid sealed covers should be used for manholes in areas
subject to flooding.  If solid covers are used, alternative
venting methods must be used to admit air or remove sewer
gases.

Construction considerations — The most critical factor rela-
tive to infiltration prevention is the act of construction.
The capability of currently manufactured pipes and joints
to be assembled allowing minimal infiltration must be
coupled with good workmanship and adequate inspection,
expecially at house connections.

Trenches should be made as narrow as possible but wide
enough to permit proper laying of pipe,  inspection of
joints, and consolidation of backfill.  Construction should
be accomplished in dry conditions.   If water is encountered
                            158

-------
 in the excavation, dewatering should be done by sump pump-
 ing, use of well points, or deep wells.

 Bedding and backfill material should be a combination of
 both coarse and fine aggregate.   The coarse aggregate pro-
 vides good support (by having a  wider column of support be-
 neath the pipe), while the fine  aggregate fills the voids
 in the coarse material to retard the transmission of water
 Crushed stone with a gradation of 1.9 to 0.6 cm (3/4 to
 1/4 inch) is recommended.  In the Gulf Coast area, where
 infiltration is of particular concern, success has been
 reported [46] using a bedding mixture composed of 46 5
 percent coarse shell, 42.7 percent sand, 6.4 percent port-
 land cement, and 4.4 percent bentonite.   Bentonite is used
 because it is a clay mineral with an expanding lattice
 structure that enables it to swell with the addition of
 water.   Thus, it will act as a barrier to water flow by ex-
 panding into and filling the voids in a sand/coarse aggre-
 gate  mixture.  The  selected backfill materials, preferably
 the same  as  the bedding materials, should not be "dropped"
 into  the  trench but should be  carefully placed and com-
 pacted  in three separate lifts.

 Backfill  should be  thoroughly  compacted around the pipe
 The backfill  should be placed  and packed by hand under and
 around  the pipe and compacted  by  light  hand tampers.
 Machines  can  be used  for compacting  as  backfilling contin-
 ues to  the original ground surface.

 Infiltration  can be minimized  by  proper  construction  proce-
 dures,  rigid  inspection  of materials  and methods  of  instal-
 lation, and performance  of soil and  groundwater  tests.   In
 addition, the  integrity  of  all newly  constructed  sewers
 should  be checked by post-construction performance tests
 (low-pressure  air,  infiltration measurement,  or exfiltration
 measurement)  prior  to  acceptance.

 Infiltration  Control in  Existing  Sewers  - The correction of
 infiltration  involves  a  lengthy7  systematic approach  or
 plan of action.  The haphazard use of investigative devices
 and sealing equipment  is ineffectual and extremely costly.
 An  infiltration control plan should include the following*
 steps:  (1) identify the drainage system, (2) identify the
 scope of the infiltration  (flow measurement, rainfall simu-
 lation),  (3)  physically survey the sewer system (soil con-
 ditions, groundwater conditions,  smoke tests),  (4) perform
 an economic and feasibility study  (determine the most cost
 effective locations for infiltration control), (5) clean
 the sewer if necessary,  (6) make  a television and photo-
graphic inspection,  and finally,   (7)  restore the sewer
system.
                            159

-------
Identification of the drainage system includes a review of
detailed maps of the sewer system; field checks of the line,
grade, and sizes; and identification of sections and man-
holes that are bottlenecks.

To identify the scope of the infiltration, it is necessary
to measure and record both dry- and wet-weather flows at
key manholes.  Groundwater elevations should be obtained
simultaneously with sewer flow measurements.

A physical survey of the entire sewer system, or that por-
tion of major concern, where every manhole is entered and
sewers are examined visually to observe the degree and
nature of deposition, flows, pipe conditions, and manhole
condition should be made.  Smoke testing may reveal infil-
tration sources only under low groundwater conditions.  If
the groundwater table is above the pipe, the smoke may be
lost in the water.  Soil conditions and groundwater condi-
tions should also be noted.

An economic and feasibility study is necessary to determine
the locations where the greatest amount of infiltration can
be eliminated for the least expenditure of money.  In some
cases, it may be most cost effective to provide additional
treatment capacity at the sewage treatment plant for the
infiltration.  Cost estimates can be developed for subse-
quent correctional stages as necessary.

Cleaning — A systematic program of sewer cleaning (1)  can
restore the full hydraulic capacity and self-scouring
velocity of the sewer and its ability to convey infiltra-
tion without flooding; (2) can aid in the discovery of
trouble spots, such as areas with possible breaks, offset
joints, restrictions, and poor house taps, before any sub-
stantial damage is caused; and (3) is a necessary prerequi-
site to television and photographic inspection.  It is
one of the most important and useful forms of preventive
maintenance.  This type of program involves periodic
cleaning on a regular, recurring basis.

By frequent hydraulic flushing of the sewers, the interval
between mechanical cleanings of the sewer can be extended.
This will be discussed in more detail later in this section.

Equipment used in cleaning falls into three general classi-
fications:  (1) redding machines, (2) bucket machines, and
(3) for small sewers, hydraulic devices.  The rodding
machine, which is used most commonly, removes heavy conglom-
erations of grease and root intrusions.  The bucket machine
utilizes two cables threaded between manholes.  One cable
                            160

-------
 pulls the bucket into the sewer line; the other withdraws
 the bucket when it is full.  It also allows the bucket to be
 moved back and forth in case it becomes stuck in the sewer.
 The bucket machine is effective in removing sand, gravel,
 roots, and grease from large sewers.  Hydraulic devices in-
 clude both high velocity water jet and other hydraulically
 propelled devices such as the "sewer ball."  The high veloc-
 ity water jet is very effective in removing sand, gravel,
 and grease.   Care is necessary in using high pressure hy-
 draulic cleaning equipment.  In sandy soil where the sewer
 may be defective, creation of voids may cause collapse of
 the pipe.

 Inspection - The purpose of sewer inspection is to reveal
 sewer restrictions;  to detect cracks, broken joints, and im-
 proper connections;  and to locate sites of infiltration and
 exfiltration.   Modern inspection methods include both tele-
 vision and photographic techniques.   Hydraulic methods, such
 as  exfiltration tests,  may also be used.

 Television inspection is performed by pulling a closed cir-
 cuit  camera  through  the sewer.   The  picture  is viewed on a
 monitor  and  may be recorded on  videotape for a permanent
 record.   Thus,  the amount  of infiltration can be estimated
 and the  condition of  the sewer  can be ascertained.

 Television systems used for sewer  inspection are constantly
 being  refined to  reduce the size  of  the  equipment,  to in-
 crease the clarity, color,  and  depth of  image,  and  to re-
 duce  its  operational  cost.   It  is  believed that  the  tele-
 vision system will eventually be  accepted  as  standard
 equipment  for sewer inspection.

 Photographic inspection  is  similar in nature  to  television
 inspection.  It is more  convenient and economical in  opera-
 tion, but  no intimate and  immediate  knowledge  is  available.
 The pictures may be on  stereo slides, slides,  or movie
 film, and  must be taken  at predetermined distance intervals.

 The major  advantages of using these media are  that sewer
 problem areas can be readily located  and diagnosed without
 expensive  excavating.  Arbitrary use  of these  inspection
 techniques without preplanning and budget review and with-
 out precleaning is not recommended.  Repair techniques can
 be applied better and repairs can be made less expensively
 in conjunction with inspection.

 Restoration - On the  basis of the results of an inspection
program, the engineer can decide on the appropriate methods
 for correcting structural deficiencies and eliminating
 infiltration.  The correction alternatives include
                            161

-------
(1) replacement of broken sections, (2) insertion of various
types of sleeves or liners, (3) internal sealing of joints
and cracks with gels or slurries, and (4)  external sealing
by soil injection grouting.  Additional detailed information
is available in recent EPA reports on jointing materials
[13, 41, 27] and sealants [29, 13, 41, 25].

The method most commonly used to correct structural defects
and infiltration (in sections where major structural damage
is not present) is internal sealing with gels or slurries.

The use of a chemical blocking method to seal sewer cracks,
breaks, and bad joints is much more economical and feasible
than sewer replacement or the inadequate concrete flooding
method.  With recent improvements in television and photo-
graphic inspection methods, sealing by chemical blocking
appears to be an even more encouraging method than
heretofore.  Chemical blocking is accomplished by injecting
a chemical grout and catalyst into the crack or break.  A
sealing packer is used to place the grout and catalyst.
The packer has inflatable elements to isolate the leak, an
air line for inflation, and two pipes for delivering the
chemical grout and catalyst to the packer.  An example of a
packer is shown on Figure 20.  During the repair the two
inflatable end sections isolate the leak and chemical grout
and catalyst are injected into the center section.  Then
the center section is inflated to force the grout from
the annulus between the packer and the sewer wall into
the leak.  When the repair is complete,the packer is de-
flated and moved to the next repair location.

The current use of acrylamid gels as chemical blocking
agents is restricted by their lack of strength and other
physical limitations.  Recently, improved materials, such
as epoxy-based and polyurethane-based sealants, have been
developed  [29] .  These new sealants have exhibited suita-
bility even under conditions of erratic or intermittent
infiltration where acrylamid gels failed because of re-
peated dehydration.  The only difficulty in applying the
new sealant materials has been that, because of the physi-
cal properties of the sealants, new application equipment
incorporating a mixing mechanism is required.  The cost of
this new equipment is approximately the same as the exist-
ing equipment.  Modification of existing packing equipment
to accept the new sealants has been found to be feasible.

Sewers may also be sealed by inserting sleeves or liners,
as discussed previously.
                            162

-------
                   (T)   INFLATION AIR

                   ©   INFLATABLE SECTION

                   (a)   SUPPLY PIPE - GROUT

                   0   SUPPLY PIPE - CATALYST

                   ©   PROTECTIVE SHOE
             Figure 20.   Packer - sealer with
               two  inflatable sections [29]
 Flushing,  the  systematic scouring out of pipelines during
 dry-weather  periods,  and polymer injection to increase
 pipeline carrying capacities temporarily are examples of
 innovative methods to counter specific transport system
 deficiencies.

 Flushing

 In many cases  the high pollutional load of combined sewer
 overflows  is the  result of pipeline deposits being scoured
 by the high-velocity  storm flows.   These deposits (see
 Figure 82) are  solids that settle  out or are trapped within
 the lines during  antecedent dry-weather periods.  Systematic
 sewer flushing  is designed to remove the material periodi-
 cally as it  accumulates and to convey it hydraulically to
 the treatment  facilities.   Thus, peak flow rates at the down
 stream point are  limited to the regulator/interceptor capac-
 ities prior  to  overflow.

The concept  of  sewer  flushing is not new.   It has been in
use for several decades  primarily  for small lateral sewers
                            163

-------
with grades too flat to be self-cleansing.  However, such
applications are relatively uncommon today.  Because of the
volume of flow required and the noted system limitations,
stormwater applications to date have been limited to rela-
tively small lateral sewers.

Cleansing deposited solids by flushing in combined sewer
laterals with mild slopes (0.001 to 0.008) was studied
using 30-cm (12-inch) and 46-cm (18-inch) clay sewer pipes,
each 244 meters (800 feet) long [22] .  Experimental data
were then used to formulate a mathematical design model to
provide an efficient means of selecting the most economical
flushing system that would achieve a desired cleansing
efficiency within the constraints set by the engineer and
limitations of the design equations.

It was found that the cleansing efficiency of deposited
material by periodic flush waves is dependent upon flush
volume, flush discharge rate, sewer slope, sewer length,
sewer flow rate, and sewer diameter.  Neither details of
the flush device inlet to the sewer nor slight irregulari-
ties in the sewer slope and alignment significantly affected
the percent cleaning efficiencies.

Using sewage instead of clean water for flushing was found
to cause a general, minor decrease in the efficiency of the
cleansing operation.  The effect is relatively small and is
the result of the redeposition of solids by the trailing
edge of the flush wave.

The effects of flush wave sequencing were found to be in-
significant as long as the flush releases were made pro-
gressively from the upstream end of the sewer*  Also, the
cleansing efficiencies obtained by using various combina-
tions of flush waves were found to be quite similar to
those obtained using single flushes of equivalent volumes
and similar release rates.  However, both of these hypothe-
ses are based on the limited findings from tests run on
relatively short sewers.  Therefore, further testing is
required to give a complete picture of the relative impor-
tance of these two factors on the overall performance of a
complete flushing system.

A prototype flush station developed during the study can be
inserted in a manhole to provide functions necessary to col-
lect sewage from the sewer, store it in a coated fabric
tank, and release the stored sewage as a flush wave upon
receipt of an external signal.

One prototype lateral flushing demonstration project was
considered for an 11-ha (27-acre) drainage area in Detroit
                            164

-------
 but  as  yet has not been  undertaken.  Two system layouts
 were considered:  one  designed for 61 percent  daily depos-
 ited solids removals and the  other for 72 percent  removals
 depending on the number  of  flushing stations used  [22]
 Rough cost estimates were made as shown in Table 28   The
 C° ij ?r *elemetlT and remote control of the flushing system
 would be dependent on  the degree of automation  needed as

                Center?1  ^^ °£ the SySt6m in relation
Polymer  Injection
Polymer gelled slurry injections  into sewage have resulted
in significant hydraulic friction reductions; hence a  tem-
porary increase (up to 144 percent reported  [4011 in line-
capacities  [40, 21, 36].  This increase is significant
in stormwater  applications because the  sewer surcharges
          Table  28.   ESTIMATED FLUSHING  COSTS FOR
                 DEMONSTRATION PROJECT21  [22]
                      DETROIT, MICHIGAN
    Alternate                                -^        2

    Number of flush stations  per lateral        2        4

    Area per lateral, acres                   9        g

    Daily solids removal, percent             61       72

    Installed cost  of fabric  flush tanks   $6,380  $12,900

    Cost of telemetry and controls            --b      _.b

    Monthly power cost                   $  2.24  $   4.69

    Monthly maintenance cost              $   115  $    229

    Capital cost per acre                $   708  $  1,430

    Monthly maintenance and power cost
      Per  acre                           $13.00  $  26.05
    a.  ENR = 2000.

    b.  Not estimated.

    Note:  Acre x 0.405  = ha.
                            165

-------
associated with excess wet-weather flows are generally of
short duration; thus, a marginally inadequate line can be
bolstered by polymer injections at critical periods.  In
effect, this increases the overall treatment efficiency by
allowing more of the flow to reach the treatment plant,
while flooding from sewer surcharges is decreased.

The polymers tested in Richardson, Texas, included Polyox
Coagulant-701, Polyox WSR-301, and Separan AP-30  [40].  The
latter showed the greatest resistance to shear degradation
(which may be important in very long channels) but was the
least effective hydraulically.  Tests conducted indicated
that the polymers and nonsolvents were not detrimental
to bacteria growth and therefore would not disrupt the
biological treatment of sewage in wastewater treatment
plants.  Tests conducted on algae in a polymer environment
indicated that the polymers have no toxic effects and only
nominal nutrient effects.  Fish bioassays indicated that in
a polymer slurry concentration of 500 mg/1, some fish deaths
resulted but that, in practice, concentrations above 250
mg/1 would provide no additional flow benefits.  It was re-
ported that polymer concentrations of between 35 and 100
mg/1 decreased flow resistance sufficiently to eliminate
surcharges of more than 1.8 meters (6 feet) [40].

The Dallas Water Utilities District, Dallas, Texas has con-
structed a prototype polymer injection station (see
Figure 21) for relief of surcharge-caused overflows at 15
points along a 2,440-meter (8,000-foot) stretch of the
Bachman Creek sewer  [36].  During storms, the infiltration
ratio approaches 8 to 1.  The sanitary sewer is 46 cm
(18 inches) in diameter for the first 1,220 meters (4,000
feet) and then joins another 46-cm (18-inch) diameter
sewer and continues on.  The Dallas polymer injection
station was built as a semiportable unit so that it can be
removed and installed at other locations needing an in-
terim solution once a permanent solution has been imple-
mented at Bachman Creek.

The polymer injection unit is enclosed by a 1.3-cm (1/2-inch)
steel sheet, 3.1 meters (10 feet) in diameter by approxi-
mately 7.9 meters (26 feet) in height.  The upper half pro-
vides storage for 6,364 kg (14,000 Ib) of dry polymer and
also contains dehumidification equipment.  The lower half
contains a polymer transfer blower, a polymer hopper and
agitator for dry feeding, a volumetric feeder and eductor,
and appurtenances.  The unit is entirely self-contained
with only external power and water hookup necessary for the
unit to be in operation.
                            166

-------
              Figure  21.   Polymer  injection

           station  for  sanitary  sewer  (Dallas)


           injection facility  (b)   Station  interior showing eductor and polymer


foreground  (d)' tll^^ll! .How?n^oca'r  """ manh°'e  *° "ft °f "'««"'"
injection site                        C3  '"" °      metering vault and polymer
                               167

-------
The unit is set up for fully automatic operation and may be
started by any of three external level sensors located
458 meters (1,500 feet) upstream, at the injection site, and
458 meters (1,500 feet) downstream.

Several polymers were tested, and Polyox WSR-301 was chosen
to be used when the Bachman Creek unit becomes operational.
The polymer is expected to reduce the surcharge by 6.1 meters
(20 feet) over the first 1,220-meter (4,000-foot) length.
The maximum equipmental feed rate is expected to be 2.3
kg/min (5 Ib/min).  The actual polymer feed rate will be
flow paced by the liquid level in the sewer to maintain a
polymer concentration of about 150 ppm in the sanitary sewer.
The unit is capable of supplying a dosage of 500 to 600 mg/1
if needed.  It is expected that the unit will be in operation
about five times per year and that surcharge reduction will
be complete in approximately 7 minutes after start of polymer
injection (travel time in the affected reach of sewer).

The actual construction cost for the unit, including instal-
lation of the site, was $146,000 (ENR 2000).  The unit was
scheduled to be operable by mid-1973 with operational per-
formance and data available one year thereafter.  Maintenance
is expected to be limited to a site visit and unit exercise
every 2 months.

REGULATORS

Historically, combined sewer regulators represent an attempt
to intercept all dry-weather flows, yet automatically pro-
vide for the bypass of wet-weather flows beyond available
treatment/interceptor capacity.  Initially, this was accom-
plished by constructing a low dam  (weir) across the combined
sewer downstream from a vertical or horizontal orifice as
shown on Figure 22.  Flows dropping through the orifices
were collected by the interceptor and conveyed to the treat-
ment facility (see Figure 19).  The dams were designed to
divert up to approximately 3 times the average dry-weather
flow to the interceptor with the excess overflowing to the
receiving water.  Eventually more sophisticated mechanical
regulators were developed in an attempt to improve control
over the diverted volumes.  No specific consideration was
given to quality control.

Recent research, however, has resulted in several regula-
tors that appear capable of providing both quality and
quantity control via induced hydraulic flow patterns that
tend to separate and concentrate the solids from the main
flow [10, 50, 15].  Other new devices promise excellent
quantity control without troublesome sophisticated design.
                            168

-------
Figure 22.   Typical  early type of regulator
                     169

-------
Conventional Designs

Conventional regulators can be subdivided into three major
groups:  (1) static, (2) semiautomatic dynamic, and
(3) automatic dynamic.   The grouping reflects the general
trend toward the increasing degree of control and sophisti-
cation and, of course,  the capital and operation and main-
tenance costs.  Conventional regulator design, use,
advantages, and disadvantages are well covered in the
literature  [10, 11, 32].

Static Regulators — Static regulators can be defined as
fixed-position devices  allowing little or no adjustment
after construction.

Static regulators consist of horizontal or vertical fixed
orifices, manually operated vertical gates, leaping and
side-spill weirs and dams, and self-priming siphons.  Typi-
cal static regulators are shown on Figure 23.  With the ex-
ception of the vertical gate, which does not often move,
they have no moving parts.  Thus, they provide only minimal
control, and they are least expensive to build, less costly
to operate, and somewhat less troublesome to maintain.
In view of the increasingly more stringent receiving water
discharge limitations and the rising need of providing storm
water capacity in treatment plants, it is expected that the
use of conventional static regulators will decline.  System
control, to utilize maximum capacity in the interceptor,
requires flexibility virtually nonexistent with static
regulators.  Maintenance, with the exception of the vertical
gate, is mostly limited to removal of debris blocking the
regulator opening.

Semiautomatic Dynamic Regulators — Semiautomatic dynamic
regulators can oe defined as those which are adjustable over
a limited range of diverted flow and contain moving parts
but are not adaptable to remote control.

The family of semiautomatic dynamic (having moving parts)
regulators consists of float-operated gates, mechanical
tipping gates, and cylindrical gates.  Typical semiautomatic
dynamic regulators are  shown on Figure 24.  All require
separate chambers to allow access for adjustment and
maintenance.  As a rule this group is more expensive to
construct and to maintain than static regulators.  They are
more susceptible to malfunction from debris interfering
with the moving parts and are subject to failure due to the
corrosive environment.   However, better flow control is
provided because they respond automatically to combined
sewer and interceptor flow variations.  The adjustment of
                            170

-------






EPTOR

f 1











*
,
i

t

4 ,
r

Vn

ORIFICE CHAMBER

DIVERSION
CASTING^
N\
\
U^-ORIFICE PLATE

r, * « * •
r\~
4 *
"
».

1
If
\

'. k
1 	 vJ 	
DIVERSION
CHAMBER
• STORM IATER
_i OUTLET
\f "^\ ''

AV^rv' ^*
^^ r r'.
t

' •»
e



•

«*.*'' * ' * 4,4,-, f
.* * * 1 1 • * t •> . <
 (a)  FIXED-ORIFICE DIVERSION AND CONTROL STRUCTURE  [32]
                                                           _  PLATFORM, I    //////////.
                                                     (b)  TYPICAL  MANUALLY OPERATED GATE REGULATOR



                                                                PHILADELPHIA  [| l]
(c)  ADJUSTABLE LEAPING »EIR AT SEATTLE,  WASH.   [32]
             LONGITUDINAL SECTION





     (d)  HEIR OVERFLOW STRUCTURE  [32]
       Figure  23.    Typical   static  sewer  regulate
rs
                                        171

-------
(a)   AUTOMATIC SEIER REGULATOR [32]

(BROVN »KO BROVN TTPE »).
                                                                  STOP LINK
                                       (b)  TIPPING GATE REGULATOR  [ll]

                                           USED BY ALLEGHENY COUNTY
                                           SEWAGE AUTHORITY
    6»TE CHDIBER
(C)  CYLINDRICAL GATE REGULATOR [ifl]
      Figure  24.    Typical  semiautomatic
             dynamic  sewer  regulators
                             172

-------
 these  regulators  is  limited  and  strictly  manual;  thus   thev
 are  unadaptable for  remote control.                   '     y

 The  cylindrical gate  is a relatively new  device consisting
 of a horizontal circular orifice over which a cylindrical
 gate is hung.  The gate is counterbalanced on an  articulated

 themcioslne of'thf ""?• 'T1 ^ the gate ^a^ber controls
  .  cl°sing °f the orifice by the cylindrical gate without
 are^t*^ ?r "% 6Xt6rnal ener^ sources.  fheL gates
 are  suitable for flow ranges from less than 283 I/sec
 CIO  cfs) to S,660 I/sec (200 cfs) [10].

Automatic Dynamic Regulators - Automatic dynamic regulators
consist of cylinder-operated (hydraulic or pneumatic) and
motor-operated gates as shown on Figure 25.  The distinction
arTf, [?m ** •  Pre5?ding regulators is that thesl regulators
            JUStble and are readil  Ad
 arf,      * •                                            r
 controUL  JUSt?ble and- are readily Adaptable to rmoely
 controlled operation.  Because they are more sophisticated
 in design  they are more expensive to build and to maintain
 regu&f S?e ^^ Problem? as with all conventional
 regulators, along with corrosion and jamming.

 Cylinder-operated gates - This regulator device consists of
 a weir perpendicular to flow constructed across the combined
 aevert^r?rVWh,iCh ^erts peak ^/-weather ffow through
 a vertical, fixed orifice with a variable opening to an
 interceptor.   A cylinder-operated sluice gate varies the
 orifice opening.   The cylinder-operator rfspondf to an
 hnh^T °r downstream level sensor (usually a float or air
 bubbler) or to remote signals that override the sensor!
 The  amount of combined sewage diverted  to the interceptor
 is controlled by  the gate with  the excess flow continuing
 on to  the receiving waters.   This  type  of regulator is
 cess°:fCU3yi/sS!d  f2T a«om"ic regulation &  flows in ex-
 cess of 113 I/sec  (4 cfs) .   Such gates  are considered very
 effective when operating  correctly but  they have  been per-
 sistently subject  to hydraulic  malfunctions.           P

 The cylinders  may  be operated by water,  air,  or oil
 pressure    The  size  of sluice gates operated  by cylinders
 using water pressure  is  usually limited  to  0.8 to iVl  sq m
 sure of  1S? £}/   Such cylinders operate  at a minimum pr^s
 ??™ft A I  Jig/S^  Cm  (2S psl) whlle the maximum pressure is
i^ed by the  Clty water Pressure.  Care must be taken to
?H? ??-Cr°KS "nnections with  the city water supply by
 installing backflow prevention  devices.                Y

Preferred oil cylinder pressures of 53 kg/sq cm (750 psil
do not restrict the sluice gate size but do require a sepa-
rate  structure for housing the oil pumping equipment    P
                            173

-------
         LOAT ft
        FLOAT WELL
      NTERCEPTOR
                      PLAN VIEW


         CYLINDER - OPERATED GATE REGULATOR

                PHILADELPHIA   [ll]
Figure  25.  Typical  automatic  dynamic
            sewer regulator
                    174

-------
  Pressures  of  6.3  to  14 kg/sq cm  (90 to  200 psi)  are gener-
  ally used  in  air-actuated cylinders.  These also require
  separate structures  for air compressor  equipment.  In juris-
  dictions using both  oil- and air-actuated cylinders, the oil
  type is preferred  [10, 11].                        '

  Motor-operated gates - The application  and operation of this
  type of regulator  is similar to the cylinder-operated gate
  except that a motor  is used in place of the cylinder
  bpecial precautions  and structures are required to protect
  the motor and other  electrical equipment.  Motor-operated
  regulators are not generally considered economical for
  flows less than 113  I/sec (4 cfs) .

  Improved Regulator Designs

 Recent emphasis has resulted in the development of several
 new and innovative regulators  both in the United States  and
 in Europe [10].  Those showing the greatest promise are
 undergoing prototype testing.   Regulators included in this
 group are fluidic devices,  swirl  concentrators, broad-
 crested inflatable fabric  dams  (see Section IX  Storage)
 and automatic  slide gates  and  tide gates.   Improved regula-
 tors developed in England  include the  vortex  regulator!  high
 side-spill  weir,  stilling  pond  regulator,  and  the spiral
 flow regulator.   The spiral  flow  regulator  is  being de-
 veloped for American practice.
 Fluidic  Regulator  - Fluidic  devices  of  two  general  types
 act?nnP?*^ilty ?ePendin£ on  the  type  of fluid flow  inter-
 action that  takes  place within them.  These categories  are
 (1) wall  attachment  and  (2)  vortex amplifier,  of which  the
 former forms  the largest group [10,  11].  in the wall attach-
 ment devices  a high velocity jet emitted between two walls
 attaches  itself to one wall, attracted  there by a lower
 pressure  area next to that wall  caused  by air  entrapment
 at the opposite wall.  A typical installation  is shown on
 Figure 26.  The City of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, is now
 planning  a full-scale demonstration of  this  type of fluidic
 regulator  [19].  The vortex  amplifier is  in  the develop-
 ment stage of small-scale modeling and  as such is a long
 way from  full-scale demonstration [39] .   Flows in excess
 of the hydraulic design capacity cannot pass through these
 regulators and instead flow  over the unit into the over-
 flow channel.
  vn             ~ The V°rtex r*«ulator (in England called
  vortex overflow or rotary vortex overflow) consists of
a circular channel in which rotary motion of the sewage
                            175

-------
           CONTROL PORT
    ELEVATED EXIT WEIR
COMBINED
SEWER
OUTFALL
                                                   COMBINED FLOW
                                                WEIR
                                              COMMUNICATION LINES


                                              FIXED AREA ORIFICE
                                            SIMPLE LEVEL SENSOR

                                            AIR SLOT
INTERCEPTOR FLOW
           Figure  26.   Schematic arrangement
           of a  fluidic sewer regulator [10]
is  induced by the kinetic energy of  the  sewage entering
the  tank  (see Figure 27).  Flow to the treatment plant is
deflected, and discharges through a  pipe at the bottom near
the  center of the channel.  Excess flow  in storm periods
discharges over a circular weir around the center of the
tank and  is conveyed to receiving waters.   The rotary motion
causes  the sewage to follow a long path  through the channel
thus setting up secondary flow patterns  which create an
interface  between the fluid sludge mass  and the clear liquid
The  flow  containing the concentrated solids is directed to
the  interceptor.   Using synthetic sewage in model studies at
Bristol,  England, suspended solids removal efficiencies of
up  to 98  percent  were reported [47] .  Another series of
experiments elsewhere on a model vortex  regulator using raw
sewage  indicated  poor performance in removing screenable
solids  under certain conditions [1].  This lack of overflow
                             176

-------
               COMBINED SEWER
STORM SEWER
                                         NLET
                                        BAFFLE

                                        BRANCH INTERCEPTOR

                                        TO  TREATMENT PLANT
                         PLAN
      BAFFLE
                    SECTION  A
           Figure  27.   Vortex  regulator  [11]
quality enhancement was  due  to  the  free,  unimpeded vortex
flow field employed.   It was  later  found  that flow dampening
by a deflector prevented solids  being  swept into the over-
flow by the violent vortex action.

Swirl Regulator/Concentrator  - The  swirl  regulator/
concentrator, after thorough  hydraulic modeling, shows out-
standing potential for providing both  quality and quantity
control.  A full-scale installation is planned in Lancaster,
Pennsylvania.  The swirl regulator/concentrator is similar
to, and is an outgrowth  of, the  vortex regulator.   APWA
studies, working with much larger flows in  minimum-sized
chambers showed that a vortex flow  pattern  must be avoided
[50].   A different hydraulic  condition is developed which
enhances solids removals.  Review of the  literature points
out that the main difference between the  English vortex
                            177

-------
regulator and the swirl regulator/concentrator is the flow
field pattern.  Another major difference is that larger
flow rates can be handled in the prototype swirl regulator/
concentrator  (at Lancaster, Pennsylvania, the estimated in-
crease is 4 to 6 times greater) than in the equivalent size
vortex regulator.

A hydraulic laboratory model was used to determine geometric
configuration and settleable solids removal efficiencies.
Figure 28 shows the hydraulic model in action.  Note the
solids separation and concentration toward the underflow
pipe to the treatment plant.

As a result of both mathematical and hydraulic modeling,
the performance of the prototype has been predicted.  Based
upon a peak storm flow to peak dry-weather flow ratio of
55 to 1, 90 percent of the solids (grit particles with a
specific gravity of 2.65, having a diameter greater than
0.3 mm and settleable solids with a specific gravity of 1.2,
having a diameter larger than 1.0 mm) are concentrated into
3 percent of the flow [50, 15].  Hydraulic testing indicates
that removal efficiency increases as the peak storm flow to
peak dry-weather flow decreases.  The recommended configura-
tion for the swirl regulator/concentrator is shown on
Figure 29.

The foul-sewer channel in the bottom of the swirl concentra-
tor is sized for peak dry-weather flow.  During wet-weather
flows the concentrated settleable solids are carried out
the foul-sewer into an interceptor.

There are no moving parts so maintenance and adjustment re-
quirements are minimal.   Fine tuning control is provided via
a separate chamber with a cylinder gate on the "foul sewer"
outlet to the interceptor.  Remote control, although not
readily adaptable, could be accomplished by providing a
larger-than-necessary foul sewer (also diminishes the
chances of clogging)  and throttling this line with a re-
motely controlled gate.

Spiral Flow Regulator - The spiral flow regulator is based
on the concept of using the secondary helical motion im-
parted to fluids at bends in conduits to concentrate the
settleable solids in the flow.   A bend with a total angle
between 60 and 90 degrees is employed.   Hydraulic model
studies of this  device,  carried out at the University of
Surrey, England  [44], indicated that this is a feasible
                            178

-------
               SttlRL
               tfHiP*-

               TEST
                             «j&
                             1
                             1
Figure 28.   Solids separation action  in the
     swirl  concentrator  hydraulic model
                   179

-------
                B  ^
FIMTAILES
DEFLECTOR
                                                FLO! DEFLECTOR

                                                   A-A

                                                FLOI DEFLECTOR
       B -J
                  B-B
         PLAN
SECTIONS
         Figure 290  Recommended configuration
              for swi rl  concentrator [50]
means of separating  solids  from  the  overflow.   The  simplest
form of the regulator  is  shown on  Figure  30.

The heavily polluted sewage  is drawn to the  inner wall.   It
then passes to a semicircular channel situated at a lower
level leading to the treatment plant.  The proportion of
the concentrated discharge will  depend on the  particular
design.  The overflow  passes over  a  side  weir  for discharge
to the receiving waters.  Surface  debris  collects at the
end o.f the chamber and passes over a short flume  to join
the sewer conveying  the flow to  the  treatment  plant.

The authors of the model  study report that even the sim-
plest application of the  spiral  flow separator will produce
an inexpensive regulator  that will be superior to many
existing types.  They  also stated  that further research  is
necessary to define  the variables, the limits  of  applica-
tions, and the actual  limitations  of the  spiral flow
                            180

-------
          CROSS  CONNECTION FOR OVERFLO

                        CONTROL PIPE
                                                    -FLUME  INVERT
E
                                                     TO  P
               PIPE  FOR NORMAL FLOW

                     PROFILE ALONG CENTER LINE
                                                OVERFLOW  WEIRS
                                                WITH DIP  PLATES
                    CHANNEL FOR NORMA
                    FLOW & HEAVY SOL IBS
                                PIPE  FOR
                                NORMAL  FLO
                                & SOLIDS
 SECTION  A - A
FLUME
                                CONTROL  PIPE FOR
                                OVERFLOW CHAMBER
   SECTION B - B
 LUME  FOR
FLOATING
 ATERIAL
CONTROL
 PIPE
                                                         -^
                                              TO  INTERCEPTOR-^
    Figure  30.   Spiral  flow  regulator adapted from  [11]
                                181

-------
 regulator [44].   A prototype regulator has  been success-
 fully evaluated  at Nantwich, England.   A third generation
 device is being  developed for American practice.

 Stilling Pond Regulator - The stilling pond regulator,  as
 used in England, is a short  length of  widened channel  from
 which the settled solids are discharged to  the interceptor
 [1].   Flow to the interceptor is  controlled by the  discharge
 pipe which is sized so that  it will be surcharged during
 wet-weather flows.   Its discharge will depend on  the sewage
 level in the regulator.  Excess flows  during storms dis-
 charge over a transverse weir and are  conveyed to the  re-
 ceiving waters.   The use of  the stilling pond may provide
 time  for the solids to settle out when the  first  flush  of
 stormwater arrives  at the regulator and before discharge
 over  the weir begins.

 This  type of regulator is considered suitable for overflows
 up  to 85 I/sec (30  cfs).   If the  stilling pond is to be suc-
 cessful in separating solids,  it  is suggested that  not  less
 than  a 3-minute  retention be provided  at the maximum rate
 of  flow [34].

 High  Side-Spill  Weirs  — Unsatisfactory experience with
 side-spill weirs  in England  has led to the  development  of a
 high  side-spill  weir,  referred to there  as  the high double
 side-weir overflow.   These weirs  are made shorter and higher
 than  would be  required for the  normal  side-spill  weir.  The
 rate  of flow to  the treatment  plant may  be  controlled by  use
 of a  throttle  pipe  or  a float-controlled mechanical gate.

 The ratio of screenings  in the  overflow  to  screenings in  the
 sewage  passed  on  to treatment  was  0.5,  the  lowest of the
 four  types  investigated  in England.  This device  has the
 best  general performance  when  compared to the  English vortex
 and stilling pond regulators  and  the low side-overflow
 weir  [1].

 Tide  Gates - Tide gates,  backwater  gates, or  flap gates are
 used  to  protect  the  interceptors  and collector  sewers from
 high water levels in receiving waters  and are  considered
 a regulating appurtenance when used for  this purpose.

 Tide  gates are intended to open and permit discharge at the
 outfall when the flow  line in  the sewer  system regulator
 chamber produces a  small  differential head on  the upstream
 face of  the gate.   Some types of gates are sufficiently
 heavy to  close automatically, ahead of any water level rise
 in the  receiving body.  With careful installation and bal-
 ancing, coupled with an effective preventive maintenance
program,  the ability of the gate to open during overflow
                            182

-------
 periods is not impaired because of the  additional  weight.
 Tide gates should be checked regularly  to be  sure  that  the
 hinge arms, pivot points,  and seats are in good condition.
 The gates should also be free of trash, timber, or other
 obstructions which lock the  shutter in  the partly  open  posi
 tion, allowing inflow.

 Tide gates are available in  a wide variety of sizes.  They
 may be rectangular,  square,  or circular in shape depending
 on the requirement.

 Electrode Potential  - Another possible  form of automatic
 regulation is to make use  of electrode  potential measure-
 ments of the combined or storm sewer  overflows and to modu-
 late the discharge accordingly.   Studies  made on predomi-
 nantly stale domestic sewage in the laboratory showed,  upon
 analysis of experimental results,  a high  degree of correla-
 tion between the electrode potential  of the sewage and
 its strength.   Linear correlation  coefficients between
 electrode potential  and the  various sewage parameters meas-
 ured were found to be as follows  [43]:

                                Linear correlation
               Parameter           coefficient
           BOD5                      0.873

           COD                       0.852

           Sulfides                  0.896

           Total phosphorus          0.893

           Nitrates                  0.807

           Chlorides                 0.225

It was demonstrated that the potential decreases as the
sulfide concentration increases, except when a small amount
of DO is present exerting an attenuating effect.  Thus, the
quality of combined sewer overflows could be controlled by
monitoring the electrode potential and releasing only that
flow which would not damage the oxygen balance in the re-
ceiving waters.  Storm flows with quality below the satis-
factory range would be shunted to storage until the
potential rises to the acceptable range.

Evaluation and Selection

The process of selecting a regulator can no longer be based
solely on economics.  Of increasing importance is quality
control of the overflow as well as quantity control, other-
wise known as the "two Q's" concept.
                            183

-------
     Regulators and their appurtenant facilities
     should be recognized as devices which have the
     dual responsibility of controlling both quantity
     and quality of overflow to receiving waters, in
     the interest of more effective pollution
     control.   [50]

As mentioned previously, new regulator devices have been
developed that provide both quantity and quality control.
These include electrode potential along with the swirl
regulator/concentrator, spiral flow regulator, vortex regu-
lator, and high side-spill weir.  Thus, in the future, the
choice of a regulator must be based on several factors in-
cluding:  (1) quantity control, (2) quality control,
(3) economics, (4) reliability, (5) ease of maintenance, and
(6) the desired mode of operation (automatic or
semiautomatic).

Regulator Costs — Selected installed construction costs are
shown in Table 29.  These costs are to be used for order-
of-magnitude reference only because of the wide variance
of construction problems, unit sizes, location, number
of units per installation, and special appurtenances.

The cost of maintaining sewer regulators as reported in a
recent national survey also vary widely [10] .  In most
cases, the reported expenditures are probably not adequate
to maintain the regulators in completely satisfactory
condition.  The annual cost per regulator required to con-
duct a minimal maintenance program is listed in Table 29.

REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL

One alternative to the tremendous cost and disruption caused
by sewer separation is to upgrade existing combined sewer
systems by installing effective regulators, level sensors,
tide gates,  rain gage networks, sewage and receiving water
quality monitors, overflow detectors, and flowmeters and
then apply computerized collection system control.   Such
system controls are being developed and applied in several
U.S. cities.  The concepts of control systems have been in-
troduced in Section VI.  As applied to collection system
control, they are intended to assist a dispatcher (super-
visor)  in routing and staving combined sewer flows  to make
the most effective use of interceptor and line capacities.
As the components become more advanced and operating experi-
ence grows,  system control offers the key to total inte-
grated system management and optimization.
                            184

-------
      Table  29.   INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION COSTS AND ANNUAL
                 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE COSTS
                         OF REGULATORS21
Type of regulator
Broad-crested inflatable fabric dam [45, 37]
Cylinder operated gate [30, 11, 10]
Cylindrical gate [11]
Float operated gate [11, 10]
Fluidic device [14]
High side-spill weir
Horizontal fixed orifice (drop inlets) [11, 10]
Internal self-priming siphon [10]
Leaping weir [11, 10]
Manually operated vertical gate [11, 10]
Motor operated gate [30, 11]
Polymer injection [40, 36]
Side-spill weir [11, 10]
Spiral flow separator
Stilling pond
Swirl concentrator [38]
Tipping gate [11, 10]
Vertical fixed orifice [11, 10]
Vortex
Installed
construction
cost, $
4,200-7,200
13,000-590,000
44,000-166,000
140,000-260,000
33,000-83,000
NA
1,800-3,600
NA
2,800-33,000
8,500-282,000
72,000-446,000
12,900-146,000
1,100-25,000
NA
NA
124,000
49,000-418,000
17,000-37,000
NA
Annual cost
per regulator,
1,500
1,600-1,800
NAb
1,500-1,600
NA
NA
1,600-2,100
800-1,100
1,000-1,200
1,200-1,500
NA
NA
600-700
NA
NA
NA
1,500-1,800
800-1,100
NA
a.  ENR = 2000.

b.  NA = not available.
                              185

-------
 System Components  and Operations

 The components  of  a remote  monitoring  and control  system
 can be classified  as either intelligence, central  proces-
 sing,  or control.

 The intelligence system is  used to  sense  and  report  the
 minute-to-minute system status and  raw data for  predictions.
 Examples include flow levels, quantities, and (in  some
 cases) characteristics  at significant  locations  throughout
 the system;  current treatment rates, pumping  rates,  and
 gate (regulator) positions;  rainfall intensities;  tide
 levels;  and  receiving water quality.

 Quality  observations and comparisons may  assist  in deter-
 mining where  necessary  overflows  can be discharged with the
 least  impact.   The  central  processing  system  is  used to com-
 pile,  record, and  display the data.  Also, on the  basis of
 prerecorded  data and programming, the  processer  (computer)
 may convert,  for example, flow levels  and gate positions
 into estimates  of  volumes in storage,  overflowing, and in-
 tercepted and may  compute and display  remaining  available
 capacities to store,  intercept, treat, or bypass additional
 flows.

 The  control  system  provides  the means  of  manipulating the
 system to maximum  advantage.  The devices  include  remotely
 operated gates, valves,  inflatable  dams,  regulators,  and
 pumps.   Reactions  to  actuated controls and changed condi-
 tions  (i.e.,  increased  rainfall, pump  failure, and blocked
 gate), of course,  are sensed by the intelligence system,
 thus reinitiating  the cycle.

 Representative  elements  of  a typical system are  shown on
 Figure 31.

 Because  of the  frequency and repetitiveness of the sensing
 and  the  short time  span  for decision-making,  computers must
 form the  basis  of the control system.  The complexity of
 the  hydrology and hydraulics of combined  systems also dic-
 tates  the need  for  extensive preprogramming to determine
 cause-effect relationships accurately and to  assist  in eval-
 uating alternative  courses of action.  To be most effective,
 real-time operational control must be a part  of an overall
management scheme included in what is sometimes called a
 "systems  approach."

 System Control

Before storm flow collection system control can be imple-
mented,  the direction, intensity,  and duration of the storm
                            186

-------
       (e)
                                                                   (f)
Figure  31.    Elements of  a  remote  control  system  (Seattle)
(a)  Central control and status board  (b)  Telemetry  signal transmitter  (c)
Automated  sewage sampler  (d)   Emergency  power generator  (e)  Motor-operators
for regulator gates  (f)  Tipping-bucket  rain gage at  remote regulator station
(g)  Pneumatic cylinder operator  for regulator gate
                                  187

-------
should be known so that runoff quantities may be anticipated
Thus, the rain gage network forms an integral part of the
system.  Once the storm starts affecting the collection sys-
tem, the flow quantity and movements must be known for
decision-making, control implementation, and checking out
the system response.  The advantages of knowing whether or
not an overflow is occurring are obvious, but consider the
added advantage of knowing at the same time that the feeder
line is only half full and/or that the interceptor/treatment
works are operating at less than full capacity.  By initi-
ating controls, say closing a gate, the control supervisor
can force the feeder line to store flows until its capacity
is approached, or can increase diversion to the interceptor,
or both.  If he guesses wrong, the next system scan affords
him the opportunity to revise his strategy accordingly.

Thus, system control or management converts the combined
sewer system from an essentially static system to a dynamic
system where the elements can be manipulated or operated as
changing conditions dictate.

The degree of automatic control or computer intelligence
level varies among the different cities.  For example, in
Cincinnati, monitoring to detect unusual or unnecessary
overflows is applied and has been evaluated as being
successful [5].  In Minneapolis-St. Paul, the Metropolitan
Sewer Board is utilizing a central computer that receives
telemetered data from rain gages, river level monitors,
sewer flow and level sensors, and mechanical gate diversion
points to assist a dispatcher in routing stormwater flows
to make effective use of in-line sewer storage capacity [2].
The use of rain gages, level sensors, overflow detectors,
and a central computer to control pump stations and selected
regulating gates is underway in Detroit [3],  The Munici-
pality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) is incorporating the
main features of the above projects plus additional water
quality monitoring functions [30] .  The City and County of
San Francisco have embarked on the initial phase of a system
control project for which the ultimate goal is complete
hands-off computerized automatic control.  They are cur-
rently collecting data on rainfall and combined sewer flows
to aid in the formulation of a system control scheme.  More
details of the San Francisco system are described in
Section XIII under Master Plan Examples.  The main differ-
ence between the San Francisco and Seattle projects, besides
size, is hands-off versus hands-on automatic supervisory
control [16] .

As an example of a complex "systems approach" to collection
system control, various aspects of the Seattle master plan
are discussed in detail below.
                            188

-------
 Detailed Example

 The  METRO approach  to  collection  system  control  in  Seattle,
 known  as the  Computer  Augmented Treatment  and  Disposal
 (CATAD)  system, is  a computer-directed system  for maximum
 utilization of  available  storage  in  the  trunk  and inter-
 ceptor sewers to  reduce or  completely eliminate  combined
 sewer  overflows.  The  objectives  and background  of  this pro-
 gram are discussed  in  Section XIII under Master  Plan
 Examples.

 Background Data Collection  - To develop  the computer control
 program  necessary to meet the objectives of the  CATAD system,
 environmental background  data were necessary to  establish
 the  baseline conditions.  Toward  this end, two major studies
 were undertaken dealing with weather analysis  and water
 quality  analysis.

 Weather  analysis - A series of weather analyses  were begun
 in late  1969 to determine what types of  meteorological
 quantities would provide  the best information  for predicting
 storm  intensities and  actual wet-weather flows in the com-
 bined  sewer system.  The study was divided into  two main
 sections.  The first was based on precipitation  data only.
 The  second section considered wind speed and direction data
 in addition to precipitation.

 The end  conclusion was that the combination of wind direc-
 tion and rain gaging from remote stations would provide
 advance  information to enable the CATAD program  to deter-
mine optimum flow regulation and storage levels within the
 sewage collection system.

Rather than duplicate much meteorological work being accom-
plished by the weather bureau,  METRO reduced the weather-
sensing portion of the CATAD program to the three following
procedures:

     1.  Long-range precipitation forecasts would be
         entered into the  computer program by obtaining the
         chance  of rain prediction issued by the weather
         bureau at 6-hour  intervals.

     2.  Medium-range rain gage  data would be  provided  by
         rain  gages  at  METRO stations located  to the
         farthest  north or south extent  of the  collection
         system.   The first  amount of rain detected  by
         these  gages would signal  the immediate release  of
         all stored  sewage and  draw down  of those trunks
         and interceptors.
                            189

-------
     3.  Short-term weather prediction would be obtained by
         rain gages located throughout the METRO drainage
         area.

Water quality studies — Since 1963, METRO has been engaged
in a comprehensive water quality monitoring program through-
out the entire metropolitan drainage area.  Upon receipt
of the CATAD demonstration grant in 1967, additional spe-
cialized water quality monitoring studies were added to the
existing program to concentrate on certain areas that con-
tribute to combined sewer overflows.

The objectives of the demonstration grant water quality
studies were twofold.  First, new water quality studies
were begun or old programs modified to show how receiving
water quality and other dynamic system parameters have
changed during the periods of expansion, interception, regu-
lation, and separation.  Second, a base level for various
parameters was to be established to be used as a tool for
measuring the results of the CATAD demonstration project.
The studies have been divided into two general areas re-
lated to the collection system itself and the receiving
waters adjacent to the municipality.  Weather and other
pertinent environmental factors are correlated with data
from the two main study categories.

Overflow sampling was divided into three categories:  physi-
cal and chemical sampling, bacteriological sampling, and
overflow volume computation.

Examples of a typical sewer sampling station and receiving
water sampling and monitoring station are shown on
Figure 15 (a, b, c).

System Operation — The CATAD system controls comprise a
computer-based central facility for automatic control of
remote regulator and pumping stations.  The control center
is located at the METRO office building with satellite
terminals at the West Point and Renton treatment plants.
The principal features of the control center include a
computer, its associated peripheral equipment, an operators
console, map display, and logging and events printers [23],

Remote monitoring and control units have been provided for
36 remote pumping and regulator stations.  Twenty-four re-
mote control units have been installed at pumping and
regulator stations on the trunk and interceptor sewers
leading to the West Point sewage treatment plant and nine
remote control units have been installed at pumping stations
along the interceptor sewers transporting primarily sanitary
                            190

-------
 sewage to the Renton treatment plant.  One control unit of
 each collection system is located at the treatment plant
 influent pumping station.  Three additional control units
 are to be installed at new pumping and regulator installa-
 tions during the next several years.

 Precipitation is monitored at six remote regulator stations
 strategically selected to be representative of the sub-
 basins within the drainage area served by METRO.  Precipi-
 tation data are telemetered to the central computer for
 processing along with other regulator station data.  The
 items monitored at each regulator station, as shown in
 Table 30, include the sewage level in both the trunk and
 interceptor sewers, the maximum level set points in the
 trunk and interceptor,  the tide level,  the outfall and regu-
 lator gate positions, the overflow rate,  the  diversion rate
 to the interceptor, the trunk flow rate,  the  interceptor
 upstream  flow rate, the stored flow, the  interceptor down-
 stream flow rate,  the unused storage volume,  and the explo-
 sion hazard.   The  items monitored at each pump station, as
 shown in  Table 31,  include the wet well liquid level,  the
 liquid level  set point, the  station and force main discharge,
 the  inflow rate, the explosion hazard,  the  storage rate  the
 unused storage,  and the speed of  each pump.   Water quality
 parameters monitored in the  receiving waters  are temperature
 conductivity,  dissolved oxygen, pH,  and solar radiation as  '
 shown  in  Table 32.

 Regulators  and pumping  stations may  be  operated  under  three
 modes  of  control [23]:

      1.   Local Automatic  Control.  Each station  is  operated
          independently  by controllers within  the  station in
          response to  signals  from  local sensing  devices.

     2.   Remote  Supervisory Control.  Stations are  remotely
          controlled by  operator-indicated commands  from the
          central terminal  via  the CATAD system computer.

     3.   Remote  Automatic  Control.  Stations are operated
          from the central  terminal under program control by
          the CATAD system  computer.

Since the trunk  sewers are sized to carry storm flows
there is  a large volume available for storage during dry-
weather periods.  The use of this storage capacity during
storms is  effected by controlling the quantity of flow
diverted  from combined trunks into the interceptor.
                            191

-------
    Table 30.  TYPICAL CATAD REGULATOR STATION MONITORING
                           HOURLY LOG
11/14/72  1000  W POINT SYS   HOURLY LOG   REGULATOR STATION
         TRKLVL  TRKSET    TIDE  OUTPOS  OVRFLO  TRKFLO  STOFLO  UNUSTO
INTLVL
LOG DENNY RS
100.76
0.00
LUN DENNY RS


KING RS


CONN RS


LANDER RS


2 HANFORD


100.02
94.73

105.23
97.70

101.24
97.46

102.27
98.91
RS
100.97
98.81
INTSET
96.56
109.88 105.89
96


102

106
101

106
102

105
102
.56

105.34
.40

.37 109.38
.35

.01 106.06
.75

.23 104.81
.75
REGPOS
0.9
100.9
-0
100

-0
99

-0
99

-0
99

0
100
.2
.5

.1
.3

.2
.8

.1
.4

.0
.0
DIVFLO
0.0
3.6
0.0
10.6

0.0
3.4

0.0
3.1

0.0
6.3

0.0
5.7
UPSFLO
3.7
10
32

3
1

3
31

6
28

6
20
.6
.6

.5
.4

.1
.6

.3
.6

.4
.8
DNSFLO
0.1

47

0
4

0
34

0
35

0
26

.0

.1
.9

.0
.7

.0
.1

.7
.6
EXPHAZ
0.14



0.03
-0.5

0.31


0.57


2.15

BRANDON RS


MICHIGAN


CHELAN RS


HARBOR RS


W MICH RS


8TH SOUTH


DEXTER RS


L CITY RS


1 HANFORD


102.37
98.96
RS
101.50
100.30

101.56
100.53

108.38
108.08

116.46
107.41
RS
100.49
98.12

136.56
134.28

150.36
114.33
RS
101.61
95.40
105
100

105
101

107
103


109


108


99

144
137

157


108

.93 105.59
.40

.69 105.35
.65

.98 105.61
.21

106.09
.13


.37

105.76
.58

.34
.75

.06


.05

-0
102

-0
102

0
100

-0
99

0
99

0
100


36


100


-0
.1
.9

.4
.9

.1
.3

.2
.5

.0
.9

.3
.4


.3


.1


.7
0.0
0.0

0.0
0.0

0.0
4.4

0.0
0.9

0.0
0.7

0.0
2.8

0.0
4.2

0.0
13.4

0.0

0
14

0
12

4


0


0
3

2


4


13




.0
.0

.0
.0

.4


.9


.7
.1

.8


.1


.4





14


12


2


0


3


2

-0
4


38




.0


.0


.7


.9


.8


.2

.1
.2


.9





















1.09
-3.6






                                192

-------
       Table  31.  TYPICAL CATAD PUMP STATION MONITORING
                            HOURLY LOG
 11/14/72   1000  W POINT SYS   HOURLY LOG  - PUMP STATION
           LEVEL  SETPNT  STADIS  INFLOW  STORAT  PUMP 1  PUMP 2  PUMP  3

 W POINT PS                 FMDIS  EXPHAZ  UNUSTO  PUMP 4  PUMP 5  PUMP  6

           100.53

 INTERBAY PS
           93.32   93.29
 DUWAMISH PS
E MARG PS
W MARG PS
30TH NE PS
           90.92
           94.31   94.29
           94.30   93.77
          118.83   119.05

BELVOIR PS
          112.49   112.49

MATTHEWS PS
KENMORE PS
           87.97    87.94
           92.41
103.0

48.9
0.6
18.0
-0.4
11.2
4.5
2.2
-1.1
2.0
13.4
-1.2
2.1

151
0
0

201

0
0
490

0
0

0

0

327

0

355
0
0

0
510

0

0

0
48.9
0


487
0
3.4
373
0

826
-702.7
      Table  32.  TYPICAL  CATAD WATER QUALITY MONITORING
                            HOURLY  LOG
     11/25/72  2100  WATER QUALITY HOURLY LOG
     SURFACE
     BOTTOM

     RENTON JUNC.

     E. MARGINAL

     16TH AVE.  S.



     SPOKANE ST.


     KENT
 TEMP   C2400  C24000    D.O.    PH   S.R.I.
 TEMP          C48000    D.O.

046.1    0120   00880   09.56  05.85

045.6    0386   00000   09.88  06.88  0.06

047.9    0000   22320   07.42  07.40
049.8
049.9
43360   06.98
043.7    0000    24200   08.38  07.40
                41160   07.48
                      045.4    0095   00040   11.54   07.00
                                193

-------
The design of the METRO interceptor system provides a posi-
tive means for controlling these bypassed flows.  A regula-
tor station (Figure 32) at each major trunk sewer controls
both the diversion of combined sewage into the interceptor
and the overflow from the trunk (sewage in excess of the
capacity of the interceptor) .   The volume of flow diverted
to the interceptor is automatically controlled by modulating
the regulator gate position in response to changes in the
level of sewage in the interceptor.  As the level in the
interceptor rises above a preset maximum, the regulator gate
closes to reduce the volume of diverted flow and maintain
the preset level.  Storm flow in excess of the diverted flow
is stored in the trunk sewer and the level of the sewage in
the trunk commences to rise.  When the level rises above a
preset maximum, the outfall gate will open automatically to
discharge the excess storm flow and modulate  to maintain
the preset maximum level in the trunk.

Accomplishments — The most demonstrative method of pointing
out accomplishments is to show the results of interception
of an actual storm.  Two days of CATAD printouts were ob-
tained from METRO, one set for the storm flow that occurred
on November 25, 1972, and the second set for the dry-weather
flow on November 14, 1972.  The dry-weather flow data were
used to establish an approximate dry-weather flow base for
comparison purposes.  The particular regulator station
analyzed is the Denny-Lake Union (identified as LUN DENNY RS
in the CATAD printouts).  A sample storm log is shown in
Table 33.  The data included in this log are the rainfall
occurring and the maximum rainfall rate during the hour,
the maximum overflow rate and the overflow volume occurring
during the hour, and the total overflow volume from the
start of the overflow.  A 16-hour period from 0700 hours
to 2300 hours was used for the comparison.  From the data,
hydrographs were generated which yielded a dry-weather
flow volume of 140,540 cu m (37.13 mil gal.) and a wet-
weather flow volume of 204,650 cu m  (54.07 mil gal.).  The
potential overflow volume then is the difference between
the two or 64,120 cu m (16.94 mil gal.).  The amount of
actual overflow from the station allowed by the CATAD system
was 11,660 cu m  (3.08 mil gal.).  Thus the effective storm
runoff containment for this particular storm and regulator
station was approximately 82 percent.

Several improvements have been observed in Elliott Bay fol-
lowing the August 1970 interception and regulation of 12
major combined sewer overflows which are that reductions in
coliform levels range from 63 to 98 percent and that moni-
toring indicates an improvement of between 2 and 3 mg/1 of
dissolved oxygen in the bay.
                            194

-------
             Table 33.  TYPICAL CATAD  STORM LOG
    11/25/72  2100 STORM LOG
             FLTIME  RAINFL MAXRAT  OVRMAX  OVRVOL  OVRTOT

    LOG DENNY RS                      0.0    0.00    0.02
                                    0.0    0.00    0.02

    LUN DENNY RS
                     0.00   0.00     7.7    0.02    3.08
    KING RS
                                    0.0    0.00    0.02
    E MARG PS
                     0.01   0.06
    MATTHEWS PS
                     0.01   0.06
    KENMORE PS
                     0.01   0.06
    RENTON PS
                     0.01   0.06
Other  improvements  have been observed in the Duwamish River
The dissolved oxygen levels have increased nearly 200 per-
cent from  an  average of 2.5 mg/1 to 4.5 mg/1 but the im-
provement  cannot  definitely be attributed to the major
combined sewer overflow's interception until an additional
summer's data can be compared.  Improved trawl fish catches
indicate larger populations of certain fish species, in-
cluding English sole and Chinook salmon, in the lower por-
tion of the river following interception.  Decreases in
the ammonia-nitrogen concentrations at certain stations
along  the  river can be  attributed to improved nitrification
techniques being  utilized at the Renton secondary treatment
plant  discharging into  the river upstream of these stations,
C°s*s 7 The CATAD project  cost  was  $3.1 million, of which
$1.4 million was a demonstration grant from the EPA Storm
and Combined Sewer Technology Program.  These costs do
not include regulators or  pumping station costs.  Computer
monitoring and control to  each  station costs about $15,000.
Construction costs for new regulators  with motor-driven
gates and local controls average $250,000.  The CATAD opera
tion costs about $200,000  per year  including salaries, sup-
plies, amortized capital expenses,  and maintenance costs
[17].
                            195

-------
                        Section IX

                          STORAGE
Storage is, perhaps, the most cost effective method avail-
able for reducing pollution resulting from combined sewer
overflows and to improve management of urban stormwater
runoff.  As such, it is the best documented abatement meas-
ure in present practice.  Storage, with the resulting sedi-
mentation that occurs, can also be thought of as a treatment
process.

Storage facilities possess many of the favorable attributes
desired in combined sewer overflow treatment:  (1) they are
basically simple in design and operation; (2) they respond
without difficulty to intermittent and random storm behavior;
(3) they are relatively unaffected by flow and quality
changes; and (4) they are capable of providing flow equali-
zation and, in the case of tunnels, transmission.
Frequently they can be operated in concert with regional
dry-weather flow treatment plants for benefits during both
dry- and wet-weather conditions.  Finally, storage facili-
ties are relatively fail-safe and adapt well to stage
construction.  Drawbacks of such facilities are related pri-
marily to their large size (real estate requirements), cost,
and visual impact.  Also, access to treatment plants or
processes for dewatering, washdown, and solids disposal is
required.

Storage facilities presently in operation have been sized
on the basis of one or more of several possible criteria.
The facilities should:  (1) provide a specified detention
time for runoff from a storm of a given duration or return
frequency; (2) contain a given volume of runoff from the
tributary area, such as the first 1.27 cm (1/2 inch) of
runoff; (3) contain the runoff from a given volume of rain,
such as the runoff from 1.27 cm (1/2 inch) of rain; or
(4) contain a specified volume.  Because storage facilities
are generally designed to also function as sedimentation
and/or disinfection tanks, a major advantage is the SS reduc-
tion of any overflows from the storage units.  Particular
                            196

-------
 design concerns are flow handling,  washdown and solids
 removal, and protection against odors and hazardous gases.
 Air can be used to resuspend the settled solids prior to
 dewatering and for odor and explosive gas control.

 As with treatment systems,  automated intelligence (data col-
 lection and analysis)  and control can play a significant
 part in the management and  optimal  use of storage systems.
 The objective of the control system is to optimize  the con-
 tainment and treatment of combined  sewer overflows  with
 actions dependent upon the  storm pattern, treatment and
 storage availability,  and projected storm and system
 behavior.   When overflows to receiving waters are necessary,
 quality monitoring coupled  with system controls will permit
 the releases to occur  in the least  damaging manner.   The
 smaller the storage volume  available (in tunnels, sewers,
 and tanks)  and the more  variable the rainfall pattern,  the
 more critical the monitoring and control system becomes.

 TYPES OF STORAGE  FACILITIES

 Storage facilities may be constructed in-line or off-line;
 they may be open  or closed;  they may be  constructed  inland
 (upstream)  or on  the shoreline;  they may have auxiliary
 functions,  such as flood protection  (sewer  relief)  and  flow
 transmission;  and they may  be used  for hazardous  spill  con-
 tainment  during dry weather.

 In-Line

 Because combined  sewers  are  designed to  carry maximum  flows
 occurring,  say, once in  5 years  (50  to 100  times  the average
 dry-weather flow),  during most  storms  there will  be  consid-
 erable  unused  volume within  the  major  conduits.   In-line
 storage is  provided by damming,  gating,  or  otherwise re-
 stricting flow passage just  downstream from the  regulator
 diversions  to  create additional  storage  by backing up the
water  in these  upstream  lines.   Essential to  effective utili-
 zation  of this  concept are sewers with flat sewer grades in
 the vicinity  of the interceptor, high interceptor capacity,
and  extensive  control and monitoring networks.  To be safe,
the restriction must be  easily and automatically removed
from  the flow  stream when critical flow  levels are approached
or exceeded.   Such systems have been successfully implemented
in Seattle, Minneapolis-St.  Paul, and Detroit  [14, 7, 15],
In-line storage has been utilized in other processes by
setting retention basin weirs sufficiently high to back flows
into the trunk sewer system before overflows occur.   This is
done to ensure maximum utilization of both interceptor and
treatment plant capacities.
                            197

-------
Seattle, Washington — First operational in late 1971, the
system presently has 10 fully equipped regulator stations.
such as the one shown on Figure 32, with 3 more under design,
All stations are monitored and are designed so that they may
be operated by a supervisor from a central control console.
Fully automated control will be attempted in 1973.  The
estimated maximum safe storage in the trunklines and inter-
ceptors is 121.1 Ml (32 mil gal.), or roughly equivalent to
0.13 cm (0.05 inches) of direct runoff from the combined
sewer and partially separated sewer areas.  Interceptor
capacity is generally 3 times the estimated year 2000 dry-
weather flow.  Under supervisory operation, overflows have
been reduced in volume by approximately 52 percent.

Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minnesota — This system, operational
since April 1969,is quite similar to that in Seattle, ex-
cept that inflatable Fabridams are used in place of the
motor-operated outfall gates, as also shown on Figure 32.
Fifteen Fabridams, operated by low pressure air, are
located in the major trunks, which are 1.52 to 3.66 meters
(5 to 12 feet) in diameter, immediately downstream of the
regulator gates.  Normally, they are kept in a fully in-
flated condition forming a dam to approximately mid-height
of the conduits.  When storm flows are sufficiently large
so as to threaten to surcharge the trunk sewers, as indi-
cated by the flow depth monitoring, the Fabridams may be
deflated remotely from the control center.  On the trunks
where they are installed, the total overflow volume reduc-
tion has been estimated to range from 35 to 70 percent,
depending on the nature of the storm event [7].  Based upon
a comparison of pre- and post-project conditions, the number
of overflows was reduced 58 percent (from 281 to 117) and
the total overflow duration was reduced 88 percent (from
1,183 hours to 147 hours) from April 1969 to May 1970.  A
major accomplishment of the plan has been the almost total
capture of the contaminated spring thaw runoff.

Detroit, Michigan — The Detroit Metropolitan Water Service
(DMWS) has installed the nucleus of a sewer monitoring and
remote control system for controlling combined sewer over-
flows from many small storms to the Detroit and Rouge rivers
[1].  This system includes telemeter-connected rain gages,
sewer level sensors, overflow detectors, a central computer,
a central data logger, and a central operating console for
pumping stations and selected regulating gates.  The cost of
the system was slightly over $2.7 million.  This system has
enabled DMWS to apply such pollution control techniques as
storm flow anticipation, first flush interception, selective
retention, and selective overflowing.
                            198

-------
 LOCAL  CONTROL STRUCTURE
TRUNK WATER LEVEL
CONTROLS OUTFALL  GATE
 EXISTING TRUNK SEWER-
  DEPTH OF WATER  IN
  INTERCEPTOR CONTROLS
  REGULATOR GATE
                                                      METRO INTERCEPTOR
                   REGULATOR GATE
                   (NORMALLY OPEN)
       OUTFALL GATE
       (NORMALLY CLOSED)
       TIDE LEVEL  SENSOR
       MAY PREVENT GATE
       OPENING
 r^ S
RECEIVING WATER
                        (a) SEATTLE,  WASHINGTON   [M]
       UNDERGROUND  EQUIPMENT VAULT
  POWER OPERATED  GATE
                                                            INFLATAILE DAM
                                                             TO  RIVER
                                       TO INTERCEPTOR

                    (b)  IINNEAPOLIS-ST.PAUL,  MINNESOTA  [7]


             Figure  32.    Typical  regulator  stations
                     of  in-line  storage  systems
                                    199

-------
The operator, upon receiving advance information on storms
from a remote rain gage, increases the treatment plant pump-
ing rate.  This lowers the surcharged interceptor gradient
and allows for greater interceptor storage capacity and
conveyance.  This practice has enabled DMWS to contain and
treat many intense spot storms entirely, in addition to many
scattered citywide rains.

Off-Line

Typical off-line storage devices can range from lagoons [18],
to huge primary settling tank-like structures [10, 2], to
underground silos [8] , to underwater bags [4], to void space
storage, to deep tunnels [5], and mine labyrinths.  In
almost all cases, feedback of the retained flows to the
sanitary system for ultimate disposal is proposed or
practiced.  The underground and offshore storage has been
proposed to meet the severe land area and premium cost
constraints.

Chippewa Falls, Wisconsin — A 36.45-ha (90-acre) combined
sewer area of this Wisconsin community has been served by
a 10.6-M1 (2.8-mil gal.) open storage lagoon since 1969 [18].
The storage volume is equivalent to 2.92 cm (1.15 inches) of
runoff from the tributary area.  A plan of the retention
basin is shown on Figure 33.  In the two-year period 1969-
1970, the lagoon was 93.7 percent effective in capturing
overflow volumes.  During this period, the combined sewer
overflows from 59 of 62 storms were totally contained by the
basin.  Flow storage in the basin up to 12 hours caused no
adverse odor problems.  The basin was paved with 5.08 cm
(2 inches) of asphalt, and the most effective cleaning of
solids was through the use of conventional street sweepers.
The basin is dewatered to an existing activated sludge
plant after storms with no adverse effect on the biological
treatment process.  Secondary clarifier capacity, however,
had to be doubled to avoid excessive loss of solids during
sustained high flows.

Akron, Ohio — An underground 2.7-M1 (0.7-mil gal.) capacity
storage facility has been constructed in Akron, Ohio (see
Figure 34), utilizing the concept of void space storage [17].
The basin is  trapezoidal in cross section (3:1 side slopes)
with top dimensions of 61 meters (200 feet)  by 61 meters
(200 feet) and a usable depth of 3.4 meters  (11 feet).  It
serves a 76-ha (188.5 acre) combined sewered area.  The rock
fill material completely filling the basin in which the com-
bined sewage is to be temporarily stored is  washed gravel,
graded from 6.3 to 8.9 cm (2-1/2 to 3-1/2 inches) in
diameter.  The effective void space is approximately 33 per-
cent of the total volume.  The fill is completely enclosed
                            200

-------
RIVER
SANITARY PUMPING
:
y=
V ST.

STATION 	 ^
                                  DIVERSION STRUCTURE
                                              VEHICLE
                                              GATE
STOIiiATER
 PUMPING
 STATION
                                            CHAIN LINK
                                            FENCE
Figure  33.   Detention basin  plan
        Chippewa  FalIs [18]
                201

-------
                                   DIVERSION  \t COMBINED SEWER
                               LEAPING WEIR FOR
                               SANITARY FLOW T9
                                SANITARY SEWER
VERTICAL BAR  SCREEN AND
S0LIDS HOLDING CHAMBER
     TUBE
   CLARIFIERS
                       OVERFLOW TO  STORM SEWER
                               STORAGE  BEB
                                       PUMPED TO SANITARY SEWER
ME?
               SLBBIE  BRAIIFF  P0MPED TB  SANITARY SEWER
  Figure 34.
Schematic  of  detention  facilities,
  Akron, Ohio [17]
                         202

-------
 in a watertight  plastic  liner  (30  mil  sheeting)  and covered
 with 1  meter  (3.28  feet)  of earth.

 Storm-flushed material flows from  the  combined sewer system
 into a  clarification  (roughing)  chamber  where  it is chlori-
 nated and  a large percentage of  the  solids  are removed.   The
 chlorinated wastewater flows over  a  weir into  the holding
 basin where it is stored  until it  can  be transported to  the
 treatment  plant.  The purpose of the rock fill is to save
 cost and to maintain the  ground-level  surface  area available
 for  other  uses.  The installation  is expected  to begin oper-
 ating in late 1973.  The  system's  susceptibility to clogging
 and  its treatment efficiency will  be evaluated.

 Jamaica Bay,  New York City,  New  York - This  large,  covered
 concrete storage basin, completed  in 1972,  intercepts com-
 bined overflows  from a 1,318.7-ha  (3,256-acre)  service area.
 The  total  storage capacity  of 87.1 Ml  (23 mil  gal., includ-
 ing  10 mil gal.  in basins and 13 mil gal. through backup  in
 the  trunk  system), is equivalent to  0.66 cm  (0.26 inches) of
 direct runoff.  The basin is designed  to retain  fully the
 runoff from up to 50 percent of  the  summer storm events,  and
 to provide primary treatment and chlorination  for larger
 storms  (20 minutes detention minimum for intensities up  to
 1.3  cm/hr  (0.50 in./hr) which covers 98  percent  of  all
 storm time).   About three-fourths of the retained volume  in
 the  tanks  and sewers are drained by  gravity  to a dry-weather
 flow treatment plant following each  storm.   The  remaining
 volume and settled solids then are pumped to the  treatment
 plant.

 Appurtenances  include traveling  bridge hydraulic sludge
 collectors, mechanically cleaned bar racks,  centrifugal
 type  grit separators, and sodium hypochlorite  storage and
 feed  facilities.   The unit is completely covered and has
 6 parallel basins, each 15.25 meters wide by 145.2  meters
 long by 3.5 meters deep (50  feet by  476  feet by  11.5 feet),
 as shown on Figure 35.   Forced air ventilation is provided
 to prevent odor problems and explosion hazards.   Twenty
 overflows,  all with the equivalent of primary treatment,
 are  anticipated to occur on the  average  each summer season.

Humboldt Avenue,  Milwaukee, Wisconsin —  This single covered
concrete storage  tank,  completed in  1969, serves  a  230.9-ha
 (570-acre)  section of the combined sewer portion  of
Milwaukee  [3].  Its  storage capacity of  15.1 Ml  (4 mil gal.)
is equivalent   to  the runoff from 1.27 cm  (0.5 inch) of rain-
fall over the   tributary area.  However,  it has been contain-
ing the  runoff from  2.0 to 2.3  cm (0.8  to 0.9 inches) of
rainfall.   A  schematic  of the facility  is shown on Figure 36.
Photographs of the facility are  shown on Figure  37.
                            203

-------
                                                      (d)
 Figure  35.   Jamaica  Bay  (Spring  Creek  auxiliary water

          pollution  control  plant)  retention  basin

(a)  Exterior view of facility at  discharge to receiving water  (b)  Traveling bridge
collector with drop pipe  assemblies  (c)   Closeup of bridge showing typical drop
pipe and header for directing high  pressure sprays on floor  (d)  One of  six 50-ft
wide bays,  looking at inlet ports
                                 204

-------
   COMBINED SEWER
      OVERFLOW
   TANK
   DEWATERING
   LINE
INTERCEPTOR
                             EFFLUENT DISCHARGE
                                                   RIVER
Figure 36.
Schematic  of Humboldt  Avenue detention
and chlorination faciIi ty,
   MiIwaukee, Wi sconsin
                         205

-------
                 (d)
  Figure  37.   Humboldt  Ave.  (Milwaukee)  retention  basin

(a)  Exterior  view of  the predominantly buried  facility  on the Milwaukee River
(b)  Operations building housing ch I orination,  screening, and pumping equipment
(c)  Looking ovfir tanks  from operations building  (d)   Walking above tanks
(note  tank area did not  require fencing
                                    206

-------
 The  facility  consists  of  a mechanically  cleaned  3.8  cm (1.5
 inch) bar  screen,  a  single detention  tank  22.9 meters  wide
 by 128.1 meters  long by 6.1 meters  deep  (75  feet by  420  feet
 by 20 feet),  a dewatering pump  station,  and  chlorination
 facilities.   The detention tank serves as  a  settling basin,
 thereby providing  primary treatment for  combined sewer over-
 flows from large storms.  Chlorine  injection facilities  are
 included at both the headworks,  for odor control,  and  at the
 midpoint of the  tank,  for disinfection during overflows.
 Following  storms,  seven mechanical  mixers  within the tank
 resuspend  the settled  solids as  the tank, contents  are  pumped
 back to the interceptor for treatment at a dry-weather plant
 During the  first year  of  tank operation, the mixers  per-
 formed satisfactorily  so  that it was not necessary to  clean
 the detention tank manually.

 Boston, Massachusetts  - The Cottage Farm Stormwater  Treat-
 ment Station was completed in May 1971.  A maximum retention
 capacity of 4.9 Ml (1.3 mil gal.) is provided in the 6 par-
 allel channels, each 8.2 meters wide by  32.9 meters  long  by
 3.1 meters deep  (27 feet by 108  feet by  10 feet)  [6].  The
 facility is designed to provide primary  treatment  and
 chlorination.  It has  a 10-minute detention  time at  a  flow
 rate of 10,200 I/sec (233 mgd),  the difference between the
 capacities of the  incoming trunk and outgoing interceptors.

 The facility consists  of bar screens and coarse  screens,
 a pumping station with a 10.7-meter (35-foot) lift,  hypo-
 chlorination facilities, detention  basins, and an  outfall.
A schematic of the facility is shown on  Figure 38  and  photo-
 graphs are shown on Figure 39.  Additional photographs are
 shown on Figure 80.

Screenings from the 8.9-cm (3-1/2-inch)  clear opening
bar screens and the 1.27-cm (1/2-inch) clear opening coarse
screens  are flushed directly to the downstream interceptor.
Flow is  pumped to the detention tanks, each  of which is
gated so it can be isolated.   Hypochlorite solution  is fed
to the pump discharges.  Overflows from the  detention  tanks
pass  through horizontal hinged screens with  0.51-cm  (0.2-
inch) fine mesh openings,  before discharge to the outfall.
These screens are used to  trap additional suspended matter
and carryover.  Approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch) of grit  and
sludge accumulates in the  tank and wet well  during a storm.
Fire  hoses and a sloped and troughed floor system are used
to aid the flushing of settled solids  from the tank during
cleanup  following each storm (approximately  8 hours are
required).   These solids are discharged to the downstream
interceptor.
                            207

-------
  COMBINED
SEWAGE FLOW
 (10-12xOWF)
                                    WET
                                   WELLy
                    BAR   COARSE
                  SCREENS7 SCREENS
                                               HYPOCHLORITE
                               PUMPS  vTUBESr--------S

                                          1        FEED
         CONTROL
          GATES
         OVERFLOW IN
         EXCESS OF
         INTERCEPTOR
         CAPACITY
 INTERCEPTOR
TO DRY WEATHER
TREATMENT
(4-5xDWF)
I—
TANK DRAIN (TYP)
                        CHLORINE RESIDUAL
                             ANALYZER

                        OUTFALL
                        TO RIVER

1 f CHLORINE
KbSIUUAL
ANALYZER *
^SOLIDS RETURN LOCATION 	 ^
AND DRAIN CONTROL GATES-
-------
                                                       (b)
               Figure  39.   Cottage  Farm (Boston)

              detention and chlorination  facility

(a)  Exterior view from Charles  River showing buried tanks, drain gate  operators,and
control building (b)  View  from effluent  trough  of one of six parallel  bays;  hori-
zontal fine screens are seen in  foreground
                                  209

-------
 Chicago,  Illinois  - Chicago  has  pioneered in the development
 of abandoned mine  storage, deep  vertical  drop shafts  [11],
 and deep  tunnels  in hard  rock [5]  for  the interception,  con-
 veyance,  and temporary  storage of  combined sewer overflows.
 Three  construction contracts partially funded by the  EPA
 are presently in progress, representing a total  investment
 in excess of $50 million  (ENR 2000)  providing over  17.7  km
 (11 miles)  of tunnel and  appurtenant drop shafts and  pumping.
 Typical examples are shown on Figure 40.   Under  the recently
 adopted master plan for the  97,200-ha  (240,000-acre)  Greater
 Chicago service area, the following  are to be accomplished:
 (1)  treatment of all wet-weather flows at a dry-weather  flow
 facility  sized for 1.5  average dry-weather flow  maximum  rate;
 (2)  interception of all existing wet-weather outfalls by a
 deep conveyance tunnel  system; and (3)  storage of all inter-
 cepted flows  above treatment capacity  at  one large  and two
 auxiliary reservoirs until they  are  absorbed by  the dry-
 weather flow treatment  facilities  operating at nearly a
 constant  maximum rate [9].   The  cost for  this plan  has been
 estimated to  be $2,873  million as  opposed to $5,521 million
 for  complete  sewer separation, and separation would not  meet
 the  proposed  water quality or flood  control objectives.

 The major reservoir would be  a quarry  100.7 meters  deep  by
 152.5 to  366.0  meters wide by 4.02 km  long (330  feet  by
 500  to 1,200  feet  by 2.5  miles).   The  combined sewer  over-
 flows retained  in  the reservoir  would  be  aerated continu-
 ously, and  accumulated  solids would  be  removed periodically
 by  dredging.  Most  storms would  be dewatered in  2 to  10  days;
 the  largest,  in 50  days.  The reservoir would be dewatered
 to  a dry-weather treatment plant at  a  rate of 19.8  cu m/sec
 (450 mgd)  or  0.5 times  average dry-weather flow.  The  total
 storage provided would  be equivalent to 7.98  cm  (3.14  inches)
 of  runoff,  70,309,500 cu  m (57,000 acre-ft),  or  9 percent of
 the annual  average  rainfall.   Based  upon  this  plan, the  fre-
 quency of overflows  to  the Chicago River was  estimated to be
 4 times in  21 years.

 The tunnels,  a  total of 193 km (120 miles)  ranging  from  3.05
 to 12.81 meters (10  to  42 feet)  in diameter,  would  be  con-
 structed  in dolomite rock 45.8 to  88.5 meters  (150  to  290
 feet) below the surface.  Drop shafts would be placed  at
 approximately 0.80-km (1/2-mile)  intervals, and  a forced
 ventilation system providing one air change per  hour during
 dewatering would be  operated to control odors  and gases.
 The tunnels would be constructed on self-cleansing  gradients
with additional provisions for flushing by  introducing river
water into the  tunnel.

Washington, D.  C.  - At Washington,  D. C.,  a pilot plant was
built and tested to assess the feasibility of  treatment and
                            210

-------
                                          (e)
Figure  40.    Deep  tunnel  concepts  and  construction  (Chicago)
(a)  Conceptual
them to  tunnel
(d)  Conceptual
cep tor or  river
drawing of drop  shaft to  intercept street level  flows and conduct
(b)   Drop shaft  under construction  (c)  Tunnel  under construction
drawing of terminal pumping station  to  raise flows back to  inter-
level  (e) "Mole" excavated tunnel under construction
                                    211

-------
 underwater storage of combined sewer overflows from a
 12.15-ha (30-acre) drainage area [4],   The plant consisted
 of a treatment facility (grit removal, bar rack, and comminu-
 tion), underwater storage tanks, and the associated instru-
 mentation,  pumping,  and control systems.  Two 0.38-Ml (0.1-
 mil gal.)  tanks were anchored underwater in the Anacostia
 River.  The tanks were standard pillow tanks made of nylon-
 reinforced synthetic rubber.

 Portions of the overflow from a combined sewer overflow line
 were diverted to the pilot plant.   The flow entered the grit
 chamber of  the pilot plant, then passed through a bar screen
 followed by a comminution before entering the underwater
 storage tanks.  Material removed in the grit chambers was
 returned to the interceptor.   After the storm subsided and
 during nonpeak hours,  liquid  was pumped from the tanks into
 the interceptor for  transport to the dry-weather treatment
 plant.   To  prevent settlement of solids in the storage tanks,
 compressed  air was forced into the  tanks to agitate any
 settled sludge and to  enable  pumping out of all the contents
 of the  storage tanks to the interceptor.

 Of the  numerous operational problems encountered during this
 project,  the  major one  was  clogging of the effluent port by
 the flexible  tank top membrane during  dewatering.

 Sandusky, Ohio - A 0.76-M1  (0.2-mil gal.)  capacity under-
 water  storage  facility  was  constructed and tested  in
 Sandusky, Ohio.   The facility consisted of three basic sys-
 tem components,  the  underwater storage tank  with  its  associ-
 ated piping and controls,  a connecting structure  to  the
 existing outfall,  and a control  building  to  house  instru-
 mentation and  pump systems  [19].  Two  0.38-M1  (0.1-mil  gal.)
 collapsible tanks  serving  a 6.0-ha  (14.9-acre)  area  were
 anchored underwater  in  Lake Erie.   The  tanks  consist  of  a
 steel pipe  frame  in  the  form  of  a modified octagon with  a
 nylon-reinforced  synthetic  rubber flexible membrane  top  and
 bottom.  A concrete pad was poured  to  fit  the bottom  con-
 tours of both  storage tanks.   The tank  top conforms  to  the
 bottom  contours when empty  and the  top  rises upon  filling.

 Combined sewer  overflow passes through  a bar screen  in a
 connecting chamber to remove  all trash  from  the overflow
 before passing  to  the influent pipes to the  tanks.  A diver-
 sion weir allows control of the  filling of one tank or the
 other.  At high flow rates, both tanks  fill  simultaneously.
After tank capacity is reached,  the flow backs up in the
 connection chamber and passes out a safety overflow.
 Combined sewer overflow reaching the underwater storage
 tanks passes through a sedimentation control chamber over
                            212

-------
the inlet port of each tank.  Most suspended material
settles out within this chamber.  This chamber also supports
the top membrane during dewatering to prevent closing of the
tank effluent port.  The combined sewer overflow is stored
until interceptor capacity is available to transport the
stored volume to the treatment plant.  Emptying the storage
tanks by pumping can be accomplished in about one hour per
tank.  Each tank is emptied separately.  A tank flushing
system is operated in conjunction with the pumping of each
tank.  In tests to date, the operation of the tanks has
proven successful.

Cost Data

Costs of storage structures are highly dependent upon the
location of construction; land, foundations, groundwater,
and aesthetics are primary considerations.  The costs re-
ported in Table 34, adjusted to ENR 2000, are presented only
as preliminary guides.
                            213

-------
                   Table  34.    SUMMARY OF STORAGE  COSTS
                              FOR VARIOUS CITIESa
Location
Seattle, Wash. [14]
Control and monitoring system
Automated regulator stations
Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minn. [7]
Chippewa Falls, Wis. [18]
Storage
Treatment
Akron, Ohio [17]
Oak Lawn, 111. [16]
Melvina Ditch Detention
Reservoir
Jamaica Bay, New York City,
N.Y. [10,12]
Basin
Sewer
Humboldt Avenue, Milwaukee,
Wis. [3, 13]
Boston, Mass. [6]
Cottage Farm Stormwater
Treatment Station
Chicago, 111. [9]
Reservoirs
Collection, tunnel, and
pumping0
Reservoirs and tunnels
Treatment
Sandusky, Ohio [19]
Washington, D.C. [4]
Storage,
mil gal. Capital cost, $

3,500,000
3,900,000
32.0 7,400,000
3,000,000

2.8 744,000
186,000
2.8 950,000
0.7 441,000

53.7 1,388,000

10.0 21,200,000
13.0
23.0 21,200,000
4.0 2,010,000

1.3 6,200,000

2,736.0 568,000,000
2,834.0 755,000
5,570.0 1,323,000,000
1,550,000,0-00
5,570.0 2,873,000,000
0.2 535,000
0.2 883,000
Cost per
acre,
$/acre

—
5,550

8,260
2,070
10,330
2,340

540

6,530
6,530
3,560

	

2,370
3,150
5,500
6,460
11,960
36,000
29,430
Storage
cost ,
$/gal.

0.23
--

0.26
0.26
0.62

0.03

2.12
0.92
0.50

4.74b

0.21
0.27
0.24
..
0.24
2.67
4.41
Annual
operation and
maintenance
cost, $

250,000
--

2,500
7,200
9,700
23,300



'--
	
50,000

65,000

--
	

8,700,000
6,380
3,340
a.   ENR = 2000.

b.   Includes pumping station, chlorination facilities, and outfall.

c.   Includes 193.1 km (120 miles) of tunnels.

Note:  $/acre x 2.47 = $/hectare; $/gal. x 0.264 =  $/l; mil gal.  x 3.785 = Ml
                                      214

-------
                         Section X

   PHYSICAL TREATMENT WITH AND WITHOUT CHEMICAL ADDITION
Physical treatment operations are a means of treatment in
which the application of physical forces predominate.
Typical examples include screening, sedimentation, flotation,
and filtration.  Physical treatment operations may or may
not include the addition of small concentrations of
chemicals.

Physical treatment operations in many ways are well suited
to combined sewer overflow pollution abatement.  Suspended
solids characteristically found in large quantities in com-
bined sewage are especially amenable to removal by physical
treatment.   Most physical treatment operations are easily
automated and operate at high efficiencies over a wide range
of flows.  And, most important, the facilities can stand
idle for long periods of time without affecting treatment
efficiencies.

The physical treatment operations being used for combined
sewer overflow treatment range from commonly used, well
understood processes such as sedimentation and filtration to
new ones such as the swirl concentrator/regulator and fine
screens.  The different operations are discussed here in the
following order:  sedimentation, dissolved air flotation,
screens, and filtration.  The swirl concentrator/regulator
was discussed previously in Section VIII.

SEDIMENTATION

The time-honored method for removing SS is sedimentation.
Removal efficiencies in primary clarifiers usually are
approximately 30 percent for BODs and 60 percent for SS [3,
20, 25].  The types of solids removed in primary clarifiers
are somewhat comparable to those in combined sewer overflows.
Both are represented by discrete, nonflocculating particle
settling.  Removal efficiencies for BODs and SS at combined
sewer overflow storage/sedimentation facilities have been
reported to approximate those for primary clarifiers.

-------
Although  sedimentation may be  the  preferred method  for re-
moving  SS  from combined sewer  overflows, it is not  always
the most  economical.  The primary  limitations are the  large
size of sedimentation facilities,  the long detention times,
and the low  removal efficiency for colloidal matter [7].

Two solutions  to these limitations are:  (1) combining
the sedimentation process with storage facilities,  which is
usually done simply by the nature  of the storage configura-
tion, and  (2)  using tube settlers  or separators to  reduce
the detention  time and improve SS  removals.  Several
storage/sedimentation facilities have been constructed and
operated with  apparent success (see Table 35).  Relatively
little  operational information is  available, however.
Further data will be available as  some of the ongoing  proj-
ects are completed.
     Table  35.   SUMMARY DATA ON  SEDIMENTATION BASINS
              COMBINED WITH STORAGE  FACILITIES
Location of facility
Cottage Farm Detention
and Chlorination Facility,
Cambridge, Mass.
Chippewa Falls, Wis.
Columbus , Ohio
Whittier Street
Alum Creek

Humboldt Ave . ,
Milwaukee, Wis.
Spring Creek Jamaica
Bay, New York, N.Y.
Mount Clemens, Mich.


Lancaster, Pa.

Weiss Street,
Saginaw, Mich.
Size
mil
gal
1.3
2.8

4.0
0.9

4.0
10.0
b.
5.8


1.2

3.6

, Removal efficiency
Type of
storage facility SS BODj, *
a. In operation
Covered concrete 45 Erratic
tanks
Asphalt paved 18-70 22-74
storage basin

Open concrete 15-45 15-35
tanks
Covered concrete NA NA
tank
Covered concrete NA NA
tanks
Covered concrete NA NA
tanks
In planning or construction phase
Concrete tanks


Concrete silo

Concrete tanks

Type of solids
removal equipment
Manual washdown
Solids removal by
street cleaners

Mechanical wash-
down
Mechanical wash-
down
Resuspension of
solids by mixers
Traveling bridge
hydraulic mixers
Resuspension of
solids and mechan-
ical washdown by
eductors
Air agitation and
pumping
Mechanical and
manual washdown
    a. All facilities store solids during storm event and clean sedimentation basin when flows to
      the interceptor can handle the solid water and solids.
    b. NA := not available.

    Note:  mil gal. x 3,785.0 = cu m
                             216

-------
Typical Combined Sewer Overflow Sedimentation Facilities

The description of the individual sedimentation facilities
is presented here except for combination storage/clarifiers
previously discussed in Section IX, Storage.

Columbus, Ohio — This was perhaps the first application of
combined sewage holding tanks built in the United States.
The Whittier Street Storm Standby Tanks were built in 1932.
The three tanks, as originally constructed, had no sludge
collection equipment.  The floors were sloped to aid drain-
age and the washdown of collected solids following the storm
In 1966, the tanks were modified and mechanical sludge col-
lection equipment installed.  Floor elevations of the storm
standby tanks are such that they are above the flow level in
the interceptor at 2 times dry-weather flow.  To fill the
tanks, a downstream regulating gate is throttled automati-
cally to allow only 2 times dry-weather flow to pass on to
the treatment plant.  The excess flow backs up, flowing into
the storm standby tanks.  The tanks are filled sequentially
to reduce cleanup time when all three tanks are not needed
to contain the storm flow.  Overflow occurs only after all
three tanks are filled.  The Whittier Street facility has a
capacity of 11,040 I/sec (252 mgd), with a detention period
of 24 minutes [19].  The total tank volume is 15.9 Ml
(4.2 mil gal.) .

Dallas, Texas — The Bachman Stormwater Plant has three
settling tanks with a combined capacity of 1,225 I/sec (28
mgd).  This plant was designed to test the effects of three
slightly different processes on heavily infiltrated munici-
pal sewage.  The three processes are (1) flocculation fol-
lowed by sedimentation and additional clarification using
tube settlers, (2) flocculation followed by sedimentation,
and (3) sedimentation only.  Waste lime sludge from a nearby
water treatment plant and polymer are used as flocculants.
All three tanks are rectangular with circular sludge col-
lectors only in the first half of each tank.  Operational
tests are being run presently and no performance data are
yet available.

Mount Clemens, Michigan — Planning is currently underway for
a sedimentation/storage facility to work in conjunction with
the biological treatment system described in Section XI,
Biological Treatment.  The Mount Clemens storage facilities
are divided into two basic parts.  The first is a combina-
tion storage/clarifier portion consisting of three rectangu-
lar tanks in series with a total storage capacity of 21,950
cu m (5.8 mil gal.).  The tanks are separated by weirs which
allow each tank to be filled sequentially.  The bottoms of
the tanks are sloped toward a channel running the length of
                            217

-------
each tank.  Settled solids are resuspended by using sub-
merged eductors along the walls of the tanks.  Each eductor
is directed to the center channel and is activated after the
tanks have been partially drained.

Saginaw, Michigan - The Weiss Street facility, a storage/
clarifier combination with a 13,620 cu m (3.6 mil gal.)
storage capacity, is currently under construction.  The first
of three tanks is designed to capture the grit and most of
the heavier suspended matter.  It operates in series with the
remaining two tanks which operate in parallel.  The tank
bottoms are sloped and troughed to aid in the removal of the
settled solids.  The tanks are washed down under manual con-
trol after each storm using spray nozzles mounted along walk-
ways next to the tanks.  The first tank also has a clamshell
bucket to remove grit.  The last two tanks have horizontal
screens placed below the water level just in front of the
overflow weirs.  A baffle is used to ensure water flows up-
ward through the screens before overflowing the weir.

Operation

It is interesting to note that in all the storage/
sedimentation projects, settled sludge is stored until
after the storm event.  At this time, the contents in the
tanks, including the solids, are slowly drained back to the
interceptor.  The notable exception to this procedure is at
Chippewa Falls, Wisconsin, where solids are removed from the
basin after dewatering using a front end loader or an ordi-
nary street sweeper for disposal at a sanitary landfill.

Several different methods for resuspending or removing the
settled solids are used at the various other storage/
sedimentation facilities.  At the Humboldt Avenue facility
in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, mechanical mixers are used to re-
suspend the settled solids.   Traveling bridges with hy-
draulic nozzles are used at the Spring Creek plant in New
York City.   At the Cottage Farm facility, a fixed water
spray in conjunction with a sloped and troughed floor is
used to flush the solids out of the basins.

The use of tube settlers and separators has  been limited
mainly to water treatment facilities and some secondary
clarifiers  at municipal sewage treatment plants.   Their use
in the storm overflow facilities is found presently only at
the Bachman Stormwater Plant in Dallas.   To  date, the oper-
ating data for this plant are insufficient for reaching any
conclusions regarding the effectiveness of tube settlers
for storm overflows [5, 4].
                            218

-------
The advantages of sedimentation are  that (1) the process is
familiar  to the design  engineers and operators;  (2)  the
facilities  can be made  to operate automatically;  (3)  sludge
collection  equipment  can be added to storage facilities with
a very minimal incremental cost; (4)  the process provides
for storage of at least part of the  overflow; and  (5)  disin-
fection can be effected concurrently with sedimentation in
the same  tank.  The disadvantages are that  (1) the  land
requirement is high;  (2)  the cost when the process  is  used
alone is  high; (3) only primary treatment is afforded  the
storm overflow; and (4) some manual  cleaning of most basins
is necessary after each storm event.   It is recommended that
the primary use of sedimentation continue to be  in  conjunc-
tion with storage facilities.

Costs

The actual  costs of sedimentation facilities are difficult
to assess,  particularly when they are combined with storage
facilities.  The cost of sedimentation in the latter  case is
presented as the total  cost, since a sedimentation  basin
alone would cost approximately the same amount.  The  cost
data available for various storage/sedimentation facilities
are presented in Table  36.
  Table  36.   COST OF  STORMWATER SEDIMENTATION FACILITIESa
, Capital cost,
Location of facility mgd $/mgd $/acre
Annual
operation and
lintenance cost,
$/mgd
         Cambridge, Mass.

           Cottage Farm Storm-
           water Treatment
           Station          62.4  100,000    --      1,240

         Columbus, Ohio

           Whittier Street     192    32,000

           Alum Creek        43    43,000

         Milwaukee, Wis.

           Humboldt Avenue     192    10,500  3,560      260

         New York, N. Y.

           Spring Creek-
           Jamaica Bay       480    44,000  6,530
         a.  ENR = 2000.

         b.  Maximum capacity assuming 30-minute detention time.

         c.  Includes pump station and screening facilities.
         Note:  mgd x 43.808 - I/sec
                              219

-------
Other basic  cost  data  for  the  sedimentation  facilities  have
been presented previously  in Table  34  in  Section  IX,  Storage
The data  are  scattered and no  acceptable  curve  can be de-
rived from them.  To assist in evaluating the data,  four
estimates were made using  cost curves  from the  literature
 [18].  The resulting points form  the curve shown  on
Figure 41.   The curve  is intended to give only  an indication
of the relative magnitude  of construction costs for  sedi-
mentation facilities.

DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION

Introduction

Dissolved air flotation is a unit operation  used  to  separate
solid particles or liquid  droplets  from a liquid  phase.
Separation is brought  about by introducing fine air  bubbles
into the liquid phase.  As the bubbles attach to  the solid
particles or  liquid droplets,  the buoyant force of the  com-
bined particle and air bubble  is  great enough to  cause  the
particle to rise.  Once the particles have floated to the
surface, they are removed  by skimming.  The  principal reason
for using dissolved air flotation is because the  relative
difference between the specific gravity of the combined par-
ticle and air bubble and the effective specific gravity of
water is made significantly higher  and is  more controllable
than using plain  sedimentation.   Thus, according  to  Stokes'
Law, the velocity of the particle and air bubble  is  greater
than the particle itself because  of the greater difference
in specific gravities.  In engineering terms this means
higher overflow rates  and  shorter detention  times can be
used for dissolved air flotation  than for  conventional
settling.

This process has  a definite advantage over gravity sedimen-
tation when used  on combined sewer overflows in that parti-
cles with densities both higher and lower  than the liquid
can be removed in one  skimming operation.  Dissolved air
flotation also aids in the removal of oil  and grease which
are not as readily removed during sedimentation.

There are two basic processes  for forming  the air bubbles:
(1) dissolve air  into  the waste stream under pressure,then
release the pressure to allow  the air to  come out of solu-
tion, and (2) saturate the waste with air  at atmospheric
pressure,then apply a vacuum over the flotation tank to re-
duce the pressure allowing the bubbles to  form.   The first
process is used most commonly.   There are  three methods for
implementing the  first process.   The first method is the
full flow method where all the flow is pressurized and mixed
with air before entering the flotation tank.   The second is
                            220

-------


CO
oc
«c
_J
—1
ca
<=» 10
CO
1
NSTRyCTION COST, M
S
0.1
: LEGEND:

'•
Q STORAGE/CLARIFIER COST (SEE TABLE 36)
: x ESTIMATED COST [l B] I
•

-
; /}
•

m .
/*


/' '
\
El
-
-
                 10                100

                    DESIGN CAPACITY, MGD
NOTC:  BGD X 4J. 808-L/JEC
   Figure  41.  Construction  cost versus
    design capacity  for sedimentation
1000
                     221

-------
 split flow flotation where part of the incoming flow is
 pressurized and mixed with air before being recombined with
 the remaining flow and entering the flotation tank.   And
 the last  is the recycle system in which a portion of the
 effluent  is pressurized before being returned and mixed with
 the incoming flow.   The last  two methods are used for the
 larger size units  since they  require only a portion  of
 the total  flow to  be pressurized.   In combined sewer over-
 flow treatment studies the split flow method has  been used
 because the flotation tank only needs to be designed for the
 actual flow arriving at the plant  and need not include any
 recycled  flow.   However,  subsequent laboratory studies have
 indicated  better removals  may be achieved by using the re-
 cycle type of dissolved air flotation [39].

 Typical facilities  consist of saturation tanks to dissolve
 air into  a portion  of the  flow,  a  small mixing chamber to
 recombine  the flow  that has been pressurized with that which
 has not,  and flotation tanks  or  cells.   In most flotation
 cells,  two sets  of  flight  scrapers,  top and bottom,  are used.
 These remove the accumulated  float  and settled sludge.   At
 two major  combined  sewer overflow  study sites,  however, the
 bottom scrapers  were  not used.   Instead,  50-mesh  rotating
 fine screens ahead  of the  dissolved air flotation units re-
 moved the  coarser material in the waste flows,  thus  elimi-
 nating  the majority of settleable material.   A schematic of
 the dissolved air flotation facilities  at  Racine,  Wisconsin,
 is  shown on Figure  42.  Photographs  of a  typical  dissolved
 air flotation facility are shown on  Figure  43.

 Design  Criteria

 The  principal parameters that  affect  removal  efficiencies
 are  (1) overflow rate,  (2)  amount of  air  dissolved in  the
 flows,  and (3) chemical addition.   Chemical  addition has
 been  used  to  improve  removals, and  ferric  chloride has  been
 the  chemical  most commonly added.

 Any  one of several methods  may be used  to  size  a  dissolved
 air  flotation facility.  Values for design parameters used
 in  the  combined  sewer  overflow studies  are  listed  in
 Table 37.    The most commonly used design equation  is that
 recommended by the American Petroleum  Institute [1].

 When designing dissolved air  flotation, regardless of whether
 by  formulated equations found in the literature or by the
 design parameters listed previously in Table  37, certain
 items should be remembered.  First, the saturation tank
 should be   a packless chamber to prevent solids plugging or
buildup and second, excess amounts of air should be supplied
                            222

-------
                                                       REGULATOR
                                                          TRUNK
                                                          SEWER
                                                   SPLIT FLOW AIR
                                                   DISSOLVING
                                                   PRESSURIZATION
                                                   TANKS
             SLUDGE HOLDING
             TANKS (TYP)
                                                     INTERCEPTOR
                                                     SEWER
     Figure  42.   Schematic of  dissolved  air
flotation  facilities  at  Racine, Wisconsin   [8]
                          223

-------
                      (f)
Figure 43.   Dissolved  air flotation facilities  (Racine)
(a)   Overview of site during  construction  (b)  Overview of  flotation tanks after
light  roof addition  (c)   Fine drum screen pretreatment units   (d)  Air  saturation
(pressurization) tanks  (e)   End of float drawoff  (helical  cross conveyor)  (f)
Float  holding tanks (for  temporary storage before  feedback  to  interceptor)
                                   224

-------
     Table 37.    DISSOLVED  AIR  FLOTATION
                DESIGN PARAMETERS3
     Design parameter
             Range
Overflow rates,  gpd/sq ft

Horizontal velocity, fpm

Detention time

  Flotation cell, min

  Saturation tank, min

  Mixing chamber, min

Ratio of pressurized flow
to total flow, \

Air to pressurized flow
ratio, scfm/100  gal.

Pressure in saturation tank,
psi

Float

  Volume,  % of total flow

  Concentration  of float, \

Settleable sludge handling

  Without  pretreatment


  With pretreatment
          2,000-4,500

            1.3-3.7



             15-20

              1-3

              - 1


             20-30


              1.0


             50-60



           0.75-1.4

              1-2
Provide  for sludge removal
equipment  in flotation cells.

Pretreatment uses self-cleaning
50-meshfine  screens;
sludge removal equipment  not
required in flotation cells.
a.   Values  for split flow  dissolved air flotation.

Note:   gpd/sq ft x 1.698 x 10'3 = cu m/hr/sq m

       fpm  x 0.00508 = m/sec

       scfm/100 gal. x 0.00747 = cu m/min/100 liters

       psi  x 0.0703 = kg/sq cm
                           225

-------
and bled off since oxygen has a higher solubility than
nitrogen.  Finally, the pressure release valve and the
discharge line from the saturation tank should be designed
to induce good mixing with the remainder of the flow and
promote fine bubble formation [1].

Overflow Rate — The removals achieved by dissolved air flota
tion are governed by several factors.  The most critical
design parameter is the surface overflow rate which can be
easily translated into the rise rate of the particle and
air bubble.  To remove an air particle with a given rise
rate,the corresponding overflow rate must not be exceeded.
In rough terms, it has been reported that overflow rates
above 6.1 cu m/hr/sq m (3,600 gpd/sq ft) start to reduce
removal efficiencies.  Below this value the removals remain
relatively constant.

Dissolved Air Requirements — Also important in affecting
removals is the amount of air dissolved.  An insufficient
supply of dissolved air reduces the amount of air available
for each solid particle,and thus the difference between the
air-particle density and the density of water is not great
enough to meet the minimum rise rate.  Also, the better the
atomization or bubble coverage over the plan area of the
tank, the better the chance for collision between the
bubbles and the suspended particles.  The amount of air
supplied to a split flow flotation facility is dependent on
the percentage of flow saturated with air and the pressure.
In the studies using combined sewer overflows, the optimum
value for the percentage of flow pressurized averages around
20.  In one study with a full flow system, removals were
found to be directly related to the pressure used in the
saturation tank, see Figure 44 [17],  The optimum pressure
is 3.5 to 4.2 kg/sq cm (50 to 60 psi) which agrees with
other studies performed [40, 2].

Flotation Aids — Probably, the most controllable factor
affecting particle removals is the amount and type of chemi-
cals added.  In all studies, some kinds of chemicals were
added to improve removals.  In one case, small floating
beads were used in lieu of air to provide the flotation [12],
This proved to be unsuccessful.   The majority of chemicals
added, however, were polyelectrolytes and ferric chloride.
Ferric chloride has been reported to be the most successful
and has improved SS removals by more than 30 percent.  The
use of polyelectrolytes alone and in one case bentonite clay
with polyelectrolytes has not resulted in important in-
creases in removal efficiencies.  Lime and alum have also
been used.
                            226

-------
       70
       60
       50
       40



ifc*









/


X



x^



-*— —



         0     10     20    30     40     50

                    SATURATION TANK PRESSURE, PSI

         NOTE: PSI \ 0.0703- KI/SQ CM
60
      70
 Figure 44.  Relationship between suspended  solids  removal
            and saturation tank pressure  [17]
 In  the  studies  on treatment of combined sewer overflows, SS
 removals  of approximately 60 percent and BOD5 removals of
 about 40  percent  have  been reported.  The addition of 20 to
 30  mg/1 of  ferric chloride increased SS removals to approxi-
 mately  70 percent and  BODs to about 50 percent.  Phosphorus
 removals  increased from near zero to 70 percent.  The aver-
 age reported removals  from three studies are listed in
 Table 38  [40, 17, 12] .

 Demonstration Projects

 There have  been four studies using dissolved air flotation to
 treat combined sewer overflows.   These are at Milwaukee and
 Racine, Wisconsin (the  latter of which is just finishing
 construction in mid-1973),  Fort  Smith, Arkansas, and San
 Francisco,  California.   The Fort Smith and Milwaukee plants
were pilot  operations.

Milwaukee,  Wisconsin [40]  - The  220-1/sec (5-mgd)  pilot dem-
onstration  plant  was a  prefabricated steel unit set on the
ground surface under an elevated section of highway.  The
use of fine  screens (297  micron  openings)  ahead of the flota-
tion chamber to eliminate the  need for bottom scrapers
was initially tested at this  facility.   The screens removed
                            227

-------
         Table 38.  TYPICAL REMOVALS ACHIEVED  WITH
             SCREENING/DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION
                 Without chemicals          With chemicals
 Constituents  Effluent, mg/1  % Removal  Effluent, mg/1   % Removal
ss

vss
BOD
COD
Total N
Total P
81-106
o
47a
29-102
123a
4.2-16.8
1.3-8.8
56
Q
53a
41
41a
14
16
42

18
12
46
4.2
0.5
-48

-29
-20
-83
-15.9
-5.6
77

70
57
45
17
69
 a.  Only one  set of samples.
grit and most of the nonfloatable material  successfully.
The system used the split  flow method  for dissolving air
into the flow.  Approximately 20 percent of the  total flow
was pressurized to 2.8 to  3.5 kg/sq  cm (40  to  50 psi) in  a
packless saturation tank,then remixed  with  the remainder
of the flow for one minute  in a mixing chamber.   Flow then
entered the flotation cell  for flotation and removal of the
floating matter (float) by  scrapers.   The float  was col-
lected in a holding tank for discharge back to the dry-
weather interceptor.

Racine, Wisconsin — The Racine prototype facilities are
essentially the same design as the one in Milwaukee.  It,
however, is constructed partly underground  out of concrete.
There are two plants: one  615 I/sec  (14 mgd) and the other
1,925 I/sec (44 mgd) in size.  Flow  to each plant passes
through a 2.5 cm (1-inch)  bar screen before being lifted  to
the fine screens by screw  pumps.  Each plant is  built with
multiple flotation tanks to accommodate a high flow
variation.  A separate air  saturation  tank  and pump serves
each flotation tank.  Flow  into the  flotation  tanks is
controlled by weirs which  allow sequential  filling of only
as many tanks as are necessary to handle the flow.
                             228

-------
 Fort Smith, Arkansas [17] - The pilot-plant study at Fort
 Smith, Arkansas, used a dual flotation cell tank preceded by
 a circular vibrating screen and four hydrocyclones for gross
 SS removal.  Full flow pressurization was used with a pack-
 less saturation tank.  The flotation cells, with an effec-
 tive surface area of 22 sq m (240 sq ft), had both float
 scrapers and bottom sludge scrapers.

 The dissolved air flotation system,  with 12 minutes de-
 tention time, removed suspended solids from combined sewage
 as effectively as conventional  clarifiers with 4 hours deten-
 tion time.   During rain events  and without chemical aids,
 the system removed an average of 69  percent of the suspended
 solids passing a gyratory screen installed to remove gross
 particles.   Injection of alum and a  polyelectrolyte into the
 system increased the removal rate to an average of 84
 percent.   Alum alone was ineffective.   Without chemical  aids
 BODs reduction averaged 26 percent.   When chemical floccu-
 lating aids were injected, BODs reduction increased to an
 average of  42 percent.   The float collected contained 5  to
 7  percent  dried solids  of 70 percent volatility.

 San Francisco,  California - The facility at San Francisco
 is  a complete prototype  plant.   The  plant is  fully automated
 and contains  mechanically cleaned bar  screen,  chemical feed
 equipment,  pressurizing  pumps,  saturation tanks,  two  525-
 1/sec  (12-mgd)  dissolved air flotation tanks,  and chlorina-
 tion facilities.   It  can function on either the split  flow
 or  recycle  method  of  operation  and accepts  overflow from a
 combined sewer.   The  flotation  cells have both  float  scrapers
 and bottom  sludge  scrapers.   Wet-weather  operational  data to
 date have been  sparse.   However,  extensive  testing  has been
 performed using  raw  and  diluted raw  sewage  [16],

 A summary of  the performance  characteristics for  this  facil-
 ity is  shown  in  Table 39.   The  removal  of pollutants at
 any given level  of process  variables,  and with  air/solids
 ratio nonlimiting, was greatly  dependent  upon the  type and
 dosage  of chemicals.  Alum was  more  effective than polymer
 for  the chemical conversion  of  the influent solids  to  forms
 susceptible to separation by  dissolved  air  flotation.
 Increasing process efficiency was observed with increasing
 alum dosages  and with decreasing  liquid loading rates.  The
 character of  the float/sludge, which for  convenience was
 combined into a single waste  stream for analysis, was depend-
 ent  on  the type and amount of chemical used for pretreatment.
Average characteristics ranged  from 22 to 50 mg/1 for oil
 and  grease, 23 to 26 mg/1 for total nitrogen, 0.5 to 1.8
mg/1 for orthophosphate, and  98  to 584 mg/1 for total sus-
pended solids.
                            229

-------
     Table 39.   SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS,
     BAKER STREET DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION FACILITY [16]
                 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Effluent concentration,
mg/1
Constituent
BOD5
COD
Settleable solids
Oil and grease
Floatables
Total coliform
Fecal coliform
Total nitrogen
Orthophosphate
Color
Maximum
114.
205.
15.
26.
0.
2.4 x
2.4 x
20.
4.
22.
0
0
0
3
57
105
105*
1
45
0
Minimum
34.0
53.0
<0 . 1
3.3
<0.01
<30a
<30a
10.6
<0 . 07
2.0
Removal efficiency,
Maximum
70.
77.
93.
63.
100.
>99.
>99.
53.
99.
95.
5
0
5
2
0
99
99
0
0
0
Minimum
13
10
0
0
60
99
99
0
43
15
.5
.8
.0
.0
.0
.44
.44
.0
.4
.8
Average
46
44
47
29
95
99
99
18
80
57
.1
.4
.7
.1
.2
.92
.91
.4
.9
.3
  a.  MPN/100 ml
Advantages and Disadvantages

The advantages of dissolved air flotation are that  (1) moder
ately good SS and BODs removals can be achieved;  (2) the
separation rate can be controlled by adjusting the  amount of
air supplied; (3) it is ideally suited for the high amount
of SS found in combined sewer overflows; (4) capital cost is
moderate owing to high separation rates, high surface load-
ing rates, and short detention times; and (5) the system can
be automated.  Disadvantages of dissolved air flotation in-
clude:  (1) dissolved material is not removed without the
use of chemical additions;  (2) operating costs are  rela-
tively high compared to other physical processes;
(3) greater operator skill  is required; and  (4) provisions
must be made to prevent wind and rain from disturbing the
float.
                            230

-------
Costs

The cost of dissolved air  flotation facilities  scaled to a
1,095  I/sec (25 mgd)  capacity is  presented in Table  40.  The
wide spread between  the San Francisco data and  the remaining
two locations  is attributed to the architectural treatment
given  to San Francisco's facilities.   In  all cases extra
cost items such as cofferdams, special foundations,  etc.,
were not included but pretreatment devices were.  The avail-
able data were  plotted to  further  compare the costs  and to
help develop a  cost  equation (see  Figure  45).   The developed
equation,  limited to  facilities ranging from 219 to  43,810
I/sec  (5 nigd to 1,000 mgd)  is:
                      Ca  =  53,000  (Qa)
                                         0.84
where Ca  is  the  capital  cost  of the  facility and  Qa is  the
plant capacity in  mgd.   The curve defined by this equation
is  shown  on  Figure 45 as well  as a similar  curve  developed
for  sedimentation  facilities.   A comparison between the  two
cost  curves  shows  dissolved air flotation costs at about
     Table  40.   DISSOLVED  AIR FLOTATION COST  FOR 25  MGD1
                          Milwaukee, Wisconsin

                Fort Smith,           Concrete   Racine,  San Francisco,
                 Arkansas   Steel tank    tank    Wisconsin   California
                (Estimated   (Actual   (Estimated  (Actual     (Actual
                 cost)       cost)     cost)     cost)     bid cost)
Plant location
Average
 cost
 Construction cost
 including pre-   .
 treatment devices   $480,000

 Operation and
 maintenance

  Total cost,
  t/1,000 gal.       10.83

  Chemical cost
  alone, 
-------
    100
CO
a
C-3
     10
    0.1
           LEGEND:
           0 SAN  FRANCISCO DATA  [ 15]
           0 MILWAUKEE DATA [4«]
           A FORT SMITH DATA [17]
           *  DERIVED COST EQUATION
           x  COST CURVE FOR SEDIMENTATION
                         10                 100
                           DESIGN CAPACITY,  MGD
'iooo
       NOTE; MBD x 43.808- I/SEC
          Figure  45.   Construction  cost  versus
design capacity for  dissolved  air  flotation,  ENR  2000
                              232

-------
 one-half those for sedimentation with both yielding approxi-
 mately  60 to 70 percent SS removal.  The operation and main-
 tenance costs  are not so well defined.  The average operation
 and maintenance cost value reported was $0.017/1,000 1
 ($0.066/1,000  gal.).

 SCREENS

 Introduction

 Screens  of  almost all sizes  are effective in removing sus-
 pended  material.   The range  in sizes is from 3-inch clear
 openings  (bar  screens)  to openings  as small as 15 microns
 (stainless  steel  woven  microscreens).  To facilitate the
 following discussion,  screens have  been divided into four
 classifications,  as  shown in Table  41:   (1) bar screens
 (2) coarse  screens,  (3)  fine screens, and (4)  microscreens.

Bar Screens  and Coarse  Screens  - No special studies have
been made to evaluate these  two types of screens  in relation
to combined  sewer  overflows.   The bases  for design should be
            Table 41.  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SCREENS
                                         Opening
            Classification
                            Mesh
                                     Inches
                                             Microns
Bar screens
(> 1 in.)

Coarse screens
(1 to 3/16 in.)



Fine screens
(3/16 to 1/250 in.)











Microscreens
(< 1/250 in.)







3
4
6
8
9
10
14
20
28
35
48
60
80
100
150
230
400

3.0
2.0
1.050
0.742
0.542
0.371
0.263
0.185
0.131
0.093
0.07«
0.065
0.046
0.0328
0.0232
0.0164
0.0116
0.0097
0.0075
0.0058
0.0041
0.0026
0.0015
0.0009


--




--

	

1,651
1,168
833
589
417
295
246
180
147
104
65
38
23
          Note: in. x 2.54 = cm
                            233

-------
the same as for their use in dry-weather treatment
facilities.  The reader is referred to the literature for
the necessary details [25].  Except for bar screens, their
use for combined sewer overflows may be limited.  Coarse
screens are used as a pretreatment and protection device at
the Cottage Farm Detention and Chlorination Facility in
Boston.  Bar screens are recommended for almost all storage
and treatment facilities and pump stations for protection of
downstream equipment.  Typical screenings from a 1-inch bar
screen are shown on Figure 46.

Fine Screens and Microscreens — Fine screens and micro-
screens are discussed together because in most cases they
operate in a similar manner.  The types of units found in
these classifications are rotating fine screens, hereinafter
referred to as drum screens; microscreens, commonly called
microstrainers; rotary fine screens; and hydraulic sieves
(static screens); vibrating screens; and gyratory screens.
To date, vibrating screens and gyratory screens have not
been used in prototype combined sewer overflow treatment
facilities.

Description of Screening Devices

Microstrainers and Drum Screens — The microstrainer and drum
screen are essentially the same device but with different
screen aperture sizes.  A schematic of a typical unit is
shown on Figure 47.  They are a mechanical filter using a
variable, low-speed (up to 4 to 7 rpm), continuously back-
washed, drum rotating about a horizontal axis and operating
under gravity conditions.  The filter usually is a tightly
woven wire mesh fabric (called screen) fitted on the drum
periphery in paneled sections.  The drum is placed in a tank,
and wastewater enters one end of the drum and flows outward
through the rotating screen.  Seals at the ends of the drum
prevent water from escaping around the ends of the drum into
the tank.  As the drum rotates, filtered solids, trapped on
the screen, are lifted above the water surface inside the
drum.  At the top of the drum, the solids are backwashed off
the screen by high-pressure spray jets, collected in a trough,
and removed from the inside of the drum.  In most cases,
both the rotational speed of the drum and the backwash rate
are adjustable.  Backwash water is usually strained effluent.
The newer microstrainers use an ultraviolet light irradia-
tion source alongside the backwash jets to prevent growth of
organisms on the screens [36].  The drum is submerged from
approximately two-thirds to three-quarters of its diameter.

As noted previously, the usual flow pattern is radially out-
ward through the screen lining the drum; however, one drum
screen application used a reverse flow pattern  [41].
                            234

-------
                                                (c)

Figure 46.    Screenings  from mechanically cleaned  bar  racks
(a)  View of  screeninas  from 1.9  cm  (3/4-in.)  clear opening rack and  sluice trough for
(a)  View of  screenings  from
return to interceptor (Boston)
c  ear opening trough rack  (b)

      cieek
 cm (3/4-in.)  clear opening  rack and
These  screens  are preceded by coarse
Screenings from  2.5 cm (1-in.) clear
                                                               10.1 cm
                                                               open! ng
(4-ln.)
rack  at
ngs at
                                     235

-------
                                    BACKWASH
                                    HOOD
               Figure 47.  Schematic  of  a
              microstrainer or  drum screen
The drum was completely submerged within an influent tank,
and flow passed inward through the circumference of the
drum.  Submerged backwash jets were placed inside the drum.

Screen openings for microstrainers range from 15 to 65
microns and for drum screens, from 100 to 600 microns.  The
various sizes of screen openings that have been tested on
combined sewer overflows, and other data, are listed in
Table 42.

Microstrainers and drum screens can be used in many differ-
ent treatment schemes.  Their versatility comes from the
fact that the removal efficiency is adjustable by changing
the aperture size of the screen placed on the unit.  The
primary use of microstrainers would be in lieu of a sedimen
tation basin to remove suspended matter.  They can also be
used in conjunction with chemical treatment, such as ozone
or chlorine for chemically disinfecting/oxidizing both
organic and nonorganic oxidizable matter or microorganisms
                            236

-------
    Table 42.  MICROSTRAINER AND DRUM SCREEN  INSTALLATIONS
                 IN  THE UNITED STATES THAT TREAT
                    COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOWS
Location Type of device
Philadelphia, Pa. Microstrainer
[26, 27]
Mt. Clemens, Mich.b Microstrainer
[33, 32]
Milwaukee, Wis.a Drum screen
[40]
Cleveland, Ohio3 Drum screen
[22]
Size
Diameter, Length,
ft ft
5 3
6 6
7-1/2 6
4 1
Screen
opening,
microns
23, 35
21
297
420
Flow ,
mgd Use of strainer
0.43 Main treatment
1 Filters oxidation
pond effluent
5 Pretreatment to
dissolved air
flotation
^1.3 Pretreatment to
dual-media
filtration
East Providence,    Drum screen
R.I.c [41]
40 sq in.d
150, 190,   0.0086 Main treatment
 230
a. Pilot.

b. Prototype.
c. Bench scale.
d. Screening area.

Note: ft x 0.305 = m
    mgd x 43.808 = I/sec
    sq in. x 6.452 = sq cm
 by  removing excess solids prior  to the disinfection/
 oxidation step [26, 40, 27].   They have also been used as
 polishers for treatment plant  effluent.  The drum screens
 are  used as pretreatment devices  prior to other treatment
 units.   Two such examples are:   (1)  pretreatment for dis-
 solved  air flotation, removing coarser solids to reduce the
 amount  of SS settling out in the  dissolved air flotation
 units  [40]; and (2) pretreatment  for dual-media filtration
 or  other filtration processes  [22] .

 Many microstrainer and drum screen installations are in
 operation.   Although not all of these installations treat
 combined sewer overflows, results  of studies indicate that
 the  development of the microstrainer and drum screens is
 fairly  complete,  and major problems  with the units most
 likely  have been  solved.

 Efficiency  - The  removal efficiencies are affected by two
 mechanisms:   (1)  straining by the  screen and (2) filtering
 of smaller  particles by the mat deposited by the initial
 straining [37,  13].  The governing mechanism is the
                              237

-------
size of the screen openings because this determines the
initial size of particles removed.  The efficiencies of  a
microstrainer and drum screens treating a waste with a nor-
mal distribution of particle sizes will increase as the  size
of screen opening decreases.  Suspended solids removals  re-
ported in various studies within the United States bear  this
out, as shown on Figure 48  [41, 26, 40, 22, 35, 27, 23].   In
reality, however, removals  are based on the relative sizes
between the screen opening  and the particle size.  A drum
screen with a large screen  opening can achieve high removals
if the majority of the solids in the waste flows are larger
than the screen opening.  It appears important not to pump
ahead of microstrainers because this tends to break up frag-
ile particles and thereby reduce removal efficiencies.   The
use of positive displacement pumps or spiral pumps may be
permissible.

The second most important condition affecting removal effi-
ciencies, especially for microstrainers, is the thickness  of
filtered material on the screen.  Whenever the thickness of
this filter mat is increased, the suspended matter removal
            160
             80
             40
             20
              -o
               8
                    100     200    300     400

                       SCREEN OPENING, MICRONS
500
       Figure  48.   SS removal  versus screen opening
                             238

-------
 will  also increase because  of the  decrease  in effective  pore
 size  and the  filtering action of the  filtered mat  [23,  26,
 27,  13].   This  condition was  first observed when the  influ-
 ent waters had  a high concentration of suspended matter  [27].
 To create a thicker filter  mat on  the screens, low drum
 speeds  are used so that the SS loading on the screen  is
 increased [26,  27, 23].

 In recent studies using microstrainers,  automatic  drum speed
 controls  that are proportional to  the headless across the
 screen  have been used [26,  27].  More sophisticated controls
 are not usually warranted on  combined sewer overflow
 facilities.  The high headloss is  related to a thicker mat
 and increased removal efficiencies.   Backwash control also
 is used sometimes [40] .   Backwash  is  turned off during times
 of low  solids loading and activated when the loadings in-
 crease  the headloss.   High  head  differentials may  create
 problems,  however,  by producing  shear forces great enough to
 break apart the fragile  particles  and flocculant material,
 resulting  in lower removal  efficiencies  by  allowing the par-
 ticles  to  pass  through  the  screen  [13,  6].   Also,  the micro-
 screens and fine screens  must  be designed to withstand these
 increased  head  differentials  [30].

 Microstrainers  and fine  screens  remove  from 25 to  90 percent
 of the  SS  and from 10  to  70 percent of  the  BOD5, depending
 on the  size of  screens used and  the type  of wastewater being
 treated.   Microstrainers  generally  achieve  approximately 70
 and 60  percent  SS  and BODs  removals,  respectively.  Fine
 screens generally  remove  about 38  and 16  percent SS and BODs,
 respectively.   Most data  reported  in  various  studies con-
 ducted  throughout  the United States indicate  a broad range
 of removal  rates.  Additional  studies on  combined  sewer over-
 flow strainers  are warranted before removal  efficiencies can
 be predicted with  any degree of  accuracy, particularly with
 respect to  organic pollutants  [26,  27].

 Filter  aids — Although coagulants have not  been studied ex-
 tensively  in conjunction with microstrainers,  it has been
 reported that ferric chloride  can  improve removal
 efficiencies [31].  In one study alum was used for phos-
 phorus removal  and to increase suspended matter removal by
 producing  a floe.  This test was unsuccessful because the
 alum floe was extremely small and very fragile, and as a
 result it washed through the microstrainer  [23].   In another
pilot-scale study presently underway,  the use of alum-ferric
 chloride appears to be proving unsuccessful.  However, by
using approximately 2 mg/1 of cationic polymer (Betz 1150
 and Atlasep 105C) the effluent quality is being improved
with respect to  SS concentrations with an increased flux rate
of 97.7  cu m/hr/sq m (40 gpm/sq ft).  These  results are
                            239

-------
preliminary and more work is needed to verify them at a
larger scale and at the Philadelphia pilot plant site.

Screen cleaning — Of the several conditions which affect the
operation of the microstrainer and drum screen, the most
notable is proper cleaning of the screen.  Spray jets,
located on the outside of the screen at the top of the drum,
are directed in a fan shape onto the screen.  It has been
found that the pressure of this backwash spray is more im-
portant than the quantity of the backwash [13, 6].  There
does not seem to be any relationship between the volume of
backwash water applied and the hydraulic loading of the
microstrainer or drum screen.  Thus, a constant backwash
rate can be applied regardless of the hydraulic loading [23],
Results of tests at Philadelphia have indicated no backwash-
ing problems.

Occasionally the microstrainer and, to a lesser degree, the
drum screen cannot be effectively cleaned by the backwash
jets.  This condition, called "blinding" of the screen, is
generally associated with oil, grease, and bacterial growths
[13, 41, 23, 6].  Oil and grease cannot be removed effec-
tively without using a detergent or other chemical, such as
sodium hypochlorite, in the backwash water [6],  Generally,
microstrainers and drum screens with the finer screen open-
ings (<147 microns) should not be used in situations where
excessive oil and grease concentrations are likely to be en-
countered from a particular drainage area.  Bacterial growths
also have caused blinding problems on microstrainers, although
they have not been a major problem with drum screens.  The use
of ultraviolet light is an effective means of control, as men-
tioned previously.   It is important, however, to use an
ultraviolet light source of the proper frequency designed to
minimize the amount of ozone created [29].  With proper con-
struction of the microstrainer it is possible to reduce the
chances of the creation of ozone [26].

Screen life — In a wet environment, ozone is relatively cor-
rosive to the stainless steel screens.  Since screens are
woven with very fine stainless steel wires,  the amount of
corrosion needed to break through a strand of the wire is
small [29].  In fact,  it has been reported that ozone in a
wet environment is more corrosive to the stainless steel
wires than chlorine in a wet environment [29].   Therefore,
it is important to reduce the concentration of ozone and/or
chlorine in and around the microstrainer.  Both chlorine and
ozone have been used upstream of the microstrainer, but
enough detention time  has been allowed so that concentra-
tions of these chemicals are relatively low.   It is better
                            240

-------
to use post-chlorination or ozonation rather than prechlori-
nation or ozonation to prevent corrosion and for better dis-
infection, too.  The screen life in an uncontrolled ozone
environment is 3 to 5 years assuming continuous use.

In properly designed units, stainless steel screens will
last 7 to 10 years.  A monel screen may last three times
this period.

Design parameters — The design parameters for the micro-
strainer and drum screens are generally limited to screen
opening  (aperture), flux rate (gpm/sq ft of submerged screen
area), headless across the screen, drum rotational speed,
volume and pressure of backwash water, and the type of auto-
matic controls available (Table 43).  Recommended values for
these parameters are outlined in Table 44.  For micro-
strainers the size of screen openings would normally be
either 23 or 35 microns.  For drum screens operating as pre-
treatment to the main type of treatment, the reported screen
openings range from 150 to 420 microns.

It has been found, however, that designing a microstrainer
installation cannot be done by a simple rating term, such as
flux rate, to determine the number of square feet required
[6].  Instead, the screen size, volume and type of waste, SS
concentration, and other factors must also be taken into
consideration.

Rotary Fine Screens — Rotary fine screens are somewhat simi-
lar to the microstrainer and drum screen in that tightly
woven wire mesh fabric fitted around a drum is used to
strain the waste.   However, the drum of the rotary fine
screen rotates about a vertical axis at high speeds--between
30 and 65 rpm.  The influent, introduced into the center of
the rotating drum, is directed along horizontal baffles that
distribute the flow evenly to the entire surface of the
screen.   Flow passing through the screen is discharged to
the receiving water or routed for further treatment.  The
concentrate (the retained solids, plus the portion of the
inflow that does not pass through the screen)  is returned to
the interceptor for further treatment.  A schematic of a
rotary fine screen is shown on Figure 49.   The reported
screen opening sizes ranged from 74 to 230 microns.  Back-
washing to remove the retained solids is done at discrete
intervals and is by high-pressure spray jets, approximately
3.52 kg/sq cm (50 psi), on both sides of the screen.  The
backwash water contains detergent or other cleansing chemi-
cals for improved cleaning.  Problems have been reported
with grease blinding the screens at the Portland, Oregon
pilot plant.  Screen life has been reported to be approxi-
mately 1,000 operating hours for combined sewer overflow
application.
                            241

-------
         Table  43.   DATA  SUMMARY ON  MICROSTRAINERS AND
                           DRUM SCREENS
Location
(1)
Philadelphia,
Pa.
Milwaukee, Wis.
Cleveland, Ohio
Lebanon, Ohio
Chicago, 111.
Letchworth,
England
Lebanon, Ohio
East Providence,
R.I.
Reference
number
(2)
[27]
[26]
[26]
[26]
[26]
[40]
[22]
[6]
[23]
[35]
[6]
[41]
[41]
[41]
Screen 	
opening, Total,
micron sq ft
(3) (4)
23 9.4
23 9.4
23 47.0
23 47.0
35 47.0
297 144.0
420 12.6
23 15.0
23 314.0
23 47.0
35 15.0
150 0.28
190 0.28
230 0.28
Screen area
Submerged, Submerged, Flux rate, Headloss,
sq ft * gpm/sq ft in.
(5) (6) (7) (8)
7.4 78 40 23
7.4 78 25 12a
28a 60° 9.1 4.7a
35a 74a 6.9 3.6a
35a 74a S.4 3.4a
72-90 51-64 40-50 12-14
max
NA NA 100 NA
9 60 ^7.0 6 max
NA NA 6.6 6 max
NA NA 3.1 NA
9 60 ^7.0 6 max
0.28 100f 18-25 NA
0.28 100f 18-25 NA
0.28 100f 18-25 NA
Backwash
Pressure,
psi
(9)
40
40
40
40
40
1*
NA
NA
20-55
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
* of
total flow
(10)
<0.5
NAb
NA
NA
NA
0.856
NA
5.3
3.0
NA
5.3
28
28f
28
Table 43 continued on page 243.
                               242

-------
                                   Table  43.     (Continued)
Drum
Location
(1)
Philadelphia,
Pa.







Milwaukee, Wis.



number rp»
(2)
[27]


[26]
[26]
[26]
[26]


[40]



(11)
7 max


4.Sa
2.2a
3.0a
1.5a


O.S-5



Type of
controls
(12)
Drum speed pro-
portional to
headloss
Same as above
Same as above
Same as above
Speed control
to keep constant
headloss
Drum and back-
wash activated
when headloss
16 in.


(13)
No


No
No
No
No


NA



SS
t
(14)
66


7Sa
80a
64a
44


27



BODS
t
(15)
43


Oc
NA
69C
40C


27




Type of
waste
(16)
Overflow


Overflow
Overflow
Overflow
Overflow


Overflow



Uc A rtf
s e ox
screen unit
(17)
Main treatment


Main treatment
Main treatment
Main treatment
Main treatment


Primary treatment
to dissolved air
flotation

 Cleveland, Ohio
 Lebanon,  Ohio
                   [22]
                    [6]
25


89
 8


61
                                                                                       Overflow
                                                                                                   Primary treatment
                                                                                                   to dual media filter
                                                                                       Activated    Effluent polisher
                                                                                       sludge
                                                                                       effluent
Chicago, 111.




Letchworth,
England

Lebanon, Ohio


East Providence,
R. I .







123]




[35]

[6]


[41]


[41]


[41]


^0.7 Idles, drum Some 71 74 Activated
speed increases sludge
when headloss effluent
exceeds set
value
NA NA NA 48 43 Activated
sludge
effluent
3.2 max None Some 73 81 Activated
sludge
effluent
16 NA Yes 54-56 12-21 Synthetic
sludge, raw
sludge
8 NA Yes 40-46 11-21 Synthetic
sludge, raw
sludge
8 NA Yes 33-47 11-13 Synthetic
sludge, raw
sludge
Effluent polisher




Effluent polisher

Effluent polisher


Main treatment


Main treatment


Main treatment


a.   From Ref. [14]  (Philadelphia).

b.   NA  » not available.

c.   Questionable number.

d.   Pressure on  screen, average.

e.   Backwash activated whenever headloss exceeded 6 in.  if continuous  3 percent of  total flow.

f.   This unit operates totally submerged with flow from  outside to inside opposite  of the normal microstrainer.

Note:   sq ft x 0.0929 » sq m
       gpra/sq ft x  0.679 - 1/sec/sq m
       in. x 2.54 » cm
       psi x 0.0703 « kg/sq cm
                                                     243

-------
      Table 44.   RECOMMENDED MICROSTRAINER DESIGN
  PARAMETERS FOR COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW TREATMENT
          Screen opening, microns

           Main treatment
           Pretreatment

          Screen material

          Drum speed,  rpm

           Maximum speed
           Operating  range

          Flux rate of submerged
          screen, gpm/sq ft

           Low rate
           High rate

          Headless, in.

          Submergence  of drum,  I

          Backwash

           Volume, %  of inflow
           Pressure,  psi

          Type of automatic
          controls
     23-35
    150-420

 Stainless steel
      5-7
      0-max speed
      5-10
     20-50

      6-24

     60-80
   <0.5-3
     40-50

Drum speed propor-
tional to headless
         Note:  gpm/sq ft x 0.679 = 1/sec/sq m
                psi x 0.0703 =  kg/sq cm
SCREEN
                                          BACKWASH NOZZLES
                                         NFLUENT FLOW
                                        AUTOMATIC VALVE
           -SCREENED  EFFLUENT
   Figure  49.   Rotary fine screen  schematic  [11]
                             244

-------
The rotary fine screen was first introduced in the United
States in the late 1960s under the trade name of SWECO
Centrifugal Wastewater Concentrator unit.  It was designed
initially as a primary treatment device for municipal sewage
and combined sewer overflows.  An EPA report on the rotary
fine screens, published in 1970, contains a description of
their development from the initial concept to what is used
today [38] .

Efficiency — The removal efficiencies of rotary fine screens
are affected by the independent variables similar to those
for the microstrainer.   The overall performance is a
function of screen opening size, rotational speed of the
screen, strength and durability of the screen material, and
backwash operation.  Removal efficiencies generally increase
as the size of opening decreases,as with the microstrainer;
on the other hand, efficiencies decrease as the volume of
feed applied to the screen increases, which is opposite to
what would be expected with a microstrainer [38] .  The de-
crease in efficiencies is probably caused by the higher
forces on the particles being removed by the rotary fine
screen.  The thickness of the filtered mat apparently is not
a factor here.  Although the removal efficiencies are not
significantly affected by the rotational speed of the screen,
the hydraulic efficiency increases as the rotational speed
increases, as the mesh of the collar screen becomes coarser,
and as the velocity of the feed approaching the screen
increases [38].  Thus,  the screen rotational speed should
be as high as possible without incurring other detrimental
effects.   This limiting speed is approximately 60 rpm for a
1.52-meter  (5 foot)  diameter drum or around 4.9 m/sec
(16 fps).  At higher rotational speeds the screen material
ruptures  because of overstressing.

Removal efficiencies ranged from 60 to 90 percent for set-
tleable solids, 30 to 32 percent for suspended solids, and
16 to 25  percent for COD [38, 11].

The initial hydraulic efficiency (i.e., the fraction of
influent water passing through the rotating screen) ranged
between 85 and 90 percent.  The hydraulic efficiency is
highest immediately following backwashing, then slowly de-
creases until the concentrate flow rate reaches a preset
value at which time backwash is initiated.  It was reported
that the average hydraulic efficiency of 85 percent at the
beginning of a screening run decreased to an average of 72
percent just prior to backwashing [11] .  Thus the screened
solids removed (averaging 55 percent of the settleable
solids, 27 percent of the SS, and 16 percent of the COD)
were concentrated into approximately 20 to 25 percent of
the total flow.
                            245

-------
Screen cleaning -  In the studies conducted on the rotary fine
screen  [38,  11], blinding  (clogging of the screen) has been a
problem.  Blinding has been attributed to oil, grease, and
industrial waste from a paint manufacturer.  This problem is
similar to that experienced during the development of micro-
strainers.   The latest study at Shore Acres, California,
solved this  problem by enforcing an industrial waste ordinance
prohibiting  discharge of oil wastes to the sewer system.

To improve backwashing, a  solution of hot water and liquid
solvent or detergent has been found necessary to obtain ef-
fective cleaning of the screens.  This may have been neces-
sary only because of the nature of the common waste encoun-
tered in both studies [38, 11].  Of the solvents tested,
acidic and alcoholic agents did not adequately clean the
screens.  Alkaline agents  were reported not effective by
Portland  [11], but Cornell, Rowland, Hayes $ Merryfield [38]
reported a caustic solution was the most efficient solvent.
Chloroform,  solvent parts  cleaner, soluble pine oil, ZIP,
Formula 409, and Vestal Eight offered limited effectiveness.
ZEP 9658 cleaned the screens effectively, but this cleaner
was not analyzed to determine its effect on effluent water
quality.  The removal of paint was done effectively only by
hand cleaning using ZEP 9658.

Screen life  — In the first study [38] , the average screen
life was approximately 4 hours.  In a study conducted a year
later [11] using a similar unit incorporating a new screen
design and a rotational speed of 65 rpm, the average screen
life was 34  hours.   Reducing the rotational speed to 55 rpm
increased the average screen life to 346 hours.   Results of
a subsequent study at Shore Acres, California, indicate that
screen life may exceed 1 year.  This extended life, however,
is most likely attributable to the much lower hydraulic
loading rate, 39.5 versus  123 I/sec (0.9 versus  2.8 mgd) or
30 versus 97 1/sec/sq m (44 versus 143 gpm/sq ft).  The
present predicted screen life is 1,000 hours.  Some screen
failures were attributed to punctures caused by  objects
present in the feed waters.

Design parameters — The design and operating parameters of
the rotary fine screen are presented in Table 45.   No mathe-
matical modeling of the rotary fine screen has been
performed.  Further tests of the rotary fine screen are
needed to determine more accurately the life of  the screens,
the removal efficiencies, and design parameters.

Two points should be remembered with respect to  rotary fine
screens:   (1) waste flows from the rotary fine screen range
from 10 to 20 percent of the total flow treated  and may
contain solvents that may be difficult to treat  downstream;
                            246

-------
       Table  45.   ROTARY FINE  SCREEN DESIGN PARAMETERS
          Screen opening, microns                   74-167

          Screen material                      Stainless steel
                                       (tensile bolting cloth)

          Peripheral speed of screen, fps            14.4-15.7

          Drum speed, rpm                         30-65

          Flux rate, gpm/sq ft                    100-122

          Velocity of feed water striking              9-12
          screen, fps

          Hydraulic efficiency, I of inflow            80-93

          Backwash

           Volume,  I of inflow                    0.02-2.5

           Pressure, psi                          50

           Temperature, deg C                      77

           Backwash solvents                     ZEP 9658

           Solvent  dilution in backwash water        800:1-10:1

          Treatment  cycle times                 4-1/2 min ON,
                                         1-2 min OFF for
                                         backwashing
         Note: fps x 0.305 = m/sec
              gpm/sq ft x 0.679 = 1/sec/sq m
              psi x 0.0703 = kg/sq cm
and  (2)  the rotary fine  screen  requires  a nearly  fixed rate
of flow.   Thus  a battery of many parallel units is  required
to treat  combined sewer  overflows.

Hydraulic Sieve — The  hydraulic sieve, ranging in screen
sizes  from 8  to 60 mesh, consists of a fixed flat screen  in-
clined at 25  to 35 degrees from the vertical and  a  header
box  that  directs the flow in a  flat sheet down the  width  of
the  screen.   The liquid  portion of the waste passes through
the  screen, and the strained solids are  allowed to  roll down
to the base of  the screen [21] .   The solids are collected  in
a relatively  dry form.   The wires making up the screen are
placed in the horizontal direction with  a spacing between
290  to 1,600  microns.

The  system was  designed  to remove relatively durable solids
larger than the screen opening.   To prevent clogging, the
solids collected require some form of transportation other
                               247

-------
 than  pumping  if  resuspension  in water  is  to  be  avoided.
 This  is  one of the  screening  methods currently  being  tested
 for combined  storm  overflows  at Fort Wayne,  Indiana  [28,  43]
 The installed units  are  to handle  767  I/sec  (17.5 mgd)
 using screens with  openings of 1,525 microns  (0.060 inch).

 Advantages and Disadvantages  - The  four basic screening de-
 vices have been  developed to  serve  one of two types of
 applications.  The microstrainer is designed as a main
 treatment device  that can remove most  of  the suspended con-
 taminants found  in  a combined sewer overflow.   The other
 three devices --drum  screens,  rotary fine  screens, and hy-
 draulic  sieves — are  basically pretreatment units designed
 to remove the coarser material found in waste flows.  The
 advantages and disadvantages  of each type  are listed  in
 Table 46.

 Description of Demonstration  Projects

 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania —  The use of a microstrainer to
 treat combined sewer overflows has been studied in
 Philadelphia  [26, 27].   The facility includes microstrain-
 ing and  disinfection.  The microstrainer was a  5-foot diam-
 eter  by  3-foot long unit using either  35- or 23-micron
 screen openings during the various tests  conducted.  The
 drum  was operated submerged at 2/3 of  its depth.  The com-
 plete  unit was equipped  to automatically  control drum speed
 proportional  to the headloss  across the screen, with con-
 tinuous  backwash, and with an ultraviolet irradiation source
 to prevent fouling of the screen by bacterial slimes.  The
 unit  starts automatically whenever sufficient overflow
 occurs.  Because of the physical configuration of the sewer,
 flow  was pumped to the microstrainer.   However, it is rec-
 ommended that pumping be avoided whenever possible since
 large  solids  that would be readily removed by microstraining
 are broken up by the pumping.   The study was conducted
 in three phases:   (1) operation of full screen area using
 the 35 micron screen, (2) operation at full screen area
 using  23 micron screen, and (3)  operation at 20 percent
 of the screen area using the  23 micron screen.  The latter
 was to test increased loading rates since the facility
 had a  limited pumping capacity.   The facilities operated
 approximately 40 times per year on combined sewer overflows.

Milwaukee and Racine, Wisconsin [40] — The use of fine
 screens to remove most of the  coarse solids at Milwaukee
 and Racine has been briefly described  previously under
 Dissolved Air Flotation.   One  unit was  used at Milwaukee
 and six are used at Racine.   They operate at a continuous
                            248

-------
       Table  46.    CHARACTERISTICS  OF VARIOUS TYPES
                               OF SCREENS
                     Microstrainer
                                        Drum
                                        screen
                             Rotary fine
                               screen
                              Hydraulic
                               sieve3
Principal use
Approximate  removal
efficiency,  \

  BOD

  SS

Land requirements ,
sq ft/mgd

Cost, $/mgd

Can be used  as a dry
weather flow polish-
ing device

Automatic operation
Able to treat highly
varying flows

Removes only par-
ticulate matter

Requires special
shutdown and
startup regimes

Screen life with
continuous use

Uses special  sol-
vents  in backwash
water

High solids concen-
trate  volume,  \  of
total  flow
Main treatment   Pretreatment  Pretreatment  Pretreatment to
                to other de-  to other  de-  other devices
                vices and     vices  and
                main treat-   main treat-
                ment          ment
50

70

- 15-20


12,000

Yes
Possible
with con-
trols

Yes
Yes


Yes



7-10 yr


No



0.5-1.0
15

40

15-20


4,800

No



Possible
with con-
trols

Yes


Yes


Some



10 yr


No



0.5-1.0
15

35

24-62


8,000

No
20


5,600

No
Possible     No controls
with con-     needed
trols

Some limita-  Yes
tion
Yes


Some



1,000 hr


Yes



10-20
                                          Yes
No
20 yr
No
                                           <  0.5
a.  Information on hydraulic sieves is limited.  Formal study on treatment of
    combined sewer overflows is just beginning.
b.  Based on a 25-mgd plant capacity.

Note:  sq ft/mgd x 2.12 = sq m/cu m/sec

       $/mgd x 0.38  = $/cu m/sec
                                      249

-------
 drum speed with backwashing activation whenever headless
 exceeds 6 inches.  Collected solids are discharged to the
 float holding tanks.  The screen size used in both cases
 was 297 microns.

 Cleveland, Ohio [221 - The Cleveland, Ohio, study on dual-
 media filtration also included a fine screen as a pretreat-
 ment unit to the filtration process.  The 420 micron screen
 was fitted over a 1.2 sq m (12.6 sq ft) drum unit.  Drum
 speed and backwash conditions were not reported.  More de-
 tails on the layout of the facilities are given in this
 section under Filtration.

 East Providence, Rhode Island [411  - This bench-scale study
 was conducted to test the applicability of using a drum
 screen and a diatomaceous earth filter in series to achieve
 significant  removals when operating on combined sewer
 overflow.   The study indicated good removals  by the screen-
 ing device in relation to other drum screens.   The screening
 unit,  however, was  of different configuration than other
 drum screens.   The  device used was  a small 259 sq  cm (40
 sq  in.)  unit consisting  of a  submerged rotating drum with
 the flow passing through the  screen from the  outside to  the
 inside.   Effluent was  drawn off from the interior  of the
 rotating drum.   The  backwash  system ran continuously using
 submerged  spray  jets  directed  at  the interior  of the  screen
 dislodging strained  solids and  allowing them  to pass  through
 ports  separating dirty water  from the  rest of  the  influent
 water.   Synthetic sewage  was used during the  study.   Screen
 apertures  tested were  150,  190, and 230  microns  in size.

 Portland,  Oregon [38.  Ill  - A rotary fine  screen unit was
 tested in  Portland, Oregon, on both dry-weather  flow  and
 combined sewer overflows.  The  facility  was constructed  on
 a 183 cm  (72-inch) diameter trunk sewer  serving  a  10,000-ha
 (25,000-acre)  area.  A portion of the  flow was  diverted  to
 a bypass line where it first flowed through a bar  screen
 before being lifted into  the demonstration project by two
 132  I/sec  (2,100 gpm) turbine pumps.  After passing through
 the  rotary fine  screen, both the  concentrated solids and
 the  effluent were returned to the Sullivan Gulch Pumping
 Station wet well.  In a typical installation on  a combined
 sewer overflow line, the  effluent from the screens would
pass to a receiving stream after  disinfection.  The concen-
 trated solids would be returned to  an interceptor sewer
The  screening unit used a 152 cm  (60-inch) diameter drum
with 74, 105, and 167 micron screens.  The units were oper-
ated at flow rates ranging from 43.2 to 126.2 I/sec (1 to
2.8 mgd).  The range and levels of variables tested is
listed in Table 47.
                            250

-------
     Table  47.  RANGE AND  LEVEL OF VARIABLES TESTED [38]
                                                 Level of best
           Variable            Range investigated        performance


    Screen material           Dacron cloth, market grade Tensile bolting cloth
                          Stainless steel fabric
                          Tensile bolting cloth

    Screen mesh                    105 to 230       165 (105 micron opening)
                          (167 to 74 micron opening)

    Screen rotational speed, rpm        30 to 60               60

    Influent flow rate, gpm            700 to 2,000           1,700

    Screen hydraulic loading,          50 to 143             122
    gpm/sq ft

    Velocity of feed water             3 to 12               11
    striking screen, ft/sec

    Type of operation          Intermittent to continuous 4-1/2  min ON, 1/2 min
                                              OFF for backwash

    Backwash ratio (gal. back-          0.2 to 25.6               0.235
    wash water/1,000 gal.
    applied waste)
    Note:  gpm x 0.0631 = I/sec
         gpm/sq ft x 0.679 = 1/sec/sq m
         ft/sec x 0.305 = m/sec
         gal. x 3.785 = 1
After several modifications  of the  screening units,  the
present configuration was  finalized.   In  the final  form the
reported performance  criteria were  [38]:

      Floatable solids removal                 100%

      Settleable solids removal                 98%

      Total  suspended  solids  removal            34%

      COD removal                                 27%

      Screened effluent as  %  of influent       92%

Fort  Wayne,  Indiana  [28] — Fort Wayne is  a  newly constructed
screening facility designed  to compare three types  of
screens:  (1)  fine screen,  (2) rotary fine  screen,  and
(3)  static  screens.   The three units  operate in parallel
with  first  and last units  each handling 767  I/sec  (17.5
mgd)  and the  rotary fine screen handling  1,752 I/sec
(40 mgd) for  a total  of 3,286 I/sec  (75 mgd).   The  fine
screen is a  3.7-meter by 3.7-meter  (12-foot  by 12-foot)
unit  with a  147-micron screen.  Some  headloss  controls are
provided.   The rotary fine screen portion of the project
                                251

-------
 has eight 152-cm (60-inch) diameter units operating in
 parallel.  They are to be operated sequentially to accommo-
 date flow variation.  The screen size is 105 microns.
 Twelve static screens using 1,525-micron (0.06-inch) clear
 opening screen represent the third portion of the facility.
 These are the manufacturer's standard units that have been
 used in industry to remove gross solids.  A description of
 a typical unit was  presented above.  The combined sewer over-
 flow facilities are located across the Maumee River from
 Fort Wayne's sewage treatment plant.   Flows entering the
 facilities are sewage treatment plant bypass and combined
 sewer overflows.  These flows are lifted to the screens by
 pumps after passing through a bar screen.   Chlorination and
 a contact tank are  provided.

 Costs

 Microstrainers and  Drum Screens - The costs reported for
 microstrainers vary considerably, as  shown  in Table 48.  The
 main reason is the  variation  in flux  rates  or loading coupled
 with the  type of  waste  treated (i.e., combined sewer over-
 flows versus  secondary  effluent)  [30].   With the exception
 of the  Philadelphia facility,  all of  the microstrainers are
 used to treat sewage effluent  at  appreciably lower  flux
 rates which necessarily increased the cost.   During the
 Philadelphia  study  it was  found possible to use  a flux  rate
 of 73.3 cu m/hr/sq  m (30  gpm/sq ft);  therefore,  the costs  at
 the  three  other locations  listed  in Table 48 have been  modi-
 fied to reflect this  increase  in  loading rate.   According  to
 the  figures presented in  Table  48,  the  average  capital  cost
 is approximately  $248/l/sec  ($11,000/mgd) for treating  com-
 bined sewer overflows.  The operation and maintenance costs
 have  not been  adjusted.   The approximate cost is $0.0013  to
 $0.0026/1,000  1 ($0.005 to $0.01/1,000  gal.)  for assuming  300
 hours of operation  per  year.  The  single capital cost cited
 for  a fine  screen is only  the equipment  cost  and does not
 include installation.   Operation  and  maintenance costs
 should  be  comparable to those for microstrainers.

 Rotary  Fine Screens - Cost data for rotary  fine  screens  for
 combined sewer overflows are based  on a  preliminary design
 estimate for a screening  facility  in  Seattle, Washington,
 and  actual construction costs at  Fort Wayne,  Indiana  [38,
 28].  The  two  costs were $700,000 and $250,000,  for plants
 of 1,095 I/sec (25 mgd) and 1,640 I/sec  (37.5 mgd) ,
 respectively.  The  differences  in cost are due,  in part, to
 the fact that  the Fort Wayne installation is  a demonstration
prototype project where three types of screens operating in
parallel are treating a total flow of 3,285  I/sec (75 mgd)
 in a single building.  The cost for the  rotary fine screen
                            252

-------
            Table 48.  COST OF MICROSTRAINERS AND
                FINE SCREENS FOR 25-MGD  PLANTSa
                         Loading                  Operation and
                         rate,           Modified   maintenance cost
                 Influent   gpm/   Capital   capital  	
                  source   sq ft    costb    costc  Annual  
-------
 FILTRATION

 Introduction

 In the physical treatment processes, filtration  is one step
 finer than screening.  Solids are usually removed by one or
 more of the following removal mechanisms:  straining, im-
 pingement, settling, and adhesion.  Filtration has not been
 used extensively in wastewater treatment, because of rapid
 clogging which is principally due to compressible solids
 being strained out at the surface and lodged within the
 pores of the filter media.  In stormwater runoff, however,
 a large fraction of the solids are discrete, noncompressible
 solids that are more readily filtered [30].

 Effluents from primary or secondary treatment plants and
 from physical-chemical treatment facilities contain com-
 pressible solids.

 The discussion on filters handling discrete, noncompressible
 solids is presented here.

 Design Criteria

 Two factors affecting removal efficiency are flux rate and
 the type of solids.  As one would expect, the removals are
 inversely proportional to the flux rate.  At high flux
 rates, solids are forced through the filters reducing solids
 removal efficiency.  Suspended solids removals were found
 to be better for inert solids (discrete, noncompressible
 solids) than for volatile solids (compressible solids).
 This is the same conclusion found for microstrainers.

 Loading Rates — The difference between filtering compres-
 sible and noncompressible solids is basically the flux rate
 used.  High-rate filters handling compressible solids are
 normally loaded at 12.2 to 24.5 cu m/hr/sq m (5 to 10 gpm/
 sq ft), whereas those handling noncompressible solids will
 filter at rates up to 73.4 cu m/hr/sq m (30 gpm/sq ft).

 Chemicals — Many polyelectrolytes and some coagulants have
been tested.   Some polyelectrolytes have been found which
 increase  removals of phosphorus and nitrogen.   It is
 cautioned,  however, that polyelectrolytes are noted for
 their unpredictability and the most effective polyelectro-
 lyte must be  determined for each wastewater.

Demonstration Projects

Studies have  been made to investigate possible filtration
techniques  for combined sewer overflows.  The different
                            254

-------
methods attempted  and general comments as  to their success
are  listed  in Table  49.   The most  successful was  dual-media
filtration  using anthracite coal over sand with  a fine
(420-micron)  screen  as a  pretreatment device.  The use  of
the  screen  reduced the solids loading on  the filter giving
longer runs.   In effect,  this was  equivalent to  a multi-
media filter.

Cleveland,  Ohio —  The successful combined  sewer  overflow
filtration  study conducted  at Cleveland,  Ohio, was the  first
to use a dual-media  filter  preceded by a  fine screen on non-
industrial  wastewaters [22].  The filters  had a 1.22-meter
(4-foot) layer of  anthracite coal  with an  effective size  of
4 mm over a 0.92-meter (3-foot) layer of  2-mm effective size
sand.   The  three filters  were constructed  using  15.2-cm
(6-inch) diameter  lucite  tubes.  The test  procedure was to
pump from an  outfall all  combined  sewer overflows that
occurred.   The flows were treated  by the  420-micron fine
          Table 49.   TYPES OF FILTRATION PROCESSES
          INVESTIGATED FOR COMBINED  SEWER OVERFLOWS
         Filter description
        Type of
Ref. No.  facility
Remarks
        Single-media filtration
        Mixed-media filtration

         With fine screen      [22]
         pretreatment

         Without pretreatment   [24]
        Coal filtration         [34]

        Fiber glass plug        [24]
        filtration
       Diatomaceous earth      [41]
       filtration

       Upflow filtration with   [24]
       garnet sand

       Ultrasonic filtration    [42]
       using fine screens that
       are ultrasonically
       cleaned
       Crazed resin filtration
                           [10]
                Easily clogged, acts
                like a strainer.
       Pilot plant  Successful study with
                50-904 removals.

       Bench model  Short runs, lower
                removals.

       Prototype   Good for coarse solids.

       Bench model  Partly successful, needs
                more work to verify the
                results.

       Bench model  Effective but costly.
      Bench model  Unsuccessful.
      Pilot plant  Unsuccessful.
      Pilot plant  Unsuccessful.
                                255

-------
 screen during the overflow event and stored in two 19-cu m
 (5,000-gal.)  tanks for the test filtration runs that
 followed.   Each tank had a mixer to keep solids in
 suspension.   Two pumps were then used to supply the filter
 with screened water.

 Removals for  this filter were 65 percent for SS,  40 percent
 for BODs,  and 60 percent for COD [22].   The addition of
 polyelectrolyte increased the SS removal to 94 percent, the
 BODs removal  to 65 percent, and the COD removal to 65 per-
 cent.   Inorganic coagulants, such as lime, alum,  and ferric
 chloride,  did not prove as successful as polymers.  Run
 times  averaged 6 hours at loading rates of 58.7 cu m/hr/sq m
 (24 gpm/sq ft).   Backwashing of the filters consisted of
 alternately  injecting air and water into the bottom of the
 filter columns.   Air volume was varied  from 38.4  to
 283  cu m/hr/sq m  (2.1  to  15.5  scfm/sq ft)  over  2.5  to  29
 minutes.   Backwash water  volume used  ranged  from  1.9  to
 8.6  percent of the total  combined sewer  overflow  filtered,
 with a median value  of  approximately  4 percent.   The  range
 of backwash water rate  used  was 75.8  to  220  cu  m/hr/sq m  (31
 to 90 gpm/sq ft)  over  4 to  25 minutes.

 A list of  the basic  design  data is  presented in Table  50.

 Others - Two other filtration processes,  fiber  glass  plug
 filtration [24]  and  coal  filtration  [34],  show  some promise,
 but  additional research is  necessary  to  perfect them.   Other
 methods,such as  crazed  resin filtration,  upflow filtration
 with garnet sand, and  filtration using ultrasonically
 cleaned  fine screens,have not been  successful and are not
 considered worthy of further effort at the present  time.

 Advantages and Disadvantages

 The  advantages of dual-media filtration  are  that  (1)  rela-
 tively good removals can be  achieved; (2) process  is versa-
 tile enough to be used  as an effluent polisher; (3) operation
 is easily automated; and  (4) small  land  area is necessary.
 Disadvantages are that  (1)  costs are high;  (2)  dissolved
 materials are not removed;  and  (3)  storage of backwash water
 is required.

 Costs

 Cost data were developed from a design estimate for 1.1, 2.2,
 4.4, and 8.8 cu m/sec  (25, 50, 100, and  200 mgd)  filtration
plants at a satellite location  [22],  The basic plant as en-
visioned for the cost estimate includes a low lift pump
                            256

-------
      Table 50.  DESIGN PARAMETERS FOR FILTRATION MIXED
                      MEDIA, HIGH RATE  [22]
              Filtering media                4 ft anthracite coal
                                        3 ft sand #612

              Effective size, mm

               Anthracite coal                     4

               Sand                            2

              Flux rate, gpm/sq ft

               Design                           24

               Range                            8.40

              Headless, ft                        5.30

              Backwash

               Volume, $  of inflow                  4

               Air (rate  and time),
               scfm/sq ft, min                     IQ, 10

               Water (rate and  time),
               gpm/sq ft, min                     50, 20

              Filtering aid

               Pol/electrolyte, type               Anionic

              Pretreatment                   420 micron ultrafine
                                        screen



              Note:  gpm x 0.679 = 1/sec/sq m

                  ft x  0.305  = m

                  scfm/sq  ft  x 0.305 = cu m/min/sq m
station, fine  screens, chlorination  facilities,  and dual-
media  filters  with the same  configuration as used at
Cleveland.  Filters would  be designed to operate at 58.6
cu m/hr/sq m  (24  gpm/sq  ft).  Effluent water would be used
for  backwashing.   Collected  solids from the screens and
filters would  be  returned  to the interceptor leading to the
sewage  treatment  plant.  The building housing  the facilities
would  be mostly above ground and would be designed to be
highly  automated,  capable  of coming  on-line automatically
with automatic backwash  capability.   Using this  as the basis
for  the cost estimate and  an assumed figure of 300 hours of
operation per  year to handle combined storm overflows, the
capital and operation and  maintenance cost would be as shown
on page 258.
                               257

-------
        Plant capacity               Operation and
                          Capital     maintenance
        cu m/sec   mgd    cost, $     cost, $/yr

          1.1       25   1,580,000       44,000

          2.2       50   2,390,000       55,000

          4.4      100   4,370,000       98,000

          8.8      200   7,430,000      129,000

The cost data are based on an ENR of 2000.

The operating costs are estimated to be $0.0382/1,000 1
($0.141/1,000 gal.) for 300 hours of operating per year.   Th©
high cost could easily be reduced, however, by designing  the
system to serve also as a dry-weather effluent polisher dur-
ing periods with no storm flows.

CONCENTRATION DEVICES

Concentration devices, such as the swirl regulator/
concentrator and helical or spiral flow devices, have intro-
duced an advanced form of sewer regulator--one capable of
controlling both quantity and quality.  These devices have
been previously described in Section VIII.  A prototype
swirl regulator has recently been constructed in Syracuse,
New York.  A second generation swirl concentrator has
been placed into operation as a treatment unit for municipal
sewage grit separation in Denver, Colorado.  Settleable
solids removals ranging from 65 to more than 90 percent,
corresponding to chamber retention times of approximately 5
to 15 seconds, have been predicted on the basis of hydraulic
model tests.  At the time of writing, no operational data
were available.  Indicated costs are approximately $285/cu m/
sec ($6,500/mgd).  A third generation swirl device has been
developed to take the place of conventional primary sedi-
mentation at 10 to 20 minute detention times.
                            258

-------
                         Section XI

                    BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT
 INTRODUCTION
 Contaminants  in sewage  and stormwater can be  removed by
 physical,  chemical,  and biological  means.   As noted previ-
 ously,  physical treatment  involves  the removal of contami-
 nants  through the  controlled  application  of physical forces,
 as  in  the  case of  gravity  settling  or centrifugation.
 Unfortunately, because  many of  the  contaminants  in sewage
 are  colloidal in size or dissolved,  they  cannot  be removed
 by physical means.   The removal  of  these  contaminants  is
 normally accomplished by chemical or  biological  means.

 In biological treatment, the  objective is  to  remove the
 nonsettleable colloidal solids  and  to stabilize  the dis-
 solved  organic matter.   This  is  normally  accomplished  by
 biologically  converting a  portion of  the  organic matter
 present in the sewage into cell  tissue, which subsequently
 can  be  removed readily  by  gravity settling.   The energy re-
 quired  for the synthesis of cell tissue is  obtained from the
 oxidation of  that portion  of  the organic matter  not used for
 the  synthesis  of cell tissue.  In general,  biological  treat-
 ment can be accomplished aerobically  (in the  presence  of
 oxygen) or anaerobically (in  the absence of oxygen).
 Typically, aerobic processes are used  for the  conversion of
 the  organic matter in sewage  to cell  tissue, and  anaerobic
 processes are  used for  the  conversion  of the  cell  tissue
 produced to stabilized  end-products.   In the  later  case, the
 cell tissue serves as the  food source  for the anaerobic
 bacteria.

 The kinetics  of biological  conversion  and growth are gov-
 erned by the  following  factors:   (1) the rate of substrate
 (food)  utilization,  (2)  the growth rate of  the organisms in
 the system, (3) the mass of organisms  in the system, (4) the
 length of the  contact time between the waste and the orga-
nisms,  (5)  types of organisms, and (6) environmental condi-
 tions,  such as temperature, pH,  nutrients, etc.
                            259

-------
Operationally and from a design standpoint, the aforemen-
tioned factors are taken into account by considering  (1) the
food-to-microorganism ratio,  (2) the sludge retention time,
and  (3) the hydraulic detention time.

The  food-to-microorganism ratio is defined as  the kilograms of
BOD5 (food) applied per unit  time  (often taken as the amount
consumed) per kilogram of organisms  in the system.  The  sludge
age  is defined by the kilograms of organisms wasted per  day.
The  hydraulic detention time  is defined as the value, given in
units of time, obtained by  dividing  the volume of the reaction
vessel by the flow rate.

Because the food-to-microorganism ratio and the sludge re-
tention times are interrelated [17] , both are  commonly used
in the design of biological systems.  From field observa-
tions and laboratory studies, it has been found that as  the
sludge age is increased and, correspondingly,  the food-to-
microorganism ratio decreased, the settling characteristics
of the organisms in the system are enhanced, and they can be
removed easily by gravity settling.  Typical values for  the
food-to-microorganism ratio and sludge age are given in
reference [17].

As previously noted, the length of time the biomass is in
contact with the waste BODs is measured by the hydraulic de-
tention time.   The minimum time to achieve a given removal
is dependent upon the food-to-microorganism ratio.  Low
ratios (i.e.,  a high number of bacteria per kilogram of  BODr)
allow faster utilization of a given amount of  BODs.  The
minimum time required may vary considerably, from 10 to  15
minutes in contact stabilization,  or less for  trickling
filters and rotating biological contactors, and up to 2  to
3 days for oxidation ponds.   At the shorter contact times,
the biomass only removes the dissolved matter  and possibly
some of the smaller colloidal matter [15].  At longer con-
tact times, suspended organic matter is utilized.

In any biological system, these factors control the process.
A mathematical model has been developed for the activated
sludge system [17, 14].   Models for trickling  filters,
rotating biological contactors, and treatment  lagoons have
not been formulated.  Empirical designs and design param-
eters are used instead.

APPLICATION TO COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW TREATMENT

Biological treatment of wastewater, used primarily for domes-
tic and industrial flows of organic nature, produces an
effluent of high quality and is generally the  least costly
                            260

-------
 of the process producing similar effluents.  For combined
 sewer overflows, however, it has one serious drawback:  the
 biomass used to assimilate the waste constituents found in
 waste flows must be either (1) kept alive during times of
 dry weather or (2)  allowed to develop for each storm event.
 Also, biological treatment processes are upset by erratic
 loading conditions.

 Two methods have been used to keep the biomass alive between
 storms at  combined  sewer overflow treatment facilities.   The
 first method is to  construct the wet-weather treatment facil
 ities next to a dry-weather plant and to use the excess
 biomass therefrom as  required.  Contact stabilization of
 combined sewer overflows at Kenosha, Wisconsin,  operates in
 this  manner.   The second method is to have  a treatment pro-
 cess  which can be used to treat wastewater  with  a high
 variation  in flow rate and strength.   During dry weather,  it
 would be used for domestic flows and combined sewer  over-
 flows during wet  weather.   Trickling filters and rotating
 biological contactors  (at least in EPA demonstration proj-
 ects)  are  in this category.   Storage of the  biomass  either
 in  a  tank  in suspension  or on a supporting  medium by supply-
 ing air and no substrate is  not an effective method  [24].

 The other  approach  is  to store the combined  sewer overflows
 for an  extended period of time and allow the biomass  to  grow
 large  enough  to treat  the  stored flows  successfully.
 Treatment  lagoons are  an example of  this  approach.

 The^more sophisticated schemes,  such  as  the  contact  stabili-
 zation  modification of activated sludge,  trickling filters,
 and rotating  biological  contactors, provide  good  treatment*
 of the  overflows, but  all  should  include  storage  or  equali-
 zation  ahead  of them to  prevent  hydraulic overloading with
 attendant  biomass washout  during wet weather.  This  adds to
 the cost.   Less sophisticated  methods,  such  as oxidation
 lagoons, aerated  lagoons,  and  facultative lagoons, require
 less attention, and the  lagoons  can act as storage units.
Although they may not need dry-weather  flow  to keep them in
 operation,   they do require more  land.

 Some other   important considerations in the biological treat-
ment of combined sewer overflows are:

     1.  Most biological treatment processes are familiar
         to designers and operators even though their appli-
         cation to combined sewer overflow treatment  is not.

     2.  Some of the treatment methods may require pretreat-
         ment and entail a continuous cost even during dry
         weather to  keep the biomass alive.
                            261

-------
     3.  Shakedown runs are necessary to keep the units and
         the usual large number of automatic controls in
         operating order.

CONTACT STABILIZATION

Description of the Process

Contact stabilization is considered in lieu of other acti-
vated sludge process modifications for treating combined
sewer overflows, because it requires less tank volume to
provide essentially the same effluent quality.  The over-
flow is mixed with returned activated sludge in an aerated
contact basin for approximately 20 minutes at the design
flow.  Following the contact period, the activated sludge
is settled in a clarifier.  The concentrated sludge then
flows to a stabilization basin where it is aerated for
several hours.  During this period, the organics from the
overflow are utilized in growth and respiration and, as
a result, become "stabilized."  The stabilized sludge is
then returned to the contact basin to be mixed with the in-
coming overflow.  A schematic of a contact stabilization
plant for treating combined sewer overflows is shown on
Figure 50.

Demonstration Project, Kenosha, Wisconsin

A project sponsored by the EPA to evaluate the use of con-
tact stabilization for treatment of combined sewer overflows
from a 486-ha (1,200-acre) tributary area is presently under-
way at Kenosha, Wisconsin [23, 19].  It is an example of how
contact stabilization can be used to treat combined sewer
overflows using the waste activated sludge from a dry-weather
activated sludge plant.  At the Kenosha municipal sewage
treatment plant, a 101-1/sec (23-mgd) facility, a new com-
bined sewer overflow treatment facility was constructed.
This facility consists of an aeration tank, a contacr sta-
bilization tank, and a new clarifier.  The design capacity
of the new facility is 88 I/sec (20 mgd).  The stabilization
tank, acting as the biosolids reservoir,  receives the waste
activated sludge from the main plant.  This sludge is held
for up to 7 days before final wasting.   Thus, stabilized
activated sludge is kept in reserve ready to treat combined
sewer overflows when they occur.  Photographs of the facil-
ity are shown on Figure 51.

Operation of the contact stabilization plant consists of
directing the combined sewer overflow to the contact tank
following comminution and grit removal, adding the reserve
activated sludge, and then conducting the waste flows to a
final clarifier for separation of the biosolids and other
                            262

-------
            COMNINUTORED  INTERCEPTOR FLOWS
                     	*
                     PUMP STATION
COMBINED SEWER EXCESS FLOWS

                 DESIGN Q - 20 MGD
                                                NORMAL FLOW TO
                                                DWF FACILITIES
                                                (23 MGD MAX)
                                  GRIT CHAMBER
                                  VELOCITY - 0.2 FPS
VOLUME - 33,000  CF
DETENTION TIME «
14 MIN @ DESIGN  IF
Q+25« RECYCLE
                                                     TO  SLUDGE THICKENER

                                                     FOR FINAL WASTING

                                                 SLUDGE  PUMPS TO TRANSFER
                                                 STABILIZED SLUDGE
                                                 TO  CONTACT TANK
         CONTACT
          TANK
                                            TANK
OVERFLOW  RATE -
1.280  GPD/SQ FT

DIAMETER-MO FT
                        WET
                       WEATHER
                       FINAL
                      CLARIFIER
TANK DIVIDED  INTO
TWO COMPARTMENTS
OF 49,000  CF  EACH
                                        SLUDGE
                                        RETURN
                                               SLUDGE WASTING
                                               LINE  FROM DWF PLANT
                EFFLUENT TO EXISTING
                DWF CHLORINATION  STATION
                THEN TO LAKE MICHIGAN
                                NOTE:
                                MGD x 43.8 - L/SEC
                                FPS x 0.305  - M/SEC
                                CF x 28.3 -  L
                                GPD/SQ FT x  0.183 —
                                FT x 0.305 - M
    CU  M/MIN/HA
      Figure  50.
        Contact  stabilization  plant  [23]
          Kenosha,  Wi sconsin
                                  263

-------
  (0
                          (e)


    Figure  51.  Combined  sewer  overflow  treatment

            by  contact stabilization  (Kenosha)

(a)  Contact tank  with diffused air  (b)   Sludge  stabilization tanks with floating
aerators  (c)  Floati.ng aerator anchoring  and counterweight details  (d)  Closeup
of  aerator  operation  (e)   Final  contact  tank (peripherally fed)  and effluent
                                264

-------
suspended matter from the final effluent.   The  solids  are
returned to the stabilization tank where  they are  aerated
before being pumped back to the contact chamber.   The  plant
has been constructed so that additional activated  sludge
may be obtained from the main plant,  if necessary.   During
dry weather, the final clarifier is used  for added clarifi-
cation, and consideration has been given  to using  the
stabilization compartment for aerobic digestion of the waste
sludge.

Efficiency - The BOD5 and SS removals achieved  during  1972
at Kenosha's combined sewer overflow treatment  facilities
were 83 and 92 percent, respectively.  The  overall  removals
are summarized in Table 51.

Removals under steady-state conditions are  directly related
to sludge retention time (sludge age), food-to-microorganism
         Table 51.  CONTACT STABILIZATION REMOVALS
                     DURING 1972 [23]
Weighted mean a
Parameter
Total solids
Total volatile solids
Suspended solids
Suspended volatile
solids
Total BOD5
Dissolved BOD5
Total organic carbon
Dissolved organic
carbon
Total Kjeldahl - N
Total P04 - P
In, mg/i
704
270
314
121
102
24.1
113
21.8
11.0
4.8
Out, mg/l
455
140
26.4
15.2
17.8
7.6
22.8
15.3 -
5.5
2.4
$ Removal
35
48
92
87
83
68
80
30
50
50
Geometric mean
Total coliform
Fecal coliform
In, no. /ml
34,786
2,308
Out, no. /ml |
2,883
374
Removal
91
83
          a. Data from 23 storm events.
                            265

-------
ratio, and detention times in the contact and stabilization
tanks [17, 24, 15, 14].  In the work at Kenosha, however, it
has not been possible to show any correlation between re-
movals and these items, although it has been shown that
operation based on an assumed uniform influent BODs is suf-
ficient for good BODs and SS removals (80 and 90 percent,
respectively).

Operating Parameters — With contact stabilization or any
other activated sludge process, operation is normally based
on the food-to-microorganism ratio or sludge retention time.
Because of this, difficulties may be encountered when using
an activated sludge process for treating a rapidly varying
and intermittent flow.  The sludge retention time is particu-
larly difficult to control because overflows may not last
long enough for the plant to stabilize and for proper
wasting procedures to be instituted.  Operating the plant on
stored overflows could reduce this problem  The food-to-
microorganism ratio, which is interrelated to the sludge age,
can be used to control the operation of the plant; however,
it too is difficult to control since the concentration of
both the incoming BODs and the biological solids in the sys-
tem must be known.  This is further complicated because the
BODs concentration in the combined sewer overflow may vary
significantly.  Based on the results at Kenosha, it has been
found that exact control is not necessary for good operation.

The operating parameters used for the contact stabilization
plant at Kenosha are shown in Table 52.  The values reported
are averages, and the range was generally within ±60 percent
of the value listed.  For comparison, the design parameters
for sewage treatment by contact stabilization found in the
literature are also presented.

For units such as that at Kenosha, sophisticated design may
not be warranted because the system is operated for such
short periods that the biosolids and the kinetics of the
system do not have a chance to adjust to the incoming flow
before the storm is over.  In this case, using the reported
design equations should be sufficient.  Abatement plans that
include a contact stabilization process for the treatment of
stored overflows for periods of time greater than 5 to
10 days may warrant more sophisticated design to achieve
higher removal efficiencies.  The use of the kinetic equa-
tions describing the metabolism of the bacteria, as formu-
lated by McCarty [14], Metcalf $ Eddy [17], and others, may
prove useful under such circumstances.

Results of Operational Tests — The work at Kenosha has not
been able to show any adverse condition that affects
removals.  Based on the results of 23 storms studied, the
                            266

-------
    Table 52.   CONTACT  STABILIZATION  OPERATING PARAMETERS
                                        Range of values
                                Kenosha,    reported in
              	Parameter	wis. [23]   the literature

              Sludge retention time,
              day                  4a        4_15

              Food-to-microorganism ratio,
              F/M, Ib BOD5/lb MLSS/day

                Contact tank and stabili-
                zation tank            o.21     0.15-0.6
                Contact tank alone        2.66

              Loading rate,
              Ib BOD5 /l.OOO cf          108       30-12S

              MLSS, mg/1

                Contact tank           3,000   1,000-3,000
                Stabilization tank       12,000   4,000-10,000

              Detention time, hr

                Contact tank           Q.25    0.25-1.0
                Stabilization tank        3         3.5

              Recycle ratio, Qr/Q       .12-.58   0.25-1.0

              Volume of air required,
              cf/lb BOD5

                Contact tank            470
                Stabilization tank        no     1,000-1,200

              BOD5 removal, \           83      80-90


              a.  Controlled principally by time between storms.
              Note:  Ib BOD5/lb MLSS/day x 1.0 = kg BOD5/kg MLSS/day

                   Ib BOD5/1,000 cf  x!6.02= g BOD /I,000 cum

                   cf/lb BODS x 62.4 = I/kg BOD$
number of  data points was  not  sufficient to produce  signifi-
cant correlations  between  the  many parameters  tested (i.e.,
optimum food-to-microorganism  ratio,  sludge retention time,
detention  times  in contact and stabilization  tanks,  system
efficiencies as  a  function of  time after rainfall, tempera-
ture, optimum startup and  shutdown, etc.)  [23].   The optimum
values for these parameters should become  known  as testing
continues.

Some degradation in the  settling  characteristics of  the
sludge was  noted when the  sludge  age  reached  10  days.   The
completion of the  study  should provide  more definitive
answers to the possible  correlation among  the  various param-
eters mentioned  above.

The  only operational consideration reported is the type of
aeration system.   Diffused aeration proved to  be better than
mechanical  aeration primarily  because of accumulation of ice
on the mechanical  aerators during freezing conditions  (see
the  discussion of  Treatment Lagoons later  in  this section
for  additional information on  this problem).
                                267

-------
Advantages and Disadvantages

Some advantages of the contact stabilization process for the
treatment of excess (combined sewer) flows in this applica-
tion are:  (1) high degree of treatment;  (2) central location
of maintenance personnel and equipment; and (3) reduction of
the loadings on dry-weather facilities, by dual use of
facilities, during normal operations and emergency shutdown
of the main plant, making the whole very versatile.  Contact
stabilization shows definite promise as a method for treat-
ing combined sewer overflows when used in combination with
a dry-weather activated sludge treatment plant.   Disadvan-
tages are:  (1) high initial cost,  (2) the facilities must
be located next to a dry-weather activated sludge plant,
(3) adequate interceptor capacity must exist to convey the
storm flow to the treatment plant, and (4) expansion of
major interceptors may be required.

TRICKLING FILTERS

Description of Process

Trickling filters are widely employed for the biological
treatment of municipal sewage.  The filter is usually a
shallow, circular tank of large diameter filled with crushed
stone, drain rock, or other similar media.  Settled sewage
is applied intermittently or continuously over the top sur-
face of the filter by means of a rotating distributor and is
collected and discharged at the bottom.  Aerobic conditions
are maintained by a flow of air through the filter bed in-
duced by the difference in specific weights of the atmos-
phere inside and outside the bed.

The term "filter" is a misnomer, because the removal of
organic material is not accomplished with a filtering or
straining operation.  Removal is the result of an adsorption
process occurring at the surface of biological slimes cover-
ing the filter media.

Classification — Trickling filters are classified by hy-
draulic or organic loading.  Until recently, there were only
two flow classifications:  low rate and high rate.  A third
classification, ultrahigh rate, has been added since the ad-
vent of plastic medium filters.  Although the distinctions
are based on hydraulic loading, they are centered in reality
around the organic loading that the filter can handle.  A
comparison of the three classifications of trickling filters
is presented in Table 53.

The type of medium used varies considerably.  Rock, slag,
hard coal, redwood slats, and corrugated plastic have been
used.  Rock, slag, and hard coal have relatively low surface
                            268

-------
      Table  53.   COMPARISON  OF  LOW-RATE,  HIGH-RATE,  AND
                ULTRAHIGH-RATE TRICKLING  FILTERS
      Factor
                           Low-rate
                                            High-rate
                                                         Utrahigh-rate
Hydraulic loading,  mgad    1  to 4

                          300 to 1,000
Organic loading,
Ib BOD5/acre-ft/day

Depth, ft

Recirculation

Medium


Power requirements


Filter flies



Sloughing

Operation

Dosing interval
Nitrification
6 to 10

None

Rocka


None


Many



Intermittent

Simple

Not more than
5 min (gener-
ally inter-
mittent)

Fully
nitrified
10 to 40

1,000 to 5,000


3 to 8

1:1 to 4:1

Rocka


10 to 50 hp/
mil gal.

Few,  larvae
are washed
away

Continuous

Some  skill

Not more than
15 sec
(continuous)


Nitrification
at low
loadings
40 to 120

2,000 to 10,000
(and above)

20 to 40

1:1 to 4:1

Plastic or
redwood slats
                                                         None



                                                         Continuous

                                                         Some skill

                                                         Generally
                                                         continuous
                                                         Nitrification
                                                         at low
                                                         loadings
a.   Media could  also be slag or hard coal.

Source:  Adapted  from [17].

Note:   mgad  x  0.108 = cu m/sec/ha
       Ib/acre-ft/day x 0.368 = g/cu m/day
       ft x  0.305 = m
       hp x  0.746 = kw
       mil gal.  x 3.785 = Ml
                                  269

-------
area per unit volume and are quite heavy, thus limiting the
depth of filter.  Redwood slats and corrugated plastic are
much lighter and can be constructed with a larger surface
area per unit volume.

Operation — The operation of most high-rate and ultrahigh-
rate trickling filters is in series with a second or third
filter and/or with recirculation.  The purpose is to provide
high removals by increasing the contact time of the waste
with the biomass attached to the filter material.  When
operating alone without recirculation, trickling filters
used for treating domestic wastes remove between 50 and
75 percent of the BODs.

Under storm conditions, the trickling filter must handle
highly varying flows.  Applying a varying organic load to
a filter does not produce optimum removals.  It is gener-
ally thought that only sufficient biomass adheres to the
supporting medium to handle the normal organic load.  As the
loading increases above this level, the maximum BODs utiliza-
tion rate of the biomass is reached.  This is not a sharp
distinction because some excess biomass always adheres to
the medium and can accept some of the organic load.

A varying hydraulic load also affects removals.  The in-
creased shearing action of high flows causes excess slough-
ing or washing off of the biomass.  To help dampen this
effect, filters operating in series under dry-weather condi-
tions can be operated in parallel, thereby reducing some of
the increased hydraulic load on each filter.  A maximum
overall flow variation (maximum/minimum) of 8 to 10 is
acceptable while still achieving significant removals [20].

Design — Trickling filter design has been based primarily on
empirical formulas.  This does not imply that the basic bio-
logical kinetics are not operative; rather, it means that
mathematical description of the process has not been
formulated.  There are several design equations in the
literature that may be used for the design of trickling
filters [17, 6].  In designing a trickling filter to treat
overflows, it must be remembered that dry-weather flow is
needed to keep the biomass active between storms.  Generally,
two or more units should be used to provide high removals by
operating in series during dry weather and in parallel dur-
ing storm events to accommodate the flow variation needed.

Demonstration Project, New Providence, New Jersey

Trickling filters have been used extensively throughout the
United States to treat domestic flows, but only one facility
(at New Providence, New Jersey) has been designed to treat
                            270

-------
 both  dry-weather  flow  and  combined  sewer  overflows  from
 heavily  infiltrated  sanitary  sewers.   This  plant  represents
 one of the  configurations  that  can  be  used  to  treat combined
 sewer overflows.   The  plant,  shown  schematically  on
 Figure 52,  is  designed for a  dry-weather  flow  of  26.3  I/sec
 (0.6  mgd) and  a maximum wet-weather flow  of 263 I/sec  (6.0
 mgd).  The  plant  includes  a main pump  station, primary and
 secondary clarifiers,  two  trickling filters, chlorine  con-
 tact  tank,  administration  building,  and other  miscellaneous
 items.   One of the filters, 11  meters  in  diameter by 4.4
 meters high (36 feet by 14.4  feet),  is packed  with  plastic
 medium and  the other,  19.8 meters in diameter  by  1.8 meters
 (65 feet by 6  feet), is packed  with stone.   Photographs of
 the plant are  presented on Figure 53.

 The unique  feature of  the  plant is  its method  of  filter
 operation designed to  keep a  live biomass available  on both
 filters  all  of the time.   To  do so,  the filters operate in
 series with the plastic medium .filter  in  lead  position,for
 treating all flows up  to 123  I/sec  (2.8 mgd).  At this point,
 an automatic transfer  to parallel operation is accomplished
 and maintained until flows  again drop within the  series
 range.   In  parallel operation,  the  normal combined  sewer
 overflow treatment mode, both filters receive  equal  flow,
 resulting in a much higher  (3 to 1) unit  loading  on  the
 smaller plastic medium  filter.

 Efficiency  — The  removals  have  been reported to be  85  to
 95 percent  for both BODs and  SS during dry-weather  flow and
 65 to 90 percent  during wet-weather flow.   There was no sig-
 nificant removal  of total  nitrogen  or phosphorus.  The  load-
 ings  and the average removals for the first two years  of
 operation are  presented in Table 54.

 During combined sewer  overflows, it has been found  that the
 removal efficiencies dropped when the hydraulic loading in-
 creased above  1.56 cu m/hr/sq m (40 mgad) for  the plastic
 medium and  above  0.48  cu m/hr/sq m  (12.2 mgad) for  the rock
 trickling filter.   Also, the  change from series operation to
 parallel operation reduces removals as recirculation is
 stopped and  the waste  flows pass through only one filter
 before being discharged.  Although  this reduction occurred,
 both  filters recovered  rapidly  returning to dry-weather re-
 moval rates at the end  of  the storm.  It may also be possible
 to improve  removals by  reducing the difference between dry-
weather flow loading and wet-weather flow loading.  The plant
was originally designed for an  increase of  10 to 15  times dry-
weather flow.  An overflow rate in the secondary clarifier of
 2.65 cu m/hr/sq m (1,560 gpd/sq ft)  was found to be too high
 during peak flows  to achieve good removals.
                            271

-------
        COMMINUTORED  INTERCEPTOR FLOWS
                                SLUDGE  GRINDER
       PLASTIC
      TRICKLING
       FILTER
                 ROCK
               TRICKLING
                FILTER
                                        EXCESS DRY-WEATHER
                                        FLOW TO SUMMIT
                                        FOR TREATMENT
2ND STAGE
WET WELL
s
/
^\
>
                    WEIR
               CHLORINE CONTACT
                   TANKS
                           EFFLUENT TO
                           PASSAIC RIVER
Figure  52.
Trickling  fiIter plant schematic
New  Providence,  N.J.
                        272

-------
                                 (c)
    Figure  53.   Combined sewer  overflow  treatment  by

    high-rate  trickling filtration  (New  Providence)

(a)  Composite view of plant showing relative elevations  of facilities (from left  to
right:   pumping station,  primary cI arifier/storage  tank,  plastic  media filter,  rock
media filter) (b)   High-rate application  on  rock  media  (c)  Composite view from
top of  primary cI arifier/storage tank (final clarifier is  at right  rear)
                                 273

-------
           Table  54.   TRICKLING FILTER REMOVALS  [20]
                   NEW  PROVIDENCE,  NEW JERSEY
          treated elation
          flow,   rate
                                BOD
                                                        SS
           mgd
                 mgd
                     - Trickling filters _ overall"
                     Influent, Effluent, Removal, removal,
                      mg/1    mg/1    %     t
                                              _ Trickling filters _ Overall3
                                              Influent, Effluent, Removal, removal,
                                               mg/1    mg/1    $     I
 Dry weather flow

  First year   0.54
 Part of
 second year
           0.56
Wet weather flow

 First year    3.96b

 Part of
 second year    1.72
                O.to 0.8
                                        86


                                        94
                                               86
                                                                87


                                                                93
 a. Includes removals by primary sedimentation.

 b. Average wet weather flow; average peak flows were 6.0 mgd with no recirculation.

 c. Wet weather flow rate was reduced by approximately 1.5 mgd by pumping to another treatment plant.

 Note: mgd x 43.8 = I/sec
In  comparing the plastic medium and the  rock  filter,  it was
noted that up  to 2-1/2  times  the  BODs removal  per unit vol-
ume was possible with  the plastic medium.   Also, on  a capi-
tal cost  basis,  the plastic medium outperformed the  rock
by  2 to 1 ($/kg  BOD5 removed/1,000 cu m) .

Design Parameters — The average hydraulic  and  organic load-
ings applied to  the New Providence facilities  are slightly
above the recommended  design  values.   The  recommended values
are :
                  Plastic  Medium
                                                    Rock
Hydraulic
loading

Organic
loading
            2.73  cu  m/hr/sq m
            (70 mgad)

            1.36  kg  BODr/day cu m
            (85 Ib BOD5/day/l , 000 cf or
            3,700 Ib BOD5/acre-£t/day)
                                         0.78 cu m/hr/sq m
                                         (20 mgad)

                                         0.64 kg BODr/day/cu m
                                         (40 Ib BOD5/day/l ,000 cf  or
                                         1,742 Ib BOD5/acre-f t/day)
Additional  design parameters  were  included previously  in
Table 53.

Advantages  and Disadvantages

Advantages  of trickling  filters include:   (1) they handle
varying hydraulic and  organic loads,  (2)  are simple to oper
ate,  (3) have ability  to withstand  shockloads ,  and (4)  have
                                 274

-------
ability to recover rapidly  from high  flows.   Trickling fil-
ters are not without disadvantages, however.   They need a
continuous base flow to keep the biomass  active,  which is
most important in using them to treat combined sewer  over-
flow, and removals decrease when high flow   and BOD5  load-
ings are applied.  Problems may be encountered when treating
more dilute combined sewer  overflow or storm sewer discharge

ROTATING BIOLOGICAL CONTACTORS

Rotating biological contactors are a  recent  development in
biological treatment.  The  method was first  developed in
Germany in 1955 to treat domestic wastes.  Recently,
rotating biological contactors have been  tried with combined
sewer overflows because of  their reported ability to  handle
highly varying flows.  A description  of an EPA-sponsored
demonstration project in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, is included
later in this section.

Description of Process

The rotating biological contactor is  similar  to a cross be-
tween a trickling filter and an activated sludge  system.   It
consists of a shaft supporting a set  of rotating  discs upon
which a biomass is grown and a shallow contact tank that
houses the shaft-disc assemblies, as  shown on Figure  54.
                                  ROTATING
                                   DISCS  •
     BAFFLES
                           CONTACT TANK
                                                    TO FINAL
                                                    CLARIFIERS
        Figure 54.  Rotating  biological  contactor
                            275

-------
The rotating discs  are partially  submerged and baffles are
used between each shaft-disc unit to prevent  short-
circuiting.  The waste flow enters the contact tank at one
end and  is allowed  to flow either perpendicular to or par-
allel to one or more units for treatment.  The removal of
organic matter from the waste flow, either municipal sewage
or combined sewer overflow, is accomplished by adsorption of
the organic matter  at the surface of the biological growth
covering the rotating discs.  Rotational shearing forces
cause sloughing of  excess biomass.  Secondary clarification
should follow the rotating biological contactor treatment to
remove sloughed biomass.

As in all biological systems, because microorganisms have a
maximum metabolism  rate, only a given amount of substrate
can be removed with a given amount of biomass.  Although
this is true generally in the rotating biological contactor,
excess biomass can  be held on the disc and can effectively
act as a reserve for use at higher loadings.  The effective-
ness, however, is somewhat limited by the oxygen transfer
rate and the substrate diffusion gradient through the layer
of biomass on each  disc.  This is similar to what happens in
trickling filters.  In general, though, the reserve biomass
reduces the importance of maintaining a uniform loading
rate.

Efficiency

The reported BODs removal efficiencies range from 60 to
95 percent [7, 2, 3, 26].  The higher values are for more
recent installations treating dry-weather flow.  Suspended
solids removals are also in this range.  Removals for
settleable solids, nitrogen, and phosphorus have been re-
ported to be 80 to 90, 40, and 50 percent, respectively.
When treating combined sewage flows, controlled treatment
(70 percent or better COD removal efficiency) was report-
edly maintained up to 8 to 10 times dry-weather flow [7],
A linear reduction in COD removal efficiency from 70 down to
20 percent was reported for the flow range from 10 to 30
times dry-weather flow.

Operational Considerations

Conditions noted to affect the BODs and COD removals in a
rotating biological contactor are (1)  organic loading rate,
(2) contact time, (3)  effluent settling,  (4)  the number of
units in series,  and (5)  high flow rates.   The most impor-
tant condition is high flow rates which affects the first
three of the conditions  just enumerated.   The maximum allow-
able variation in flow is approximately 10 times the base
                            276

-------
The rotating discs are partially submerged and baffles are
used between each shaft-disc unit to prevent short-
circuiting.  The waste flow enters the contact tank at one
end and is allowed to flow either perpendicular to or par-
allel to one or more units for treatment.  The removal of
organic matter from the waste flow, either municipal sewage
or combined sewer overflow, is accomplished by adsorption of
the organic matter at the surface of the biological growth
covering the rotating discs.  Rotational shearing forces
cause sloughing of excess biomass.  Secondary clarification
should follow the rotating biological contactor treatment to
remove sloughed biomass.

As in all biological systems, because microorganisms have a
maximum metabolism rate, only a given amount of substrate
can be removed with a given amount of biomass.  Although
this is true generally in the rotating biological contactor,
excess biomass can be held on the disc and can effectively
act as a reserve for use at higher loadings.  The effective-
ness, however, is somewhat limited by the oxygen transfer
rate and the substrate diffusion gradient through the layer
of biomass on each disc.  This is similar to what happens in
trickling filters.  In general, though, the reserve biomass
reduces the importance of maintaining a uniform loading
rate.

Efficiency

The reported BOD5 removal efficiencies range from 60 to
95 percent [7, 2, 3, 26].  The higher values are for more
recent installations treating dry-weather flow.  Suspended
solids removals are also in this range.  Removals for
settleable solids, nitrogen, and phosphorus have been re-
ported to be 80 to 90, 40, and 50 percent, respectively.
When treating combined sewage flows, controlled treatment
(70 percent or better COD removal efficiency) was report-
edly maintained up to 8 to 10 times dry-weather flow [7].
A linear reduction in COD removal efficiency from 70 down to
20 percent was reported for the flow range from 10 to 30
times dry-weather flow.

Operational Considerations

Conditions noted to affect the BODs and COD removals in a
rotating biological contactor are (1) organic loading rate,
(2) contact time, (3) effluent settling, (4) the number of
units in series, and (5) high flow rates.  The most impor-
tant condition is high flow rates which affects the first
three of the conditions just enumerated.  The maximum allow-
able variation in flow is approximately 10 times the base
                            276

-------
Figure 18.   Stormwater  surface  detention  pond  (Chicago)
                           142

-------
           Table  54.  TRICKLING FILTER REMOVALS [20]
                   NEW PROVIDENCE, NEW JERSEY
                                BOD                       SS
           treated  culatlon  	Trickling fitters	 Overall a  	Trickling filters	 Overalla
           flow,   rate,  Influent, Effluent, Removal, removal,   Influent, Effluent, Removal, removal,
 Condition     mgd '   mgd    mg/1    mg/1    %      t      mg/1    mg/1    $      t


 Dry weather flow

  First year   0.54    0.8    104    23     78     86       86     20    77     87

  Part of
  second year   0.56     --     --    9     --     94       --     12    --     93


 Wet weather flow

  First year   3.96b  O.to 0.8    86    39     53     64       64     36    42     67

  Part of
  second year   1.72C   --      --    17     --     87       --     20    --     86



 a. Includes removals by primary sedimentation.
 b. Average wet weather flow; average peak flows were 6.0 mgd with no recirculation.
 c. Wet weather flow rate was reduced by approximately 1.5 mgd by pumping to another treatment plant.

 Note: mgd x 43.8 = I/sec
In  comparing the plastic medium  and the  rock  filter, it  was
noted that up  to 2-1/2 times the  BOD5  removal per  unit vol-
ume  was possible with the plastic medium.  Also, on a capi-
tal  cost  basis,  the plastic  medium outperformed the rock
by  2 to 1 ($/kg  BODs  removed/1,000 cu  m).

Design Parameters — The average  hydraulic and organic load-
ings applied to  the New Providence facilities are  slightly
above the recommended design values.   The recommended values
are:
                   Plastic Medium                    Rock
 Hydraulic    2.73  cu  m/hr/sq m            0.78 cu m/hr/sq m
 loading     (70 mgad)                    (20 mgad)

 Organic     1.36  kg  BODr/day cu m        0.64 kg BODr/day/cu m
 loading     (85 Ib BOD5/day/l,000 cf or  (40 Ib BODr/day/1,000 cf or
             3,700 Ib BOD5/acre-£t/day)   1,742 Ib BOD5/acre-ft/day)

Additional design parameters  were  included previously in
Table 53.

Advantages and  Disadvantages

Advantages of trickling filters include:   (1)  they  handle
varying hydraulic and  organic loads,   (2)  are  simple to  oper
ate,  (3)  have ability  to withstand shockloads,  and  (4)  have
                                 274

-------
         recharge of groundwater.   Erosion control measures
         in construction areas will minimize the increased
         solids loadings in runoff from such areas.

     4.  Drainage pipes and other  flood control structures
         will be used only where the natural system is in-
         adequate, such as at high density urban activity
         centers.  Plans presently call for the use of
         porous pavements to reduce runoff from streets.

     5.  Control will be exercised over the type and amount
         of fertilizers, pesticides, and herbicides to mini
         mize pollution of the runoff.

It has been estimated that the drainage system will cost  an
average of $243/ha ($600/acre) , compared with perhaps
$486/ha ($l,200/acre) for a conventional system [2].
                            144

-------
        COMMINUTORED INTERCEPTOR  FLOWS
                                SLUDGE GRINDER
       PLASTIC
      TRICKLING
       FILTER
                 ROCK
               TRICKLING
                FILTER
                                       EXCESS  DRY-WEATHER
                                       FLOW TO  SUMMIT
                                       FOR TREATMENT
-*-

2ND
WET


PUMP

1

STAGE ,
WELL '
^
>
i
                    WEIR
              CHLORINE CONTACT
                   TANKS
                          EFFLUENT TO
                          PASSAIC RIVER
Figure  52.
Trickling filter plant schematic,
New  Providence,  N.J.
                        272

-------
                                    HOUSE
                                    WASTE
                                (INCLUDING
                                 DRAINAGE        x
                                 FROM ROOF)   -'    '  SURFACE

                                 CATCHBAS.N          MMF
    BUILDING
    SEWER
 WNBINED SEWEl
                                                SANITARY  INTERCEPTOR
                                                TO WATER POLLUTION
                                                        PJ.ANTS FOR
                                                         TREATMENT
   RECEIVING WATERS
COMBINED SE«CR OVERFLOW
MIXTURC OF HHHCIML *(ff*tf
AMI STIIMWATCR BISCNAMINI
INTI THE MCCCIVING WATERS
Figure  19.   Common elements  of  an  Interceptor
              and  transport  system  [6]
                            146

-------
area per unit volume and are quite heavy, thus limiting the
depth of filter.  Redwood slats and corrugated plastic are
much lighter and can be constructed with a larger surface
area per unit volume.

Operation — The operation of most high-rate and ultrahigh-
rate trickling filters is in series with a second or third
filter and/or with recirculation.  The purpose is to provide
high removals by increasing the contact time of the waste
with the biomass attached to the filter material.  When
operating alone without recirculation, trickling filters
used for treating domestic wastes remove between 50 and
75 percent of the BODs.

Under storm conditions, the trickling filter must handle
highly varying flows.  Applying a varying organic load to
a filter does not produce optimum removals.  It is gener-
ally thought that only sufficient biomass adheres to the
supporting medium to handle the normal organic load.  As the
loading increases above this level, the maximum BODs utiliza-
tion rate of the biomass is reached.  This is not a sharp
distinction because some excess biomass always adheres to
the medium and can accept some of the organic load.

A varying hydraulic load also affects removals.  The in-
creased shearing action of high flows causes excess slough-
ing or washing off of the biomass.  To help dampen this
effect, filters operating in series under dry-weather condi-
tions can be operated in parallel, thereby reducing some of
the increased hydraulic load on each filter.  A maximum
overall flow variation (maximum/minimum) of 8 to 10 is
acceptable while still achieving significant removals [20].

Design — Trickling filter design has been based primarily on
empirical formulas.  This does not imply that the basic bio-
logical kinetics are not operative; rather, it means that
mathematical description of the process has not been
formulated.  There are several design equations in the
literature that may be used for the design of trickling
filters [17, 6].  In designing a trickling filter to treat
overflows, it must be remembered that dry-weather flow is
needed to keep the biomass active between storms.  Generally,
two or more units should be used to provide high removals by
operating in series during dry weather and in parallel dur-
ing storm events to accommodate the flow variation needed.

Demonstration Project, New Providence, New Jersey

Trickling filters have been used extensively throughout the
United States to treat domestic flows, but only one facility
(at New Providence, New Jersey) has been designed to treat
                            270

-------
 (50 million persons)  was  served in whole or in part by com-
 bined sewer systems  [42].   Furthermore,  it was reported that
 there were  14,212  overflows in the total 641 jurisdictions
 surveyed; of these,  9,860  combined sewer overflows  were
 reported from 493  jurisdictions.   Until  1967,  the most com-
 mon remedial method  reported was  sewer separation,  and of
 274 jurisdictions  with plans for  corrective facilities con-
 struction,  222 indicated  that some degree of sewer  separa-
 tion would  be undertaken.

 Detailed Analysis

 Sewer separation will  continue to be  used to some degree  in
 the future  and thus  an investigation  of  the methods,  their
 advantages  and disadvantages,  and their  costs  is warranted.
 There are three categories  of sewer separation systems:
 pressure, vacuum,  and  gravity.

 The most comprehensive study of the pressure or "sewer with-
 in  a sewer" concept was published by  the ASCE  [12]  in 1969.
 The greatest disadvantage of pressure  systems  is generally
 higher costs,  as shown in a comparison of pressure  and
 gravity  system costs in the cities  of  Boston,  Milwaukee,
 and San  Francisco  presented in Table  26.   The  ratios  of pres-
 sure  to  gravity costs  are 1.4,  1.5, and  1.5, respectively.
 The in-sewer pressure  lines  varied  from  6.3  to 40.6 cm (2-1/2
 to  16  inches)  in diameter and  pressure control valves  limited
 the line pressure  to 2.11 kg/sq cm  (30 psi) .   A major  portion
 of  the costs  is the "in-house  separation" which can be
 as  high  as  82  percent  of the  total  cost  for  separation
 using a  pressure system [12].   Besides the  high costs,  other
 disadvantages  of pressure systems are  that  (1)  they are dif-
 ficult to maintain;  (2) they require complex controls; and
 (3)  they are  dependent on electricity  for operation.   It  is
 important to  realize that approximately  72 percent of  all
 combined sewers are less than  0.61 meters  (2.0  feet)  in
 diameter, making it difficult  to  install  the pressure pipe.

 The advantages  are that (1) as an alternative,  they provide
 an  additional  degree of latitude  in sewer  design, (2)  there
 is  minimal construction interference to  commerce and traffic,
 and  (3)  they are handy in low areas.

 Sewer separation of existing combined  sewers has histori-
 cally been accomplished by utilizing gravity systems.  The
 advantages of  gravity sewer separation are that (1)  all
 sanitary sewage is treated prior to discharge;  (2)  treatment
plants operate more efficiently under the relatively stable
 sanitary flows; (3) other alternatives are less reliable
                            148

-------
Advantages and Disadvantages

Some advantages of the contact stabilization process for the
treatment of excess (combined sewer) flows in this applica-
tion are:  (1) high degree of treatment; (2) central location
of maintenance personnel and equipment; and (3) reduction of
the loadings on dry-weather facilities, by dual use of
facilities, during normal operations and emergency shutdown
of the main plant, making the whole very versatile.  Contact
stabilization shows definite promise as a method for treat-
ing combined sewer overflows when used in combination with
a dry-weather activated sludge treatment plant.   Disadvan-
tages are:  (1) high initial cost,  (2) the facilities must
be located next to a dry-weather activated sludge plant,
(3) adequate interceptor capacity must exist to convey the
storm flow to the treatment plant, and (4) expansion of
major interceptors may be required.

TRICKLING FILTERS

Description of Process

Trickling filters are widely employed for the biological
treatment of municipal sewage.  The filter is usually a
shallow, circular tank of large diameter filled with crushed
stone, drain rock, or other similar media.  Settled sewage
is applied intermittently or continuously over the top sur-
face of the filter by means of a rotating distributor and is
collected and discharged at the bottom.  Aerobic conditions
are maintained by a flow of air through the filter bed in-
duced by the difference in specific weights of the atmos-
phere inside and outside the bed.

The term "filter" is a misnomer, because the removal of
organic material is not accomplished with a filtering or
straining operation.  Removal is the result of an adsorption
process occurring at the surface of biological slimes cover-
ing the filter media.

Classification — Trickling filters are classified by hy-
draulic or organic loading.  Until recently, there were only
two flow classifications:  low rate and high rate.  A third
classification, ultrahigh rate, has been added since the ad-
vent of plastic medium filters.  Although the distinctions
are based on hydraulic loading, they are centered in reality
around the organic loading that the filter can handle.  A
comparison of the three classifications of trickling filters
is presented in Table 53.

The type of medium used varies considerably.  Rock, slag,
hard coal, redwood slats, and corrugated plastic have been
used.  Rock, slag, and hard coal have relatively low surface
                            268

-------
 overall  because  of external  power  requirements;  (4)  no  land
 acquisition  is necessary;  (5)  receiving  water  pollution
 loads  can  be reduced  by  50 percent (according  to  independent
 studies  [49, 30]);  and  (6) little  increase  in  manpower  is
 required.

 Disadvantages of gravity systems may  be  divided into three
 categories:   nonquantifiable,  separation effectiveness,  and
 costs.   Nonquantifiable  disadvantages, which based on past
 experience are the  most  important,  are that  (1) considerable
 work is  involved in in-house plumbing separation;  (2) there
 are business losses during construction;  (3) traffic is
 disrupted;  (4) political and jurisdictional disputes must
 be resolved; (5)  extensive policing is necessary  to  ensure
 complete and total  separation; and (6) considerable  time is
 required for completion  (e.g., in  1957 separation in
 Washington,  B.C., was estimated to  take  until  sometime
 after  the year 2000 to complete)  [24].   Separation effec-
 tiveness disadvantages are as  follows:   (1) there is only a
 partial  reduction  of  the pollutional  effects of combined
 sewer  overflows  [30] ; (2) urban area  stormwater runoff  con-
 tains  significant  contaminants [7,  4]; and  (3) it is diffi-
 cult to protect  storm sewers from  sanitary connections
 (either  authorized  or unauthorized).  Estimated costs for
 gravity  sewer separation are shown  for various cities in
 Table  26.

 The cost disadvantages of separation, when compared  to  some
 conceptive alternative solutions,  are indicated in Table 27.
 Again, the major reason  for  the higher costs of sewer sepa-
 ration are in-house plumbing changes which can be as  high as
 82 percent of the total  sewer separation  costs [12].

 Conclusions

 On the basis  of currently available information, it  appears
 that sewer separation of existing combined sewer systems is
 not a practical and economical solution for combined  sewer
 overflow pollution  abatement.  Several cited alternatives
 listed in Table 27  suggest other solutions, most of which
 are considerably less expensive and should give better re-
 sults with respect  to receiving water pollution abatement.
 In addition,  storm  sewer discharges may not be allowed at
 all in the future,  thus   forcing collection and treatment of
 all sewage and stormwater prior to discharge.  In this case,
 the argument  for either   separate  or combined sewers  is moot.

 The choice between  sewer separation and other alternatives
will be controlled by the uniqueness of each situation.
 The examples  cited  in Table 27 leave no doubt that any alter-
native to sewer separation is the better choice.   However,
                            150

-------
ratio, and detention times in the contact and stabilization
tanks [17, 24, 15, 14].  In the work at Kenosha, however, it
has not been possible to show any correlation between re-
movals and these items, although it has been shown that
operation based on an assumed uniform influent BODs is suf-
ficient for good BODs and SS removals (80 and 90 percent,
respectively).

Operating Parameters — With contact stabilization or any
other activated sludge process, operation is normally based
on the food-to-microorganism ratio or sludge retention time.
Because of this, difficulties may be encountered when using
an activated sludge process for treating a rapidly varying
and intermittent flow.  The sludge retention time is particu-
larly difficult to control because overflows may not last
long enough for the plant to stabilize and for proper
wasting procedures to be instituted.  Operating the plant on
stored overflows could reduce this problem  The food-to-
microorganism ratio, which is interrelated to the sludge age,
can be used to control the operation of the plant; however,
it too is difficult to control since the concentration of
both the incoming BODs and the biological solids in the sys-
tem must be known.  This is further complicated because the
BODs concentration in the combined sewer overflow may vary
significantly.  Based on the results at Kenosha, it has been
found that e*act control is not necessary for good operation.

The operating parameters used for the contact stabilization
plant at Kenosha are shown in Table 52.  The values reported
are averages, and the range was generally within ±60 percent
of the value listed.  For comparison, the design parameters
for sewage treatment by contact stabilization found in the
literature are also presented.

For units such as that at Kenosha, sophisticated design may
not be warranted because the system is operated for such
short periods that the biosolids and the kinetics of the
system do not have a chance to adjust to the incoming flow
before the storm is over.  In this case, using the reported
design equations should be sufficient.  Abatement plans that
include a contact stabilization process for the treatment of
stored overflows for periods of time greater than 5 to
10 days may warrant more sophisticated design to achieve
higher removal efficiencies.  The use of the kinetic equa-
tions describing the metabolism of the bacteria, as formu-
lated by McCarty  [14], Metcalf § Eddy  [17], and others, may
prove useful under such circumstances.

Results of Operational Tests — The work at Kenosha has not
been able to  show any adverse condition that affects
removals.  Based on the results of 23 storms studied, the
                            266

-------
 INFILTRATION/INFLOW CONTROL

 A  serious problem results  from  (1) excessive  infiltration
 into  sewers  from groundwater sources and  (2)  high inflow
 rates  into sewer systems through direct connections from
 sources other  than those which  the sewers are intended to
 serve.  Inflow does not include, and is distinguished from,
 infiltration.  The sources and  control of infiltration and
 inflow are discussed  in this subsection.

 Sources

 Infiltration is the volume of groundwater entering sewers
 and building sewer connections  from the soil  through defec-
 tive  joints, broken,  cracked, or eroded pipe, improper
 connections, manhole  walls, etc.  Inflow is the volume of
 any kind of water discharged into sewer lines from such
 sources as roof leaders, cellar and yard drains, foundation
 drains, commercial and industrial so-called "clean water"
 discharges, drains from springs and swampy areas, depressed
 manhole covers, cross connections, etc.

 Inflow sources generally represent a deliberate connection
 of a drain line to a  sewerage system.  These connections may
 be authorized  and permitted; or they may be illicit connec-
 tions made for the convenience of property owners and for
 the solution of on-property problems, without consideration
 of their effects on public sewer systems.

 The intrusion  of these waters takes up flow capacity in the
 sewers.  Especially in the relatively small sanitary sewers,
 these waters may cause flooding of street and road areas and
 backflooding into properties.  This flooding constitutes a
 health hazard.   Thus  these sanitary sewers actually function
 as combined sewers, and the resulting flooding becomes a
 form of combined sewer overflow.

 The two types of extraneous water, inflow and infiltration,
which intrude into sewers do not differ significantly in
 quality, except for the pollutants unavoidably or deliber-
 ately introduced into waters by commercial-industrial
 operations [13].   Foundation inflow,  for example, does not
vary greatly from the kind of water that infiltrates sewer
 lines from groundwater sources.   Basement drainage may
 carry wastes and debris originating in homes,  including
 laundry wastewater.

 Inflow Control

Correction of inflow conditions  is dependent on regulatory
action on  the part of city officials,  rather than on public
                            152

-------
 (c)
                          (e)


    Figure  51.  Combined  sewer  overflow  treatment

            by  contact stabilization  (Kenosha)

(a)  Contact tank  with diffused air  (b)   Sludge  stabilization  tanks with floating
aerators  (c)  Floating aerator anchoring  and counterweight details  (d)  Closeup
of  aerator  operation  (e)   Final  contact  tank (peripherally fed)  and effluent
                                264

-------
 Choice  of sewer pipe  - Improvements  in pipe  materials  assure
 the  designer's  ability to  provide  proper materials  to  meet
 any  rational  infiltration  allowances he wishes  to specify.
 The  upgrading of pipe manufacture  to meet rigid quality
 standards and specifications  has eliminated  the basic  ques-
 tion of watertightness of  pipe  material.   The  important
 issues  to consider  in pipe material  selection  are struc-
 tural integrity, strength  of  the wastewater  character, and
 local soil or gradient conditions.   Combinations of these
 factors may make one  material better suited  than another or
 preferable under certain special installation  conditions.
 In such situations, pipe materials are often chosen for
 reasons other than  their relative  resistance to infiltration
 The  cost of the pipe  is usually a  small part of the total
 project cost.   For  rough estimating  purposes,  the cost of
 installed sewer pipes (excluding manholes, laterals and
 connections,  appurtenances, etc.)  ranges  from  $0.97 to $1.55
 per  cm  diameter per linear meter ($1.25 to $2.00 per inch
 diameter per  linear foot).

 Materials  commonly used for sewer pipe  construction include
 (1)  asbestos  cement,  (2) bituminous  coated corrugated metal,
 (3)  brick,  (4)  cast iron or ductile  iron,  (5) concrete
 (monolithic or  plain),  (6) plastic (including glass  fiber
 reinforced plastic, polyvinylchloride,  ABS,  and poly-
 ethylene),  (7)  reinforced  concrete,  (8)  steel,  (9)  vitrified
 clay, and  (10)  aluminum.   All of these  materials, with the
 possible  exceptions of the plastics  and aluminum, have been
 used  in  sewer construction  for  many  years.

 Since sewer pipe made  from the  plastic  materials is  rela-
 tively  new, a brief description of the  use of plastic pipes
 is included below.

 Solid wall plastic pipe usually refers  to materials  such as
 polyvinylchloride (PVC), chlorinated polyvinylchloride
 (CPVC), polyvinyldichloride (PVDC),  and polyethylene.  These
 materials  are lightweight,  have high tensile strength, have
 excellent  chemical resistance,  and can  be joined by  solvent
 welding, fusion welding, or threading.  The PVC  is probably
 the most commonly used plastic pipe because it  is stronger
 and more rigid  than most of the other thermoplastics; how-
 ever, PVC  is available only in diameters up to  30.5  cm
 (12 inches).

 Polyethylene pipe is finding major  use as a liner for dete-
 riorated existing sewer lines  [26],  Several lengths of
polyethylene pipe can be joined by  fusion welding into a
 long, flexible tube.  This  tube is  then pulled into  the
 existing sewer.   When the  existing  house laterals have been
connected to this new pipe  liner,  the result is a watertight
                            154

-------
     3.  Shakedown runs are necessary to keep the units and
         the usual large number of automatic controls in
         operating order.

CONTACT STABILIZATION

Description of the Process

Contact stabilization is considered in lieu of other acti-
vated sludge process modifications for treating combined
sewer overflows, because it requires less tank volume to
provide essentially the same effluent quality.  The over-
flow is mixed with returned activated sludge in an aerated
contact basin for approximately 20 minutes at the design
flow.  Following the contact period, the activated sludge
is settled in a clarifier.  The concentrated sludge then
flows to a stabilization basin where it is aerated for
several hours.  During this period, the organics from the
overflow are utilized in growth and respiration and, as
a result, become "stabilized."  The stabilized sludge is
then returned to the contact basin to be mixed with the in-
coming overflow.  A schematic of a contact stabilization
plant for treating combined sewer overflows is shown on
Figure 50.

Demonstration Project, Kenosha, Wisconsin

A project sponsored by the EPA to evaluate the use of con-
tact stabilization for treatment of combined sewer overflows
from a 486-ha (1,200-acre) tributary area is presently under-
way at Kenosha, Wisconsin  [23, 19].  It is an example of how
contact stabilization can be used to treat combined sewer
overflows using the waste activated sludge from a dry-weather
activated sludge plant.  At the Kenosha municipal sewage
treatment plant, a 101-1/sec (23-mgd) facility, a new com-
bined sewer overflow treatment facility was constructed.
This facility consists of an aeration tank, a contact sta-
bilization tank, and a new clarifier.  The design capacity
of the new facility is 88 I/sec (20 mgd).  The stabilization
tank, acting as the biosolids reservoir, receives the waste
activated sludge from the main plant.  This sludge is held
for up to 7 days before final wasting.  Thus, stabiliz-ed
activated sludge is kept in reserve ready to treat combined
sewer overflows when they occur.  Photographs of the facil-
ity are shown on Figure 51.

Operation of the contact stabilization plant consists of
directing the combined sewer overflow to the contact tank
following comminution and grit removal, adding the reserve
activated sludge, and then conducting the waste flows to a
final clarifier for separation of the biosolids and other
                            262

-------
made of natural rubber, synthetic rubber, or various other
elastomers.  These joints are used on asbestos cement pipe,
cast iron pipe, concrete pipe, vitrified clay pipe, and
certain types of plastic pipes.  Compression gasket joints
are most effective against infiltration while still pro-
viding for deflection of the pipe.

Chemical weld joints — Chemical weld joints are used to join
certain types of plastic pipes and glass fiber pipes.  The
joints provide a watertight seal.  It has been reported
that, on the basis of field tests, jointing under wet or
difficult-to-see conditions does not lend itself to precise
and careful workmanship.  Thus special care is necessary
in preparing these joints in the field.  More experience
with these pipes in sewer applications is necessary to
determine the longevity of this type of joint.

Heat shrinkable tubing — A new type of joint developed
recently is the heat shrinkable tubing (HST) [27].  The HST
material begins as an ordinary plastic or rubber compound
which is then extruded into sections of tubing.  The tubing
is then heated and stretched in diameter but not in length.
After cooling it retains the expanded diameter.  If a length
of 8-inch diameter tubing is expanded to 16 inches, it
will conform to any shape between 8 and 16 inches when
reheated.   This characteristic gives the HST the ability to
form a tight fit around sewer pipe joints.

The material recommended for HST joints is a polyolefin
which has  a high degree of chemical resistance and the
ability to resist scorching and burning, and is both eco-
nomical and easy to apply.  To further assure HST joint
strength and resistance to internal pressure, a hot melt
adhesive is recommended as an inner surface sealant.  The
adhesive material has a melting temperature close to that
of the HST and will bind the tubing and pipe materials to-
gether as  the tubing cools to its final shape.   Both pro-
pane torches and catalytic heaters can be used as the heat
source.

Physical properties of the HST reportedly were better than
those of currently used joint materials:

     The coupling of commercial sewer pipe, both butt-
     end and bell and spigot, with watertight joints
     using heat shrinkable plastic tubing is feasible
     and economically practical.   Used in conjunction
     with  a hot melt adhesive it  can surpass in phys-
     ical  and chemical strength any of the conven-
     tional joints presently being used with clay,
     concrete,  and asbestos-cement nonpressure  sewer
     pipe.   [27]
                            156

-------
Operationally and from a design standpoint, the aforemen-
tioned factors are taken into account by considering (1) the
food-to-microorganism ratio, (2) the sludge retention time,
and (3) the hydraulic detention time.

The food-to-microorganism ratio is defined as the kilograms of
BODr  (food) applied per unit time  (often taken as the amount
consumed) per kilogram of organisms  in the system.  The sludge
age is defined by the kilograms of organisms wasted per day.
The hydraulic detention time is defined as the value, given in
units of time, obtained by dividing  the volume of the reaction
vessel by the flow rate.

Because the food-to-microorganism ratio and the sludge re-
tention times are interrelated  [17], both are commonly used
in the design of biological systems.  From field observa-
tions and laboratory studies, it has been found that as the
sludge age is increased and, correspondingly, the food-to-
microorganism ratio decreased, the settling characteristics
of the organisms in the system are enhanced, and they can be
removed easily by gravity settling.  Typical values for the
food-to-microorganism ratio and sludge age are given in
reference [17].

As previously noted, the length of time the biomass is in
contact with the waste BODs is measured by the hydraulic de-
tention time.  The minimum time to achieve a given removal
is dependent upon the food-to-microorganism ratio.  Low
ratios (i.e., a high number of bacteria per kilogram of BOD,-)
allow faster utilization of a given  amount of BODs.  The
minimum time required may vary considerably, from 10 to 15
minutes in contact stabilization, or less for trickling
filters and rotating biological contactors, and up to 2 to
3 days for oxidation ponds.  At the  shorter contact times,
the biomass only removes the dissolved matter and possibly
some of the smaller colloidal matter [15] .  At longer con-
tact times, suspended organic matter is utilized.

In any biological system, these factors control the process.
A mathematical model has been developed for the activated
sludge system [17, 14].  Models for  trickling filters,
rotating biological contactors, and  treatment lagoons have
not been formulated.  Empirical designs and design param-
eters are used instead.

APPLICATION TO COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW TREATMENT

Biological treatment of wastewater,  used primarily for domes-
tic and industrial flows of organic  nature, produces an
effluent of high quality and is generally the least costly
                            260

-------
include the maximum infiltration anticipated during the life
of the sewer, while the construction allowance should be
the maximum allowable infiltration at the time of
construction.  The construction infiltration will increase
continuously throughout the life of the project.  APWA has
recommended the establishment of a construction infiltration
allowance of 185 I/cm diameter/km/day (200 gal./inch
diameter/mile/day) or less.  This is not unreasonable in
light of improvements in pipe and joint materials and con-
struction methods.

Average and peak design flows should be related to the
actual conditions for the area under design.  Too often
flow criteria are taken from a standard textbook.  Adequate
subsurface investigations should be undertaken to establish
conditions that may affect pipe and joint selection or
bedding requirements.  Consideration should be given to the
constructability and maintainability of the sewer system.
This calls for direct communication between the designer
and maintenance personnel.

Manholes should be designed with as few construction joints
as possible.  In recent years the development of custom-
made precast manholes with pipe stubs already cast in place
has reduced the problem of shearing and damage of connect-
ing pipes.  The use of flexible connectors at all joints
adjacent to manholes reduces the possibility of differen-
tial settlement shearing the connecting pipes.

Manhole cover design is attracting serious attention in
view of evidence that even small perforations can produce
sizable contributions of extraneous inflow.  A single
2.5-cm (1-inch) hole in a manhole top covered with 15.2 cm
(6 inches) of water may admit 0.5 I/sec (11,520 gpd) [41],
Solid sealed covers should be used for manholes in areas
subject to flooding.  If solid covers are used, alternative
venting methods must be used to admit air or remove sewer
gases.

Construction considerations — The most critical factor rela-
tive to infiltration prevention is the act of construction.
The capability of currently manufactured pipes and joints
to be assembled allowing minimal infiltration must be
coupled with good workmanship and adequate inspection,
expecially at house connections.

Trenches should be made as narrow as possible but wide
enough to permit proper laying of pipe,  inspection of
joints, and consolidation of backfill.  Construction should
be accomplished in dry conditions.  If water is encountered
                            158

-------
        Plant capacity               Operation and
                          Capital     maintenance
        cu m/sec   mgd    cost, $     cost, $/yr

          1.1       25   1,580,000       44,000

          2.2       50   2,390,000       55,000

          4.4      100   4,370,000       98,000

          8.8      200   7,430,000      129,000

The cost data are based on an ENR of 2000.

The operating costs are estimated to be $0.0382/1,000 1
($0.141/1,000 gal.) for 300 hours of operating per year.  The
high cost could easily be reduced, however, by designing the
system to serve also as a dry-weather effluent polisher dur-
ing periods with no storm flows.

CONCENTRATION DEVICES

Concentration devices, such as the swirl regulator/
concentrator and helical or spiral flow devices, have intro-
duced an advanced form of sewer regulator--one capable of
controlling both quantity and quality.  These devices have
been previously described in Section VIII.   A prototype
swirl regulator has recently been constructed in Syracuse,
New York.  A second generation swirl concentrator has
been placed into operation as a treatment unit for municipal
sewage grit separation in Denver, Colorado.  Settleable
solids removals ranging from 65 to more than 90 percent,
corresponding to chamber retention times of approximately 5
to 15 seconds, have been predicted on the basis of hydraulic
model tests.  At the time of writing, no operational data
were available.  Indicated costs are approximately $285/cu m/
sec ($6,500/mgd).  A third generation swirl device has been
developed to take the place of conventional primary sedi-
mentation at 10 to 20 minute detention times.
                            258

-------
Identification of the drainage system includes a review of
detailed maps of the sewer system; field checks of the line,
grade, and sizes; and identification of sections and man-
holes that are bottlenecks.

To identify the scope of the infiltration, it is necessary
to measure and record both dry- and wet-weather flows at
key manholes.  Groundwater elevations should be obtained
simultaneously with sewer flow measurements.

A physical survey of the entire sewer system, or that por-
tion of major concern, where every manhole is entered and
sewers are examined visually to observe the degree and
nature of deposition, flows, pipe conditions, and manhole
condition should be made.  Smoke testing may reveal infil-
tration sources only under low groundwater conditions.  If
the groundwater table is above the pipe, the smoke may be
lost in the water.  Soil conditions and groundwater condi-
tions should also be noted.

An economic and feasibility study is necessary to determine
the locations where the greatest amount of infiltration can
be eliminated for the least expenditure of money.  In some
cases, it may be most cost effective to provide additional
treatment capacity at the sewage treatment plant for the
infiltration.  Cost estimates can be developed for subse-
quent correctional stages as necessary.

Cleaning — A systematic program of sewer cleaning (1) can
restore the full hydraulic capacity and self-scouring
velocity of the sewer and its ability to convey infiltra-
tion without flooding; (2) can aid in the discovery of
trouble spots, such as areas with possible breaks, offset
joints, restrictions, and poor house taps, before any sub-
stantial damage is caused; and (3) is a necessary prerequi-
site to television and photographic inspection.  It is
one of the most important and useful forms of preventive
maintenance.  This type of program involves periodic
cleaning on a regular, recurring basis.

By frequent hydraulic flushing of the sewers, the interval
between mechanical cleanings of the sewer can be extended.
This will be discussed in more detail later in this section.

Equipment used in cleaning falls into three general classi-
fications:  (1) rodding machines, (2) bucket machines, and
(3) for small sewers, hydraulic devices.  The rodding
machine, which is used most commonly, removes heavy conglom-
erations of grease and root intrusions.  The bucket machine
utilizes two cables threaded between manholes.  One cable
                            160

-------
screen during the overflow event and st9red  in two  19-cu m
(5,000-gal.) tanks for the test filtration runs  that
followed.  Each tank had a mixer to keep solids  in
suspension.  Two pumps were then used to supply  the filter
with screened water.

Removals for this filter were 65 percent for SS, 40 percent
for BODs, and 60 percent for COD [22].  The  addition of
polyelectrolyte increased the SS removal to  94 percent, the
BODs removal to 65 percent, and the COD removal  to  65 per-
cent.  Inorganic coagulants, such as lime, alum, and ferric
chloride, did not prove as successful as polymers.  Run
times averaged 6 hours at loading rates of 58.7  cu m/hr/sq m
(24 gpm/sq ft).  Backwashing of the filters  consisted of
alternately injecting air and water into the bottom of the
filter columns.  Air volume was varied from  38.4 to
283 cu m/hr/sq m (2.1 to 15.5 scfm/sq ft)  over 2.5 to 29
minutes.   Backwash water volume used ranged from 1.9 to
8.6 percent of the total combined sewer overflow filtered,
with a median value of approximately 4 percent.  The range
of backwash water rate used was 75.8 to 220 cu m/hr/sq m (31
to 90 gpm/sq ft)  over 4 to 25 minutes.

A list of the basic design data is presented in Table 50.

Others — Two other filtration processes, fiber glass plug
filtration [24]  and coal filtration [34], show some promise,
but additional research is necessary to perfect them.  Other
methods, such as crazed resin filtration, upflow filtration
with garnet sand, and filtration using ultrasonically
cleaned fine screens,have not been successful and are not
considered worthy of further effort at the present time.

Advantages and Disadvantages

The advantages of dual-media filtration are that (1) rela-
tively good removals can be achieved; (2)  process is versa-
tile enough to be used as an effluent polisher;  (3) operation
is easily automated; and (4) small land area is necessary.
Disadvantages are that (1) costs are high; (2) dissolved
materials are not removed; and (3)  storage of backwash water
is required.

Costs

Cost data were developed from a design estimate for 1.1, 2.2,
4.4, and 8.8 cu m/sec (25, 50, 100, and 200 mgd)  filtration
plants at a satellite location [22].  The basic plant as en-
visioned for the cost estimate includes a low lift pump
                            256

-------
(1) replacement of broken sections, (2)  insertion of various
types of sleeves or liners, (3) internal sealing of joints
and cracks with gels or slurries, and (4)  external sealing
by soil injection grouting.  Additional  detailed information
is available in recent EPA reports on jointing materials
[13, 41, 27] and sealants  [29, 13, 41, 25].

The method most commonly used to correct structural defects
and infiltration (in sections where major structural damage
is not present) is internal sealing with gels or slurries.

The use of a chemical blocking method to seal sewer cracks,
breaks, and bad joints is much more economical and feasible
than sewer replacement or the inadequate concrete flooding
method.  With recent improvements in television and photo-
graphic inspection methods, sealing by chemical blocking
appears to be an even more encouraging method than
heretofore.  Chemical blocking is accomplished by injecting
a chemical grout and catalyst into the crack or break.  A
sealing packer is used to place the grout and catalyst.
The packer has inflatable elements to isolate the leak, an
air line for inflation, and two pipes for delivering the
chemical grout and catalyst to the packer.  An example of a
packer is shown on Figure 20.  During the repair the two
inflatable end sections isolate the leak and chemical grout
and catalyst are injected into the center section.  Then
the center section is inflated to force the grout from
the annulus between the packer and the sewer wall into
the leak.  When the repair is complete,the packer is de-
flated and moved to the next repair location.

The current use of acrylamid gels as chemical blocking
agents is restricted by their lack of strength and other
physical limitations.  Recently, improved materials, such
as epoxy-based and polyurethane-based sealants, have been
developed  [29].  These new sealants have exhibited suita-
bility even under conditions of erratic or intermittent
infiltration where acrylamid gels failed because of re-
peated dehydration.  The only difficulty in applying the
new sealant materials has been that, because of the physi-
cal properties of the sealants, new application equipment
incorporating a mixing mechanism is required.  The cost of
this new equipment is approximately the same as the exist-
ing equipment.  Modification of existing packing equipment
to accept the new sealants has been found to be feasible.

Sewers may also be sealed by inserting sleeves or liners,
as discussed previously.
                            162

-------
FILTRATION

Introduction

In the physical treatment processes, filtration is one step
finer than screening.  Solids are usually removed by one or
more of the following removal mechanisms:  straining, im-
pingement, settling, and adhesion.  Filtration has not been
used extensively in wastewater treatment, because of rapid
clogging which is principally due to compressible solids
being strained out at the surface and lodged within the
pores of the filter media.  In stormwater runoff, however,
a large fraction of the solids are discrete, noncompressible
solids that are more readily filtered [30].

Effluents from primary or secondary treatment plants and
from physical-chemical treatment facilities contain com-
pressible solids.

The discussion on filters handling discrete, noncompressible
solids is presented here.

Design Criteria

Two factors affecting removal efficiency are flux rate and
the type of solids.  As one would expect, the removals are
inversely proportional to the flux rate.  At high flux
rates, solids are forced through the filters reducing solids
removal efficiency.  Suspended solids removals were found
to be better for inert solids (discrete, noncompressible
solids) than for volatile solids (compressible solids).
This is the same conclusion found for microstrainers.

Loading Rates — The difference between filtering compres-
sible and noncompressible solids is basically the flux rate
used.  High-rate filters handling compressible solids are
normally loaded at 12.2 to 24.5 cu m/hr/sq m (5 to 10 gpm/
sq ft), whereas those handling noncompressible solids will
filter at rates up to 73.4 cu m/hr/sq m (30 gpm/sq ft).

Chemicals — Many polyelectrolytes and some coagulants have
been tested.   Some polyelectrolytes have been found which
increase  removals of phosphorus and nitrogen.   It is
cautioned, however, that polyelectrolytes are noted for
their unpredictability and the most effective polyelectro-
lyte must be  determined for each wastewater.

Demonstration Projects

Studies have  been made to investigate possible filtration
techniques for combined sewer overflows.  The different
                            254

-------
with grades too flat to be self-cleansing.  However, such
applications are relatively uncommon today.  Because of the
volume of flow required and the noted system limitations,
stormwater applications to date have been limited to rela-
tively small lateral sewers.

Cleansing deposited solids by flushing in combined sewer
laterals with mild slopes (0.001 to 0.008) was studied
using 30-cm (12-inch) and 46-cm (18-inch) clay sewer pipes,
each 244 meters (800 feet) long [22] .  Experimental data
were then used to formulate a mathematical design model to
provide an efficient means of selecting the most economical
flushing system that would achieve a desired cleansing
efficiency within the constraints set by the engineer and
limitations of the design equations.

It was found that the cleansing efficiency of deposited
material by periodic flush waves is dependent upon flush
volume, flush discharge rate, sewer slope, sewer length,
sewer flow rate, and sewer diameter.  Neither details of
the flush device inlet to the sewer nor slight irregulari-
ties in the sewer slope and alignment significantly affected
the percent cleaning efficiencies.

Using sewage instead of clean water for flushing was found
to cause a general, minor decrease in the efficiency of the
cleansing operation.  The effect is relatively small and is
the result of the redeposition of solids by the trailing
edge of the flush wave.

The effects of flush wave sequencing were found to be in-
significant as long as the flush releases were made pro-
gressively from the upstream end of the sewer*  Also, the
cleansing efficiencies obtained by using various combina-
tions of flush waves were found to be quite similar to
those obtained using single flushes of equivalent volumes
and similar release rates.  However, both of these hypothe-
ses are based on the limited findings from tests run on
relatively short sewers.  Therefore, further testing is
required to give a complete picture of the relative impor-
tance of these two factors on the overall performance of a
complete flushing system.

A prototype flush station developed during the study can be
inserted in a manhole to provide functions necessary to col-
lect sewage from the sewer, store it in a coated fabric
tank, and release the stored sewage as a flush wave upon
receipt of an external signal.

One prototype lateral flushing demonstration project was
considered for an 11-ha (27-acre) drainage area in Detroit
                            164

-------
 has  eight  152-cm  (60-inch)  diameter  units  operating  in
 parallel.   They are  to  be  operated sequentially  to accommo-
 date  flow  variation.  The  screen  size  is 105 microns.
 Twelve  static  screens using 1,525-micron (0.06-inch)  clear
 opening screen represent the  third portion of  the facility.
 These are  the  manufacturer's  standard  units that have been
 used  in industry  to  remove  gross  solids.   A description  of
 a  typical  unit was presented  above.  The combined sewer  over-
 flow  facilities are  located across the Maumee  River  from
 Fort  Wayne's sewage  treatment plant.   Flows entering  the
 facilities  are sewage treatment plant  bypass and combined
 sewer overflows.  These flows are lifted to the  screens  by
 pumps after passing  through a bar screen.  Chlorination  and
 a  contact  tank are provided.

 Costs

 Microstrainers and Drum Screens — The  costs reported  for
 microstrainers vary  considerably, as shown in  Table  48.  The
 main  reason is the variation  in flux rates or  loading coupled
 with  the type  of waste  treated  (i.e.,  combined sewer over-
 flows versus secondary  effluent)  [30].  With the exception
 of the  Philadelphia  facility, all of the microstrainers  are
 used  to  treat  sewage effluent at  appreciably lower flux
 rates which necessarily increased the  cost.  During  the
 Philadelphia study it was found possible to use a flux rate
 of 73.3  cu m/hr/sq m (30 gpm/sq ft); therefore, the costs at
 the three other locations listed  in Table  48 have been modi-
 fied  to  reflect this increase in  loading rate.  According to
 the figures presented in Table 48, the average capital cost
 is approximately $248/l/sec  ($11,000/mgd)  for  treating com-
 bined sewer overflows.   The operation and maintenance costs
 have not been  adjusted.   The approximate cost  is $0.0013 to
 $0.0026/1,000  1 ($0.005 to  $0.01/1,000 gal.) for assuming 300
 hours of operation per year.  The single capital cost cited
 for a fine screen is only the equipment cost and does not
 include  installation.  Operation and maintenance costs
 should be comparable to those for microstrainers.

 Rotary Fine Screens — Cost  data for rotary fine screens  for
 combined sewer overflows are based on a preliminary design
 estimate for a screening facility in Seattle, Washington,
 and actual construction costs at Fort Wayne, Indiana [38,
 28].   The two  costs were $700,000 and $250,000, for plants
 of 1,095 I/sec (25 mgd)  and 1,640 I/sec (37.5 mgd),
 respectively.   The differences in cost are  due, in part, to
 the fact that the Fort  Wayne installation is a demonstration
prototype project where  three types of screens operating in
parallel are treating a total flow of 3,285 I/sec (75 mgd)
 in a single building.  The cost for the rotary fine screen
                            252

-------
associated with excess wet-weather flows are generally of
short duration; thus, a marginally inadequate line can be
bolstered by polymer injections at critical periods.  In
effect, this increases the overall treatment efficiency by
allowing more of the flow to reach the treatment plant,
while flooding from sewer surcharges is decreased.

The polymers tested in Richardson, Texas, included Polyox
Coagulant-701, Polyox WSR-301, and Separan AP-30  [40].  The
latter showed the greatest resistance to shear degradation
(which may be important in very long channels) but was the
least effective hydraulically.  Tests conducted indicated
that the polymers and nonsolvents were not detrimental
to bacteria growth and therefore would not disrupt the
biological treatment of sewage in wastewater treatment
plants.  Tests conducted on algae in a polymer environment
indicated that the polymers have no toxic effects and only
nominal nutrient effects.  Fish bioassays indicated that in
a polymer slurry concentration of 500 mg/1, some  fish deaths
resulted but that, in practice, concentrations above 250
mg/1 would provide no additional flow benefits.   It was re-
ported that polymer concentrations of between 35  and 100
mg/1 decreased flow resistance sufficiently to eliminate
surcharges of more than 1.8 meters  (6 feet) [40].

The Dallas Water Utilities District, Dallas, Texas has con-
structed a prototype polymer injection station  (see
Figure 21) for relief of surcharge-caused overflows at 15
points along a 2,440-meter (8,000-foot) stretch of the
Bachman Creek sewer  [36].  During storms, the infiltration
ratio approaches 8 to 1.  The sanitary sewer is 46 cm
(18 inches) in diameter for the first 1,220 meters  (4,000
feet) and then joins another 46-cm  (18-inch) diameter
sewer and continues on.  The Dallas polymer injection
station was built as a semiportable unit so that  it can be
removed and installed at other locations needing  an in-
terim solution once a permanent solution has been imple-
mented at Bachman Creek.

The polymer injection unit is enclosed by a 1.3-cm  (1/2-inch)
steel sheet, 3.1 meters  (10 feet) in diameter by  approxi-
mately 7.9 meters  (26 feet) in height.  The upper half pro-
vides storage for 6,364 kg (14,000  Ib) of dry polymer and
also contains dehumidification equipment.  The  lower half
contains a polymer transfer blower, a polymer hopper and
agitator for dry feeding, a volumetric feeder and eductor,
and appurtenances.  The unit  is entirely self-contained
with only external power and water  hookup necessary for  the
unit to be  in operation.
                            166

-------
 drum speed with backwashing activation whenever headless
 exceeds 6 inches.   Collected solids are discharged to the
 float holding tanks.   The screen size used in both cases
 was  297 microns.

 Cleveland, Ohio [22]  - The Cleveland, Ohio,  study on dual-
 media filtration  also included a fine screen as a pretreat-
 ment unit to the  filtration process.   The  420 micron screen
 was  fitted over a  1.2 sq m (12.6 sq ft)  drum unit.   Drum
 speed and backwash conditions  were  not reported.   More de-
 tails on the layout  of the facilities are  given in this
 section under Filtration.

 East Providence, Rhode Island  [41]  - This  bench-scale study
 was  conducted to test the  applicability of using  a:drum
 screen and a diatomaceous  earth  filter in  series  to achieve
 significant removals  when  operating on combined sewer
 overflow.   The  study  indicated good removals  by the screen-
 ing  device in relation to  other  drum screens.   The  screening
 unit,  however,  was of different  configuration than  other
 drum screens.   The device  used was  a small 259  sq cm (40
 sq in.)  unit consisting  of a submerged rotating drum with
 the  flow passing through the screen from the  outside to the
 inside.   Effluent was  drawn off  from  the interior of the
 rotating drum.  The backwash system ran  continuously using
 submerged  spray jets  directed  at  the  interior  of  the screen
 dislodging strained solids  and allowing  them  to pass through
 ports  separating dirty water from the  rest of  the influent
 water.   Synthetic sewage was used during the  study.   Screen
 apertures  tested were  150,  190,  and 230  microns in  size.

 Portland,  Oregon [58,  11]  - A  rotary  fine  screen  unit  was
 tested  in  Portland, Oregon, on both dry-weather flow and
 combined  sewer  overflows.  The facility  was constructed on
 a 183  cm  (72-inch) diameter trunk sewer  serving a 10,000-ha
 (25,000-acre) area.  A portion of the  flow was  diverted to
 a bypass  line where it first flowed through a bar screen
 before being  lifted into the demonstration project by  two
 132  I/sec  (2,100 gpm)  turbine pumps.  After passing  through
 the  rotary  fine screen, both the  concentrated solids and
 the  effluent were returned to  the Sullivan Gulch  Pumping
 Station wet well.  In  a typical installation on a combined
 sewer overflow  line, the effluent from the screens would
pass to a  receiving stream after  disinfection.  The  concen-
 trated solids would be returned to  an interceptor sewer.
The  screening unit used a 152 cm  (60-inch)  diameter  drum
with 74, 105, and 167 micron screens.  The units were oper-
ated at flow rates ranging from 43.2 to  126.2 I/sec  (1  to
2.8 mgd).  The range and levels of variables  tested  is
listed in Table 47.
                            250

-------
The unit is set up for fully automatic operation and may be
started by any of three external level sensors located
458 meters (1,500 feet) upstream, at the injection site, and
458 meters (1,500 feet) downstream.

Several polymers were tested, and Polyox WSR-301 was chosen
to be used when the Bachman Creek unit becomes operational.
The polymer is expected to reduce the surcharge by 6.1 meters
(20 feet) over the first 1,220-meter (4,000-foot) length.
The maximum equipmental feed rate is expected to be 2.3
kg/min (5 Ib/min).  The actual polymer feed rate will be
flow paced by the liquid level in the sewer to maintain a
polymer concentration of about 150 ppm in the sanitary sewer.
The unit is capable of supplying a dosage of 500 to 600 mg/1
if needed.  It is expected that the unit will be in operation
about five times per year and that surcharge reduction will
be complete in approximately 7 minutes after start of polymer
injection (travel time in the affected reach of sewer).

The actual construction cost for the unit, including instal-
lation of the site, was $146,000 (ENR 2000).  The unit was
scheduled to be operable by mid-1973 with operational per-
formance and data available one year thereafter.  Maintenance
is expected to be limited to a site visit and unit exercise
every 2 months.

REGULATORS

Historically, combined sewer regulators represent an attempt
to intercept all dry-weather flows, yet automatically pro-
vide for the bypass of wet-weather flows beyond available
treatment/interceptor capacity.  Initially, this was accom-
plished by constructing a low dam  (weir) across the combined
sewer downstream from a vertical or horizontal orifice as
shown on Figure 22.  Flows dropping through the orifices
were collected by the interceptor and conveyed to the treat-
ment facility (see Figure 19).  The dams were designed to
divert up to approximately 3 times the average dry-weather
flow to the interceptor with the excess overflowing to the
receiving water.  Eventually more sophisticated mechanical
regulators were developed in an attempt to improve control
over the diverted volumes.  No specific consideration was
given to quality control.

Recent research, however, has resulted in several regula-
tors that appear capable of providing both quality and
quantity control via induced hydraulic flow patterns that
tend to separate and concentrate the solids from the main
flow [10, 50, 15].  Other new devices promise excellent
quantity control without troublesome sophisticated design.
                            168

-------
than pumping if resuspension in water is to be avoided.
This is one of the screening methods currently being tested
for combined storm overflows at Fort Wayne, Indiana  [28, 43]
The installed units are to handle 767 I/sec (17.5 mgd)
using screens with openings of 1,525 microns  (0.060  inch).

Advantages and Disadvantages — The four basic screening de-
vices have been developed to serve one of two types  of
applications.  The microstrainer is designed as a main
treatment device that can remove most of the suspended con-
taminants found in a combined sewer overflow.  The other
three devices --drum screens, rotary fine screens, and hy-
draulic sieves—are basically pretreatment units designed
to remove the coarser material found in waste flows.  The
advantages and disadvantages of each type are listed in
Table 46.

Description of Demonstration Projects

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania — The use of a microstrainer to
treat combined sewer overflows has been studied in
Philadelphia [26, 27].  The facility includes microstrain-
ing and disinfection.  The microstrainer was a 5-foot diam-
eter by 3-foot long unit using either 35- or 23-micron
screen openings during the various tests conducted.  The
drum was operated submerged at 2/3 of its depth.  The com-
plete unit was equipped to automatically control drum speed
proportional to the headloss across the screen, with con-
tinuous backwash, and with an ultraviolet irradiation source
to prevent fouling of the screen by bacterial slimes.  The
unit starts automatically whenever sufficient overflow
occurs.  Because of the physical configuration of the sewer,
flow was pumped to the microstrainer.  However, it is rec-
ommended that pumping be avoided whenever possible since
large solids that would be readily removed by microstraining
are broken up by the pumping.  The study was conducted
in three phases:  (1) operation of full screen area using
the 35 micron screen, (2) operation at full screen area
using 23 micron screen, and (3) operation at 20 percent
of the screen area using the 23 micron screen.  The latter
was to test increased loading rates since the facility
had a limited pumping capacity.  The facilities operated
approximately 40 times per year on combined sewer overflows.

Milwaukee and Racine, Wisconsin [40] — The use of fine
screens to remove most of the coarse solids at Milwaukee
and Racine has been briefly described previously under
Dissolved Air Flotation.  One unit was used at Milwaukee
and six are used at Racine.  They operate at a continuous
                            248

-------
Conventional Designs

Conventional regulators can be subdivided into three major
groups:  (1) static, (2) semiautomatic dynamic, and
(3) automatic dynamic.   The grouping reflects the general
trend toward the increasing degree of control and sophisti-
cation and, of course,  the capital and operation and main-
tenance costs.  Conventional regulator design, use,
advantages, and disadvantages are well covered in the
literature  [10, 11, 32].

Static Regulators — Static regulators can be defined as
fixed-position devices  allowing little or no adjustment
after construction.

Static regulators consist of horizontal or vertical fixed
orifices, manually operated vertical gates, leaping and
side-spill weirs and dams, and self-priming siphons.  Typi-
cal static regulators are shown on Figure 23.  With the ex-
ception of the vertical gate, which does not often move,
they have no moving parts.  Thus, they provide only minimal
control, and they are least expensive to build, less costly
to operate, and somewhat less troublesome to maintain.
In view of the increasingly more stringent receiving water
discharge limitations and the rising need of providing storm
water capacity in treatment plants, it is expected that the
use of conventional static regulators will decline.  System
control, to utilize maximum capacity in the interceptor,
requires flexibility virtually nonexistent with static
regulators.  Maintenance, with the exception of the vertical
gate, is mostly limited to removal of debris blocking the
regulator opening.

Semiautomatic Dynamic Regulators — Semiautomatic dynamic
regulators can oe defined as those which are adjustable over
a limited range of diverted flow and contain moving parts
but are not adaptable to remote control.

The family of semiautomatic dynamic (having moving parts)
regulators consists of float-operated gates, mechanical
tipping gates, and cylindrical gates.  Typical semiautomatic
dynamic regulators are  shown on Figure 24.  All require
separate chambers to allow access for adjustment and
maintenance.  As a rule this group is more expensive to
construct and to maintain than static regulators.  They are
more susceptible to malfunction from debris interfering
with the moving parts and are subject to failure due to the
corrosive environment.   However, better flow control is
provided because they respond automatically to combined
sewer and interceptor flow variations.  The adjustment of
                            170

-------
Screen cleaning — In the studies conducted on the rotary fine
screen [38, 11J, blinding (clogging of the screen) has been a
problem.   Blinding has been attributed to oil, grease, and
industrial waste from a paint manufacturer.  This problem is
similar to that experienced during the development of micro-
strainers.  The latest study at Shore Acres, California,
solved this problem by enforcing an industrial waste ordinance
prohibiting discharge of oil wastes to the sewer system.

To improve backwashing, a solution of hot water and liquid
solvent or detergent has been found necessary to obtain ef-
fective cleaning of the screens.  This may have been neces-
sary only because of the nature of the common waste encoun-
tered in both studies [38, 11].  Of the solvents tested,
acidic and alcoholic agents did not adequately clean the
screens.   Alkaline agents were reported not effective by
Portland  [11], but Cornell, Howland, Hayes § Merryfield [38]
reported a caustic solution was the most efficient solvent.
Chloroform, solvent parts cleaner, soluble pine oil, ZIP,
Formula 409, and Vestal Eight offered limited effectiveness.
ZEP 9658 cleaned the screens effectively, but this cleaner
was not analyzed to determine its effect on effluent water
quality.   The removal of paint was done effectively only by
hand cleaning using ZEP 9658.

Screen life — In the first study [38], the average screen
life was approximately 4 hours.  In a study conducted a year
later [11] using a similar unit incorporating a new screen
design and a rotational speed of 65 rpm, the average screen
life was 34 hours.  Reducing the rotational speed to 55 rpm
increased the average screen life to 346 hours.  Results of
a subsequent study at Shore Acres, California, indicate that
screen life may exceed 1 year.  This extended life, however,
is most likely attributable to the much lower hydraulic
loading rate, 39.5 versus 123 I/sec (0.9 versus 2.8 mgd) or
30 versus 97 1/sec/sq m (44 versus 143 gpm/sq ft).  The
present predicted screen life is 1,000 hours.  Some screen
failures were attributed to punctures caused by objects
present in the feed waters.

Design parameters — The design and operating parameters of
the rotary fine screen are presented in Table 45.  No mathe-
matical modeling of the rotary fine screen has been
performed.  Further tests of the rotary fine screen are
needed to determine more accurately the life of the screens,
the removal efficiencies, and design parameters.

Two points should be remembered with respect to rotary fine
screens:   (1) waste flows from the rotary fine screen range
from 10 to 20 percent of the total flow treated and may
contain solvents that may be difficult to treat downstream;
                            246

-------
(a)   AUTOMATIC SEVER REGULATOR  [32]

(BRO»K AND BROWN TTPE I).
                                                             STOP DISC BOLT
                                                                  STOP LINK
                                       (b)   TIPPING GATE REGULATOR  [ll]

                                            USED BY HLEGHENT COUNTY
                                            SEWAGE AUTHORITT
    6»TE CHAIBER
(c)  CYLINDRICAL GATE REGULATOR  [l(j]
      Figure  24.    Typical   semiautomatic
             dynamic sewer  regulators
                              172

-------
      Table  44.   RECOMMENDED MICROSTRAINER  DESIGN
  PARAMETERS FOR COMBINED  SJEWER  OVERFLOW TREATMENT
         Screen opening, microns

           Main treatment
           Pretreatment

         Screen material

         Drum speed, rpm

           Maximum  speed
           Operating range

         Flux rate  of submerged
         screen, gpm/sq ft

           Low rate
           High rate

         Headless,  in.

         Submergence of drum,  I

         Backwash

           Volume,  % of inflow
           Pressure, psi

         Type of automatic
         controls
     23-35
    150-420

 Stainless steel
      5-7
      0-max speed
      5-10
     20-50

      6-24

     60-80
   <0.5-3
     40-50

Drum speed propor-
tional to headless
         Note:   gpm/sq ft x 0.679 = 1/sec/sq m
                psi x 0.0703 =  kg/sq cm
SCREEN
                                          -BACKWASH NOZZLES

                                         NFLUENT FLOW
                                        AUTOMATIC VALVE
         ^SCREENED  EFFLUENT
   Figure  49.   Rotary fine screen  schematic  [11]
                             244

-------
         6ALV.  PIPE TO
         FLOAT  WELL
         LOAT i
        FLOAT WELL
      NTERCEPTOR
                      PLAN VIEW
         CYLINDER - OPERATED GATE REGULATOR

                PHILADELPHIA   [ll]
Figure  25.   Typical  automatic  dynamic
             sewer  regulator
                    174

-------
         Table 43.   DATA SUMMARY ON MICROSTRAINERS AND
                          DRUM SCREENS
Location
(1)
Philadelphia,
Pa.
Milwaukee, Wis.
Cleveland, Ohio
Lebanon, Ohio
Chicago, 111.
Letchworth,
England
Lebanon, Ohio
East Providence,
R.I.
Reference
number
(2)
[27]
[26]
[26]
[26]
[26]
[40]
[22]
[6]
[23]
[35]
[6]
[41]
[41]
[41]
Screen
opening,
micron
(3)
23
23
23
23
35
297
420
23
23
23
35
150
190
230

Total,
sq ft
(4)
9.4
9.4
47.0
47.0
47.0
144.0
12.6
15.0
314.0
47. 0
15.0
0.28
0.28
0.28
Screen area
Submerged,
sq ft
(5)
7.4
7.4
28a
35a
35a
72-90
NA
9
NA
NA
9
0.28
0.28
0.28
Backwash
Submerged,
t
(6)
78
78
60a
74a
74a
51-64
NA
60
NA
NA
60
ioof
ioof
ioof
Flux rate,
gpm/sq ft
(7)
40
25
9.1
6.9
5.4
40-50
100
•\-7.0
6.6
3.1
-w.o
18-25
18-25
18-25
Headloss ,
in.
(8)
23
12a
4.7a
3.6a
3.4a
12-14
max
NA
6 max
6 max
NA
6 max
NA
NA
NA
Pressure,
psi
(9)
40
40
40
40
40
1*
NA
NA
20-55
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
\ of
total flow
(10)
<0.5
NAb
NA
NA
NA
0.8SB
NA
5.3
3.0
NA
5.3
28
28f
28
Table 43 continued on page 243.
                               242

-------
           CONTROL PORT
    ELEVATED EXIT WEIR
COMBINED
SEWER
OUTFALL
                                                   COMBINED FLOW
                                                WEIR
                                              COMMUNICATION LINES


                                              FIXED AREA ORIFICE
                                            SIMPLE LEVEL SENSOR

                                            AIR SLOT
INTERCEPTOR FLOW
           Figure  26.   Schematic arrangement
           of a  fluidic sewer regulator [10]
is  induced by the kinetic energy of  the  sewage entering
the  tank  (see Figure 27).  Flow to the treatment plant is
deflected, and discharges through a  pipe at the bottom near
the  center of the channel.  Excess flow  in storm periods
discharges over a circular weir around the center of the
tank and  is conveyed to receiving waters.   The rotary motion
causes  the sewage to follow a long path  through the channel
thus setting up secondary flow patterns  which create an
interface  between the fluid sludge mass  and the clear liquid
The  flow  containing the concentrated solids is directed to
the  interceptor.   Using synthetic sewage in model studies at
Bristol,  England, suspended solids removal efficiencies of
up  to 98  percent  were reported [47] .  Another series of
experiments elsewhere on a model vortex  regulator using raw
sewage  indicated  poor performance in removing screenable
solids  under certain conditions [1].  This lack of overflow
                             176

-------
preliminary and more work is needed to verify them at a
larger scale and at the Philadelphia pilot plant site.

Screen cleaning — Of the several conditions which affect the
operation of the microstrainer and drum screen, the most
notable is proper cleaning of the screen.  Spray jets,
located on the outside of the screen at the top of the drum,
are directed in a fan shape onto the screen.  It has been
found that the pressure of this backwash spray is more im-
portant than the quantity of the backwash [13, 6],  There
does not seem to be any relationship between the volume of
backwash water applied and the hydraulic loading of the
microstrainer or drum screen.  Thus, a constant backwash
rate can be applied regardless of the hydraulic loading [23].
Results of tests at Philadelphia have indicated no backwash-
ing problems.

Occasionally the microstrainer and, to a lesser degree, the
drum screen cannot be effectively cleaned by the backwash
jets.  This condition, called "blinding" of the screen, is
generally associated with oil, grease, and bacterial growths
[13, 41, 23, 6].  Oil and grease cannot be removed effec-
tively without using a detergent or other chemical, such as
sodium hypochlorite, in the backwash water  [6],  Generally,
microstrainers and drum screens with the finer screen open-
ings (<147 microns) should not be used in situations where
excessive oil and grease concentrations are likely to be en-
countered from a particular drainage area.  Bacterial growths
also have caused blinding problems on microstrainers, although
they have not been a major problem with drum screens.  The use
of ultraviolet light is an effective means of control, as men-
tioned previously.  It is important, however, to use an
ultraviolet light source of the proper frequency designed to
minimize the amount of ozone created [29] .  With proper con-
struction of the microstrainer it is possible to reduce the
chances of the creation of ozone [26] .

Screen life — In a wet environment, ozone is relatively cor-
rosive to the stainless steel screens.  Since screens are
woven with very fine stainless steel wires, the amount of
corrosion needed to break through a strand of the wire is
small [29].  In fact, it has been reported that ozone in a
wet environment is more corrosive to the stainless steel
wires than chlorine in a wet environment [29].  Therefore,
it is important to reduce the concentration of ozone and/or
chlorine in and around the microstrainer.  Both chlorine and
ozone have been used upstream of the microstrainer, but
enough detention time has been allowed so that concentra-
tions of these chemicals are relatively low.  It is better
                            240

-------
regulator and the swirl regulator/concentrator is the flow
field pattern.  Another major difference is that larger
flow rates can be handled in the prototype swirl regulator/
concentrator  (at Lancaster, Pennsylvania, the estimated in-
crease is 4 to 6 times greater) than in the equivalent size
vortex regulator.

A hydraulic laboratory model was used to determine geometric
configuration and settleable solids removal efficiencies.
Figure 28 shows the hydraulic model in action.  Note the
solids separation and concentration toward the underflow
pipe to the treatment plant.

As a result of both mathematical and hydraulic modeling,
the performance of the prototype has been predicted.  Based
upon a peak storm flow to peak dry-weather flow ratio of
55 to 1, 90 percent of the solids (grit particles with a
specific gravity of 2.65, having a diameter greater than
0.3 mm and settleable solids with a specific gravity of 1.2,
having a diameter larger than 1.0 mm) are concentrated into
3 percent of the flow [50, 15].  Hydraulic testing indicates
that removal efficiency increases as the peak storm flow to
peak dry-weather flow decreases.  The recommended configura-
tion for the swirl regulator/concentrator is shown on
Figure 29.

The foul-sewer channel in the bottom of the swirl concentra-
tor is sized for peak dry-weather flow.  During wet-weather
flows the concentrated settleable solids are carried out
the foul-sewer into an interceptor.

There are no moving parts so maintenance and adjustment re-
quirements are minimal.   Fine tuning control is provided via
a separate chamber with a cylinder gate on the "foul sewer"
outlet to the interceptor.  Remote control, although not
readily adaptable, could be accomplished by providing a
larger-than-necessary foul sewer (also diminishes the
chances of clogging) and throttling this line with a re-
motely controlled gate.

Spiral Flow Regulator — The spiral flow regulator is based
on the concept of using the secondary helical motion im-
parted to fluids at bends in conduits to concentrate the
settleable solids in the flow.   A bend with a total angle
between 60 and 90 degrees is employed.  Hydraulic model
studies of this device,  carried out at the University of
Surrey, England [44], indicated that this is a feasible
                            178

-------
size of the screen openings because this determines the
initial size of particles removed.  The efficiencies of  a
microstrainer and drum screens treating a waste with a nor-
mal distribution of particle sizes will increase  as the  size
of screen opening decreases.  Suspended solids removals  re-
ported in various studies within the United  States bear  this
out, as shown on Figure 48  [41, 26, 40, 22,  35, 27, 23].   In
reality, however, removals  are based on the  relative sizes
between the screen opening  and the particle  size.  A drum
screen with a large screen  opening can achieve high removals
if the majority of the solids in the waste flows  are larger
than the screen opening.  It appears important not to pump
ahead of microstrainers because this tends to break up  frag-
ile particles and thereby reduce removal efficiencies.   The
use of positive displacement pumps or spiral pumps may  be
permissible.

The second most important condition affecting removal  effi-
ciencies, especially  for microstrainers,  is  the  thickness  of
filtered material on  the screen.  Whenever the  thickness of
this filter mat is increased, the suspended  matter removal
            160
             so
          -T  60
             40
             20
               -o
                8
100    200     300     400

   SCREEN OPENING, MICRONS
                                               500
       Figure 48.  SS removal versus screen opening
                             238

-------
                B  ^
FLIITIILE:
DEFLECTOR.   i 270.
                                                FLOW DEFLECTOR

                                                   A-A

                                                FLOW DEFLECTOR
       B -J
                  B-B
         PLAN
SECTIONS
         Figure 29,  Recommended configuration
              for swi rl  concentrator [50]
means of separating solids  from  the  overflow.   The  simplest
form of the regulator is shown on  Figure  30.

The heavily polluted sewage  is drawn to the  inner wall.   It
then passes to a semicircular channel situated at a lower
level leading to the treatment plant.  The proportion of
the concentrated discharge will  depend on the  particular
design.  The overflow passes over  a  side  weir  for discharge
to the receiving waters.  Surface  debris  collects at the
end of the chamber and passes over a short flume  to join
the sewer conveying the flow to  the  treatment  plant.

The authors of the model study report  that even the sim-
plest application of the spiral  flow separator will produce
an inexpensive regulator that will be  superior to many
existing types.  They also stated  that further research  is
necessary to define the variables, the limits  of  applica-
tions, and the actual limitations  of the  spiral flow
                            180

-------
                                   BACKWASH
                                   HOOD
               Figure 47.  Schemati c of a
              microstrainer or drum screen
The drum was completely submerged within an influent tank,
and flow passed inward through the circumference of the
drum.  Submerged backwash jets were placed inside the drum.

Screen openings for microstrainers range from 15 to 65
microns and for drum screens, from 100 to 600 microns.  The
various sizes of screen openings that have been tested on
combined sewer overflows, and other data, are listed in
Table 42.

Microstrainers and drum screens can be used in many differ-
ent treatment schemes.  Their versatility comes from the
fact that the removal efficiency is adjustable by changing
the aperture size of the screen placed on the unit.  The
primary use of microstrainers would be in lieu of a sedimen
tation basin to remove suspended matter.  They can also be
used in conjunction with chemical treatment, such as ozone
or chlorine for chemically disinfecting/oxidizing both
organic and nonorganic oxidizable matter or microorganisms
                            236

-------
 regulator  [44].   A prototype  regulator  has  been  success-
 fully  evaluated  at Nantwich,  England.   A third generation
 device is  being  developed  for American  practice.

 Stilling Pond  Regulator  -  The stilling  pond regulator,  as
 used in England,  is a  short length  of widened channel  from
 which  the  settled solids are  discharged to  the interceptor
 [1].   Flow to  the interceptor is  controlled by the  discharge
 pipe which is  sized so that it will be  surcharged during
 wet-weather flows.   Its  discharge will  depend on the sewage
 level  in the regulator.  Excess flows during storms dis-
 charge over a  transverse weir and are conveyed to the  re-
 ceiving waters.   The use of the stilling pond may provide
 time for the solids to settle out when  the  first flush  of
 stormwater arrives  at  the  regulator and before discharge
 over the weir  begins.

 This type  of regulator is  considered suitable for overflows
 up  to  85 I/sec (30  cfs).   If  the  stilling pond is to be suc-
 cessful in separating  solids,  it  is suggested that not  less
 than a 3-minute  retention  be  provided at the maximum rate
 of  flow [34].

 High Side-Spill Weirs  -  Unsatisfactory  experience with
 side-spill  weirs  in England has led to  the  development  of a
 high side-spill weir,  referred to there  as  the high double
 side-weir  overflow.  These weirs  are made shorter and higher
 than would  be  required for the normal side-spill weir.  The
 rate of flow to the treatment  plant may  be  controlled by use
 of  a throttle  pipe  or  a  float-controlled mechanical gate.

 The ratio  of screenings  in the overflow  to  screenings in the
 sewage  passed  on  to treatment  was 0.5,  the  lowest of the
 four types  investigated  in England.  This device has the
 best general performance when  compared  to the English vortex
 and stilling pond regulators  and  the low  side-overflow
 weir [1].

 Tide Gates  - Tide gates,  backwater  gates, or flap gates are
 used to protect the interceptors  and collector sewers from
 high water  levels in receiving waters and are considered
 a regulating appurtenance when used for  this purpose.

 Tide gates  are intended to open and permit discharge at the
 outfall when the flow  line in  the sewer system regulator
 chamber produces a small  differential head on the upstream
 face of the gate.  Some types  of gates are sufficiently
 heavy  to close automatically,  ahead of any water level rise
 in the   receiving body.   With careful installation and bal-
 ancing, coupled with an effective preventive maintenance
program, the ability of the gate to open during overflow
                            182

-------
the same as for their use in dry-weather treatment
facilities.  The reader is referred to the literature for
the necessary details [25].  Except for bar screens, their
use for combined sewer overflows may be limited.  Coarse
screens are used as a pretreatment and protection device at
the Cottage Farm Detention and Chlorination Facility in
Boston.  Bar screens are recommended for almost all storage
and treatment facilities and pump stations for protection of
downstream equipment.  Typical screenings from a 1-inch bar
screen are shown on Figure 46.

Fine Screens and Microscreens — Fine screens and micro-
screens are discussed together because in most cases they
operate in a similar manner.  The types of units found in
these classifications are rotating fine screens, hereinafter
referred to as drum screens; microscreens, commonly called
microstrainers; rotary fine screens; and hydraulic sieves
(static screens); vibrating screens; and gyratory screens.
To date, vibrating screens and gyratory screens have not
been used in prototype combined sewer overflow treatment
facilities.

Description of Screening Devices

Microstrainers and Drum Screens - The microstrainer and drum
screen are essentially the same device but with different
screen aperture sizes.  A schematic of a typical unit is
shown on Figure 47.  They are a mechanical filter using a
variable, low-speed  (up to 4 to 7 rpm), continuously back-
washed, drum rotating about a horizontal axis and operating
under gravity conditions.  The filter usually is a tightly
woven wire mesh fabric (called screen) fitted on the drum
periphery in paneled sections.  The drum is placed in a tank,
and wastewater enters one end of the drum and flows outward
through the rotating screen.  Seals at the ends of the drum
prevent water from escaping around the ends of the drum into
the tank.  As the drum rotates, filtered solids, trapped on
the screen, are lifted above the water surface inside the
drum.  At the top of the drum, the solids are backwashed off
the screen by high-pressure spray jets, collected in a trough,
and removed from the inside of the drum.  In most cases,
both the rotational  speed of the drum and the backwash rate
are adjustable.  Backwash water is usually strained effluent.
The newer microstrainers use an ultraviolet light irradia-
tion source alongside the backwash jets to prevent growth of
organisms on the screens  [36] .  The drum is submerged from
approximately two-thirds to three-quarters of its diameter.

As noted previously, the usual flow pattern is radially out-
ward through the screen lining the drum; however, one drum
screen application used a reverse flow pattern  [41].
                            234

-------
     Regulators and their appurtenant facilities
     should be recognized as devices which have the
     dual responsibility of controlling both quantity
     and quality of overflow to receiving waters, in
     the interest of more effective pollution
     control.   [50]

As mentioned previously, new regulator devices have been
developed that provide both quantity and quality control.
These include electrode potential along with the swirl
regulator/concentrator, spiral flow regulator, vortex regu-
lator, and high side-spill weir.  Thus, in the future, the
choice of a regulator must be based on several factors in-
cluding:  (1) quantity control, (2) quality control,
(3) economics, (4) reliability, (5) ease of maintenance, and
(6) the desired mode of operation (automatic or
semiautomatic).

Regulator Costs - Selected installed construction costs are
shown in Table 29.  These costs are to be used for order-
of-magnitude reference only because of the wide variance
of construction problems, unit sizes, location, number
of units per installation, and special appurtenances.

The cost of maintaining sewer regulators as reported in a
recent national survey also vary widely [10] .  In most
cases, the reported expenditures are probably not adequate
to maintain the regulators in completely satisfactory
condition.  The annual cost per regulator required to con-
duct a minimal maintenance program is listed in Table 29.

REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL

One alternative to the tremendous cost and disruption caused
by sewer separation is to upgrade existing combined sewer
systems by installing effective regulators, level sensors,
tide gates,  rain gage networks, sewage and receiving water
quality monitors, overflow detectors, and flowmeters and
then apply computerized collection system control.   Such
system controls are being developed and applied in several
U.S. cities.   The concepts of control systems have been in-
troduced in Section VI.  As applied to collection system
control, they are intended to assist a dispatcher (super-
visor)  in routing and storing combined sewer flows  to make
the most effective use of interceptor and line capacities.
As the components become more advanced and operating experi-
ence grows,  system control offers the key to total inte-
grated system management and optimization.
                            184

-------
   100
    10
    0.1
           LEGEND:
           0  SAN FRANCISCO DATA [ 15]
           0  MILWAUKEE DATA  [40]
           A  FORT SMITH DATA  [17]
           •  DERIVED COST EQUATION
           x  COST CURVE FOR  SEDIMENTATION
O
                         10                 100
                           DESIGN CAPACITY, MGD
       NOTE; MQD x 43.BOB- I/SEC
         Figure  45.   Construction cost versus
design capacity for  dissolved  air  flotation,  ENR 2000
                              232

-------
 System  Components and Operations

 The  components of a remote monitoring and control system
 can  be  classified as either intelligence, central proces-
 sing, or control.

 The  intelligence system is used to sense and report the
 minute-to-minute system status and raw data for predictions.
 Examples include flow levels, quantities, and  (in some
 cases)  characteristics at significant locations throughout
 the  system; current treatment rates, pumping rates, and
 gate  (regulator) positions; rainfall intensities; tide
 levels; and receiving water quality.

 Quality observations and comparisons may assist in deter-
 mining where necessary overflows can be discharged with the
 least impact.  The central processing system is used to com-
 pile, record, and display the data.  Also, on  the basis of
 prerecorded data and programming, the processer (computer)
 may  convert, for example, flow levels and gate positions
 into estimates of volumes in storage, overflowing, and in-
 tercepted and may compute and display remaining available
 capacities to store, intercept, treat, or bypass additional
 flows.

 The  control system provides the means of manipulating the
 system to maximum advantage.  The devices include remotely
 operated gates, valves, inflatable dams, regulators, and
 pumps.  Reactions to actuated controls and changed condi-
 tions (i.e., increased rainfall, pump failure, and blocked
 gate), of course, are sensed by the intelligence system,
 thus reinitiating the cycle.

 Representative elements of a typical system are shown on
 Figure 31.

 Because of the frequency and repetitiveness of the sensing
 and the short time span for decision-making, computers must
 form the basis of the control system.  The complexity of
 the hydrology and hydraulics of combined systems also dic-
 tates the need for extensive preprogramming to determine
 cause-effect relationships accurately and to assist in eval-
 uating alternative courses of action.  To be most effective,
 real-time operational control must be a part of an overall
management  scheme included in what is sometimes called a
 "systems approach."

 System Control

 Before storm flow collection system control can be imple-
mented,  the direction,  intensity,  and duration of the storm
                            186

-------
    Table  39.   SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE  CHARACTERISTICS,
    BAKER  STREET DISSOLVED AIR  FLOTATION  FACILITY  [16]
                SAN  FRANCISCO,  CALIFORNIA
Effluent concentration,
mg/1
Constituent
BOD5
COD
Settleable solids
Oil and grease
Floatables
Total coliform
Fecal coliform
Total nitrogen
Orthophosphate
Color
Maximum
114.
205.
15.
26.
0.
2.4 x
2.4 x
20.
4.
22.
0
0
0
3
57
105
105*
1
45
0
Minimum
34.0
53.0
<0.1
3.3
<0.01
<30a
<30a
10.6
<0.07
2.0
Removal efficiency,
Maximum
70
77
93
63
100
>99
>99
53
99
95
.5
.0
.5
.2
.0
.99
.99
.0
.0
.0
Minimum
13
10
0
0
60
99
99
0
43
15
.5
.8
.0
.0
.0
.44
.44
.0
.4
.8
Average
46
44
47
29
95
99
99
18
80
57
.1
.4
.7
.1
.2
.92
.91
.4
.9
.3
  a.  MPN/100 ml
Advantages and Disadvantages

The advantages of dissolved air flotation are that  (1) moder-
ately good SS and BODs removals can be achieved;  (2) the
separation rate can be controlled by adjusting the  amount of
air supplied; (3) it is ideally suited for the high amount
of SS found in combined sewer overflows;  (4) capital cost is
moderate owing to high separation rates, high surface load-
ing rates, and short detention times; and (5) the system can
be automated.  Disadvantages of dissolved air flotation in-
clude:   (1) dissolved material is not removed without the
use of chemical additions;  (2) operating costs are  rela-
tively high compared to other physical processes;
(3) greater operator skill  is required; and  (4) provisions
must be made to prevent wind and rain from disturbing the
float.
                             230

-------
should be known so that runoff quantities may be anticipated
Thus, the rain gage network forms an integral part of the
system.  Once the storm starts affecting the collection sys-
tem, the flow quantity and movements must be known for
decision-making, control implementation, and checking out
the system response.  The advantages of knowing whether or
not an overflow is occurring are obvious, but consider the
added advantage of knowing at the same time that the feeder
line is only half full and/or that the interceptor/treatment
works are operating at less than full capacity.  By initi-
ating controls, say closing a gate, the control supervisor
can force the feeder line to store flows until its capacity
is approached, or can increase diversion to the interceptor,
or both.  If he guesses wrong, the next system scan affords
him the opportunity to revise his strategy accordingly.

Thus, system control or management converts the combined
sewer system from an essentially static system to a dynamic
system where the elements can be manipulated or operated as
changing conditions dictate.

The degree of automatic control or computer intelligence
level varies among the different cities.  For example, in
Cincinnati, monitoring to detect unusual or unnecessary
overflows is applied and has been evaluated as being
successful [5].  In Minneapolis-St. Paul, the Metropolitan
Sewer Board is utilizing a central computer that receives
telemetered data from rain gages, river level monitors,
sewer flow and level sensors, and mechanical gate diversion
points to assist a dispatcher in routing stormwater flows
to make effective use of in-line sewer storage capacity [2].
The use of rain gages, level sensors, overflow detectors,
and a central computer to control pump stations and selected
regulating gates is underway in Detroit [3].  The Munici-
pality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) is incorporating the
main features of the above projects plus additional water
quality monitoring functions [30] .  The City and County of
San Francisco have embarked on the initial phase of a system
control project for which the ultimate goal is complete
hands-off computerized automatic control.  They are cur-
rently collecting data on rainfall and combined sewer flows
to aid in the formulation of a system control scheme.  More
details of the San Francisco system are described in
Section XIII under Master Plan Examples.  The main differ-
ence between the San Francisco and Seattle projects, besides
size, is hands-off versus hands-on automatic supervisory
control [16].

As an example of a complex "systems approach" to collection
system control, various aspects of the Seattle master plan
are discussed in detail below.
                            188

-------
         Table 38.  TYPICAL REMOVALS ACHIEVED WITH
             SCREENING/DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION
                 Without chemicals          With chemicals
 Constituents  Effluent, mg/1  % Removal  Effluent, mg/1  % Removal
ss
vss
BOD
COD
Total N
Total P
81-106
47a
29-102
123a
4.2-16.8
1.3-8.8
56
53a
41
41a
14
16
42
18
12
46
4.2
0.5
-48
-29
-20
-83
-15.9
-5.6
77
70
57
45
17
69
 a.  Only one  set of samples.
grit and most of the nonfloatable material  successfully.
The system used the split  flow method  for dissolving air
into the flow.  Approximately 20 percent of the  total flow
was pressurized to 2.8 to  3.5 kg/sq  cm (40  to  50 psi) in  a
packless saturation tank,then remixed  with  the remainder
of the flow for one minute in a mixing chamber.   Flow then
entered the flotation cell for flotation and removal of the
floating matter (float)  by scrapers.   The float  was col-
lected in a holding tank for discharge back to the dry-
weather interceptor.

Racine, Wisconsin — The  Racine prototype facilities are
essentially the same design as the one in Milwaukee.  It,
however, is constructed  partly underground  out of concrete.
There are two plants: one  615 I/sec  (14 mgd) and the other
1,925 I/sec (44 mgd) in  size.  Flow  to each plant passes
through a 2.5 cm  (1-inch)  bar screen before being lifted  to
the fine screens by screw  pumps.  Each plant is  built with
multiple flotation tanks to accommodate a high flow
variation.  A separate air saturation  tank  and pump serves
each flotation tank.  Flow into the  flotation tanks is
controlled by weirs which  allow sequential  filling of only
as many tanks as are necessary to handle the flow.
                             228

-------
     3.  Short-term weather prediction would be obtained by
         rain gages located throughout the METRO drainage
         area.

Water quality studies — Since 1963, METRO has been engaged
in a comprehensive water quality monitoring program through-
out the entire metropolitan drainage area.  Upon receipt
of the CATAD demonstration grant in 1967, additional spe-
cialized water quality monitoring studies were added to the
existing program to concentrate on certain areas that con-
tribute to combined sewer overflows.

The objectives of the demonstration grant water quality
studies were twofold.  First, new water quality studies
were begun or old programs modified to show how receiving
water quality and other dynamic system parameters have
changed during the periods of expansion, interception, regu-
lation, and separation.  Second, a base level for various
parameters was to be established to be used as a tool for
measuring the results of the CATAD demonstration project.
The studies have been divided into two general areas re-
lated to the collection system itself and the receiving
waters adjacent to the municipality.  Weather and other
pertinent environmental factors are correlated with data
from the two main study categories.

Overflow sampling was divided into three categories:  physi-
cal and chemical sampling, bacteriological sampling, and
overflow volume computation.

Examples of a typical sewer sampling station and receiving
water sampling and monitoring station are shown on
Figure 15 (a, b, c).

System Operation — The CATAD system controls comprise a
computer-based central facility for automatic control of
remote regulator and pumping stations.  The control center
is located at the METRO office building with satellite
terminals at the West Point and Renton treatment plants.
The principal features of the control center include a
computer, its associated peripheral equipment, an operators
console, map display, and logging and events printers [23].

Remote monitoring and control units have been provided for
36 remote pumping and regulator stations.  Twenty-four re-
mote control units have been installed at pumping and
regulator stations on the trunk and interceptor sewers
leading to the West Point sewage treatment plant and nine
remote control units have been installed at pumping stations
along the interceptor sewers transporting primarily sanitary
                            190

-------
and bled off since oxygen has a higher solubility than
nitrogen.  Finally, the pressure release valve and the
discharge line from the saturation tank should be designed
to induce good mixing with the remainder of the flow and
promote fine bubble formation [1].

Overflow Rate — The removals achieved by dissolved air flota
tion are governed by several factors.  The most critical
design parameter is the surface overflow rate which can be
easily translated into the rise rate of the particle and
air bubble.  To remove an air particle with a given rise
rate,the corresponding overflow rate must not be exceeded.
In rough terms, it has been reported that overflow rates
above 6.1 cu m/hr/sq m (3,600 gpd/sq ft) start to reduce
removal efficiencies.  Below this value the removals remain
relatively constant.

Dissolved Air Requirements — Also important in affecting
removals is the amount of air dissolved.  An insufficient
supply of dissolved air reduces the amount of air available
for each solid particle,and thus the difference between the
air-particle density and the density of water is not great
enough to meet the minimum rise rate.  Also, the better the
atomization or bubble coverage over the plan area of the
tank, the better the chance for collision between the
bubbles and the suspended particles.  The amount of air
supplied to a split flow flotation facility is dependent on
the percentage of flow saturated with air and the pressure.
In the studies using combined sewer overflows, the optimum
value for the percentage of flow pressurized averages around
20.  In one study with a full flow system, removals were
found to be directly related to the pressure used in the
saturation tank, see Figure 44 [17] .  The optimum pressure
is 3.5 to 4.2 kg/sq cm (50 to 60 psi) which agrees with
other studies performed [40, 2].

Flotation Aids — Probably, the most controllable factor
affecting particle removals is the amount and type of chemi-
cals added.  In all studies, some kinds of chemicals were
added to improve removals.  In one case, small floating
beads were used in lieu of air to provide the flotation [12]
This proved to be unsuccessful.  The majority of chemicals
added, however, were polyelectrolytes and ferric chloride.
Ferric chloride has been reported to be the most successful
and has improved SS removals by more than 30 percent.  The
use of polyelectrolytes alone and in one case bentonite clay
with polyelectrolytes has not resulted in important in-
creases in removal efficiencies.  Lime and alum have also
been used.
                            226

-------
     Table 30.   TYPICAL CATAD REGULATOR  STATION MONITORING
                            HOURLY LOG
11/14/72   1000  W POINT SYS   HOURLY LOG   REGULATOR STATION
          TRKLVL  TRKSET   TIDE  OUTPOS  OVRFLO  TRKFLO  STOFLO  UNUSTO
          INTLVL  INTSET         REGPOS  DIVFLO  UPSFLO  DNSFLO  EXPHAZ
LOG DENNY  RS
LUN DENNY


KING RS


CONN RS


LANDER RS


2 HANFORD


100.
0.
RS
100.
94.

105.
97.

101.
97.

102.
98.
RS
100.
98.
76
00
02
73

23
70

24
46

27
91

97
81
96.
109.
96.


102.

106.
101.

106.
102.

105.
102.
56
88 105.89
56

105.34
40

37 109.38
35

01 106.06
75

23 104.81
75
0
100
-0
100

-0
99

-0
99

-0
99

0
100
.9
.9
.2
.5

.1
.3

.2
.8

.1
.4

.0
.0
0.0
3.6
0.0
10.6

0.0
3.4

0.0
3.1

0.0
6.3

0.0
5.7
3
10
32

3
1

3
31

6
28

6
20
.7
.6
.6

.5
.4

.1
.6

.3
.6

.4
.8
0.1

47.0

0.1
4.9

0.0
34.7

0.0
35.1

0.7
26.6
0.14



0.03
-0.5

0.31


0.57


2.15

BRANDON RS


MICHIGAN


CHELAN RS


HARBOR RS


W MICH RS


8TH SOUTH


DEXTER RS


L CITY RS


1 HANFORD


102.
98.
RS
101.
100.

101.
100.

108.
108.

116.
107.
RS
100.
98.

136.
134.

150.
114.
RS
101.
95.
37
96

50
30

56
53

38
08

46
41

49
12

56
28

36
33

61
40
105.
100.

105.
101.

107.
103.


109.


108.


99.

144.
137.

157.


108.

93 105.59
40

69 105.35
65

98 105.61
21

106.09
13


37

105.76
58

34
75

06


05

-0
102

-0
102

0
100

-0
99

0
99

0
100


36


100


-0
.1
.9

.4
.9

.1
.3

.2
.5

.0
.9

.3
.4


.3


.1


.7
0.0
0.0

0.0
0.0

0.0
4.4

0.0
0.9

0.0
0.7

0.0
2.8

0.0
4.2

0.0
13.4

0.0

0
14

0
12

4


0


0
3

2


4


13




.0
.0

.0
.0

.4


.9


.7
.1

.8


.1


.4





14.0


12.0


2.7


0.9


3.8


2.2

-0.1
4.2


38.9





















1.09
-3.6






                                 192

-------
                      (f)
Figure 43.   Dissolved  air  flotation  facilities  (Racine)
(a)  Overview  of
Iight  roof add i t
(p ressu r i za t i on)
site  during construction   (b)  Overview of flotation tanks  after
on   (c)  Fine drum screen  pretreatment units  (d)  Air saturation
tanks  (e)  End  of float  drawoff (helical cross  conveyor)   (f)
Float holding  tanks (for  temporary storage before feedback  to interceptor)
                                   224

-------
The design of the METRO interceptor system provides a posi-
tive means for controlling these bypassed flows.  A regula-
tor station (Figure 32) at each major trunk sewer controls
both the diversion of combined sewage into the interceptor
and the overflow from the trunk (sewage in excess of the
capacity of the interceptor).   The volume of flow diverted
to the interceptor is automatically controlled by modulating
the regulator gate position in response to changes in the
level of sewage in the interceptor.  As the level in the
interceptor rises above a preset maximum, the regulator gate
closes to reduce the volume of diverted flow and maintain
the preset level.  Storm flow in excess of the diverted flow
is stored in the trunk sewer and the level of the sewage in
the trunk commences to rise.  When the level rises above a
preset maximum, the outfall gate will open automatically to
discharge the excess storm flow and modulate  to maintain
the preset maximum level in the trunk.

Accomplishments — The most demonstrative method of pointing
out accomplishments is to show the results of interception
of an actual storm.  Two days of CATAD printouts were ob-
tained from METRO, one set for the storm flow that occurred
on November 25, 1972, and the second set for the dry-weather
flow on November 14, 1972.  The dry-weather flow data were
used to establish an approximate dry-weather flow base for
comparison purposes.  The particular regulator station
analyzed is the Denny-Lake Union (identified as LUN DENNY RS
in the CATAD printouts).  A sample storm log is shown in
Table 33.  The data included in this log are the rainfall
occurring and the maximum rainfall rate during the hour,
the maximum overflow rate and the overflow volume occurring
during the hour, and the total overflow volume from the
start of the overflow.  A 16-hour period from 0700 hours
to 2300 hours was used for the comparison.  From the data,
hydrographs were generated which yielded a dry-weather
flow volume of 140,540 cu m (37.13 mil gal.) and a wet-
weather flow volume of 204,650 cu m  (54.07 mil gal.).  The
potential overflow volume then is the difference between
the two or 64,120 cu m (16.94 mil gal.).  The amount of
actual overflow from the station allowed by the CATAD system
was 11,660 cu m  (3.08 mil gal.).  Thus the effective storm
runoff containment for this particular storm and regulator
station was approximately 82 percent.

Several improvements have been observed in Elliott Bay fol-
lowing the August 1970 interception  and regulation of 12
major combined sewer overflows which are that reductions in
coliform levels range from 63 to 98 percent and that moni-
toring indicates an improvement of between 2 and 3 mg/1 of
dissolved oxygen in the bay.
                            194

-------
split  flow  flotation where part of the incoming flow  is
pressurized and mixed with air before being recombined with
the remaining flow and entering the flotation tank.   And
the last is the recycle system in which a portion of  the
effluent is pressurized before being returned and mixed with
the incoming flow.  The last two methods are used for the
larger size units since they require only a portion of
the total flow to be pressurized.  In combined sewer  over-
flow treatment studies the split flow method has been used
because the flotation tank only needs to be designed  for the
actual flow arriving at the plant and need not include any
recycled flow.  However, subsequent laboratory studies have
indicated better removals may be achieved by using the re-
cycle  type of dissolved air flotation [39].

Typical facilities consist of saturation tanks to dissolve
air into a portion of the flow, a small mixing chamber to
recombine the flow that has been pressurized with that which
has not, and flotation tanks or cells.  In most flotation
cells, two sets of flight scrapers, top and bottom, are used.
These remove the accumulated float and settled sludge.  At
two major combined sewer overflow study sites, however, the
bottom scrapers were not used.  Instead, 50-mesh rotating
fine screens ahead of the dissolved air flotation units re-
moved the coarser material in the waste flows, thus elimi-
nating the majority of settleable material.  A schematic of
the dissolved air flotation facilities at Racine, Wisconsin,
is shown on Figure 42.  Photographs of a typical dissolved
air flotation facility are shown on Figure 43.

Design Criteria

The principal parameters that affect removal efficiencies
are (1) overflow rate, (2) amount of air dissolved in the
flows, and (3) chemical addition.  Chemical addition  has
been used to improve removals, and ferric chloride has been
the chemical most commonly added.

Any one of several methods may be used to size a dissolved
air flotation facility.  Values for design parameters used
in the combined sewer overflow studies are listed in
Table 37.   The most commonly used design equation is  that
recommended by the American Petroleum Institute [1].

When designing dissolved air flotation,  regardless of whether
by formulated equations found in the literature or by the
design parameters listed previously in Table 37, certain
items should be remembered.   First, the  saturation tank
should be  a packless chamber to prevent  solids plugging or
buildup and second, excess amounts of air should be  supplied
                            222

-------
                        Section IX

                          STORAGE
Storage is, perhaps, the most cost effective method avail-
able for reducing pollution resulting from combined sewer
overflows and to improve management of urban stormwater
runoff.  As such, it is the best documented abatement meas-
ure in present practice.  Storage, with the resulting sedi-
mentation that occurs, can also be thought of as a treatment
process.

Storage facilities possess many of the favorable attributes
desired in combined sewer overflow treatment:  (1) they are
basically simple in design and operation;  (2) they respond
without difficulty to intermittent and random storm behavior;
(3) they are relatively unaffected by flow and quality
changes; and (4) they are capable of providing flow equali-
zation and, in the case of tunnels, transmission.
Frequently they can be operated in concert with regional
dry-weather flow treatment plants for benefits during both
dry- and wet-weather conditions.  Finally, storage facili-
ties are relatively fail-safe and adapt well to stage
construction.  Drawbacks of such facilities are related pri-
marily to their large size (real estate requirements), cost,
and visual impact.  Also, access to treatment plants or
processes for dewatering, washdown, and solids disposal is
required.

Storage facilities presently in operation have been sized
on the basis of one or more of several possible criteria.
The facilities should:  (1) provide a specified detention
time for runoff from a storm of a given duration or return
frequency; (2) contain a given volume of runoff from the
tributary area, such as the first 1.27 cm  (1/2 inch) of
runoff; (3) contain the runoff from a given volume of rain,
such as the runoff from 1.27 cm (1/2 inch) of rain; or
(4) contain a specified volume.  Because storage facilities
are generally designed to also function as sedimentation
and/or disinfection tanks, a major advantage is the SS reduc-
tion of any overflows from the storage units.  Particular
                            196

-------
Other basic cost data for the sedimentation facilities have
been presented previously in Table 34 in Section  IX, Storage
The data are scattered and no acceptable curve can be de-
rived from them.  To assist in evaluating the data, four
estimates were made using cost curves from the literature
[18].  The resulting points form the curve shown  on
Figure 41.  The curve is intended to give only an indication
of the relative magnitude of construction costs for sedi-
mentation facilities.

DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION

Introduction

Dissolved air flotation is a unit operation used  to separate
solid particles or liquid droplets from a liquid  phase.
Separation is brought about by introducing fine air bubbles
into the liquid phase.  As the bubbles attach to  the solid
particles or liquid droplets, the buoyant force of the com-
bined particle and air bubble is great enough to  cause the
particle to rise.  Once the particles have floated to the
surface, they are removed by skimming.  The principal reason
for using dissolved air flotation is because the  relative
difference between the specific gravity of the combined par-
ticle and air bubble and the effective specific gravity of
water is made significantly higher and is more controllable
than using plain sedimentation.  Thus, according  to Stokes'
Law, the velocity of the particle and air bubble  is greater
than the particle itself because of the greater difference
in specific gravities.  In engineering terms this means
higher overflow rates and shorter detention times can be
used for dissolved air flotation than for conventional
settling.

This process has a definite advantage over gravity sedimen-
tation when used on combined sewer overflows in that parti-
cles with densities both higher and lower than the liquid
can be removed in one skimming operation.  Dissolved air
flotation also aids in the removal of oil and grease which
are not as readily removed during sedimentation.

There are two basic processes for forming the air bubbles:
(1) dissolve air into the waste stream under pressure,then
release the pressure to allow the air to come out of solu-
tion, and (2) saturate the waste with air at atmospheric
pressure,then apply a vacuum over the flotation tank to re-
duce the pressure allowing the bubbles to form.   The first
process is used most commonly.  There are three methods for
implementing the first process.  The first method is the
full flow method where all the flow is pressurized and mixed
with air before entering the flotation tank.  The second is
                            220

-------
Seattle, Washington - First operational in late 1971, the
system presently has 10 fully equipped regulator stations.
such as the one shown on Figure 32, with 3 more under design.
All stations are monitored and are designed so that they may
be operated by a supervisor from a central control console.
Fully automated control will be attempted in 1973.  The
estimated maximum safe storage in the trunklines and inter-
ceptors is 121.1 Ml (32 mil gal.), or roughly equivalent to
0.13 cm (0.05 inches) of direct runoff from the combined
sewer and partially separated sewer areas.  Interceptor
capacity is generally 3 times the estimated year 2000 dry-
weather flow.  Under supervisory operation, overflows have
been reduced in volume by approximately 52 percent.

Minneapolis-St..Paul, Minnesota — This system, operational
since April 1969, is quite similar to that in Seattle, ex-
cept that inflatable Fabridams are used in place of the
motor-operated outfall gates, as also shown on Figure 32.
Fifteen Fabridams, operated by low pressure air, are
located in the major trunks, which are 1.52 to 3.66 meters
(5 to 12 feet) in diameter, immediately downstream of the
regulator gates.  Normally, they are kept in a fully in-
flated condition forming a dam to approximately mid-height
of the conduits.  When storm flows are sufficiently large
so as to threaten to surcharge the trunk sewers, as indi-
cated by the flow depth monitoring, the Fabridams may be
deflated remotely from the control center.  On the trunks
where they are installed, the total overflow volume reduc-
tion has been estimated to range from 35 to 70 percent,
depending on the nature of the storm event [7].  Based upon
a comparison of pre- and post-project conditions, the number
of overflows was reduced 58 percent (from 281 to 117) and
the total overflow duration was reduced 88 percent (from
1,183 hours to 147 hours) from April 1969 to May 1970.  A
major accomplishment of the plan has been the almost total
capture of the contaminated spring thaw runoff.

Detroit, Michigan - The Detroit Metropolitan Water Service
(DMWS) has installed the nucleus of a sewer monitoring and
remote control system for controlling combined sewer over-
flows from many small storms to the Detroit and Rouge rivers
[1].  This system includes telemeter-connected rain gages,
sewer level sensors, overflow detectors, a central computer,
a central data logger, and a central operating console for
pumping stations and selected regulating gates.  The cost of
the system was slightly over $2.7 million.  This system has
enabled DMWS to apply such pollution control techniques as
storm flow anticipation, first flush interception, selective
retention, and selective overflowing.
                            198

-------
each  tank.  Settled solids are resuspendcd by using sub-
merged eductors along the walls of the tanks.  Each eductor
is directed to the center channel and is activated after the
tanks have been partially drained.

Saginaw, Michigan - The Weiss Street facility, a storage/
clarifier combination with a 13,620 cu m (3.6 mil gal.)
storage capacity, is currently under construction.  The first
of three tanks is designed to capture the grit and most of
the heavier suspended matter.  It operates in series with the
remaining two tanks which operate in parallel.  The tank
bottoms are sloped and troughed to aid in the removal of the
settled solids.  The tanks are washed down under manual con-
trol  after each storm using spray nozzles mounted along walk-
ways  next to the tanks.  The first tank also has a clamshell
bucket to remove grit.  The last two tanks have horizontal
screens placed below the water level just in front of the
overflow weirs.  A baffle is used to ensure water flows up-
ward  through the screens before overflowing the weir.

Operation

It is interesting to note that in all the storage/
sedimentation projects, settled sludge is stored until
after the storm event.  At this time, the contents in the
tanks, including the solids, are slowly drained back to the
interceptor.  The notable exception to this procedure is at
Chippewa Falls, Wisconsin, where solids are removed from the
basin after dewatering using a front end loader or an ordi-
nary street sweeper for disposal at a sanitary landfill.

Several different methods for resuspending or removing the
settled solids are used at the various other storage/
sedimentation facilities.  At the Humboldt Avenue facility
in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, mechanical mixers are used to re-
suspend the settled solids.   Traveling bridges with hy-
draulic nozzles are used at the Spring Creek plant in New
York City.   At the Cottage Farm facility, a fixed water
spray in conjunction with a sloped and troughed floor is
used to flush the solids out of the basins.

The use of tube settlers and separators has been limited
mainly to water treatment facilities and some secondary
clarifiers  at municipal sewage treatment plants.   Their use
in the storm overflow facilities is found presently only at
the Bachman Stormwater Plant in Dallas.   To date, the oper-
ating data for this plant are insufficient for reaching any
conclusions regarding the effectiveness of tube settlers
for storm overflows [5, 4].
                            218

-------
The operator, upon receiving advance information on storms
from a remote rain gage, increases the treatment plant pump-
ing rate.  This lowers the surcharged interceptor gradient
and allows for greater interceptor storage capacity and
conveyance.  This practice has enabled DMWS to contain and
treat many intense spot storms entirely, in addition to many
scattered citywide rains.

Off-Line

Typical off-line storage devices can range from lagoons [18],
to huge primary settling tank-like structures [10, 2], to
underground silos [8], to underwater bags [4], to void space
storage, to deep tunnels [5], and mine labyrinths.  In
almost all cases, feedback of the retained flows to the
sanitary system for ultimate disposal is proposed or
practiced.  The underground and offshore storage has been
proposed to meet the severe land area and premium cost
constraints.

Chippewa Falls, Wisconsin — A 36.45-ha (90-acre) combined
sewer area of this Wisconsin community has been served by
a 10.6-M1 (2.8-mil gal.) open storage lagoon since 1969 [18],
The storage volume is equivalent to 2.92 cm  (1.15 inches) of
runoff from the tributary area.  A plan of the retention
basin is shown on Figure 33.  In the two-year period 1969-
1970, the lagoon was 93.7 percent effective in capturing
overflow volumes.  During this period, the combined sewer
overflows from 59 of 62 storms were totally contained by the
basin.  Flow storage in the basin up to 12 hours caused no
adverse odor problems.  The basin was paved with 5.08 cm
(2 inches) of asphalt, and the most effective cleaning of
solids was through the use of conventional street sweepers.
The basin is dewatered to an existing activated sludge
plant after storms with no adverse effect on the biological
treatment process.  Secondary clarifier capacity, however,
had to be doubled to avoid excessive loss of solids during
sustained high flows.

Akron, Ohio — An underground 2.7-M1 (0.7-mil gal.) capacity
storage facility has been constructed in Akron, Ohio (see
Figure 34), utilizing the concept of void space storage [17].
The basin is trapezoidal in cross section (3:1 side slopes)
with top dimensions of 61 meters (200 feet)  by 61 meters
(200 feet) and a usable depth of 3.4 meters  (11 feet).  It
serves a 76-ha (188.5 acre) combined sewered area.  The rock
fill material completely filling the basin in which the com-
bined sewage is to be temporarily stored is washed gravel,
graded from 6.3 to 8.9 cm (2-1/2 to 3-1/2 inches) in
diameter.  The effective void space is approximately 33 per-
cent of the total volume.  The fill is completely enclosed
                            200

-------
Although  sedimentation may be  the  preferred method  for re-
moving SS  from combined sewer  overflows, it is not  always
the most  economical.  The primary  limitations are the  large
size of sedimentation facilities,  the long detention times,
and the low  removal efficiency for colloidal matter [7].

Two solutions  to these limitations are:  (1) combining
the sedimentation process with storage facilities,  which  is
usually done simply by the nature  of the storage configura-
tion, and  (2)  using tube settlers  or separators to  reduce
the detention  time and improve SS  removals.  Several
storage/sedimentation facilities have been constructed and
operated with  apparent success (see Table 35).  Relatively
little operational information is  available, however.
Further data will be available as  some of the ongoing  proj-
ects are completed.
     Table  35.   SUMMARY DATA ON  SEDIMENTATION BASINS
              COMBINED WITH STORAGE  FACILITIES
Location of facility
Cottage Farm Detention
and Chlorination Facility,
Cambridge, Mass.
Chippewa Falls, Wis.
Columbus , Ohio
Whittier Street
Alum Creek

Humboldt Ave. ,
Milwaukee, Wis.
Spring Creek Jamaica
Bay, New York, N.Y.
Mount Clemens, Mich.


Lancaster, Pa.

Weiss Street,
Saginaw, Mich.
Size
mil
gal
1.3
2.8

4.0
0.9

4.0
10.0
b.
5.8


1.2

3.6

, Removal efficiency
Type of
storage facility SS 8005, I
a. In operation
Covered concrete 45 Erratic
tanks
Asphalt paved 18-70 22-74
storage basin

Open concrete 15-45 15-35
tanks
Covered concrete NA NA
tank
Covered concrete NA NA
tanks
Covered concrete NA NA
tanks
In planning or construction phase
Concrete tanks


Concrete silo

Concrete tanks

Type of solids
removal equipment
Manual washdown
Solids removal by
street cleaners

Mechanical wash-
down
Mechanical wash-
down
Resuspension of
solids by mixers
Traveling bridge
hydraulic mixers
Resuspension of
solids and mechan-
ical washdown by
eductors
Air agitation and
pumping
Mechanical and
manual washdown
    a. All facilities store solids during storm event and clean sedimentation basin when flows to
      the interceptor can handle the solid water and solids.
    b. NA = not available.

    Note:  mil gal. x 3,785.0 = cu m
                             216

-------
                                    DIVERSION   L  COMBINED  SEWER
VERTICAL BAR SCREEN  AND
S8LIDS HOLDING CHAMBER
                        OVERFLOW TO STORM  SEWER
                                 STORAGE BEB
                                         ROMPED  TO SANITARY  SEWER
  Figure  34.
Schematic of detention  facilities,
  Akron,  Ohio  [17]
                          202

-------
                   Table  34.   SUMMARY  OF  STORAGE  COSTS
                             FOR VARIOUS CITIESa
Location
Seattle, Wash. [14]
Control and monitoring system
Automated regulator stations
Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minn. [7]
Chippewa Falls, Wis. [18]
Storage
Treatment
Akron, Ohio [17]
Oak Lawn, 111. [16]
Melvina Ditch Detention
Reservoir
Jamaica Bay, New York City,
N.Y. [10,12]
Basin
Sewer
Humboldt Avenue, Milwaukee,
Wis. [3, 13]
Boston, Mass. [6]
Cottage Farm Stormwater
Treatment Station
Chicago, 111. [9]
Reservoirs
Collection, tunnel, and
pumpingc
Reservoirs and tunnels
Treatment
Sandusky, Ohio [19]
Washington, D.C. [4]
Storage,
mil gal. Capital cost, $

3,500,000
3,900,000
32.0 7,400,000
3,000,000

2.8 744,000
186,000
2.8 950,000
0.7 441,000

53.7 1,388,000

10.0 21,200,000
13.0
23.0 21,200,000
4.0 2,010,000

1.3 6,200,000

2,736.0 568,000,000
2,834,0 755,000
5,570.0 1,323,000,000
1,550,000,0-00
5,570.0 2,873,000,000
0.2 535,000
0.2 883,000
Cost per
acre,
$/acre


5,550

8,260
2,070
10,330
2,340

540

6,530
6,530
3,560



2,370
3,150
5,500
6,460
11,960
36,000
29,430
Storage
cost ,
$/gal.

0.23
--

0.26
0.26
0.62

0.03

2.12
0.92
0.50

4.74b

0.21
0.27
0.24
	
0.24
2.67
4.41
Annual
operation and
maintenance
cost, $

250,000
--

2,500
7,200
9,700
23,300

	

--

50,000

65,000

--


8,700,000
6,380
3,340
a.   ENR = 2000.

b.   Includes pumping station,  chlorination facilities, and outfall.

c.   Includes 193.1 km (120 miles) of tunnels.

Note:  $/acre x 2.47 = $/hectare; $/gal. x 0.264 =  $/l; mil gal.  x 3.785 = Ml
                                      214

-------
                                                     (d)
 Figure  35.   Jamaica  Bay  (Spring  Creek  auxiliary water

          pollution  control  plant)  retention  basin

(a)  Exterior view of facility at  discharge to receiving water   (b)  Traveling  bridge
collector with drop pipe  assemblies  (c)  Closeup of bridge showing typical drop
pipe and header for directing high  pressure sprays on floor  (d)  One of six 50-ft
wide bays,  looking at inlet ports
                                 204

-------
 underwater storage  of combined sewer overflows  from a
 12.15-ha (30-acre)  drainage  area [4].   The  plant  consisted
 of a treatment  facility (grit  removal,  bar  rack,  and comminu-
 tion),  underwater storage  tanks, and the  associated instru-
 mentation, pumping,  and control  systems.  Two  0.38-Ml (0.1-
 mil gal.)  tanks  were anchored  underwater  in the Anacostia
 River.   The tanks were standard  pillow  tanks made of nylon-
 reinforced synthetic rubber.

 Portions of the  overflow from  a  combined  sewer  overflow  line
 were diverted to the pilot plant.   The  flow entered the  grit
 chamber of the pilot plant,  then passed through a bar screen
 followed by a comminution before entering the underwater
 storage tanks.   Material removed in the grit chambers was
 returned to the  interceptor.   After the storm subsided and
 during  nonpeak hours,  liquid was pumped from the  tanks into
 the interceptor  for  transport  to the  dry-weather  treatment
 plant.   To prevent settlement  of solids in  the  storage tanks,
 compressed air was forced into the  tanks  to agitate any
 settled sludge and to  enable pumping  out  of all the contents
 of the  storage tanks  to  the  interceptor.

 Of the  numerous  operational problems  encountered  during  this
 project,  the major one was clogging of  the  effluent port by
 the  flexible tank top membrane during dewatering.

 Sandusky,  Ohio - A 0.76-M1 (0.2-mil  gal.) capacity  under-
 water storage facility was constructed  and  tested in
 Sandusky,  Ohio.   The  facility  consisted of  three  basic sys-
 tem components,  the  underwater storage  tank with  its  associ-
 ated piping and  controls, a connecting  structure  to  the
 existing outfall, and a  control  building  to house instru-
 mentation  and pump systems [19].  Two 0.38-M1 (0.1-mil gal.)
 collapsible tanks serving a 6.0-ha  (14.9-acre) area  were
 anchored underwater  in Lake Erie.   The  tanks consist  of  a
 steel pipe  frame  in  the  form of  a modified octagon with a
 nylon-reinforced  synthetic rubber flexible membrane  top and
 bottom.  A  concrete pad was poured  to fit the bottom  con-
 tours of both storage tanks.   The tank  top conforms  to the
 bottom  contours when empty and the  top  rises upon filling.

 Combined sewer overflow passes through  a bar screen  in a
 connecting chamber to remove all trash  from the overflow
 before passing to the influent pipes to the tanks.  A  diver-
 sion weir allows control of the  filling of one tank or the
 other.  At high flow rates, both tanks  fill simultaneously.
After tank capacity is reached,  the flow backs up in the
 connection chamber and passes out a safety overflow.
 Combined sewer overflow reaching the underwater storage
 tanks passes through a sedimentation control chamber over
                            212

-------
  Figure  37.   Humboldt  Ave.  (Milwaukee)  retention  basin

(a)  Exterior  view of the  predominantly buried  facility  on  the Milwaukee River
(b)  Operations building housing ch I orination,  screening, and pumping  equipment
(c)  Looking over tanks  from operations building  (d)  Walking above tanks
(note  tank area did not  require fencing
                                    206

-------
 Chicago,  Illinois  - Chicago  has  pioneered in  the  development
 of abandoned  mine  storage, deep  vertical  drop shafts  [11],
 and deep  tunnels in hard  rock  [5]  for  the interception,  con-
 veyance,  and  temporary  storage of  combined sewer  overflows.
 Three  construction contracts partially funded by  the  EPA
 are presently in progress, representing a total investment
 in excess  of  $50 million  (ENR  2000) providing over  17.7  km
 (11 miles)  of tunnel and  appurtenant drop shafts  and  pumping.
 Typical examples are shown on  Figure 40.   Under the recently
 adopted master plan for the  97,200-ha  (240,000-acre)  Greater
 Chicago service area, the following are to be accomplished:
 (1)  treatment of all wet-weather flows at a dry-weather  flow
 facility  sized for 1.5  average dry-weather flow maximum  rate;
 (2)  interception of all existing wet-weather  outfalls by a
 deep conveyance tunnel  system; and (3)  storage of all inter-
 cepted flows  above treatment capacity  at  one  large  and two
 auxiliary  reservoirs until they  are absorbed  by the dry-
 weather flow  treatment  facilities  operating at nearly a
 constant maximum rate [9].   The  cost for  this  plan has been
 estimated  to  be $2,873 million as  opposed to  $5,521 million
 for  complete  sewer separation, and separation would not  meet
 the proposed  water quality or flood control objectives.

 The major  reservoir would be a quarry  100.7 meters deep  by
 152.5 to  366.0 meters wide by 4.02 km  long (330 feet by
 500  to 1,200  feet  by 2.5 miles).   The  combined sewer over-
 flows retained in  the reservoir  would  be  aerated  continu-
 ously, and  accumulated solids would be  removed periodically
 by  dredging.  Most  storms would  be dewatered  in 2 to 10  days;
 the  largest,  in 50  days.  The reservoir would  be  dewatered
 to  a dry-weather treatment plant at a  rate  of  19.8 cu m/sec
 (450 mgd)  or  0.5 times average dry-weather  flow.  The total
 storage provided would be equivalent to 7.98  cm (3.14 inches)
 of  runoff,  70,309,500 cu m (57,000 acre-ft),  or 9 percent of
 the annual  average  rainfall.  Based upon  this  plan, the  fre-
 quency of  overflows  to the Chicago River was estimated to be
 4  times in  21 years.

 The tunnels,  a total of 193 km (120 miles)  ranging from  3.05
 to  12.81 meters (10  to 42 feet)  in diameter, would be con-
 structed in dolomite rock 45.8 to  88.5 meters  (150 to 290
 feet) below the surface.  Drop shafts would be placed at
 approximately 0.80-km (1/2-mile)  intervals, and a forced
ventilation system providing one air change per hour during
dewatering would be  operated to control odors  and gases.
The tunnels would be constructed on self-cleansing gradients
with additional provisions for flushing by  introducing river
water into the tunnel.

Washington, D. C.  - At Washington,  D.  C.,  a pilot plant was
built and tested to assess the feasibility of treatment and
                            210

-------
  COMBINED
SEWAGE FLOW
 (10-12xDWF)
     t
WET
WELL
                    BAR    COARSE
                  SCREENS? SCREENS
                         HYPOCHLORITE
        -PUMPS  VTUBES|	S
               x     '      SOLUTION
                            FEED
          CONTROL
           GATES
              Sn

              X)—
         OVERFLOW  IN
         EXCESS OF
         INTERCEPTOR
         CAPACITY
                                                 ALTERNATE
INTERCEPTOR
TO DRY WEATHER
TREATMENT
(4-5xDWF)
             —X>—
TANK DRAIN  (TYP)

| J CHLORINE
KtSIUUAL
ANALYZER ,1
^SOLIDS RETURN LOCATION ^_
AND DRAIN CONTROL GATES-<^
C3
_0
t—
f
\
H-
UJ
=3
U.
LU


DETENTION
AND
Hllf[l CONTACT TANKS
&M\ (TYPICAL TANK)
fcxrtll
^HORIZ. INLET BAFFLED
FINE SCREENS
                         CHLORINE RESIDUAL
                             ANALYZER

                         OUTFALL
                         TO  RIVER
        (CONTROL TO  SOLUTION FEED PUMPS)
          Figure 38.   Schematic  of  Cottage  Farm
            detention  and chlorination  facility,
                      Boston,  Massachusetts
                                 208

-------
  COMBINED
 SEWAGE FLOW
 (10-12xDWF)
     t
                      WET
                     WELL
                                                           HYPOCHLORITE
                    BAR    COARSE
                  SCREENS^ SCREENS
         CONTROL
          GATES
    uz
CXh-
        OVERFLOW IN
        EXCESS OF
        INTERCEPTOR
        CAPACITY
'INTERCEPTOR
TO DRY WEATHER
TREATMENT
(4-5xDWF)
TANK DRAIN (TYP)

| J CHLORINE
KbSIUUAL
ANALYZER ,
^SOLIDS RETURN LOCATION—^
AND DRAIN CONTROL GATES-cC^"
C3
=3
t—
f
t—
LU
=3
__l
Ub.
LU

F^

DETENTION
	 	 Akin
AND
SA^LEO CONTACT TANKS
^*f (TYPICAL TANK)
fcv^fl
^HORIZ. INLET BAFFLED
FINE SCREENS
                        CHLORINE RESIDUAL
                            ANALYZER

                        •OUTFALL
                        TO RIVER
                             (CONTROL TO SOLUTION FEED PUMPS)
          Figure  38.   Schematic  of Cottage Farm
           detention and chlorination  facility,
                     Boston,  Massachusetts
                                208

-------
 Chicago,  Illinois  - Chicago  has  pioneered in the  development
 of abandoned mine  storage, deep  vertical  drop shafts  [11],
 and deep  tunnels  in hard  rock [5]  for  the interception,  con-
 veyance,  and temporary  storage of  combined sewer  overflows.
 Three  construction contracts partially funded by  the  EPA
 are presently in progress, representing a total investment
 in excess  of $50 million  (ENR 2000)  providing over  17.7  km
 (11 miles)  of tunnel and  appurtenant drop shafts  and  pumping.
 Typical examples are shown on Figure 40.   Under the recently
 adopted master plan for the  97,200-ha  (240,000-acre)  Greater
 Chicago service area, the following  are to be accomplished:
 (1)  treatment of all wet-weather flows at a dry-weather  flow
 facility  sized for 1.5  average dry-weather flow maximum  rate;
 (2)  interception of all existing wet-weather outfalls by a
 deep conveyance tunnel  system; and (3)  storage of all inter-
 cepted flows  above treatment capacity  at  one large  and two
 auxiliary  reservoirs until they  are  absorbed by the dry-
 weather flow treatment  facilities  operating at nearly a
 constant maximum rate [9].   The  cost for  this plan  has been
 estimated  to  be $2,873  million as  opposed to $5,521 million
 for  complete  sewer separation, and separation would not  meet
 the proposed  water quality or flood  control objectives.

 The major  reservoir would be  a quarry  100.7 meters  deep  by
 152.5 to  366.0  meters wide by 4.02 km  long (330 feet  by
 500  to 1,200  feet  by 2.5 miles).   The  combined sewer  over-
 flows retained  in  the reservoir  would  be  aerated  continu-
 ously, and  accumulated  solids would  be  removed periodically
 by  dredging.  Most  storms would  be dewatered in 2 to  10  days;
 the  largest,  in 50  days.  The reservoir would be  dewatered
 to  a dry-weather treatment plant at  a  rate  of 19.8  cu m/sec
 (450 mgd)  or  0.5 times  average dry-weather  flow.  The  total
 storage provided would  be equivalent to 7.98  cm (3.14  inches)
 of  runoff,  70,309,500 cu m (57,000 acre-ft),  or 9 percent of
 the annual  average  rainfall.   Based  upon  this  plan, the  fre-
 quency of overflows  to  the Chicago River was  estimated to be
 4 times in  21 years.

 The tunnels,  a  total of 193 km (120 miles)  ranging  from  3.05
 to 12.81 meters (10  to  42 feet)  in diameter,  would  be  con-
 structed in dolomite rock 45.8 to  88.5 meters  (150  to  290
 feet) below the surface.  Drop shafts would be placed  at
 approximately 0.80-km (1/2-mile)  intervals, and a forced
ventilation system providing one air change per hour during
dewatering would be  operated to control odors  and gases.
The tunnels would be constructed on self-cleansing  gradients
with additional provisions for flushing by  introducing river
water into the  tunnel.

Washington, D.  C.  - At Washington,  D. C.,  a pilot  plant was
built and tested to assess the feasibility of  treatment and
                            210

-------
                 (d)
  Figure  37.   Humboldt  Ave.  (Milwaukee)  retention  basin

(a)  Exterior  view of  the predominantly buried facility  on the Milwaukee River
(b)  Operations building housing ch I orination, screening, and pumping equipment
(c)  Looking over tanks  from operations building  (d)  Walking above tanks
(note  tank area did not  require fencing
                                    206

-------
 underwater  storage  of combined  sewer  overflows  from  a
 12.15-ha  (30-acre)  drainage  area  [4].   The  plant  consisted
 of  a  treatment  facility  (grit removal,  bar  rack,  and comminu-
 tion),  underwater storage  tanks,  and  the  associated  instru-
 mentation,  pumping,  and  control systems.  Two 0.38-Ml  (0.1-
 mil gal.) tanks were  anchored underwater  in the Anacostia
 River.  The tanks were standard pillow  tanks made of nylon-
 reinforced  synthetic  rubber.

 Portions  of the overflow from a combined  sewer  overflow  line
 were  diverted to the  pilot plant.  The  flow entered  the  grit
 chamber of  the pilot  plant,  then  passed through a bar  screen
 followed  by a comminution before  entering the underwater
 storage tanks.  Material removed  in the grit chambers  was
 returned  to the interceptor.  After the storm subsided and
 during  nonpeak hours,  liquid was  pumped from the  tanks into
 the interceptor for  transport to  the  dry-weather  treatment
 plant.  To  prevent settlement of  solids in  the  storage tanks,
 compressed  air was forced into the tanks  to agitate  any
 settled sludge and to enable pumping  out  of all the  contents
 of the  storage tanks  to  the  interceptor.

 Of the  numerous operational problems  encountered  during  this
 project,  the major one was clogging of  the  effluent port by
 the flexible tank top membrane during dewatering.

 Sandusky, Ohio - A 0.76-M1 (0.2-mil gal.) capacity under-
 water storage facility was constructed  and  tested in
 Sandusky, Ohio.  The  facility consisted of  three basic sys-
 tem components, the underwater storage  tank with  its associ-
 ated piping and controls, a connecting  structure  to the
 existing outfall, and a  control building  to house instru-
 mentation and pump systems [19].  Two 0.38-M1 (0.1-mil gal.)
 collapsible tanks serving a 6.0-ha (14.9-acre) area were
 anchored underwater in Lake Erie.   The  tanks consist of  a
 steel pipe  frame in the  form of a modified  octagon with  a
 nylon-reinforced synthetic rubber flexible membrane top  and
 bottom.  A  concrete pad was poured to fit the bottom con-
 tours of both storage tanks.   The tank  top  conforms to the
 bottom  contours when empty and the top  rises upon filling.

 Combined sewer overflow passes through  a bar screen in a
 connecting chamber to remove all trash  from the overflow
 before passing to the influent pipes to the tanks.  A diver-
 sion weir allows control of the  filling of one tank or the
 other.  At high flow rates, both tanks  fill simultaneously.
After tank capacity is reached,  the flow backs up in the
 connection chamber and passes out  a safety overflow.
 Combined sewer overflow reaching the underwater storage
 tanks  passes through a sedimentation control chamber over
                            212

-------
                                                      (d)
 Figure  35.   Jamaica  Bay  (Spring  Creek  auxiliary water

          pollution  control  plant)  retention  basin

(a)  Exterior view of facility at  discharge to receiving water  (b)  Traveling bridge
collector with drop pipe  assemblies  (c)   Closeup of bridge showing typical drop
pipe and header for directing high  pressure sprays on floor  (d)  One of  six 50-ft
wide bays,  looking at inlet ports
                                 204

-------
                   Table  34.   SUMMARY  OF  STORAGE COSTS
                             FOR VARIOUS CITIESa
Location
Seattle, Wash. [14]
Control and monitoring system
Automated regulator stations
Minneapolis-St. Paul, Minn. [7]
Chippewa Falls, Wis. [18]
Storage
Treatment
Akron, Ohio [17]
Oak Lawn, 111. [16]
Melvina Ditch Detention
Reservoir
Jamaica Bay, New York City,
N.Y. [10,12]
Basin
Sewer
Humboldt Avenue, Milwaukee,
Wis. [3, 13]
Boston, Mass. [6]
Cottage Farm Stormwater
Treatment Station
Chicago, 111. [9]
Reservoirs
Collection, tunnel, and
pumpingc
Reservoirs and tunnels
Treatment
Sandusky, Ohio [19]
Washington, D.C. [4]
Storage,
mil gal. Capital cost, $

3,500,000
3,900,000
32.0 7,400,000
3,000,000

2.8 744,000
186,000
2.8 950,000
0.7 441,000


53.7 1,388,000

10.0 21,200,000
13.0
23.0 21,200,000

4.0 2,010,000

1.3 6,200,000

2,736.0 568,000,000
2,834.0 755,000
5,570.0 1,323,000,000
1,550,000,0-00
5,570.0 2,873,000,000
0.2 535,000
0.2 883,000
Cost per
acre,
$/acre


5,550

8,260
2,070
10,330
2,340


540

6,530
6,530

3,560



2,370
3.150
5,500
6,460
11,960
36,000
29,430
Storage
cost ,
$/gal.

0.23
--

0.26
0.26
0.62


0.03

2.12
0.92

0.50

4.74b

0.21
0.27
0.24
	
0.24
2.67
4.41
Annual
operation and
maintenance
cost, $

250,000
--

2,500
7,200
9,700
23,300


--

--


50,000

65,000

--


8,700,000
6,380
3,340
a.   ENR = 2000.

b.   Includes pumping station,  chlorination facilities, and outfall.

c.   Includes 193.1 km (120 miles) of tunnels.

Note:  $/acre x  2.47 = S/hectare; $/gal. x 0.264 =  $/l; mil gal. x 3.785 = Ml
                                      214

-------
                                               CQMIINEB  SEWER
                              LEAPING WEIR FOR
                              SANITARY FLOW T8
                               SANITARY SEWER
VERTICAL BAR SCREEN AND
SOLIDS HOLDING CHAMBER
     TUBE
   CLARIFIERS
 *-€?
                      OVERFLOW TO STORM SEWER
                               STORAGE  BEB
                                       PUMPED  TO SANITARY SEWER
  Figure 34.
Schematic of  detention facilities,
  Akron, Ohio  [17]
                         202

-------
Although  sedimentation may be  the  preferred method  for re-
moving SS  from combined sewer  overflows, it is not  always
the most  economical.  The primary  limitations are the  large
size of sedimentation facilities,  the long detention  times,
and the low  removal efficiency for colloidal matter [7].

Two solutions  to these limitations are:  (1) combining
the sedimentation process with storage facilities,  which  is
usually done simply by the nature  of the storage configura-
tion, and  (2)  using tube settlers  or separators to  reduce
the detention  time and improve SS  removals.  Several
storage/sedimentation facilities have been constructed and
operated with  apparent success (see Table 35).  Relatively
little operational information is  available, however.
Further data will be available as  some of the ongoing  proj-
ects are  completed.
     Table  35.   SUMMARY DATA ON  SEDIMENTATION BASINS
              COMBINED WITH STORAGE  FACILITIES
Location of facility

Cottage Farm Detention
and Chlorination Facility,
Cambridge, Mass.
Chippewa Falls, Wis.

Columbus , Ohio
Whittier Street

Alum Creek

Humboldt Ave. ,
Milwaukee, Wis.
Spring Creek Jamaica
Bay, New York, N.Y.

Mount Clemens, Mich.



Lancaster, Pa.

Weiss Street,
Saginaw, Mich.
Size, Removal efficienc)
gal. storage facility SS 8005, %
a. In operation
1.3 Covered concrete 45 Erratic
tanks

2.8 Asphalt paved 18-70 22-74
storage basin

4.0 Open concrete 15-45 15-35
tanks
0.9 Covered concrete NAb NA
tank
4.0 Covered concrete NA NA
tanks
10.0 Covered concrete NA NA
tanks
b. In planning or construction phase
5.8 Concrete tanks



1.2 Concrete silo

3.6 Concrete tanks

Type of solids
removal equipment

Manual washdown


Solids removal by
street cleaners

Mechanical wash-
down
Mechanical wash-
down
Resuspension of
solids by mixers
Traveling bridge
hydraulic mixers

Resuspension of
solids and mechan-
ical washdown by
eductors
Air agitation and
pumping
Mechanical and
manual washdown
    a. All facilities store solids during storm event and clean sedimentation basin when flows to
      the interceptor can handle the solid water and solids.

    b. NA = not available.

    Note:  mil gal. x 3,785.0 = cu m
                             216

-------
The operator, upon receiving advance information on storms
from a remote rain gage, increases the treatment plant pump-
ing rate.  This lowers the surcharged interceptor gradient
and allows for greater interceptor storage capacity and
conveyance.  This practice has enabled DMWS to contain and
treat many intense spot storms entirely, in addition to many
scattered citywide rains.

Off-Line

Typical off-line storage devices can range from lagoons [18],
to huge primary settling tank-like structures [10, 2], to
underground silos [8] , to underwater bags [4], to void space
storage, to deep tunnels [5], and mine labyrinths.  In
almost all cases, feedback of the retained flows to the
sanitary system for ultimate disposal is proposed or
practiced.  The underground and offshore storage has been
proposed to meet the severe land area and premium cost
constraints.

Chippewa Falls, Wisconsin - A 36.45-ha (90-acre) combined
sewer area of this Wisconsin community has been served by
a 10.6-M1  (2.8-mil gal.) open storage lagoon since 1969 [18].
The storage volume is equivalent to 2.92 cm  (1.15 inches) of
runoff from the tributary area.  A plan of the retention
basin is shown on Figure 33.  In the two-year period 1969-
1970, the lagoon was 93.7 percent effective in capturing
overflow volumes.  During this period, the combined sewer
overflows from 59 of 62 storms were totally contained by the
basin.  Flow storage in the basin up to 12 hours caused no
adverse odor problems.  The basin was paved with 5.08 cm
(2 inches) of asphalt, and the most effective cleaning of
solids was through the use of conventional street sweepers.
The basin is dewatered to an existing activated sludge
plant after storms with no adverse effect on the biological
treatment process.  Secondary clarifier capacity, however,
had to be doubled to avoid excessive loss of solids during
sustained high flows.

Akron, Ohio — An underground 2.7-M1 (0.7-mil gal.) capacity
storage facility has been constructed in Akron, Ohio  (see
Figure 34), utilizing the concept of void space storage [17],
The basin is trapezoidal in cross section (3:1 side slopes)
with  top dimensions of 61 meters  (200 feet) by 61 meters
(200  feet) and a usable depth of 3.4 meters  (11 feet).  It
serves a 76-ha (188.5 acre) combined sewered area.  The rock
fill material completely filling the basin in which the com-
bined sewage is to be temporarily stored is washed gravel,
graded from 6.3 to 8.9 cm (2-1/2 to 3-1/2 inches) in
diameter.  The effective void space is approximately 33 per-
cent  of the total volume.  The fill is completely enclosed
                            200

-------
 each tank.   Settled solids are resuspended by using sub-
 merged eductors  along the walls of the tanks.  Each eductor
 is  directed to the  center channel and is  activated after  the
 tanks have  been  partially drained.

 Saginaw,  Michigan - The Weiss  Street facility,  a storage/
 clarifier combination with a 13,620 cu m  (3.6 mil gal.)
 storage capacity, is currently under construction.   The first
 of  three  tanks is designed to  capture the grit  and most of
 the heavier suspended matter.   It operates in series with the
 remaining two  tanks which operate in parallel.   The tank
 bottoms are sloped  and troughed to  aid in the removal of  the
 settled solids.   The tanks are washed down under manual con-
 trol after  each  storm using spray nozzles mounted along walk-
 ways next to the tanks.   The first  tank also  has a  clamshell
 bucket  to remove grit.   The last  two tanks have  horizontal
 screens placed below the water level just in  front  of the
 overflow  weirs.  A  baffle is used to ensure water flows up-
 ward through the screens before overflowing the  weir.

 Operation

 It  is  interesting to note that in all the storage/
 sedimentation  projects,  settled sludge  is stored until
 after  the storm  event.   At this  time,  the contents  in the
 tanks,  including the  solids, are  slowly drained  back to the
 interceptor.   The notable exception  to  this procedure  is  at
 Chippewa  Falls,  Wisconsin,  where  solids are removed  from  the
 basin after dewatering using a front  end  loader  or  an  ordi-
 nary street sweeper  for  disposal  at  a  sanitary landfill.

 Several different methods  for  resuspending  or removing the
 settled solids are  used  at  the  various  other  storage/
 sedimentation  facilities.   At  the Humboldt Avenue facility
 in Milwaukee, Wisconsin,  mechanical mixers  are used  to re-
 suspend the settled  solids.  Traveling bridges with  hy-
 draulic nozzles  are  used  at  the Spring  Creek plant in New
 York City.  At the  Cottage  Farm facility,  a fixed water
 spray in conjunction with  a  sloped and  troughed  floor is
 used to flush the solids  out of the basins.

 The use of tube  settlers  and separators has been limited
mainly  to water  treatment  facilities and  some secondary
 clarifiers at municipal  sewage treatment plants.  Their use
 in the storm overflow facilities is found presently only at
 the Bachman Stormwater Plant in Dallas.  To date, the oper-
ating data for this  plant are  insufficient for reaching any
conclusions regarding the effectiveness of tube settlers
for storm overflows   [5, 4].
                            218

-------
Seattle, Washington - First operational in late 1971, the
system presently has 10 fully equipped regulator stations.
such as the one shown on Figure 32, with 3 more under design.
All stations are monitored and are designed so that they may
be operated by a supervisor from a central control console.
Fully automated control will be attempted in 1973.  The
estimated maximum safe storage in the trunklines and inter-
ceptors is 121.1 Ml (32 mil gal.), or roughly equivalent to
0.13 cm (0.05 inches) of direct runoff from the combined
sewer and partially separated sewer areas.  Interceptor
capacity is generally 3 times the estimated year 2000 dry-
weather flow.  Under supervisory operation, overflows have
been reduced in volume by approximately 52 percent.

Minneapolis-St.Paul, Minnesota — This system, operational
since April 1969, is quite similar to that in Seattle, ex-
cept that inflatable Fabridams are used in place of the
motor-operated outfall gates, as also shown on Figure 32.
Fifteen Fabridams, operated by low pressure air, are
located in the major trunks, which are 1.52 to 3.66 meters
(5 to 12 feet) in diameter, immediately downstream of the
regulator gates.  Normally, they are kept in a fully in-
flated condition forming a dam to approximately mid-height
of the conduits.  When storm flows are sufficiently large
so as to threaten to surcharge the trunk sewers, as indi-
cated by the flow depth monitoring, the Fabridams may be
deflated remotely from the control center.  On the trunks
where they are installed, the total overflow volume reduc-
tion has been estimated to range from 35 to 70 percent,
depending on the nature of the storm event [7].  Based upon
a comparison of pre- and post-project conditions, the number
of overflows was reduced 58 percent (from 281 to 117) and
the total overflow duration was reduced 88 percent (from
1,183 hours to 147 hours) from April 1969 to May 1970.  A
major accomplishment of the plan has been the almost total
capture of the contaminated spring thaw runoff.

Detroit, M i ch igan - The Detroit Metropolitan Water Service
(DMWS) has installed the nucleus of a sewer monitoring and
remote control system for controlling combined sewer over-
flows from many small storms to the Detroit and Rouge rivers
[1].  This system includes telemeter-connected rain gages,
sewer level sensors, overflow detectors, a central computer,
a central data logger, and a central operating console for
pumping stations and selected regulating gates.  The cost of
the system was slightly over $2.7 million.  This system has
enabled DMWS to apply such pollution control techniques as
storm flow anticipation, first flush interception, selective
retention, and selective overflowing.
                            198

-------
 Other basic cost data for the sedimentation facilities have
 been presented previously in Table 34 in Section IX, Storage
 The data are scattered and no acceptable curve can be de-
 rived from them.  To assist in evaluating the data, four
 estimates were made using cost curves from the literature
 [18].   The resulting points form the curve shown on
 Figure 41.  The curve is  intended to give only an indication
 of the relative magnitude of construction costs for sedi-
 mentation facilities.

 DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION

 Introduction

 Dissolved air flotation is  a unit operation used to separate
 solid  particles or liquid droplets  from  a liquid phase.
 Separation is brought about by introducing fine air bubbles
 into  the liquid phase.  As  the bubbles attach to the solid
 particles or liquid droplets,  the buoyant force of the com-
 bined  particle and air  bubble  is  great enough to cause the
 particle to  rise.   Once the particles have floated to  the
 surface,  they are  removed by skimming.   The principal  reason
 for using dissolved air flotation is  because the relative
 difference between the  specific gravity  of the  combined  par-
 ticle  and air bubble  and  the effective specific gravity  of
 water  is  made significantly higher  and is  more  controllable
 than using plain sedimentation.   Thus, according to Stokes'
 Law, the  velocity  of  the  particle and air  bubble is greater
 than the  particle  itself  because  of the  greater difference
 in  specific  gravities.  In  engineering terms  this  means
 higher overflow rates and shorter detention times  can  be
 used for  dissolved air  flotation  than for  conventional
 settling.

 This process  has a definite  advantage over gravity sedimen-
 tation when  used on combined sewer  overflows  in that parti-
 cles with  densities both  higher and  lower  than  the  liquid
 can be removed  in  one skimming  operation.   Dissolved air
 flotation  also  aids in  the  removal  of oil  and grease which
 are not  as readily removed  during sedimentation.

 There are  two basic processes  for forming  the air  bubbles:
 (1) dissolve  air into the waste stream under pressure,then
 release  the pressure  to allow  the air to come out  of solu-
 tion, and  (2) saturate  the waste with air  at atmospheric
pressure,then apply a vacuum over the flotation  tank to re-
duce the pressure  allowing  the bubbles to  form.  The first
process  is used most commonly.  There are  three methods for
implementing  the first process.  The first method  is the
full flow method where all the flow is pressurized  and mixed
with air before entering  the flotation tank.  The  second  is
                            220

-------
                        Section IX

                          STORAGE
Storage is, perhaps, the most cost effective method avail-
able for reducing pollution resulting from combined sewer
overflows and to improve management of urban stormwater
runoff.  As such, it is the best documented abatement meas-
ure in present practice.  Storage, with the resulting sedi-
mentation that occurs, can also be thought of as a treatment
process.

Storage facilities possess many of the favorable attributes
desired in combined sewer overflow treatment:  (1) they are
basically simple in design and operation; (2) they respond
without difficulty to intermittent and random storm behavior;
(3) they are relatively unaffected by flow and quality
changes; and (4) they are capable of providing flow equali-
zation and, in the case of tunnels, transmission.
Frequently they can be operated in concert with regional
dry-weather flow treatment plants for benefits during both
dry- and wet-weather conditions.  Finally, storage facili-
ties are relatively fail-safe and adapt well to stage
construction.  Drawbacks of such facilities are related pri-
marily to their large size (real estate requirements), cost,
and visual impact.  Also, access to treatment plants or
processes for dewatering, washdown, and solids disposal is
required.

Storage facilities presently in operation have been sized
on the basis of one or more of several possible criteria.
The facilities should:  (1) provide a specified detention
time for runoff from a storm of a given duration or return
frequency; (2) contain a given volume of runoff from the
tributary area, such as the first 1.27 cm (1/2 inch) of
runoff;  (3) contain the runoff from a given volume of rain,
such as the runoff from 1.27 cm (1/2 inch) of rain; or
(4) contain a specified volume.  Because storage facilities
are generally designed to also function as sedimentation
and/or disinfection tanks, a major advantage is the SS reduc-
tion of any overflows from the storage units.  Particular
                            196

-------
split flow flotation where part of the incoming flow is
pressurized and mixed with air before being recombined with
the remaining flow and entering the flotation tank.  And
the last is the recycle system in which a portion of the
effluent is pressurized before being returned and mixed with
the incoming flow.  The last two methods are used for the
larger size units since they require only a portion of
the total flow to be pressurized.  In combined sewer over-
flow treatment studies the split flow method has been used
because the flotation tank only needs to be designed for the
actual flow arriving at the plant and need not include any
recycled flow.  However, subsequent laboratory studies have
indicated better removals may be achieved by using the re-
cycle type of dissolved air flotation [39].

Typical facilities consist of saturation tanks to dissolve
air into a portion of the flow, a small mixing chamber to
recombine the flow that has been pressurized with that which
has not, and flotation tanks or cells.  In most flotation
cells, two sets of flight scrapers, top and bottom, are used.
These remove the accumulated float and settled sludge.  At
two major combined sewer overflow study sites, however, the
bottom scrapers were not used.  Instead, 50-mesh rotating
fine screens ahead of the dissolved air flotation units re-
moved the coarser material in the waste flows, thus elimi-
nating the majority of settleable material.  A schematic of
the dissolved air flotation facilities at Racine, Wisconsin,
is shown on Figure 42.  Photographs of a typical dissolved
air flotation facility are shown on Figure 43.

Design Criteria

The principal parameters that affect removal efficiencies
are (1) overflow rate, (2) amount of air dissolved in the
flows, and (3) chemical addition.  Chemical addition has
been used to improve removals, and ferric chloride has been
the chemical most commonly added.

Any one of several methods may be used to size a dissolved
air flotation facility.  Values for design parameters used
in the combined sewer overflow studies are listed in
Table 37.  The most commonly used design equation is that
recommended by the American Petroleum Institute [1].

When designing dissolved air flotation, regardless of whether
by formulated equations found in the literature or by the
design parameters listed previously in Table 37, certain
items should be remembered.  First, the saturation tank
should be a packless chamber to prevent solids plugging or
buildup and second, excess amounts of air should be supplied
                            222

-------
The design of the METRO interceptor system provides a posi-
tive means for controlling these bypassed flows.  A regula-
tor station (Figure 32) at each major trunk sewer controls
both the diversion of combined sewage into the interceptor
and the overflow from the trunk (sewage in excess of the
capacity of the interceptor) .   The volume of flow diverted
to the interceptor is automatically controlled by modulating
the regulator gate position in response to changes in the
level of sewage in the interceptor.  As the level in the
interceptor rises above a preset maximum, the regulator gate
closes to reduce the volume of diverted flow and maintain
the preset level.  Storm flow in excess of the diverted flow
is stored in the trunk sewer and the level of the sewage in
the trunk commences to rise.  When the level rises above a
preset maximum, the outfall gate will open automatically to
discharge the excess storm flow and modulate  to maintain
the preset maximum level in the trunk.

Accomplishments — The most demonstrative method of pointing
out accomplishments is to show the results of interception
of an actual storm.  Two days of CATAD printouts were ob-
tained from METRO, one set for the storm flow that occurred
on November 25, 1972, and the second set for the dry-weather
flow on November 14, 1972.  The dry-weather flow data were
used to establish an approximate dry-weather flow base for
comparison purposes.  The particular regulator station
analyzed is the Denny-Lake Union (identified as LUN DENNY RS
in the CATAD printouts).  A sample storm log is shown in
Table 33.  The data included in this log are the rainfall
occurring and the maximum rainfall rate during the hour,
the maximum overflow rate and the overflow volume occurring
during the hour, and the total overflow volume from the
start of the overflow.  A 16-hour period from 0700 hours
to 2300 hours was used for the comparison.  From the data,
hydrographs were generated which yielded a dry-weather
flow volume of 140,540 cu m (37.13 mil gal.) and a wet-
weather flow volume of 204,650 cu m  (54.07 mil gal.).  The
potential overflow volume then is the difference between
the two or 64,120 cu m (16.94 mil gal.).  The amount of
actual overflow from the station allowed by the CATAD system
was 11,660 cu m  (3.08 mil gal.).  Thus the effective storm
runoff containment for this particular storm and regulator
station was approximately 82 percent.

Several improvements have been observed in Elliott Bay fol-
lowing the August 1970 interception and regulation of 12
major combined sewer overflows which are that reductions in
coliform levels range from 63 to 98 percent and that moni-
toring indicates an improvement of between 2 and 3 mg/1 of
dissolved oxygen in the bay.
                            194

-------
                      (f)
 Figure 43.   Dissolved  air flotation  facilities  (Racine)

(a)   Overview of site during  construction  (b)  Overview of  flotation tanks after
light  roof addition  (c)   Fine drum screen pretreatment units   (d)  Air  saturation
(pressurization) tanks  (e)   End of float drawoff  (helical  cross conveyor)  (f)
Float  holding tanks (for  temporary storage before  feedback  to  interceptor)
                                   224

-------
     Table 30.   TYPICAL CATAD  REGULATOR STATION  MONITORING
                            HOURLY LOG
11/14/72   1000  W POINT SYS   HOURLY LOG   REGULATOR STATION
          TRKLVL  TRKSET   TIDE  OUTPOS  OVRFLO  TRKFLO  STOFLO  UNUSTO
          INTLVL  INTSET         REGPOS  DIVFLO  UPSFLO  DNSFLO  EXPHAZ
LOG DENNY  RS
100.
0.
LUN DENNY RS


KING RS


CONN RS


LANDER RS


2 HANFORD


100.
94.

105.
97.

101.
97.

102.
98.
RS
100.
98.
76
00
02
73

23
70

24
46

27
91

97
81
96.
109.
96.


102.

106.
101.

106.
102.

105.
102.
56
88 105.89
56

105.34
40

37 109.38
35

01 106.06
75

23 104.81
75
0
100
-0
100

-0
99

-0
99

-0
99

0
100
.9
.9
.2
.5

.1
.3

.2
.8

.1
.4

.0
.0
0.0
3.6
0.0
10.6

0.0
3.4

0.0
3.1

0.0
6.3

0.0
5.7
3
10
32

3
1

3
31

6
28

6
20
.7
.6
.6

.5
.4

.1
.6

.3
.6

.4
.8
0.1

47.0

0.1
4.9

0.0
34.7

0.0
35.1

0.7
26.6
0.14



0.03
-0.5

0.31


0.57


2.15

BRANDON RS


MICHIGAN


CHELAN RS


HARBOR RS


W MICH RS


8TH SOUTH


DEXTER RS


L CITY RS


1 HANFORD


102.
98.
RS
101.
100.

101.
100.

108.
108.

116.
107.
RS
100.
98.

136.
134.

150.
114.
RS
101.
95.
37
96

50
30

56
53

38
08

46
41

49
12

56
28

36
33

61
40
105.
100.

105.
101.

107.
103.


109.


108.


99.

144.
137.

157.


108.

93 105.59
40

69 105.35
65

98 105.61
21

106.09
13


37

105.76
58

34
75

06


05

-0
102

-0
102

0
100

-0
99

0
99

0
100


36


100


-0
.1
.9

.4
.9

.1
.3

.2
.5

.0
.9

.3
.4


.3


.1


.7
0.0
0.0

0.0
0.0

0.0
4.4

0.0
0.9

0.0
0.7

0.0
2.8

0.0
4.2

0.0
13.4

0.0

0
14

0
12

4


0


0
3

2


4


13




.0
.0

.0
.0

.4


.9


.7
.1

.8


.1


.4





14.0


12.0


2.7


0.9


3.8


2.2

-0.1
4.2


38.9





















1.09
-3.6






                                 192

-------
and bled off since oxygen has a higher solubility than
nitrogen.  Finally, the pressure release valve and the
discharge line from the saturation tank should be designed
to induce good mixing with the remainder of the flow and
promote fine bubble formation [1].

Overflow Rate — The removals achieved by dissolved air flota
tion are governed by several factors.  The most critical
design parameter is the surface overflow rate which can be
easily translated into the rise rate of the particle and
air bubble.  To remove an air particle with a given rise
rate,the corresponding overflow rate must not be exceeded.
In rough terms, it has been reported that overflow rates
above 6.1 cu m/hr/sq m (3,600 gpd/sq ft) start to reduce
removal efficiencies.  Below this value the removals remain
relatively constant.

Dissolved Air Requirements — Also important in affecting
removals is the amount of air dissolved.  An insufficient
supply of dissolved air reduces the amount of air available
for each solid particle,and thus the difference between the
air-particle density and the density of water is not great
enough to meet the minimum rise rate.  Also, the better the
atomization or bubble coverage over the plan area of the
tank,  the better the chance for collision between the
bubbles and the suspended particles.  The amount of air
supplied to a split flow flotation facility is dependent on
the percentage of flow saturated with air and the pressure.
In the studies using combined sewer overflows, the optimum
value for the percentage of flow pressurized averages around
20.  In one study with a full flow system, removals were
found to be directly related to the pressure used in the
saturation tank, see Figure 44 [17] .  The optimum pressure
is 3.5 to 4.2 kg/sq cm (50 to 60 psi) which agrees with
other studies performed [40, 2].

Flotation Aids — Probably, the most controllable factor
affecting particle removals is the amount and type of chemi-
cals added.  In all studies, some kinds of chemicals were
added to improve removals.  In one case, small floating
beads  were used in lieu of air to provide the flotation [12],
This proved to be unsuccessful.   The majority of chemicals
added, however, were polyelectrolytes and ferric chloride.
Ferric chloride has been reported to be the most successful
and has improved SS removals by more than 30 percent.  The
use of polyelectrolytes alone and in one case bentonite clay
with polyelectrolytes has not resulted in important in-
creases in removal efficiencies.  Lime and alum have also
been used.
                            226

-------
     3.  Short-term weather prediction would be obtained by
         rain gages located throughout the METRO drainage
         area.

Water quality studies — Since 1963, METRO has been engaged
in a comprehensive water quality monitoring program through-
out the entire metropolitan drainage area.  Upon receipt
of the CATAD demonstration grant in 1967, additional spe-
cialized water quality monitoring studies were added to the
existing program to concentrate on certain areas that con-
tribute to combined sewer overflows.

The objectives of the demonstration grant water quality
studies were twofold.  First, new water quality studies
were begun or old programs modified to show how receiving
water quality and other dynamic system parameters have
changed during the periods of expansion, interception, regu-
lation, and separation.  Second, a base level for various
parameters was to be established to be used as a tool for
measuring the results of the CATAD demonstration project.
The studies have been divided into two general areas re-
lated to the collection system itself and the receiving
waters adjacent to the municipality.  Weather and other
pertinent environmental factors are correlated with data
from the two main study categories.

Overflow sampling was divided into three categories:  physi-
cal and chemical sampling, bacteriological sampling, and
overflow volume computation.

Examples of a typical sewer sampling station and receiving
water sampling and monitoring station are shown on
Figure 15 (a, b, c).

System Operation — The CATAD system controls comprise a
computer-based central facility for automatic control of
remote regulator and pumping stations.  The control center
is located at the METRO office building with satellite
terminals at the West Point and Renton treatment plants.
The principal features of the control center include a
computer, its associated peripheral equipment, an operators
console, map display, and logging and events printers [23].

Remote monitoring and control units have been provided for
36 remote pumping and regulator stations.  Twenty-four re-
mote control units have been installed at pumping and
regulator stations on the trunk and interceptor sewers
leading to the West Point sewage treatment plant and nine
remote control units have been installed at pumping stations
along the interceptor sewers transporting primarily sanitary
                            190

-------
         Table 38.  TYPICAL  REMOVALS  ACHIEVED WITH
             SCREENING/DISSOLVED AIR  FLOTATION
                 Without chemicals          With chemicals
 Constituents  Effluent, mg/1  I Removal  Effluent, mg/1  \ Removal
ss

vss
BOD

COD
Total N
Total P
81-106
o
47a
29-102
a
123a
4.2-16.8
1.3-8.8
56
a
53E
41
0
41a
14
16
42

18
12

46
4.2
0.5
-48

-29
-20

-83
-15.9
-5.6
77

70
57

45
17
69
 a.  Only one set of samples.
grit and most of the nonfloatable material  successfully.
The system used the split  flow method  for dissolving air
into the flow.  Approximately 20 percent of the total flow
was pressurized to 2.8 to  3.5 kg/sq  cm (40  to  50 psi) in  a
packless saturation tank,then remixed  with  the remainder
of the flow for one minute in a mixing chamber.  Flow then
entered the flotation cell for flotation and removal of the
floating matter (float) by scrapers.   The float was col-
lected in a holding tank for discharge back to the dry-
weather interceptor.

Racine, Wisconsin — The Racine prototype facilities are
essentially the same design as the one in Milwaukee.  It,
however, is constructed partly underground  out of concrete.
There are two plants: one  615 I/sec  (14 mgd) and the other
1,925 I/sec (44 mgd) in size.  Flow  to each plant passes
through a 2.5 cm (1-inch)  bar screen before being lifted  to
the fine scre.ens by screw  pumps.  Each plant is built with
multiple flotation tanks to accommodate a high flow
variation.  A separate air saturation  tank  and pump serves
each flotation tank.  Flow into the  flotation  tanks is
controlled by weirs which  allow sequential  filling of only
as many tanks as are necessary to handle the flow.
                             228

-------
should be known so that runoff quantities may be anticipated
Thus, the rain gage network forms an integral part of the
system.  Once the storm starts affecting the collection sys-
tem, the flow quantity and movements must be known for
decision-making, control implementation, and checking out
the system response.  The advantages of knowing whether or
not an overflow is occurring are obvious, but consider the
added advantage of knowing at the same time that the feeder
line is only half full and/or that the interceptor/treatment
works are operating at less than full capacity.  By initi-
ating controls, say closing a gate, the control supervisor
can force the feeder line to store flows until its capacity
is approached, or can increase diversion to the interceptor,
or both.  If he guesses wrong, the next system scan affords
him the opportunity to revise his strategy accordingly.

Thus, system control or management converts the combined
sewer system from an essentially static system to a dynamic
system where the elements can be manipulated or operated as
changing conditions dictate.

The degree of automatic control or computer intelligence
level varies among the different cities.  For example, in
Cincinnati, monitoring to detect unusual or unnecessary
overflows is applied and has been evaluated as being
successful [5],  In Minneapolis-St. Paul, the Metropolitan
Sewer Board is utilizing a central computer that receives
telemetered data from rain gages, river level monitors,
sewer flow and level sensors, and mechanical gate diversion
points to assist a dispatcher in routing stormwater flows
to make effective use of in-line sewer storage capacity [2].
The use of rain gages, level sensors, overflow detectors,
and a central computer to control pump stations and selected
regulating gates is underway in Detroit [3],  The Munici-
pality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) is incorporating the
main features of the above projects plus additional water
quality monitoring functions [30] .  The City and County of
San Francisco have embarked on the initial phase of a system
control project for which the ultimate goal is complete
hands-off computerized automatic control.  They are cur-
rently collecting data on rainfall and combined sewer flows
to aid in the formulation of a system control scheme.  More
details of the San Francisco system are described in
Section XIII under Master Plan Examples.  The main differ-
ence between the San Francisco and Seattle projects, besides
size, is hands-off versus hands-on automatic supervisory
control [16] .

As an example of a complex "systems approach" to collection
system control, various aspects of the Seattle master plan
are discussed in detail below.
                            188

-------
     Table  39.   SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS,
     BAKER  STREET DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION FACILITY [16]
                 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA
Effluent concentration,
mg/1
Constituent
BOD5
COD
Settleable solids
Oil and grease
Floatables
Total coliform
Fecal coliform
Total nitrogen
Orthophosphate
Color
Maximum
114.0
205.0
15.0
26.3
0.57
c-a
2.4 x 105
2.4 x 105a
20.1
4.45
22.0
Minimum
34.0
53.0
<0.1
3.3
<0.01
<30a
<30a
10.6
<0.07
2.0
Removal efficiency,
%
Maximum
70.5
77.0
93.5
63.2
100.0
>99.99
>99.99
53.0
99.0
95.0
Minimum
13.5
10.8
0.0
0.0
60.0
99.44
99.44
0.0
43.4
15.8
Average
46.1
44.4
47.7
29.1
95.2
99.92
99.91
18.4
80.9
57.3
  a.  MPN/100 ml
Advantages and Disadvantages

The advantages of dissolved air flotation are that (1) moder
ately good SS and BODs removals can be achieved;  (2) the
separation rate can be controlled by adjusting the amount of
air supplied; (3) it is ideally suited for the high amount
of SS found in combined sewer overflows; (4) capital cost is
moderate owing to high separation rates, high surface load-
ing rates, and short detention times; and (5) the system can
be automated.  Disadvantages of dissolved air flotation in-
clude:  (1) dissolved material is not removed without the
use of chemical additions;  (2) operating costs are rela-
tively high compared to other physical processes;
(3) greater operator skill  is required; and  (4) provisions
must be made to prevent wind and rain from disturbing the
float.
                            230

-------
 System Components  and  Operations

 The  components  of  a  remote monitoring  and  control  system
 can  be classified  as either  intelligence,  central  proces-
 sing,  or  control.

 The  intelligence system  is used to  sense and report the
 minute-to-minute system  status and  raw data for predictions.
 Examples  include flow  levels, quantities,  and  (in  some
 cases)  characteristics at significant  locations throughout
 the  system;  current  treatment rates, pumping rates, and
 gate  (regulator) positions;  rainfall intensities;  tide
 levels; and  receiving water  quality.

 Quality observations and comparisons may assist in deter-
 mining where necessary overflows can be discharged with the
 least  impact.   The central processing  system is used to com-
 pile,  record, and  display the data.  Also, on  the  basis of
 prerecorded  data and programming, the  processer (computer)
 may  convert, for example, flow levels  and  gate positions
 into estimates  of  volumes in storage,  overflowing, and in-
 tercepted and may  compute and display  remaining available
 capacities to store, intercept, treat, or  bypass additional
 flows.

 The control  system provides  the means  of manipulating the
 system to maximum  advantage.  The devices  include  remotely
 operated gates, valves, inflatable  dams, regulators, and
 pumps.  Reactions  to actuated controls and changed condi-
 tions  (i.e., increased rainfall, pump  failure, and blocked
 gate), of course,  are sensed by the intelligence system,
 thus reinitiating  the cycle.

 Representative  elements of a typical system are shown on
 Figure 31.

 Because of the  frequency and repetitiveness of the sensing
 and the short time span for decision-making, computers must
 form the basis  of the control system.  The complexity of
 the hydrology and hydraulics of combined systems also dic-
 tates  the need  for extensive preprogramming to determine
 cause-effect relationships accurately and to assist in eval-
 uating alternative courses of action.  To be most  effective,
 real-time operational control must be a part of an overall
management scheme included in what is sometimes called a
 "systems approach."

 System Control

Before storm flow collection system control can be imple-
mented, the direction,  intensity,  and duration of the storm
                            186

-------
    100
           LEGEND:
           0  SAN FRANCISCO DATA [ 15]
           0  MILWAUKEE DATA [40]
           A  FORT SMITH DATA [17]
           *  DERIVED COST EQUATION
           x  COST CURVE FOR SEDIMENTATION
                         10                 100
                           DESIGN CAPACITY, MGD
       NOTE; USD x 43.808- L/SEC
          Figure  45.   Construction cost versus
design capacity for  dissolved  air flotation,  ENR 2000
                              232

-------
     Regulators and their appurtenant facilities
     should be recognized as devices which have the
     dual responsibility of controlling both quantity
     and quality of overflow to receiving waters, in
     the interest of more effective pollution
     control.   [50]

As mentioned previously, new regulator devices have been
developed that provide both quantity and quality control.
These include electrode potential along with the swirl
regulator/concentrator, spiral flow regulator, vortex regu-
lator, and high side-spill weir.  Thus, in the future, the
choice of a regulator must be based on several factors in-
cluding:  (1) quantity control, (2) quality control,
(3) economics, (4) reliability, (5) ease of maintenance, and
(6) the desired mode of operation (automatic or
semiautomatic).

Regulator Costs — Selected installed construction costs are
shown in Table 29.  These costs are to be used for order-
of-magnitude reference only because of the wide variance
of construction problems, unit sizes, location, number
of units per installation, and special appurtenances.

The cost of maintaining sewer regulators as reported in a
recent national survey also vary widely [10] .  In most
cases, the reported expenditures are probably not adequate
to maintain the regulators in completely satisfactory
condition.  The annual cost per regulator required to con-
duct a minimal maintenance program is listed in Table 29.

REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL

One alternative to the tremendous cost and disruption caused
by sewer separation is to upgrade existing combined sewer
systems by installing effective regulators, level sensors,
tide gates, rain gage networks, sewage and receiving water
quality monitors, overflow detectors, and flowmeters and
then apply computerized collection system control.  Such
system controls are being developed and applied in several
U.S. cities.  The concepts of control systems have been in-
troduced in Section VI.  As applied to collection system
control, they are intended to assist a dispatcher (super-
visor) in routing and storing combined sewer flows to make
the most effective use of interceptor and line capacities.
As the components become more advanced and operating experi-
ence grows, system control offers the key to total inte-
grated system management and optimization.
                            184

-------
the same as for their use in dry-weather treatment
facilities.  The reader is referred to the literature for
the necessary details [25].  Except for bar screens, their
use for combined sewer overflows may be limited.  Coarse
screens are used as a pretreatment and protection device at
the Cottage Farm Detention and Chlorination Facility in
Boston.  Bar screens are recommended for almost all storage
and treatment facilities and pump stations for protection of
downstream equipment.  Typical screenings from a 1-inch bar
screen are shown on Figure 46.

Fine Screens and Microscreens — Fine screens and micro-
screens are discussed together because in most cases they
operate in a similar manner.  The types of units found in
these classifications are rotating fine screens, hereinafter
referred to as drum screens; microscreens, commonly called
microstrainers; rotary fine screens; and hydraulic sieves
(static screens); vibrating screens; and gyratory screens.
To date, vibrating screens and gyratory screens have not
been used in prototype combined sewer overflow treatment
facilities.

Description of Screening Devices

Microstrainers and Drum Screens — The microstrainer and drum
screen are essentially the same device but with different
screen aperture sizes.  A schematic of a typical unit is
shown on Figure 47.  They are a mechanical filter using a
variable, low-speed (up to 4 to 7 rpm), continuously back-
washed, drum rotating about a horizontal axis and operating
under gravity conditions.  The filter usually is a tightly
woven wire mesh fabric (called screen) fitted on the drum
periphery in paneled sections.  The drum is placed in a tank,
and wastewater enters one end of the drum and flows outward
through the rotating screen.  Seals at the ends of the drum
prevent water from escaping around the ends of the drum into
the tank.  As the drum rotates, filtered solids, trapped on
the screen, are lifted above the water surface inside the
drum.  At the top of the drum, the solids are backwashed off
the screen by high-pressure spray jets, collected in a trough,
and removed from the inside of the drum.  In most cases,
both the rotational speed of the drum and the backwash rate
are adjustable.   Backwash water is usually strained effluent.
The newer microstrainers use an ultraviolet light irradia-
tion source alongside the backwash jets to prevent growth of
organisms on the screens [36].  The drum is submerged from
approximately two-thirds to three-quarters of its diameter.

As noted previously, the usual flow pattern is radially out-
ward through the screen lining the drum; however, one drum
screen application used a reverse flow pattern [41].
                            234

-------
 regulator  [44].  A prototype regulator has been  success-
 fully  evaluated  at Nantwich, England.  A  third generation
 device is  being  developed for American practice.

 Stilling Pond  Regulator - The stilling pond regulator, as
 used in England, is a short length of widened channel from
 which  the  settled solids are discharged to the interceptor
 [1].   Flow to  the interceptor is controlled by the discharge
 pipe which is  sized so that it will be surcharged during
 wet-weather  flows.  Its discharge will depend on the sewage
 level  in the regulator.  Excess flows during storms dis-
 charge over  a  transverse weir and are conveyed to the re-
 ceiving waters.  The use of the stilling  pond may provide
 time for the solids to settle out when the first flush of
 stormwater arrives at the regulator and before discharge
 over the weir  begins.

 This type  of regulator is considered suitable for overflows
 up  to  85 I/sec (30 cfs).  If the stilling pond is to be suc-
 cessful in separating solids, it is suggested that not less
 than a 3-minute  retention be provided at  the maximum rate
 of  flow [34].

 High Side-Spill Weirs — Unsatisfactory experience with
 side-spill weirs in England has led to the development of a
 high side-spill weir, referred to there as the high double
 side-weir  overflow.  These weirs are made shorter and higher
 than would be required for the normal side-spill weir.  The
 rate of flow to the treatment plant may be controlled by use
 of  a throttle pipe or a float-controlled  mechanical gate.

 The ratio  of screenings in the overflow to screenings in the
 sewage passed on to treatment was 0.5, the lowest of the
 four types investigated in England.  This device has the
 best general performance when compared to the English vortex
 and stilling pond regulators and the low  side-overflow
 weir [1].

 Tide Gates — Tide gates,  backwater gates, or flap gates are
 used to protect the interceptors and collector sewers from
 high water levels in receiving waters and are considered
 a regulating appurtenance when used for this purpose.

 Tide gates are intended to open and permit discharge at the
 outfall when the flow line in the sewer system regulator
 chamber produces a small  differential head on the upstream
 face of the gate.  Some types of gates are sufficiently
 heavy  to close automatically, ahead of any water level rise
 in the receiving body.   With careful installation and bal-
 ancing, coupled with an effective preventive maintenance
program, the ability of the gate to open during overflow
                            182

-------
                                    BACKWASH
                                    HOOD
               Figure 47.  Schematic of  a
              microstrainer or drum screen
The drum was completely submerged within an influent tank,
and flow passed inward through the circumference of the
drum.  Submerged backwash jets were placed inside the drum.

Screen openings for microstrainers range from 15 to 65
microns and for drum screens, from 100 to 600 microns.  The
various sizes of screen openings that have been tested on
combined sewer overflows, and other data., are listed in
Table 42.

Microstrainers and drum screens can be used in many differ-
ent treatment schemes.  Their versatility comes from the
fact that the removal efficiency is adjustable by changing
the aperture size of the screen placed on the unit.  The
primary use of microstrainers would be in lieu of a sedimen
tation basin to remove suspended matter.  They can also be
used in conjunction with chemical treatment, such as ozone
or chlorine for chemically disinfecting/oxidizing both
organic and nonorganic oxidizable matter or microorganisms
                            236

-------
                B  ^
FLIATAILES
DEFLECTOR
       B -J
                                                FLOW DEFLECTOR

                                                   A-A

                                                FLOW DEFLECTOR
                  B-B
         PLAN
SECTIONS
         Figure 29.  Recommended configuration
              for swi rl  concentrator [50]
means of separating solids  from  the  overflow.
form of the regulator  is  shown on  Figure  30.
               The  simplest
The heavily polluted sewage  is  drawn  to  the  inner wall.   It
then passes to a semicircular channel situated at a lower
level leading to the treatment  plant.  The proportion of
the concentrated discharge will depend on the  particular
design.  The overflow passes over  a side weir  for discharge
to the receiving waters.  Surface  debris collects at the
end o.f the chamber and passes over a  short flume  to join
the sewer conveying the flow to the treatment  plant.

The authors of the model study  report that even the sim-
plest application of the spiral flow  separator will produce
an inexpensive regulator that will be superior to many
existing types.  They also stated  that further research  is
necessary to define the variables, the limits  of  applica-
tions, and the actual limitations  of  the spiral flow
                            180

-------
size of the screen openings because this determines the
initial size of particles removed.  The efficiencies of a
microstrainer and drum screens treating a waste with a nor-
mal distribution of particle sizes will increase as the size
of screen opening decreases.  Suspended solids removals re-
ported in various studies within the United States bear this
out, as shown on Figure 48  [41, 26, 40, 22, 35, 27, 23].  In
reality, however, removals are based on the relative sizes
between the screen opening and the particle size.  A drum
screen with a large screen opening can achieve high removals
if the majority of the solids in the waste flows are larger
than the screen opening.  It appears important not to pump
ahead of microstrainers because this tends to break up frag-
ile particles and thereby reduce removal efficiencies.  The
use of positive displacement pumps or spiral pumps may be
permissible.

The second most important condition affecting removal effi-
ciencies, especially for microstrainers, is the thickness of
filtered material on the screen.  Whenever the thickness of
this filter mat is increased, the suspended matter removal
            100
            80
         -T 80
            40
            20
              -o
               8
                                              500
       Figure 48.  SS  removal  versus  screen  opening
                             238

-------
regulator and the swirl regulator/concentrator is the flow
field pattern.  Another major difference is that larger
flow rates can be handled in the prototype swirl regulator/
concentrator  (at Lancaster, Pennsylvania, the estimated in-
crease is 4 to 6 times greater) than in the equivalent size
vortex regulator.

A hydraulic laboratory model was used to determine geometric
configuration and settleable solids removal efficiencies.
Figure 28 shows the hydraulic model in action.  Note the
solids separation and concentration toward the underflow
pipe to the treatment plant.

As a result of both mathematical and hydraulic modeling,
the performance of the prototype has been predicted.  Based
upon a peak storm flow to peak dry-weather flow ratio of
55 to 1, 90 percent of the solids (grit particles with a
specific gravity of 2.65, having a diameter greater than
0.3 mm and settleable solids with a specific gravity of 1.2,
having a diameter larger than 1.0 mm) are concentrated into
3 percent of the flow [50, 15].  Hydraulic testing indicates
that removal efficiency increases as the peak storm flow to
peak dry-weather flow decreases.  The recommended configura-
tion for the swirl regulator/concentrator is shown on
Figure 29.

The foul-sewer channel in the bottom of the swirl concentra-
tor is sized for peak dry-weather flow.  During wet-weather
flows the concentrated settleable solids are carried out
the foul-sewer into an interceptor.

There are no moving parts so maintenance and adjustment re-
quirements are minimal.   Fine tuning control is provided via
a separate chamber with a cylinder gate on the "foul sewer"
outlet to the interceptor.  Remote control, although not
readily adaptable, could be accomplished by providing a
larger-than-necessary foul sewer (also diminishes the
chances of clogging)  and throttling this line with a re-
motely controlled gate.

Spiral Flow Regulator - The spiral flow regulator is based
on the concept of using the secondary helical motion im-
parted to fluids at bends in conduits to concentrate the
settleable solids in the flow.   A bend with a total angle
between 60 and 90 degrees is employed.   Hydraulic model
studies of this  device,  carried out at the University of
Surrey, England  [44], indicated that this is a feasible
                            178

-------
 preliminary and more work is needed to verify them at a
 larger scale and at the Philadelphia pilot plant site.

 Screen cleaning - Of the several conditions which affect the
 operation of the microstrainer and drum screen,  the most
 notable is proper cleaning of the screen.   Spray jets,
 located on the outside of the screen at the top  of the  drum,
 are directed in a fan shape onto the screen.   It has been
 found that the pressure of this  backwash spray is more  im-
 portant than the quantity of the backwash  [13, 6],   There
 does not seem to be any relationship between  the volume of
 backwash water applied and the hydraulic loading of the
 microstrainer or drum screen.   Thus, a constant  backwash
 rate can be applied regardless of the hydraulic  loading [23].
 Results of tests at Philadelphia have indicated  no  backwash-
 ing problems.

 Occasionally the microstrainer and,  to a lesser  degree,  the
 drum screen cannot  be effectively cleaned  by  the backwash
 jets.   This condition,  called  "blinding" of the  screen,  is
 generally associated with oil,  grease,  and bacterial  growths
 [13,  41,  23,  6].  Oil and grease  cannot  be removed  effec-
 tively  without  using a  detergent  or  other  chemical,  such as
 sodium  hypochlorite,  in the  backwash water [6],   Generally
 microstrainers  and  drum screens with the finer screen open-
 ings  (<147  microns)  should  not be  used  in  situations where
 excessive  oil  and grease  concentrations  are likely  to be  en-
 countered  from  a particular  drainage  area.  Bacterial growths
 also  have  caused blinding problems on microstrainers, although
 they  have  not been  a  major problem with  drum  screens.  The use
 of  ultraviolet  light  is an  effective means  of  control, as men-
 tioned  previously.   It  is important, however,  to  use an
 ultraviolet  light source  of  the proper frequency  designed to
 minimize  the amount  of  ozone created  [29].  With  proper con-
 struction  of the microstrainer it  is possible  to  reduce  the
 chances of  the  creation of ozone  [26].

 Screen  life — In a wet  environment, ozone  is relatively cor-
 rosive  to the stainless steel screens.   Since  screens are
woven with very fine  stainless steel wires, the amount of
 corrosion needed to break through a strand of  the wire is
 small [29].  In fact, it has been reported that ozone in a
wet environment is more corrosive to the stainless steel
wires than chlorine in a wet environment [29].  Therefore,
 it is important to reduce the concentration of ozone and/or
chlorine in and around the microstrainer.  Both chlorine and
ozone have been used upstream of the microstrainer, but
enough detention time has been allowed so that concentra-
tions of these chemicals are relatively low.  It  is better
                            240

-------
           CONTROL PORT
   ELEVATED EXIT WEIR
COMBINED
SEWER
OUTFALL
                                                  COMBINED FLOW
                                                WEIR
                                              COMMUNICATION LINES


                                              FIXED AREA ORIFICE
                                            SIMPLE
                                            AIR
         LEVEL SENSOR

      SLOT
INTERCEPTOR FLOW
           Figure  26.   Schematic arrangement
           of a  fluidic sewer regulator [10]
 is  induced by the kinetic energy of  the  sewage entering
 the  tank  (see Figure 27).  Flow to the treatment plant is
 deflected, and discharges through a  pipe at the bottom near
 the  center of the channel.  Excess flow  in storm periods
 discharges over a circular weir around the center of the
 tank and  is conveyed to receiving waters.   The rotary motion
 causes  the sewage to follow a long path  through the channel
 thus setting up secondary flow patterns  which create an
 interface between the fluid sludge mass  and the clear liquid
 The  flow  containing the concentrated solids is directed to
 the  interceptor.   Using synthetic sewage in model studies at
 Bristol,  England, suspended solids removal efficiencies of
 up  to 98  percent  were reported  [47] .  Another series of
 experiments elsewhere on a model vortex  regulator using raw
 sewage  indicated  poor performance in removing screenable
 solids  under certain conditions  [1].  This lack of overflow
                             176

-------
         Table  43.   DATA  SUMMARY ON MICROSTRAINERS AND
                           DRUM SCREENS
Location
(1)
Philadelphia,
Pa.
Milwaukee, Wis.
Cleveland, Ohio
Lebanon, Ohio
Chicago, 111.
Letchworth,
England
Lebanon, Ohio
East Providence,
R.I.
Reference
number
(2)
[27]
[26]
[26]
[26]
[26]
[40]
[22]
[6]
[23]
[35]
[6]
[41]
[41]
[41]
Screen 	
opening, Total,
micron sq ft
(3) (4)
23 9.4
23 9.4
23 47.0
23 47.0
35 47.0
297 144.0
420 12.6
23 15.0
23 314.0
23 47.0
35 15.0
150 0.28
190 0.28
230 0.28
Screen area
Submerged, Submerged, Flux rate, Headloss,
S<1 £t » gpm/sq ft in.
(5) (6) (7) (8)
7.4 78 40 23
7.4 78 25 12a
28a 60a 9.1 4.7a
3Sa 74a 6.9 3.6a
35a 74a 5.4 3.4a
72-90 51-64 40-50 12-14
max
NA NA 100 NA
9 60 -\,7.0 6 max
NA NA 6.6 6 max
NA NA 3.1 NA
9 60 
-------
         6ALV.  PIPE TO
         FLOAT  WELL
         LOAT I
        FLOAT WELL
      NTERCEPTOR
                      PLAN VIEW


          CYLINDER - OPERATED GATE  REGULATOR

                PHILADELPHIA   [ll]
Figure 25.   Typical  automatic  dynamic
             sewer  regulator
                    174

-------
      Table 44.   RECOMMENDED MICROSTRAINER DESIGN
  PARAMETERS  FOR COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW TREATMENT
          Screen opening, microns

            Main treatment
            Pretreatment

          Screen material

          Drum speed,  rpm

            Maximum speed
            Operating  range

          Flux rate of submerged
          screen, gpm/sq ft

            Low rate
            High rate

          Headless, in.

          Submergence  of drum, I

          Backwash

            Volume, I  of inflow
            Pressure,  psi

          Type of automatic
          controls
     23-35
    150-420

 Stainless steel
      5-7
      0-max speed
      5-10
     20-50

      6-24

     60-80
   <0.5-3
     40-50

Drum speed propor-
tional to headless
         Note:  gpm/sq ft x 0.679 = 1/sec/sq m
                psi x 0.0703 =  kg/sq cm
SCREEN
                                          -BACKWASH NOZZLES

                                         NFLUENT FLOW
                                        AUTOMATIC VALVE
                                                    CONTROL
                                                     PANEL


                                                    NFLOW
           -SCREENED  EFFLUENT
   Figure  49.   Rotary  fine screen  schematic  [11]
                             244

-------
(a)  AUTOMATIC SENER REGULATOR  [32]

(BROUN AND BROIN TTPE »).
                                                             STOP DISC BOLT
                                                                  STOP LINK
                                       (b)   TIPPING GATE REGULATOR  [ll]

                                            USED Bt ALLEGHENY COUNTY
                                            SEVA6E AUTHORITY
    GATE CHAMBER
(C)  CYLINDRICAL GATE REGULATOR  [to]
      Figure  24.    Typical   semiautomatic
             dynamic  sewer  regulators
                              172

-------
 Screen  cleaning - In  the  studies conducted on  the rotary  fine
 screen  [38,  11],  blinding (clogging of  the screen) has been  a
 problem.  Blinding has been attributed  to oil, grease, and
 industrial waste  from a paint manufacturer.  This problem is
 similar to that experienced during the  development of micro-
 strainers.   The latest study at Shore Acres, California,
 solved  this  problem by enforcing an industrial waste ordinance
 prohibiting  discharge of  oil wastes to  the sewer system.

 To  improve backwashing, a solution of hot water and liquid
 solvent or detergent  has  been found necessary  to obtain ef-
 fective cleaning  of the screens.  This  may have been neces-
 sary only because of  the  nature of the  common waste encoun-
 tered in both studies [38, 11].  Of the solvents tested,
 acidic  and alcoholic  agents did not adequately clean the
 screens.  Alkaline agents  were reported not effective by
 Portland  [11], but Cornell, Rowland, Hayes $ Merryfield [38]
 reported a caustic solution was the most efficient solvent.
 Chloroform,  solvent parts  cleaner, soluble pine oil, ZIP,
 Formula 409, and Vestal Eight offered limited effectiveness.
 ZEP 9658 cleaned  the  screens effectively, but this cleaner
 was not analyzed  to determine its effect on effluent water
 quality.  The removal of  paint was done effectively only  by
 hand cleaning using ZEP 9658.

 Screen life  - In the  first study [38] ,  the average screen
 life was approximately 4  hours.  In a study conducted a year
 later [11] using a similar unit incorporating a new screen
 design and a rotational speed of 65 rpm, the average screen
 life was 34  hours.  Reducing the rotational speed to 55 rpm
 increased the average screen life to 346 hours.  Results  of
 a subsequent study at Shore Acres, California, indicate that
 screen life may exceed 1 year.   This extended life, however,
 is most likely attributable to the much lower hydraulic
 loading rate, 39.5 versus  123 I/sec (0.9 versus 2.8 mgd)  or
 30 versus 97 1/sec/sq m (44 versus 143 gpm/sq ft).   The
present predicted screen  life is 1,000 hours.  Some screen
 failures were attributed  to punctures caused by objects
present in the feed waters.

Design parameters - The design and operating parameters of
the rotary fine screen are presented in Table 45.   No mathe-
matical modeling of the rotary fine screen has been
performed.  Further tests of the rotary fine screen are
needed to determine more accurately the life of the screens,
the removal efficiencies, and design parameters.

Two points should be remembered with respect to rotary fine
screens:  (1) waste flows from the rotary fine screen range
from 10 to 20 percent of the total flow treated and may
contain solvents that may be difficult to treat downstream;
                            246

-------
Conventional Designs

Conventional regulators can be subdivided into three major
groups:  (1) static, (2) semiautomatic dynamic, and
(3) automatic dynamic.   The grouping reflects the general
trend toward the increasing degree of control and sophisti-
cation and, of course,  the capital and operation and main-
tenance costs.  Conventional regulator design, use,
advantages, and disadvantages are well covered in the
literature  [10, 11, 32].

Static Regulators — Static regulators can be defined as
fixed-position devices  allowing little or no adjustment
after construction.

Static regulators consist of horizontal or vertical fixed
orifices, manually operated vertical gates, leaping and
side-spill weirs and dams, and self-priming siphons.  Typi-
cal static regulators are shown on Figure 23.  With the ex-
ception of the vertical gate, which does not often move,
they have no moving parts.  Thus, they provide only minimal
control, and they are least expensive to build, less costly
to operate, and somewhat less troublesome to maintain.
In view of the increasingly more stringent receiving water
discharge limitations and the rising need of providing storm
water capacity in treatment plants, it is expected that the
use of conventional static regulators will decline.  System
control, to utilize maximum capacity in the interceptor,
requires flexibility virtually nonexistent with static
regulators.  Maintenance, with the exception of the vertical
gate, is mostly limited to removal of debris blocking the
regulator opening.

Semiautomatic Dynamic Regulators — Semiautomatic dynamic
regulators can fee defined as those which are adjustable over
a limited range of diverted flow and contain moving parts
but are not adaptable to remote control.

The family of semiautomatic dynamic (having moving parts)
regulators consists of float-operated gates, mechanical
tipping gates, and cylindrical gates.  Typical semiautomatic
dynamic regulators are  shown on Figure 24.  All require
separate chambers to allow access for adjustment and
maintenance.  As a rule this group is more expensive to
construct and to maintain than static regulators.  They are
more susceptible to malfunction from debris interfering
with the moving parts and are subject to failure due to the
corrosive environment.   However, better flow control is
provided because they respond automatically to combined
sewer and interceptor flow variations.  The adjustment of
                            170

-------
 than pumping if resuspension in water is  to be avoided.
 This is  one of the  screening methods  currently being tested
 for combined storm  overflows at Fort  Wayne, Indiana [28,  43]
 The installed units are  to  handle  767 I/sec (17.5  mgd)
 using screens with  openings of 1,525  microns (o!o60 inch).

 Advantages  and Disadvantages - The four basic  screening de-
 vices have  been developed to serve one of two  types of
 applications.   The  microstrainer is designed as a  main
 treatment device that  can remove most of  the suspended con-
 taminants found in  a combined sewer overflow.   The other
 three devices--drum screens, rotary fine  screens,  and hy-
 draulic  sieves—are basically pretreatment  units designed
 to  remove the coarser  material found  in waste  flows.  The
 advantages  and disadvantages of each  type are  listed in
 Table 46.

 Description of Demonstration Projects

 Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  - The use  of a microstrainer to
 treat combined sewer overflows  has  been studied in
 Philadelphia  [26, 27].   The  facility  includes  microstrain-
 ing  and  disinfection.  The  microstrainer  was a 5-foot diam-
 eter  by  3-foot long unit using  either 35- or 23-micron
 screen openings  during the  various  tests  conducted.   The
 drum  was operated submerged  at  2/3  of its depth.   The com-
 plete unit  was  equipped  to  automatically  control drum speed
 proportional  to  the  headloss  across the screen, with  con-
 tinuous  backwash, and with  an  ultraviolet irradiation source
 to prevent  fouling  of  the screen by bacterial  slimes.  The
 unit  starts automatically whenever  sufficient  overflow
 occurs.  Because of  the physical configuration  of  the sewer,
 flow  was pumped  to  the microstrainer.   However, it  is rec-
 ommended that  pumping be avoided whenever possible  since
 large solids  that would be readily  removed by microstraining
 are broken  up  by the pumping.   The  study was conducted
 in three phases:  (1) operation  of  full screen  area using
 the 35 micron  screen,  (2) operation at full screen  area
 using 23 micron  screen, and  (3)  operation at 20 percent
 of the screen  area using the 23  micron screen.   The latter
was to test increased loading rates since the facility
 had a limited pumping capacity.  The  facilities operated
 approximately  40 times  per year  on combined sewer overflows.

Milwaukee and Racine, Wisconsin  [40] - The use  of fine
 screens to remove most  of the coarse  solids at  Milwaukee
 and Racine has been briefly  described  previously under
Dissolved Air Flotation.   One unit  was used at  Milwaukee
and six are  used at Racine.   They operate  at a  continuous
                            248

-------
The unit is set up for fully automatic operation and may be
started by any of three external level sensors located
458 meters (1,500 feet) upstream, at the injection site, and
458 meters (1,500 feet) downstream.

Several polymers were tested, and Polyox WSR-301 was chosen
to be used when the Bachman Creek unit becomes operational.
The polymer is expected to reduce the surcharge by 6.1 meters
(20 feet) over the first 1,220-meter (4,000-foot) length.
The maximum equipmental feed rate is expected to be 2.3
kg/min (5 Ib/min).  The actual polymer feed rate will be
flow paced by the liquid level in the sewer to maintain a
polymer concentration of about 150 ppm in the sanitary sewer.
The unit is capable of supplying a dosage of 500 to 600 mg/1
if needed.  It is expected that the unit will be in operation
about five times per year and that surcharge reduction will
be complete in approximately 7 minutes after start of polymer
injection (travel time in the affected reach of sewer).

The actual construction cost for the unit, including instal-
lation of the site, was $146,000 (ENR 2000).  The unit was
scheduled to be operable by mid-1973 with operational per-
formance and data available one year thereafter.  Maintenance
is expected to be limited to a site visit and unit exercise
every 2 months.

REGULATORS

Historically, combined sewer regulators represent an attempt
to intercept all dry-weather flows, yet automatically pro-
vide for the bypass of wet-weather flows beyond available
treatment/interceptor capacity.  Initially, this was accom-
plished by constructing a low dam  (weir) across the combined
sewer downstream from a vertical or horizontal orifice as
shown on Figure 22.  Flows dropping through the orifices
were collected by the interceptor and conveyed to the treat-
ment facility (see Figure 19).  The dams were designed to
divert up to approximately 3 times the average dry-weather
flow to the interceptor with the excess overflowing to the
receiving water.  Eventually more sophisticated mechanical
regulators were developed in an attempt to improve control
over the diverted volumes.  No specific consideration was
given to quality control.

Recent research, however, has resulted in several regula-
tors that appear capable of providing both quality and
quantity control via induced hydraulic flow patterns that
tend to separate and concentrate the solids from the main
flow  [10, 50, 15].  Other new devices promise excellent
quantity control without troublesome sophisticated design.
                            168

-------
 drum speed with backwashing activation whenever headless
 exceeds 6 inches.  Collected solids are discharged to the
 float holding tanks.  The screen size used in both cases
 was 297 microns.

 Cleveland, Ohio [221 - The Cleveland, Ohio, study on dual-
 media filtration also included a fine screen as a pretreat-
 ment unit to the filtration process.  The 420 micron screen
 was fitted over a 1.2 sq m (12.6 sq ft) drum unit.  Drum
 speed and backwash conditions were not reported.  More de-
 tails on the layout of the facilities are given in this
 section under Filtration.

 East Providence, Rhode Island [411  - This bench-scale study
 was conducted to test the applicability of using a:drum
 screen and a diatomaceous earth filter in series to achieve
 significant  removals when operating on combined sewer
 overflow.   The study indicated good removals  by the screen-
 ing device in relation to other drum screens.   The screening
 unit,  however, was  of different configuration than other
 drum screens.   The  device used was  a small 259 sq cm (40
 sq  in.)  unit consisting  of a  submerged rotating drum with
 the flow passing through the  screen from the  outside to  the
 inside.   Effluent was  drawn off from the interior of the
 rotating drum.   The  backwash  system ran continuously using
 submerged  spray  jets  directed  at  the interior  of the screen
 dislodging strained  solids and allowing them  to pass through
 ports  separating dirty water  from the  rest of  the influent
 water.   Synthetic sewage  was used during the  study.   Screen
 apertures  tested were  150,  190,  and 230 microns  in size.

 Portland.  Oregon [58,  111  - A  rotary fine  screen unit was
 tested  in  Portland,  Oregon, on  both dry-weather  flow and
 combined sewer overflows.  The  facility was constructed  on
 a 183 cm  (72-inch) diameter trunk sewer  serving  a  10,000-ha
 (25,000-acre)  area.  A portion  of the  flow was  diverted  to
 a bypass line where  it first flowed through a  bar  screen
 before being lifted  into  the demonstration project by two
 132  I/sec  (2,100 gpm)  turbine pumps.  After passing  through
 the  rotary fine  screen, both the  concentrated  solids and
 the  effluent were returned to the Sullivan Gulch Pumping
 Station wet well.  In  a typical installation on  a  combined
 sewer overflow line, the  effluent from  the screens would
pass to a receiving stream after  disinfection.  The concen-
 trated solids would be returned to  an interceptor  sewer
The  screening unit used a 152 cm  (60-inch) diameter drum
with 74, 105, and 167 micron screens.  The units were oper-
ated at flow rates ranging from 43.2 to 126.2 I/sec  (1 to
2.8 mgd).  The range and levels of variables tested is
listed in Table 47.
                            250

-------
associated with excess wet-weather flows are generally of
short duration; thus, a marginally inadequate line can be
bolstered by polymer injections at critical periods.  In
effect, this increases the overall treatment efficiency by
allowing more of the flow to reach the treatment plant,
while flooding from sewer surcharges is decreased.

The polymers tested in Richardson, Texas, included Polyox
Coagulant-701, Polyox WSR-301, and Separan AP-30  [40].  The
latter showed the greatest resistance to shear degradation
(which may be important in very long channels) but was the
least effective hydraulically.  Tests conducted indicated
that the polymers and nonsolvents were not detrimental
to bacteria growth and therefore would not disrupt the
biological treatment of sewage in wastewater treatment
plants.  Tests conducted on algae in a polymer environment
indicated that the polymers have no toxic effects and only
nominal nutrient effects.  Fish bioassays indicated that in
a polymer slurry concentration of 500 mg/1, some fish deaths
resulted but that, in practice, concentrations above 250
mg/1 would provide no additional flow benefits.  It was re-
ported that polymer concentrations of between 35 and 100
mg/1 decreased flow resistance sufficiently to eliminate
surcharges of more than 1.8 meters (6 feet) [40],

The Dallas Water Utilities District, Dallas, Texas has con-
structed a prototype polymer injection station (see
Figure 21) for relief of surcharge-caused overflows at 15
points along a 2,440-meter (8,000-foot) stretch of the
Bachman Creek sewer  [36].  During storms, the infiltration
ratio approaches 8 to 1.  The sanitary sewer is 46 cm
(18 inches) in diameter for the first 1,220 meters  (4,000
feet) and then joins another 46-cm (18-inch) diameter
sewer and continues on.  The Dallas polymer injection
station was built as a semiportable unit so that  it can be
removed and installed at other locations needing an in-
terim solution once a permanent solution has been imple-
mented at Bachman Creek.

The polymer injection unit is enclosed by a 1.3-cm  (1/2-inch)
steel sheet, 3.1 meters  (10 feet) in diameter by approxi-
mately 7.9 meters (26 feet) in height.  The upper half pro-
vides storage for 6,364 kg (14,000 Ib) of dry polymer and
also contains dehumidification equipment.  The lower half
contains a polymer transfer blower, a polymer hopper and
agitator for dry feeding, a volumetric feeder and eductor,
and appurtenances.  The unit is entirely self-contained
with only external power and water hookup necessary for the
unit to be in operation.
                            166

-------
 has eight 152-cm  (60-inch) diameter units operating in
 parallel.  They are to be operated sequentially to accommo-
 date flow variation.  The screen size is 105 microns.
 Twelve static screens using 1,525-micron (0.06-inch) clear
 opening screen represent the third portion of the facility
 These are the manufacturer's standard units that have been
 used in industry to remove gross solids.  A description of
 a typical unit was presented above.  The combined sewer over
 flow facilities are located across the Maumee River from
 Fort Wayne's sewage treatment plant.  Flows entering the
 facilities are sewage treatment plant bypass and combined
 sewer overflows.   These flows are lifted to the screens by
 pumps after passing through a bar screen.  Chlorination and
 a contact tank are provided.
 Costs
 Microstrainers and Drum Screens - The costs reported for
 microstrainers vary considerably, as shown in Table 48.  The
 main reason is the variation in flux rates or loading coupled
 with the type of waste treated (i.e., combined sewer over-
 flows versus secondary effluent)  [30].   With the exception
 of the Philadelphia facility,  all of the microstrainers are
 used to treat sewage effluent  at  appreciably lower flux
 rates which necessarily increased the cost.   During the
 Philadelphia study it was  found possible to use a flux rate
 of 73 3 cu  m/hr/sq m (30 gpm/sq ft);  therefore, the costs  at
 the three other  locations  listed  in  Table 48 have been modi-
 tied to reflect  this increase  in  loading rate.   According  to
 the figures  presented in Table 48, the  average  capital cost
 is  approximately $248/l/sec  ($11,000/mgd)  for treating com-
 bined sewer  overflows.  The  operation and maintenance  costs
 nave not been adjusted.  The approximate cost is  $0.0013 to
 $0.0026/1,000 1  ($0.005 to $0.01/1,000  gal.)  for  assuming  ?00
 hours  of operation per year.   The single capital  cost  cited
 tor  a  fine screen  is  only  the  equipment  cost and  does  not
 include  installation.  Operation  and  maintenance  costs
 should  be comparable  to those  for microstrainers.

 Rotary  Fine  Screens  - Cost data for rotary fine screens for
 combined sewer overflows are based on a  preliminary design
 estimate for  a screening facility in  Seattle, Washington,
 and  actual construction costs  at Fort Wayne,  Indiana  [38,
 28J.  The two costs were $700,000 and $250,000, for plants
 of 1,095 I/sec (25 mgd) and 1,640 I/sec  (37.5 mgd) ,
 respectively.  The differences in cost are due, in part, to
 the  fact that the  Fort Wayne installation is  a demonstration
prototype project where three  types of screens operating in
parallel are  treating a total  flow of 3,285  I/sec  (75 mgd)
 in a single  building.  The  cost for the rotary fine screen
                            252

-------
with grades too flat to be self-cleansing.  However, such
applications are relatively uncommon today.  Because of the
volume of flow required and the noted system limitations,
stormwater applications to date have been limited to rela-
tively small lateral sewers.

Cleansing deposited solids by flushing in combined sewer
laterals with mild slopes (0.001 to 0.008) was studied
using 30-cm (12-inch) and 46-cm (18-inch) clay sewer pipes,
each 244 meters (800 feet) long [22].  Experimental data
were then used to formulate a mathematical design model to
provide an efficient means of selecting the most economical
flushing system that would achieve a desired cleansing
efficiency within the constraints set by the engineer and
limitations of the design equations.

It was found that the cleansing efficiency of deposited
material by periodic flush waves is dependent upon flush
volume, flush discharge rate, sewer slope, sewer length,
sewer flow rate, and sewer diameter.  Neither details of
the flush device inlet to the sewer nor slight irregulari-
ties in the sewer slope and alignment significantly affected
the percent cleaning efficiencies.

Using sewage instead of clean water for flushing was found
to cause a general, minor decrease in the efficiency of the
cleansing operation.  The effect is relatively small and is
the result of the redeposition of solids by the trailing
edge of the flush wave.

The effects of flush wave sequencing were found to be in-
significant as long as the flush releases were made pro-
gressively from the upstream end of the sewer*  Also, the
cleansing efficiencies obtained by using various combina-
tions of flush waves were found to be quite similar to
those obtained using single flushes of equivalent volumes
and similar release rates.  However, both of these hypothe-
ses are based on the limited findings from tests run on
relatively short sewers.  Therefore, further testing is
required to give a complete picture of the relative impor-
tance of these two factors on the overall performance of a
complete flushing system.

A prototype flush station developed during the study can be
inserted in a manhole to provide functions necessary to col-
lect sewage from the sewer, store it in a coated fabric
tank, and release the stored sewage as a flush wave upon
receipt of an external signal.

One prototype lateral flushing demonstration project was
considered for an 11-ha  (27-acre) drainage area in Detroit
                            164

-------
 FILTRATION

 Introduction

 In the physical treatment processes,  filtration is one step
 finer than screening.   Solids  are usually removed by one or
 more  of the following  removal  mechanisms:  straining, im-
 pingement, settling,  and adhesion.   Filtration has not been
 used  extensively in wastewater treatment, because of rapid
 clogging which is principally  due to  compressible solids
 being strained out at  the surface and lodged within the
 pores of the filter media.   In stormwater runoff, however,
 a large fraction of the  solids are  discrete, noncompressible
 solids that are more  readily filtered [30],

 Effluents from primary or secondary treatment plants and
 from  physical-chemical treatment  facilities  contain com-
 pressible solids.

 The discussion on filters handling  discrete, noncompressible
 solids is presented here.

 Design Criteria

 Two factors  affecting  removal  efficiency  are flux rate and
 the type  of  solids.  As  one  would expect,  the  removals are
 inversely proportional to the  flux  rate.   At high flux
 rates,  solids  are  forced  through  the  filters reducing solids
 removal  efficiency.  Suspended solids  removals were  found
 to be  better for  inert solids  (discrete,  noncompressible
 solids)  than for  volatile  solids  (compressible solids).
 This  is  the  same  conclusion  found for  microstrainers.

 Loading  Rates  - The difference between filtering  compres-
 sible  and noncompressible  solids  is basically  the flux rate
 used.  High-rate  filters  handling compressible solids  are
 normally  loaded at  12.2  to 24.5 cu m/hr/sq m (5 to  10  gpm/
 sq ft), whereas those  handling  noncompressible solids  will
 filter at  rates up  to  73.4 cu  m/hr/sq  m (30  gpm/sq  ft).

 Chemicals - Many polyelectrolytes and  some coagulants  have
 been tested.   Some polyelectrolytes have been found which
 increase  removals of phosphorus  and nitrogen.  It is
 cautioned, however, that polyelectrolytes are noted for
 their unpredictability and the  most effective polyelectro-
 lyte must be determined for each wastewater.

Demonstration Projects

Studies have been made to investigate possible filtration
techniques for combined sewer overflows.   The different
                            254

-------
(1) replacement of broken sections, (2)  insertion of various
types of sleeves or liners, (3) internal sealing of joints
and cracks with gels or slurries, and (4)  external sealing
by soil injection grouting.  Additional  detailed information
is available in recent EPA reports on jointing materials
[13, 41, 27] and sealants  [29, 13, 41, 25].

The method most commonly used to correct structural defects
and infiltration (in sections where major structural damage
is not present) is internal sealing with gels or slurries.

The use of a chemical blocking method to seal sewer cracks,
breaks, and bad joints is much more economical and feasible
than sewer replacement or the inadequate concrete flooding
method.  With recent improvements in television and photo-
graphic inspection methods, sealing by chemical blocking
appears to be an even more encouraging method than
heretofore.  Chemical blocking is accomplished by injecting
a chemical grout and catalyst into the crack or break.  A
sealing packer is used to place the grout and catalyst.
The packer has inflatable elements to isolate the leak, an
air line for inflation, and two pipes for delivering the
chemical grout and catalyst to the packer.  An example of a
packer is shown on Figure 20.  During the repair the two
inflatable end sections isolate the leak and chemical grout
and catalyst are injected into the center section.  Then
the center section is inflated to force  the grout from
the annulus between the packer and the sewer wall into
the leak.  When the repair is complete,the packer is de-
flated and moved to the next repair location.

The current use of acrylamid gels as chemical blocking
agents is restricted by their lack of strength and other
physical limitations.  Recently, improved materials, such
as epoxy-based and polyurethane-based sealants, have been
developed  [29] .  These new sealants have exhibited suita-
bility even under conditions of erratic  or intermittent
infiltration where acrylamid gels failed because of re-
peated dehydration.  The only difficulty in applying the
new sealant materials has been that, because of the physi-
cal properties of the sealants, new application equipment
incorporating a mixing mechanism is required.  The cost of
this new equipment is approximately the  same as the exist-
ing equipment.  Modification of existing packing equipment
to accept the new sealants has been found to be feasible.

Sewers may also be sealed by inserting sleeves or liners,
as discussed previously.
                            162

-------
 screen during the overflow event and st9red in two 19-cu m
 (5,000-gal.)  tanks for the test filtration runs that
 followed.   Each tank had a mixer to keep solids in
 suspension.   Two pumps were then used to supply the filter
 with screened water.

 Removals for  this filter were 65 percent for SS,  40 percent
 for BODs,  and 60 percent for COD [22].   The addition of
 polyelectrolyte increased the SS removal to 94 percent, the
 BODs removal  to 65 percent, and the COD removal to 65 per-
 cent.   Inorganic coagulants, such as lime, alum,  and ferric
 chloride,  did not prove as successful as polymers.  Run
 times  averaged 6 hours at loading rates of 58.7 cu m/hr/sq m
 (24 gpm/sq ft).   Backwashing of the filters consisted of
 alternately  injecting air and water into the bottom of the
 filter columns.   Air volume was varied  from 38.4  to
 283  cu m/hr/sq m (2.1  to  15.5  scfm/sq ft)  over  2.5 to  29
 minutes.   Backwash water  volume  used  ranged  from  1.9  to
 8.6  percent of the total  combined sewer  overflow  filtered,
 with a median  value  of  approximately  4 percent.   The  range
 of backwash water rate  used  was  75.8  to  220  cu  m/hr/sq m  (31
 to 90  gpm/sq ft) over  4 to  25  minutes.

 A list of  the  basic  design  data  is  presented in Table  50.

 Others - Two other filtration  processes,  fiber  glass  plug
 filtration [24]  and  coal  filtration [34],  show  some promise,
 but  additional research is  necessary  to  perfect them.   Other
 methods, such as  crazed  resin filtration,  upflow filtration
 with garnet sand, and  filtration using ultrasonically
 cleaned  fine screens, have not  been  successful and are not
 considered worthy of further effort at the present time.

 Advantages and Disadvantages

 The  advantages of dual-media filtration  are  that  (1)  rela-
 tively good removals can be  achieved; (2) process  is versa-
 tile enough to be used as an effluent polisher; (3) operation
 is easily automated; and  (4) small  land  area is necessary.
 Disadvantages  are that  (1) costs are high;  (2)  dissolved
 materials are not removed; and  (3)  storage of backwash water
 is required.

 Costs

 Cost data were developed from a design estimate for 1.1, 2.2,
 4.4, and 8.8 cu m/sec  (25, 50, 100, and  200 mgd)  filtration
plants at a satellite location  [22].  The basic plant as en-
visioned for the cost estimate includes a low lift pump
                            256

-------
Identification of the drainage system includes a review of
detailed maps of the sewer system; field checks of the line,
grade, and sizes; and identification of sections and man-
holes that are bottlenecks.

To identify the scope of the infiltration, it is necessary
to measure and record both dry- and wet-weather flows at
key manholes.  Groundwater elevations should be obtained
simultaneously with sewer flow measurements.

A physical survey of the entire sewer system, or that por-
tion of major concern, where every manhole is entered and
sewers are examined visually to observe the degree and
nature of deposition, flows, pipe conditions, and manhole
condition should be made.  Smoke testing may reveal infil-
tration sources only under low groundwater conditions.  If
the groundwater table is above the pipe, the smoke may be
lost in the water.  Soil conditions and groundwater condi-
tions should also be noted.

An economic and feasibility study is necessary to determine
the locations where the greatest amount of infiltration can
be eliminated for the least expenditure of money.  In some
cases, it may be most cost effective to provide additional
treatment capacity at the sewage treatment plant for the
infiltration.  Cost estimates can be developed for subse-
quent correctional stages as necessary.

Cleaning — A systematic program of sewer cleaning (1) can
restore the full hydraulic capacity and self-scouring
velocity of the sewer and its ability to convey infiltra-
tion without flooding; (2) can aid in the discovery of
trouble spots, such as areas with possible breaks, offset
joints, restrictions, and poor house taps, before any sub-
stantial damage is caused; and (3) is a necessary prerequi-
site to television and photographic inspection.  It is
one of the most important and useful forms of preventive
maintenance.  This type of program involves periodic
cleaning on a regular, recurring basis.

By frequent hydraulic flushing of the sewers, the interval
between mechanical cleanings of the sewer can be extended.
This will be discussed in more detail later in this section.

Equipment used in cleaning falls into three general classi-
fications:   (1) rodding machines, (2) bucket machines, and
(3) for small sewers, hydraulic devices.  The rodding
machine, which is used most commonly, removes heavy conglom-
erations of grease and root intrusions.  The bucket machine
utilizes two cables threaded between manholes.  One cable
                            160

-------
        Plant capacity               Operation and
                          Capital     maintenance
        cu m/sec   mgd    cost, $     cost, $/yr

          1.1       25   1,580,000       44,000

          2.2       50   2,390,000       55,000

          4.4      100   4,370,000       98,000

          8.8      200   7,430,000      129,000

The cost data are based on an ENR of 2000.

The operating costs are estimated to be $0.0382/1,000 1
($0.141/1,000 gal.) for 300 hours of operating per year.  The
high cost could easily be reduced, however, by designing the
system to serve also as a dry-weather effluent polisher dur-
ing periods with no storm flows.

CONCENTRATION DEVICES

Concentration devices, such as the swirl regulator/
concentrator and helical or spiral flow devices, have intro-
duced an advanced form of sewer regulator--one capable of
controlling both quantity and quality.  These devices have
been previously described in Section VIII.  A prototype
swirl regulator has recently been constructed in Syracuse,
New York.  A second generation swirl concentrator has
been placed into operation as a treatment unit for municipal
sewage grit separation in Denver, Colorado.  Settleable
solids removals ranging from 65 to more than 90 percent,
corresponding to chamber retention times of approximately 5
to 15 seconds, have been predicted on the basis of hydraulic
model tests.   At the time of writing, no operational data
were available.   Indicated costs are approximately $285/cu m/
sec ($6,500/mgd).   A third generation swirl device has been
developed to take the place of conventional primary sedi-
mentation at 10 to 20 minute detention times.
                            258

-------
include the maximum infiltration anticipated during the life
of the sewer, while the construction allowance should be
the maximum allowable infiltration at the time of
construction.  The construction infiltration will increase
continuously throughout the life of the project.  APWA has
recommended the establishment of a construction infiltration
allowance of 185 I/cm diameter/km/day (200 gal./inch
diameter/mile/day) or less.  This is not unreasonable in
light of improvements in pipe and joint materials and con-
struction methods.

Average and peak design flows should be related to the
actual conditions for the area under design.  Too often
flow criteria are taken from a standard textbook.  Adequate
subsurface investigations should be undertaken to establish
conditions that may affect pipe and joint selection or
bedding requirements.  Consideration should be given to the
constructability and maintainability of the sewer system.
This calls for direct communication between the designer
and maintenance personnel.

Manholes should be designed with as few construction joints
as possible.  In recent years the development of custom-
made precast manholes with pipe stubs already cast in place
has reduced the problem of shearing and damage of connect-
ing pipes.  The use of flexible connectors at all joints
adjacent to manholes reduces the possibility of differen-
tial settlement shearing the connecting pipes.

Manhole cover design is attracting serious attention in
view of evidence that even small perforations can produce
sizable contributions of extraneous inflow.  A single
2.5-cm (1-inch) hole in a manhole top covered with 15.2 cm
(6 inches) of water may admit 0.5 I/sec (11,520 gpd) [41].
Solid sealed covers should be used for manholes in areas
subject to flooding.  If solid covers are used, alternative
venting methods must be used to admit air or remove sewer
gases.

Construction considerations — The most critical factor rela-
tive to infiltration prevention is the act of construction.
The capability of currently manufactured pipes and joints
to be assembled allowing minimal infiltration must be
coupled with good workmanship and adequate inspection,
expecially at house connections.

Trenches should be made as narrow as possible but wide
enough to permit proper laying of pipe,  inspection of
joints, and consolidation of backfill.  Construction should
be accomplished in dry conditions.  If water is encountered
                            158

-------
 Operationally and from a design standpoint,  the aforemen-
 tioned factors are taken into account by considering (1)  the
 food-to-microorganism ratio,  (2)  the  sludge  retention time,
 and  (3)  the  hydraulic detention time.

 The  food-to-microorganism ratio is defined as the kilograms  of
 BOD5 (food)  applied per unit  time (often taken as the amount
 consumed)  per kilogram of organisms in the system.   The sludge
 age  is defined by the kilograms of organisms wasted per day.
 The  hydraulic detention time  is defined as the value, given  in
 units of time, obtained by dividing the volume of the reaction
 vessel by  the flow rate.

 Because  the  food-to-microorganism ratio and  the sludge  re-
 tention  times  are  interrelated  [17],  both are commonly  used
 in the design  of  biological systems.   From field observa-
 tions  and  laboratory  studies,  it  has  been found that as  the
 sludge age is  increased and,  correspondingly, the  food-to-
 microorganism  ratio decreased,  the  settling  characteristics
 of the organisms  in the system  are  enhanced,  and they can be
 removed  easily by  gravity  settling.   Typical  values  for  the
 food-to-microorganism ratio and sludge  age are  given in
 reference  [17].

 As previously  noted,  the length of  time the biomass  is  in
 contact  with the waste  BODs is  measured by the  hydraulic  de-
 tention  time.   The minimum time to  achieve a  given removal
 is dependent upon  the  food-to-microorganism ratio.   Low
 ratios (i.e.,  a high  number of  bacteria per kilogram of BOD,.)
 allow faster utilization of a given amount of BODs.   The   5
 minimum  time required may vary  considerably,  from 10  to 15
 minutes  in contact stabilization, or  less  for trickling
 filters  and rotating  biological contactors, and up to 2 to
 3 days for oxidation ponds.  At the shorter contact  times,
 the biomass only removes the dissolved  matter and possibly
 some of  the smaller colloidal matter  [15] .  At  longer con-
 tact times, suspended organic matter  is  utilized.

 In any biological system, these factors  control  the process.
A mathematical model has been developed  for the  activated
 sludge system  [17, 14].  Models for trickling filters,
 rotating biological contactors, and treatment lagoons have
not been formulated.  Empirical designs  and design param-
eters are used instead.

APPLICATION TO COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW TREATMENT

Biological  treatment of wastewater, used primarily for domes-
tic and industrial flows of organic nature, produces an
effluent of high quality and is generally  the least costly
                            260

-------
made of natural rubber, synthetic rubber, or various other
elastomers.  These joints are used on asbestos cement pipe,
cast iron pipe, concrete pipe, vitrified clay pipe, and
certain types of plastic pipes.  Compression gasket joints
are most effective against infiltration while still pro-
viding for deflection of the pipe.

Chemical weld joints — Chemical weld joints are used to join
certain types of plastic pipes and glass fiber pipes.  The
joints provide a watertight seal.  It has been reported
that, on the basis of field tests, jointing under wet or
difficult-to-see conditions does not lend itself to precise
and careful workmanship.  Thus special care is necessary
in preparing these joints in the field.  More experience
with these pipes in sewer applications is necessary to
determine the longevity of this type of joint.

Heat shrinkable tubing — A new type of joint developed
recently is the heat shrinkable tubing (HST) [27].  The HST
material begins as an ordinary plastic or rubber compound
which is then extruded into sections of tubing.  The tubing
is then heated and stretched in diameter but not in length.
After cooling it retains the expanded diameter.  If a length
of 8-inch diameter tubing is expanded to 16 inches, it
will conform to any shape between 8 and 16 inches when
reheated.  This characteristic gives the HST the ability to
form a tight fit around sewer pipe joints.

The material recommended for HST joints is a polyolefin
which has a high degree of chemical resistance and the
ability to resist scorching and burning, and is both eco-
nomical and easy to apply.  To further assure HST joint
strength and resistance to internal pressure, a hot melt
adhesive is recommended as an inner surface sealant.  The
adhesive material has a melting temperature close to that
of the HST and will bind the tubing and pipe materials to-
gether as the tubing cools to its final shape.   Both pro-
pane torches and catalytic heaters can be used as the heat
source.

Physical properties of the HST reportedly were better than
those of currently used joint materials:

     The coupling of commercial sewer pipe, both butt-
     end and bell and spigot, with watertight joints
     using heat shrinkable plastic tubing is feasible
     and economically practical.   Used in conjunction
     with a hot melt adhesive it  can surpass in phys-
     ical and chemical strength any of the conven-
     tional joints presently being used with clay,
     concrete,  and asbestos-cement nonpressure  sewer
     pipe.   [27]
                            156

-------
      3.   Shakedown  runs  are  necessary  to  keep  the  units  and
          the  usual  large  number  of  automatic controls  in
          operating  order.

 CONTACT  STABILIZATION

 Description of  the  Process

 Contact  stabilization  is  considered in lieu of other acti-
 vated sludge  process modifications  for treating combined
 sewer overflows, because  it  requires less  tank volume  to
 provide  essentially the  same effluent  quality.   The over-
 flow  is  mixed with  returned  activated  sludge in an aerated
 contact  basin for approximately  20  minutes at  the  design
 flow.  Following the contact period, the  activated sludge
 is  settled in a clarifier.   The  concentrated sludge then
 flows  to  a stabilization  basin where it is aerated for
 several  hours.  During this  period,  the organics from  the
 overflow  are  utilized  in  growth  and respiration and, as
 a result, become "stabilized."   The  stabilized sludge  is
 then  returned to the contact basin  to  be  mixed with the  in-
 coming overflow.  A schematic of a  contact stabilization
 plant  for treating  combined  sewer overflows is  shown on
 Figure 50.

 Demonstration Project, Kenosha,  Wisconsin

 A project sponsored by the EPA to evaluate the  use of con-
 tact  stabilization  for treatment of combined sewer overflows
 from  a 486-ha (1,200-acre) tributary area is presently under-
 way at Kenosha, Wisconsin [23, 19].  It is an  example of how
 contact stabilization can be used to treat combined sewer
 overflows using the waste activated sludge from a  dry-weather
 activated sludge plant.  At  the  Kenosha municipal  sewage
 treatment plant, a  101-1/sec  (23-mgd)  facility, a new com-
 bined sewer overflow treatment facility was constructed.
 This  facility consists of an aeration  tank, a contact sta-
 bilization tank, and a new clarifier.  The design capacity
 of the new facility is 88 I/sec  (20 mgd).   The  stabilization
 tank, acting as the biosolids reservoir, receives  the waste
 activated sludge from the main plant.  This sludge is held
 for up to 7 days before final wasting.   Thus,  stabiliz-ed
 activated sludge is kept in  reserve ready to treat combined
 sewer overflows when they occur.   Photographs  of the  facil-
 ity are shown on Figure 51.

Operation of the contact stabilization  plant consists of
directing the combined sewer overflow to the contact  tank
following comminution and grit removal, adding the  reserve
activated sludge,  and then conducting the  waste flows  to a
final clarifier for separation of the biosolids and other
                            262

-------
 Choice  of sewer pipe  - Improvements  in pipe  materials  assure
 the  designer's  ability to  provide  proper materials  to  meet
 any  rational  infiltration  allowances  he wishes  to specify.
 The  upgrading of pipe manufacture  to  meet rigid quality
 standards and specifications  has eliminated  the basic  ques-
 tion of watertightness of  pipe  material.   The important
 issues  to consider  in pipe material  selection are struc-
 tural integrity, strength  of  the wastewater  character, and
 local soil or gradient conditions.   Combinations of these
 factors may make one  material better  suited  than another or
 preferable under certain special installation conditions.
 In such situations, pipe materials are often chosen for
 reasons other than  their relative  resistance to infiltration
 The  cost of the pipe  is usually a  small part of the total
 project cost.   For  rough estimating purposes, the cost of
 installed sewer pipes (excluding manholes, laterals and
 connections,  appurtenances, etc.)  ranges  from $0.97 to $1.55
 per  cm  diameter per linear meter ($1.25 to $2.00 per inch
 diameter per  linear foot).

 Materials  commonly used for sewer pipe  construction include
 (1)  asbestos  cement,  (2) bituminous coated corrugated metal,
 (3)  brick,  (4)  cast iron or ductile iron,  (5) concrete
 (monolithic or  plain),  (6) plastic (including glass  fiber
 reinforced plastic, polyvinylchloride,  ABS,  and poly-
 ethylene),  (7)  reinforced  concrete,  (8)  steel,  (9)  vitrified
 clay, and  (10)  aluminum.   All of these  materials, with the
 possible  exceptions of the plastics and aluminum, have been
 used  in  sewer construction  for  many years.

 Since sewer pipe made  from the  plastic  materials is  rela-
 tively  new, a brief description of the  use of plastic pipes
 is included below.

 Solid wall plastic pipe usually refers  to materials  such as
 polyvinylchloride (PVC), chlorinated polyvinylchloride
 (CPVC), polyvinyldichloride (PVDC), and polyethylene.  These
 materials  are lightweight,  have high tensile strength, have
 excellent  chemical resistance,  and can  be joined by  solvent
 welding, fusion welding, or threading.  The PVC  is probably
 the most commonly used plastic pipe because it  is stronger
 and more rigid  than most of the other thermoplastics; how-
 ever, PVC  is available only in diameters up to  30.5 cm
 (12 inches).

 Polyethylene pipe is finding major  use  as a liner for dete-
 riorated existing sewer lines [26] .  Several lengths of
polyethylene pipe can be joined by  fusion welding into a
 long, flexible tube.  This  tube is  then pulled into  the
 existing sewer.   When the  existing  house laterals have been
connected to this new pipe  liner,  the result is  a watertight
                            154

-------
  (c)
                          (e)


    Figure  51.  Combined sewer  overflow treatment

            by  contact  stabilization  (Kenosha)

(a)  Contact tank  with diffused air  (b)  Sludge  stabilization tanks with  floating
aerators  (c)  Floati.ng aerator anchoring  and counterweight details  (d)  Closeup
of  aerator  operation  (e)   Final contact tank (peripherally fed)  and effluent
                                264

-------
 INFILTRATION/INFLOW CONTROL

 A  serious problem results from  (1) excessive infiltration
 into sewers from groundwater sources and  (2) high inflow
 rates  into sewer systems through direct connections from
 sources other than those which  the sewers are intended to
 serve.  Inflow does not include, and is distinguished from,
 infiltration.  The sources and  control of infiltration and
 inflow are discussed in this subsection.

 Sources

 Infiltration is the volume of groundwater entering sewers
 and building sewer connections  from the soil through defec-
 tive joints, broken, cracked, or eroded pipe, improper
 connections, manhole walls, etc.  Inflow is the volume of
 any kind of water discharged into sewer lines from such
 sources as roof leaders, cellar and yard drains, foundation
 drains, commercial and industrial so-called "clean water"
 discharges, drains from springs and swampy areas, depressed
 manhole covers, cross connections, etc.

 Inflow sources generally represent a deliberate connection
 of a drain line to a sewerage system.  These connections may
 be authorized and permitted; or they may be illicit connec-
 tions made for the convenience of property owners and for
 the solution of on-property problems, without consideration
 of their effects on public sewer systems.

 The intrusion of these waters takes up flow capacity in the
 sewers.  Especially in the relatively small sanitary sewers,
 these waters may cause flooding of street and road areas and
 backflooding into properties.  This flooding constitutes a
 health hazard.  Thus these sanitary sewers actually function
 as combined sewers, and the resulting flooding becomes a
 form of combined sewer overflow.

 The two types of extraneous water, inflow and infiltration,
which intrude into sewers do not differ significantly in
 quality, except for the pollutants unavoidably or deliber-
 ately introduced into waters by commercial-industrial
 operations [13].   Foundation inflow,  for example, does not
vary greatly from the kind of water that infiltrates sewer
 lines from groundwater sources.   Basement drainage may
 carry wastes and debris originating in homes,  including
 laundry wastewater.

 Inflow Control

Correction of inflow conditions  is dependent on regulatory
action on the part of city officials,  rather than on public
                            152

-------
ratio, and detention times in the contact and stabilization
tanks  [17, 24, 15, 14].  In the work at Kenosha, however, it
has not been possible to show any correlation between re-
movals and these items, although it has been shown that
operation based on an assumed uniform influent BODs is suf-
ficient for good BODs and SS removals (80 and 90 percent,
respectively).

Operating Parameters — With contact stabilization or any
other activated sludge process, operation is normally based
on the food-to-microorganism ratio or sludge retention time.
Because of this, difficulties may be encountered when using
an activated sludge process for treating a rapidly varying
and intermittent flow.  The sludge retention time is particu-
larly difficult to control because overflows may not last
long enough for the plant to stabilize and for proper
wasting procedures to be instituted.  Operating the plant on
stored overflows could reduce this problem  The food-to-
microorganism ratio, which is interrelated to the sludge age,
can be used to control the operation of the plant; however,
it too is difficult to control since the concentration of
both the incoming BODs and tne biological solids in the sys-
tem must be known.  This is further complicated because the
BODs concentration in the combined sewer overflow may vary
significantly.  Based on the results at Kenosha, it has been
found that exact control is not necessary for good operation.

The operating parameters used for the contact stabilization
plant at Kenosha are shown in Table 52.  The values reported
are averages, and the range was generally within ±60 percent
of the value listed.  For comparison, the design parameters
for sewage treatment by contact stabilization found in the
literature are also presented.

For units such as that at Kenosha, sophisticated design may
not be warranted because the system is operated for such
short periods that the biosolids and the kinetics of the
system do not have a chance to adjust to the incoming flow
before the storm is over.  In this case, using the reported
design equations should be sufficient.  Abatement plans that
include a contact stabilization process for the treatment of
stored overflows for periods of time greater than 5 to
10 days may warrant more sophisticated design to achieve
higher removal efficiencies.  The use of the kinetic equa-
tions describing the metabolism of the bacteria, as formu-
lated by McCarty [14], Metcalf $ Eddy [17], and others, may
prove useful under such circumstances.

Results of Operational Tests — The work at Kenosha has not
been able to show any adverse condition that affects
removals.  Based on the results of 23 storms studied, the
                            266

-------
 overall  because  of  external  power  requirements;  (4)  no  land
 acquisition  is necessary;  (5)  receiving water  pollution
 loads  can  be reduced  by  50 percent (according  to  independent
 studies  [49, 30]);  and  (6) little  increase  in  manpower  is
 required.

 Disadvantages of gravity systems may  be divided into three
 categories:   nonquantifiable,  separation  effectiveness,  and
 costs.   Nonquantifiable  disadvantages, which based on past
 experience are the  most  important,  are that  (1) considerable
 work is  involved in in-house plumbing separation;  (2) there
 are business losses during construction;  (3) traffic is
 disrupted;  (4) political and jurisdictional disputes must
 be resolved;  (5)  extensive policing is necessary  to  ensure
 complete and total  separation; and (6) considerable  time is
 required for completion  (e.g., in  1957 separation in
 Washington,  B.C., was estimated to  take until  sometime
 after  the  year 2000 to complete)  [24].  Separation effec-
 tiveness disadvantages are as  follows:  (1) there is only a
 partial  reduction of  the pollutional  effects of combined
 sewer  overflows  [30] ; (2) urban area  stormwater runoff  con-
 tains  significant contaminants [7,  4]; and  (3) it is diffi-
 cult to protect  storm sewers from  sanitary connections
 (either  authorized  or unauthorized).  Estimated costs for
 gravity  sewer separation are shown  for various cities in
 Table  26.

 The cost disadvantages of separation, when compared  to  some
 conceptive alternative solutions,  are indicated in Table 27.
 Again, the major reason  for  the higher costs of sewer sepa-
 ration are in-house plumbing changes which can be as  high as
 82 percent of the total  sewer  separation  costs [12],

 Conclusions

 On the basis of currently available information, it  appears
 that sewer separation of existing combined sewer systems is
 not a practical and economical solution for combined  sewer
 overflow pollution  abatement.  Several cited alternatives
 listed in Table 27  suggest other solutions, most of which
 are considerably less expensive and should give better re-
 sults with respect  to receiving water pollution abatement.
 In addition, storm  sewer discharges may not be allowed at
 all in the future,  thus  forcing collection and treatment of
 all sewage and stormwater prior to discharge.  In this case,
 the argument for either  separate or combined sewers  is moot.

 The choice between  sewer separation and other alternatives
will be controlled by the uniqueness of each situation.
 The examples cited  in Table  27 leave no doubt that any alter-
native to sewer separation is the better choice.   However,
                            150

-------
 Advantages  and  Disadvantages

 Some  advantages of  the  contact  stabilization  process  for  the
 treatment of  excess  (combined sewer)  flows  in this  applica-
 tion  are:   (1)  high  degree  of treatment;  (2)  central  location
 of maintenance  personnel  and equipment; and (3)  reduction of
 the loadings  on dry-weather facilities, by  dual  use of
 facilities, during normal operations  and  emergency  shutdown
 of the main plant, making the whole very  versatile.   Contact
 stabilization shows  definite promise  as a method for  treat-
 ing combined  sewer overflows when used in combination with
 a dry-weather activated sludge  treatment  plant.   Disadvan-
 tages are:   (1)  high initial cost,  (2) the  facilities must
 be located next to a dry-weather activated  sludge plant,
 (3) adequate  interceptor capacity must exist  to  convey  the
 storm flow to the treatment plant, and (4)  expansion  of
 major interceptors may be required.

 TRICKLING FILTERS

 Description of  Process

 Trickling filters are widely employed for the biological
 treatment of  municipal sewage.  The filter  is usually a
 shallow, circular tank of large diameter  filled  with  crushed
 stone, drain  rock, or other similar media.  Settled sewage
 is applied intermittently or continuously over the top  sur-
 face of the filter by means of a rotating distributor and  is
 collected and discharged at the bottom.   Aerobic conditions
 are maintained  by a  flow of air through the filter bed  in-
 duced by the  difference in  specific weights of the atmos-
 phere inside  and outside the bed.

 The term "filter" is a misnomer, because  the removal  of
 organic material is not accomplished with a filtering or
 straining operation.  Removal is the result of an adsorption
 process occurring at the surface of biological slimes cover-
 ing the filter media.

 Classification - Trickling  filters are classified by  hy-
 draulic or organic loading.   Until recently, there were only
 two flow classifications:    low rate and high rate.  A third
 classification,  ultrahigh rate,  has been  added since  the ad-
 vent of plastic  medium filters.   Although the distinctions
 are based on hydraulic loading,  they are  centered in  reality
 around the organic loading  that  the filter can handle.  A
 comparison of the three classifications of trickling  filters
 is presented in  Table 53.

The type of medium used varies  considerably.  Rock,  slag,
hard coal, redwood slats,  and corrugated  plastic have been
used.   Rock, slag, and hard  coal have  relatively low surface
                            268

-------
 (50  million persons)  was  served in whole or in part by com-
 bined sewer systems  [42].   Furthermore,  it was reported that
 there were  14,212  overflows in the total 641 jurisdictions
 surveyed; of these,  9,860  combined sewer overflows  were
 reported from 493  jurisdictions.   Until  1967,  the most com-
 mon  remedial method  reported was  sewer separation,  and of
 274  jurisdictions  with plans for  corrective facilities con-
 struction,  222 indicated  that some degree of sewer  separa-
 tion would  be undertaken.

 Detailed Analysis

 Sewer separation will  continue to be  used to some degree  in
 the  future  and thus  an investigation  of  the methods,  their
 advantages  and disadvantages,  and their  costs  is warranted.
 There are three categories  of sewer separation systems:
 pressure, vacuum,  and  gravity.

 The  most comprehensive study of the pressure or "sewer with-
 in a sewer" concept was published by  the ASCE  [12]  in 1969.
 The  greatest disadvantage of pressure systems  is generally
 higher costs,  as shown in a comparison of pressure  and
 gravity  system costs in the cities  of Boston,  Milwaukee,
 and  San  Francisco  presented in Table  26.   The  ratios  of pres-
 sure  to  gravity costs  are 1.4,  1.5, and  1.5, respectively.
 The  in-sewer pressure  lines varied  from  6.3 to 40.6 cm (2-1/2
 to 16  inches)  in diameter and  pressure control valves  limited
 the  line pressure  to 2.11 kg/sq cm  (30 psi) .   A major  portion
 of the costs  is the "in-house  separation"  which can be
 as high  as  82  percent  of the  total  cost  for separation
 using a  pressure system [12].   Besides the  high costs,  other
 disadvantages  of pressure systems are that  (1)  they are dif-
 ficult to maintain;  (2) they  require complex controls;  and
 (3)  they are  dependent on electricity for  operation.   It  is
 important to  realize that approximately  72  percent of  all
 combined sewers are less than  0.61 meters  (2.0  feet)  in
 diameter, making it difficult  to  install  the pressure  pipe.

 The advantages  are that (1)  as an alternative,  they provide
 an additional  degree of latitude  in sewer  design, (2)  there
 is minimal  construction interference to  commerce and traffic,
 and  (3) they are handy in low areas.

 Sewer separation of existing combined sewers has histori-
 cally been  accomplished by  utilizing gravity systems.  The
 advantages  of  gravity sewer separation are  that (1)  all
 sanitary sewage is treated prior to discharge;  (2)  treatment
plants operate more efficiently under the relatively stable
 sanitary flows; (3) other alternatives are  less reliable
                            148

-------
 area per unit volume and are quite heavy, thus limiting the
 depth of filter.  Redwood slats and corrugated plastic are
 much lighter and can be constructed with a larger surface
 area per unit volume.

 Operation - The operation of most high-rate and ultrahigh-
 rate trickling filters is in series with a second or third
 filter and/or with recirculation.  The purpose is to provide
 high removals by increasing the contact time of the waste
 with the biomass attached to the filter material.  When
 operating alone without recirculation, trickling filters
 used for treating domestic wastes remove between 50 and
 75 percent of the BODs.

 Under storm conditions, the trickling filter must handle
 highly varying flows.  Applying a varying organic load to
 a filter does not produce optimum removals.   It is gener-
 ally thought that only sufficient biomass adheres to the
 supporting medium to handle the normal organic load.  As the
 loading increases above this level,  the maximum BODs utiliza-
 tion rate of the biomass  is reached.   This  is  not a sharp
 distinction because  some  excess biomass always adheres to
 the  medium and can accept some  of the  organic  load.

 A varying hydraulic  load  also affects  removals.   The in-
 creased shearing action of  high flows  causes excess  slough-
 ing  or  washing off of the biomass.   To help  dampen this
 effect,  filters  operating  in series  under dry-weather condi-
 tions can be  operated in  parallel, thereby reducing  some of
 the  increased  hydraulic load on each  filter.   A maximum
 overall  flow variation  (maximum/minimum)  of  8  to  10  is
 acceptable  while  still  achieving significant removals [20].

 Design  - Trickling filter design has been based primarily  on
 empirical  formulas.   This does  not imply  that  the  basic  bio-
 logical  kinetics  are  not operative; rather, it means  that
 mathematical description of  the  process has not been
 formulated.  There are  several  design  equations in the
 literature  that may be  used  for  the design of  trickling
 filters  [17, 6].   In  designing  a  trickling filter  to  treat
 overflows,  it must be remembered  that  dry-weather  flow is
 needed to keep the biomass active between storms.  Generally
 two or more units should be used to provide high removals by
 operating in series during dry weather and in parallel dur-
 ing storm events to accommodate  the flow variation needed.

Demonstration Project, New Providence, New Jersey

Trickling filters have been used extensively throughout the
United States to treat domestic flows, but only one facility
 (at New Providence, New Jersey)  has been designed to treat
                            270

-------
                                                     INTERCEPTOR
                                                     POLLUTION
                                                     kANTS FOR
                                                     TREATMENT
                                  COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOW
                                  MIXTURF OF HJHieiPA
                                  AMI STIIMATCR 11 SOI All I Ml
                                  INTI TNC MCCIVING WATERS
Figure 19.   Common  elements  of an  interceptor
             and  transport  system  [6]
                           146

-------
         COMMINUTORED  INTERCEPTOR FLOWS
                                 SLUDGE GRINDER
        PLASTIC
       TRICKLING
        FILTER
                  ROCK
                TRICKLING
                 FILTER
                                        EXCESS DRY-WEATHER
                                        FLOW TO SUMMIT
                                        FOR TREATMENT
2ND STAGE ^
WET WELL /•
^
>
                    WEIR
               CHLORINE CONTACT
                   TANKS
                           EFFLUENT TO
                           PASSAIC RIVER
Figure  52.
Trickling  filter plant schematic,
New  Providence,  N.J.
                       272

-------
         recharge of groundwater.   Erosion control measures
         in construction areas will minimize the increased
         solids loadings in runoff from such areas.

     4.  Drainage pipes and other  flood control structures
         will be used only where the natural system is in-
         adequate, such as at high density urban activity
         centers.  Plans presently call for the use of
         porous pavements to reduce runoff from streets.

     5.  Control will be exercised over the type and amount
         of fertilizers, pesticides, and herbicides to mini
         mize pollution of the runoff.

It has been estimated that the drainage system will cost  an
average of $243/ha ($600/acre), compared with perhaps
$486/ha ($l,200/acre) for a conventional system [2].
                            144

-------
           Table 54.   TRICKLING  FILTER  REMOVALS [20]
                   NEW PROVIDENCE,  NEW JERSEY
           Average  Recir-     I~ 7~T.  77~              ~~	—	——
           treated culation 	Trickling filters	 Overall'1     Trickling filters     Overall3
            flow,    rate,  Influent, Effluent, Removal, removal,   Influent, Effluent, Removal, removal,
            m8d    mgd    "»g/l    mg/1     *     t      rag/1    mg/i    $     ^
Dry weather flow
First year 0.54 0.8 104 23 78 86
Part of
second year 0.56 -- -- 9 -- 94

86 20 77 87
12 -- 93
 Wet weather flow

   First year    3.96  O.to 0.8

   Part of
   second year    1.72C
 a. Includes removals by primary sedimentation.

 b. Average wet weather flow; average peak flows were 6.0 mgd with no recirculation.

 c. Wet weather flow rate was reduced by approximately 1.5 mgd by pumping to another treatment plant.

 Note: mgd x 43.8 = I/sec
 In comparing  the plastic medium and the  rock  filter,  it was
 noted  that up  to 2-1/2 times the  BODs removal  per unit vol-
 ume was  possible with the plastic medium.   Also, on a capi-
 tal cost basis,  the  plastic  medium outperformed the rock
 by 2 to  1 ($/kg  BOD5  removed/1,000 cu m).

 Design Parameters -  The average hydraulic  and  organic load-
 ings applied  to  the  New Providence facilities  are slightly
 above  the recommended design values.   The  recommended values
 are:

                   Plastic  Medium                    Rock
 Hydraulic   2.73  cu m/hr/sq m            0.78 cu m/hr/sq m
 loading     (70 mgad)                    (20 mgad)

 Organic     1.36  kg BODc/day cu m        0.64 kg BODr/day/cu m
 loading     (85 Ib BOD5/day/l,000 cf or  (40 Ib BODr/day/1,000 cf or
             3,700 Ib BOD5/acre-£t/day)   1,742 Ib BOD5/acre-ft/day)

Additional  design  parameters  were  included previously in
Table 53.

Advantages  and  Disadvantages

Advantages  of trickling  filters include:   (1)  they handle
varying hydraulic  and organic  loads,  (2)  are simple to  oper
ate,  (3) have ability to  withstand shockloads, and (4)  have
                                274

-------
Figure 18.   Stormwater  surface  detention  pond  (Chicago)
                           142

-------
 The rotating discs are partially submerged and baffles are
 used between each shaft-disc unit to prevent short-
 circuiting.  The waste flow enters the contact tank at one
 end and is allowed to flow either perpendicular to or par-
 allel to one or more units for treatment.  The removal of
 organic matter from the waste flow, either municipal sewage
 or combined sewer overflow, is accomplished by adsorption of
 the organic matter at the surface of the biological growth
 covering the rotating discs.   Rotational shearing forces
 cause sloughing of excess biomass.   Secondary clarification
 should follow the rotating biological contactor treatment to
 remove sloughed biomass.

 As in all biological systems, because microorganisms have a
 maximum metabolism rate,  only a given amount of substrate
 can be removed with a given amount  of biomass.   Although
 this is true generally in the rotating biological contactor,
 excess biomass can be held on the disc and can  effectively
 act as a reserve for use  at higher  loadings.   The effective-
 ness,  however, is somewhat limited  by the oxygen transfer
 rate and the substrate diffusion gradient through the  layer
 of biomass  on each disc.   This  is similar to  what happens in
 trickling filters.   In general,  though,  the  reserve biomass
 reduces the  importance of maintaining a  uniform loading
 rate.                                                  6

 Efficiency

 The  reported BOD5  removal efficiencies range  from 60 to
 95  percent  [7,  2,  3,  26].   The higher values  are  for more
 recent  installations  treating dry-weather flow.   Suspended
 solids  removals  are  also  in this  range.   Removals  for
 settleable solids, nitrogen,  and  phosphorus have  been  re-
 ported  to be  80  to 90,  40,  and 50 percent, respectively.
 When treating  combined  sewage flows,  controlled  treatment
 (70 percent  or better  COD removal efficiency) was  report-
 edly maintained up to  8 to  10 times dry-weather  flow [7],
A linear  reduction in  COD  removal efficiency  from  70 down to
 20 percent was reported for the flow  range from  10  to  30
 times dry-weather  flow.

Operational  Considerations

Conditions noted to affect the BODs and COD removals in a
rotating biological contactor are (1) organic loading rate,
 (2) contact time,  (3) effluent settling,  (4) the number of
units in series, and  (5) high flow rates.  The most impor-
tant condition is high flow rates which affects the first
three of the conditions just enumerated.  The maximum allow-
able variation in flow is approximately 10 times the base
                            276

-------
dry-weather flow without excessive sloughing of the biomass
from the discs, and to retain good BODs and SS removals,  it
may have to be much less [7].

Large increases in flow rates, at least up to tenfold, can
be tolerated, with removals  of about 60 percent if the de-
tention times are 30 minutes or greater during the higher
flow [2],  This is shown in  Table 55.  Continuous operation
under this condition eventually affects removal rates.  In
a study by Marki, as reported by Antonie, it was noted that
the system took 1 day to return to steady-state removal
efficiency after being operated at high hydraulic loadings
[2].  The same conclusion was also reached at Milwaukee [5].

Contact times (hydraulic detention times) significantly
affected removals.  Generally, the longer the contact time,
the higher the removals.  Contact times of less than 15 to
30 minutes result in removal efficiencies of less than 60 to
70 percent.  The results of  several studies on this subject
are shown on Figure 55.

Another important aspect is  that a continuous base flow is
required to keep the biomass alive between storms.  There-
fore, either the unit is used as the dry-weather facility,
as an auxiliary dry-weather  facility, or it is placed up-
stream of the main plant to  treat domestic flows from a
nearby interceptor during dry weather and storm flows in
wet weather.
   Table 55.  ROTATING BIOLOGICAL CONTACTORS--VARIATION
         IN REMOVALS RESULTING FROM FLOW INCREASES
            OF 10 TIMES DUE TO WET WEATHER  [2]
                   Condition A              Condition B
Type of
operation
Steady state
For 8 hr/wk
Following day
Residence
time , min
120
12
120
BOD5
reduction, %
92.5
46.9
85.2
Residence
time , min
300
30
300
BOD5
reduction, 1
94.6
65.0
77.6
                            277

-------
                                         • BOD5[28J

                                         O COO [26]

                                         • COD [ 2]

                                         + COD  FIGURE 21 , [7]

                                         A BOD5BY MARKt AS REPORTED
                                              BY ANTONIE [ 2]
                                     EXPECTED RANGE
                                     OF REMOVALS
     80 -
     100
             10
30      40      50

DETENTION TIME, MIN
        Figure  55.   The  effect  of  removals with
varying contact  times  for  rotating biological contactors
Several  studies  of methods for keeping the microorganisms
alive between  storm events have been made.  In one test,
the rotating biological contactor was operated for 8 hours
a day and  remained idle for 16 hours.  The discs were
rotated  in the contacting tank, although there was no  flow.
The biomass remained active, but 4 hours of operation  under
normal conditions  were  required to bring removal rates back
up to steady-state values.   This 4-hour lag to reach peak
efficiency would be too long for most combined sewer over-
flow conditions.   A second condition was then tested.  The
facility was operated at the design flow and loadings  for
8 hours  and then for 16 hours at 25 percent of its design
flow and organic loading.   In almost all cases, removals
during the entire  8-hour period were at peak efficiencies.
The little lag time noticed during the first part of the
8-hour period was  considered insignificant.  Further study
is needed  to determine  whether the rotating biological
contactor  can be operated during dry-weather flow conditions,
with less  than 25  percent of the flow and organic loading,
                             278

-------
 and  still  achieve  this  rapid  startup.   It  is  interesting  to
 note, however,  that  this  situation  is  reminiscent  of  an
 over-designed plant  running at  one-quarter load  for two-
 thirds of  the time.   In a full-scale system,  this  would be
 the  same as designing a rotating biological contactor treat-
 ment plant to handle  the  combined sewer overflows  and to
 utilize it during  dry-weather flows at much lower  flow
 rates and  organic  loadings.

 Another finding in research studies was that  several  units
 in series produce  better  removals than a single  unit  [26] ,
 and  that the percentage of removal versus  the number  of
 units in series follows a curve similar to the contact time
 curve shown on Figure 55.  In other words,  the greater the
 number of units in series, the  higher  the  removals  [26],
 The maximum number of units in  series  tested  to  date  are  the
 12 shaft-disc assemblies  in the Milwaukee  prototype plant
 [7].

 Design Parameters

 The only formal method  for designing a rotating  biological
 contactor is that  reported in manufacturers'  catalogs.
 General design parameters reported from various  sources,  in-
 cluding the demonstration project at Milwaukee funded by
 EPA, are reported  in Table 56.  Three major design param-
 eters are:  (1) the biomass required, which is a function of
 the surface area upon which it will adhere; (2)  the contact
 time; and  (3) the  number  of shaft-disc assemblies  in  series
 needed to achieve  the desired removal efficiency.  The
 design procedure would  be first to determine  the disc area
 required from the  curves  on Figure 56, and then  to determine
 the minimum detention time needed to achieve  the design re-
moval from the curves on  Figure 55.  The detention time
 should be based on the  expected maximum flow.  One particu-
 lar point in any design of a rotating biological contactor,
 for obvious reasons, is the need for enclosing the unit
 in areas subject to freezing ambient temperatures.

Advantages and Disadvantages

The principal advantages of the rotating biological con-
 tactor are:  (1) it has low power requirements,  (2) a fair
degree of flow variation can be handled, (3) shockloads are
handled effectively, and  (4)  there are no  fly and odor
problems.   On the  other hand,  the disadvantages are that
 (1) it requires a base  flow to keep the biomass active,
 (2) there is little control of biological process, (3) more
work is needed to  define its capabilities, and (4) it must
be enclosed in freezing climates.
                            279

-------
          Table  56.   ROTATING BIOLOGICAL  CONTACTOR
                DESIGN PARAMETERS  [7, 4,  26, 2]
                 Design parameter
                                           Range
   Hydraulic loading rate, gpd/sq ft

   Organic loading rate, Ib BOD5/day/l,000 sq ft

   Detention time, min

   Number of shaft-discs in series

   Peripheral speed of discs, fpm

   Approximate required power, kwh/1 ,000 Ib BODC
                                            2-8

                                            5-15

                                           15-20

                                            4-10

                                             60

                                            4-5
   Note:  gpd/sq ft x 0.2828 = cu m/min/ha
         Ib BOD /day/1,000 sq ft x 4.88 =
         kg BODg/day/1,000 sq m
         fpm x 0.0051 = m/sec
         kwh/1,000 Ib BOD x 2.2 = kwh/1,000 kg  BOD5
       100
        95
        90
        85
        80
        75
BODgCONCENTRATION (MG/I)
  350
  250
- 150
  100
   80
DOMESTIC iASTEiATER
TEMPERATURE ^ 13 DEC C
<55 DEi F)
                           I
                           3      4567
                        HYDRAULIC LOADING GPD/SQ FT
NOTE: GPD/SQ  FT x  0.283 - cu M/MIN/HA
       Figure  56.   Hydraulic  loading  versus  design
  BOD5  removals  for rotating  biological  contactors  [4]
                                280

-------
The major use of the rotating biological contactor is ex-
pected to be in treating both dry- and wet-weather flows in
smaller communities.  It fits their requirements because it
is relatively easy to operate and can handle fairly wide
variations in flow rates.

Demonstration Project, Milwaukee, Wisconsin

In Milwaukee, the application of the rotating biological con-
tactor to combined sewer overflows was studied in three
phases:  (1) bench model testing, (2) pilot-plant testing,
and (3) prototype facilities [9, 7],  The first two phases
simulated combined sewer overflows, and the prototype was
constructed on a 30-inch combined sewer to test the concept
under actual conditions.  Average dry-weather flow from the
14-ha (35-acre) tributary area was 2.2 I/sec (0.05 mgd).
The prototype facility was designed for dry-weather flow
conditions but had a hydraulic capacity of approximately
30 times the dry-weather flow, or 66 I/sec (1.5 mgd).  The
facility consisted of a pump station, a grit chamber that
also acted as a small surge chamber, and 2 bays with 12
shaft-disc assemblies in each bay.  The bottom was contoured
to the discs, and a screw auger was placed down the center
of each bay to remove settled sloughed biomass.  The initial
concept was to use this tank as a combination contact tank
and settling chamber, but this proved unworkable.

In the Milwaukee study, overall BOD5 removals were cited in
the 70 to 90 percent range at design average dry-weather load-
ings;  however, organic loadings in excess of 3 to 4 times dry-
weather loadings reduced BODs removal efficiencies to below
50 percent.  Pilot-plant studies showed that the removals for
COD were approximately 33 percent during these high loadings.
The removal efficiencies calculated from the reported raw data
obtained during the pilot-plant operation are presented in
Table 57.  Controlled treatment during wet-weather flows (70
percent or better COD removal efficiency) was maintained at
hydraulic loadings up to 8 to 10 times dry-weather flow.

The variation in removal efficiencies can be attributed to
changes in (1) organic loading rate, (2) contact time,
(3) number of units in series, (4) effluent settling, and
(5) high flow rates.   At Milwaukee, BOD5 removals decreased
when loadings increased above 0.032 kg BOD5/day/sq m (6.6 Ib
BOD5/day/l,000 sq ft) of disc area.  Below this loading rate,
removals remained in the 90 percent range.  When the loading
rate was between 0.027 and 0.062 kg BOD5/day/sq m (5.5 and
12.7 Ib BODs/day/1,000 sq ft) of disc area, BODs removals
                            281

-------
     Table 57.  REMOVALS  REPORTED IN PILOT-PLANT  STUDIES
              OF ROTATING BIOLOGICAL CONTACTORS
                    MILWAUKEE,  WISCONSIN
                    Dry-weather
                  hydraulic loading,
                   2-4 gpd/sq ft
  Wet-weather
hydraulic loading,
 11-12 gpd/sq ft
Parameter
BOD5
COD
Settleable
solids
Suspended
solids
Nitrogen
Phosphorus
Influent ,
mg/1
345
550
•9.2
349
40.5
8.5
Effluent,
mg/1
79
165
0.9
68
24.7
4.0
% Influent,
removal mg/1
77 395a
70 617
90 10.2
77 315b
38
53
Effluent, %
mg/1 removal
181a 54
394 33
1.7 82
96b 70b
_-
--
   a. Derived from BOD:COD ratios.  A single  BOD^ test was run with 80 percent
     removal.                            ^
   b. Only two data points.

   Source: Derived from data reported in  [7].

   Note:  gpd/sf x 0.283 = cu m/min/ha


dropped from  90 to 70 percent.   The relationship between
BODs removal  and BODs loading rate  is  shown on Figure 57.

As a result of the study at Milwaukee, clarification is rec-
ommended following the rotating  biological contactor.  At
times,  the prototype plant ran for  several days discharging
enough  sloughed biomass to make  the BOD5,  COD, SS, etc.,
higher  in  the  effluent than in the  influent.  It was also
reported that  pretreatment by sedimentation improved
removals.

TREATMENT  LAGOONS

Since treatment lagoons are based on biological processes,
three basic systems are available:   anaerobic, aerobic, and
facultative.   Several different  types  of lagoons have been
developed, using  either one or more  of these systems.  These
types are  referred to as oxidation  ponds,  aerated lagoons,
facultative lagoons,  or anaerobic lagoons.
                             282

-------
        100
         90
         80
         70
      uj  60
         50 -

         1
                    10         20         30

                WAX 1C LOMINfi, LB WMyi*Y/1. OSO SQ FT
         40
           NOTE: LB BOD./DAY/I.OOO so. FT x 4.88 
-------
     Table  58.  COMPARISON OF  DIFFERENT  TYPES OF  LAGOONS
            TREATING  STORM FLOWS  FOR VARIOUS CITIES
                                Size,    Volume,  Detention   Design flow
       Location      Type of lagoon   acres    mil gal.  time, days   rate, mgda
     Springfield, 111,


     Shelbyville, 111.

      Southeast site


      Southwest site
     Mt.Clemens, Mich.
Equalization-    10       22.4
oxidation pond
Storage-         1       1.9
oxidation pond

Storage basin     3.9      4.0
Facultative pond  10.8      13.0
Facultative pond   2.1      2.1

Storage-aerated   1.5      5.6
lagoon
0.3
5.0


2.8
9.0
1.5

5.6
         67
          0.3'
                                                          1.4'
                                                          1.41
                                                          1.41
                                                         64.


East Chicago, Ind.
Oxidation pond
Aerated lagoon
Aerated
facultative
lagoon
2.8
2.3
^30
8.2
7.0
185
8.2
7.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
185
     a.  Designed outflow rate; inflow can be much greater.
     b.  Storm flow rate; the ponds also treat 0.3 mgd of trickling filter
        effluent.
     c.  Design storm flow rate; outflow is 1.0 mgd.
     Note:  acre x 0.405 = ha
          mil gal. x 3,785.0 = cu m
          mgd x 3,785.0 = cu m/day

 shown in  Figure 58.   In most cases, these  treatment  lagoons
 offer multiple uses and benefits.  They  can be used  to
 supplement dry-weather treatment  plants  by acting as  effluent
 polishers  and inflow equalization basins  (as in Rohnert Park,
 California);  they offer some storage and settling capacity
 and flow  attenuation  for wet-weather flows;  and they  can be
 used as a  central component of  a  community recreational area.

 The  average removals  reported at  the  various  study sites are
 listed in  Table 59.    The reported pollutant  removal effi-
 ciencies for lagoons  treating combined sewer  overflows  are
 somewhat varied, but  the overall  quality of  the  effluent is
 good.   No  attempt is made  here  to distinguish the difference
 between lagoon  types.

 The  main factor affecting  removal  efficiencies  for all  types
 of  lagoons is carryover  of algae  and  other microorganisms  in
 the  effluent.   This  was  true  to some  degree  at  all demon-
 stration sites.   At  Mount  Clemens,  Michigan,  in  anticipation
 of  this  problem, a two-stage  pressure  sand filter and a
microstrainer were installed  to polish the effluent.
                               284

-------
                                                (e)
  Figure  58.    Combined sewer  overflow  treatment  lagoons
(a)   View of  oxidation pond detailing  grass embankment (She I byvi I I e)
pond  following  primary clarification (Springfield)  (c)  Facultative
riprap embankment (E.  Chicago)  (d)  Aerated lagoon, pond no. 1 (Mt0
Compound overflow weir outlet (Springfield)
 (b)  Oxidation
Iagoon wi th
C I emens)  (e)
                                   285

-------
   Table  59.   REMOVAL EFFICIENCIES  OF TREATMENT LAGOONS
                     FOR VARIOUS  CITIES
                          (PERCENT)
                           Shelbyville,
 Parameter
       Springfield,   -
           Ill.a     Southeast  Southwest
 Mount      East
Clemens,  Chicago,
 Mich.      Ind.c
BOD5
ss
vss
DO
Phosphorus
Nitrogen
Coliforms
27
20
Increased
Increased
22
NA
72
47
57
30
NA
40
56
86
91
-4
28
NA
69
62
96
91
92
NAd
NA
NA
NA
NA
,50
,50
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
 a.


 b.

 c.


 d.
Based on daily samples, not necessarily coincident with storm
flows.

Two sites at  Shelbyville, both of which are oxidation ponds.

Figures presented are  for dry-weather flow conditions and do
not represent removals achieved during storm overflows.
Not available.
Two major  operational problems were  experienced.  During
freezing weather,  floating aerators  proved to be troublesome
The spray  from floating aerators  freezes on the motors,
causing the  units  to overturn.  Thus,  their use was limited
to periods when freezing of the spray  did not occur.  The
second problem was inadequate provision for sludge storage
in some of the ponds.  The use of sedimentation tanks or
basins ahead of the lagoons is necessary to reduce the SS
load to the  ponds.

Design criteria for lagoons used  to  treat combined sewer
overflows  have not yet been established.  Conventionally,
lagoon design is based upon the BODs loading rate and flow
rate.  However, the wide variation of  the 300$ loading rate
for combined sewer overflows with respect to time simply
means design cannot be based only on this parameter.
                             286

-------
The advantages, disadvantages,  and possible uses  of  the
treatment  lagoon are varied.   Its major advantages are:
(1) low capital costs,  (2) virtually unattended operation,
(3) low operation and maintenance costs,  (4) capability of
being easily modified to act also as a storage unit, and
(5) ability to act as a polishing lagoon  during dry  weather.

Some disadvantages include:  (1) large land areas are  re-
quired; (2) proper design of discharge facilities is neces-
sary to prevent discharge of algae and other microorganisms
to the receiving water; (3) the degree of treatment  is diffi
cult to predict; (4) there are potential  nuisance problems,
such as mosquitoes, flies, and odors; and (5) sludge
deposits reduce treatment capacity.

The following discussion of the various types of  treatment
lagoons begins with oxidation ponds and continues with aer-
ated lagoons and facultative lagoons.

Oxidation  Ponds

An oxidation pond generally is a shallow  earthen basin de-
signed to  promote a symbiotic existence between algae and
bacteria.   Its depth is such that oxygen  from algae  and
surface regeneration can keep the total volume of the pond
aerobic.   Several ponds are normally used together, most
often in series operation, which helps reduce the amount of
suspended  solids in the effluent.  Design of oxidation ponds
usually includes consideration for sludge storage within the
pond.   The digestion of sludge deposits is sometimes anaero-
bic;  however, this is not considered a limit in the defini-
tion of the oxidation pond as an aerobic  system.  Oxidation
ponds  that are used to treat municipal wastes have very long
detention   times, ranging from 20 to 120 days.   The trend in
treating combined sewer overflows is to use detention times
of less than 20 days.

Removal Efficiencies — In oxidation ponds, removal efficien-
cies  for suspended solids  and BODs  can vary tremendously
from positive to negative  numbers.   The reported ranges in
removals are 60 to -50 percent  for  suspended solids and 70
to -10 percent for BODs [17].   The  reason for the high vari-
ation  is that most of the  influent  BODs is converted into
suspended  algae mass.  This  mass exerts a BODs demand and
creates suspended solids which  are  sometimes carried over
in the effluent.

Factors Affecting Removal  Efficiencies - Many factors affect
the removal rates and efficiencies  in oxidation ponds.   Some
                            287

-------
 of  the  more  significant  ones  (listed  in  general  order  of
 importance)  are  as  follows:

      1.   Detention  time.

      2.   Sufficient  supply of oxygen  either  from algae,
          surface  reaeration, or  some  mechanical  means.

      3.   Mixing  of  the pond contents  by  wind or  mechanical
          means.

      4.   Organic  loading rate.

      5.   Removal  of  microorganisms and algae from the
          effluent.

      6.   Temperature.

      7.   Sludge  storage capacity which,  if insufficient,
          can reduce  detention time and cause carryover in
          the effluent.

Most  of these factors are also relevant  to aerated and
facultative lagoons  and will be referred to  in the subsec-
tions which follow.

The most  important condition affecting removals  is the de-
tention time.  Pollutant removals are obtained both by
bacteria metabolizing the waste organics and by
sedimentation.  Thus, the detention time is  based on the
metabolism rate, the amount of biomass present in the ponds,
and the temperature.  A 10-degree Celsius drop in tempera-
ture  reduces the metabolism rate by about one-half.  It
has been shown that with a detention  time of 1 day up to
85 percent of the BOD5 can be removed [5].   In the kinetic
equations proposed by McCarty, a 1-day detention time may be
too close to the minimum to be used in design [14] .  In a
recent study of treatment lagoons, it was reported that
detention times of 2 to 3 days were required for conversion
of all the biodegradable matter to new cells, and an addi-
tional 18 days were required for bacterial predators to
consume these new cells [29] .   This would reduce the need
for effluent clarification and sludge-handling equipment.

Detention time can also affect removals by modifying the
settling characteristics of the biomass.   In a basin with
plug flow or complete mix with no recycle, as is the case
in treatment lagoons, the sludge age is equal to hydraulic
detention time.   Longer sludge ages result in better
settling [15].   Poor settling  means low BODs  removals due
to carryover of cell tissue in the effluent.
                            288

-------
 The next  two most  important  conditions  affecting  removals
 are  (1) enough  algae  to  supply  the needed  oxygen  for bac-
 terial  assimilation of the waste  organics  and  (2) proper
 mixing.   The amount of algae  in a pond  is  dependent upon
 the quantity of sunlight  and  usable carbon for  algae
 synthesis.  The quantity  of  sunlight varies with  the lati-
 tude of the site and  the  amount of normal  cloud cover
 [16].   In general, the more northern latitudes  have less
 sunlight.  During  the winter  in northern areas, the amount
 of sunlight for algae growth  is affected also by  ice cover.
 Carbon  sources  for algae  include  carbon dioxide,  carbonates,
 and bicarbonates found in the influent water and  carbon
 dioxide given off  during  respiration by the bacteria and
 algae.  These two  factors must  therefore be considered when
 designing oxidation ponds.

 Sufficient mixing  is necessary  to (1) ensure dispersion of
 the waste and oxygen throughout the pond volume,  (2) ensure
 good bacterial  action, (3) eliminate areas deficient in DO,
 and (4) prevent  short-circuiting.  Mixing  can be  accom-
 plished by allowing the wind  to mix the pond, using surface
 aerators, or recirculating.

 Good mixing and  high algae production, however, have limits.
 An oxidation pond can be overloaded with biodegradables.
 An overloaded pond results in septic conditions with slower
 anaerobic stabilization of the waste.  Also, operational
 problems  occur,  such as odors (hydrogen sulfide,
 etc.).  It is important, therefore, to keep the loadings
 within  the mixing and oxygen production capabilities of the
 ponds.

 Operational Considerations — Algae removal has been one of
 the most  common  problems in oxidation ponds [27,  15].
 Several methods  have been tried to reduce algae concentra-
 tions in  the effluent.  Those mentioned in the  literature
 are long detention times, ponds in series, rock filters,
 sand filters, and chlorination, to name a few.  A more de-
 tailed explanation of these methods is given in Table 60.
 Some of these methods can be used together to produce the
 desired results.  A typical oxidation pond outlet with three
 concentric baffles to reduce the presence of algae is shown
 on Figure 59.   Microstraining of pond effluent has not yet
proven successful when using screen openings of 21 microns
 in size or larger  [27, 10].

Design Parameters - Many design procedures for oxidation
ponds are cited  in the literature [17, 29, 13, 16],   The
recommended design parameters for treatment of waste flows
are presented in Table 61.
                            289

-------
         Table 60.   METHODS  OF REDUCING ALGAE IN  THE
                     OXIDATION POND  EFFLUENT
                Method
         Description
           Long detention times



           Series of ponds




           Settling






           Rock filtration



           Chlorination




           Chemical precipitation


           Filtration


           Macroorganisms
Use of long detention times of 120 to
160 days allows endogenous respiration
to reduce algae concentration [29].

A series of ponds with outlets from
each pond designed to reduce the  carry-
over of algal mass (see Figure 59 for
a typical outlet) [29].

Prevention of wind action or other
mixing action to allow settling of
algae, bacteria, and other settleable
material to improve the effluent.
Settling should be done in the second
or third pond in a series  [29].

Use of 1- to 2-inch rock around the
outlet pipe to act in a manner similar
to tube settlers [29].

Use of chlorine dosages high enough to
kill the algae; provide a small pond
for settling of the algae before  dis-
charge [29] .

Use of chemical coagulants to remove
algae [29].

Use of dual-media high rate filtration
to remove algae [27, 8, 21].

Use of crustaceans, such as Daphnie ,
in a final pond to feed upon the  algae
and other suspended organic matter
[11].
           Note:  inch x 2.54 = cm


Aerated  Lagoons

There are  two types  of aerated  lagoons:   (1) the complete
mix  system, simulating a modification of  activated sludge
treatment;  and  (2) the aerated  oxidation  pond  in which com-
plete mixing is  not  achieved but enough oxygen is supplied
for  bacterial activity.  Aerated lagoons  are usually  earthen
basins,  lined or unlined.   Unlike oxidation ponds, oxygen
is  supplied by mechanical  or diffused aeration equipment.

Aeration Equipment — At  least six different types of  aera-
tion equipment  can be used in an aerated  lagoon, as shown on
Figure 60.   Floating mechanical aerators  are used most
widely.   The floating rotor aeration  unit,  sometimes  called
a Kessener  Brush or  cage rotor, is a  relatively recent
development.  Weighted plastic  tubing with  openings along
                                 290

-------
  MAX WATER  SURFACE
                                      CONCENTRIC BAFFLES
                                                                    i
  UN fATIR  SURFACE
  •ATER
4
                                                       6 IN
                                                              !'	1  FT
OUTLET PIPEii*  fr_
                                                  POND BOTTOM
   r
           Figure 59.    Typical  oxidation  pond outlet
           with  three  concentric  baffles  to  reduce
            the  presence of  algae  in  the  effluent

                 Table 61.   OXIDATION  POND DESIGN
                    PARAMETERS  [17, 29,  5,  16]
              Organic loading rate
              Ib BOD5/acre/day

              Detention time, days
                Overall
                Per pond
                Optimum

              Depth, ft
                Optimum

              Number of ponds

              Pond configuration:

                Shape

                Inlet
                Outlet
         21-50
         30-160
         10-40
           20

          2-5
           4

          2-6
    Adaptable to terrain

    Center generally pre-
    ferred (anything that
    reduces  short-
    circuiting)

    Designed to vary pond
    level from 2 to 5 ft
    in-6 in. increments
    and to reduce the
    amount of algae trans-
    fer
              Note: Ib BOD5/acre/day x  1.12

                   feet x 0.505 = m
                   inch x 2.54 = cm
    kg BOD5/ha/day
                                   291

-------
  PROPELLER
  (a) FLOATING (MECHANICAL) AERATOR
             (b) AERATION  ROTOR
(c)  PLASTIC TUBING  AERATOR
 	o opp
LAGOON  BOTTOM           LAGOON BOTTOM

        (d) AIR GUN  AERATOR
         o 2 °S.
                   AIR
                   SUPPLY
                   TUBING
                           CONCRETE
                           BASE
V r
AERATOR -~-^-
WATER
FLOW--^ L
LAGOON
. C
J
°j'
00°
^

)n n
fe-r-
ouo
C) .
°.f
o o
o»o
NKA AERATOR

                 Figure 60.   Types  of  aerators
                                     292

-------
its  length  has been used to  supply  extra  oxygen  to over-
loaded oxidation  ponds.   The  tubing is used extensively in
the  northern climates where  freezing of the ponds is  a  com-
mon  occurrence.   The remaining three types  of aerators, also
diffused  aeration systems, are the  helical  diffuser,  the
air  gun,  and the  INKA system.   The  air gun, used for  deeper
ponds, operates  in a pulsating manner, discharging air  up
through a vertical tubing and  drawing in  behind  it a  column
of water.   It not only  aerates the  water  but also has good
pumping action.   The helical  diffuser is  made of extruded
plastic formed into a cylinder with a spiral interior
baffle designed  to lengthen  the flow pattern of  air bubbles
and  water.   In the diffuser,  air is injected at  the bottom
of the vertical  extruded plastic tube, which sits on  the
bottom of the pond.  The air  bubbles rise in a spiral manner
up the plastic pipe drawing  in water behind them.  The  INKA
system consists  of an 8-foot  by 5-foot diffuser  plate placed
in between  vertical baffles  to create an  airlift pump effect,
thus circulating  the water past the diffusers.   The advan-
tages and disadvantages  of each type are  listed  in Table 62.
         Table 62.   TYPES OF AERATION EQUIPMENT  FOR
                         AERATED LAGOONS
     Types
     Advantages
                                          Disadvantages
                    Depths at which
                    commonly used,
                         ft
Floating mechanical
aerator
Floating rotor
aeration unit
Plastic tubing
diffuser
Air guns
INKA system
Helical diffuser
Good mixing and aeration
capabilities; not affected
by sludge deposits;  easily
removed for maintenance.
Probably unaffected by
ice; not affected by sludge
deposits.

Not affected by floating
debris or ice; no ragging
problems.
Not affected by ice; good
mixing; good for deep
lagoons.
Not affected by ice or
sludge deposits; good
mixing.

Not affected by ice;
relatively good mixing.
Ice problems cause turning     10-15
over during freezing
weather; ragging problems
without a weedless im-
peller.

Possible ragging problem.      ^3-10
Calcium carbonate buildup       3-10!
blocks air diffusion
holes; is affected by
sludge deposits.

Calcium carbonate buildup      12-20
blocks air holes; poten-
tial ragging problems; is
affected by sludge
deposits.

Potential ragging             8-15
problems.
                                      Potential ragging            8-15
                                      problems; is affected by
                                      sludge deposits.
a.  Has also been used in lakes at much deeper depths.

Note:  ft x 0.305 = m
                                 293

-------
Removal Efficiencies — Regardless of the type of aerator,
most aerated lagoons are constructed in multiple ponds.  The
ponds may be used in either series or parallel operation.
Final clarification is required to achieve good BOD5 and SS
removals.  Removals range from 75 to 95 percent for both
BODs and SS when sufficient settling is provided [29, 17,
13].  With detention times of less than 3 to 5 days and no
settling, the removals are much lower.

As previously discussed, DO concentration, adequate mixing,
control of biological solids carryover, short-circuiting,
and temperature all have an effect on removal efficiency.
In most cases, detention times longer than 2 days provide
sufficient treatment for the dissolved portion of the waste.
For good settling, detention times should be more than 3 to
4 days.  In most designs, neither DO nor mixing are problems
Problems generally occur in providing adequate mixing in a
lagoon designed as a complete mix system.  When mixing is
incomplete, settling occurs.  This removes some of the bio-
mass from intimate contact with the waste material and
leads to a reduction in efficiency.

Design Considerations — The method of design for an aerated
lagoon depends on the type to be constructed.  Aerated
oxidation ponds are normally designed by using empirical
design parameters.  The kinetic design approach is not
used because settling is difficult to account for and the
flow regime is difficult to analyze.  Typical design param-
eters found in the literature are listed in Table 63.
Factors that must be considered include (1) BOD5 removal,
(2) effluent characteristics, (3) oxygen requirements,
(4) temperature effects, and (5) energy requirements for
mixing.  For actual design methods, the reader is directed
to the many presented in the literature [17, 29, 25, 5].

Complete mix aerated lagoons often are designed using em-
pirical parameters.  It is also possible, however, to use
kinetic equations to design a proposed pond.  A complete
description of the kinetic equation method for designing an
aerated lagoon can be found in reference 17.

All aerated lagoons should include some process for removing
biosolids from the effluent.  The most common process is
final settling, either in a concrete tank or in a small non-
aerated final pond.  In aerated oxidation ponds, settling
normally occurs within the ponds, and a final pond or
settling tank is not required.  Other forms of removing
biosolids, such as sand filters, can be used.  The design
of ponds used for solids removal should include volume for
storage of the accumulated sludges.  No annual sludge volume
accumulation in ponds for treating combined sewer overflows
has been reported.
                            294

-------
          Table  63.   AERATED LAGOON DESIGN PARAMETERS
         Description
                                           Aerated     Complete
                               From the   oxidation  mix aerated
                              literature    pond       lagoon
Organic loading,
Ib BOD5/acre day
Detention time, days
Optimum, days
Number of ponds
Depth, ft
100
2

2
8
-1,000
-10
--
-6
-15
100
5

2
6
-500
-11
--
-6
-10
500
1
4
1
10
-1,000
-8
-6
-4
-15
Mixing requirements for a
complete mix regime
  hp/1,000 cf
  Minimum pond velocity, fps
Type of aeration and amount
of oxygen transfera
  Floating aerators, Ib 02/hp/hr  1.8-4.5
  Floating rotor aeration unit,
  Ib 02/hp/hr
                               ^3-4

                              0.2-0.7
                                1-2
                              0.8-1.6
                                3-18

                              1.2-4.2
@ air supplied,  scfm/ aerator     8-30
  Plastic tubing aerator,
  Ib 02/hr/100 ft
    @ air supplied, scfm/100 ft
  Air gun, Ib 02/hr/gun
    @ air supplied, scfm/gun
  Helical aerator,
  Ib 02/hr/aerator
                                                      0.2-0.5
                                                        0.5
  INKA aerator
                                  Unknown
a.  All of the oxygen transfer figures  are  general  and should be
    verified for design.
Note :
   Ib  BOD5/acre/day  x  1.1208  = kg BODs/ha/day
   ft  x  0.3048  =  m
   fps x 0.3048 = m/sec
   Ib  02/hp/hr  x  0.6083  = kg  02/kwh
   Ib  02/hr/100 ft x 1.4882 = kg 02/hr/100 m
   Ib  02/hr/unit  (gun, aerator) x 0.4536 = kg 0?/hr/unit
   scfm/100  ft  x  0.9284  = cu  m/min/1,000 m
   scfm/aerator x 0.0283 = cu m/min/aerator
                                 295

-------
Facultative Lagoons

Facultative lagoons  contain three zones or layers  of  biologi
cal activity:   (1) the  upper or aerobic layer,  (2)  the  mid-
dle or facultative layer,  and (3) the lower or  anaerobic
layer.  Facultative  lagoons are deeper than those  previously
discussed, and  intermixing of the layers is minimized.   Such
systems utilize  the  good features of both the anaerobic and
the aerobic lagoons.   Settled materials, along  with some of
the dissolved and suspended material, are allowed  to  stabi-
lize anaerobically into gaseous end-products and humus.  In
the upper  layer, the dissolved and suspended matter is
oxidized.  The  presence of this zone also helps to eliminate
the undesirable  gaseous end-products given off  in  the an-
aerobic zone.   The facultative zone acts as a transition
zone with  both  aerobic and anaerobic metabolism of the  waste
products occurring.   The chemical reactions within each zone
are shown  on Figure  61.
                                   \
         
-------
 Originally,  facultative ponds used algae  to keep  the upper
 layer  aerobic.  Recently, aeration equipment has  been added
 to  some ponds  to ensure sufficient DO to  keep them from
 becoming completely anaerobic.  However,  the aerator size
 must be limited to prevent the pond from  becoming a com-
 pletely mixed  system.

 Removal Efficiencies - BOD5 removals up to 90 to  95 percent
 have been reported for facultative ponds  treating municipal
 sewage.  The most common figures, however, are between 70
 and 85 percent  [29, 5, 12, 16].  Higher bacterial removals
 have been reported for facultative lagoons than for aerated
 lagoons or oxidation ponds [16, 5].  For  facultative ponds
 treating combined sewer overflows, BODs removal efficiencies
 ranging from 50 to 90 percent and SS removals of  approxi-
 mately 50 percent have been reported.

 Operational Considerations - In most cases, the factors
 affecting oxidation ponds and aerated lagoons also control
 the performance of facultative ponds.  Detention  time,
 proper supply of oxygen either by algae or aeration equip-
 ment, sludge age for good settling characteristics, algae
 removal in the effluent, temperature, and short-circuiting
 all affect removals [16, 17, 12, 18].  The notable exception
 is the need for mixing.  In facultative ponds, some mixing
 of the upper and lower layers is important to promote good
 distribution of pollutants throughout the individual layers.
 Complete intermixing should be avoided to prevent odors from
 escaping through the aerated zones without being  oxidized.
 This is usually handled by making the ponds deep  enough
 to create a thermocline, which limits mixing between layers,
 and by using multiple small ponds to limit wind mixing.
 Care, with respect to mixing, must be exercised when using
mechanical aeration equipment.  Isolating the anaerobic
 zone has also been accomplished by pond configuration,
 as shown on Figure 62 [16, 18].

The principal conditions affecting operation of facultative
 lagoons are the type of aeration equipment (if used)  and
adequate sludge storage.   When facultative lagoons use aera-
tion equipment to supply additional oxygen, care  is needed
 in selecting the proper type, with mixing restrictions and
cold-weather problems in mind.  The lack of sludge storage
capacity may necessitate excessive maintenance in removing
accumulating sludges and also can prevent proper operation
of the lagoon.

Design Parameters - From a survey of the literature,  a lack
of specified design parameters is evident.  Most facultative
lagoons are designed for 56  kg BODs/ha/day (50 Ib BODs/acre
/day)  or less,  depending on  the  geographical latitude  of the
                            297

-------
                                        V
         3 TO 5 FT
                                        INLET PIPE
 ANAEROBIC
   ZONE

 NOTE: FT x 0.305-
INLET PIPE
      Figure 62.  Two pond configurations to promote
anaerobic zones and decomposition of settled material  [18]
 site location.  Generally, loadings are reduced  in  the more
 northerly latitudes.  In areas of possible ice cover  during
 the winter, the normal loading is 17 kg BOD5/ha/day (15  Ib
 BODs/acre/day).  Predicting the final performance of  facul-
 tative lagoons is difficult, regardless of the design proce-
 dure used [12].  Design parameters reported in the  litera-
 ture are listed in Table 64.

 Demonstration Projects

 Springfield, Illinois [22] — Combined sewer overflows from
 a pumping station in Springfield to a natural drainage
 channel reportedly were responsible for repeating instances
 of fish kills in Sugar Creek during the 1960s.   About 95 per
 cent of the flow in the channel during storm periods  origi-
 nates at the pumping station.  The pump station  serves a
 tributary area of 894 ha (2,210 acres) and has a maximum
 capacity of 856 I/sec (19.5 mgd) or approximately 5 times
 the average daily flow.  The combined sewers entering the
                             298

-------
            Table  64.   FACULTATIVE  LAGOON DESIGN
                    PARAMETERS  [17,  16,  29]
        Organic loading in summer,
        Ib BOD5/acre/day                    15-80

        Detention time, days                 7-120a

        Depth

         Total, ft                        6-12

         Anaerobic zone, ft                 3-4

        Number of ponds                     2-10

        Pond configuration:

         Shape                     Not important

         Inlet                     Center inlet superior,
                                  near bottom

         Outlet                    Designed to reduce  amount
                                  of algae transfer when
                                  not using mechanical
                                  aeration
        a. 120 days  for complete treatment with good coliform
          removals  [28].

        Note: Ib BOD5/acre/day x 1.12 = kg BOD5/ha/day
            ft x 0.305 = m

pump  station  have a combined capacity of 23,000 I/sec
(494  mgd).

To abate this combined  sewer overflow pollution problem,  a
storage/oxidation pond  was  constructed  in 1967.  The main
purpose  of  the pond was to  provide flow attenuation of  the
combined sewer overflows.   The 4.1-ha  (10-acre) pond was
designed to provide 8 hours of detention at a flow rate of
2,940  I/sec  (67 mgd).   It was estimated that a 5-hour deten-
tion  time would account for approximately 70 percent removal
of SS  and 30  percent removal of BODs from the combined  sewer
overflows by  sedimentation  alone.  Further improvements
would  occur as the pond functioned as an oxidation pond be-
tween  storm events.

Performance of the pond during a 20-month period of observa-
tion  indicated that it  was  successful in preventing severe
deterioration of downstream water quality due to combined
                              299

-------
sewer overflows.  Average annual BOD5 reduction was 27
percent.  Best evidence of the efficiency of the facility
was afforded by the fact that incidence of fish kills was
limited following construction of the storage/oxidation
pond.

Plans are presently underway to expand the facility to 3,280
I/sec (75 mgd), including the construction of a clarifier
and chlorination facility ahead of the existing pond.  The
new clarifier is necessary to reduce the sediment buildup in
the existing pond.  Approximately 21 percent of the pond had
been filled with sediment after 2-1/2 years of operation.

Shelbyville, Illinois  [1] — Three different combined sewer
overflow treatment units were constructed during 1968-69.
Two units included storage/oxidation ponds and one unit was
a primary sedimentation tank.  The two storage/oxidation
pond treatment schemes are described below.

Southeast site — A single-cell oxidation pond serves as a
combined sewer overflow treatment facility for a 17.8-ha
(44-acre) tributary area.  The pond was designed and con-
structed by building an earthen embankment across the lower
reaches of a natural ravine downstream from an existing com-
bined sewer overflow.  At the maximum water depth of 2.4
meters  (8 feet), the pond has a volume of 7,230 cu m
(255,600 cu ft) and a surface area of 0.41 ha (1 acre).  The
volume is sufficient to contain the 10-year storm of 1-hour
duration.

The liquid level in the pond is controlled by two 30.5-cm
(12-inch) square sluice gates mounted in an effluent
structure.  One gate is located at an elevation correspond-
ing to the pond bottom, and the second gate is mounted
0.6 meter (2 feet) higher.  The lower gate is normally
closed, and the upper one is set to drain a full pond to
the 0.6-meter (2-foot) level in five days.

Normal pond operation is a flow-through pattern, and during
dry weather, the average water depth is 0.6 meter (2 feet).
During wet weather, the pond discharge increases as the
depth of water over the effluent sluice gate increases.
There is always about 0.5 I/sec (12,000 gal./day) of dry-
weather flow into the pond from undetermined sources.  The
pond, at the 0.6-meter (2-foot) level, provides a detention
time of 6 days at this flow.  The average BOD5 loading for
the dry-weather flow is 35.5 kg/ha/day (31.7 Ib/acre/day).

During dry weather, the effluent contained 15.7 mg/1 BOD5
and 31 mg/1 SS.  This was the result of removal efficiencies
                            300

-------
 of  47  and 57  percent  for  BODs  and  SS,  respectively.   During
 periods  following  combined  sewer overflows,  the  pond  was
 found  to discharge a  very low  BODs effluent  (6 mg/1).
 Suspended solids  in the effluent were  considerably higher
 (50  to 75 mg/1) with  only a moderate average decrease with
 time.   Both SS  and BOD5 were discharged  in greater concen-
 trations during periods of  high influent flows because  of
 carryover and short-circuiting.  Fecal coliforms were also
 reduced  across  the pond.

 Southwest site — To provide treatment  for combined sewer
 overflows from a tributary  area of 183 ha (450 acres) during
 wet  weather,  as well  as tertiary treatment for a dry-weather
 trickling filter plant effluent, a storm-holding lagoon and
 a two-cell facultative pond were constructed.  The first
 cell is  designated as the stabilization  pond and the  second
 cell is  the polishing pond.  The storm-holding lagoon has a
 capacity of 15,140 cu m (535,000 cu ft)  at a maximum  depth
 of 2.4 meters (8 feet).   This  lagoon was  sized to contain
 the  expected  runoff from  a  10-year storm of  1-hour duration.
 The  maximum flow anticipated is 4,820 I/sec  (110 mgd).

 Effluent from the  storm-holding lagoon is pumped to the
 stabilization pond.  The pumps can empty  the  lagoon in about
 5 days.   Effluent  from the  trickling filter  plant is pumped
 to the stabilization pond.  The effluent  from the stabiliza-
 tion pond flows by gravity  to  the  polishing  pond.  Effluent
 from the  polishing  pond is  chlorinated before discharge to
 the  receiving water stream.

 BOD5 and  SS removal efficiencies for the  storm-holding
 lagoon were reported to be  73  and  86 percent, respectively.
 Based on  dry-weather performance,  the two-cell facultative
 pond and  chlorination system following the storm-holding
 lagoon will provide significant reductions in soluble nutri-
 ents and  complete  elimination  of measurable  fecal coliform
 organisms.

 East Chicago,  Indiana - The recently completed combined
 sewer overflow treatment facility  at East Chicago consists
 of a pumping station and a  12.1-ha  (30-acre)  facultative
 lagoon that is 12.2 meters  (40 feet) deep.  During storm
 conditions, the  combined sewer overflow is pumped to a di-
version structure  at the outlet weir where excessive flows
 can be bypassed  directly to  the Little Calumet River.
During normal  storm conditions, the flow enters the lagoon
 for  treatment.  Nine surface aerators provide oxygen to the
 top  few feet of  the water  in the lagoon for aerobic oxida-
tion of the organic matter in the  combined sewer overflow.
The sludge that  settles  to the bottom is  decomposed
anaerobically.  Effluent from the  lagoon  is discharged
                            301

-------
 through  a  slotted  weir  having  a  maximum  capacity  of 876
 I/sec  (20  mgd).

 This is  a  dual-purpose  lagoon, since  it  also  provides  efflu-
 ent polishing  for  a  municipal  sewage  treatment  plant.
 Evaluation of  the  lagoon  is  underway  currently.   Thus, no
 operational data are available at  present.

 Mount  Clemens, Michigan [27, 8,  21] — At Mount  Clemens,  com-
 bined  sewer overflows from an  86-ha  (212-acre)  test area are
 treated  in three lagoons  in  series.   The first  lagoon  acts
 as a combination storage  basin and aeration lagoon, the
 second as  an oxidation  pond, and the  third as another  aera-
 tion lagoon.   The  average depth  of the lagoons  is 2.4  to
 3.1 meters (8  to 10  feet).   Overflows up to a design maximum
 rate of  2,800  I/sec  (65 mgd) are directed to  the  first
 lagoon for storage and  partial treatment.  They are then
 pumped at  a constant 43.8-1/sec  (1-mgd)  rate  through a micro
 strainer to the second  pond, and then flow by gravity  to the
 third  lagoon.  The design retention times in  the  ponds are
 4 days,  8  days, and  7 days,  respectively.  Effluent from the
 final  lagoon is discharged to  the  Clinton River following
 high-rate  pressure filtration  and  chlorination.   During  dry
 weather, water in  the last two ponds  is  recycled  through the
 filters  and reclaimed for recreational purposes (fishing and
 boating).

 The lagoons or "lakelets" are  free-form  in shape  and set
 within an  attractive 9.7-ha  (24-acre)  park site with scenic
 walks, benches, and  picnic sites.  The variable-level  lake-
.let 1  is obscured  from  public view, but  lakelets  2  and 3 are
 to be  opened for small-boat  sailing,  canoeing,  and  fishing.

 In 28  combined sewer overflow operations in the period
 August to  December 1972,  BODs and  SS  removals averaged bet-
 ter than 90 percent, with average  effluent concentrations of
 5.2 mg/1 and 14.5  mg/1, respectively.  The main factor af-
 fecting  removal efficiencies was carryover of algae and
 other  microorganisms in the  effluent.  At Mount Clemens, in
 anticipation of this problem, a  two-stage pressure  sand
 filter and a microstrainer were  installed to  polish the
 effluent.   Sand filtration proved  the most successful.

 Two major  operational problems were experienced.  During
 freezing weather,  spray freezes  on the motors,  causing the
 units  to overturn; thus,  their use was limited  to periods
 when freezing of the spray did not occur.  The  second prob-
 lem was  inadequate provision for sludge  storage in  some  of
 the lagoons.
                             302

-------
 In response to highly favorable public reaction and to off-
 set the  problems  experienced,  plans  are underway to greatly
 extend and expand the present  facilities.   A schematic dia-
 gram of  the proposed modified  facilities is shown on
 Figure 63.   The plan is  to construct some  new interceptors
 to drain combined sewer  overflows  from about 4/5 of the city
 to diversion structures.   The  rest of the  city is on a sepa-
 rated system.   The diverted combined sewer overflows would
 be pumped to a new retention structure.  This structure
 would provide  some sedimentation in  a prestorage unit and
 aeration in the retention  basin.   Stormwater would be pumped
 from here after equalization to a  new clarifier and dual-bed
 filtration  unit and then to the existing lagoons.   The first
 lagoon will use air guns for aeration,  and the last lagoon
 will use tube-diffused aeration.   The lagoons will be stone
 lined and will have shallow side  slopes  to improve their
 appearance.   It is interesting  to  note  that the land around
 the  pond site  is  being built up with high  rise apartment
 buildings.

 COSTS

 Costs  for the  various  EPA  demonstration  grant projects have
 been collected for comparison purposes.  Construction costs
 and  the  available  operation and maintenance costs  are pre-
 sented in Table 65.   The costs  are also  given on the  basis
 of capacity  and tributary  area.  It  should be remembered
 that  those  costs  are  generally  derived  from a single  proto-
 type  facility  and  costs for  future facilities  could vary
 tremendously from  those presented.

 The  cost  of  the Kenosha contact stabilization plant  is  based
 on the cost  of  an  aeration  chamber,  secondary  clarifier,
 some  site piping,   pumps, and controls.   The  capital  cost
 does not  include  the cost  for headworks  and  chlorination
 facilities.  The operation  and maintenance  cost  is  based on
 limited  data,  since the study is still underway.

At New Providence, New Jersey,   the total construction  costs
 of $1,410,000  (ENR  2000)  were for a complete  treatment plant,
 including modifications of an existing main pump station and
new primary and secondary clarifiers, two  trickling filters,
chlorine  contact tank, administration building, and miscel-
 laneous  items.  Land costs  were not reported.  Since  it is
unrealistic to charge all of these costs to storm facilities
alone, the costs for the plastic medium filter and the final
clarifier, one-half the costs for the electrical equipment
and site piping, the chemical feed equipment, and one-half
the cost of the construction site work were combined to form
the cost of the storm facilities.  The remaining costs were
                            303

-------
                       COMBINED SEWER  OVERFLOW
EMERGENCY OVERFLOW
    TO  RIVER
 CONTROLLED OUTLET
     TO  RIVER
     TO  RIVER
  LAKELET  DRAIN
    TO  RIVER

    OVERFLOW
    TO  RIVER
                                      PUMP STATION
                           SEDIMENTATION
                          RETENTION  BASIN
                                                     BYPASS
                             CLAR FIER
                           _____ ......... „.,
                         BYPASS
                                           POTENTIAL CHEM. ADDITION
                                                      SETTLED  SOLIDS
                                                ]** TO SANITARY
                                                I
                                                I
                        BACKWASH
                                                t
                                          L-i	I	^	
                                            BACKWASH
                                                           "I
                                       RECIRCULATION

BETWEEN
LAKELET NO. 1
i
LAKELET NO. 2
i i
LAKELET NO. 3
>

IY IRRIG.

r

STORMS 1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
nanviviou .
SAND FILTERS "^

                                            TO
                                          RIVER
Figure  63.
            Schematic of  retention and  treatment  facilities,
              including  proposed  modifications,
                  Mount  Clemens,  Michigan
                                304

-------
       Table  65.  CAPITAL AND OPERATION  AND MAINTENANCE
                 COSTS FOR BIOLOGICAL TREATMENTa
                                   Capital cost
                           (construction cost excluding land)  Operation and maintenance
                    Plant   — — -- : - : —  cost (annual cost assuming
   Type of plant     capacity,                   ^/tributary-   250 hr/yr of operation),
   and location        mgd       $       $/mgd       acre          
-------
Additional cost data  for oxidation ponds to treat 1,095
I/sec (25 mgd)  of overflow are  presented in Table 66.  The
original cost  data for treating combined sewer  overflows  by
means of oxidation ponds varied tremendously because of  the
variable pond  volumes  and detention times.  To  eliminate
this  difference, ponds at all sites listed in the table were
adjusted to  a  10-day  detention  time at  a capacity of 1,095
I/sec (25 mgd).  Both  the results of this modification and
the original data are  shown.  The modified capital costs  are
within 30 percent of  each other;  the average cost is
$1,731,100.  Probably  the best  way to express cost is by
dollars  per  cubic meter.  The average for this  value is
$1.83/cu m ($2,256/acre-ft).

Cost  data for  aerated  lagoons treating  combined sewer over-
flows should be similar to costs  for oxidation  ponds except
for the  added  capital  and operation and maintenance costs
for the  aeration equipment.
        Table 66.   COST  FOR OXIDATION PONDS TO TREAT
                      25  MGD OF OVERFLOWa
                                            Shelbyville
                Item            Springfield  Southeast  Southwest

         Original data adjusted
         to 25-mgd flow rates

           Capital cost,
           excluding land cost:      $ 188,000   $  689,000 $1,814,000

            Detention time, days        0.9       5.0      10.5

            Volume of ponds at
            design level, acre-ft        6.9      384       806

           Operation and maintenance
           cost for 250 hr/yr of
           operation              $   2,200

           Cost to treat 1,000 gal.
           of overflow for 250 hr/yr,
           */l,000 gal.               0.02

         Modified data

           Capital cost, excluding
           land cost at a dentention
           time of 10 days         $2,090,700   $1,376,400 $1,726,200

           Capital cost per acre-ft
           of pond volume          $   2,725   $   1,794 $   2,250
         a.  ENR = 2000.

         Note: acre-ft x 1,233.4 = cu m
              
-------
                        Section XII

                 PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL SYSTEMS
When a high-quality effluent is required, such as may be ex-
pected in stormwater reclamation and reuse, physical-chemical
treatment systems may become both feasible and desirable.
As used in this text, physical-chemical systems imply a
means of treatment in which the removal of pollutants is
brought about primarily by chemical clarification in con-
junction with physical processes.  The process string gener-
ally includes preliminary treatment, chemical clarification,
filtration, carbon adsorption, and disinfection.

In this section, the basic unit processes are discussed and
examples are cited for the treatment of municipal waste-
water and potential applications on storm sewer discharges
and combined sewer overflows.  The inclusion of the munici-
pal wastewater examples is considered necessary because of
the very limited data base for operating installations.

INTRODUCTION

Physical-chemical treatment is not a new technology.  In
fact, chemical precipitation, discovered in 1762, was a well-
established method of sewage treatment in England as early
as 1870 [18] .  Chemical treatment was also used extensively
in the United States in the 1890s and early 1900s, but
with the development of biological treatment, the use of
chemicals was largely abandoned [18],  In the 1930s, a num-
ber of physical-chemical systems were evaluated.  These sys-
tems produced results that were superior to primary sedimen-
tation followed by activated sludge but at a cost of 1.5 to
2 times that of conventional treatment [10].

During the last 12 years, EPA-supported research has ad-
vanced physical-chemical treatment technology to the point
where it is becoming competitive in cost with biological
treatment, especially for situations where significant
phosphorus removal is required [14].
                          307

-------
 Physical-chemical processes are of particular  importance  in
 storm flow  treatment because of their adaptability to auto-
 matic operation  (including almost instantaneous startup and
 shutdown),  excellent resistance to shockloads, nonsuscepti-
 bility  to biological upsets or toxicity, and ability to
 consistently produce a high-quality effluent.

 The most promising combination of unit processes that will
 produce the desired effluent quality at a reasonable cost
 appears to  be chemical clarification followed  by adsorption
 on activated carbon.  Several variations of this scheme,
 which have  been proposed and tested on a pilot scale, are
 discussed in this section.  Other processes that are in the
 developmental stage but are far from the comparative evalu-
 ation stage, are ultrafiltration, sorbent resins, magnetic
 separation, ultrasonic flocculation, and reverse osmosis
 [4, 5].

 UNIT PROCESSES

 The major unit processes utilized in physical-chemical treat
 ment are discussed below.  It is emphasized that (1) most of
 these studies were at pilot-plant scale and (2) all of the
 investigations were performed under unique local conditions.
 Even with all of the testing that has been done to date, not
 enough data are available from prototype facilities to have
 developed standardized design criteria.  Thus, pilot studies
 should still be performed prior to designing a full-scale
 installation.

 Chemical Clarification

 Chemical clarification provides the major portion of the
 pollutant removal achieved by physical-chemical processes.
 Raw wastewater, after coarse screening and grit removal, is
 treated with a coagulating chemical.   Chemicals commonly
 used are lime, iron or aluminum salts, polyelectrolytes, and
 combinations thereof*   Following chemical addition, the
 wastewater is then allowed to flocculate and settle.  The
 resulting sludge can be dewatered and either disposed of or
 processed for recovery of chemicals.   Lime sludges  can be
 recalcined for lime recovery if this  proves economical.

At the present time, there is no rational method for pre-
 dicting the dose of chemical required.   Jar tests are most
 commonly used for planning purposes.   Fortunately,  field
 control of the coagulant dose is possible.   The suggested
method for controlling chemical dosages is  monitoring the
 turbidity of the clarifier effluent [14] .   With lime as  the
 coagulant, however,  excellent control is  achieved with
                           308

-------
pH measurement.   Monitoring of phosphorus  also  appears prom-
ising because  good clarification is usually  obtained when
sufficient  chemical is added to provide phosphorus  removal.

Treatment efficiencies obtained with chemical clarification
in pilot plants  at various locations are presented  in
Table 67.   In  addition to, the expected high  removals of SS
and phosphorus,  significant organic removals were obtained.
On the basis of  these and other data, it can be  conserva-
tively estimated that chemical clarification of  raw sewage
will consistently provide 65 to 75 percent removal  of the
organics.   With  this  degree of organic removal,  the carbon
adsorption  need  provide only a small increment of additional
removal to  match the  performance of a good secondary treat-
ment system [13].

Design criteria  for the coagulation equipment are similar to
those used  in  water treatment plants.  Generally, these con-
sist of a flash  mix of 1 minute, flocculation for 15 to 30
minutes, and sedimentation at upflow rates of 20.35 to
40.7 1/min/sq  m  (0.5  to 1.0 gpm/sq ft) [14].
            Table  67.   ACHIEVEMENTS OF CHEMICAL
                     CLARIFICATION [14]
      Plant
  Chemical
                                  BOD5     SS      Phosphorus
                                 removal,  removal,   removal,
  Blue Plains ,
  Washington, B.C.

  Ewing-Lawrence
  Sewage Authority,
  Trenton, N.J.

  New Rochelle,
  N.Y.

  Westgate, Va.
  Salt Lake  City,
  Utah
Lime pH 11.5      80
170 mg/1         80
ferric
chloride

Lime pH 11.5      80
125 mg/1         70
ferric
chloride

80-100 mg/1       75
ferric
chloride
90
95
98
95
90
98
          80
                          309

-------
Sludge disposal is a major consideration in the economics of
any chemical clarification system.  Only limited data are
available on the characteristics of sludges resulting from
chemical treatment of raw sewage.  Typically, the dry weight
of sludge solids produced by physical-chemical treatment is
much greater than that produced by activated sludge--almost
twice as much.  However, because of better thickening charac
teristics, the volume (wet) may be greater than or less than
sludge from conventional processes.

Chemical Recovery

In the case where lime is used as the coagulant, lime re-
covery by recalcination may be economical.  This serves two
purposes:  (1) the cost of makeup lime is reduced because
of partial recovery through recalcination, and (2) ultimate
disposal of the organic solids is accomplished because the
organics are destroyed by combustion along with the regen-
eration of lime.  This has been successfully demonstrated
at the tertiary plant at South Lake Tahoe, California.  It
was found that no significant saving in chemical cost was
accomplished by recalcining the lime sludge but that sludge
disposal costs were reduced because only a portion of the
lime sludge must be disposed of to prevent buildup of inerts
[24].

The recovery of alum has been investigated in one pilot
plant study [22].  Alum is recovered by acidifying the
thermally regenerated carbon-alumina slurry to a pH of 2.0
prior to recycle for raw sewage treatment.  Further studies
may prove alum recovery competitive with lime recovery by
recalcination.

Recovery schemes for iron sludges have not yet been
developed.  In the event that an iron recovery system is
developed involving incineration, it should be pointed out
that the use of fluidized bed furnaces on high iron content
sludges has resulted in some operational problems in at
least one installation [1].  The primary problems encoun-
tered were manifested in failures of the scrubber material
and in depositions of solid materials in the reactor duct
work and other sections of the scrubber system.  It was con-
cluded by the investigators that the presence of high con-
centrations of iron and chloride in the plant influent due
to infiltration (brackish) was the major source of the
problems.

Filtration

The unit process of filtration has been previously discussed
under physical treatment in Section X.  From the standpoint
                           310

-------
of a physical-chemical plant, two additional major consider-
ations must be resolved:  (1) the location of the filter in
the process train and (2) the types and depths of media.

Where granular carbon columns are used, usually it is neces-
sary to locate the filter ahead of packed bed columns to
prevent rapid clogging of the column and after expanded bed
columns to capture column carryover solids.  In powdered
carbon systems, a filter usually has to be located at the
end of the process to capture solids carryover from the
clarifier.

To offset the limitations of surface filtration by single-
medium filters (which usually capture the particles within
the first inch of filter medium [25]), in-depth filtration
by dual-media or tri-media filters has been developed.  The
intent again is to utilize the full depth of the filter in
separating out the solids; thus, the desired gradation in
direction of flow is from coarse to fine.  To maintain this
gradation during backwashing operations, media of different
densities as well as sizes are required.

It should be recognized that there is no one mixed-media
design that will be optimum for all wastewater filtration
applications.  Small quantities of high-strength biological
floe, typically found in activated sludge effluents, may be
satisfactorily removed by a good dual-media design, while a
weak floe or increased solids loading may best be removed by
a mixed, tri-media bed filter.  The marked effect that the
quality and quantity of the floe to be removed can have on
media selection is clearly indicated by the data in Table 68
The data are for raw water treatment plants.  From this it
can be seen that, in most cases, pilot test of various media
designs can be more than justified by improved plant
performance.

Data on the performance of several filter systems on munici-
pal sewage are shown in Table 69.

Carbon Adsorption

The role of the carbon adsorption step is to remove soluble
organics from the wastewater.  Organics removal capacity of
carbon is usually expressed in terms of pounds of organics
removed (either as COD or TOG) per pound of carbon.  For
general purposes, a capacity of 0.5 kg of COD per kg (0.5 Ib
of COD per Ib) of granular carbon is reasonable [14].  This
is approximately equal to a requirement of 60 mg/1 activated
carbon (500 Ib of activated carbon per million gallons of
sewage treated).  It must be remembered that this value is
                          311

-------
    Table  68.   ILLUSTRATIONS OF  VARYING  MEDIA DESIGN
            FOR VARIOUS TYPES  OF FLOG  REMOVAL  [7]
Garnet Silica sand
Location
Fort St. John, Ore.
Buffalo Pound, Ore.
Peoria, Ore.
Type of a
application Size
Very heavy loading -40x80
of fragile floe
Moderate loading -20x40
of very strong
floe
Moderate loading -40x80
of fragile floe
Depth, a Depth,
in. Size in.
8 -20x40 12
3 -10x20 12
' 3 -20x40 9
Coal
Depth,
Size in.
-10x20 22
-10x16 15
-10x20 18
a.  Size: -40x80 = passing No.40 and retained on No.80 U.S.sieves.
Note:  in. x 2.54 = cm
         Table  69.   EXAMPLES OF  FILTER  PERFORMANCE
Scale of
instal-
Location lation
Stanford Pilot
University
[25]
Lake Tahoe Full
[9]
Bernards Pilot
Township
[20]
Bernards Pilot
Township
[20]
Bernards Pilot
Township
[20]
Bernards Pilot
Township
[20]
Washington, Pilot
D.C. [20]


BODS, mg/1 COD, mg/1
Typ c o if
Feed filter Inf. Eff. Inf. Eff.

secondary
effluent
Chemically Tri-media 9 5 23 15
treated
secondary
effluent
Settled Moving bedb 65 12
trickling
filter
effluent
Unsettled Moving bed 55 3.8
trickling
filter
effluent
Primary Moving bed 67 12
effluent
Raw Moving bed 115 19
wastewater
clarified
raw
sewage
Total
phosphorus, Turbidity,
mg/1 JTUa SS, mg/1
Inf. Eff. Inf. Eff. Inf. Eff.


0.65 0.05 7.0 0.3 15 0
9.37 0.51 33 7 50 15
19.1 0.99 39 3.4 86 7.1
14.6 1.3 53 3.7 77 11
21.5 2.16 123 16.7 156 27



a. Jackson turbidity units.

b. A single-medium filter operating essentially continuously and in a closed loop. See [20].
                               312

-------
suggested only as a starting point, since experience shows
that the actual requirement varies considerably.

Carbon contacting systems generally employ granular acti-
vated carbon.  The wastewater is passed either downward or
upward through the columns containing the carbon.  Downflow
columns function as packed beds and additionally accomplish
filtration of the wastewater.  Flow rates of 1.4 to 5.4
1/sec/sq m (2 to 8 gpm/sq ft) have been used.  In this flow
range, essentially equivalent adsorption efficiency is ob-
tained from either packed or expanded (upflow) beds when the
same contact time is used.  At flow rates below 2 gpm/sq ft,
adsorption efficiency is reduced, while at flow rates above
8 gpm/sq ft, excessive pressure drop takes place.  Contact
times ranged from 30 to 60 minutes on an empty bed basis.
In general, increases of contact time up to about 30 minutes
yield proportional increases in organic removal.  At contact
times above 30 minutes, the rate of increase falls off;
beyond 60 minutes, additional contact time yields no appre-
ciable increase in adsorption [14].  Gravity flow carbon
beds are usually designed for operation at the upper end of
the flow rate range.  A pressure vessel carbon bed is more
expensive to construct but requires less land area and pro-
vides a greater ability to handle fluctuating flow rates.

Periodic backwashing of the downflow bed must be provided,
even if prefiltration is utilized, because suspended solids
will accumulate in the bed.  Bacterial growth also occurs on
the carbon granules and tends to reduce the adsorptive
capacity and plug the bed.  To assure removal of the gelati-
nous biological growth, surface wash and air scour should be
included in the backwash system.

Backwashing downflow carbon beds effectively relieves
clogging but does not completely remove biological growth.
Consequently, a significant amount of biological activity
is present in the beds at all times leading to the develop-
ment of anaerobic conditions and the production of sulfides.
Aeration of the column feed has been utilized, but this
leads to excessive biological growth and subsequent exces-
sive backwash requirements.

To overcome these difficulties, upflow carbon columns have
been developed which are operated in a slightly expanded
mode (10 to 15 percent expansion).  This allows for signifi-
cant accumulation of biological activity on the carbon
granules with little increase in pressure loss.  Thus,
aerobic conditions which eliminate sulfide generation can be
maintained.
                         313

-------
 Backwash facilities must also be provided for expanded bed
 systems to remove excess biological growth.   The flow rate
 range used for expanded bed columns is somewhat more restric-
 tive than with packed bed columns.   Flow rates above 162.8
 to 203.5 1/sec/sq m (4 to 5 gpm/sq  ft) are required for the
 proper degree of expansion of the carbon granule sizes com-
 mercially available (2,380 by 545 microns or 1,000 by 370
 microns [8 by 30 mesh or 16 by 40 mesh]).  In addition,
 care must be  exercised to prevent hydraulic  surges that will
 carry carbon  out of the system.   When the expanded bed sys-
 tem is used,  it must be followed by filtration.

 The latest development in activated carbon contacting sys-
 tems applied  to wastewater treatment involves the  utiliza-
 tion of powdered activated carbon (particle  size less than
 74 microns [200 mesh]).   This  method provides for  a mixture
 of carbon slurry and wastewater  in  a reactor clarifier.
 Polymer addition is usually required to  achieve  a  good
 gravity separation  of the carbon from the wastewater follow-
 ing contact.   A demonstration  application on combined sewer
 overflows  is  described later  in  this  section.

 Activated  Carbon Regeneration

 For activated  carbon to  be  more  economical,  in situ regener-
 ation  and  reuse  of  the spent carbon  should be  included in
 the  systems.   There  are  few options  available  to the de-
 signer  in  the  area  of  regeneration  techniques.   Regeneration
 by  several means, particularly chemical,  has  been  attempted
 in  the  past, but  it  now  appears  that  the  only presently
 feasible method  for  destroying the adsorbed  organics  is
 thermal regeneration  [22,  9, 21].  The usual  equipment  for
 thermal regeneration of  granular  or powdered  carbon is
 either  a multiple hearth  or the  fluidized-bed furnace  (as
 yet^untried at  full-scale), respectively.  Unfortunately,
 capital costs  for thermal regeneration are relatively  high.
 In  the  case of smaller plants, this  may leave only  two
 choices:   (1)   do not regenerate  and use the carbon  only once,
 or  (2)  construct the furnace and  share its use with  another
 physical-chemical plant  in  the immediate  area.

 Overall carbon losses  of  5  to 10 percent per regeneration
 cycle are typical for  granular activated  carbon  regeneration
 utilizing multiple hearth furnaces.   At a  10 percent carbon
 loss per cycle, approximately 5 percent of the original car-
bon remains after 30 cycles.  Because virgin granular carbon
costs 53 to 66£ per kg (24 to 30
-------
 In a pilot-scale powdered  activated carbon  regeneration
 process  utilizing a fluidized-bed furnace,  overall carbon
 losses of 2 to 10 percent  per regeneration  cycle were
 reported [22].  Even though  virgin powdered carbon costs
 less than granular carbon, 18 to 22$ per kg (8  to 10$ per
 pound),  considerable savings are possible with  regeneration.
 It has also been demonstrated that thermally regenerated
 activated carbon (both granular and powdered) has essen-
 tially the same adsorptive capacity as the  virgin carbon.

 PERFORMANCE OF PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL SYSTEMS

 Operational and design data  are available on one full-scale
 and several pilot-scale physical-chemical treatment systems.
 One pilot study, in Albany,  New York, operated  both on com-
 bined sewer overflows and municipal sewage.   This study is
 described in detail in the next subsection.   The remaining
 systems  operated exclusively on municipal sewage feed with
 various  levels of pretreatment.  Average operating and per-
 formance  data for each of the systems are shown in Tables 70
 and 71,  respectively.   A brief  description  of the major
 systems  follows.
       Table  70,   OPERATING DATA  OF PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL
              TREATMENT PLANTS FOR VARIOUS CITIES
Location
South Lake Tahoe,
Calif. [9]

Ewing-L'awrence
Sewage Authority,
Trenton, N.J.
[12]
Rocky River,
Ohio [23]

Washington, D.C.
[2]


Dallas, Tex.
[13]
Pomona, Calif.
r i n i
Scale
of
instal-
lation
Full


Pilot



Pilot


Pilot



Pilot

Pilot
Type
of
feed
Settled
secondary
effluent
Primary
effluent


Raw
sewage

Weak raw
sewage


Primary
effluent
Settled
Design
flow
7.5 mgd


0.08 mgd



0.007 mgd


.1 mgd



1 mgd

0.3 mgd
Chemicals added
Coagulant, Filter aid,
mg/1 mg/1
Lime, 400; Alum, 1-20;
polymer, polymer,
0.25 0.01-0.10
Ferric
chloride,
170

Polymer,
0.3

Lime, 350;
ferric
hydroxide ,
5
Lime, 350


Filters
Loading
Type gpm/sq ft
Tri- 5.0
media

Dual- 1.8
media





Dual- 3.0
media


Multi- 3.0
media
.-

Type
Granular ,
pressure
upf low
Granular,
expanded -
bed

Granular ,
gravity
packed-bed
Granular ,
gravity
packed-bed

Granular

Granular
Activated carbon
Carbon
dosage Loading
Ib/mil gal. gpm/sq ft
250 6.4


190 5.0



500 4.0


7.0





350 7.0
[19]             secondary
               effluent

Albany, N.Y.    Pilot  Combined   0.1 mgd Alum, 200; Polymer    Tri-    5.0   Powdered   1,700-
[22]a            sewer         lime, 190         media               5,000
               overflow



a. Alum recovered by acidification with sulfuric acid at a dosage of 0.6 Ib/lb carbon.

Note: Ib/mil gal. x 0.120 - mg/1
    gpm/sq ft x 0.679 « 1/sec/sq m
    mgd x 43.8 - I/sec
                             315

-------
   Table  71.   PERFORMANCE DATA OF PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL
             TREATMENT PLANTS  FOR VARIOUS  CITIES
Location
South Lake Tahoe,
Calif. [9]a
Ew ing -Lawrence
Sewage Authority, K
Trenton, N.J. [12]D
Rocky River,
Ohio [23]c
Washington, D.C.
[2]d
Dallas, Tex.
[13]e
Pomona, Calif.
[19]f
Albany, N.Y.
[22]g
South Lake Tahoe,
Calif. [9]a
Ewing-Lawrence
Sewage Authority, ,
Trenton, N.J. [12]°
Rocky River ,
Ohio [23]c
Washington, D.C.
[2]d
Dallas, Tex.
[13]e
Pomona, Calif.
[19]f
Albany, N.Y.
[22]g
a. Nitrogen removed
b. No filter after
c. No filtration or
d. Nitrogen removed
Total organic
BODs, mg/1 COD, mg/1 carbon, mg/1 SS, mg/1 Phosphorus, mg/1
Inf. Eff. 1 Inf. Eff. % Inf. Eff. * Inf. Eff. * Inf. Eff. *
30 1 97 40 10 75 -- -- -- 26 0 100 6 0.1 98
52 5 90 -- -- -- 46.3 4.3 91 62 9 85 30 3 90
118 8 93 235 44 81 52 13 75 107 7 94
127 5.4 96 308 12.8 96 100 6.0 94 161 4.3 97 8.5 0.14 98
45 3 93 117 29 75 34 9 74 41 5 88 11.9 0.1 99
47 9.5 80 13.0 2.5 85 10 1 90 	
100 6.0 94 383 23 94 -- -- -- 420 4.2 99
Methylene blue Coliforms, Turbidity,
Nitrogen, mg/1 active substance MPN/100 ml JTUh
Inf. Eff. * Inf. Eff. * Inf. Eff. * Inf. Eff. 4
25.5 0.6 98 2.0 0.1 95 2.5 x 106 50 99+ 50 0.3 99*
-- -- 35 1.5 96
21.2 4.5 79 -- -- -- -- -- ..
6.4 2.5 61 -- -- -- 60 x 105 9 99+ 9 0.8 91
6.7 3.7 45 -- 0.4 -- -- -- -- 10.3 1.6 85
-- -- -- 1.0
as ammonia by air stripping.
expanded-bed carbon columns, phosphorus removed as phosphate.
phosphorus removal .
as total nitrogen by ion exchange.
Nitrogen removed as ammonia; phosphorus removed as total phosphorus
Nitrogen removed as nitrate by volunteer denitrification.
No phosphorus removed (see text for explanation).
Jackson turbidity unit.
                                316

-------
 South  Lake  Tahoe,  California  [9]

 This^is  a full-scale  328.5  I/sec  (7.5 mgd) plant utilizing
 physical-chemical  treatment as  a  tertiary step  for upgrading
 the biological plant  effluent.  The  secondary effluent  is
 first  dosed with recalcined lime  (sometimes alum) at rates
 up to  400 mg/1 and rapid-mixed  for 1 minute, followed by
 5 minutes of  air-agitated flocculation.  Polymer is then
 added  prior to clarification  (0.25 mg/1).  The  chemically
 clarified effluent passes through an ammonia stripping  tower,
 is recarbonated, and  then is  filtered by tri-media filters.
 After  filtration,  the effluent  is run through pressure  up-
 flow granular carbon  columns  followed by chlorination prior
 to discharge.  Carbon and lime  are regenerated  and recal-
 cined, respectively,  in separate  multiple hearth furnaces.

 Ewing-Lawrence Sewerage Authority, Trenton, New Jersey  [12]

 This pilot  plant was  established  primarily to compare the
 performance of expanded bed and packed bed activated carbon
 adsorption  systems in the direct  physical-chemical treatment
 of raw sewage and/or primary  effluent.

 The feed wastewater used throughout the study was first
 dosed with  ferric  chloride, followed by rapid mixing, fol-
 lowed by two-stage slow mixing  flocculation.  The floccu-
 lated effluent then was clarified in an upflow  clarifier
 followed by dual-media gravity  filtration.  The filtered
wastewater was then pumped to a storage tank for feeding to
 the carbon  adsorbers.  A flow diagram of the pilot-plant
clarification system used in  this study is shown on
 Figure 64.

One important aspect of this pilot study was that the entire
 system was  designed for essentially automatic operation.  A
 technician visited the plant daily to take samples, adjust
 flows, and perform routine maintenance.  Few problems were
reported after shakedown, demonstrating that ease of auto-
mation is one strong argument in  favor of physical-chemical
plants over biological plants, particularly in  the case of
treating storm flows.

Rocky River, Ohio  [25]

This pilot-plant study was performed to provide design data
for a 438-1/sec (10-mgd)  physical-chemical plant for
Cuyahoga County, Ohio.  The decision to upgrade the existing
primary plant by addition of a phyical-chemical plant,
rather than by a conventional secondary plant,  was prompted
by extremely limited land space and the fact that the con-
struction costs were estimated to be substantially lower.
                            317

-------
           .RAPID MIX
           CHAMBER
 COAGULANT
 PUMP
             U
             Fed
PRIMARY ^^
EFFLUENT^,
PUMP
UNT^HjSj-L
                            UPFLOW CLARIFIER
                            STRAIGHT SIDE WITH
                            60 DEG CONE BOTTOM
            TO CARBON
            ADSORPTION
                     WATER
                     FOR BACKWASH

                         DUAL MEDIA
                          FILTER
                                               9-IN. COAL
                                               9-IN. SAND
                                               6-IN. COARSE SAND
                                               GRAVEL
CLARIFIED
 FEED
RESERVOIR
                                              -*• TO CARBON
                                                ADSORPTION
  Figure  64.   Flow diagram of clarification system [12]


Raw sewage  was chemically clarified  using a polymer.  No
additional  chemical treatment for  further coagulation or
phosphorus  removal was applied.  The clarified wastewater
(approximately 50 mg/1 SS) was then  fed to a four-stage
gravity  flow  granular activated carbon  column system.  The
carbon columns served the dual purpose  of filtration and
adsorption.   Overall system average  removals were better
than those  from most secondary treatment plants.

Washington, D. C. [2]

This study  of physical-chemical treatment of raw sanitary
wastewater  was conducted at a pilot  plant in Washington,
D. C.  The  plant was operated jointly by the EPA and the
District  of Columbia.  Figure 65 is  a flow diagram of the
pilot plant used in this study.  The automated pilot system
consists  of cyclone degritting, two-stage (high-pH) lime
precipitation (for high phosphorus removals) with inter-
mediate  recarbonation, dual-media  filtration, pH control,
selective ion exchange (for ammonia  removal), and downflow
granular  activated carbon adsorption.   Overall, the physical
chemical  treatment produced very consistent removals of
organics  and  demonstrated high operational stability.

Dallas,  Texas [15, 15]

This 43-1/sec (1-mgd) pilot plant, located at the Dallas
Water Reclamation Research Center, is being jointly studied
                           318

-------
    RAW WATER
                        LIME PRECIPITATION
                CaO
RECYCL
l~T

co2
••^•MiWM
E
}
t
i
FeCI3
*
3
k
[T
IT
T)
I]

U
U

U
U


                                            U
    CARBON
                        lj*J
                                                     '
                                             V    V
ION EXCHANGE
                                                FILTERS
  Figure  65.   Physical-chemical  treatment pilot plant [2]
                     Washington,  D.C.
at the present time by  the EPA,  the  Dallas  Water Utilities
Department, and the Civil Engineering  Department of Texas
A§M University.  The plant consists  of two  complete mix
activated sludge systems  (aeration basins and  final clari-
fier) , a chemical treatment module,  two  filters, two acti-
vated carbon contactors, two chlorine  contact  basins,  two
small oxidation ponds,  and the necessary chemical feed
equipment.  The plant is quite flexible  and offers  the oppor-
tunity to evaluate many different sequences of unit
processes.  Influent to the pilot plant  comes  from  a waste-
water treatment plant (two-stage high-rate  trickling filter)
and is available from any point  in the process sequence.

Pomona, California [19]

The Pomona study was one of the  first  field applications  of
carbon adsorption in the United  States and  has been on-line
since 1965.   The plant is jointly operated  by  the EPA  and
the Sanitation District of Los Angeles County.   The purpose
of the pilot-plant study was to provide  a simple and reliable
adsorption system that would be capable  of  receiving and
                            319

-------
removing suspended solids from an activated sludge plant
effluent.  The design features a four-stage packed bed pres-
sure downflow granular activated carbon column and includes
a thermal carbon regeneration process.

STORM FLOW APPLICATIONS

Whereas several combined sewage treatment demonstration pro-
jects have evaluated the benefits of chemical aids to process
operations, only one pilot operation representing a complete
physical-chemical treatment system has been implemented.
This project and two representative planning studies are
discussed in this subsection.

Again, the feasibility of multiprocess physical-chemical
systems in storm flow applications will largely .depend on
the effluent quality objectives, the degree of preunit flow
attenuation, and the ability to maximize the use of the
facilities between storms.  These aspects are well demon-
strated in the following projects.
In this project, raw municipal sewage and combined sewer
overflows were contacted with powdered activated carbon to
remove dissolved organics.  Alum was then used to aid in
subsequent clarification.  Addition of polyelectrolyte was
followed by a short flocculation period.  Solids were sepa-
rated from the liquid stream by gravity settling, and the
effluent was then disinfected and discharged or filtered
prior to discharge.  A process flow sheet is shown on
Figure 66.

The pilot plant was composed of two major systems:  a liquid
treatment system and a carbon regeneration facility.  The
liquid treatment system was housed almost entirely in a
40-foot trailer van.  The major components are:  (1) a surge
tank, (2) a pipe reactor and static mixers, (3) chemical
addition equipment, (4) flocculation chambers, (5) tube
settler, (6) a tri-media filter, and (7) a centrifuge for
sludge dewatering.

A solid bowl centrifuge is used to dewater sludge which is
then stored in a holding tank for subsequent pumping to the
carbon regeneration facility.  The carbon sludge was readily
dewaterable.  After some operation experience, it was found
that (1) rapid mixing of the dewatered sludge reduced its
viscosity rendering it more pumpable, and (2)  the addition
of the same polymer used in the waste treatment process to
the sludge at a dosage of 1 kg/1,000 kg (2 Ib/ton) of dry
                            320

-------
     MAKE-UP
     ALUM &
     POWDERED
     ACTIVATED     PH
     CARBON   ADJUSTMENT
              (LIME)
 COMBINED
 SEVER
 OVERFLOW
     RECYCLED
     ALUM t
     POWDERED
     CARBON
J
r
FLUIDIZED
BED
FURNACE



SLUDGE
DEWATERING

      INERT
       ASH
     SLOWDOWN
                                                   TO IISCHARiE
             Figure 68.   Process flow sheet
          for physical-chemical pilot plant  [22]
                     Albany, New York
solids  increased the solids capture from 20  to  95  percent.
It was  also  found that sludge more than 2 to 3  days  old
required  polymer doses as high as 2 kg/1,000 kg (4 Ib/ton)
to achieve the  same 95 percent solids capture in the
centrifuge.

The carbon-alumina sludge is thermally regenerated in  a
fluidized inert  sand bed [26] .  The regenerated carbon-
alumina slurry  is collected in storage tanks.   After collec-
tion, the slurry is acidified with sulfuric  acid to  reclaim
the alum  before  reuse in the system.  Makeup alum  and  carbon
are added at  the same time.  Average carbon  losses per
regeneration  cycle were 9.7 percent.  Approximately  91 per-
cent of the  alum can be recovered by acidification of  the
carbon-alumina  slurry after thermal regeneration of  the
carbon sludge.   Even after seven regeneration cycles,  the
adsorption performance of the carbon was essentially that
of virgin carbon.

Two types of  sewage were studied, combined sewer overflows
and municipal sewage, but only the combined  sewer  overflow
portion of the study will be of concern in this text.
                             321

-------
Nine storm events occurred during the pilot-plant study
period.  These ranged in duration from 2 to 7 hours.  The
amounts of total rainfall during a single storm ranged from
0.13 to 2.87 cm (0.05 to 1.13 inches).

Powdered carbon dosages ranged from 500 to 1,300 mg/1 during
the storm events.  When compared to carbon dosages for
treating primary or secondary effluent, these values at
first appear to be extremely high.  Rough calculations of
pounds of COD removed per pound of carbon used for overall
treatment show an averager of 1.1 kg of COD removed per
kilogram of carbon used (1.1 Ib COD per pound of carbon),
which is considerably higher than that for granular carbon.

Attempts to match the pilot-plant flow variation to the com-
bined sewer flow variations were not completely successful.
However, during a storm, the pilot-plant flow, initially
2.2 I/sec (35 gpm), was increased to 4.7 I/sec (75 gpm) in
a period of less than 2 minutes during the peak storm load-
ing, with no observable effluent quality degradation or
operational upsets.  Thus, it appears that plant performance
is highly insensitive to rapid changes in flow rates if
chemical feed rates are rapidly adjusted to correspond to
the increased flow.  This is a strong point in favor of
physical-chemical treatment of storm flows.  During the peak
pollutant loadings of these storms, the effluent quality re-
mained essentially unaffected.

Some advantages of a powdered carbon system over a granular
carbon system are:  (1) the carbon dosage can be varied with
the strength of the influent waste stream; (2) fluidized bed
furnaces can be used for regeneration and they are simpler
to operate and maintain than multiple hearth furnaces;
(3) granular carbon columns and their attendant sophisti-
cated piping systems, including backwashing facilities, are
eliminated; and (4) overall, a powdered carbon system is
simpler to operate and maintain.

One major disadvantage of a powdered carbon system is that
phosphorus removal is greatly reduced when compared to gran-
ular carbon systems.  This results from the acidification
step for alum recovery.  Acidification redissolves the
aluminum hydroxide releasing the alum for reuse in
coagulation.  Unfortunately, acidification also redissolves
phosphate, thus recycling it to the effluent.  Hence, the
only phosphorus removal is accomplished by blowdown of the
regenerated carbon-alum stream.  This amounts to a phos-
phorus removal of about 31 percent when 5 percent blowdown
occurs.
                           322

-------
 San Francisco.  California [3]

 The San Francisco  City engineering  staff has  recommended
 physical-chemical  treatment  as  the  most  suitable  treatment
 process to  manage  its  total  wastewater system.  The  concep-
 tualized plant  would be built according  to  a  building  block
 type construction  method,  allowing  split flow integration
 of dry- and wet-weather facilities.   The split  flow  option
 will permit variable degrees of treatment depending  on the
 volume  of inflow.   The building block method  permits con-
 struction to proceed on a  smaller increment basis  to keep
 pace with the development  and construction  of the  automated
 combined sewer  collection/storage system (see Section  XIV).

 Three levels of treatment  would be  provided.   Level  1  would
 handle  up to 43,808 I/sec  (1,000 mgd) while sequential
 Levels  2 and 3  could handle  up  to 25  percent  of this maxi-
 mum inflow.

 As  conceived, the  Level  1  physical-chemical treatment  pro-
 cess  includes bar  screens, grit  chambers, chemical sedimen-
 tation  with ferric chloride  and polymers, and chlorination
 and dechlorination.  Add-on  Level 2 treatment includes high
 dose  lime chemical sedimentation, subsequent  recarbonation,
 and lime  recalcination.  Finally, add-on  Level 3 includes
 superchlorination  or,  alternatively,  ammonia  stripping,
 dual-media  filtration,  and carbon adsorption.

 Estimated removal  efficiencies  for the overall system,
 taking  into  account flow splitting and overflow, are 90 per-
 cent  COD, 98 percent SS, 85 percent total nitrogen, 93 per-
 cent  total  phosphorus, 90 percent hexane extractable
 material, and 95 percent floatables.

 As  San  Francisco is sewered on the combined plan,  this
 dual-use  treatment prospect offers excellent potential for
 maximizing both dry- and wet-weather performance.

 Kingman Lake, Washington, D.  C.   [6]

 This conceptual engineering study involved the investigation
 of  the reclamation of combined sewer overflows and utiliza-
 tion of the  reclaimed waters  in  a major water-oriented rec-
 reation facility.  The  treatment process  selected  to follow
 a large combined sewer  overflow  storage reservoir  was a
 total physical-chemical system including  chemical  clarifica-
 tion, filtration, carbon adsorption, disinfection,  and carbon
regeneration.  To increase the beneficial use  of the facili-
ties, lake water would  be directly processed and recycled  in
                          323

-------
the periods  between storms.  Lake  quality suitable for boat
ing and  fishing is expected in one  segment and suitable  for
swimming  in  a  second.  This project  is  described further  in
Section  XIV.

COSTS OF  PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL TREATMENT

Representative capital and operation and maintenance costs
projected from data developed within each project are sum-
marized  in Table 72, along with a  description of what is
believed  to  be included.  Note that  the operation and main-
tenance  costs  presume continuous year-around operation.
Much higher  unit costs would therefore  be expected for
intermittent storm operations.  The  wide variations in both
systems  and  projected costs emphasize the requirement for
independent  estimates for each particular installation.
       Table 72.   ESTIMATED CAPITAL AND OPERATION AND
       MAINTENANCE COSTS FOR TYPICAL PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL
                        TREATMENT PLANT
Operation and
maintenance costs,
Capital costs, $ f/l.OOO gal.
Location 10 mgd 25 mgd 100 mgd 10 mgd
Hypothetical
CAST3 [11] 4,822,000 9,680,800 28,330,500 9.7
Hypothetical
PCTb [8] 6,656,000 13,409,000 42,379,000 16.3
South Lake Tahoe,
Calif. [9] 4,870,300 9,907,400 29,010,600 13.0
Ewing- Lawrence
Sewage Authority,
Trenton, N.J.
[12]
Packed bed 3,548,700 7,218,900 21,138,300 12.8
Expanded bed 3,411,900 6,940,600 20,323,400 12.3
Washington, D.C.
[2] 27,065,700 55,060,700 161,227,200 31.4
Rocky River,
Ohio [23] 2,416,000 4,914,700 14,391,200 3.0
Pomona, Calif.
[19] 2,942,700 5,986,200 17,528,600 4.2
Albany, N.Y. [22] 1,791,300 3,643,900 10,670,100 18.8
25 mgd 100 mgd costs
7.1 5.3 See definition
13.4 .10.3 See definition

10.8 8.6 See definition


10.6 8.0 See definition
10.2 8.0 See definition
26.0 19.6 See definition
2.5 1.9 See definition

3.5 2.6 See definition
15.6 11.7 See definition

1
2

3


4
5
6
7

8
9
     a.  CAST = conventional activated sludge treatment (for comparison only).

     b.  PCT » physical-chemical treatment

     Note: mgd x 43.808 = I/sec
        
-------
                              Table   72     (Continued)
Definition of costs
                                              Operation and maintenance costs  include  all
legal, administrative;  and engineering
materials, supplies, and labor.

Capital costs include two-stage  lime  clarification, dual-media filtration, ammonia stripping,
granular carbon adsorption, and  lime  recalcination.  Unknown whether pretreatment and chlori-
nation are included.

Capital costs include coagulation  chemicals  addition systems, flash mixing, flocculation,
phosphorus removal, ammonia stripping,  recarbonation, multi-media filtration, granular acti-
vated carbon adsorption, chlorination,  recalcination, and carbon regeneration.  Operation
and maintenance costs include  all  materials  and  labor.  The PCT is preceded by a complete
activated sludge treatment system.  Costs  for  general facilities are not clearly serparated
into CAST and PCT components.

Capital costs include aerated  grit  chambers, flocculation, clarifier, sludge thickener, drum
filter, two-stage packed bed activated  carbon  contactors, combined duty multi-hearth furnace
for recalcination and incineration  of clarifier  sludge, carbon storage, multi-hearth carbon
regeneration furnace, all piping,  foundations, roads, fences, instrumentation, pumps, build-
ings, utilities, and engineering.   Operation and maintenance costs include all materials and
labor.  The cost analysis is for the  treatment of raw sewage; chlorination and nitrogen re-
moval systems are excluded.

Capital and operation and maintenance costs  include the above except that the carbon con-
tactors are the expanded bed type.

Capital costs include bar screens,  cyclone degritting, two-stage high-pH lime treatment,
dual-media filtration,  ion exchange and regeneration, carbon adsorption, recalcination, re-
carbonation, sludge disposal,  and  complete automation of the plant.  Operation and maintenance
costs include fuel, electricity, materials,  and  labor.  Costs are  scaled from a 13,140-1/sec
(300-mgd) PCT plant cost estimate.  At  first glance the estimated costs seem extremely high
until it is considered  that (1)  this  is a  complete PCT plant designed for treating raw sewage;
(2) application of PCT  to a plant  of  this  scale  has no  precedent; (3) ion exchange regenera-
tion by air stripping requires expensive heating during the winter months; and (4) other in-
dependent studies generated similar estimated  costs [17, 16].

Capital costs include only an  add-on  granular  activated carbon column process and the build-
ing for it without carbon regeneration.  Operation and maintenance costs include only the
add-on activated carbon process  materials  and  labor. Existing facilities to be utilized for
pretreatment consist of chemical coagulation,  settling, and chlorination.

Capital costs include only gravity  packed  bed  granular activated carbon adsorption columns
and a carbon regeneration system.   Operation and maintenance costs include only labor and
make-up carbon.  Process is designed  to handle secondary process effluent, not raw sewage.

Capital costs include screens, grit chambers,  overflow facilities, pipe reactor vessels, pumps,
chemical storage, carbon slurry  tanks,  sludge  storage, agitators, flocculators, tube settlers,
filtration, chlorination, carbon regeneration/sludge incineration, fluidized bed furnace,
chemical make-up system, 10 percent contingencies, and land.  Operation and maintenance costs
include all materials,  power,  and  labor.   Plant  is designed for raw stormwater treatment.
                                           325

-------
                       Section XIII

                       DISINFECTION
Three categories of human enteric organisms of the greatest
consequence in producing disease are bacteria, viruses, and
amoebic cysts.  Typical waterborne bacterial diseases are
typhoid, cholera, paratyphoid, and bacillary dysentery.
Diseases caused by waterborne viruses include poliomyelitis
and infectious hepatitis.

Disinfection refers to the selective destruction of patho-
genic microorganisms.  Generally, not all of the organisms
are destroyed during the process.  Viruses, cysts, and
bacterial spores are the most hardy.

AGENTS AND MEANS

In the field of wastewater treatment, the most common meth-
ods for accomplishing disinfection are through the use of:

     1.  Chemical oxidizing agents

     2.  Physical agents

     3.  Mechanical means

     4.  Radiation

In applying the disinfection agents or means, the following
factors must be considered:  (1) contact time, (2) concen-
tration and type of chemical agent, (3) intensity and nature
of physical agent, (4) temperature, (5) numbers of organisms,
(6) types of organisms, and (7) nature of the suspending
liquid.  Typical removal efficiencies for various treatment
processes are reported in Table 73.

Chemical Agents

The requirements for an ideal chemical disinfectant and the
characteristics of the most commonly used chemical
                            326

-------
      Table  73.   REMOVAL OR DESTRUCTION OF  BACTERIA BY
          DIFFERENT WASTEWATER TREATMENT  PROCESSES
                                          Removal,
                      Process                 %
            Physical

              Coarse screens                 0-5

              Fine screens                   10-20

              Grit chambers                  10-25

              Plain sedimentation             25-75

              Chemical precipitation          40-80

            Mechanical

              Trickling filters               90-95

              Activated sludge                90-98

            Chemical oxidation

              Chlorination of treated  sewage   98-99
disinfectants  are  listed in Table 74.  Although no  such
ideal compound has  been found, these requirements should be
considered in  evaluating proposed or recommended
disinfectants.

Chemical agents  used  for disinfection include chlorine  gas
or liquid, sodium  or  calcium hypochlorite, ozone, bromine,
and iodine.  Chlorine dioxide is being evaluated as  a disin-
fectant in two current EPA-sponsored demonstration  projects.

Chlorine — The common sources of chlorine for use in disin-
fection are  (1)  liquified chlorine gas, (2) sodium  or calcium
hypochlorite,  and  (3)  electrolytic generation.

Chlorine gas — Liquified chlorine gas is available  in 45-  to
68-kg (100-  to 150-lb)  cylindrical containers, 907-kg  (1-ton)
containers,  and  1,450-  to 4,980-kg (16- to 55-ton)  railroad
tank cars.   In most cases,  liquified chlorine gas is deliv-
ered to the  plant  site  by truck or railroad.  It is  extremely
                             327

-------
     Table  74.   COMPARISON OF  IDEAL  AND ACTUAL CHEMICAL
                  DISINFECTANT CHARACTERISTICSa
Characteristic
Toxicity to
microorganism
Solubility
Stability
Nontoxic to
higher forms
of life
Homogeneity
Interaction
with extraneous
material
Toxicity at
ambient
temperatures
Ideal disinfectant
Should be highly toxic at
high dilutions
Must be soluble in water or
cell tissue
Loss of germicidal action on
standing should be low
organisms and nontoxic to man
and other animals
Solution must be uniform in
composition
Should not be absorbed by
organic matter other than
bacterial cells
Should be effective in
ambient temperature range
Chlorine
High
Slight
Stable
Highly toxic
to higher
life forms
Homogeneous
Oxidizes
organic
matter
High
Sodium
hypochlorite
High
High
Slightly
unstable
Toxic
Homogeneous
Active

High
Calcium
hypochlorite
High
High
Relatively
stable
Toxic
Homogeneous
Active

High
Chlorine
dioxide
High
High
Unstable, must
be generated
as used
Toxic
Homogeneous
High
High
Ozone
High
High
Unstable, must
be generated
as used
Toxic
Homogeneous
Oxidizes
organic matter
Very high
Penetration    Should have the capacity to   High      High      High      High       High
           penetrate through surfaces

Noncorrosive    Should not disfigure metals   Highly     Corrosive   Corrosive   Highly     Highly
and nonstaining  or stain clothing         corrosive                   corrosive    corrosive

Deodorizing    Should deodorize while      High      Moderate    Moderate   High       High
ability       disinfecting

Detergent      Should have cleansing action
capacity      to improve effectiveness of
           disinfectant

Availability    Should be available in large  Low cost    Moderately  Moderately  Moderate    High cost
           quantities and reasonably            low cost    low cost   cost
           priced



a.  Adapted from Reference 11.
toxic and  must be  handled with due  care and adequate
safeguards.   It  may be  introduced either  directly into  water
through diffusers  or dissolved in a small flow  of water and
carried as a solution  to the  point  of application.  Because
the  gas may escape through the water in a direct  feed appli-
cation, solution feed  is preferable.

Hypochlorite — Hypochlorite  is being used increasingly  be-
cause it is  safer  than  chlorine gas.  It  is available as
either calcium hypochlorite  or sodium hypochlorite.

Calcium hypochlorite is available in either dry or wet  form.
High-test  calcium  hypochlorite contains 70 percent available
chlorine.   The dry form (powder or  granules) is more stable,
but  feeding  the  dry form is  usually more  costly and more
difficult  to control.
                                 328

-------
Sodium hypochlorite solution is the form of hypochlorite
used most often.  It is available in concentrations from 5
to 15 percent; 30 percent is maximum.  The solutions decom-
pose more rapidly at high concentrations and are affected
by exposure to light and heat.  They must therefore be
stored in a cool location in corrosion-resistant tanks (such
as PVC-lined steel or fiber glass).

When large quantities of hypochlorite are needed, attention
has been given to on-site generation.  Two methods are cur-
rently in use for on-site hypochlorite generation.  In the
first, sodium hydroxide and chlorine are reacted to form
sodium hypochlorite.  Such a plant, discussed in detail
later in this section, was constructed in New Orleans,
Louisiana.  The second method of on-site hypochlorite gener-
ation is electrolysis of a sodium chloride brine solution.

One currently available process, developed by constructors
John Brown Limited (C.J.B.) of Great Britain, involves the
electrolysis of a combined flow of sewage and sea water at
a ratio of 20:1 for in situ hypochlorite generation.  The
system will produce Equivalent hypochlorite concentration
of 80 ppm."  In the United States a prototype plant for on-
site electrolytic hypochlorite generation from brine was
constructed for the Somerville Marginal Conduit Pretreatment
Facility described later in this section.

Chlorine dioxide — Chlorine dioxide (C102) is a good bacter-
icide at high pH values, but it decomposes rapidly (1 to
2 days) and is usually manufactured where it is to be used.
This is normally accomplished by mixing solutions of sodium
chlorite and chlorine in a reaction chamber.  The resulting
chlorine dioxide has an oxidizing ability nearly as high as
hypochlorous acid, but does not react with ammonia to form
chloramines, and will oxidize phenols without the formation
of chlorophenols which affect taste and odor.  Until re-
cently, the lack of a satisfactory test for residual chlo-
rine dioxide in the presence of residual chlorine has
hindered its application in water and wastewater treatment.
Its chief disadvantage, however, is that it costs more than
other chlorine'compounds.   It also is explosive and picks up
metal contaminants if held in contact with metal parts.

Ozone — Ozone is an allotropic form of oxygen with powerful
oxidizing and disinfecting properties.  It is about twice as
potent as chlorine and has much shorter reaction times.  It
is very unstable, however, and requires on-site production
because its half-life before breaking down to normal oxygen
is measured in minutes.  In water, it is difficult to obtain
residuals after longer than 5 to 10 minutes.  Of the many
methods for producing ozone, the most practical for large-
scale use is the electrical corona-discharge method.
                            329

-------
As a disinfectant, ozone has the following advantages com-
pared with chlorine:

     1.  Ozone is a more rapid and stronger oxidant than
         chlorine.  Ozone also is much more effective
         against viruses.

     2.  Ozone is more effective in eliminating odor-causing
         compounds in water, such as phenols and amines.
         Chlorination merely converts these to compounds
         that are more amenable to oxidation, and the trend
         toward recycling and reusing water will intensify
         this problem.

     3.  The ozonation process introduces considerable
         amounts of air or oxygen into the waste, thus in-
         creasing the dissolved oxygen content of the
         receiving stream.

     4.  Ozone acts almost instantaneously (600 to 3,000
         times more rapidly than chlorine) so shorter con-
         tact times are needed.  It is only slightly af-
         fected by changes in temperature and pH.

     5.  No chloramine or chlorinated hydrocarbons, which
         can have toxic effects on aquatic life, are
         produced.

     6.  Ozone also oxidizes soluble organics.

The disadvantages associated with ozone are as  follows:

     1.  Capital costs for ozone production equipment are
         relatively high.

     2.  Ozone is generally thought of as a dangerous
         substance.

     3.  The lack of a measurable residual makes it diffi-
         cult to monitor the application rate.

     4.  To disinfect with ozone effectively, as with chlo-
         rine, SS reduction is  of prime importance.

Ozone may be produced from either pure oxygen or air.   The
theoretical limit for ozone generation from pure oxygen is
about 8 percent;  the practical  limit is about 6 percent.
From air, the concentrations are approximately  2 percent
and 1 percent, respectively.   It takes about 50 kg (110 Ib)
of oxygen to produce 1 kg (2.2  Ib)  of ozone.   For this rea-
son,  pure oxygen used to generate the ozone is  recycled to
                            330

-------
the generator.  If air is used, there is no need for
recycling.

Other Chemical Agents — Other chemical agents used in disin-
fection include bromine, iodine, fluorine, and potassium
permanganate.

When bromine is used as a disinfectant, it is usually used
for swimming pool disinfection.  McKee [10] has shown that
to achieve a 99.995-percent kill of coliforms in sewage at
Pasadena, California, required about 45 mg/1 of bromine
(or iodine) but only 8 mg/1 of chlorine.  Bromine chloride,
another chemical agent, acts like bromine but does not
form persistent amines.

Iodine has high bactericidal effectiveness, a more stable
residual than chlorine, and is not affected as much by pH.
On a weight basis, it kills more viruses in a wide range of
natural water than either chlorine or bromine, because in-
hibitory amines are not formed with iodine.  At the present
time, however, elemental iodine is not competitively priced
at $2.86/kg ($1.30/lb) .

Fluorine has been found too reactive to store and apply
easily.  Potassium permanganate is expensive and imparts a
color that must be removed after using.  Also, the pH for
its most effective use is higher than the pH in most storm-
waters and combined sewer overflows.

Physical Agents

Physical disinfectants that can be used are solids separation,
heat, and radiation.  Ultraviolet light has been used success-
fully for the sterilization of small quantities of water.

Ultraviolet Light — To ensure disinfection by ultraviolet
light, the water must be relatively free of suspended matter
that might shade the organisms against the light  and the
water depth must be shallow for adequate light penetration.
Time and exposure intensity are also important.  One hundred
microwatts per square centimeter of 2,537 Angstrom light will
produce high bacteria kills at a contact time of less than
1 minute [14] .  Use of ultraviolet light for disinfection
has found limited application probably because other methods
are more economical.  An example of an ultraviolet light
arrangement for disinfection is shown in Figure 67.

Heat — Heating water to the boiling point will destroy the
major disease-producing, nonspore forming bacteria.  Heat is
commonly used in the beverage and dairy industry, but it is
                            331

-------
                           ULTRAVIOLET LAMPS
        INLET
                                              OUTLET
                    PHOTOELECTRIC
                    SENSING DEVICE
                                 ^
              Figure 67.  Ultraviolet  I ight
            used as a method of disinfection
not a  feasible means  of disinfecting large quantities of com
bined  sewer  overflows  or storm sewer discharges because of
the high  cost.

Mechanical Means

Bacteria  are  also  removed by  mechanical  means during sewage
treatment, by such processes  as  trickling filters and acti-
vated  sludge.  These processes,  when applied to combined
sewer  overflows, also  will remove  bacteria.   Additional
mechanical means for removing bacteria  from combined sewer
overflow  include microscreening; sand,  dual-media and
multi-media  filtration;  and carbon adsorption.

Gamma Radiation

The major types of radiation  are electromagnetic, acoustic,
and particle.  Because  of their  penetrating  power,  gamma
rays have been used to  disinfect wastewater.
Conventional municipal sewage disinfection  generally  in-
volves the use of chlorine gas or  sodium  hypochlorite as  the
disinfectant.  To be effective for disinfection  purposes,  a
contact time of not less than 15 minutes  at peak flow rate
and a chlorine residual of 0.2 to  2.0 mg/1  are commonly
recommended.

Where storm sewer discharge or combined sewer overflow dis-
infection is concerned, a different approach is  required
                            332

-------
mainly because such flows have characteristics of inter-
mittent, high flow rate and high SS content, wide range of
temperature variation, and variable bacterial quality.
Current research on storm sewer discharge and combined sewer
overflow disinfection techniques include such aspects as:

     1.  Application of high-rate (rapid-oxidizing)
         disinfectants.

     2.  Application of increased concentrations of
         disinfectants.

     3.  Use of various alternative disinfectants.

     4.  On-site generation of disinfectants to reduce the
         unit cost and counteract concentration decay during
         storage.

High-rate disinfection refers to achieving either a given
percent or a given bacterial count reduction through the use
of (1) decreased disinfectant contact time, (2) increased
mixing intensity, (3) increased disinfectant concentration,
(4) chemicals having higher oxidizing rates, or (5) various
combinations of these.

Chlorination

Chlorination is the most commonly used and usually the most
economical method of disinfection.  Although chlorine gas is
inexpensive, it is extremely hazardous.  Moreover, it is
available in a limited range of container sizes and these
containers must be moved to the point of use.  For this
reason, it is undesirable to use chlorine gas for disinfec-
tion at locations that are not staffed continuously or that
are accessible to the public.

Factors Affecting Disinfection by Chlorination — The extent
of disinfection by Chlorination isa function of (1) chlo-
rine residual, (2) contact time, (3) mixing intensity,
(4) chlorine demand, (5) nature and concentration of pro-
tective suspended solids, (6) pH, and (7) temperature.  The
first and last two parameters pertain to the chemical form
and activity at which the disinfecting agent exists.

Contact time and mixing intensity — Contact time deals with
the opportunity for destruction.  Until recently, there has
been little information on the effect of mixing intensities.
Collins, Selleck, and White [3] have shown clearly the magni
tude and influence of mixing intensity by the comparison of
bacterial kills for two different mixing intensities, one
from a tubular reactor and one from a stirred reactor.
                            333

-------
Velocity gradient was first proposed by Camp and Stein to
explain flocculation rates  [2].  Glover further suggested
the use of velocity gradient as a measurement of the mixing
intensity  [8].
                       G =
where G = velocity gradient, sec"

      y = viscosity, centipoise

      V = velocity, ft/sec

      S = slope, ft/ft

From the Manning's Equation for flow in open channels
                   S = V
where S = slope, ft/ft

      V = velocity, ft/sec

      n = roughness factor

      R = hydraulic radius, ft

Since the velocity gradient increases proportionally with
n, Glover suggested and designed a contact basin incorpor-
ating parallel corrugated baffles.  These baffles act to
increase  n  value, causing flow turbulence.  Limited test
results indicated that by using corrugated baffles within
the contact tank, disinfection can be achieved within 2 min
utes to obtain a desired kill to less than 100 MPN total
coliforms per 100 ml.   Within practical limits, the same
results were obtained for chlorine dosages of 15, 10, and
5 mg/1 [8] .  No minimum dosage was established.  A compari-
son of data on the corrugated baffle contact tank, the
tubular and stirred batch reactors in Collin's experiment,
and a conventional contact basin is presented in Table 75.
These results tend to support the following arguments:

     1.  Effective disinfection is achievable at low chlo-
         rine residual and reduced contact times when there
                            334

-------
             Table 75.  COMPARISON OF DATA ON
                 DISINFECTION DEVICES [8]

Type of chamber
Tube [3]
Stirred batch [3]
Corrugated baffles
Corrugated baffles
Conventional
Chlorine Contact
residual, time, t,
mg/1 sec
5 60
5 60
3 240
3 120
1,800
Velocity
gradient, G,
_ i
sec 1
6,800
400
40
40
6
Fraction of
organisms
' Gt, surviving,
dimensionless dimensionless
4 x 105 6
2.4 x 104 1
1 x 104 3
4.8 x 10^ 1
1.1 x 104 1
x 10"
x 10"
x 10"
x 10"
x 10"
4
1
4a
3a
2est.
  a. Based on limited tests.
         is sufficient mixing intensity, although further
         verification is essential.

     2.  By providing good mixing intensity and promoting
         plug flow, good bacterial kill performance can be
         achieved in corrugated baffle contact tanks.

     3.  The tubular reactor offers another possible appli-
         cation, but requires a long outfall conduit, and
         the conduit size and storm overflow rate must guar-
         antee turbulent flow conditions.

One advantage of the high velocity gradient, short resident
time contact chamber is that it is less sensitive to flow
rate than the conventional contact chamber, and considerably
less likely to be impaired by short circuiting.  Neverthe-
less, the use of a Sutro weir was recommended  [8] for the
design, where sufficient head is available, to produce a
rather constant Gt product at the peak design flow condition

The primary concern in the corrugated baffle contact tank is
to promote plug flow while maintaining good mixing intensity
Since the objective is plug flow, it is necessary to dis-
perse the disinfectant throughout the flow before it enters
the contact tank.  One method for dispersing the disinfect-
ant, which is becoming more commonly used, is rapid flash
mixing using a mechanical mixer.  This method has proved
satisfactory in enhancing bacterial kill by ensuring com-
plete dispersion of the disinfectant.
                            335

-------
 Temperature  — It  has  been  shown  that  temperature  can  be  an
 important  variable  in disinfection.   Specifically, with  pH,
 initial bacterial count, and  chlorine dioxide  dosage  held
 constant,  it required 5 times  as much contact  time to obtain
 a  99 percent kill at  5 degrees C as it  did  to  obtain  the
 same kill  at 30 degrees C  [1].   Thus,  temperature may be im-
 portant in addition to the usual disinfection  control param-
 eters because  the temperature  range for combined  sewer
 overflows  is usually  greater  than  that  for  municipal  sewage.
 As a result,  it might be necessary to  vary  disinfectant
 dosage seasonally or  as affected by ambient temperature  [4].

 In results from recent tests  conducted  at Syracuse [12] , it
 was reported that there appeared to be  no difference  in  the
 effectiveness  of  either sodium hypochlorite or chlorine
 dioxide at temperatures ranging  from  2  to 30 degrees  C.
 This somewhat  surprising result was attributed to the com-
 plex nature  of the reactions between  chlorine  and chlorine
 dioxide and  the constituents of  sewage.

 Chlorination  control  system — Flow fluctuation is usually
 greater for  combined  sewer overflows  than for  treatment -
 plant effluents.  Hence, it is difficult to maintain  a de-
 sired chlorine residual.  The most suitable control system
 should provide automatic control on both inflow and effluent
 as compared  to either one separately or manual control.
 Shown on Figure 68 is a schematic  diagram of an automatic
 hypochlorite control  system in New York City 116] .  It in-
 cludes the measurement of the upstream  influent flow  rate
 and the downstream chlorine residual.    Information concern-
 ing the inflow rate and the residual are fed into a con-
 troller which directs the hypochlorite  feed.

Alternatives to Chlorine Gas

Alternatives to chlorine gas for disinfection of  combined
 sewer overflows and storm sewer discharges  are being  sought.
Three major  alternatives to chlorine gas are sodium hypo-
chlorite,  chlorine dioxide, and ozone, all  of which can
be generated on-site.   Typical examples are (1) sodium hypo-
chlorite generated either from sodium hydroxide and chlorine
or electrolytically from brine,  (2) chlorine dioxide  gener-
ated from sodium  chlorite and chlorine, and (3) ozone  gen-
erated from air.   The  disinfectants used by various cities
in treating combined sewer overflows and storm sewer dis-
charges and their sources are listed in Table 76.  In  the
case of generation involving chlorine  as a reagent, the
disinfectant is generated at treatment plants either for use
at the treatment  plant or for transfer to large holding
tanks at the application sites.  In either situation,  the

-------
   FLOW
TRANSMITTER
                HYPOCHLORITE
                FLOW RECORDER  I
                                          HYPOCHLORITE
                                          FLOW CONTROLLER
 PARSHALL
  FLUME
           RESIDUAL
           ANALYZER
                     HYPOCHLORITE
                     STORAGE TANK
 MAGNETIC
FLOW METER
HYPOCHLORITE
FLOW CONTROL
  VALVE       TO
           OIFFUSER
          Figure 68.  Chlorination control system,
 Oakwood  Beach sewage treatment  plant, New York  City  [16]
  volume of chlorine used is considerably  less when it is used
  as a reagent  than when it is used alone.

  Optimization  of storage volume and  generating capacity are
  important for on-site generation projects.   This allows
  generation  of the disinfectant to replenish supplies during
  periods when  it is not being used.   The  critical parameters
  are the stability of the chemical produced  and the frequency
  and magnitude of the overflow event in the  drainage area.

  Sodium Hypochlorite — Sodium hypochlorite or liquid bleach,
  manufactured  by many companies in the United States, usually
  contains 12 to 15 percent available hypochlorite at the time
  of manufacture.   It is available only in liquid form.  For
  combined sewer overflow and storm sewer  discharge applica-
  tions, it is  produced on-site either by  reacting chlorine
                               337

-------
  Table  76.   CHEMICAL DISINFECTION AGENTS AND SOURCES USED
        BY VARIOUS CITIES FOR COMBINED SEWER OVERFLOWS
                     AND STORM  SEWER DISCHARGES
      Location and site
                            Chemical agent
                                                       Source
  Cambridge, Massachusetts,
  Cottage Farm Storm
  Detention and Chlorination
  Facility

  Dallas, Texas,
  Bachman Storm Water Plant

  Kenosha, Wisconsin,
  contact stabilization

  Milwaukee, Wisconsin,
  Humbolt Avenue Pollution
  Abatement Plant

  Mount Clemens, Michigan,
  Combined Sewer Overflow
  Collection and Treatment
  Facility

  New Orleans,  Louisiana,
  4  different storm sewer
  discharge sites
  New Providence, New Jersey,
  Sanitary and Storm Water
  Pollution Control Plant

  New York City, New York,
  Spring Creek Auxiliary
  Pollution Control Plant

  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
  Callowhill Microstrainer
  Facility

  San Francisco, California,
  Baker Street Dissolved
  Air Flotation Facility

  Syracuse, New York
Sodium hypochlorite  Purchased.  On-site generation from
                  brine (experimental).
Chlorine


Chlorine


Chlorine
Purchased.


Purchased.


Purchased.
Chlorine dioxide    On-site generation from sodium
                 chlorite and chlorine.
Sodium hypochlorite Central generation from sodium
                 hydroxide and chlorine.
                 Transported to and stored at
                 application sites.
Chlorine
                 Purchased.
Sodium hypochlorite  Purchased.
Sodium hypochlorite  Purchased.
Ozone             On-site generation (experimental)
Sodium hypochlorite  Purchased.
                         Chlorine dioxide

                         Chlorine
                 On-site nitrosyl chloride
                 generation system.
                 Purchased.
with sodium hydroxide  or by electrolysis  from  brine.   Because
sodium  hypochlorite solutions  are  to  some  degree  unstable,
storage temperatures should not exceed 29  degrees  C  (85
degrees F)  and  the  maximum  shelf life  is  about 90  days.   The
stability  of various sodium hypochlorite  solutions is  shown
on  Figure  69.   As a result  of  the  decay in strength  indi-
cated,  it  is necessary to adjust the hypochlorite  feed rate
at  the  time of  application  to  maintain the desired concen-
tration in  the  combined sewer  overflow or  storm sewer
discharge.
                                   338

-------
    160
    140 -
    120
    100
                 40     60     80     100    120 .  140

                  DAYS STORAGE AT NORMAL ROOM TEMPERATURE
160
      180
                Figure 69,,   Stabi I i ty of
            sodium hypochlorite solution [13]
Hypochlorite is attractive because  it  is  safer to handle
than chlorine gas.   It can be  generated between storms and
stored until it is used.  This  reduces the  capital costs by
allowing the use of  a small  generating plant that can oper-
ate almost continuously,  thus  avoiding the  problems of
frequent shutdown and startup  and having  the plant idle for
long periods.  An example of a  sodium  hydroxide-chlorine
gas hypochlorite generating  plant for  storm sewer discharge
disinfection is shown on  Figure 70.  A recently developed
electrolytic hypochlorite generator  is shown on Figure 71.

Chlorine Dioxide — Chlorine  dioxide  is being used currently
to disinfect storm flows  at  Mount Clemens,  Michigan, and
Syracuse, New York.  It has  a  distinct advantage over chlo-
rine for treating water having  a high  ammonia content be-
cause it reacts readily with oxidizable materials without
                             339

-------
                                                       JHMPI P" mi

                                                                  (a)
                 (c)
        Figure 70.    Hypochlorite  generating  plant

        for stormwater  disinfection,  New  Orleans

(a)   Detail  of solution  pumps and  transfer piping with  sodium hydroxide storage tanks
in  background (b)  Overview of sodium hydroxide-chlorine gas hypochlorite generating
plant.  Chlorine  gas is  delivered  in  tank car quantities on the railroad siding in
foreground   (c)   View of  reaction  chamber with manufactured hypochlorite storage
tanks  in background  (d)   Typical  hypochlorite holding  tanks at application  site
                                   340

-------
    Figure  71.   Electrolytic hypochlorite  generator

Small 12-cell electrolytic generator capable of  producing 1,515  to 1,890  liters
per  day (400 to 500 gpd)  of 7-percent sodium hypochlorite solution
                              341

-------
 combining with ammonia to form chloramines.   Chloramines
 have been reported to be toxic to some forms  of aquatic life
 at concentrations as low as  10 yg/1 [15].

 Ozonation

 Ozone is  usually produqed by passing  high-voltage  elec-
 tricity through dry atmospheric air or oxygen between sta-
 tionary electrodes.   A small percentage of  the oxygen is
 converted into ozone in the  process.   Ozone not only  has  a
 more rapid disinfecting rate than chlorine but also the
 further advantage of supplying additional oxygen to the
 wastewater.   The increased disinfecting rate  for ozone re-
 quires  shorter contact times and thus  effects a reduction
 in capital costs compared to those  for a chlorine  contact
 tank.   Ozone  does not produce chloramines or  a long-lasting
 residual  as chlorine does, but it is  unstable and  must be
 generated on-site just prior to application.   Thus, unlike
 chlorine,  no  storage is  required.   In  recent  tests on com-
 bined sewer overflows in Philadelphia,  equivalent  disinfec-
 tion was  obtained using  either 3.8  mg/1 of ozone or 5 mg/1
 of chlorine  [7].

 DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS

 New Orleans,  Louisiana [5]

 Storm sewer discharges being pumped from the  east bank of
 New Orleans into  Lake Pontchartrain, as shown by bacterio-
 logical testing  during  1961  to  1966, contained excessive
 coliform  bacteria concentrations.   It was felt that disin-
 fection on a  large scale  could  restore  the quality of the
 water to  a level  adequate  for  body  contact sports.  To  accom-
 plish this, the  EPA  sponsored  a  demonstration  project  in
 which disinfectant was added to  the storm sewer  discharges
 pumped by  four drainage pumping  stations located on three
 outfall canals on  the  east bank  of  New Orleans.  The  four
 pumping stations  had  a combined  capacity of 313  cu m/sec
 (7,140 mgd) and  each  normally pumps in excess  of 566,000
 cu  m  (20,000,000  cu  ft) per  day  of  stormwater  on rainy  days.

 The project included  the design  and construction of a  sodium
 hypochlorite manufacturing plant  to prepare the disinfectant.
 The manufacturing plant was  located at the water purifica-
 tion plant of the Sewerage and Water Board of New Orleans
 because of the availability  of personnel experienced  in
 handling large quantities of chlorine.  The disinfectant was
manufactured at a continuous, automatically controlled plant
with a capacity of 3,785 1/hr  (1,000 gal./hr)  of 120 g/1
 sodium hypochlorite.  Also included at the plant was storage
                            342

-------
for 151,400 1 (40,000 gal.) of finished sodium hypochlorite.
Photographs of the plant and storage tanks are shown on
Figure 70.  Disinfectant prepared at the manufacturing plant
was stored at the feeding facilities located adjacent to
each of the pumping stations.  The disinfectant was trans-
ported to the feeding facilities in two 11,400 1 (3,000 gal.)
tank trucks.

Sodium hypochlorite was manufactured by reacting 50-percent
sodium hydroxide, water, and chlorine under atmospheric
conditions.  The average manufacturing cost for the hypo-
chlorite was $0.05/kg ($0.12/lb) of available chlorine.
Total cost of the manufacturing facilities was $581,700
(ENR 2000) .

Sodium hypochlorite was added to storm sewer discharges dur-
ing 16 high-volume storms and more than 20 low-volume storms.
During the 16 high-volume storms, 3,936,400 cu m
(1,040,000,000 gal.) of stormwater were treated with more
than 132,475 1  (35,000 gal.) of sodium hypochlorite.  The
largest single treatment episode was 257,400 cu m
(68,000,000 gal.) of stormwater with 30,660 1  (8,100 gal.)
of hypochlorite.  Based upon results from the  16 high-volume
storms, chlorine residuals greater than 0.5 mg/1 resulted  in
99.99-percent or greater reduction of coliform
concentrations.  However, upon cessation of disinfection,
coliform  levels  in the outfall canals recovered within  24  to
30 hours.  Total coliform concentrations recovered  to those
levels normally  found in the outfall canal.  Fecal  coliform
recovery  levels  were approximately two orders  of magnitude
less than normal endogenous  levels.  This rapid recovery
changes the significance of  the coliform levels.  Their use
as indicators of possible pathogenicity of the stormwater  is
obscured  once disinfection has occurred.

Ionics Hypochlorite  Generator  [6]

An advanced electrolytic generator has been developed  for
on-site production of sodium hypochlorite from sodium  chlo-
ride  (salt) brine.   In  this  system,  an electrochemical  cell
electrolyzes high-purity sodium chloride brine (saturated  at
approximately 275,000 mg/1)  to  chlorine gas and sodium  hy-
droxide  solution, which  are  then  reacted  immediately outside
the  cell  to produce  a  5- to  10-percent  sodium  hypochlorite
solution. The  process  requires  1.6  kwh of electricity  and
0.95  kg  (2.1  lb)  of  salt per 0.45 kg (1 Ib) of sodium hypo-
chlorite  generated.  The first  field unit, shown  on
Figure  71, is scheduled  for  installation  in the Somerville
Marginal  Conduit Pretreatment  Facility, Somerville,
Massachusetts.
                             343

-------
  ™i     J? is.beun?  constructed  to  divert  combined  sewer
  overflow  which  is being dumped  into the Mystic  River  basin
  into a tidal portion of the river.  All overflow is  to be
  screened and disinfected with hypochlorite .   The conduit
  t^« fCt +t ^  detention chamber with a 9.5-minute  contact
  time for the 5-year storm and progressively longer times for
  less severe loads   The Somerville  interception  station has
  been designed on the basis of 240 hours per year of  combined

  3T40 ?/~fl??n  ^ ^^P £1°W °f thi* overflow wiH be
  3,940 I/sec (90 mgd) and the desired dosage level will be
  4.3 mg/1 of sodium hypochlorite.  The annual  consumption of
 hypochlorite will be 14,620 kg (32,200 Ib) of available
 44 4SOna*l°VPSr?Ximatel? i34>6°° to 168,250  1 (35,560 to
 44,450 gal.)  of 7-percent hypochlorite solution.
   Q               teSt Unit was desiSne » the Astern will
 run 2,400 hours per year or about 27 percent of the time
 This results in a cost of $0.200/kg ($0.091/lb) of available
 chlorine.  At  that location, the quoted price for delivered
 hypochlorite is $0.385/kg ($0.175/lb)  of available chorine.

 Delays  in construction of the  Somerville Marginal Conduit
 made initial testing at an alternate site necessary.   The
                                                    .
 a^er£?te-Si^  sejected  was  ^e  Cottage  Farm Storm Detention
 and  Chlonnation  Facility in Cambridge,  Massachusetts.

 Cottage  Farm  Storm  Detention and Chlorination Facility
 Boston,  Massachusetts        ~~~ - ~~ - — — - *-*-

 The  storage/sedimentation aspects  of  this  facility have been
 discussed previously in  Section  IX, Storage.   Its  other
 major function  is to disinfect all combined  sewer  overflows
 to prevent degradation of the water quality  of  the  Charles
 River Basin   This  facility  was  designed to  use  truck-
 delivered sodium hypochlorite solution (10-  to  15-percent
 concentration)   The concentration of the  solution  decays in
 SrA°9a£e* /he hypochlorite solution is stored in two  15,900-1
 (4,200-gal ) fiber  glass  tanks.  The estimated  annual demand
 at this  site is 22,700 kg  (50,000 Ib) of available  chlorine?
Average  chlorine demand of the combined  sewage varies from
 1.3 to 4.5 mg/1 .

The small 12 -cell Ionics hypochlorite generator was operated
at the facility on a test basis in October to December 1972
and part of 1973.   High-purity brine was  found to be neces-
sary for generation of the hypochlorite.   The maximum concen-
tration produced was 7-percent hypochlorite at 1 515 to
1,890 I/day (400 to SOOgpd)  .  This,  p?us decay! 'routinely
                            344

-------
meant a feed concentration of approximately 4 percent, which
required more solution than the hypochlorite tanks could
store.  Additional operating problems plagued the tests.
The facility has returned to operating with truck-delivered
hypochlorite.

Qnondaga County, Syracuse, New York [121

As a result of bench-scale studies investigating high-rate
screening and high-rate disinfection, a demonstration com-
bined sewer overflow treatment facility is being constructed
in Syracuse, New York.  The project is sponsored by EPA.

Three screening processes will be tested, each with a maxi-
mum capacity of 220 I/sec (5 mgd).  The screening equipment
will include a microstrainer with a mesh opening of 23
microns, a drum screen with a mesh opening of 71 microns,
and a rotary fine screen with a mesh opening of 105 microns.
Following each screening unit will be individual contact
tanks so that several methods of disinfection can be tested
also.

Disinfecting agents to be used are chlorine and chlorine
dioxide.  Chlorine will be provided from 1-ton chlorine gas
cylinders.  Chlorine dioxide will be generated by means of
a Nitrosyl Chloride generation system at the demonstration
site.  The generation facilities and the feed systems were
designed to provide disinfection with a single agent or a
combination of the two agents at various quantities of
either.  The point of application of the disinfecting agent
is variable also.  The contact tanks were designed to accom-
modate flash mixing at the point of injection or flash
mixing at several locations throughout the tank.  Corrugated
baffles will be added to one of the contact tanks to test
the effects of continuous high turbulence on disinfection.
A concentrated effort will be made to determine the effects
of two-stage disinfection.

From bench-scale  tests,  it was determined that for a 12-hour
overflow of  219 I/sec  (5 mgd)  (the maximum pumping capacity
for each treatment unit), 227 kg  (500 Ib) of chlorine would
be required  at a  dosage  level of  25 mg/1 to disinfect the
entire overflow with  a contact time of 60 seconds.  The chlo
rine dioxide generator was sized  on the basis of a 10-mg/l
dosage level and  a contact time of 60 seconds.  In both
cases, the  target total  coliform  concentration level  in the
effluent is  1,000/100 ml.

 It was reported also  that effluent total coliform bacteria
 requirements of 1,000/100 ml  and  fecal coliform require-
ments  of  200/100  ml can  be reached by using  25 mg/1 of
                             345

-------
 chlorine or 12 mg/1 of chlorine dioxide in a single-stage
 disinfection process with a contact time of 60 seconds.
 Equivalent disinfection was accomplished in the same length
 of time using 8 mg/1 of chlorine, followed 30 seconds later
 by 2 mg/1 of chlorine dioxide.   It is hoped that the results
 of bench-scale tests will be verified by the prototype
 facility when operation begins.

 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania [7,  8]

 This work consisted of the design, installation, operation,
 and evaluation of a commercial  microstrainer, and of ozona-
 tion and chlorination at a typical combined sewer overflow.
 The results of the microstrainer evaluation were discussed
 previously in Section X.  Also  included in this project  was
 the corrugated baffle chlorine  contact tank mentioned previ-
 ously in this section.

 Chlorine contact  times  of only  2  minutes,  under relatively
 high turbulence conditions  with chlorine dosages  as  low  as
 5  mg/1,  reduced total coliform  concentrations  from 1,000,000/
 100 ml  in the combined  sewer  overflow down to  5 to 10/100  ml.
 Fecal  coliform concentrations were similarly  reduced,  under
 the same conditions,  from 100,000/100 ml down  to  5 to  10/
 100 ml.   These results  were obtained  in a  specially  designed
 contact  tank  using  parallel corrugated baffles  to provide
 high mixing intensities.

 It  was  reported also  that the use  of  ozone for  disinfection
 of  treated  combined sewer overflows is feasible [7].   Ozone
 was generated by  a  commercially available  ozonator with  air
 as  the  input  for  application  to microstrainer  effluent.
 Figure  72  shows the  ozone generation  and its  arrangement
 with the  microstrainer  unit.  Ozone concentrations of  3.8
 mg/1 were  required  to match disinfection efficiencies  of
 5 mg/1  of chlorine.

 The  capital cost  of ozone  generation  facilities, when  oxygen
 is  used  for the production, was considered  to be lower than
 that for  hypochlorite facilities.

 COSTS

 Cost data on chlorine gas and hypochlorite disinfection are
 presented in Table  77.  Disinfectant  costs for  combined
 sewer overflow and storm  sewer  discharge treatment are
 higher than those for sewage treatment, as indicated in the
 table.  This is the result of smaller  total annual disin-
 fectant volume requirements, increased disinfectant concen-
 tration requirements, and higher unit operation and mainte-
nance costs for combined sewer overflow treatment facilities.
                            346

-------
       OZONIZED AIR
                        DRY AIR
   Ut
                                                       AIR
                                                       SUPPLY
                OZONATOR     DESSICATOR
                                              COMBINED SEWER
                                              OVERFLOW
                                               TREATED
                                               EFFLUENT
       Figure 72.   Schematic of ozone generation
       and injection for microstrainer  facility


These costs could be reduced by using  the facilities in
conjunction with dry-weather flow  treatment plants, whenever
possible.

Generally speaking, chlorine gas has  the  lowest  production
and operation costs for  large, continuous operation
requirements.  Disinfection using  commercially purchased
hypochlorite has low initial capital  costs, but  supply costs
depend on the location,  source, and quantity.   Capital costs
for on-site electrolytic hypochlorite  generation are high,
while operation costs are  dependent upon  the solution used
(sea water or brine) for generation.   The operation costs
are lower for sea water, but technical  difficulties associ-
ated with the use of sea water have been  reported.

The operating costs for  tertiary treatment of secondary
treatment plant effluent using ozone  are  listed  in Table 78.
These unit costs would  increase considerably when applied to
                             347

-------
     Table  77.    COST  DATA ON  CHLORINE  GAS  AND
            HYPOCHLORITE  DISINFECTION  [13]a
    Location,  agent,
       and source
                           Capital cost.
                   Operating
               $    cost, $/yr
                Cost/lb
               available
              chlorine, $
 Akron, Ohio*3

   Sodium hypochlorite

     Purchased

 Cambridge, Massachusetts
 and Somerville,
 Massachusetts^

   Sodium hypochlorite

     Purchased

     On-site generation

 New Orleans, Louisiana

   Sodium hypochlorite

     On-site generation

 Saginaw,  Michigan

   Chlorine gas

   Sodium hypochlorite

     Purchased

     On-site generation

 South  Essex Sewerage
 District, Massachusetts6

   Chlorine gas

   Sodium hypochlorite

     Purchased

     On-site generation
     441,500
   23,300
     581,700



     161,000



      19,550

95,450-161,000




     872,460



     421,800
  290,000



    2,300



6,325-11,500

4,715-5,175





  233,100



  364,080
                                0.152-0.264
                                  0.385

                                  0.200
  0.120



  0.35



0.18-0.31

0.28-0.40




  0.035



  0.046
Sea water
Brine
1,665,000
1,665,000
160,950
303,030
0.035
0.051
a.  ENR = 2000.

b.  Combined  sewer overflow disinfection.

c.  Storm sewer discharge disinfection.

d.  Combined  sewer overflow disinfection at use rate  of 42,000 Ib/yr
    of chlorine.

e.  Sewage  treatment plant effluent disinfection at use rate of
    24,000  Ib/day of chlorine.

Note:   $/lb x 2.2 = $/kg
                              348

-------
     Table 78.  ESTIMATED  COSTS OF TERTIARY TREATMENT
                  PLANTS USING OZONE [9]a
                 Plant capacity,  Plant capacity,   Plant capacity,
      Item            1 mgd           10 mgd         100 mgd
Capital cost, $
Operating cost,
$/mil gal.
Operating cost,
$/l,000 gal.
254,520
172.63
0.173
1,360,800
96.65
0.097
9,399,600
61.84
0.062
 a.  ENR = 20QO.

 b.  Oxygen recycle system would be used.

 Note:  mgd x 43.808 =  I/sec
       $/mil gal. x 0.264 = $/Ml
       $/l,000 gal. x  0.264 = $/l,000 1
combined sewer overflow disinfection because the  flow  would
not be continuous  for  both.   Additional ozone generation
capacity would be  required to handle the wet-weather flows.
However, the dual  use  of such facilities for both dry- and
wet-weather operation  would reduce the cost slightly.

The capital costs  for  different disinfection agents and
methods resulting  from a study conducted at Philadelphia are
shown in Table 79.   The capital costs for ozone generation
are usually the  highest of the most commonly used processes.
Ozone operation  costs  are very dependent on the cost of
electricity and  the  source of the ozone (air or pure oxygen)
                             349

-------
Table  79.  COMPARISON OF ESTIMATED CAPITAL COSTS
     FOR 3 DIFFERENT  DISINFECTION METHODS  [7]a
                                    Capital cost,
          Disinfection method           $/mgd


       2-Minute ozone contact
       (chamber with once-through
       oxygen-fed ozone generator)b       13,013

       2-Minute chlorine contact
       (chamber with hypochlorite
       feeder)c                          1,521

       5-10 Minute conventional
       chlorine contact^                 1,690
      a.  ENR = 2000.

      b.  Unit cost of ozone at $5.20/lb from
          oxygen <§  $0.19/lb; dosage of 3.8 ppm;
          Otto plate type  generator.

      c.  Unit cost of hypochlorite at $0.42/lb
          available chlorine; dosage of 15 ppm.

      d.  Unit cost at $0.42/lb available chlorine;
          dosage of 5  ppm.

      Note:   $/mgd  x 0.0228 = $/l/sec
             $/lb x 2.2  =  $/kg
                         350

-------
    Part IV





IMPLEMENTATION

-------

-------
                        Section XIV

                    INTEGRATED SYSTEMS
The treatment and abatement methods described in Part III,
Management Alternatives and Technology, have been discussed
essentially as unique and singular solutions.  In fact, many
of these methods can and should be combined to optimize the
effectiveness of any overall abatement program by maximizing
the pollution reduction, enhancing the aesthetic and reuse
potential, and minimizing the cost of the program.  For ex-
ample, reducing the source contaminants, solids and debris
in stormwater runoff (source control); using regulators for
maximizing storage capacity in sewers (system control and
storage) and for coarse quantity/quality separation (pre-
liminary treatment); arid providing objective level treatment
for the storm flow prior to discharge (treatment) could sub-
stantially reduce the pollution load on the receiving water.
Thus, the purpose in this section is to deal with integrated
systems for storm sewer discharge and combined sewer over-
flow treatment and abatement.

The interfacing of storm flow pollution abatement facilities
with existing or proposed sewage collection systems and dry-
weather flow treatment facilities is discussed first.  Next,
the availability and use of mathematical models for
"planning," "predictive," and "decision-making" purposes
is described and several examples of sewerage master plans
using integrated approaches are presented.  Finally, the im-
portance of integrating the required facilities aesthetically
into each local environment is emphasized.

INTERFACING WITH DRY-WEATHER FACILITIES

The principal purpose of the storm flow pollution abatement
device or process is to reduce the contaminants in the flows
discharged to receiving waters.  Two methods available are:
(1) source control to remove the contaminants before they
are picked up by the stormwater, and (2) treatment of storm
and combined sewer flows after contamination to remove pollu-
tants before discharge.  In this latter method, existing
                            353

-------
dry-weather facilities or newly constructed facilities can be
used.  Storage devices are used to reduce the rate of flow,
which enables the reduction in size of the required treatment
facilities and leads to their more effective utilization.
This discussion describes how each abatement device or pro-
cess can fit into an existing system and how the devices
interrelate with each other.  The interfacing of the storm
flow pollution abatement scheme with the existing sewerage
system is important in the development of a total integrated
waste flow system.

First, it is necessary to understand where individual units
can be used in relation to a typical sewer network and sewage
treatment plant.  Basically, a storm flow treatment device
may be located (1) at overflow points or possibly at key up-
stream locations, (2) at one or more central locations away
from dry-weather facilities, or (3) adjacent to municipal
sewage treatment plants.  A fourth possibility exists when
storm flows are treated at dry-weather plants after being
stored.  The first two possibilities are essentially the same
except for size and number of stormwater treatment devices
used.  The first consists of many locations with small facili
ties; the second consists of one or two larger facilities at
strategic points.  Whenever several units are needed, it is
usually economical to use the same type of device, equip-
ment, and design to reduce operation and maintenance costs.
Larger centralized facilities generally are associated with
storage tunnels or other large storage devices because of
the costs involved in transmitting large quantities of flow
and providing peak flow rate capacities.  Representative
means of interfacing with existing sewerage systems are
shown schematically on Figure 73.  Although all facilities
are shown downstream of the collection systems for clarity,
upstream locations may offer benefits in particular appli-
cations as determined by limitations within the existing
system.

As previously noted, the physical, biological, and physical-
chemical processes used on storm flows each have limitations
as to where they can be used.  Biological treatment devices
should be located at sewage treatment plants to provide a
continuous active biomass.  Physical and physical-chemical
treatment devices may be placed at satellite locations.
Although a complete physical-chemical treatment system could
be placed at overflow points, its size and complexity gener-
ally limit it to a central location or next to dry-weather
facilities.  Physical treatment devices, with or without
chemical additions, lend themselves more easily to remote
locations at overflow points.
                            354

-------
COMBINED OR SEPARA
SANITARY SEWER
(TYPICAL) 	





/





































TE
\ 1 IN-LINE
{STORAGE
(A1TERNATI)


STORM SEWER'"
.DIVERSION STRUCTURE
/ SWIRL CONCENTRATOR X
(TYPICAL) /
fc.f^ DiF W STP
Y
1 WET WEATHER FLOW (WWF)
OFF-LINE
STORAGE
^-SEWAGE TREATMENT [
PLANT (STP) \
1
~~ \
* 1
\
1
STORM
W TREATMENT " \
(OPTIONAL)
              (a) SATELLITE AND CENTRALIZED FACILITIES





/
/
V







































["IN-LINE
' STORAGE
•(ALTERNATE)


STORM SEWER"
DWF
»O
T
IWWF
OFF-LINE
STORAGE




OWF PA
TREATM
r
1 BY
t
..^
TH FOR POLISHIN8 OR TERTIARY
ENT BY STORM FACILITIES
STP
PASS
BOUNDARIES

y
\
\

j
/
STORM
TREATMENT







COLLECTION SYSTEM
              (b)  FACILITIES IN CONJUNCTION WITH SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT
                              WWF. TEMPORARY DWF DIVERSIONS
               STORM SEWER
    Figure  73.   Methods  of  Interfacing  stormwater
             facilities  with  existing systems
                               355

-------
 Some storm flow treatment facilities offer the added advan-
 tage of acting as effluent polishers or tertiary treatment
 when operated in conjunction with a secondary sewage treat-
 ment plant.  In addition, such facilities can become dual
 purpose by improving the effluent quality of the dry-weather
 flow during non-storm conditions and treating storm flows
 during wet weather.   Storage and transmission (conduit)
 facilities may and should also provide dual-purpose relief
 or standby functions.   This total system approach,  of course,
 has the added benefit of reducing the overall cost  of waste-
 water facilities construction and operation.

 For example,  storm flow facilities used in conjunction with
 sewage treatment plants, particularly the biological treat-
 ment devices, provide benefits by increasing  dry-weather
 capacity,  possibly postponing planned expansions, and pro-
 viding versatility in handling breakdowns, maintenance,  and
 other factors because  of the ability to treat dry-weather
 flow in emergencies.   Two advantages of interfacing storm
 flow treatment facilities with existing sewerage systems
 are that (1)  solids  removed from the storm flow  can be dis-
 charged to the interceptor,  and (2)  most  stormwater treat-
 ment processes can accommodate higher flow rate  variations
 or provide flow equalization and control.   A  summary of
 potential  interfacing  actions  is presented in Table 80.

 INTERFACING UNIT PROCESSES

 The  interrelationships  between storm flow  devices and unit
 processes  is  second  in  importance  only  to  interfacing with
 the  dry-weather  facilities.  As  indicated  previously, stor-
 age,  either in-line  or  off-line,  is  used to remove  the peaks
 and  valleys in  the storm  hydrograph.  As such, its  use with
 treatment  devices  is set.  The  relationships  between the
 different  treatment devices, on  the  other  hand, are not  so
 well  defined.  Classifying the units  into  main and  comple-
 mentary  treatment  units  is an  advantage, as it delineates
 the main blocks  from which to  build  an  abatement scheme.
 These are  listed  in Table 80.

Main  treatment units (i.e., primary, secondary, and terti-
 ary treatment) are considered  as devices that remove a
 significant portion of the SS  and/or dissolved organics.
The remainder are pretreatment units.  They can be used to
assist the main process by protecting against damage (bar
screens), or reducing coarse solids loading on the main
process  (fine screens ahead of dual-media filters, dissolved
air flotation units, etc.).  These interrelationships are
shown in Table 81.  The reader is referred to the discus-
sions of the individual processes for details on their abil-
ity to interface with other processes.  Of noteworthy
                            356

-------
importance, however, is the ability of filters and micro-
strainers to polish sewage treatment plant effluent and of
physical-chemical processes to act as a tertiary treatment
plant.  They therefore can act in a dual capacity.
Sedimentation is easily incorporated into a storage facility,
thus reducing the total cost of clarification and storage.

One process not mentioned yet in this discussion is
disinfection.  It is a process that will be used at almost
all storm flow treatment facilities to reduce bacterial and
virus counts.  In some cases, disinfection has been applied
within storage/sedimentation or other tankage to eliminate
the need for a separate contact tank; in others, a contact
tank is required.

The objective of interfacing is to use processes and/or
equipment that are compatible with other processes and/or
equipment and also with the existing system.  At the same
time, the devised storm flow facility must meet the pollu-
tion removal criteria necessary to protect the receiving
waters.  The objective pollution abatement system is one
that makes a total wastewater system for the least cost.

The planning fundamentals were outlined in Section IV.  A
key planning tool, perhaps the most important aid in storm
flow evaluations, is mathematical modeling.  The available
programs and application techniques are discussed next.

MATHEMATICAL MODELING TECHNIQUES

The complexity of modern sewerage systems, whether combined
or separate sanitary and storm, makes it extremely difficult
to evaluate the impact of additions, proposed modifications,
or new systems rapidly and accurately.  The time and man-
power required to make such an evaluation by traditional
methods can be tremendous.  The application of computerized
mathematical simulation modeling techniques to evaluate
additions or changes to drainage areas and sewerage systems,
to interpret storm phenomena, and to assess receiving water
response, not only greatly reduces this time and manpower
requirement but also allows the comparison of alternative
courses of action.  The use of computerized modeling tech-
niques facilitates the necessary regional planning and di-
rection of pollution abatement.

Under a concurrent EPA contract, existing mathematical
models for the engineering assessment, control, planning,
and design of storm and combined sewerage systems are
being evaluated  [1].  The purpose of the study  is to  eval-
uate  comprehensive models and to provide guidelines for  the
                            357

-------
Table 80.  INTERFACING STORM FLOW FACILITIES
        WITH EXISTING SEWERAGE SYSTEM
Storm flow facility
STORAGE
In-line
Off-line
Basins
Tanks
Underground
silos
Underwater
Deep tunnel
Mined
labyrinths
TREATMENT
Sedimentation
Dissolved air
flotation
Bar screens

Rotary fine
screens
Fine screens
Microstrainers
Filtration
Swirl
concentrator
Contact
stabilization
Trickling filters

Rotating biologi-
cal contactors
Treatment lagoons

Physical -chemical
treatment

Disinfection

Type of unit

--
--
--
--
--

--
--
..


Primary
Primary
Pretreatment

Pretreatment

Pretreatment
Primary
Primary
Pretreatment
Primary i
Secondary
Secondary

Secondary
Secondary

Tertiary

Post
treatment
Primary purpose

Flow attenuation
Flow attenuation
Flow attenuation
Flow attenuation
Flow attenuation

Flow attenuation
Flow attenuation
Flow attenuation


Removes SS
Removes SS
Protects down-
stream equipment
Roughing filter

Roughing filter
Removes SS
Removes SS
Quantity and
quality regulator
Removes SS and
dissolved organics
Removes SS and
dissolved organics
Removes SS and
dissolved organics
Removes SS and
dissolved organics
Removes suspended
and dissolved
material
Reduces bacterial
contamination
Facility is
dependent
on DWF
plants

a
a
a
a
a

a
a
a


No
No
No

No

No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes

Yes
Not
necessarily
No

No

Facility is
good for
satellite
locations

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes


Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

No
Yes

Yes

Yes

Facility
increases
DWF plant
versatility

Yes
Can
Can
Can
Can

Can
Can
Can


No
No
No

No

No
Yes
Yes
Can
Yes
Yes

Yes
Can

Yes

Can

                    358

-------
                      Table  80.     (Continued)


Storm flow facility
STORAGE
In- line
Generally
acceptable
max flow
variation
(times base
flow) Advantages Limitations

>10 Uses existing facilities. Limited to excess sewer
  Off-line



    Basins

    Tanks

    Underground
    silos

    Underwater

    Deep tunnel


    Mined
    labyrinths

TREATMENT

  Sedimentation
  Dissolved air
  flotation
  Bar screens
                        2-4"


                        2-4c
                                                             capacity.

                                 Location versatility.        Usually expensive.
                                 Can be combined with
                                 sedimentation.
                                 Inexpensive.
                                 Minimum land requirements.
                           Large land requirements.

                           Large land requirements.
                                 Minimum land requirements.   Solids removal problems.

                                 Minimum land requirements;   Expensive.
                                 flow transmission.

                                 Minimum land requirements.   Expensive.
Can be combined  with
storage.

Good for  satellite
locations.

Rugged.
                                                             Low  removals .
                                                            Somewhat complicated
                                                            equipment .
                        1-2


                        5-10


                        5-10


                        2-4b
  Rotary fine
  screens

  Fine screens


  Microstrainers


  Filtration

  Swirl                >10
  concentrator

  Contact              1-2
  stabilization


  Trickling filters     5-10
  Rotating biologi-      5-10
  cal contactors
  Treatment lagoons     >10
  Physical-chemical      2-4
  treatment
                                                             Low  flow variation.
Versatile;  low land
requirements.

Versatile;  low land
requirements.

Good SS removal.

Solids separation.
Easily combined  with
existing activated
sludge plants.

Easily combined  with
existing trickling
filter plants.

Easily combined  with
existing rotating
biological  contactors.

Can be used in con-
junction with
recreation  facilities.

Produces a  reusable
effluent.
                                                            Must be combined with
                                                            DWF plant.
                                                            Must be combined with
                                                            DWF plant.
                                                            Must be combined with
                                                            DWF plant.


                                                            Large land requirements.
                                                            High sludge (dry weight)
                                                            volume.
  Disinfection
                                 Protects public health.
                                                            Expensive.
a.   Generally  yes  for dewatering and solids disposal.   May  also apply to primary and
    pretreatment devices.
b.   For short  periods of time.

c.   Can be  made to  handle higher variations by using multiple units in parallel.
                                        359

-------
     Table  81.    GENERAL  INTERFACING  BETWEEN  TYPES  OF
                  STORAGE AND  TREATMENT DEVICES3
Proposed Complementary/Supplementary Process





V
00 «
I-1 O O
O *-» -H
« M
CJ +J
CJ c C
C -H u
Proposed Process ,5 o £ c

c
D
u
I/I
in (U C
ecu
4) -rt OJ

U X U)
n 
r-l
•H
00
C
•H
O
'^
C
o



e
I O
00
* .
,_,
c
^* j
rt
s
HI
\.
s
c
o c
•H O
CO '»J
.-i a
3 h
00 <-J
O .H
», u u.




c
o
'l-t
D.
o
•a
«
c
Carbo





M

B

a

Ammon








c
o
tJ

c
•H
In-line storage
Off-line storage
Sedimentation
Dissolved air flotation
Bar screens
Rotary fine screens
Fine screens

Filtration
Swirl concentrators
Contact stabilization*"
Trickling filters0
Rotating biological contactors0
Treatment lagoons
Physical-chemical treatment
Coagulation w/sedimentation
Filtration
Carbon adsorption
Ammonia removal

\
O1
9
9

•
0
«
9

•
•
•
9
•




9
s «^
3 \^
aH
9

•
9
9
9

•
•
•
9
•




9
O
U
N.







9
•
9
9
9




9
U
O

\

U
O














9
•
•
\
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•




•
O
o
9
9

\


•

9
9
9
9
9




9
O
0
9
9


\

•

9
9
9
9
9





O
O





\


O
O
0






9
O
O
O
O

O
O
O
\

0
O
O
O





9

9
9
9

9
9


\
9
9
9
9
9




9
O
O
0
O

O
0



\









O
O
O
0

O
O




\








O
O
O
O

o
o





\







0
o
0
o

o
o



o
o
o
\






0
o
o
o

o
o
o


o
o
o

\




















\
9
9
9e
















O
\
9

-------
practicing engineer to aid him in selecting the model most
suited for his requirement.  In light of this, only a gen-
eral overview of the available models is included herein.

Available Models

Several models are presently available, each having a dif-
ferent level of sophistication.  These range all the way
from models that produce only the urban runoff hydrograph
without the associated runoff quality to models that pro-
duce the runoff quantity and quality, route both through
the sewer system along with the dry-weather flow, simulate
the effects of various treatment and control facilities,
and route the resulting quantity and quality through the
receiving waters.

There are a number of mathematical models that carry out
routine design functions or that simulate portions of com-
plex urban wastewater management systems (such as rainfall-
runoff computations and limited sewer flow routing) or the
operation of a single storage reservoir or treatment plant,
but only a few models have been developed that consider the
entire sewerage system.  Six of the more useful models are
discussed briefly below.

Hydrograph-Volume Method - The Hydrograph-Volume Method
(Hitter, 1971) was developed in Germany [18] .  This model
calculates the dry-weather flow and storm runoff, and routes
the combined flows through a complex sewerage network.  Its
benefits appear to be in conduit sizing and design.  The
model does not simulate flow quality or control regulators.
Cost computations appear to be external.

Road Research Laboratory Hydrograph Method - The British
Road Research Laboratory (RRL) Method uses storm rainfall
to provide a stormwater runoff hydrograph for the purpose of
storm drainage design  [23] .  Rainfall is applied to the
paved area of the drainage basin which is directly connected
to the storm drainage system.  Travel time to the nearest
storm drainage inlet is computed for various increments of
the total paved area that is directly connected.  From this
time-area information, the surface hydrograph arriving at
the inlet is computed.  The surface hydrograph is then
routed through the storage available in a particular sec-
tion of pipe.  The surface hydrograph at the next downstream
inlet is added, and the combined hydrograph is routed on
downstream.  Thus, the successive addition and routing of
surface hydrographs produces an outflow hydrograph at the
downstream discharge point.  In the RRL method, the quality
associated with the runoff is not computed.  The applica-
tion and use of the method is described in a recent EPA
report  [16].


                            361

-------
 Stanford Watershed Model (Hydrocomp Simulation Program!  -
 The Stanford Watershed Model (Crawford and Linsley, 1966 [6])
 along with its commercial successor, the Hydrocomp Simulation
 Program, is a comprehensive mathematical model that simu-
 lates watershed hydrology and flow routing.   This model  has
 been used extensively to simulate existing and planned sur-
 face water systems.   Recently,  it has been expanded to
 include water quality computations.   It does  not perform
 cost calculations, however, and has  not been  adapted to
 sewerage systems.

 Urban Runoff Model - The Urban  Runoff Model PDF-9 (UROM-9)
 was developed at the University of Minnesota  for the Metro-
 politan Sewer Board, St. Paul,  Minnesota [7].   The purpose
 of this model is to  predict discharges in the  Minneapolis-
 St. Paul interceptor sewers,  given rainfall readings at
 various points around the Twin  Cities.   The model computes
 storm runoff from  major  catchments,  combines  the runoff
 with estimates of  dry-weather flow,  routes the combined
 flows through the  interceptor system to the treatment  plant,
 and computes overflows  to the receiving water  at control
 regulators.   It  uses monitored  rainfall and flow level data
 from various points  for  real-time  control of  the overflows.
 The model  has not  been  adapted  to  consider water quality
 aspects of the overflows.   It is  not intended  for use  for
 design  purposes.

 Urban Wastewater Management Model  -  The Urban  Wastewater
 Management Model (Battelle-Northwest and Watermation,  Inc.,
 1972) is a comprehensive  mathematical  model developed  to
 continuously simulate time-varying wastewater  flows  and
 qualities  in complex metropolitan  combined sewerage  systems
 [2,  17].   The model  simulates major  sewer system components,
 such  as  trunk and  interceptor sewers,  regulators,  storage
 facilities,  and  treatment plants.  It provides  a means
 of  evaluating the  time-varying performance of  a  planned or
 existing sewerage  system  under a variety  of rainfall condi-
 tions (considering both  time  and spatial  rainfall  variations)
 without  simulating every  pipe or manhole.  The model simu-
 lates seven  wastewater quality parameters:  SS,  BODs,  COD,
 phosphate, nitrate,  ammonia,  and Kjeldahl nitrogen.  The  re-
 quired  operation of  control regulators  during  real-time
 rainstorm  events to minimize overflows  is modeled.  The
 model can  also be used for  design and planning-studies.   It
 computes sizes and costs  of structural  sewer system modifi-
 cations, such  as sewers,  regulators, and  storage  and treat-
 ment  facilities, that will  result in the  least-cost combina-
 tion of alternatives for  improving system performance.

 Storm Water Management Model - The Storm Water Management
Model (SWMM)  (Metcalf § Eddy, Inc., University of Florida,
                            362

-------
and Water Resources Engineers, 1971)  was developed under the
sponsorship of the EPA [19, 20, 21, 22].  It is a comprehen-
sive mathematical model capable of representing urban storm-
water runoff, storm sewer discharge,  and combined sewer
overflow phenomena.  The SWMM has been demonstrated at more
than 20 sites throughout the country ranging from 76 to
8,100 ha (187 to 20,000 acres).  During demonstration, the
SWMM has been verified to be capable of representing the
gamut of urban stormwater runoff phenomena for various
catchment systems  [20] .  This includes both quantity and
quality from the onset of precipitation on the basin,
through collection, conveyance, storage, and treatment sys-
tems , to points downstream from outfalls that are signifi-
cantly affected by storm discharges.   The SWMM is intended
for use by municipalities, governmental agencies, and con-
sultants as a tool for evaluating the pollution potential of
existing systems, present and future, and for comparing
alternative courses of remedial action.  The use of correc-
tional devices in the catchment, along with evaluation of
their cost effectiveness, has also been demonstrated.

Application of Mathematical Models

The  first step in model selection and application should be
verification using local data.  To this end, it is necessary
to have data from one or more actual storm(s) for comparison
with the computed values.  For even a simple program that
computes only the stormwater runoff hydrograph and routes it
through the sewer system ' (without the associated quality),
it is necessary to have data on the rainfall, catchment
characteristics, sewer network, and measured sewer flows.
As the programs become more and more sophisticated, addi-
tional input data  are required.  An example of the general
data requirements  for a comprehensive mathematical model is
listed in Table 82.

Although the gathering of  the mass of input data required
for  a very comprehensive model can be a formidable task,
the  use of such a model for evaluation  of additions or pro-
posed modifications to a  sewer system can contribute  to
large cost savings.

The  utility  of model  applications  is illustrated in the  fol-
lowing two examples representing a comprehensive approach
and  a "first cut"  or  roughing  approach, respectively.

Example of Comprehensive  Approach

The  SWMM was applied  in the Development of  a Flood and
Pollution  Control  Plan  for the Chicagoland  Area  in 1972  [9].
The  application  spanned a two-year period.
                             363

-------
   Table  82.   GENERAL  DATA  REQUIREMENTS,  STORMWATER
                   MANAGEMENT MODEL  [19]
 Item  1.   Define  the Study Area  (Catchment)

          Land use, topography, population distribution, cen-
          sus tract data, aerial photos, area boundaries.

 Item  2.   Define  the System

          Furnish plans of the collection system to define
          branching, sizes, and slopes.  Types and general
          locations of inlet structures.

 Item  3.   Define System Specialties

          Flow diversions, regulators, storage basins.

 Item  4.   Define System Maintenance

          Street sweeping (description and frequency).
          Catchbasin cleaning.   Trouble spots  (flooding).

 Item  5.   Define the Receiving  Waters

          General description (estuary, river,  or  lake).
         Measured data (flow,  tides,  topography,  water'
         quality).

 Item 6.  Define the Base  Flow  (DWF)

         Measured directly  or  through sewerage  facility oper-
         ating  data.   Hourly variation and weekday vs.
         weekend.   DWF characteristics (composited BOD and SS
         results).   Industrial  flows  (locations,  average
         quantities, quality).

Item 7.  Define  the Storm Flow

         Daily  rainfall totals  over an extended period (6
         months  or  longer) encompassing the study events.
         Continuous rainfall hyetographs, continuous runoff
         hydrographs,  and combined flow quality measurements
         (BOD and SS)  for the study events.  Discrete or com-
         posited  samples  as  available  (describe fully when
         and how  taken).
                            364

-------
Study Area — The study area encompassed a 970-sq km (375-
sq mi) combined sewer area, of which 56 percent was within
the limits of the City of Chicago.  All major sewers and
drains in the study area discharge to the Chicago River sys-
tem (a series of natural and artificial waterways connected
at the turn of the century to divert flows away from Lake
Michigan and into the Illinois River).  Altogether, there
are more than 300 discharge points to the river system in
its 120 km (75 miles) of waterway above the control works at
Lockport, Illinois.

Step One - The consultant  (Metcalf $ Eddy, Inc.) applied the
model to three large test areas selected by the city.  One
of these, Roscoe Avenue, an area of approximately 2,430 ha
(6,000 acres), was selected because extensive monitoring
data were available from an earlier Public Health Service
study.  The modeled results for several storms were compared
with measured data on the basis of flow, BOD^, and SS.
The results were close, considering the difficulties in
measuring flows and obtaining representative samples in very
large sewers under storm conditions.

Step Two - The results were analyzed and adjustments recom-
mended to improve correlation.

Step Three - The study area was broken down into approxi-
mately 60 subareas by combining adjacent catchment areas
which could be assumed to overflow to the receiving water at
a single point.  These subareas were modeled by city person-
nel, trained and advised in the use of the model by the
consultant.

Step Four — The waterways were modeled and appropriate con-
trols and boundary conditions established.  Dry-weather flow
inputs were computed, including inflows diverted from Lake
Michigan for flushing purposes.  A comparison and correla-
tion was made with extensive  in-stream monitoring data which
had been collected by the USPHS and a close fit established
for flow, BODs, and DO.

Step Five - The Runoff-Transport results, prepared by city
personnel and stored in tape  files, were applied to the
waterway model.

Step Six - Alternate storage-treatment schemes, developed by
the city and its consultants, were tested, using the same
input tape files,  and the  resulting modified output files
were then applied  to the waterway model and results compared
                             365

-------
 Altogether, 18 plans were compared under each of four system
 constraints.  The following conditions were fundamental to
 all plans:

      1.  Prevent backflow to Lake Michigan for all storms
          of record.

      2.  Satisfy applicable waterway standards (DO,.
          coliforms).

 The input hydrology spanned 21 years of rainfall record, in-
 cluding the largest storms in recorded history.   The pres-
 ently favored plans call for quarry (surface)  storage in 2
 or 3 units with treatment in conjunction with the existing
 dry-weather flow facilities.

 Example of "First Cut" Approach

 In a second application for a reconnaissance-level  study for
 the District of Columbia [15],  a simplified approach was
 successfully applied  for determining the required storage
 volume  for stormwater storage tanks coupled with alternative
 treatment rates.   The procedure, similar to the  mass-diagram
 or Rippl method for determining storage  required in impound-
 ing reservoirs,  lends itself to computer application.
 Assuming that  the tank is  empty at  the beginning  of the  wet
 season,  the maximum amount  of stormwater that  must  be  stored
 is equal to the  difference  between  the runoff  entering the
 tank and the amount drawn  off to the  treatment plant subse-
 quent to the next wet period.   By using  daily  or  hourly
 rainfall records  spanning  several months  or years,  it  was
 possible to determine both  the  maximum storage volume  re-
 quired  and  the presumed  optimum storage  volume/treatment
 rate  to  provide  the most cost effective  solution.
Increased use of simulation models to predict storm dis-
charge and combined sewer overflow quantity and quality will
allow many municipalities to evaluate the impact of changes
or additions to their present sewer system more easily.
The ability to evaluate a large number of alternatives in a
relatively short period of time and for much less money
(once the initial system has been computerized) is very
attractive.  The significant point is that, with comprehen-
sive models, data can be developed on quantity (and quality
if desired) of storm discharges and combined sewer overflows
that can be used in the decision-making process on problems
concerning the handling of such discharges or overflows.
This capability alone is a major landmark, because in the
                            366

-------
past decisions on the amount of treatment or storage have,
for lack of data, been somewhat arbitrary and without ade-
quate consideration of the actual conditions in an existing
combined sewer system.

MASTER PLAN EXAMPLES

Recognition of the pollution potential of combined sewer
overflows and stormwater discharges, and concern about it,
has emerged only during the last decade.  While several
large cities embarked on long-range sewer separation pro-
grams in the 1950s and earlier, these programs, in light of
altered water quality objectives, are now subject to ques-
tion and reevaluation.

Selected master plan examples demonstrating integrated
approaches are summarized in Table 83.  All represent com-
bined systems, but the represented depths of investigations
are widely varied.

The size and complexity of urban runoff management programs
are so great that  in-depth analyses, such as those of San
Francisco and the  city and metropolitan areas of Chicago,
are rare.  Other cities and metropolitan areas have contrib-
uted, frequently with EPA assistance, to limited-objective
demonstration projects that explore alternative, and some-
times innovative,  control schemes upon which to build master
plan programs.  Examples of both the in-depth approaches  and
limited-objective  studies and projects are  discussed herein
for purposes of comparison.

An important consideration with  respect  to  master plans  is
that regulatory constraints and  public attitudes on pollu-
tion and environmental objectives are subject to change.
The results tend  to  alter the  ground rules  for engineering
assumptions so frequently that plans lacking flexibility may
be or have become  grossly outdated  before  implementation can
be effected.

San Francisco, California

The San  Francisco  Master  Plan  for wastewater management  has
been under  intensive development by the  Department  of  Public
Works  and  its  consultants  since  1969  [3,  8, 10].  Under  the
existing  system,  which  is  totally  combined, overflows  may
occur  whenever  the rainfall  exceeds 0.05 cm (0.02  inches)
per hour.   This  happens  approximately  80 times per  year  (on
 46 days),  through 41 bypass  locations  on the  City's periph-
ery,  representing a total  annual duration of approximately
 200 hours.   The  estimated annual bypassed (overflowed)  vol-
ume is  22,700  Ml (6 billion gallons).
                             367

-------
            Table  83.   COMPARISON  OF MASTER PLANS  AND
                 PROJECTS  IN VARIOUS CITIES [8]
Item San Francisco
Year study completed 1972
Average annual rainfall, 18.7
in.a
Average summer rainfall 0.8
(May-Sept), in.
Total combined sewered 24,000
area, acres
Proposed treatment Alt. A Alt. D
of dry weather flowb 8.0 8.0
Total storage capacity, 0.10 0.63
in. runoff
Chicago
1972
33.2
17.1
240,000

1.5
3.14
Boston
1967
42.8
16.9
12,000

NA
1.84
Seattle
1971
38.9
7.2
23,400
(equiv.)

3.0
0.05
New York
1968
42.4
19.0
3,256

1.5
0.26
Washington, D.C.
1970
40.8
20.3
10,240 (DT)
4,066 (K)
DT K
5.0 2.0
4.31 1.58
         °Verfl°WS   8


                  p
 Available level of
 treatment for captured
 flows
per'aSc
                                            unknown   45
                   $17'18° $36'94°  $11'945  *61 .905  $9,523    $6,523  $34,505 $16,840
 a. At nearest major airport, 30 years of record.

 b. Includes dry weather capacity where joint use  planned.

 c. ENR = 2000

 Legend:  P = primary
       S = secondary
       T » tertiary
       C = chlorination only
       DT = deep tunnel
       K = Kingman Lake
       NA = not available

 Note:   in. x 2.54 = cm
      acre x 0.405 = ha
      $/acre x 2.47 = $/ha
Ihe  conceived master plan will consolidate  overflows to only
15 locations  and reduce their probability of occurrence to
eight times per year under  a  minimum program and to  one time
in five years under  the maximum program.  Control  is to be
achieved through a series of  inland  and shoreline  storage
basins  (up to 30 to  45 total  units)  and conveyance/storage
tunnels operated under extensive computer monitoring and
control.   Schematics  of the basic components  and their
functional relationships are  shown on Figure  74.
                               368

-------
                                               ALTERNATE
                             lull FLO! AHO STOII     DIIEC1
                             TO O.I !»./«• «•«••     CONNECTION
                    STORAGE BASIN
                .PRETREATED STORN FLOI
                 IN EXCESS OF BYPASS
                 CAPACITY GOES INTO
                 STORAGE
                  CONTROL CtTES
                  rat FLOI
                  REGULATION
IHEN
IASIN
IS FULL
                                              I  10 TRANSPORT
                                                SfSTEV
                                                EIISTINC TRUN«
                                              I  SEIER 10
S TRANSPORI
 I SYSTEN VIA
 I SHORELINE
  IASIN
CONTIOl SUES FO
FLOI HEGUIUION
                                                                    EIISTING TRUN«
                                                                    SEIER CONTINUtTIO
             TYPICAL  UPSTREAM BASIN
                                     10 SEWER DURING
                                     AND AFTER STORII
                                              PREIREHTEO STOM
                                              FIOI IN EXCESS OF
                                              ITPASS CAPACITY
                                              GOES INTO STORAGE
                                                                                                                JIT IEATKER
                                                                                                                FLOI ANt ITOIK
                                                                                                                FIOI UP TO O.I
                                                                                                                IN./HI MI.*
NOTE: FLOI IN10 EXISTING
INTERCEPTOR LI»ITEO TO
APPROX.  0.03 IN. 'HR
               TYPICAL SHORELINE BASIN
                                                                                TYPICAL  TUNNEL  STORAGE  MODULE
  HOOIFIEO SYSTE» IILL
  ALLOW UP TO 0,3 IN.
       COMPONENT  SCHEMATICS
                                                                 SAH FRANCISCO BAY
                                                              REMOTE FROM TRANSPORT
                                                              LINE RETURNS ALL  FLO*S
                        OVERFLOW  I  J—LJ__



                                 I  ^eunDEI IUF
               .PSTREAM  BASIN
               CLOSE TO  TRANSPORT
               LINE »ITH DIRECT
               CONNECTION. ONLY  BASIN
               OVERFLOWS CONTINUE TO
               SHORELINE BASIN.
                                             LAKE MERCED WET WEATHER
                                             TREATMENT PLANT
                                          CONCEPTUAL  ARRANGEMENT
           Figure   74.     San  Francisco   master  plan  elements   [8]
                                                          369

-------
  Dunng  the  major  portion  of the  year,  wastes  will  receive
  secondary treatment  at  one  of  two  dry-weather treatment
  tnnn^', I   ?*  ^eated  e«l«ents will  be  transmitted  through
  tunnel  and  pipeline  systems for  ocean  discharge  approxi-
  mately  6.4  km  C4  miles) offshore.  During  storm  conditions
  flows exceeding the  capacity of  the secondary treatment    '
  plants  will  be  transported  to  a  43.8-cu m/sec (1,000-mgd)
  §J^h f°r Primary   higher-level  treatment and  the effluent
  discharged  approximately  3 . 2 km  (2 miles)  offshore.   Thus
  the bypassing of  untreated  waste will  be virtually elimi-'
  nated   and a secondary benefit of  flooding control (by the
  achie6™"1118  effects  of uPstream basins)  will be
             within the plan, in addition to its advanced
 concepts of automated systems control and monitoring, are
 the relative wet-weather treatment capacity of 8 times the
 average dry-weather flow, the proposed use of physical-
 ™6?nC?n treatment> and the approximate storage volumes of
 *it* „ 2-PerCent of the runoff from a 1-year storm in the
 alternatives considered most feasible.  The total program
 ™S£-" es^lmated to be in the range of $450 to $900 million
 menmiSn if tn*^ *?' ^ wet-weather programs  and imple-'
 mentation is to be phased over a period of 30 years.

 Chicago, Illinois

 The Chicagoland area studies date back to  the mid-1960s  and
 «h?n  relt  WuS. comP1leted in 1972 ™der the  joint sponsor-
 ship of the Metropolitan Sanitary District  of Greater
 Chicago;  the Institute  for  Environmental Quality,  State  of
 Illinois; and the Department of  Public Works,  City of
 S^3!° [9]:   Th? "iteria  established for  the  comparison
 Sfrhia»n  f      P   <* WeTe *° :   W  P^vent  backflow to Lake
 for  al? Jn™f %°f P0t2ble  !?a^er  and  hiSh  recreational  use)
 w«v  «JiB5   5  f°f rec?Jd5 and  W  ">eet  the  applicable water-
 way  standards  Cprescribe tertiary  levels of treatment under
 dry-weather  flow  conditions  and  a  high  degree of Meatmen?
 fhlt^in*      Tges) \ Backflow actions  are  emergency  flood
 abatement measures wherein locks are opened permitting re-
 verse  flow  in  the  canal system with resulting releases to
 and contamination  of Lake Michigan.

 In the  final analysis, up to 4 modifications of each  of 18
 alternative plans were considered.  The features of the
 recommended plan,  incorporating conveyance tunnels, quarry
 storage, and low-rate feedback to dry-weather facilities
SectionairntAnWere di?cussed earlier in this section and in
on FiSSre 7-; An °Peratlona:l schematic of the system is shown
on Figure 75.  Of special interest are the  provisions for
selective bypassing should the storm exceed the system
                            370

-------
                              RAINFALL
                                I
                                                LEGEND
     NORMAL FLOW PATHS
     DEWATERING AND UNUSUAL
     EX'CESS FLOW PATHS
                            EXISTING AND
                              PROPOSED
                               SEWERS
	  SLUDGE FLOW
                                           AFTER PROLONGED

                                         f"   AERATION
|	^
 NOTE:  ACRE-FT x 1,233.4 - cu  M
         Figure 75.   Operational  schematic of  the
   recommended pollution  control plan  for Chicago  [9]
                               371

-------
=nS »i X>   ? staging capabilities for filling the basin*
and the provisions for alternative levels of treatment   ™
general operation is described as follow!:   treatment.  The

     ...Rainfall runoff and snow melt enters the sewer
     wL'tes mThing wit*. h°»sehold and industrial     '
     wastes.   This combined flow travels  through the
     neIrrthe°w^COntr01  °? <4versi°n chamber located
     near the  waterways.   In dry weather  or  very minor
     storm periods all  of the flow is diverted to the

                    -
     In storm runoff periods exceeding the intercentor
    Das£rftent E'T "Pacity. stofm overflow  P
    passes through the drop shafts to the large con-
    veyance tunnels under the waterways.  Flow is con-
    veyed to the storage reservoir, first in the pri-

    acrLfeaItnStheSc l ^ 2 ' f " how exceeds

            • '
    pal reservoir site to pump the water in the
    tunnels... to the reservoir ---- The pumps have caoac
    ity to perform this operation in three dayl?   P
                                 in from the waterway
    anctunnels
    In the post  storm period,  the  dewatering  pumps
    SiH  c6 °Perated  t°  Pun>P  the stored water to  the
    a? »7r«? thw"t  treatment plant.   Pumping  will be
    at a  rate which when added to  the plant,  raw  sew-

    flow      " W111  eqUal 1
-------
The total program cost, if phased over a 10-year construc-
tion period, is estimated to exceed $3 billion, of which
approximately 45 percent is solely for wet-weather
facilities.

Boston, Massachusetts

A wet-weather flow master plan, based largely on preliminary
Chicago deep tunnel studies, was presented to the City ot
Boston in 1967  [12].  The four alternatives studied were:
m complete separation,  (2) chlorine detention tanks,
(3) surface holding tanks, and (4) deep tunnels.  Conclu-
sions reached in the study were:

     At the present time  [1967] no projects have been
     constructed or planned which will significantly
     improve water quality in the Boston area.  To
     date,  overflows of mixed sewage  and storm water
     have been  treated as minor problems, and  solutions
     attempted  have been  and are totally inadequate.
     Because of the extremely high counts of coliform
     bacteria,  indicative  of pathogenic organisms  in
     sewage, no relatively small amount of reduction  in
     either the frequency, quantity  or duration of
     overflows  will significantly reduce the pollution
     hazards.

     The  only  solution worth the major effort  required
     is  one that would completely eliminate  overflows.
     The  proposed  Deep Tunnel  Plan for  the Boston
     regional  area appears  to  offer  the best  and  the
     only feasible method for  the  elimination  of
     overflows.

     Simply stated,  the  proposed Deep Tunnel Plan in-
     volves the construction,  under  the  city,  of  large
      tunnels in rock,  into which all of the  overflows
     can be discharged through vertical  shafts.   The
      tunnels will  store and conduct  the  overflows to  a
     point where they can be  screened,  chlorinated and
     pumped through a long ocean outfall  and disposed
      of into deep  waters of Massachusetts  Bay.  [11]

 The system was described as 4,860 ha (12,000 acres) of  com-
 bined sewered area plus 4,050  ha (10,000 acres) of sepa-
 rately sewered area connected to the system for sanitary
 sewage flow transport.

 The design basis was to capture completely the 15-year fre-
 quency 24-hour duration storm, assuming 90 percent runoff.
 A storage  capacity of 4.64 cm (1.84  inches)  of runoff was
                             373

-------
  indicated,  coupled with continuous pumping to the
                                                    ocean at
               ss
           *          f5-S mlles)  from the  nearest land area
  Mm      tr?a^ent  Planned was  chlorination (30-mg/l dose'
  90-minute minimum retention time)  with deep water  ocean
  discharge and dilution  ratios of  200  to  1  or belter    A
  maximum  of  2  days was allowed for  dewatering the tunnels
  ^JXt5,thi! c?nstraint>  father treatment at the  Try-
  unfeasTbfe™  T^-1*7 (De?r ,Island) was  Considered    Y
  unfeasible.   To dispose  of  the  runoff  over  a longer  neriod
           6d  t0     U  a mUCh greater  ^crease  if co?? o?
                     "" COmPensated  *°*  ™ reduced pumping
 In May 1971, a demonstration surface detention and chlorina
 tion facility was placed into operation in Cambridge
 tnnn3? Uiettr' indicating a viable alternative to the deep
 Hon  .P    CS6e Secjlon IX) •   A new comprehensive evalua?
          °m
 Seattle, Washington

 Combined sewer overflow abatement activities in the Seattle
 area are described in a recent EPA report [14]?  The p?oiect
 objectives are to:                                   project

      1.   Continuously monitor water depths  and other factors
          needed to compute  flows  and capacities in sewers
          and  treatment works.

      2.   Receive  and  process  meterological  data and predict
          runoff intensity and volume on  the  basis  of his-
          torical  records.

      3.   Reduce flow  and store  sewage  in  portions  of the
          pipeline  system to permit  increased flow  intercep-
          tion  from areas experiencing  high runoff  rates.

      4.   Eliminate  or  reduce  overflows to a level  that
          would meet receiving water  quality standards.

Toward this end, a  series of remotely controlled and moni-
tored regulator stations and a central control system were
constructed (discussed earlier in Sections VIII and  I xT
Interception capacity  is generally 3 times the estimated
/^^dry-weather flow; thus, for many areas,  excess cauac
tiLWof th6 available for ^ny years. Ve optimal ulili^a-
     °Vhls excess capacity,  both for storage  and acceler-
    con r^Tsm^ ^^^ tO ^atment  is
                            374

-------
To supplement these capabilities, a partial separation proj-
ect has been underway for several years.  Approximately
7,290 ha (18,000 acres) of a total 14,580 ha (36,000 acres)
of combined sewer area are presently programmed for partial
separation, which is expected to result in a 70-percent re-
duction of flows in the combined system.  All intercepted
flows are presently given primary treatment prior to
discharge.  No special wet-weather treatment facility is
contemplated presently.

This program first became operational in 1971.  Highest pri-
ority is given to abating pollution associated with summer
storm runoff.  A 1-year frequency summer design storm having
a peak runoff rate of 30 to 60 times dry-weather flow was
cited in the report.  The partial separation program,
coupled with in-system storage, is expected to reduce the
release of contaminants (total wet-weather) to the receiving
waters by an estimated 30 to 50 percent.  In the case of
Lake Washington, a further reduction up to a total of 50 to
60 percent is anticipated by redirecting three-fourths of
the new storm drainage out of the inland basin to the Sound.
Early operations have been quite successful and programs are
being developed and tested for complete automated control.
However, population growth in the Seattle area will pro-
gressively reduce the available safe storage over a period
of years and may largely offset improvements in system
management.

Washington, D.C.

The District of Columbia started on a 50-year sewer separa-
tion program in the late 1950s.  Costs  for fringe areas
separated  to date have averaged between $51,110 and $76,660
per ha  ($20,700 and $31,050 per acre).  Recognizing the limi-
tations of separation as a total solution, the program has
not been funded since 1970, pending an  assessment of
alternatives.

A conceptual evaluation, completed under an EPA grant in
August  1970, followed the earlier approaches in Chicago and
Boston  and recommended a system of deep rock tunnels and
mined  storage with dual treatment at Blue Plains  (the
regional dry-weather  flow treatment plant) and a new wet-
weather reclamation plant at Kingman Lake  [4].  The storage
would  fully  contain the combined area runoff  (4,542,000 cu m
 [1,200  mil gal.] or 10.95 cm  [4.31 inches] of overflow) from
a 15-year  frequency 24-hour duration storm.  The combined
treatment  capacity of  the two plants would be 19,275 I/sec
 (440 mgd); thus, they would be capable  of dewatering storage
from the  15-year storm in less than 3 days.  The estimated
                             375

-------
  project cost of $353.3 million was approximately half th*
  duceTn6?!0??* f°r t0tal ^ration aSd the blne£i?s in re
  duced pollution were considerably greater.   lc"ts ln re

  EPA^was »adfy;nC?mple^d concurrently and also  funded by
  EPA, was made to investigate the reclamation asoects of
  combined sewer overflow abatement [S]. In Uiifltudy


   ¥  € -J !  i:i!rr°^F""s "'^™
  i/   rrn  4-T 8 lnches)  of runoff.  In addition  a 2 IQft

                                    Sss:
 «d ^strict recently engaged a consultant to review these
 and other alternatives and to recommend a Master Plan

 ln°lT97^ ^/!;COnnaiSrnC? level reP°rt was completed early

  pt7 d            -
  CeiT^^ waters.  A total storage capacity of 2 271 000
 cu » (600 mil gal.), coupled with an average excess flow
 s^L-^ajy^.-^'jg);  r0 sa-j 3?..
 r?.;±/            -,r'f            s
                      ™uld
ENVIRONMENTAL COMPATIBILITY


sewer^^w1^

^iSTtg^S^^ Kcat^ 2T(r   "
™ivinTwa^ ±??!!n! ^Lf-!-1 -quiremen?f f^om'a^e-
                     376

-------
Characteristically, the location of storm flow pollution
abatement facilities, based on need and cost constraints,
will coincide with lands of high potential use and public
access.  It becomes imperative, therefore, that facilities
not only perform effectively but that they do so without
nuisance and that they enhance, not blight, the landscape.
Many EPA Research,. Development, and Demonstration projects
have accomplished this task with distinction.  A few of the
more noteworthy are highlighted in this section.

Satellite Facilities

Satellite storage and treatment facilities, generally lo-
cated near the intersection of a main trunk sewer and an
interceptor, should receive priority consideration for aes-
thetic architectural treatment.  These facilities usually
are constructed in highly developed urban areas.  In many
cases, they are near, or within, public recreation areas.
Examples include the Baker Street Dissolved Air Flotation
Facility in San Francisco, the Cottage Farm Detention and
Chlorination Facility in Boston, the Humboldt Avenue Reten-
tion Basin in Milwaukee, and the remotely operated regulator
stations in Seattle.  The addition in time and money re-
quired to enhance such  facilities architecturally has
resulted in increased public acceptance and,  in some cases,
increased real estate values.

The Baker Street Dissolved Air Flotation  Facility, Figure  76,
was built fronting on San Francisco Bay adjacent to a large
yacht  harbor and a popular public park.   It  is  questionable
whether most of the  people who use the area  even know there
is  a combined sewage overflow  treatment facility there.
Planter boxes have been incorporated into the  design along
with access hatch  covers that  double as benches.  During  the
summer, there are  usually a number of bathers  sunning them-
selves on the seawall.   The architectural treatment and  low
profile of  the exterior of  the building make  it blend well
with the surrounding area.

The Cottage  Farm Detention  and Chlorination  Facility  in
Boston, Figure  39  (Section  IX),  is located on the bank  of
the Charles  River  across from  Boston University.  Because
this reach  of the  river is  a major boating and rowing recre-
ation  area,  the  storm  flow  detention tanks have been  buried,
and the  surface  has  been planted with  grass.   The control
and operations  building blends well with  the surrounding
area.

The Humboldt Avenue  Retention  Basin  in Milwaukee  is  located
on the bank of  the Milwaukee  River,  Figure 37 (Section  IX).
Although  the facility  is located in  a  present industrial
                             377

-------
                                            (a)
                                           (c)
          (d)
Figure 76.  Baker Street dissolved air  flotation  facility
                   San Francisco
                         378

-------
Figure 77.
                Remote-controlled  regulator  station
                  Seattle,  Washington
area, aesthetics were a major consideration during design.
The tank was buried and the surface was planted with grass,
as was done at the Cottage Farm facility in Boston.  The
architectural treatment given to the control and operations
building has produced a striking effect, while still pro-
viding vandal-resistant security.   There has been no need to
fence the tank area so it is open to public use.

The environmental compatibility of storm flow facilities is
further demonstrated in the regulator stations in Seattle,
Washington, as shown on Figure 77.  One station in particu-
lar, the Dexter Avenue Regulator Station (not illustrated),
serves a dual purpose, providing in addition to its storm
flow control function both a minipark, complete with
planted areas and benches, and a bus stop.   The only evi-
dence that the regulator facilities exist is a single access
door in the retaining wall at the rear of the park.

Multiple-Use Facilities

Multiple-use facilities on a grander scale are demonstrated
in the Kingman Lake conceptual plan and in the Mount Clemens
combined sewer overflow reclamation facility, both discussed
earlier in the text.
                            379

-------
               J    public  interest  in  abating  pollution and

        th5°f add^onal environmental  and  recreational  f«il

      '11  *?easibillty °f  a m«ltiPurpose project  combining

 ™~  I*®0*?0!! and treatment °f combined sewer overflows  and
 recreational development in the Kingman Lake area was

 investigated [S].  The Kingman Lakewea was ^cognized as

 for'n8^6 P°tentlal to be developed as a major urtan center
 for outdoor recreation.  Yet in its present state the "lake"

 sewfrUd?  ^ ParVy combined sew« overflows  and storm
 ?« ?h  d"charf?s fTom the District of Columbia discharging
 to the  Anacostia River.  The conceptual plot plan for the


 project II the"? ?? FJ?Ure 7,8'   The 2ene?al scheme of the
 ££i«Li% ??  collection and storage of the combined sewer

 itv sii?.b£ £We2-by-treat?e!lt °f the over£1°ws  to a qual-
 ^L™    f  v    j fishing and boating in the lower section  of
 Kingman Lake and for public bathing in the upper  section of

 been aJ*:  '   2  3  P?rt^On  °£ the  treatment facilities has
 been envisioned  as  having  multiple uses with the  surface of

 navt T3^  storage basin  being used as a parking lot and

 facility     r°Ute      trUCkS  servicing the  reclamation



A  system similar in concept but smaller in  scale has been

constructed  and placed  into operation  in Mount  Clemens?

Michigan.  The lakelets  (described previously  in Section XI)

will provide a recreation  area with  boating/fishing
                                             PROPOSED EAST LEG INNER LOOP FREEWAY
TRUNK SEWER
                                                      STRIBUTION HEADER
  TREATMENT
             EAST CAPITOl STREET
           Figure 78.  Conceptual  plot  plan

    of Kingman Lake water  reclamation  facility  [5]
                           380

-------
picnicking, etc., as well as a transitional buffer zone be-
tween residential developments and commercial industrial
complexes.  A model of the facility is shown on Figure 79.
This project was the recipient of the Eminent Conceptor--
1971 Consulting Engineers Council of Michigan Engineering
Excellence Award, and was also the recipient of an Honor
Award--1971 of the Consulting Engineers Council/U.S.A.
Indicative of the project's success, the land around the
pond site is being built up with high-rise apartment
buildings.

Total Planned Communities

An appropriate final example  is a new EPA project as a part
of a planned community being  developed near Houston  [13].
Entitled  "Maximum Utilization of Water Resources In  a
Planned Community," the  study will focus on how a "natural
drainage  system" can be  integrated into a reuse scheme for
recreation and aesthetic purposes.  Runoff will flow through
low vegetated swales and into a network of wet-weather ponds,
strategically located in areas of porous soils, as well  as
into variable-volume lakes.   This attenuation process will
allow some of the runoff to seep  into  the ground and retard
           Figure  79.   Combined  sewer  overflow
            collection  and  treatment  facility,
                Mount  Clemens,  Michigan
                             381

-------
 the flow of water downstream, thus preventing floods caused
            T '^In addition> P0™us pavements will be
          to further attenuate runoff, and the efficiency of

                        t
                              a                 ..
 and disinfectant residuals in runoff and their effect in the
 receiving lake system will be measured.   Evaluation of a
 multiprocess and flexible stormwater pilot plan" which will
 treat runoff before it enters the  lake,  will also be part of
                          System "valuations wil? relul? in
 Considering  urban  runoff  as  a  benefit  as  opposed  to  a waste-

 ^e£'xal°!}g "lth  the  concePt  of new community  development
 which blends into  and  enhances  its environment  rather ?han

 thlfirs?  tkeWllH b%em?loyed  and thoroughly evaluated  for
 the ni?,,L?     • H°Pefully-  ll  "ill be shown that man and
 the natural  environment can  beneficially  coexist.
Thus, as discussed in this section, integrated approaches

mathematical modeling, and environmental compatibility are
both desirable and cost-effective adjuncts to wastewater"
management systems planning, design, and program

implementation.  Highlights pertaining to the operation and
maintenance of storm flow facilities Ire detailed in ?he
next section.

-------
                        Section XV

                 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
The term maintenance in an engineering sense may be defined
as the art of keeping plant equipment, structures, and
other related facilities in a suitable condition to perform
the services for which they are intended [12].   Operation
of a storm flow system requires not only the physical opera-
tion of the various components but also their operation in
unison and on-eall.  The components include the wet-weather
treatment facilities, the dry-weather flow treatment facil-
ity, the collection and control network (whether multiple
systems or combined), and the sludge-handling and disposal
program.

A perspective of the problems, such as high turbulence, flow
momentum, vast areas of tankage and channels, and restric-
tive environment, encountered may be seen on Figure 80 which
illustrates a combined sewer overflow detention facility
before, during, and after a storm event.  Note the relative
scale of the facilities from the figure in photo  (e).  One
of the most remarkable insights from the series of photo-
graphs is that all were taken within the space of a few
hours.

Discussed in this section are operating controls and op-
tions, sustaining  (dry-weather) maintenance, support facili-
ties and supply, safety, and solids-handling and disposal.
The importance of each one of these aspects of operation
and maintenance cannot be overemphasized.  If the facility
does not come on-line when needed, nothing will be
accomplished.  If it is not kept in good repair, the re-
sults may be catastrophic.  Finally, if provisions are in-
adequate for the removal and ultimate disposal of the
separated solids, a greater problem may have been generated
than solved.
                            383

-------
(a)
                                                           (f)
   Figure  80,   Stormwater detention facility (Boston)-
           before, during, and  after storm event
  Residual solids in tanK  and on effluent horizontal  Mo. sheens  at"! sio
                              384

-------
OPERATING CONTROLS AND OPTIONS

Operating controls can vary from simple orifices and other
static devices to complete computer-run automation.  The
options range from flow routing and control to equipment
startup and shutdown, to chemical feed, to process adjust-
ments and equipment surveillance, and finally, to alarms
and emergency action.

Collection system control has been discussed in Section VII
A brief review of the control panel from a storm flow
detention-chlorination facility, shown on Figure 81, will
serve to illustrate typical off-line facilities control.
Equipment status and a simplified flow diagram are dis-
played across the upper half of the board, and actuating
      Figure 81.   Control  panel  at the Cottage Farm
      detention and chlorination facility (Boston)
                             385

-------
f™;!,C?%and- alaiT are arran8ed below.  For example, reading
from left to right are the status lights (open, throttled
               66  *1   SlUie  ate» »ith tL    --       -
  OFuTOMAr                              tir  --
  OFF-AUTOMATIC)  control  switches  below;  the sets of coarse
  and  fine  screens  similarly  controlled;  the wet  well level-
  the  main  sewage pumps  (level -controlled) ;  the pump discharge
  theWrha   *'  the 1!Vel in  the ^tention  tanks; and  finally^
  ^et^°"n%re!1ldual monitor.   The  important thing,  again,
  is that the  facility come on-line when  needed and  that  it
  dana^V protect  it?*" and/°r the public from major
  danger (e.g., automatic closure  of inlet gates  coincident
  with high wet well  level alarm) .        .        ^"incident

  Several examples  of operating controls  and  options  are pre-
  sented in Table 84.  Note that the various  control  devices
  are fairly diverse, while the monitoring or  status -
 Because storm events occur at random intervals, storm flow
 «E£5«  systems must be capable of automatic startup and
 r£ft?£T'*      *1S reason' the instrument and equipment
 reliability requirements may be much more demanding than
 those for dry-weather flow facilities.   Equipment reaction
 time is very important.  Large motor-operated sluice gates
 typical of those used in combined sewer overflow and f?o?m'
 sewer discharge applications,  generally operate a? a stand-
 per minuteaP?h^im\tlng 30'51™ J12 incheS)  of gate movement
 per minute, thus,  changes will be relatively slow.
                                                  .

 To  ensure  reliable  startup  and shutdown,  all  instrumenta-
 tion  must  be  checked and  calibrated  on  a  regular ba^is
 All equipment must  be exercised regularly to  check  and'en-
 H^/eadlneSS>  ?nd £acility  cleanup, lubrication,  and
 dewatenng must  be  done following  each  storm.   Degradation
 of  the  retained  flow and  solids  must be expected with in-
 creased retention times,  and  dewatering rates must  be
 selected accordingly.

 Components crucial  to  the operation, such  as valves  flow-
 meters, chemical feeders, telemetry equipment;  live! sen-
 sors, Pressure sensors, and limit  switches, should be
Careful planning and design of combined sewer overflow and
cle^.rn dlschar8e facilities permits minimization of
cleanup and maintenance via increased automation.  It must
nointT^ered> however- that there will be a break-even
 °
                            386

-------
            Table 84.
     Location,
      [Ref.]
Operation
  scale
Operation
controlled
                       Monitoring devices
                                                Control devices
Seattle,  Wash.  [14]

  Regulators          Full




Boston, Mass. [7]

  Cottage Farm Storm   Full
  Overflow Detention
  and Chlorination
  Facility

Dallas, Tex. [11]

  Bachman Creek       Full
  Polymer Injection
  Station

San Francisco,
Calif. [9]

  Baker Street        Full
  Dissolved Air
  Flotation Facility
Mount Clemens, Mich.
[13]

  Combined Sewer       Full
  Overflow
  Collection and
  Treatment Facility
Milwaukee, Wis.  [2]

  Humboldt Avenue      Full
  Combined Sewer
  Overflow Detention
  Tank

Minneapolis, Minn.
[8]

  Regulators          Full
         Overflow   Level  sensors, rain gages,
         quantity   wind gages,  automatic sam-
                   plers, telemetry units,
                   computer, position sensors
         Overflow    Level  sensors, automatic
         quality and sampler, Dal! tube, re-
         quantity    sidual chlorine analyzer
         Sewer       Level  sensor, magnetic
         surcharge   flowmeter, temperature
                    probe, computer
         Overflow
         quality
         Overflow
         quality
          Magnetic flowmeters, level
          probes, differential pres-
                                      sure sensor
          Magnetic flowmeters, level
          probes, automatic samplers,
          differential pressure
          sensors
         Overflow   Level  sensors, automatic
         quality and samplers, magnetic
         quantity   flowmeters
         Overflow
         quantity
          Rain gages, computer,
          pressure sensors
                                   Gate regulators, tide
                                   gates,  pumping stations
                                   by remote centralized
                                   operation
                                   Pumping station, sodium
                                   hypochlorite feeder, gate
                                   regulators
                                   Polymer  injection feeder
Polyelectrolyte feeders,
solids pump, bypass
gates, dissolved air
flotation units
Pumping stations, aerated
lagoons, microstrainer
drive, pressure filters,
chlorine-chlorine dioxide
feeders
                                   Mixers, chlorinators , bar
                                   screen
Fabridam regulators, gate
regulators by remote
operation
 SUSTAINING  (DRY-WEATHER)  MAINTENANCE

 Sustaining,  or  preventive,  maintenance is  the  one key  to  a
 successful  storm  sewer  discharge  or combined sewer,  overflow
 pollution  abatement  and control  system.   The performance  of
 many existing systems  could be greatly improved by  strict
 adherence  to a  well-planned sustaining maintenance  program.
 An example  of what  can  result  from  a poor  or nonexistent
 maintenance  program  is  illustrated  in  one  of the  conclusions
                                       387

-------
 drawn by  investigators looking into the status of the ten
 sewage collection systems contained in that portion of the
 Hudson River Basin which lies within the waters of the
 Interstate Sanitation District (Connecticut, New Jersey
 New York):                                            7 »

      In far too many cases, the personnel assigned to
      regulator maintenance duty are not properly
      equipped with either maintenance tools or the
      necessary safety equipment to properly service
      the regulators.  A noticeable lack of under-
      standing on the part of many of the maintenance
      personnel as to the purpose  and proper operation
      of regulators was evident during field
      inspection.  Additionally, many of the regula-
      tors were intentionally jammed or chained in the
      open position to maximize wet weather flow to
      the  treatment plant.   This can create a three-
      fold problem of (a)  an imbalance  of sewage mix-
      ture from each regulator  drainage  basin during
      wet  weather flow;  (b)  an  unreasonably high wet
      weather  flow to the  treatment plant which in
      turn minimizes  the  effective  treatment of this
      sewage;  and (c)  a surcharge of the  interceptor
      system with associated  local  flooding of  sewage
      into  streets  and basements.   [5]

 There are  two  general categories of combined sewer overflow
 and  storm  sewer  discharge pollution abatement  and control
 «  -[?-ties requiring  sustaining maintenance:   in-line and
 ott-line.  The in-line facilities  include  various types of
 regulators  tide gates, polymer injectors,  flushing systems,
 and  flow and quality  monitors.  Off-line facilities include
 the  various physical, biological,  and physical-chemical
 treatment processes,  as well as large storage facilities.
 These are generally much more sophisticated  than the
 regulators.

 In-Line Facilities

 Generally, the sustaining maintenance required for regula-
 tors and tide gates increases as the degree of collection
 system control increases.   For this reason the overall main-
 tenance required increases as the  complexity of the regu-
 lators increases (from static to semiautomatic dynamic to
automatic dynamic).  All  regulators and tide gates are sub-
ject to the main problems of corrosion and clogging bv
debris   Detailed maintenance problems  of the most common
types of regulators are  discussed  elsewhere in  the
literature [4].   Maintenance problems associated with  the
                            388

-------
more recently developed regulators and other in-line facili-
ties are discussed here.

Regulators — Static regulators require periodic checks to
ensurethat weirs and orifices have not become clogged or
blocked.  Floatables and deposited solids may need to be
flushed into the interceptor to prevent their accumulation
and the formation of nuisance problems.  Included within
this category are vortex, horizontal and vertical orifice,
and spiral flow regulators; swirl concentrators; and side-
spill and high side-spill weirs.

Semiautomatic dynamic regulators (such as tipping gates, cylin^
drical gate, and float-operated regulators) also require peri-
odic inspection and maintenance.  Regular lubrication of
pivot points, bearings, and mechanical linkages is necessary.
Floats and linkages must be free of debris to ensure smooth
operation.  Metal parts should be checked for corrosion.  Ori-
fices must be free of clogging and debris to ensure correct
operation of the regulator.  Cylinder seals must be tight.

Broad-crested inflatable fabric dams are not usually sub-
ject to clogging or jamming since they can be deflated.
However, even when deflated, some buildup of solids occurs
immediately upstream and requires periodic flushing.  Fabric
dams must be inspected regularly for punctures.  The sophis-
ticated control system, consisting of compressors, solenoid
valves, sealed potentiometers, pressure transducers, etc.,
requires attention from skilled maintenance personnel.  In a
demonstration project in Minneapolis-St. Paul [8], about
50 percent of the Fabridams had to be replaced in the first
two years of service (one after only one month).  Most fail-
ures were due to problems with anchorage, which is extremely
critical.  Other failures were related to air leaks, punc-
tures, and autodeflation.  Two of the failures were de-
scribed as "catastrophic," indicating the failures occurred
with considerable sewage in storage, thereby releasing
flood waves through the overflow pipes.  Now, however,
after 4 years of operation, 13 of the original 15 regulator
stations are still in service.  The weekly sustaining main-
tenance and inspection time for these stations involves
approximately 12 to 16 hours by electricians and 120 hours
by interceptor servicemen.

Fluidic regulators require periodic inspection to make cer-
tain that control system components are not clogged.  The
control system piping should be checked for air leaks at
joints and seals.  Occasional flushing of sediment and accu-
mulated solids may be necessary after long periods of dry-
weather flow.
                            389

-------
 Tide Gates - Periodic inspections are necessary to ensure
 correct operation.  Lubrication of pivot points is a regular
 requirement.  Hinge arms and gate openings must be checked
 regularly to be certain they are free of trash, timbers, or
 other debris that might keep the gate in a partially open
 position allowing inflow to the sewer system.   The seating
 surfaces, subject to corrosion and warping, should be in-
 spected to ensure positive sealing.   At locations  where
 shnn^h    6 gateS aT,e US6d'  rem°te alarm Proximity switches
 should be incorporated in each gate.  Such alarms  would notify
 plant operators or maintenance personnel of tide gate openings
 or malfunctions along with malfunctioning regulators? °penings

 Other In-Line Facilities - Polymer injection facilities re-
 qu*re checking of the storage  tanks  for leaks.   Dehumidifi-
 cation equipment  must be operational to prevent solidifica-
 tion  of the  polymer during storage.   Injection  pumps,  mixers,
 and polymer  feeders should be  checked for clogging.   Sewer
 liquid level  sensors  should be  checked and cleaned
 periodically.

 Regular  inspection  and maintenance of flushing  systems  is
 required  to prevent corrosion  and  clogging.  If sophisti-
 cated control  systems are  employed,  skilled maintenance  of
 valves, operators,  etc.,  is  necessary.

 Capacitance probes, bubble  tubes,  and pressure  transducers
 used  for  flow depth measurement require  constant attention
 to  prevent clogging or coating with  grease.  Any depth-
 measuring device presenting  an obstruction to flow must be
 inspected regularly for structural damage.  Instruments
 must  be checked and calibrated regularly and require highly
 skilled maintenance.                                   &  y

A very graphic example of the types of problems encountered
 in one study pertaining to monitoring combined  sewer over-
 flows follows:

     During the monitoring program, several operating
     problems were encountered, the most significant
     of which were:

       1.   Difficulties in Pumping Wastewater Up from
           the Sewer--The submersible pump anchored
           to the  bottom of the sewer was often
           clogged by solid wastes  (such as cans,
           rags, wire, wood chips,  tree stems,  gravel,
           sand, etc.) and stopped  working.   There
           were also some pump  stoppages during  low-
           intensity storms, probably because of in-
           sufficient  water depth  in  the sewer.
                           390

-------
        2.  Physical Damage to Equipment Installed in
            the Sewer--During intense storms, heavy
            solid wastes  (such as tires, concrete
            slabs, 55-gallon drums, mattresses, auto-
            mobile radiators, chains, etc.) slammed
            into the protective cages of the submersi-
            ble pumps and caused extensive damage to
            various equipment items.  Bubbler lines
            were broken and torn loose;  the protective
            cage was severely deformed and even disin-
            tegrated; pump braces were sheared off;
            pumps were washed away in the sewer; and
            the electric conduit was pulled out of its
            fastening studs.

        3.  Flooding of Lithium Chloride Release Sta-
            tion at Rose Park Playground--This station
            was sunk half way into the ground, at the
            request of the local residents.   Conse-
            quently,  the lower  part  of the  structure
            was inundated by  excess  storm water runoff.
            This flooding caused minor damage  to the
            bubbler instruments,  the lithium chloride
            release system and  the pressure-to-current
            transmitter.   This  problem was  overcome by
            reinstalling the  equipment above grade.

      The  equipment malfunctions  and physical  damage
      described above prevented  complete  coverage  of
      all  the  storms  that  occurred during the  monitor-
      ing  period.   [3]

Off-Line  Facilities

Usually off-line treatment or storage facilities  are  larger
and of more sophisticated design  than in-line  facilities
Several subtasks are integrated  to  accomplish  the  overall
treatment task.  Effective control  and operation  of  such
facilities are  usually dependent upon varying degrees of
instrumentation.   This may range  from a simple  liquid level
sensor all the way to highly instrumented,  fully  automated
operation.

Required maintenance common to most off-line facilities may
include lubricating of equipment; inspecting and cleaning of
chemical pumps, electrical and pneumatic sensing probes
flow measuring and recording devices, and automatic sam-
plers; checking and calibrating instruments; checking emer-
gency power generators and starting batteries; and inspect-
ing all pumps, valves, and piping.  All  equipment should be
                            391

-------
 operated for short periods at least twice a month.  Good
 general housekeeping is essential for both successful oper-
 ation and safety.

 Maintenance problems peculiar to some of the more commonly
 used off-line abatement and treatment processes are de-
 scribed in the following discussion.

 Physical Processes - Sedimentation basins and dissolved air
 flotation sludge holding tanks and flotation chambers should
 be dewatered and cleaned following each storm to prevent
 nuisance odors and restore full treatment capacity.  Solids
 removal equipment, pumps,  and other auxiliary equipment
 should be cleaned, inspected, and lubricated on a regular
 basis.  Pretreatment devices, such as fine screens and cy-
 clone grit  removers, may require special attention.
 Chemical metering, mixing, and injection equipment should
 be serviced after each  storm.

 Screening devices, such as rotary fine screens,  drum screens
 and microstrainers,  should be thoroughly inspected after
 each storm.   Special attention should be given to the condi-
 tion of the  screens  because they are susceptible to damage
 from sharp  objects (causing rips,  tears, or  breaks),  grease
 blinding, and algae  growths.   Screens  should be  cleaned or
 replaced as  necessary.   The equipment  should be  lubricated
 and operated on  a regular  basis  during dry-weather periods.

 Filters  should be visually inspected after backwashing  to
 verify their cleanliness.   Pumps,  valves,  and other auxil-
 iary equipment should be checked and serviced regularly.
 Disinfection may  be  necessary to prevent biological  growth
 within the filter.   Sludge  holding  tanks  must  be  cleaned
 after  each storm.  Chemicals  and polymers must be  replen-
 ished,  and metering  and mixing equipment  must  be  cleaned
 and  inspected.  The  strength  of  the  stored disinfectant
 should be monitored.

 Biological Processes - Generally, biological processes do
 n°t  require  the detailed after-storm maintenance needed by
 physical processes.  This  is  true because biological com-
 bined  sewer  overflow treatment processes  are usually oper-
 ated as, or  in conjunction with, dry-weather flow  facilities
 They therefore receive the same maintenance care as the dry-'
weather facilities.  Generally,  it is necessary only to wash
 down the facility following a storm.  During extended dry-
weather periods,  such equipment as pumps and valves, used
 only during combined sewer overflows, should be operated on
 a regular basis.
                            392

-------
  Lagoons  require  only minor maintenance, mostly  of  a  cleanup
  ^e;-Unle^ ae?;at0rS  are used-  Aerators require  periodic
  reaufred°hva?  lubricatlon« .The general ongoing maintenance
  required by  lagoons is aquatic weed removal, embankment and
  access road  inspection and repair, vegetation control
  and periodic removal of  accumulated sludge deposits.

  Physical-Chemical Processes - Physical-chemical processes
  are generally ratner complex in that considerable  auxiliary
  equipment is required for their operation.  This includes
  pumps, valves, instruments, chemical feeders and mixers, etc,
  filled personnel are required to maintain and calibrate the
  instruments and process controllers on a regular schedule.
  bludge holding tanks must be cleaned following each storm
  it recalcination and carbon regeneration equipment is used
  special maintenance is usually required, especially for the
  instrumentation.                                   J

 Practices for Improved Operation and Maintenance

 Satisfactory operation of both in-line and off-line com-
 bined sewer overflow abatement and  treatment facilities
 depends,  to a large extent,  on adequate regular  inspection
 and maintenance.   The  purpose  of this  is twofold:   first  to
 locate and  correct any operational  problems  or  failures and
 second,  to  prevent or  reduce the  probability of  such  prob-
 lems  or  failures.

 Inspection  should be as  frequent  as necessary  to keep such
 facilities  in good operating condition.   Generally, this
 means  inspections  both  on a weekly  schedule  and  following
 each  major  storm.   Regulators with  small orifices  or  drop
 inlets with  grates may  require more frequent  inspection.
 It  is  recommended,  however, that no regulator or tide gate
 be  inspected  less  frequently than twice  each month  and after
 each  storm  [6].   This also applies  to  off-line facilities.

 Maintenance of regulators  should be carried out  by  crews of
 three  to  five men,  depending on the type and complexity  of
 the regulators used.  A minimum crew of  three men is  recom-
 mended so that one man may remain at the surface while  the
 other two enter the  chamber.  Other appurtenances,  such  as
 gate operators, depth probes, and telemetry equipment
 may require additional highly skilled maintenance personnel.

 Maintenance of off-line facilities should be carried  out by
 as many men as necessary to complete the job rapidly and
 safely.  This will, of course,  depend on the size and com-
plexity of the facility.  For example, in the Humboldt
Avenue Detention and Chlorination Facility demonstration
project [2], it was assumed that normal tank operation would
                            393

-------
 require the attention of one man for approximately 2 hours
 per day, seven days per week, plus special visits during and
 immediately following each period of rainfall.  Prior to
 tank startup, it was further assumed that two men would be
 required full-time to operate and maintain the tank equip-
 ment through a 3- to 6-month shakedown period.  Because of
 equipment malfunctions and because it was necessary to ob-
 tain maximum benefit from the facility, the two-man opera-
 tion was extended a full year.   The tendency to underesti-
 mate actual staffing requirements appears common to most, if
 not all, of the demonstration projects surveyed--largely
 because of the unusual and demanding service requirements.

 Complete records should be kept of all inspection and
 maintenance.   The time and date of each inspection should
 be  recorded,  together with a description of the condition of
 the equipment and the work performed.   The number of man-
 hours  spent on each piece of equipment should be noted.
 These  data should be tabulated  for each piece of equipment
 and summarized for each facility,  thus quickly revealing
 any equipment requiring excessive  maintenance or that is
 out of service with unusual frequency.   These records can
 provide the data needed to compare the cost and efficiency
 of  different  types of equipment for guidance in the  design
 and purchase  of new equipment or the  remodeling of existing
 equipment.   Such records  also aid  in  the  scheduling  of pre-
 ventive maintenance.

 Maintenance Costs

 The  costs  for  maintaining  sewer regulators,  as  reported  in
 a recent national  survey,  are presented  in  Section VIII.
 Maintenance costs  for  off-line  facilities  are  also pre-*
 sented  in  the  discussion  of  the  various  different  processes
 in  Sections  IX to  XIII.  Adjustments and  the  basis of costs
 are  noted with the  presentation  of  the costs.

 SUPPORT FACILITIES  AND  SUPPLIES

 The  importance  of maintenance support  in  the  operation of
 both in-line and off-line control and  treatment  facilities
 increases as the number and/or  size of such  facilities
 increases.  In view of  the wide variety of control and
 treatment processes, no attempt will be made to cover the
 specific requirements of each individual process; only the
 common general requirements will be discussed.  The four
major requirements  are  (1) access to equipment,  (2) ade-
quate tools and equipment,  (3) a specialized work area,
and  (4) spare parts stock.
                            394

-------
 The  layout  of  control  and  treatment  facilities  should meet
 two  criteria:   (1) hydraulic requirements, and  (2) operation
 and  maintenance  requirements.  Very  often, insufficient at-
 tention  is  given to operation and maintenance requirements.
 As a result, on-site maintenance may be badly hampered by
 lack of  maneuvering space  and room to use tools.  The re-
 sulting  inadequate maintenance may cause improper operation
 or failure  of  the equipment.  Access means providing not
 only adequate  servicing room, but also room and a means for
 removing the equipment from the structure.  Invariably (in
 accordance with  one of Murphy's Laws that if anything can
 go wrong, it will) every piece of equipment installed, at
 some time for  some reason, may have to be removed.  It is
 usually expensive to remove equipment by dismantling it
 and  even more  expensive to have to demolish a portion of
 the  structure.   Thus, attention should be paid to providing
 access and working room when designing control and treat-
ment facilities.

Adequate tools should be readily available to perform the
necessary maintenance.   The nature of the tools stocked at
any  facility will be dependent on the particular type, size,
and equipment  involved.  At a small facility where little
or no mechanical equipment is used, only a few tools  are
needed.  At a large plant, on the other hand,  necessary
tools and equipment may sometimes be extensive.

The following items afe considered necessary for maintain-
ing in-line control facilities  [6]:

     1.  A half-ton panel  truck  with a two-way radio,  winch,
         and A-frame

     2.  A portable generator

     3.  Two submersible pumps

     4.  A blower unit

     5.  Various  chains, ropes,  hoses,  ladders,  pikepoles,
         sewer  hooks, sewer rods,  chain  jacks,  tool kits,
         etc.

     6.  Sewer  atmosphere  testing meters, safety equipment,
         helmets, harnesses,  first-aid kits, danger flags,
         signs, barricades,  life  jackets, gas masks, air
         packs, gas detector  lamps,  fire extinguishers, ex-
         tension  cords, protective clothing, etc.

     7.   Various  spare  parts
                           395

-------
 Maintenance shops are usually required in support of off-
 ^^ treatment facilities.  Occasionally, in-line control
 and treatment facilities also include large pieces of
 equipment.  The importance of shops in the operation and
 maintenance of treatment facilities increases with the size
 of the plant.  Shops may be classified as general repair
 shops and machine shops.  These shops should be in the same
 building in adjoining rooms.

 A single shop should be capable of supporting several in-
 line facilities and, possibly, several off-line facilities
 also.   This is dependent on the number,  size, and location
 of the facilities.   It may be possible to expand existing
 dry-weather flow treatment plant shops to handle the addi-
 tional maintenance.   Cost savings can usually be expected
 when using this centralized maintenance  concept.  Wet-
 weather maintenance  shops should be equipped and laid out
 similarly to those  for dry-weather treatment facilities  be-
 cause  most off-line  wet-weather treatment facilities have
 maintenance requirements similar to those required for drv-
 weather treatment processes.

 Since  storm events occur without regard  for  unfilled parts
 orders  or shipping dates,  a spare  parts  inventory  is  essen-
 tial as  a backup to  any  maintenance program.   A large stock
 o± all  parts  is unnecessary,  but those most  subject  to wear
 and  frequent breakage  should  be  on hand.   This  involves  a
 storage  room or compartments  where these  parts  may be pro-
 tected  until used.   This  section of the maintenance  facility
 should  be  separate from  the repair shop itself  so  that it
 may be  locked up and parts  dispensed as necessary under  an
 inventory  system.

 Administration facilities should be centralized  by making
 use of existing dry-weather facilities, if possible.  This
 avoids unnecessary records duplication and affords easy
 data assembly and analysis.

 SAFETY

The Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) of 1970, which
^Ca?! fi^t^ll ^Pril ?8? 1971' aPPlies to every employee
in the United States  and its territories.  The Act specifies
three areas of principal concern:

     1.  Record-keeping requirements related to employees.

     2.  Rules and  regulations pertaining to design fea-
         tures and  safety requirements of facilities.

     3.   Rules  and  regulations pertaining to construction
         safety practices and  precautions.
                            396

-------
 The hazards are a function of the working environment, oper
 ating procedures and practice, and condition and design of
 facilities.  Sewage works deaths reported are considerably
 higher on a man-hour basis than those occurring in machine
 shops.  Deaths in sewer manholes have been as many as 12 in
 a 2-year period and, in one case, 2 men died and 2 others
 were overcome, all in the same manhole.

      In Westchester County, New York, 1956, two men
      lost their lives by entering a manhole on a
      large diameter sewer to rescue a third man who
      had collapsed.  The rescuers apparently were
      overcome  and were swept away through the large
      sewer. Their bodies were recovered five hours
      later, a  half mile down stream.   [12]

 The intention  here is not to give a full synopsis of safety
 considerations,  but rather to furnish a reminder that storm
 tlow management applications expose personnel to very real
 and very dangerous environmental conditions.   For example,
 in  connection  with sewer gas:

      Sewer Gas  is  a misnomer since  it is not  a single
      but a mixture of gases from the  decomposition of
      organic matter.   It is actually  sewage  sludge
      gas with  a  high content of  carbon dioxide and
      varying amounts  of methane,  hydrogen,  hydrogen
      sulfide and a small amount  of  oxygen.  The
      hazard is usually  from an explosive mixture  of
      methane and oxygen or,  more  often,  from  an  oxy-
      gen deficiency.  This  definition does not in-
      clude  the extraneous  gases  or  vapors which may
      be  present  in sewers  from gas  main  leaks  or  from
      gasoline or other  volatile  solvents which fre-
      quently find  their way into  sewers.   [12]

The chemicals used or stored, such  as  chlorine, present
another  problem  because  of  their  toxicity, corrosiveness,
etc.  Plant features, such  as railings,  kickboards, safety
treads,  multiple access/egress points, ventilation, light-
ing,  auxiliary power sources, and detection and observation
points,  must be  fully incorporated  into  design and practice.

SOLIDS HANDLING AND DISPOSAL

Often, on process  flow  diagrams, the  solids disposal problem
is solved simply and easily by showing an arrow pointing off
the diagram labelled "to solids disposal."  In actuality,
solids disposal is one of the largest problems faced by
operators of treatment facilities.  In stormwater and com-
bined sewage treatment facilities, the solids disposal
                            397

-------
 problem may be orders of magnitude greater than that at
 separate sanitary sewage treatment plants.  For example
 the deposited solids in a combined sewer available for
 resuspension by storm flows may be similar to those shown
 on Figure 82.

 The removal of solids deposited in sewers used for storm-
 water storage is a definite problem.  One method for re-
 moving deposited solids is that used in the Red Run Drain
 Area near Detroit [1].   There, the detention structure,
 19.8 meters by 6.1 meters by 3.35 km (65 by 20 by 11,000
 feet) , is being constructed with a partially sloping bottom
 leading to a central trough and a flushing system.   Nozzles
 spaced at 2.03-meter (6.67-foot) centers along the  ceiling
 at the outer walls discharge flushing water at rates up to
 12.6 I/sec (200 gpm) to wash down the walls and the bottom
 to the central trough,  as shown on Figure 83.   Other sewer
 tlushing methods are described in Section VIII.   The remain-
 der of this section  will deal with the handling and disposal
 of solids from storm sewer discharge and combined sewer
 overflow treatment facilities.

 The problem of solids handling and disposal from off-line
 combined sewer overflow facilities is threefold:   (1)  esti-
 mating  the  quantities,  (2)  collection,  and  (3)  ultimate
 disposal.

 Estimating  Solids  Removal

 One of  the  greatest  handicaps  to the  designer  of  combined
 sewer overflow abatement  facilities  is  the  lack  of  viable
 data  on  the  amount of solids  to  be  expected.   This  presently
 inadequate  data base  will be  bolstered  as further operating
 experience with the  various demonstration projects  is
 gained.   Sharp departures from the norm must be expected,
 however,  in  individual applications.  EPA is presently  spon-
 soring a project to  determine the  solids content of combined
 sewer overflows.

 Solids removal and disposal methods for several combined
 sewer overflow treatment demonstration projects are listed
 in  Table 85.  The figures listed in this table have been
 calculated from reported data and are presented here only
 to  indicate orders of magnitude.

One item of major interest is the comparison of the solids
resulting from normal dry-weather operation of a treatment
facility and those resulting from wet-weather flows    The
impact of imposing the additional solids from wet weather
upon existing dry-weather facilities is illustrated in
the following example.
                            398

-------
      Figure  82.    Sludge  bank  in  Conner Street sewer

                            Detroit  [15]

A 2.3 m (7.5-foot) deep sludge bank resulting from  in-line storage; two  barrels of  a
three barrel  sewer; each barrel,  4.8  m  X  5.3 m (15.75 X 17.5  feet), contained sludge
deposits extending downstream about 2,150 m (7,000  feet)  and  ranging from  1 5 m to
1.8  m (5 to 6  feet) in depth for  the  first 1,220  m  (4,000  feet)
                                   399

-------
  Figure 83.  Flushing System, Red Run drain, Detroit [1]
 The total sanitary sewage flow from a 1,000-ha (2,469-acrel
 area will be 141 7 I/sec (3.23 mgd),  assuming 32.3 person!/
 ha (13.1 persons/acre)  and 378 I/capita/day (100 gpcd)  of
 flow.   If the sewage contains 200 mg/1 SS and 200 mg/1  BODc
 and is  treated in a conventional activated sludge plant
 (assuming 65 percent SS and 35 percent BODr removal in  pri-
 mary clarifiers)   the sludge production will be approxi?
 mately  2,470 kg/day (5,500  Ib/day)  of dry solids.

 If a 1.27 cm/hr  (0.5 in./hr)  2-hour duration rainstorm  over
 the  same  area will  result in 1.27 cm  (0.5 inch)  of runoff
 (assuming a  runoff  coefficient of 0.5),  the total runoff

 t£ir?hplU   ^ 126'9°°  CU m (1°2'9  acre-ft).   Assuming
 ?na  th  Vlf       * iS  constant  and  al*  runoff occur!  dur-
 ing  the  2-hour storm duration,  and  that  the storm flow  can
 be characterized  as  having  600  mg/1 SS  during  the first
 30 minutes ("first  flush" phenomenon)  and 145  mg/1  SS during
 f72  ^'TlM'V0  minutes>.the  total solids  load  is  32,835 kg
 (72  483 Ib)  SS, or  approximately  13.3  times  the  average
 daily dry-weather flow solids production.   Thus,  the tradi-
 tional oversight  of  not being concerned about  storm flow
 solids beyond  sending them  to existing dry-weather  flow
 facilities is  somewhat frightening.

 If the runoff  is  totally contained and sent to the dry-
weather flow facility over  3 days (assuming no further
storms occur during this period), the  additional  loading on
                            400

-------
       Table 85.   SLUDGE  PRODUCTION AND  SOLIDS  DISPOSAL
            METHODS FOR VARIOUS TREATMENT PROCESSES*


Treatment process
Sedimentation


Dissolved air
flotation


Sludge
concentration,
t solids
2.5-5.0b


1.0-2.0


SS removal
efficiency,
1
40-75


40-70


Wet sludge
volume
cf/mil gal.
260-1,000


670-2,300


Dry s.olids
volume,
cf/mil gal.
10-20


10-20
Sludge
disposal
method for
demonstration
projects
Return to
interceptor

Return to
interceptor


Comments
Ultimate disposal with
existing dry weather flow
sludge
Ultimate disposal with
existing dry weather flow
                                 1-4S
        sludge

Landfill   For 3/4 in. to 1/2 in. bar
        spacing
Rotary fine screens


Ultrafine screens and
microstrainers

Filtration 0.4-1.5*


Contact stabilization 0.5-1.5


Trickling filters and 3. 0-10. O8
rotating biological
contactors
Physical -chemical 2.0-5.0

27-34


25-90

50-90


80-95


60-90
80-100

5-10


S-25

1,100-7,500 10-25


1, 800-6, 300£ ' 20-2Sf


200-1,000 15-25
530-1, 700h 20-2Sh

Return to
interceptor

Return to
interceptor

Return to •>
interceptor

Return to
interceptor

Return to
interceptor
Incineration

Ultimate disposal with
existing dry weather flow
sludge
Ultimate disposal with
existing dry weather flow
sludge
Ultimate disposal with
existing dry weather flow
sludge
Ultimate disposal with
existing dry weather flow
sludge
Ultimate' disposal with
existing dry weather flow
sludge
Ultimate disposal by
landfill
a. Assuming 250 mg/1 SS in the stormwater and dry solids specific gravity - 1.30.
b. Assuming continuous sludge collection.
c. NA • not available.
d. Volumes shown for screenings only, not SS.
e. Low value for unsettled backwash water and high value for settled backwash water.
f. Does not include waste biological solids produced in aeration tanks.
g. Assuming sludge recycle.
h. Does not include added chemicals.
Note:  cf/mil gal. x 0.0075 - cu m/Ml
    in. x 2.54 - cm
the dry-weather  facility will  be 10,945 kg/day (24,161
Ib/day)  SS.   This  amounts to 4.4 times  the design  SS
loading.   Such SS  loadings could easily overload the grit
chambers,  primary  clarifiers,  and digesters,  and could re-
sult in  broken sludge collector  mechanisms and in  major
process  upsets.

The factors  controlling  SS removal are  the total volume of
wet-weather  flow and the  flow  rate.   In the case of  the
foregoing  example,  an increase in primary sedimentation
capacity at  existing dry-weather facilities may be required
to  enable  them to  handle  the additional SS loadings  from
combined sewer overflows  adequately or,  alternatively,  the
                                401

-------
                  y6 in°rganic solids may be removed at the

  Collection

  Equipment  used  in  the  collection  and  removal of  solids  from
  storage/sedimentation  basins  include  rakes,  chain  and
  flights, water  jets, and mechanical mixers.   The sludge col-
  lection rakes,  a direct adaptation from  circular dry-weather
  flow  sedimentation practice,  are  the  most  expensive^ and the
               •? lnactivity °r nonsubmergence have  resuUed
                                                  °ther
 The high-pressure water jets appear to be a favored solution
 incorporated in many designs.  Location of the nozzles wiJh
 respect to the surface to be cleaned  (the force diminishes
 considerably with distance), easy access to the nozzles fo

              -                                       "
            mixerf. have been successfully applied in the
     caUv  ocatedeHenti°n 1*°^ deS^n W'  The" stra-
 =nft5  A7 l°cated devices have been used to resuspend the
 Ultimate  Disposal
 is  landlniT.f  Crm°n  rlh°d  °f  ultimate  sludge  disposal
 is  landfilling.   Several  treatment  processes  are  available
 for substantially reducing  the sludge  volume  befor^ulUmate
 disposal    These  include  heat  treating,  aerobic and  anaero
 bic digestion  and incineration.  All  of these processesLe
            VOlUmetriC reduction of  Budges containing a
c    b

te?ianutf^dge^°f 3 biodegradable nature becaue th  bac-
teria utilize the organics as an energy source for cell
synthesis.  In storm sewer discharges and combined sewer
overflows, the majority of solids are inorganic in nature
"ally ve^y little3.1™ heaUng ValUe and Wifl degradeabior!ogi
To date, no storm flow treatment facility has been  ni
specxfically for solids handling and disposal.  Generally,
                            402

-------
as noted  in Table  85,  the  solids removed by  storm  sewer dis-
charge and combined sewer  overflow treatment  facilities,
other than those operated  as part of the dry-weather flow
treatment facilities,  are  discharged to the  interceptor for
conveyance to the  dry-weather plant for removal and ultimate
disposal.

It is apparent that storm  flow solids handling and disposal
is indeed an important problem that no longer can be
ignored.  The solution of  this problem will be different
for each project,  but  each one will require careful storm
flow quantity and  quality  characterization studies.  Toward
this end, the EPA  has  recently awarded a contract to study
the handling and disposal of sludges arising from combined
sewer overflow treatment [10].  An attempt is to be made to
define the amounts, constitution, and composition of the
sludges as a function  of:  (1) the nature of the combined
sewer overflows from which they are derived, and (2) the
treatment processes to which they are subjected.  It is
hoped that this identification endeavor will provide the
background data necessary for the selection of appropriate
solids handling and disposal systems for various treatment
processes.  The resulting recommendations for solids treat-
ment and disposal methods should be a useful reference for
designers of complete combined sewer overflow treatment and
control systems in the future.
                            403

-------

-------
       Part V
REFERENCES, GLOSSARY,
         AND
 CONVERSION FACTORS

-------

-------
                                        Section  XVI



                                        REFERENCES



                                   Cited  References




                                         Section III


  1.   A  Letter Opinion.  State of Maryland, Attorney General,  Annapolis,  Md.   April  6,  1971.

  2.   Combined Sewer Overflow Abatement Alternatives:  Washington,  D C.   Roy  F. Weston   Inc
      11024 EXF.  Environmental Protection Agency.   August  1970.                       '

  3.   Comptroller General of the United States.   Need to  Control  Discharges From Sewers
      Carrying Both Sewage and Storm Runoff.   Report to the Congress.  March  28, 1973.

  4.   Georgia Water Quality Control Act.   Georgia Code Annotated  (Supplemental 1966)  Ch  17-5
      and Ch. 88-26, as Amended by Public Acts of 1971 and  Senate Bills 493 and 494  1972
      Legislature, Sections 2, 3, 10, 21A.  1972.                                  '

  S.   Illinois Water Pollution Control Rules.   Illinois Pollution Control Board Rules and
      Regulations, Chapter 3, Parts I and IV.   March 7, 1972.

  6.   Orange County, Florida, Subdivision Regulations.  Orange  County Planning Department
      (Ed.), Fla.  October 1972.

  7.   Pollution Effects of Stormwater and Overflows  From  Combined Sewer Systems-   A
      Preliminary Appraisal.   U.S.  Department  of  Health,  Education,  and Welfare]   1964.

  8.   Prevention and Correction of Excessive  Infiltration and  Inflow Into Sewer Systems-  A
      Manual of Practice.   American Public Works  Association.   11022 EFF.   Environmental
      Protection Agency.   January 1971.

  9.   Problems of Combined Sewer  Facilities and Overflows 1967.  American Public Works
      Association.   11020---  12/67.   Environmental Protection Agency.  December 1967.


                                     Tr6atment  Dat6S ' Mississippi River.  Illinois Pollution


11.   Rules  and Regulations,  Sediment Control.  State  of  Maryland, Department of Natural
      Resources,  8.05.03.01.   Annapolis,  Md.   April  4,  1972.
12'   ^°rUtl?n N?-C7°"?3'  Adding  Re?olution No. 67-64.  Special Time Schedule for the City
     and County of San  Francisco  Relative to Regulation of Discharges From Combined Sewers
     California Regional  Water  Quality Control Board- -San Francisco Bay Region
     November 24,  1970.


13.   Sediment Control Law.   State of Maryland, Annotated Code, Chapter 245, Acts of 1970.
     A.p n J. L L j  J. y 7 (J •


14.   WPC Technical Policy 20-24,  Design Criteria--Waste Treatment Plants and Treatment  of
     Sewer Overflows.   Illinois Environmental Protection Agency.   Revised July 1971.
                                         407

-------
  8.
                               REFERENCES  (Continued)


                                           Section IV
   2.
   3.  Giessner. W-^.^t al.^ Management of Wet Weather Flow.   Presented at  CWPCA Conference.
  4.  Metcalf § Eddy, Inc.  Reconnaissance


  5.


  6.  U. S
      Area! ISJy1™" . "* COm"'erCe-   "^ropolitan Climatological Summaries:  National Capital
                                          Section V

 5-      in                                                      D-c-  R   '
 7.  Combined Sewer  Overflow Seminar Papers.   Seminar  at Hudson-Delaware Basins Office

     Agency!   Marchlg^.         *'*' 1969'   U°2°"-  °3/70'  Environmental Projection


 8.  Combined Sewer  Overflow Study for the Hudson  River Conference.  Contract 68-01-0055
     August ?972         n C°mmission> New York  City.   Environmental Protection Agency?


 9'          °th    Massachusf ts-   Special Report of the Department of Public  Health

                        aratlref S™^* ^64 f"  ^ D1SP°Sal °f ^^^ " thg

                 ^                                       Hercules, inc.  11020-10/69.


11.  Dispatching System for Control of Combined  Sewer Losses.  Metropolitan Sewer  Board
     St.  Paul, Minnesota.   11020 FAQ.   Environmental Protection Agency.   March  1971?  '
                                         408

-------
                             REFERENCES  (Continued)
12.   Engineering Investigation of Sewer Overflow  Problem:   Roanoke,  Virginia.  Hayes,  Seay,
     Mattern § Mattern.   11024 DMS.   Environmental  Protection  Agency.  May  1970.

13.   Environmental Impact of Highway Deicing.   Edison  Water Quality  Laboratory.   11040 GKK.
     Environmental Protection Agency.   June  1971.

14.   FY 1972 Annual Report on the Quality  of Urban  Storm  Runoff  Entering  the  San  Francisco
     Bay.   The Hydrologic Engineering  Center of Engineers,  U.S.  Army.  June 1972.

15.   J.B.  Gilbert § Associates and Metcalf § Eddy,  Inc.   Evaluation  San Francisco Wastewater
     Master Plan.  Draft  report.   March 2, 1973.

16.   Hypochlorination of  Polluted Storm Water Pumpage  at  New Orleans.  U.R. Pontius et al.
     11203 FAS.   Draft report for Environmental Protection  Agency.   March 1973.

17.   Kluesener,  J.W.  and  Lee, G.F.   Nutrient Loading From a Separate Storm  Sewer  in Madison,
     Wisconsin.   Bechtel  Corporation and University of Wisconsin.  Presented  at 45th Annual
     Conference, Water Pollution  Control Federation. Atlanta,  Georgia.  October 12, 1972.

18.   Letter from Robert W.  Agnew  of Rex Chainbelt,  Inc. to  Richard Field  of Environmental
     Protection  Agency on CSO Data From Central States Meeting.   June  19, 1972.

19.   Los Angeles County Flood Control  District, Memorandum  on  Storm  Water Sampling Program
     from J.K.  Mitchell to E.J.  Zielbauer.  File  No. 2-19.012.   August 16,  1968.

20.   McKee, J.E.  Loss of Sanitary Sewage  Through Storm Water  Overflow.   Jour. Boston  Soc.
     Civ.  Engrs, 34,  No.  2,  p 55.   1947.

21.   Metcalf $ Eddy,  Inc.   American Sewage Practice, Vol. I:   Design of Sewers, 2nd Edition.
     New York,   McGraw-Hill  Book  Company.   1928.

22.   Ministry of Housing  and Local  Government.  Technical Committee  on Storm  Overflows  and
     the Disposal of Storm Sewage.   London,  Her Majesty's Stationery Office.   1970.

23.   Onondaga Lake Study.   Onondaga County,  Syracuse,  New York.   11060 FAE.   Environmental
     Protection  Agency.   April 1971.

24.   Palmer, C.L.  the Pollutional Effects of Storm-Water Overflows  From  Combined Sewers.
     Sewage and Industrial Wastes, 22, No. 2, pp  154-165.   1950.

25.   Personal communication from K.L.  Zippier, Elson T. Killam Associates,  Inc. to
     W.G.  Smith, Metcalf  § Eddy,  Inc., regarding  413TP -  Treatment Plant, Borough of New
     Providence.  April  26,  1973.

26.   Pollutional Effects  of Stormwater and Overflows From Combined Sewer  Systems:  A
     Preliminary Appraisal.   U.S.  Department of Health, Education, and Welfare.   1964.

27.   Problems of Combined Sewer Facilities and Overflows  1967.   American  Public Works
     Association.  11020	  12/67.   Environmental Protection Agency.  December 1967.

28.   Schmidt, 0. J.   Pollution Control in  Sewers.   Jour.  WPCF,  44:  No   7  p 1384
     July 1972.                                                           ' v

29.   Sewer Bedding and Infiltration -  Gulf Coast  Area. Tulane University.  11022  DEI.
     Environmental Protection Agency.   May 1972.

30.   Shifrin, W.G. and Homer, W.W.   Effectiveness  of  the Interception of Sewage-Storm
     Water Mixtures.   Jour.  WPCF,  33,  No.  6, pp 650-720.  1961.

31.   Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution Sources and Abatement:   Atlanta,  Georgia.  Black,
     Crow and Eidsness, Inc.   11024  ELB.   Environmental Protection Agency.  January 1971

32.   Storm Water Management  Model,  Vol.  I:  Final Report.   Metcalf § Eddy,  Inc.,  University
     of Florida, and Water Resources Engineers, Inc.   11024 DOC.  Environmental Protection
     Agency.  July 1971.

33.   Storm Water Pollution From Urban  Land Activity.   Economics  Systems Corporation.
     11034 FKL.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   July 1970.

34.   Storm Water Problems and Control  in Sanitary Sewers:   Oakland and Berkeley,  California.
     Metcalf § Eddy,  Inc.   11024  EQG.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   March 1971.
                                         409

-------
                           REFERENCES  (Continued)
  3S-
    '   ?ISS       oo'bS*?^!?'"" V01'  1:  *»Wic.l  Studi...   University of Cincinnati
  38'
  39-
                                       Section  VI

   1.
                                                           M
      ftgaray,  r.j. and Kiado, M.L.   Effects of Refri apmteri c*
      pps2!o:23?:ocMaydi;ii6of "" 2ut *"*» '"<-«"" ^ste",^^^ ass'K&X'f
  2.  Berthouex, P.M.   Evaluating Economy of Scale.  Journal WPCF, 44,  No. 11, pp 2111-2119.
  3.


  4.


  5.


  6.
                                       reporfo      '     '    «»««••».  «r- ,
                                       report for Environmental Protection Agency.  1973


                                         tLa^oPrOJeCt-  «°*  *'  "•"«' '«•  »»« «X-'

          Sader"eL™rchCeCenterate?70f9or--eruoa6^ W""V«.r Treating Processes.  Robert A.
          1969.          Center.  17090---  06/69.   Environmental  Protection Agency.
     June 1969.

  7.
  9.
                                  ^    , ,__        „.„ _    .              D^^
11.  uiessnpr  w u   &+ «i   \i	  .   ,. ,,
                                     of Wet Weather Flow.  Presented  at CWPCA Conference
12.  Hydrospace-Challenger,  Inc.  Sewer  Flow Sampler.  Preliminary rough draft.  1972.





                                                            ission of  the City of
13.


14.


15.


16.

                                    410

-------
                          REFERENCES   (Continued)
17.  McPherson, M.B.   Feasibility of the  Metropolitan  Water  Intelligence  System  Concept
     (Integrated Automatic Operational  Control).   American Society  of  Civil Engineers.
     December 1971.

18.  Metcalf § Eddy,  Inc.   Reconnaissance Study  of Combined  Sewer Overflows and  Storm
     Sewer Discharges.   Prepared for District  of Columbia.   1973.

19.  Metcalf § Eddy,  Inc.   Wastewater Engineering:   Collection,  Treatment, Disposal.
     New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company.   1972.

20.  National Pollution Discharge Elimination  System Application for Permit to Discharge,
     Appendix A - Standard Analytical Methods  (Interim).  Federal Laws  71:5598-71:5603.

21.  A Portable Device  for Measuring Wastewater  Flow in  Sewers.  Hittman  Associates.
     Contract No. 14-12-909.   Draft  report for Environmental  Protection Agency.  May 1973.

22.  Schontzler, J.G.   Electronic Flow  Measurement  for Wastewater.  Presented at the
     WWEMA Industrial  Water and Pollution Conference.  March  15, 1973.

23.  Smith, R.  Cost  of Conventional and  Advanced Treatment  of Wastewater.  Journal
     WPCF, 40, No.  9,  pp 1546-1574.   1968.

24.  Suspended Solids  Monitor.   American  Standard,  Inc.   11020 DZB.  Environmental
     Protection Agency.   August 1972.

25.  System Monitoring  and Remote Control.   Detroit Metropolitan Water Department.
     11020 FAX.  Draft  report  for Environmental  Protection Agency.  November 1972.

26.  Underwater Storage of Combined  Sewer Overflows.   Karl R. Rohrer Associates, Inc.
     11022 ECV.  September 1971.

27.  USEPA Clean Water  Fact Sheet:   Storm and  Combined Sewer  Projects.  April 1969.

28.  Visit to the EPA  Regional  Office in  Chicago,  Illinois,  and  Four of Their On-going
     Projects.  Memorandum for  the Record,  C.D.  Tonkin,  Metcalf  § Eddy, Inc.
     January 29-February 6, 1973.


                                         Section  VII


 1.  Environmental  Impact  of Highway Deicing.  Edison  Water  Quality Laboratory.  11040 GKK.
     Environmental Protection Agency.   June 1971.

 2.  Everhart, R.C.  New Town Planned Around Environmental Aspects.  Civil Engineering-ASCE,
     43,  No.  9, pp  69-73.   September 1973.

 3.  Guidelines for Erosion and Sediment  Control  Planning and Implementation.  Maryland
     Department of Water Resources and  Hittman Associates, Inc.  15030 FMZ.  Environmental
     Protection Agency.   August 1972.

 4.  Investigation of  Porous Pavements  for Urban  Runoff  Control.  The  Franklin Institute
     Research Laboratories.  11034 DUY.   Environmental Protection Agency.  March 1972.

 5.  Mammel,  F.A. We  are  Using Salt--Smarter.  Department of Public Works, Ann Arbor,
     Michigan, American City, LXXXVII,  No.  1,  pp  54-56.   1972.

 6.  Poertner, H.G.  Better Storm Drainage  Facilities  at Lower Cost.  Civil Engineering -
     ASCE, 43, No. 10,  pp  67-70.   October 1973.

 7.  Sartor,  J.D. and Boyd,  G.B.   Water Pollution Aspects of  Street Surface Contaminants.
     EPA-R2-72-081.  Environmental Protection  Agency.  November  1972.

 8.  Sartor,  J.D. , Boyd,  G.B. ,  and Agardy,  F.J.  Water Pollution Aspects of Street Surface
     Contaminants.  Presented at  the 45th Annual  Conference of the Water Pollution Control
     Federation. Atlanta,  Georgia.   October 1972.

 9.  Sediment Movement  in  an Area of Surburban Highway Construction, Scott Run Basin,
     Fairfax  County, Virginia,  1961-64.   Geological  Survey Water-Supply Paper 1591-E.
                                        411

-------
                               REFERENCES  (Continued)
                                    or Fun and Profit.   Water  Spectrum,  2, No.  3, pp 29-34,
  11.

  12.

  13.  Fi«
       A^cy7JMay'/i973?1SOn WSter  QU3llty  ReS6arch Laboratory,  Enviro^mentaTpro^ction

                                          Section VIII
   1.
   2.
                                                                   ASCE
   3.

                                                             and
                                                          :,  40,
                    »„* c*-4-  « T   Poilution From Combined  Sewe     Cincinnati, Ohio
                                     1090S°UrCeS  Englneerin«  Meeting, Memphis,
           ,      __.j *»«»x* *iv/v^iicm» i»i . r*. .   .^an ^T»or»x»i*-*-rt  \g ~ — *.	  •*-»••    <•   _ _ "      ~ - r -I • \^ • «J i •
      ment:  Preliminary Report.
  7.  			
                                                                i, B.C.   Roy F.
  8.
                                    	^_  i4,puil. i(J1 environment Protection Agency   1973
  9.
                                                                                        '
 10.

 11.

 12.

 13.

 14.

 IS.
     Agency.  September~1973".' ""^  *"*my Kesearcn  Laboratory,  Environmental Protection'
16.

                                                              and
17.  EP
                                          412

-------
                           REFERENCES  (Continued)
18.   Feasibility of a  Stabilization-Retention  Basin  in  Lake  Erie  at  Cleveland, Ohio.
     Havens and Emerson.   11020	  05/68.   Environmental  Protection  Agency.  May  1968.

19.   Field, R.   Combined  Sewer Overflows.   Civil  Engineering-ASCE, pp  57-60.
     February 1973.

20.   Flood Control  Coordinating  Committee.   Development of a Flood and Pollution  Control
     Plan for the Chicagoland Area:   Summary of Technical Reports.   Metropolitan  Sanitary
     District of Greater  Chicago,  Institute  of Environmental Quality,  and Department of
     Public Works.   August 1972.

21.   Flow Augmenting Effects of  Additives  on Open Channel Flows.  Columbia  Researcy
     Corporation.  EPA-R2-73-238.   Environmental  Protection  Agency.  February  1973.

22.   A Flushing System for Combined Sewer  Cleansing.  FMC Corporation.   11020  DNO.
     Environmental  Protection Agency.   March 1972.

23.   Gibbs, C.V., et al.   System for Regulation of Combined  Sewage Flows.   ASCE San.J.,  98,
     SA-6, pp 951-972.   1972.

24.   Greeley, S.A.   Marston, F.A.,  and Requardt,  G.J.  (Board of Engineers).  Report  to
     District of Columbia, Department of Sanitary Engineering,on  Improvements  to  Sewerage
     System.   February 28, 1957.

25.   Ground Water Infiltration  and  Internal  Sealing  of  Sanitary Sewers.  Montgomery  County
     Sanitary Department, Montgomery County, Ohio.   11020 DHQ.  Environmental  Protection
     Agency.   June  1972.

26.   Harlan, T.S.  and Allman,  W.B.  Polyethylene Pipe  Slipped Into  Defective  Sanitary
     Sewer.  Civil Engineering,  43, No. 6, pp  78-81.   1973.

27.   Heat Shrinkable Tubing as  Sewer Pipe  Joints. The  Western Company.  11024 FLY.
     Environmental Protection  Agency.  June 1971.

28.   Impregnation of Concrete  Pipe.  Southwest Research Institute.   11024 EQE.
     Environmental Protection  Agency.  June 1971.

29.   Improved Sealants for Infiltration Control.   The Western  Company.   11020  DIH.
     Environmental  Protection  Agency.  June 1969.

30.   Maximizing Storage in Combined Sewer  Systems.   Municipality  of  Metropolitan  Seattle.
     11022 ELK.  Environmental  Protection  Agency. December  1971.

31.   Metcalf § Eddy, Inc.  Reconnaissance  Study of Combined  Sewer Overflows  and Storm
     Sewer Discharges.   Prepared for District  of  Columbia.   1973.

32.   Metcalf § Eddy, Inc.  Wastewater Engineering:   Collection, Treatment,  Disposal.
     New York, McGraw-Hill Book  Company.  1972.

33.   Microstraining and Disinfection of Combined  Sewer  Overflows.  Cochrane  Division,
     Crane Company.   11023 EVO.   Environmental Protection Agency.  June  1970.

34.   Oakley, H.R.  Practical Design of Storm Sewage  Overflows.  Symposium on Storm
     Sewage Overflows.   London,  Institution of Civil Engineers.   1967.

35.   Palmer, C.L.  Feasibility  of Combined Sewer  Systems.  Journal WPCF, 35, No.  2,
     pp 162-167.  1963.

36.   Personal Communication from Dallas Water  Utilities to W.G. Smith, Metcalf §  Eddy, Inc.,
     regarding site plan  and break-down of costs  for the  Bachman  Polymer Injection Station.'
     March 9, 1973.

37.   Personal communication from M.L.  Robins of Metropolitan Sewer Board, St. Paul,
     Minnesota, to  J.A.  Lager, Metcalf $ Eddy, Inc., regarding Minneapolis-St. Paul's
     combined sewer overflow control program.   February 2, 1973.

38.   Personal Communication from Paul L. Brunner, Fort  Wayne City Utilities, to W.G. Smith,
     Metcalf § Eddy, Inc. regarding cost data  for stormwater demonstration.  Grant EPA-
     11020 GYU.  May 8,  1973.
                                         413

-------
                             REFERENCES  (Continued)
                                                             »«•»«•   Environmental


                                                                         •               A
                                               Overflows  1967.  American Public Works
                                              "-1  Protection  Agency.  December 1967
 43.
              __....      ^..r, _,„     	   -     .    Motions Applied to Storm Sewage
" •> •  «xwis j.41^ . n.ij.  ft* r»i nn fl i Ttrnmnn -«y*n4--;MM -t-^urr'  c» «^.»_  &«    . «
                                          to W.G. Smith, Metcalf 5 Eddy, Inc.,  regarding
46.
                                                                        '.   11022 DEI.
                                       May

47.
Ho*  i-» i. v j, ate cinu iT~f»aTm*»r»T r^-h f*-*mK-i*.Aj o_.	OVA -f 1
49.



50.
51.

           ECV.   Environmental  Protection


                                        Section IX
 2-
                             :.   Proceedings of A




6.  Devenis, K.   Cottage Farm Stormwater Treatment  Station.   Public Works, November 1971
7.
                                        414

-------
                            REFERENCES  (Continued)
 8.  Field, R.  and Struzeski, J.   Management and Control  of Combined Sewer  Overflows.
     Presented at 36th Annual Sewage Works Operators'  Conference.  Springfield,  111.,
     April 21, 1971.   In WPCF Journal, 44, No.  7, pp 1393-1415.

 9.  Flood Control Coordinating Committee.  Development  of a Flood and Pollution  Control
     Plan for the Chicagoland Area:  Summary of Technical  Reports.   Metropolitan  Sanitary
     District of Greater Chicago,  Institute of Environmental Quality, and  Department  of
     Public Works.  August 1972.

10.  Foerster, R.E.   The Spring Creek Combined Sewer Overflow Project.   Greeley and Hansen,
     Engineers.   Presented at the  New York State Water Pollution Control Association  Annual
     Meeting, January 28, 1972.

11.  Hydraulics  of Long Vertical  Conduits  and Associated Cavitation.   St.  Anthony Falls
     Hydraulic Laboratory.  11034  FLU.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   June  1971.

12.  Letter from Andrew Warren to  Tony Tafuri on bid cost  of Spring Creek  Project.
     September 1972.

13.  Letter from D.R. Zwickey to  Commissioner of Public  Works,  City of Milwaukee  on bidder
     costs of Humboldt Avenue Pollution Abatement Demonstration Project.   July  10, 1969.

14.  Maximizing  Storage in Combined Sewer  Systems.   Municipality of Metropolitan  Seattle.
     11022 ELK.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   December 1971.

15.  Metropolitan Water Intelligence Systems Completion  Report-Phase  1.  Colorado State
     University, Department of Civil Engineering.  U.S. Department  of  the Interior, Office
     of Water Resources Research,  Grant No.  14-31-0001-3410.   June  1972.

16.  Poertner, H.G.   Better Storm  Drainage Facilities  at Lower  Cost.   Civil  Engineering-
     ASCE, 43, No. 10, pp. 67-70.   October 1973.

17.  Rohrer,  K.R.   Assoc, Inc. Demonstration of Void  Space Storage with Treatment and
     Flow Regulation.  EPA Project 11020 DXH.

18.  Storage  and Treatment of Combined Sewer Overflows.  C.  C.  Oster.   Lake  Superior  Basin
     Office-EPA, Chippewa Falls, Wis.   Environmental Protection Agency.  October  1972.

19.  Underwater  Storage of Combined Sewer  Overflows.   Karl  R.  Rohrer  Associates,  Inc.
     11022 ECV.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   September 1971.



                                          Section X


 1.  American Petroleum Institute.   Manual on Disposal of  Refinery  Wastes, Volume on  Liquid
     Wastes,  Chapter  5, Oil-Water  Separator  Process  Design.   1969.

 2.  American Petroleum Institute.   Manual on Disposal of  Refinery  Wastes, Volume and Liquid
     Wastes,  Chapter  9, Filtration,  Flocculation,  Flotation.   1969.

 3.  Babbit,  H.E.   Sewerage and Sewage Treatment,  8th  Ed.   New York,  John  Wiley § Sons.
     1958.

 4.  Backman  Stormwater Treatment  Plant:   Monthly Report.   City of  Dallas, Texas.  11020 FAW.
     Environmental Protection Agency.   January  1973.

 5.  Bachman  Stormwater Treatment  Plant:   Monthly Report.   City of  Dallas, Texas.  11020 FAW.
     Environmental Protection Agency.   November 1972.

 6.  Bodien,  D.G.  and Stenberg, R.L.   Microscreening Effectively Polishes  Activated Sludge
     Plant Effluent.   Water § Wastes  Engineering,  3, No. 9,  pp  74-77.   1969.

 7.  Cohen, J.M.   Suspended and Colloidal  Solids  Removal.   PPB 1703,  EPA Internal Communi-
     cation.   June 19/0.

 8.  Combined Sewer Overflow Seminar Papers.   Edison Water  Quality  Research  Laboratory.
     EPA 670/2-73-077.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   September 1973.

 9.  Conceptual  Engineering Report -  Kingman Lake Project.   Roy F.  Weston, Inc.   11023 FIX.
     Environmental Protection Agency.   August 1970.
                                       415

-------
                            REFERENCES  (Continued)
  10.




  11.




  12.





  13.





  14.
 16.




 17.




 18.
                                      Hercules,  Inc.  11020- 10/69.


                                                «t, of Portland,







^


            ^fi;:  ^Strainin* of C°"">-ed Sewer Overflows.  Journal
  1S-  ^Kj-icSE"1?:;  ^^inZr^1 ?issord Air Fiotati°- '«'»«•••
                              environmental Protection Agency.  July 1971.
  :0^^^^
                               ^
 19.









 21.
                                                              Effluents.   Cost




 22'  l?n5/FY? Fijtration of Combined Sewer Overflows.   Hydrotechnic Corporation
     11023 EYI.  Environmental Protection Agency.  April 1972.      Corporation.



 23.  Hulme.  All You See is the Stream.  The American City, pp 77.  1970.




 24'  ppei317^i333.ali972iltering C°mbined Sewer Overflows.  Journal WPCF, 44, No. 7,



 25.




 26.




 27.












 29.
3°'   EewTaiiaSereandTEiC?lnvP Tegfarrdi^ desW equations for microstrainers with
     t.«Li.  Diaper and G.E. Glover of Cochrane  Division of Crane Company.  February 21,




31.   Personal  ohone rommnnirrat i nn va,,-,,-,!; „„	^-_   ,
                                                 characteristics of microstrainers

                                                   of Crane Company.  February 20,
                                      416

-------
                        REFERENCES  (Continued)
32.  Planning Drawings for the Wastewater Collection System and Treatment Facility at
     Mount Clemens.  Spalding, DeDecker § Associates, Inc.   January 1973.

33.  Post'Construction Evaluation Plan, Mount Clemens, Michigan.   Spalding,  DeDecker §
     Associates, Inc., 1973.

34.  Rapid-Flow Filter for Sewer Overflows.   The Rand Development Corporation.   Contract
     No. WA 67-2.  Environmental Protection  Agency.   August 1969.

35.  Reclamation of Water.  Water Pollution  Research, pp 120-123.  1966.

36.  Rock Tunnel Summaries.  Data for Chicago's Deep Tunnel.   September 1970.

37.  Roesler, J.F.  Preliminary Design of Surface Filtration  Units (Microscreening).
     Environmental Protection Agency.  June  1969.

38.  Rotary Vibratory Fine Screening of Combined Sewer Overflows.  Cornell,  Howland,
     Hayes and Merryfield.  11023 FDD.  Environmental Protection  Agency.   March  1970.

39.  Screening/Dissolved-Air Flotation Treatment of  Combined  Sewer Overflows.  Envirex,
     Inc., for Combined Wastewater Systems Training  Course, sponsored by  EPA.  November 1972-
     February 1973.

40.  Screening/Flotation Treatment of Combined Sewer Overflows.   Rex  Chainbelt,  Inc.
     11020 FDC.   Environment Protection Agency.   January 1972.

41.  Strainer/Filter Treatment of Combined Sewer Overflows.   Fram Corporation.   11020  EXV
     Environmental Protection Agency.  July  1969.

42.  Ultrasonic  Filtration of Combined Sewer Overflows.   American Process Equipment
     Corporation.   11023 DZF.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   June 1970.

43.  Visit to the EPA Regional Office in Chicago,  Illinois, and Four  of Their On-Going
     Projects.   Memorandum for the Record, D.C.  Tonkin,  Metcalf § Eddy, Inc.  January  29-
     February 6,  1973.


                                         Section XI


 1.  An Evaluation of Three Combined Sewer Overflow  Treatment Alternatives.  Clark, Dietz
     and Associates-Engineers,  Inc.   11020 FAM.   Draft report for Environmental  Protection
     Agency.   October 1972.

 2.  Antonie,  R.L.   Response  of the  Bio-Disc Process  to  Fluctuating Wastewater Flows
     Presented at  the 25th Purdue  Industrial Waste Conference.  May 5-7,  1970.

 3.  Antonie,  R.L.  and  Van Aacken,  K.   Rotating  Discs  Fulfill Dual Wastewater Role   Water
     and Wastes  Engineering,  8,  No.  1,  pp  37-38.  January 1971.

 4.  Autotrol  Corporation.   Bio-Surf Design  Manual.   1972.

 5.  Canter,  L.W.,  Englande, A.J., Jr.,  and  Mauldin,  A.F., Jr.  Loading Rates on Waste
     Stabilization  Ponds.   ASCE  San.  Eng., 95, No. SA 6, pp 1117-1129.  1969.

 6.  Clark, J.W.  and  Viessman,  W., Jr.   Water  Supply  and Pollution Control.  Scranton
     International  Textbook  Company.   1965.

 7.  Combined Sewer Overflow Treatment  by the  Rotating Biological Contactor Process.
     Autotrol Corporation.  Environmental Protection  Agency.  September 1972.

 8.  Combined Wastewater  Collection  and Treatment Facility, Mount Clemens, Michigan.
     V.W.  Mahida.   Spalding, DeDecker  §  Associates,  Inc.  Presented at 4th Annual
     Conference, Water  Pollution Control Federation.  San Francisco, California
     October  3-8,  1971.

 9.  Design,  Construction,  Operation  and Evaluation of a Demonstration Waste Treatment
     Device Termed  the  "Rotating Biological  Contactor".   Allis-Chalmers.   Contract No.
     14-12-24.  Environmental  Protection Agency.  August 1969.
                                       417

-------
                              REFERENCES  (Continued)
  10.

       March  1967~

  11.
,  E.W.J.  Oxidation Pond Effluent Improvement.   Presented at'the 49th Texas
and^Sewage Works Association's Short School.   College Station,  Texas.
                                                 lia  in Wastewater Oxidation Ponds.
                                                 • 1972.

  12.  Gloyna, E.F.  Basis for Stabilization Ponds Designs.  Water Quality Improvement-
      Hater Resources Symposium No. 1, pp 397-408.  Austin, University of Texas Press!  1968,

  13.  Gloyna, E.F.  Waste Stabilization Ponds.  Geneva, World Health Organization.  1971.
 14.       	  		  _ 		
         			^ „„„. ^IL f                                                     _  and

 15.
   '   SpaSy!"' lati.  E"8in«ri"8 Management of Water Quality.   New York, McGraw-Hill Book


                                                  '   C""'"1™.  *""««.  Disposal.
 1 y «   i^i^uiidj.  LUiiiiniiiiicjirinn  -i- vrmi  UQVTI r\ •*-,-!   T« «   *. ~  v	i _  *..  .    ,,  ._ .
                                                                 Utility  regarding  EPA Grant
                                                                — ->s  Report  No.  43.


 20.
                                   -L*  ZiPPler'  Elson  T-  Killam Associates,  Inc.  to W  G
                                                                     ' Borough'f "£ "'
 ^ J- •  * wj i,  \-.vjioLiULLJ_un  r. VHiiiarinn  \J \ ar»  M/-tn^i +> r"i«.««	  »« • _ i  •      ,-,  - , .
                                                                  Spalding, DeDecker


 22.



 23.  Rex Chainbelt, Inc.  Kenosha Biosorption Project.  January 1973.


 24.  Siddiqi, R.H. et al.   The Role of Enzymes in the Contact Stabilization Process.
     Advances in Water Pollution Research, Vol.  2, pp 353-366.   Water Pollution Control
     Federation.  1967.


 25.  Thirumurthi, D.   Design Principles of Waste Stabilization  Ponds.  ASCE San.  Ene   95
     No. SA 2, pp 311-330.  1969.                                                    '

 26.  Torpey, W.N. et  al.  Rotating Discs with Biological  Growths Prepare Wastewater for
     Disposal or Reuse.   Journal WPCF, 43, No. 11, pp 2181-2188.  November 1971.

 27.  Visit to the EPA Regional Office in Chacago, Illinois,  and Four of Their  On-Going
     Projects.  Memorandum for the Record, C.D.  Tonkin,  Metcalf § Eddy, Inc.   January  29-
     February 6, 1973.

28.  Walters, C.F. et al.   Microbial Substrate Storage in Activated  Sludge.  ASCE San
     Eng., 94, No. SA 2, pp 257-269.   1968.

29.  Waste Treatment  Lagoons--State of the Art.   Missouri Basin Engineering  Health Council.
     17090 EHX.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   July  1971.
                                          418

-------
                                REFERENCES   (Continued)
                                          Section XII
  1.  Anooshian, A. A., Jenks ,  J.,  and Agardy,  F.J.   Fluidized Bed Sludge Incineration
      System- Review and Analysis,  Phase 1.   Estero  Municipal  Improvement District,  Foster
      City, California.  October 1970.

  2.  Bishop, D.F. et al.  Physical-Chemical Treatment of Municipal  Wastewater.   Journal
      WPCF, 44, No. 3, pp 361-371.   1972.

  3.  City and County of San Francisco.   Geissner,  W.R.,  Cockburn, R.T. , Coffee,  H.C. Jr.,
      Moss, F.H. Jr., and Noonan,  M.E.   San Francisco  Master  Plan for Waste Water Manage-
      ment:  Preliminary Report.   Department of  Public Works.   September 1971.

  4.  Cohen, J.M.  Dissolved Refractory Organics.   PPB 1702, EPA Internal Communication.
      June 1970.

  5.  Cohen, J.M.  Suspended and Colloidal  Solids Removal.  PPB 1703, EPA Internal Communi-
      cation. June 1970.

  6.  Conceptual Engineering Report  - Kingman  Lake  Project.   Roy F.  Weston, Inc.  11023 FIX.
      Environmental Protection Agency.   August 1970.

  7.  Conley, W.R. and Hsiung, K.  Design and  Application  of  Multimedia  Filters.  Journal
      AWWA, 61, p 97.  February 1969.

  8.  Cost and Performance Estimates  for Tertiary Wastewater  Treating Processes.  Robert A
      Taft Water Research Center.  17090---  06/69.   Environmental Protection Agency.
                                                                                 7
      June 1969.
      Gulp,  R.L.  and Gulp,  G.L.  Advanced Wastewater Treatment.  New York, Van Nostrand-
      Reinhold Company.   1971
      £o!P10'    sJ-sT"^?8'"1611'  °f  ^  Sewage-2'  Water and Wastes Engineering, 4,
 11.   Estimating.  Costs  and  Manpower  Requirements  for  Conventional Wastewater Treatment

                         *          17°9° DAN-  Envi™nmental Protection Agency
                                               FMC CorPo-tion-  17050 DAL.  Environmental


             ' H'J<  Dallas WateT Utilities.  Journal AWWA, 64, No. 10, pp No. 638-641.


 14.  Kugelman   I.J. and Cohen, J.M.  Chemical-Physical Processes.  Presented at the
     Advanced Waste Treatment and Water Reuse Symposium, Cleveland, Ohio.  March 1971.
15'  iafcaJfJ*Apda;d fSth'y!;S; ^em?Sa"dum f°r the Record-Dallas Inspection Trip.
                     Inc.  March 16, 1973.

16.  Metcalf S Eddy, Inc.  Report to District of Columbia, Department of Sanitary
     Engineering Washington. D.C., on Comparative Evaluation of Advanced Waste Treatment
17.  Metcalf 5 Eddy, Inc.  Report of District of Columbia, Department of Sanitarv
     Engineering, Washington, D.C., on Comparative Evaluations of Secondary and Advanced
     Wastewater Treatment for the Water Pollution Control Plant.   July 12  -"   AdVanced
                                                                          Disposal.
20.  Process Design Manual for Suspended Solids  Removal.   Burns  and  Roe,  Inc.   17030 GNO
     Environmental Protection Agency Technology  Transfer.   October 1971.

21.  Process Design Manual for Carbon Adsorption.   Swindell-Dressier Co.  17020 GNR
     Environmental Protection Agency.  October 1971.                      A/UZU I>NK.
                                         419

-------
                         REFERENCES  (Continued)
  22.




  23.




  24.




  25.
2-
 10.




 11.




 12.






 13.




 14.




15.




16.
                                                      S«.g..  B.ttell. Northwest


                                  Techni
-------
                            REFERENCES  (Continued)
                                       Section XIV

  1.  Battelle Memorial Institute.  Evaluation of Mathematical Models for Engineering
     Assessment, Control, Planning, and Design of Storm and Combined Sewerage Systems.
     Project No. CI-73-0070.  Environmental Protection Agency.

  2.  Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories.  A Mathematical Model for Optimum Design
     and Control of Metropolitan Wastewater Management Systems.  April 1973.

  3.  City and County of San Francisco.  Geissner, W.R., Cockburn, R.I., Coffee, H.G. Jr.,
     Moss, F.H., Jr., and Noonan, M.E.  San Francisco Master Plan for Waste Water Manage-
     ment:  Preliminary Comprehensive Report.  Department of Public Works.   September 1971.

  4.  Combined Sewer Overflow Abatement Alternatives:  Washington, D.C.  Roy F.  Weston,
     Inc.  11024 EXF.  Environmental Protection Agency.  August 1970.

  5.  Conceptual Engineering Report - Kingman Lake Project.   Roy F.  Weston,  Inc.
     11023 FIX.  Environmental Protection Agency.  August 1970.

  6.  Crawford, N.H., and Linsley, R.K.  Digital Simulation  in Hydrology:   Stanford
     Watershed Model IV.   Stanford University, Dept. of Civil Engineering Technolocv
     Report 39.  1966.                                                            b/

  7.  Dispatching System for Control of Combined Sewer Losses.  Metropolitan Sewer Board,
     St. Paul, Minnesota.  11020 FAQ.   Environmental Protection Agency.  March  1971.

  8.  Evaluation San Francisco Wastewater Master Plan.  J. B.  Gilbert § Associates.
     Sacramento, California.  May 1973.

  9.  Flood Control Coordinating Committee.   Development of  a Flood  and Pollution Control
     Plan for the Chicagoland Area:  Summary of Technical Reports.   Metropolitan Sanitary
     District of Greater Chicago, Institute of Environmental Quality, and Department of
     Public Works.  August 1972.

10.  Giessner, W.R., et al.   Management  of Wet Weather Flow.   Presented at  CWPCA
     Conference, San Diego.   May 10, 1973.

11.  Horsefield, D.R.   The Deep Tunnel Plan for the Boston  Area.  Journal of  the Boston
     Society of Civil  Engineers, 55, No.  4.  October 1968.

12.  Improvements to the  Boston Main Drainage System.  Camp,  Dresser, 5 McKee.   Report to
     the City of Boston.   September 1967.

13.  Lager,  J.A. and Field,  R.   Counter  Measures  for Pollution From Overflows --  The State
     of the Art.  Presented  at  Water Pollution Control Federation 46th Annual Conference
     Cleveland,  Ohio.   September 30-October 5,  1973.

14.  Maximizing Storage in Combined Sewer Systems.   Municipality  of Metropolitan Seattle.
     11022 ELK.   Environmental  Protection Agency.   December 1971.

15.  Metcalf § Eddy, Inc.   Reconnaissance Study of  Combined Sewer Overflows 2nd  Storm
     Sewer Discharges.  Prepared for District of  Columbia.   1973.

16.  Paved Area  Runoff.   Illinois State  Water Survey.  11030  FLN.   Environmental
     Protection Agency.   July 1972.

17.  Pianno,  F.R., Anderson, D.J.,  and Derbin,  S.   The Use  of Mathematical  Modeling  to
     Evaluate Sewer Design and  Operation.   City of  Cleveland  exhibit handout, WPCF 46th
     Annual  Conference.   Cleveland,  Ohio.   September 30-October 5,  1973.

18.  Ritter,  F.G., and Warg, C.   Upgrading  City Sewer Installations.   Engineering Digest.
     April 1971.

19.  Storm Water Management  Model,  Vol.  I,  Final  Report.  Metcalf § Eddy,  Inc.,  University
     of Florida, and Water Resources Engineers, Inc.  11024 DOC.  Environmental  Protection
     Agency.   July 1971.

20.  Storm Water Management  Model,  Vol.  II, Verification  and  Testing.   Metcalf  §  Eddy, Inc.,
     University of Florida,  and  Water  Resources Engineers,  Inc.   11024  DOC.  Environmental
     Protection Agency.   August  1971.
                                          421

-------
                          REFERENCES  (Continued)
                                                                      '

                                       Section XV

   1.
                                                  Stores

   2.

                                                           L, B.C.

  4.
          ...„- ^..^. .,_,-,...,-, ^r,,™   _ _.._ .....    ...    Conference.
      -/  ~.. ..I* viimwiii.a.1. nutettion Agency.  January 1973.
  6.
                                               ic Filtration In Treating the Overflows
                                               Associates, Inc.  11020--- 09/67.

             ,   nneso a.    020 FAQ.  Environmental Protection Agency.  March 1971.   '

  9'  Dlssolved Air "~"X^^:ra^^^ra «;-*«*
 10.

 11.
                                                               Inspection Trip.
 12.
13.   	. 	  _	„...„.„	
                                                             :ility, Mount Clemens,
          Pollution Control

14.   Maxim:	„  ^.w^,.™^^ ...  . ....,.,,„,.„ ^   _ ^
                                                           of Metropolitan  Seattle.
15.   		IK oiiu  RemnTP ,.nnrm,
                                            _.^	              ^  11020
                                     422

-------
                                 REFERENCES  (Continued)


                                    Uncited  References
                                           Abstracts


 1.  Storm Water Runoff from Urban Areas:   Selected Abstracts  of  Related Topics.  Robert A.
     Taft Sanitary Engineering Center.   Environmental  Protection  Agency.  April 1966.

 2.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts.   The Franklin Institute Research Laboratories
     11020 DES	06/69.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   June 1969.

 3.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts.   The Franklin Institute Research Laboratories
     Contract No. 14-12-467.  Environmental Protection Agency.  January 1969.

 4.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts:  July 1968-June  1970.  The Franklin Institute
     Research Laboratories.   11024 EJC.  Environmental Protection Agency.  July 1970.

 5.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts:   First Quarterly Issue.  The Franklin
     Institute Research Laboratories.   11024 EJC.   Environmental  Protection Agency.  October
     1970.

 6.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts:   Second Quarterly Issue.  The Franklin
     Institute Research Laboratories.   11024 EJC.   Environmental  Protection Agency.  January


 7.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts:   Third Quarterly Issue.  The Franklin
     Institute Research Laboratories.   11024 FJE.   Environmental  Protection Agency.  April 1971.

 8.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts:   June 1970-June 1971.  The Franklin Institute
     Research Laboratories.   11024 FJE.  Environmental  Protection Agency.  July 1971.

 9.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts:   July 1971-June 1972.  The Franklin Institute
     Research Laboratories.   11020 HMM.  Environmental  Protection Agency.  September 1972.

10.  Selected Urban Storm Water Runoff  Abstracts:   July 1971-June 1972.  The Franklin Institute
     Research Laboratories.   Environmental  Protection  Agency Municipal Technology Branch.
     11020 HMM.   Environmental Protection Agency.   December 1972.

11.  Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution  Control Program:  Progress Report.   Edison, New Jersey
     Water Quality Laboratory.  Environmental Protection Agency.  September 1970.              '

12.  Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution  Control Program Reports:  Research,  Development, and
     Demonstration Grant,  Contract,  and  In-House Project Reports.   Edison,  New Jersey  Water
     Quality Laboratory.   Environmental  Protection  Agency.  June 1972.

13.  Storm and Combined Sewer Pollution  Control Program Reports:  Research,  Development, and
     Demonstration Grant,  Contract,  and  In-House Project Reports.   Edison,  New Jersey,  Water
     Quality Laboratory.   Environmental  Protection  Agency.  January 1972.

14.  Storm and Combined Sewer Demonstration  Projects.   Environmental  Protection Agency
     August 1969.                                                                     '

IS.  Storm and Combined Sewer Demonstration  Projects.   Environmental  Protection Agency
     January 1970.                                                                   ' '

16.  Field, R. and Weigel, P.  Urban Runoff and Combined Sewer Overflow.  Journal WPCF, 45.
     No. 6, pp 1108-1115.   1973.


                                      Biological  Treatment


 1.  A  Literature Search  and  Critical Analysis  of  Biological  Trickling Filter  Studies-Vol.  I.
     The Dow  Chemical Company.  17050 DDY.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   December  1971.

 2.  A  Literature Search  and  Critical Analysis  of  Biological  Trickling Filter  Studies-Vol.  II.
     The Dow  Chemical Company.  17050 DDY.   Environmental Protection  Agency.   December  1971.

 3.  Feasibility Studies  of Applications of Catalytic  Oxidation in Wastewater.  Southern
     Illinois University.  17020 ECI.  Environmental Protection Agency.  November  1971.
                                            423

-------
                               REFERENCES  (Continued)
4.  Design Guides for Biological Wastewater Treatment  Processes.   The City of Austin  Texas
    Augus^^l*01" ReS6arCh ln Water Resources'   "010 ESQ.   Environment Protection IgeJcy


    ?^hnj EK  S65!!11! ?f ExPerimen*s by EWAG  with  the Rotating Biological Filter   Bids
    Technische Hochschule, Zurich-Forthildungskurs  der EWAG.   1964.        'liter,  tidg.
  5'          E

  ••
                                         Disinfection
      An Investigation of Light-Catalyzed  Chlorine Oxidation for Treatment of Wastewater
      DeSe     3    Institute«   1702°  (14-12-72).  Environmental Protect?on Agency?  '
                                                   "'ewater Disinfection in
  4*   ppeR162-R170.'   mf1"6111 °f Urban Stormwater Runo£f-  Journal WPCF, 40, No. 5', Part 2,
  5.   Glover,  G.E.  High Rate Disinfection of Combined Sewer Overflow.  Presented at
      Combined Wastewater Systems Training Course sponsored jointly by the N Y  State
      Department of Environmental Conservation and Environmental Protection Aeency
      Rochester.  November 29, 1972.                                             7"

  6.   Glover,  G.E.  Problems in Obtaining Adequate Sewage Disinfection.   ASCE
      Engineering, 98, No. 4, pp 671-673.  1972.
                                                               StUdi"  °f Chl°-e  Contact
8'
    Sons    1958
      awT; G*n".^yer? J'C'i and Okun' D'A-  Water and Wastewater Engineering:   Volume
      ons   1958  1Ca"     Wastewater Treatment and Disposal.   New York,  John  Wiley §


     cfflca^orjoration? P[??"ti6S' TransPortation Equipment,  and  Safe  Handling.  Allied
12'  pp°893-894.f°1970rtiary Treatment'   Environmental  Science  § Technology, 4, No. 11,


13.  Pearce, L. (Chairman)    Chlorination in  Sewage  Disposal.   Report of APHA Committee
     on Sewage Disposal.   Printed by  Wallace  $  Tiernan  Co.,  Inc.  1933.

14.  Proceedings of the National  Specialty Conference on Disinfection.  American Society
     of Civil Engineers.   University  of Massachusetts.  Amherst.  July 8-10, 1970.

1S*  wlctnn5 ?eSigni?nonaJMn°r  "PSradin8  Existing Wastewater Treatment Slants.  Roy F.
     Weston, Inc.   17090  GNQ.   Environmental  Protection Agency.  October 1971.

16'  ?IiSi,J:E'  Treatment  of Combined Sewer  and Storm Water Overflows.  Progress report
     to O'Brien $  Gere  Engineers,  Inc., Syracuse, N.Y.;  July 10, 1973.
                                           424

-------
                            REFERENCES  (Continued)
17.  Struzeski, E. J. ,  Jr.   Current Status on Control  and Treatment  of  Storm  and Combined
     Sewer Overflows.  Presented at the EPA Technology transfer  Program,  Design Seminar
     on Waste Water Treatment Facilities.   Boston.   May 26-27, 1971?
                                                       Treat"ent  *«*"*, Saginaw, Michigan.


19.  pzonation in Sewage Treatment.   University  Extension,  University  of Wisconsin.
     November 9-10, 1971.


20.  Pavia, E.H.  and Powell,  C.J.  Stormwater  Disinfection at New  Orleans.  Journal WPCF. 41.
     No.  4, pp 591-606.   1969.


21.  Post Construction Report:   Storm Detention  and  Chlorination  Station.  The Commonwealth
     of Massachusetts, Metropolitan  District  Commission.  11020 FAT  (7-Mass-l).  Draft
     report for Environmental Protection Agency.  March 1972.


22.  Spring Creek Marinac  Pollution  Control Project- -Report on Use of Hypochlorite for
     Treatment of Storm Overflows.   Greeley ft Hansen, Engineers.  New York, N.Y.  March 1964.




                                  Dissolved Air  Flotation



 1.  Development of a Flocculation- Flotation  Concept for Solids Separation in Storm Sewer

     Agency!' April"!"!. "^  U023 EYC'  Interim rePort *»r Envi?on»entSl Protection



 2'  Sif«MyedDAiirJ1°tu*ion'*A?pe^ixJAi  Phase  !- 'Pro-Construction  Studies on Quality and
     SlSni J ReJatl°nshlPs  ?f  Combined Sewage Flows  and Receiving Water Studies^ Oute?

       r                                      *"**  N°' ^~2^^'  Environmental
 3.   Gupta,  M.K.   Feasibility  Studies  for  the Upgradation of Flotation Treated Combined

     March ?973           P°rt      the  DePartment of Natu"l Resources. Madison, Wisconsin.



 4<   Si«i'«.V;  aSd  LSCyi  Y'P-  Air Flotatio" Pilot Plant Operation at Niagara Falls.
     Presented  to New York  Sewage  and  Industrial Wastes Association.  1960.


 5*   l~  rK!-°K Scre«»ing/D"solved-Air Flotatipn for Treating Combined Sewer Overflows.

     ?hica£o  June IT^   f5?nntep " Sy»POsium on Storm and Combined Sewer Overflows?
     Lfticago.  June 22-23,  1970.   Report for Environmental Protection Agency.




                                    Drainage Area Control



 1.  A Search:  New Technology for Pavement Snow and Ice. Control.   Edison Water  Quality
     Research Laboratory.  Z-800615.   Environmental Protection Agency.   December 1972.


 2.  Chiang, S.L.  A Crazy Idea on Urban Water Management.   Water  Resources  Bulletin.  7
     No. 1, pp 171-174.  1971.                                                      *   '


 3.  Cleveland, J.G. , Reid, G.W. ,  and Walters,  P.R.   Storm Water Pollution From  Urban  Land
     Activity.  Presented at ASCE  Annual and Environmental  Meeting.   Chicago.  October 15-
     17, 1969.  Preprint 1033.


 4.  Dawdy, D.R.   Knowledge of Sedimentation in Urban  Environments.   ASCE Journal  Hydraulic
     Division, 93, No. HY 6, pp 235-245.   1967.


 5.  Guy, H.P.  Research Needs Regarding Sediment  and  Urbanization.   ASCE Journal  Hydraulic
     Division, 93, No. HY 6, pp 247-254.


 6.  Peters, G.L. and Troemper, A. P.   Reduction of Hydraulic Sewer Loading by Downspout
     Removal.   Journal WPCF, 41, No..  1,  pp 63-81.   1969.


 7.  Reduction of Ground-Water Infiltration Into  Sewers  by  Zone  Pumping  at Meridian, Idaho.
     Hoffman 5 Fiske  Consulting Engineers.  Grant  29-IDA-2.  Environmental Protection Agency.
     June 1969.                                                                         *   '
                                          425

-------
                             REFERENCES  (Continued)




     Remus,  G.J.  Keep Street Debris  Out of the Sewers.  The American City. D 52
     December  1968.                                                    /»*»•"••

     Request for Proposal Related to  the Environmental Impact of Highway Deicing.  Edison
     Water Quality Research Division, Environmental Protection Agency.  February 24, 1972.

     93*eNo?'sA'5*  En^™nmenJ{[J7Ef£ects of Highways.  ASCE Sanitary Engineering Division


11.   Urban Soil Erosion and Sediment  Control.  National Association of Counties Research
     Foundation.  15030 DTL.  Environmental Protection Agency.   May 1970.

12.   Wolman, M.G., and Schick, A.P.   Effects of Construction on  Fluvial Sediment, Urban
     and  Suburban Areas of Maryland.   Water Resources Research,  3, No. 2, pp 451-464.   1967


                                       Filtration
10
§'
 '•                                                                             srss-
 *'      "'  li?o. Ftlter'Mllt)' «»d Ml«05cr..n.r Desi«n.   Journ.! WPCF. 42. No.U, pp 1944


                                   " Tri"e"* """•  *SCB  S.nl«ry Journ.1. 94. SA:l,



                                   Mathematical Modeling
                                   JJSVit               .
     Sewers.  University of Minnesota, Memorandin No.  M-118.  1968

                                                       of urban
                                                                   sr.


                                        426

-------
                             REFERENCES  (Continued)
 10'   il!LEfi7CCtSv!!£  Urba"izfion  °n Unjt Hydrographs for Small Watersheds, Houston, Texas,
      R««Jcii.  ^JIib.J'im?1  N°'  "-O^0001'158''  «•«. Office of Water Resources
      lo!UEfi7eCI™0f,,yrbaninatio2 on.Unit Hydr°g"Phs for Small Watersheds, Houston, Texas,
      i?5J   ii JPPn2*-XeS:*Da.ta Coi"Pilation, Volume 2.  Tracor.  Contract No. 14-01-0001-
      1580.  U.S. Office of Water Resources Research.  September 1968.
 12.   iucKer. L.S.  Availability of Rainfall-Runoff Data for Sewered Drainage Catchments.
              Society of Civil Engineers.  Technical Memorandum No.8.  1969.

                                                             and Cost
                                  Physical -Chemical  Treatment


  l'   ?™?npari???,co0f  ExPanded"Bea  and  Packed-Bed Adsorption Systems.  FMC Corporation.
      17020 —  12/68.   Environmental Protection Agency.  December  1968.

  2.   Advanced  Wastewater  Treatment  Using Powdered Activated Carbon in Recirculatine Slurry
              '"01"1^'"*   InfilC0'   17020
-------
                             REFERENCES  (Continued)





     ?*£'  1970.' 6t a1'  Physiocheraical Treatment of Wastewater.  Journal WPCF, 42,  No.  1,
 4-
                                                        Dow
     —..-..w.,,..^ni.e»i i-iuueciion Agency.  September 1970.


20
      -     —— — j ..*«««  ^ WVSAIII ttMu  isuraDinea sewer

     H3w»»« ..^.__	J	4M  .    .            ^*»|t 9 1*111 X 1    _ _

                                              1971.





                                        Sampling
                                        ^^


                                        Screenin
                                         Microstraining.  W.t.r 8 Sewage Korks. 116. No. 6,




                                                                                Se«g,
                                                          SeB" Overflow-
?<   m"'  19?6. Filterabllity and Microscreener Design.   Journal WPCF, 42, No.  11,.pp  1944^
                                                                                .  11,,,

                                      428

-------
                              REFERENCES   (Continued)
                          Sewer Design, Material, and Maintenance

 1.  Ahrens, J.F., et al.  Chemical Control of Tree Roots in Sewer Lines.   Journal WPCF,  42,
    No. 0, pp 1643-1655.  1970.
 2.  Evaluation of External Sealing Methods to Reduce Storm Flow Effect in Sewerage Systems.
    Final Progress Report, County of Sonoma Sanitation Department, WPD 111-01-66.
    Environmental Protection Agency.  1966.
 3.  FRP Pipe Design Manual.  The Ceilcote Company.  1971,
 4.  Godfrey.  What's New in Water and Sewer Pipe? 'Civil Engineering, 40, No. 10, pp 46-52.
    1970.
 5.  Graeser, H.J.  Dallas Has Modern Approach to Sewer Installation.  Water § Sewage Works,
    116, pp  326-331.   1969.
 6.  Lysne, O.K.  Hydraulic Design of Self-Cleaning Sewage Tunnels.  ASCE Sanitary
    Engineering, 95, No. SA 1, pp 17-36.  1969.
 7.  Peters,  G.L.  Report of A Sewer Sealing Process Using Infilcheck 110, A Product of
    Sealite,  Inc.  Springfield Sanitary District.  October 9, 1968.
 8.  Polyethylene Manholes Reduce Pipeline Leaks.  Chemical Engineering.  April 3, 1972.
 9.  Pomeroy,  R.D.  Sanitary Sewer Design and Hydrogen Sulfide Control.  Presented at the
     1970 Concrete Pipe Sewer and Culvert Seminar, Sponsored by the Portland Cement
    Association  and  the California Precast Concrete Pipe Association:  San Diego, April 14;
     Downey,  April 15;  Sacramento, April 16; Oakland, April 17, 1970.
10.   Report on Springfield  Illinois Treatment Project, Infilcheck  10.  Springfield Sanitary
     District.  October 15,  1968.
11.   Rooting  out  a Sewer Problem.  Water Q Wastes  Engineering, 9,  No. 11, p. 26.   1972.
12.   Sewer  Renewal with Aldyl D Polyethylene Pipe.  E. I. DuPont DeNeraours § Co.   Brochure
     and miscellaneous  articles.   1973.
13.   Stall, J.B.  and  Terstriep, M.L.   Storm Sewer Design—An Evaluation of the RRL Method.
     11030  FLN.   Environmental  Protection Agency.  October  1972.
14.   Supplemental Report on Sewer  Sealing Using  Infilcheck  flO.  Springfield Sanitary
     District.   October 29,  1969.
15.   Techite  Technical  Information.   United Technology Center.   1968.
16.   The Construction and  Technical  Evaluation  of the Various Aspects of  an Aluminum
     Storm Sewer System.  Schedule of Prices  and Tabulation of  Bids:  Chamlin $ Associates,
     Inc.,  Peru,  Illinois.   11032  DTI.  June  1971.
17.   Trenchless Sewer Construction and Sewer  Design  Innovations.   Sussex  County Council,
     Georgetown,  Delaware.   Demonstration  Project No.  S-800690.   Environmental Protection
     Agency.   June 1972.
18.   Willhoff, T.L.   ABS Truss  Pipe for Sewers.   Water  ft Wastes  Engineering,  6, pp 40-42.
     1969.
19.   Lysne, O.K.   Hydraulic Design of Self-Cleaning  Sewage  Tunnels.  ASCE Sanitary
     Engineering, 95, SA 1, pp  17-36.  1969.

                                        Sewer  Separation

  1.  A Pressure Sewer  System Demonstration.  EPA Region  I.  11022 DQI.   Environmental
      Protection Agency.  November  1972.
  2.  ASCE  and Greeley  and Hansen.   Report  on Milwaukee  Study Area.  American Society of Civil
      Engineers Combined Sewer  Separation  Project.  December 1968.
                                           429

-------
                                REFERENCES  (Continued)
                                                             Natlon's

                                                                  C.lu.bia, D.part.,»t. of

   6.   Sewer  Within  a  Sewer.   Water Works « Wastes Engineering, 1, No. 1, pp 36-37.  1964.


                               Sewer System Operation and Control


               ; ppJ60-ol.ali97"?1< " C°ntr01 Se"er °*«»°»-  »»« «  Wastes Engineering,


                                                          contr°i

                                                                        -   ASCE
                                               '
                                          '» M.K.  Seattle-Portland inspection trip.



 11.   Leiser,  C.P.   Samplers Used in Seattle, Washington.  December 8, 1972.



      Milwaiiir*fc«    11 A *? 4  cirr\   rt *. \    * ~   *     * *     wCwcTftffc Coiiunission of the p i t~v f\-f
      • •"••-iwouiv^rc*   J. .A V/ A *|<  r V U •   OC tlOnPT* 1 fi  1Q77                      '••»'**'••*'•»• vim^v/iujrvi



      Octobe?°1969.'  WaSt?Water Measuring and Sampling Techniques.  Tri-Aid Sciences, Inc.


 14.   McPherson. M.R   Caoeiv.^ i i«... _^r ^i_  ., .     , .

                                         -Sii:??011!"?!!!'.^!.1.1??^???-*- Concept
)                                                       .	_ — -~**»B».J»»,C VJ/3I.CU v>oncep
                                                .  American  Society of Civil  Engineers.,



15.  Magnetic Flowmeters.  Fischer $ Porter Catalog C10D.




     No?r7?epp'7n-720OVei961WS fr°m C°mbined Sewers in ^shington, D.C.  Journal WPCF,  33,

17.
18.   Proposal for the Development of Fluidic Sampling Equipment for rnmK^ AC
           t. Freeman Associates, Inc.  Mav 1972      B
-------
                           REFERENCES  (Continued)




19.   Report on Operations.   Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle.  1971.

20.   Shelley,  P.E.  and Kirkpatrick,  G.A.   An Assessment of Automatic Sewer Flow Samplers.
     Hydrospace-Challenger,  Inc.   Contract No.  68-03-0155.   Environmental Protection Agency.
     June 1973.

21.   Swirl Concentrator Promises  to  Reduce Pollution.  APWA  Reporter, p 24.  May 1972.

22.   Summary of Experimental Tests Results of  Effects  of Polymer Additives on Open Channel
     Flows.  Columbia Research Corporation.  Contract  No. 68-01-0168.  Environmental
     Protection Agency.  December 1972.

23.   Suspended Solids Monitor. American Standard,  Inc.  11020  DZB.  Environmental Protection
     Agency.  August 1972.

24.   Tarazi, D.S.,  et al.  Comparison of Wastewater Sampling Techniques.  Journal WPCF,  42,
     No. 5, Part 1, p 708.   1970.

25.   Thomas, H.A.  The Hydraulics of Flood Wave Movements  in Rivers.  Carnegie  Institute of
     Technology Engineering Bulletin.  1934.

26.   Tucker, L.S.  Raingage Networks in the  Largest Cities.   American Society of Civil
     Engineers.  Technical Memorandum No.  9.   1969.

27.   Tucker, L.S.  Oakdale Gaging Installation, Chicago  -  Instrumentation and Data.
     American  Society of Civil Engineers.   Technical Memorandum No.  2.   1968.

28.   Weidner,  R.B., Wiebel, S.R., and Robeck.  G.G.   An Automatic Mobile  Sampling and  Gaging
     Unit.  Public Works, 99, No. 1, pp 78-80.  1968.

29.   Eiffert,  W.T and Fleming, P.J.   Pollution Abatement Through Sewer  System Control.
     Journal WPCF, 41, No. 2, pp 285-291.   1969.

30.  Riddle, W.G  Infiltration in Separate Sanitary Sewers.   Journal WP.CF,  42,  No.  9, p 1676.
     1970.
  1.  City of Milwaukee.   Humboldt  Avenue  Pollution Abatement Demonstration Project.
      December 1971.

  2.  City of Milwaukee.   Humboldt  Avenue  Pollution Abatement Demonstration Project -
      General Project Description.   December  1971.

  3.  Combined Sewer  Temporary Underwater  Storage Facility.  Melpar:  An American Standard
      Company.  11022 DPP.   Environmental  Protection Agency.  October 1970.

  4.  Combined Underflow-Storage  Plan  for  Pollution and  Flood Control in the Chicago
      Metropolitan Area.   City of Chicago  Department of  Public Works, Bureau of
      Engineering. September 1969.

  5.  Composite Drainage  Plan for the  Chicago Area.  City of Chicago, Department of Public
      Works,  Bureau of Engineering.  September  1968.

  6.  Demonstration of Void Space Storage  With  Treatment and Flow Regulation.  Karl R. Rohrer
      Associates,  Inc.  11020  DXH.  Progress report for Environmental Protection Agency.
      January 1973. .

  7.  Drainage Criteria Manual.   Chapter on Storage.  December 1968.

  8.  Escritt, L.B.  Re-Examination of the Storm Tank Problem.  Water 5 Waste Treatment,
      pp 298-300.   September/October 1969.

  9.  Feasibility  of  a Stabilization-Retention  Basin in  Lake Erie at Cleveland, Ohio.  Havens
      and Emerson.  11020	 05/68.  Environmental Protection Agency.  May 1968.

 10.  Gregory, J.H.,  et al.  Intercepting  Sewers and Storm Stand-By Tanks at Columbus, Ohio.
      ASCE Proceedings, October 1933,  Paper No. 1887, pp 1295-1331.

 11.  Knudsen, Jorgen.  Operation of Detention  Tank for  Humboldt Avenue Project.
                                          431

-------
                          REFERENCES  (Continued)
 12'
   •  Svlronmen^i
                                   ^i                             Abatin, Pollution
 15.  Silo in  the Sewer Stores Storm Water Overflow.   Engineering News-Record.   May 25, 1972

     for^hicafo^^DeerTunnel." 197™.** IntcrcePtin« Sewer 18E, Extension-A System.  Data

 17.  Table of Significant Data - Southwest 13A.   Data for Chicago's Deep Tunnel.  July 1970




 19.  Preload Prestressed Concrete.   Preload Company,  Inc.  December 1972.
                                             ^^
22'
                                  Stormwater Problem
                           ^
                                             contro1
                                               .
                 Protection Agency.   June 1970.
                     aiifc™Di:-Hs%iss.T4e?:  s
6
                                    432

-------
                          REFERENCES  (Continued)
 8.  DeFilippi,  J.A.  and Shih,  C.S.   Characteristics  of Separated  Storm  and  Combined
     Sewer Flows.   Journal WPCF,  43,  No.  10,  pp  2033-2058.   1971.

 9.  Dobbins, W.E.   Quantity and  Composition  of  Storm Sewage Overflows.   Presented at
     ASCE Sanitary  Engineering  Division Symposium on  Treatment  of  Storm  Sewage Overflows.
     April 17, 1962.

10.  Engineering Investigation  of Sewer Overflow Problem:   Roanoke, Virginia.  Hayes,
     Seay, Mattern  5  Mattern.   11024  DMS.   Environmental Protection Agency.  May  1970.

11.  Espey, W.H., Morgan,  C.W., and Masch,  F.D.   A Study of Some Effects of  Urbanization
     on Storm Runoff  From a Small Watershed.   Technical Report  HYO 07-6501.  Texas Water
     Commission. July 1965.

12.  Gibbs, C.F., Henry, C.J.,  and Kersnar, F.J.   How Seattle Beat Pollution.  Water §
     Wastes Engineering, 9, No. 2, pp 30-40.   1972.

13.  Field, R.  Annual Literature Review.   Journal WPCF. June  1973.

14.  Field, R.  Management and  Control of Combined Sewer Overflows:   Program Overview.
     Presented at 44th Annual Meeting of the  New York Water Pollution Control Association.
     New York.  January 26-28,  1972.

15.  Johnson, D.F.  Nation's Capital  Enlarges its Sewerage  System. Civil Engineering,
     pp 428-431  and 502-505. 1958.

16.  Johnson, R.E., et al.   Dustfall  as a Source  of Water Quality  Impairment.  Journal of
     the Sanitary Engineering Division, SA  1, pp 245-267.   February 1966.

17.  McPherson,  M.B.   Hydrologic  Effects  of Urbanization in the United States.  Technical
     Memorandum  No. 17. ^American Society of  Civil Engineers.  June 1972.

18.  McPherson,  M.B.   Urban Runoff.   Technical Memorandum No. 18.  American  Society of
     Civil Engineers.   August 1972.

19.  Nash, N., Jerome, D.,  and  Epstein, R.  Characteristics of  Combined  Overflows.  Paper
     received during  visit to Jamaica Bay  (Spring Creek) Project.

20.  Nutrient Removal  Using Existing  Combined Sewer Overflow Treatment Facilities  (Supple-
     mental Work Proposal).  Onondaga County, Syracuse,  N.Y.  11020 HFR.  Environmental
     Protection  Agency.  February 2,  1973.

21.  Nicoli, E.H.   Work in Scotland.   Surveyor,  pp 37-39.   September  23,  1972.

22.  Pollutional Effects of Stormwater and  Overflows  from Combined Sewer Systems:  A
     Preliminary Appraisal.  U.S. Department  of  Health,  Education, and Welfare.   1964.

23.  Romer, H. and  Klashman, L.M. How Combined  Sewers Affect Water Pollution. Parts 152.
     Public Works,  94, Nos. 3 5 4, pp 100 and 88.   1963.

24.  Romer, H.,  Lagerre, G., and  Gallagher, T.  Effect of Combined Sewage Overflows on
     Waters Around  New York City. Presented  at  the ASCE Sanitary  Engineering Division
     Symposium on Treatment.of  Storm  Sewage Overflows.  April 17,  1962.

25.  Rice, I.M.  New  Approach to  Applied Research. Water § Wastes Engineering, 8, No. 2,
     pp 20-22.  1971.

26.  Rosenkranz, W.A.   Developments  in Storm  and Combined Sewer Pollution Control.
     Presented at Meeting of the  New  England  Water Pollution Control  Association.

27.  Rosenkranz, W.A., Wright,  D.R.,  and Cywin,  A.  Improving the  Efficiency of Sewerage
     Systems.  Presented at the Public Works  Congress and Equipment Show.  Miami  Beach.
     October 19-24, 1968.

28.  Soderlund,  G., Lehtinen, H., and Friberg, S.  Physicochemical and Microbiological
     Properties  of  Urban Storm-Water  Run-off. Presented at the 5th International Water
     Pollution Research Conference.   July-August, 1970.

29.  Special Report of the Department of Public  Health Relative to the Preparation of Plans
     and Maps for  the Disposal  of Sewage in the  Merrimack River Valley.  House No.  3733.
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  1964.
                                        433

-------
                            REFERENCES  (Continued)
 3U«   Storm and Combined Sewer


 31.   Systematic Study and
      Research (First Year
      U.S. Office of Water
 32'  SalaryYwater5^                                 Presented at the  Fourth Annual
                      resources Engineering Conference.  Vanderbilt University.  June 4  1965

 "'  Ej'1972:   RedUCing  Polluti^ From Combined Sewer Overflows.  APWA Reporter, pp 10-14.
34'  ppe89-92.'  W1969?SeSSing ^ Quality of Urban Drainage.  Public Works,  100, No. 10,


35.  JJeather Bureau  Rainfall Frequency Atlas of  the United States.   Technical Paner No  A
     U.S.  Department of Commerce.  Washington, D.C.  May 1961?      'ecimical Paper No. 4.
                                4   i.      Conta"ln"""
"•
                                                                      ASCB
    Kir5»«.Dr"10P"" a"d »— »"«1.. Projects.  Bnviro^ent.1 Protection
                                                                             Agency.

                                             Move"nts in
                                        Textbooks
                                                                          ! vo1- '•
               pU: a?f6?°dle-  E'B-  •«•' Supply and Waste Dispos.L  Scranton,  mt.rn.tion.l
                                       434

-------
                             REFERENCES  (Continued)
 4.   Imhoff,  K. and Fair, G.M.  Sewage Treatment.   New York,  John Wiley ft Sons.  1956.  2nd Ed.

 5.   Klein, L.  River Pollution --2: Causes and Effects.   Washington, D.C., Butterworth ft Co.,
     Ltd.   1967.

 6.   Klein, L.  River Pollution --3: Control.  Washington, D.C., Butterworth ft Co., Ltd.  1966.

 7.   Lund,  H.F.,  ed.  Industrial Pollution Control Handbook.   New York, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
     1971.

 8.   Metcalf  ft  Eddy.  American Sewerage Practice,  Vol. II:  Construction of Sewers.  New York,
     McGraw-Hill  Book Company.  1915.

 9.   Statistical  Summary:  1968 Inventory--Municipal Waste Facilities in the United States.
     No.  CWT-6.   Environmental Protection Agency.   1970.

10.   Thomann, R.V.  Systems Analysis ft Water Quality Management.  New York, Environmental Research
     ft Applications, Inc.  1972.



                                  Urban Runoff Characteristics


  1.   Urban Runoff Characteristics--Vol. 1: Analytical Studies.  University of Cincinnati.
      11024 DQU.  Environmental Protection Agency.  October 1972.

  2.   Urban Runoff Characteristics--Vol. II: Field Data.   University of Cincinnati.  11024 DQU.
      Environmental Protection Agency.  October 1972.

  3.   Urban Runoff Characteristics--Vol. II (Cont'd): Field Data.   University of Cincinnati.
      11024 DQU.  Environmental Protection Agency.  October 1972.
                                          435

-------
                        Section XVII



       GLOSSARY,  ABBREVIATIONS, AND CONVERSION FACTORS




 GLOSSARY












          . treatment processes--Means  of treatment in which

          or biochemical action  is  intensified to stabilize
          nd. nitTlrv 1~n^ iir»ef-oKl« ~~~   •     ,. ,              >
T •  i i • '      " •*-*-A A j-/ me uiibLaDie organic nia.tter Dreseni"

areexampleSUterS' SCtivated slud8e Processes,  and lagoons




                                   both  domestic sewage and
                                                    -rface
Combined sewer overflow- -Flow from  a  combined
                                              sewer in

                           436

-------
Disinfection--The art of killing the larger portion of micro-
organisms in or on a substance with the probability that all
pathogenic bacteria are killed by the agent used.

Domestic sewage--Sewage derived principally from dwellings,
business buildings, institutions, and the like.  It may or
may not contain groundwater.

Dual treatment--Those processes or facilities designed for
operating on both dry- and wet-weather flows.

Dynamic regulator--A semiautomatic or automatic regulator
device which may or may not have movable parts that are
sensitive to hydraulic conditions at their points of instal-
lation and are capable of adjusting themselves to variations
in such conditions or of being adjusted by remote control to
meet hydraulic conditions at points of installation or at
other points in the total combined sewer system.

Equali z at ion--The averaging (or method for averaging) of
variations in flow and composition of a liquid.

First flush--The condition, often occurring in storm sewer
discharges and combined sewer overflows, in which a dispro-
portionately high pollutional load is carried in the first
portion of the discharge or overflow.

Industrial wastewaters--The liquid wastes from industrial
processes, as distinct from domestic sewage.

Infiltrated municipal sewage --That flow in a sanitary sewer
resulting from a combination of municipal sewage and exces-
sive volumes of infiltration/inflow resulting from
precipitation.

Infiltration--The water entering a sewer system and service
connections from the ground, through such means as, but not
limited to, defective pipes, pipe joints, connections, or
manhole walls.  Infiltration does not include, and is dis-
tinguished from, inflow.

Infiltration ratio--The ratio of rainfall volume entering
the sewers to the total rainfall volume.

Inflow--The water discharged into a sewer system and service
connections from such sources as, but not limited to, roof
leaders, cellar, yard, and  area drains, foundation drains,
cooling water discharges, drains from springs and swampy
areas, manhole covers, cross connections from storm sewers
and combined sewers, catch  basins, stormwaters, surface
                            437

-------
  runoff,  street  wash  waters,  or  drainaa^    TT^I~   A
  include,  and  is distinguished ^infiltration. ^ ^

           - Within  the physical  confines of the sewer pipe

                                                     S '


Physical-chemical treatment prnr.«.,...u..,- of


                           438

-------
Pollutant--Any harmful or objectionable material in or
change in physical characteristic of water or sewage.

Pretreatment--The removal of material such as gross solids,
grit, grease, and scum from sewage flows prior to physical,
biological, or physical-chemical treatment processes to im-
prove treatability.  Pretreatment may include screening,
grit removal, skimming, preaeration, and flocculation.

Regulator--A structure which controls the amount of sewage
entering an interceptor by storing in a trunk line or di-
verting some portion of the flow to an outfall.

Retention--The prevention of runoff from entering the sewer
system by storing on a surface area or in a storage basin.

Sampling train--The intake, method for gathering and trans-
porting" tubing, and storage container of a sewer flow
sampler.

Sanitary sewer--A sewer that carries liquid and water-
carried wastes from residences, commercial buildings, indus-
trial plants, and institutions, together with relatively low
quantities of ground, storm, and surface waters that are not
admitted intentionally.

Sewer--A pipe or conduit generally closed, but normally not
flowing full, for carrying sewage or other waste liquids.

Sewerage--System of piping, with appurtenances, for collect -
ing  and conveying wastewaters from source to discharge.

Static regulator—A regulator device which has no moving
parts or has movable parts which are insensitive to hy-
draulic conditions at the point of installation and which
are  not capable of adjusting themselves to meet varying flow
or  level conditions in the regulator-overflow structure.

Storm flow--Overland flow, sewer flow, or receiving stream
flow caused  totally or partially by  surface runoff or
snowmelt.

Storm sewer--A sewer that carries intercepted surface run-
off, street  wash  and other wash waters, or drainage, but
excludes domestic  sewage and industrial wastes.

Storm sewer  discharge--Flow from a storm  sewer  that is  dis-
charged  into a receiving water.
                             439

-------


440

-------
ABBREVIATIONS
Organizations
APWA
ASCE
DMWS
EPA
MSDGC

NPDES

NSF
OWRR
RD§D

USPHS
Symbols
%
$
°C
American Public Works Association
American Society of Civil Engineers
Detroit Metropolitan Water Service
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
Metropolitan Sanitary District of
Greater Chicago
National Pollution Discharge
Elimination System
National Science Foundation
Office of Water Resources Research
Research, Development, and Demonstration
Program (EPA)
U.S. Public Health Service
percent
dollar
degree(s) Celsius (Centigrade)
approximately
greater than
less than
greater than or equal to
equal  to or less than
cents
per
                            441

-------
  Abbreviations
  ABS
  avg
  BOD5
  cf of cu ft
  cfs
  cf/lb
  cm
  cm/hr
  cm/yr
  COD
  CPVC
  cu  m
  cu  in/day
  cu  m/min/day
  cu  m/min/ha
  cu  m/min/100 1
  cu m/sec
 cy
 degree C
 degree F
 DO
 DWF
 eff.
 ENR
 F/M
 fpm
 fps
 FRP
 ft
 g
 gal.
 gal./inch diameter/
mile/day
  acrylonitrile butadiene styrene
  average
  biochemical oxygen demand (5-day)
  cubic foot (feet)
  cubic feet per second
  cubic feet per pound
  centimeter(s)
  centimeter(s)  per  hour
  centimeter(s)  per  year
  chemical  oxygen  demand
  chlorinated polyvinylchloride
  cubic meter(s)
  cubic meter(s) per day
  cubic meter(s) per minute per day
  cubic meter(s) per minute per hectare
  cubic meter(s) per minute per 100 liters
 cubic meter(s) per second
 cubic yard
 degree (s)  Celsius (Centigrade)
 degree (s)  Fahrenheit
 dissolved  oxygen
 dry-weather flow
 effluent
 Engineering News-Record  (index)
 food-to-microorganism ratio
 feet  per minute
 feet  per second
 glass  fiber-reinforced plastic
 foot  (feet)
 gram(s)
 gallon(s)
 gallons per inch diameter per mile
per day
                            442

-------
gpd/sq ft
gpm/sq ft
ha
hr/yr
HST
in.
in./hr
in./yr
JTU
kg
kg/sq cm
kl
km
kwh
Ib
Ib/day
Ib/mil gal.
Ib/min
Ib/yr
1/day/ha
I/kg
1/min/sq m
I/sec
1/sec/sq m
m
max
mg
mgad
mgd
mg/1
mil gal.
min
min
Ml
gallon(s) per day per square foot
gallon(s) per minute per square foot
hectare
hour(s) per year
heat shrinkable tubing
inch(es)
inch(es) per hour
inch(es) per year
Jackson turbidity unit
kilogram(s)
kilograms per square centimeter
kiloliter(s)
kilometer(s)
kilowatt hour(s)
pound(s)
pounds per day
pounds per million gallons
pound(s) per minute
pounds per year
liter(s) per day per hectare
liter(s) per kilogram
liter(s) per minute per square meter
liter(s) per second
liter(s) per second per square meter
meter (s)
maximum
milligram(s)
million gallons per acre per day
million gallons per day
milligrams per liter
million gallons
minute(s)
minimum
megaliter(s)
                            443

-------
  ml
  MLSS
  ml/1
  mm
  MPN
  m/sec
  N
  NA
  N/A
  P
  pcf
  ppm
  psf
  psi
  PVC
  PVDC
  rpm
  RRL
  scfm
  sq cm
 sq ft
 sq ft/mgd
 sq in.
 sq km
 sq mi
 sq m/cu  m/sec
 SS
 STP
 SWMM
 TOG
 TS
 TVS
VS
VSS
yr
  milliliter(s)
  mixed liquor suspended solids
  milliliter(s) per liter
  millimeter(s)
  most probable number
  meter(s) per second
  nitrogen
  not available
  not applicable
  phosphorus
  pounds per  cubic  foot
  parts per million
  pounds per  square foot
  pounds per  square inch
  polyvinylchloride
  polyvinyldichloride
  revolutions per minute
  Road Research Laboratory
  standard cubic feet per minute
  square centimeter(s)
 square foot (feet)
 square feet per  million gallons per day
 square inch(es)
 square kilometer(s)
 square mile(s)
 square meter per cubic  meter  per second
 suspended solids
 sewage treatment plant
 Storm Water  Management Model
 total  organic carbon
 total solids
 total volatile solids
volatile solids
volatile suspended solids
y.ear(s)
                            444

-------
CONVERSION FACTORS
English to Metric
English unit
acre
•ere -foot
cubic foot
cubic feet per Minute
cubic feet per second
cubic inch
cubic yard
degree Fahrenheit
feet per Minute
feet per second
foot (feet)
gal Ion (s)
gallons per acre per day
gallons per capita per day
gallons per day
gallons. per day per
square foot
gallons per minute
gallons per minute per
square foot
gallons per square foot
horsepower
inch(es)
inches per hour
million gallons
million gallons per
acre per day
million gallons per day
mile
parts per billion
parts per million
pound (s)
pounds per acre per day
pounds per day per acre
pounds per 1,000 cubic feet
pounds per million gallons
pounds per cubic foot
pounds per square foot
pounds per square inch
square foot
square inch
square mile
square yard
standard cubic feet
per minute
ton (short)
yard
Abbr.
acre
acre-ft
cf
cfm
cfs
cu in.
cy
deg F
fpm
fps
ft
gal.
gad
gcd
gpd
gpd/sq ft
gpm
gpm/sq ft
gpsf
hp
in.
in./hr
mil gal.
mgad
mgd
mi
pph
ppm
Ib
Ib/acre/day
Ib/day/acre
lb/1.000 cf
Ib/mil gal.
pcf
psf
psi
sq ft
sq in.
sq mi
sq yd
scfm
ton
yd
Multiplier
0.40S
1.23S.S
28.32
0.0283
28.32
16.39
0.0164
0.765
764.6
O.S5S ('F-32)
0.00508
0.305
0.305
3.785
9.353
3.785
4.381 x 10"S
1.698 x 10"1
0.283
0.0631
2.445
0.679
40.743
0.746
2.54
2.54
3.785
3.785.0
0.039
43.808
0.0438
1.609
0.001
1.0
0.454
453.6
0.112
1.121
16.077
0.120
16.02
4.882 x 10"4
0.0703
0.0929
6.452
2.590
0.836
1.699
907.2
0.907
0.914
Abbr.
ha
cu •
1
cu m/min
I/ sec
cu cm
1
cu m
1
deg C
•/sec
m/sec
m
1
1/day/ha
I/capita/day
I/sec
cu m/hr/sq m
cu m/min/ha
I/sec
cu/m/hr/sq m

1/sq m
kw
cm
cm/hr
Ml
cu m
cu m/hr/sq m
I/sec
cu m/sec
km
mg/1
mg/1
kg
8
g/day/sq m
kg/day/ha
g/cu m
mg/1
kg/cu m
kg/sq cm
kg/sq cm
sq m
sq cm
sq km
sq m
cu m/hr
kg
metric ton
m
Metric unit
hectare
cubic meter
liter
cubic meters per minute
liters per second
cubic centimeter
liter
cubic meter
liter
degree Celsius
meters per second
meters per second
meter (s)
liter(s)
liters per day per hectare
liters per capita per day
liters per second.
cubic meters per hour
per square meter
cubic meters per minute
per hectare
liters per second
cubic meters per hour
per square meter
square meter
liters per square meter
kilowatts
centimeter
centimeters per hour
megaliters (liters x 10 )
cubic meters
cubic meters per hour
per square meter
liters per second
cubic meters per second
kilometer
milligrams per liter
milligrams per liter
kilogram
grams
grams per day per square
meter
kilograms per day per
hectare
grams per cubic meter
milligrams per liter
kilograms per cubic meter
kilograms per square
centimeter
kilograms per square
centimeter
square meter
square centimeter
square kilometer
square meter
cubic meters per hour
kilograms
metric ton
meter
          445

-------
                        Section  XVIII

                    LIST OF  PUBLICATIONS
     p«??r;-J'Ai and Field> R-  Co"nter Measures  for
     Pollution from Overflows  - The State of the  Art
     Presented at Water Pollution Control Federation '46th
                                    Ohio-  Septet 30-"
2.   Lager, J. A.  Stormwater Treatment:  Four Case
     Histories.  Prepared for presentation at ASCE National
     Meeting on Water Resources Engineering.  Los Angeles
     California.  January 21-25, 1974.            "iigeies ,
3.
Smith, W.G.  Application of a Simulation Model for
Routing Storm Flows through Sewer Systems.  Presented
       ral
                                              .     esene
            ral1S^at!s Water Pollution Control Association
     June  lT-ll,  19°73?renCe'   R°ckton' Illinois.
                           446

-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
(Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
EPORT NO. 2.
EPA-670/2-74-040
TLE AND SUBTITLE
RBAN STORMWATER MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY:
i Assessment
JTHOR(S)
Dhn A. Lager and William G. Smith
RFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
stcalf $ Eddy, Inc.
alo Alto, California 94303
PONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
ational Environmental Research Center
ffice of Research and Development
. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Lncinnati, Ohio 45268
3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION-NO.
5. REPORT DATE
December 1974; Issuing Date
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT
10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
1BB034/ROAP 21ASZ/Task
NO.
1
11. CONTRACT/GrajQXNO.
68-03-0179
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Final
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
UPPLEMENTARY NOTES
 comprehensive investigation and assessment of promising, completed,
id ongoing urban stormwater projects, representative of the state-of-
le-art  in abatement theory and technology, has been accomplished.  The
?sults,  presented in textbook format, provide a compendium of project
iformation on management and technology alternatives within a frame-
Drk of  problem identification, evaluation procedures, and program
>sessment and selection.  Essentially every metropolitan area of the
lited States  has a stormwater problem, whether served by a combined
jwer system (approximately 29 percent of the total sewered population)
r a separate  sewer system.  However, the tools for reducing stormwater
Dilution, in  the form of demonstrated processes and devices, do exist
id provide many-faceted approach techniques to individual situations.
lese tools are constantly being increased in number and improved upon
> a part of a continuing nationwide research and development effort.
le most  promising approaches to date involve the integrated use of
mtrol  and treatment systems with an areawide, multidisciplinary
jrspective.
KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
DESCRIPTORS
infection, Drainage, *Water pollu-
n, *Waste treatment, *Sewage treat-
t, *Surface water runoff, *Runoff,
ste water, *Sewage, Contaminants,
ter quality, Cost analysis, *Cost
ectiveness, *Storage tanks, *Storm
ers, *0verf lows- -sewers , *Combined
ers, Hydrology, Hydraulics, *Mathe-
ical models, Remote control
b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
Drainage systems, Water pollution
control, Biological treatment,
Pollution abatement, *Storm runoff,
*Water pollution sources, Water
pollution effects, *Wastewater
treatment, *Urban hydrology, *Com-
bined sewer overflows, Physical
processes, Physical-chemical
treatment
ISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
RELEASE TO PUBLIC
rorm 2220-1 (9-73) 4^
19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
UNCLASSIFIED
20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
UNCLASSIFIED
c. cos ATI Field/Group
8H
13B
21. NO. OF PAGES
471
22. PRICE
17
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1975-657-590/5331 Region No. 5-11

-------

-------